Copyright © 2001-2018 The BLFS Development Team
Copyright © 2001-2018, The BLFS Development Team
All rights reserved.
This book is licensed under a Creative Commons License.
Computer instructions may be extracted from the book under the MIT License.
Linux® is a registered trademark of Linus Torvalds.
2018-09-01
| Revision History | ||
|---|---|---|
| Revision 8.3 | 2018-09-01 | Eighteenth Release |
| Revision 8.2 | 2018-03-02 | Seventeenth release |
| Revision 8.1 | 2017-09-01 | Sixteenth release |
| Revision 8.0 | 2017-02-25 | Fifteenth release |
| Revision 7.10 | 2016-09-07 | Fourteenth release |
| Revision 7.9 | 2016-03-08 | Thirteenth release |
| Revision 7.8 | 2015-10-01 | Twelfth release |
| Revision 7.7 | 2015-03-06 | Eleventh release |
| Revision 7.6 | 2014-09-23 | Tenth release |
| Revision 7.5 | 2014-03-05 | Ninth release |
| Revision 7.4 | 2013-09-14 | Eighth release |
| Revision 6.3 | 2008-08-24 | Seventh release |
| Revision 6.2.0 | 2007-02-14 | Sixth release |
| Revision 6.1 | 2005-08-14 | Fifth release |
| Revision 6.0 | 2005-04-02 | Fourth release |
| Revision 5.1 | 2004-06-05 | Third release |
| Revision 5.0 | 2003-11-06 | Second release |
| Revision 1.0 | 2003-04-25 | First release |
Abstract
This book follows on from the Linux From Scratch book. It introduces and guides the reader through additions to the system including networking, graphical interfaces, sound support, and printer and scanner support.
Having helped out with Linux From Scratch for a short time, I noticed that we were getting many queries as to how to do things beyond the base LFS system. At the time, the only assistance specifically offered relating to LFS were the LFS hints (http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints). Most of the LFS hints are extremely good and well written but I (and others) could still see a need for more comprehensive help to go Beyond LFS - hence BLFS.
BLFS aims to be more than the LFS-hints converted to XML although much of our work is based around the hints and indeed some authors write both hints and the relevant BLFS sections. We hope that we can provide you with enough information to not only manage to build your system up to what you want, whether it be a web server or a multimedia desktop system, but also that you will learn a lot about system configuration as you go.
Thanks as ever go to everyone in the LFS/BLFS community; especially those who have contributed instructions, written text, answered questions and generally shouted when things were wrong!
Finally, we encourage you to become involved in the community; ask questions on the mailing list or news gateway and join in the fun on #lfs at irc.linuxfromscratch.org. You can find more details about all of these in the Introduction section of the book.
Enjoy using BLFS.
Mark Hymers
markh <at> linuxfromscratch.org
BLFS Editor (July 2001–March 2003)
I still remember how I found the BLFS project and started using the instructions that were completed at the time. I could not believe how wonderful it was to get an application up and running very quickly, with explanations as to why things were done a certain way. Unfortunately, for me, it wasn't long before I was opening applications that had nothing more than "To be done" on the page. I did what most would do, I waited for someone else to do it. It wasn't too long before I am looking through Bugzilla for something easy to do. As with any learning experience, the definition of what was easy kept changing.
We still encourage you to become involved as BLFS is never really finished. Contributing or just using, we hope you enjoy your BLFS experience.
Larry Lawrence
larry <at> linuxfromscratch.org
BLFS Editor (March 2003–June 2004)
The BLFS project is a natural progression of LFS. Together, these projects provide a unique resource for the Open Source Community. They take the mystery out of the process of building a complete, functional software system from the source code contributed by many talented individuals throughout the world. They truly allow users to implement the slogan "Your distro, your rules."
Our goal is to continue to provide the best resource available that shows you how to integrate many significant Open Source applications. Since these applications are constantly updated and new applications are developed, this book will never be complete. Additionally, there is always room for improvement in explaining the nuances of how to install the different packages. To make these improvements, we need your feedback. I encourage you to participate on the different mailing lists, news groups, and IRC channels to help meet these goals.
Bruce Dubbs
bdubbs <at> linuxfromscratch.org
BLFS Editor (June 2004–December 2006)
My introduction to the [B]LFS project was actually by accident. I was trying to build a GNOME environment using some how-tos and other information I found on the web. A couple of times I ran into some build issues and Googling pulled up some old BLFS mailing list messages. Out for curiosity, I visited the Linux From Scratch web site and shortly thereafter was hooked. I've not used any other Linux distribution for personal use since.
I can't promise anyone will feel the sense of satisfaction I felt after building my first few systems using [B]LFS instructions, but I sincerely hope that your BLFS experience is as rewarding for you as it has been for me.
The BLFS project has grown significantly the last couple of years. There are more package instructions and related dependencies than ever before. The project requires your input for continued success. If you discover that you enjoy building BLFS, please consider helping out in any way you can. BLFS requires hundreds of hours of maintenance to keep it even semi-current. If you feel confident enough in your editing skills, please consider joining the BLFS team. Simply contributing to the mailing list discussions with sound advice and/or providing patches to the book's XML will probably result in you receiving an invitation to join the team.
Randy McMurchy
randy <at> linuxfromscratch.org
BLFS Editor (December 2006–January 2011)
This version of the book is intended to be used when building on top of a system built using the LFS book. Every effort has been made to ensure accuracy and reliability of the instructions. Many people find that using the instructions in this book after building the current stable or development version of LFS provides a stable and very modern Linux system.
Enjoy!
Randy McMurchy
August 24th, 2008
Last updated on 2016-04-17 13:16:17 -0700
This book is mainly aimed at those who have built a system based on the LFS book. It will also be useful for those who are using other distributions, but for one reason or another want to manually build software and are in need of some assistance. Note that the material contained in this book, in particular the dependency listings, is based upon the assumption that you are using a base LFS system with every package listed in the LFS book already installed and configured. BLFS can be used to create a range of diverse systems and so the target audience is probably nearly as wide as that of the LFS book. If you found LFS useful, you should also like this!
Last updated on 2015-09-20 15:38:20 -0700
This book is divided into the following parts.
This part contains information which is essential to the rest of the book.
Here we introduce basic configuration and security issues. We also discuss a range of editors, file systems, and shells which aren't covered in the main LFS book.
In this section we cover libraries which are often needed by the rest of the book as well as system utilities. Information on Programming (including recompiling GCC to support its full range of languages) concludes this part.
Here we cover how to connect to a network when you aren't using the simple static IP setup given in the main LFS book. Networking libraries and command-line networking tools are also covered here.
Here we deal with setting up mail and other servers (such as SSH, Apache, etc.).
This part explains how to set up a basic X Window System installation along with some generic X libraries and Window managers.
For those who want to use the K Desktop Environment or some parts of it, this part covers it.
GNOME is the main alternative to KDE in the Desktop Environment arena.
Xfce is a lightweight alternative to GNOME and KDE.
Office programs and graphical web browsers are important to most people. They, along with some generic X software can be found in this part of the book.
Here we cover setting multimedia libraries and drivers along with some audio, video and CD-writing programs.
The PST part of the book covers document handling with applications like Ghostscript, CUPS and DocBook to installing texlive.
The Appendices cover information which doesn't belong in the main book; they are mainly there as a reference.
Last updated on 2015-09-20 15:38:20 -0700
The Beyond Linux From Scratch book is designed to carry on from where the LFS book leaves off. But unlike the LFS book, it isn't designed to be followed straight through. Reading the Which sections of the book? part of this chapter should help guide you through the book.
Please read most of this part of the book carefully as it explains quite a few of the conventions used throughout the book.
Unlike the Linux From Scratch book, BLFS isn't designed to be followed in a linear manner. This is because LFS provides instructions on how to create a base system which is capable of turning into anything from a web server to a multimedia desktop system. BLFS attempts to guide you in the process of going from the base system to your intended destination. Choice is very much involved.
Everyone who reads the book will want to read certain sections. The Introduction part, which you are currently reading, contains generic information. Especially take note of the information in Chapter 2, Important Information, as this contains comments about how to unpack software, issues related to using different locales and various other aspects which apply throughout the book.
The part on Post LFS Configuration and Extra Software is where most people will want to turn next. This deals with not just configuration but also Security (Chapter 4, Security), File Systems (Chapter 5, File Systems and Disk Management), Editors (Chapter 6, Editors) and Shells (Chapter 7, Shells). Indeed, you may wish to reference certain parts of this chapter (especially the sections on Editors and File Systems) while building your LFS system.
Following these basic items, most people will want to at least browse through the General Libraries and Utilities part of the book. This part contains information on many items which are prerequisites for other sections of the book as well as some items (such as Chapter 13, Programming) which are useful in their own right. Note that you don't have to install all of these libraries and packages found in this part to start with as each BLFS installation procedure tells you which packages it depends upon so you can choose the program you want to install and see what it needs.
Likewise, most people will probably want to look at the Networking part. It deals with connecting to the Internet or your LAN (Chapter 14, Connecting to a Network) using a variety of methods such as DHCP and PPP, and with items such as Networking Libraries (Chapter 17, Networking Libraries) and various basic networking programs and utilities.
Once you have dealt with these basics, you may wish to configure more advanced network services. These are dealt with in the Servers part of the book. Those wanting to build servers should find a good starting point there. Note that this section also contains information on various database packages.
The next parts of the book principally deal with desktop systems. This portion of the book starts with a part talking about X plus Window and Display Managers. This part also deals with some generic X-based libraries (Chapter 25, X Libraries). After this, KDE and GNOME are given their own parts which are followed by one on X Software.
The book then moves on to deal with Multimedia packages. Note that many people may want to use the ALSA-1.1.6 instructions from this chapter quite near the start of their BLFS journey; they are placed here simply because it is the most logical place for them.
The final part of the main BLFS book deals with Printing, Scanning and Typesetting. This is useful for most people with desktop systems and even those who are creating mainly server systems will find it useful.
We hope you enjoy using BLFS and find it useful.
Last updated on 2012-12-19 11:57:20 -0800
To make things easy to follow, there are a number of conventions used throughout the book. Following are some examples:
./configure --prefix=/usr
This form of text is designed to be typed exactly as seen unless otherwise noted in the surrounding text. It is also used to identify references to specific commands.
install-info: unknown option
`--dir-file=/mnt/lfs/usr/info/dir'
This form of text (fixed width text) is showing screen output, probably a result from issuing a command. It is also used to show filenames such as
/boot/grub/grub.conf
Emphasis
This form of text is used for several purposes in the book but mainly to emphasize important points or to give examples as to what to type.
http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/
This form of text is used for hypertext links external to the book such as HowTos, download locations, websites, etc.
This form of text is used for links internal to the book such as another section describing a different package.
cat > $LFS/etc/group << "EOF"
root:x:0:
bin:x:1:
......
EOF
This type of section is used mainly when creating configuration files. The first command (in bold) tells the system to create the file
$LFS/etc/groupfrom whatever is typed on the following lines until the sequence EOF is encountered. Therefore, this whole section is generally typed as seen.
<REPLACED
TEXT>
This form of text is used to encapsulate text that should be modified and is not to be typed as seen, or copy and pasted. Note that the square brackets are not part of the text, but should be substituted for as well.
root
This form of text is used to show a specific system user or group reference in the instructions.
When packages are created, the authors depend on prior work. In order to build a package in BLFS, these dependencies must be built prior to the desired package. For each package, any prerequsite packages are listed in one or more separate sections: Required, Recommended, and Optional.
These dependencies are the minimum prerequsite packages required to build the package. Omitted from the list are packages in LFS and required dependencies of other required packages.
These dependencies are those that the BLFS editors have determined are important to give the package reasonable capabilities. Package installation instructions assume thay are installed. If a recommended package is not desired, the instructions may need to be modified to accommodate the missing package.
These dependencies are those that the package may use. Integration of optional dependencies may be automatic by the package or may need additional instructions not presented by BLFS. Optional packages may be listed without corresponding BLFS instructions. In this case it is up to the user to determine appropriate installation instructions.
Some packages have specific needs regarding the kernel configuration. The general layout is the following:
Master section --->
Subsection --->
[*] Required parameter [CONFIG_REQU_PAR]
<*> Required parameter (not as module) [CONFIG_REQU_PAR_NMOD]
<*/M> Required parameter (could be a module) [CONFIG_REQU_PAR_MOD]
<*/M/ > Optional parameter [CONFIG_OPT_PAR]
[ ] Incompatible parameter [CONFIG_INCOMP_PAR]
< > Incompatible parameter (even as module) [CONFIG_INCOMP_PAR_MOD]
[CONFIG_...] on the right gives the name of the option, so
you can easily check whether it is set in your config file. The meaning of the various
entries is:
Master section top level menu item Subsection submenu item Required parameter the option could be either built-in or not selected: it must be selected Required parameter (not as module) the option could be either built-in, module, or not selected: it must be selected as built-in Required parameter (could be a module) the option could be either built-in, module, or not selected: it must be selected, either as built-in or module Optional parameter rarely used: the option could be either built-in, module, or not selected: it may be selected at will Incompatible parameter the option could be either built-in or not selected: it must not be selected Incompatible parameter (even as module) the option could be either built-in, module, or not selected: it must not be selected
Note that, depending on other selections, the angle brackets (<>) may appear as braces ({}), if the option cannot be unselected, or even dashes (-*- or -M-), when the choice is imposed. The help text about the option specifies the other selections on which this option relies, and how those other selections are set.
As in LFS, each package in BLFS has a build time listed in Standard Build Units (SBUs). These times are relative to the time it took to build binutils in LFS and are intended to provide some insight into how long it will take to build a package. Most times listed are for a single processor or core to build the package. In some cases, large, long running builds tested on multi-core systems have SBU times listed with comments such as '(parallelism=4)'. These values indicate testing was done using multiple cores. Note that while this speeds up the build on systems with the appropriate hardware, the speedup is not linear and to some extent depends on the individual package and specific hardware used.
For packages which use ninja (e.g. anything using meson) or rust, by default all cores are used so similar comments will be seen on such packages even when the build time is minimal.
Where even a parallel build takes more than 15 SBU, on certain machines the time may be considerably greater even when the build does not use swap. In particular, different micro-architectures will build some files at different relative speeds and this can introduce delays when certain make targets wait for another file to be created. Where a large build uses a lot of C++ files, processors with Simultaneous Multi Threading will share the Floating Point Unit and can take 45% longer than when using four 'prime' cores (measured on an intel i7 using taskset and keeping the other cores idle).
Some packages do not support parallel builds and using -j1 for the make command is required. Packages that are known to have such limits are marked as such in the text.
Last updated on 2018-04-05 15:31:16 -0700
This is BLFS-BOOK version 8.3 dated September 1st, 2018. This is the 8.3 branch of the BLFS book, currently targeting the LFS 8.3 book. For development versions, if this version is older than a month, it's likely that your mirror hasn't been synchronized recently and a newer version is probably available for download or viewing. Check one of the mirror sites at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/mirrors.html for an updated version.
Last updated on 2016-04-17 13:16:17 -0700
The BLFS project has a number of mirrors set up world-wide to make it easier and more convenient for you to access the website. Please visit the http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/mirrors.html website for the list of current mirrors.
Last updated on 2007-04-04 12:42:53 -0700
Within the BLFS instructions, each package has two references for finding the source files for the package—an HTTP link and an FTP link (some packages may only list one of these links). Every effort has been made to ensure that these links are accurate. However, the World Wide Web is in continuous flux. Packages are sometimes moved or updated and the exact URL specified is not always available.
To overcome this problem, the BLFS Team, with the assistance of Oregon State University Open Source Lab, has made an HTTP/FTP site available through world wide mirrors. See http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/download.html#sources for a list. These sites have all the sources of the exact versions of the packages used in BLFS. If you can't find the BLFS package you need at the listed addresses, get it from these sites.
We would like to ask a favor, however. Although this is a public resource for you to use, please do not abuse it. We have already had one unthinking individual download over 3 GB of data, including multiple copies of the same files that are placed at different locations (via symlinks) to make finding the right package easier. This person clearly did not know what files he needed and downloaded everything. The best place to download files is the site or sites set up by the source code developer. Please try there first.
Last updated on 2017-02-11 20:17:33 -0800
Current release: 8.3 – September 1st, 2018
Changelog Entries:
September 1st, 2018
[bdubbs] - Release of BLFS-8.3.
August 30th, 2018
[ibdubbs] - Archive icedtea-web.
August 30th, 2018
August 28th, 2018
[renodr] - Update to libva-2.2.0 and intel driver. Fixes #10944.
August 27th, 2018
August 26th, 2018
[ken] - Final changes re search.cpan.org going away. Fixes #10869.
[bdubbs] - Update to ImageMagick-6.9.10-10. Leaving open #7859.
[ken] - Remainder of changes in perl-modules to use metacpan.org instead of search.cpan.org. Completes most of #10869.
[dj] - Update to Fop-2.3. Fixes #10811.
[dj] - Fix build issue with junit-4.12. Fixes #10777.
[dj] - Update to Apache-Maven-3.5.4. Fixes #11062.
[dj] - Update to Apache-Ant-1.10.4. Fixes #10896.
[dj] - Update to OpenJDK-10.0.2. Fixes #10959.
August 25th, 2018
August 24th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Add a patch for MPlayer.
[bdubbs] - Update to gparted-0.32.0. Fixes #11056.
[bdubbs] - Archive midori.
[bdubbs] - Archive opal and ekiga.
[bdubbs] - Update xterm to install .desktop files.
[bdubbs] - Update plasma to properly link to .desktop file.
August 23rd, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to qemu-3.0.0. Fixes #11015.
[bdubbs] - Remove --disable-compositor from xfwm4. Fixes #10994.
[bdubbs] - Update wpa_supplicant-2.6-upstream_fixes patch. Fixes #10994.
[bdubbs] - Update to tigervnc-1.9.0. Fixes #10956.
[dj] - Update to gdb-8.1.1. Fixes #10981.
[ken] - Update to gimp-2.10.6. Fixes #11038.
[ken] - external perl modules: initial changes to point to metacpan.org instead of search.cpan.org. Addresses #10869.
[thomas] - Update to mousepad-0.4.1. Fixes #10843.
August 22nd, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to wireshark-2.6.2. Fixes #10962.
[bdubbs] - Update to xscreensaver-5.40. Fixes #11012.
[bdubbs] - Update to node-v9.11.2. Fixes #10867.
[renodr] - Update to gnumeric-1.12.43. Fixes #11003.
[renodr] - Update to goffice-0.10.43. Fixes #11002.
[renodr] - Update to libgsf-1.14.44. Fixes #10995.
[renodr] - Update to epiphany-3.28.3.1. Note that this update contains two critical vulnerability fixes. Fixes #10685.
[ken] - gimp-help: recommend gvfs to access online help, use new snapshot for local help but explain the issues. Addresses #11007.
[bdubbs] - Update to plasma-5.13.4. Fixes #10859.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-terminal-3.28.2. Fully fixes #10649.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-system-monitor-3.28.2. Partially fixes #10649.
[renodr] - Update to EOG-3.28.3. Partially fixes #10649.
[renodr] - Update to evince-3.28.2. Partially fixes #10649.
[renodr] - Update to gtksourceview-3.24.8. Fixes #10877.
[renodr] - Update to file-roller-3.28.1. Partially fixes #10649.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-calculator-3.28.2. Partially fixes #10649.
[renodr] - Add fix for glibc-2.28 to dvd+rw-tools.
August 21st, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to ntp-4.2.8p12. Fixes #11020.
[bdubbs] - Update to gegl-0.4.8. Fixes #10970.
[bdubbs] - Update to ffmpeg-4.0.2. Fixes #10874.
[ken] - Update to ImageMagick-7.0.8-10. Fixes #11041.
[bdubbs] - Update to libX11-1.6.6.tar.bz2 (xorg library). Fixes #11046.
[renodr] - Update to yelp-3.28.1. Finishes #10648.
[ken] - Update to firefox-61.0.2. Fixes #11013.
[bdubbs] - Update to poppler-0.67.0. Fixes #10883.
[bdubbs] - Update to mlt-6.10.0. Fixes #10914.
[bdubbs] - Update to graphite2-1.3.12. Fixes #11017.
[bdubbs] - Update to kf5-apps-18.08.0. Fixes #10853.
[bdubbs] - Update to opencv-3.4.2. Fixes #10913.
August 20th, 2018
[renodr] - Update to network-manager-applet-1.8.16. Partially fixes #10649.
[renodr] - Update to ibus-1.5.19. Fixes #10996.
[renodr] - Fix NetworkManager build with libnm-glib.
[bdubbs] - Update to kf5-5.49.0. Includes oxygen-icons5, extra-cmake-modules, and breeze-icons. Fixes #10842.
[ken] - Update to boost_1_68_0. Fixes #11000.
[bdubbs] - Update to mariadb-10.3.9. Fixes #10913.
[bdubbs] - Update to Archive-Zip-1.62 (Perl Module). Fixes #11036.
August 19th, 2018
[renodr] - Update to gnome-keyring-3.28.2. Partially fixes #10648.
[renodr] - Update to nautilus-3.28.1. Partially fixes #10648.
[renodr] - Update to gvfs-1.36.2. Partially fixes #10648.
[bdubbs] - Update to latest snapshot x264-snapshot-20180819-2245-stable. See #7555.
[ken] - Update to unixODBC-2.3.7. Fixes #11005.
[bdubbs] - Update to qpdf-8.2.1. Fixes #11029.
[thomas] - Update to php-7.2.9. Fixes #11026.
August 18th, 2018
[renodr] - Update to udisks-2.8.0. Fixes #10917.
[renodr] - Update to samba-4.8.4. Fixes #11021. Note that this fixes four critical vulnerabilities, upgrading is suggested.
[bdubbs] - Update to babl-0.1.56. Fixes #10969.
[bdubbs] - Update to xapian-core-1.4.7. Fixes #10910.
[bdubbs] - Update to feh-2.27.1. Fixes #10901.
[bdubbs] - Update to libpcap-1.9.0. Fixes #10973.
[bdubbs] - Update to bluez-5.50. Fixes #10837.
[bdubbs] - Update to libical-3.0.4. Fixes #11016.
[ken] - Update to pulseaudio-12.2. Fixes #10889.
[dj] - Update to gcc-8.2.0. Fixes #10730.
[thomas] - Update to cmake-3.12.1. Fixes #11001.
[thomas] - Update to llvm-6.0.1. Fixes #10897.
August 17th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0. Fixes #10576.
[bdubbs] - Update to pciutils-3.6.2. Fixes #11010.
[bdubbs] - Update to xterm-335. Fixes #11023.
[bdubbs] - Update to mesa-18.1.6. Fixes #11022.
[bdubbs] - Update to harfbuzz-1.8.8. Fixes #11018.
[renodr] - Update to NetworkManager-1.12.2. Note: This version could possibly cause incompatibilites due to the removal of several libraries and API interfaces. Fixes #10876.
[renodr] - Update to gnome-desktop-3.28.2. Fixes #10648.
[renodr] - Update to geocode-glib-3.26.0. Fixes #10854.
[renodr] - Update to vte-0.52.2. Partially fixes #10648.
[renodr] - Update to totem-pl-parser-3.26.1. Partially fixes #10648.
[bdubbs] - Update to openssl-1.0.2p. Fixes #11014.
August 16th, 2018
[renodr] - Update to WebKitGTK+-2.20.5. Fixes #10866.
[ken] - Revert Berkeley-DB to 5.3.28. Fixes #10989.
[bdubbs] - Update to libatomic_ops-7.6.6. Fixes #10993.
[bdubbs] - Update to git-2.18.0. Fixes #10886.
[bdubbs] - Update to libblockdev-2.19. Fixes #10885.
[bdubbs] - Update to libbytesize-1.4. Fixes #10987.
[ken] - Update to cups-filters-1.20.4. Fixes #10945.
[bdubbs] - Update to mercurial-4.7. Fixes #10856.
[bdubbs] - Update to lxml-4.2.2. Fixes #10892.
[bdubbs] - Update to Text-CSV-1.96. Fixes #11019.
[renodr] - Update to gjs-1.52.3. Partially fixes #10648.
[renodr] - Update to libmbim-1.16.2. Fixes #11008.
[renodr] - Update to libqmi-1.20.2. Fixes #11009.
[renodr] - Update to ModemManager-1.8.0. Fixes #10840.
[renodr] - Update to geoclue-2.4.11. Fixes #10977.
[ken] - Update to unbound-1.7.3. Fixes #10865.
[renodr] - Update gstreamer and plugins to 1.14.2. Fixes #10974.
[ken] - Update to icu4c-62_1. Fixes #10884.
[renodr] - Add a patch to allow building v4l-utils with glibc-2.28.
August 15th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to btrfs-progs-4.17.1. Fixes #10903.
[bdubbs] - Update to sshfs-3.4.0. Fixes #10903.
[bdubbs] - Update to stunnel-5.48. Fixes #10894.
[bdubbs] - Update to cryptsetup-2.0.4. Fixes #10991.
[bdubbs] - Update to xfsprogs-4.17.0. Fixes #10904.
[renodr] - Fix alsa-oss to build with glibc-2.28.
[ken] - Revert Berkeley-DB to 5.3.28. Fixes #10989.
[ken] - Update to libreoffice-6.1.0.3. Fixes #10458.
[ken] - Update to postgresql-10.5 (security fix). Fixes #10999.
[dj] - Update to p11-kit-0.23.13. Fixes #11004.
[dj] - Update to dbus-1.12.10. Fixes #10988.
August 14th, 2018
[renodr] - Update to qpdf-8.1.0. Fixes #10895.
[ken] - Update to (intel) microcode-20180807. Fixes #10930. Also mark the AMD examples as 'historic', at least until someone can provide details for a current machine where new microcode is available.
[renodr] - Update to gsl-2.5. Fixes #10871.
[renodr] - Update to libsoup-2.62.3. Fixes #11006.
[renodr] - Update to pango-1.42.3. Fixes #10963.
[timtas] - Update to thunderbird-60.0. Fixes #10997.
[dj] - Update to xterm-334. Fixes #11011.
August 13th, 2018
[ken] - Patch Qt5 to build with glibc-2.28.
[renodr] - Update to atk-2.29.2. Fixes #10843. DJ says this is required for gnome in the ticket.
August 10th, 2018
August 9th, 2018
[renodr] - Update to harfbuzz-1.8.7. Fixes #10982.
[renodr] - Update to libdrm-2.4.93. Fixes #10983.
[renodr] - Update to talloc-2.1.14. Fixes #10942.
[renodr] - Update to vala-0.40.8. Fixes #10668.
[renodr] - Update to yaml-0.2.1. Fixes #10923.
[renodr] - Update to shared-mime-info-1.10. Fixes #10905.
[timtas] - Update to audacious-3.10. Fixes #10998.
[renodr] - Update to highlight-3.44. Fixes #10972.
[renodr] - Update to lua-5.3.5. Fixes #10935.
August 8th, 2018
[renodr] - Add patch to facilitate building sg3_utils with glibc-2.28.
[renodr] - Update to unrar-5.6.5. Fixes #10900.
[renodr] - Implement a build fix for sharutils related to glibc-2.28.
August 6th, 2018
[timtas] - Update to qemu-2.12.1. Fixes #10986.
August 4th, 2018
August 3rd, 2018
[ken] - Python-2.7.15 no longer installs the _ssl module, remove the ineffective sed and instead require libssh2 in rustc. Fixes #10899.
[ken] - patch libreoffice to build with recent LFS, the problem was apparently caused by python-3.7.
[ken] - Fix postfix to build against Berkeley DB-18. Minimally tested, but without grokking what changed from DB-6 to DB-18 there may possibly be breakage for some usage. Addresses #10984.
August 2nd, 2018
[thomas] - Update to dhcpcd-7.0.7. Bug fix on host routes. Fixes #10976.
August 1st, 2018
[ken] - Fixes for iptables-1.8.0. Thanks to Ryan Marsaw for the report.
[renodr] - Update to curl-7.61.0. Security fix for SMTP users. Fixes #10940.
July 31st, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to fuse3-3.2.5. Fixes #10939.
[bdubbs] - Update to volume_key-0.3.11. Fixes #10957.
[bdubbs] - Update to nss-3.38. Fixes #10890.
[bdubbs] - Update to iptables-1.8.0. Fixes #10931.
[bdubbs] - Update to gnutls-3.5.18. Fixes #10951.
[bdubbs] - Update to gnupg-2.2.9. Fixes #10860.
[bdubbs] - Update to db-18.1.25. Fixes #10875.
[renodr] - Update to guile-2.2.4. Fixes #10912.
July 30th, 2018
July 28th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to npth-1.6. Fixes #10952.
[bdubbs] - Update to libgpg-error-1.32. Fixes #10941.
[bdubbs] - Update to gptfdisk-1.0.4. Fixes #10926.
[bdubbs] - Update to libpng-1.6.35. Fixes #10953.
[bdubbs] - Update to fribidi-1.0.5. Fixes #10971.
[bdubbs] - Update to PyYAML-3.13 (Python Module). Fixes #10927.
[bdubbs] - Update to scour-0.37 (Python Module). Fixes #10920.
[bdubbs] - Update to pygobject3-3.28.3 (Python Module). Fixes #10836.
[bdubbs] - Update to pycairo-1.17.1 (Python Module). Fixes #10928.
[bdubbs] - Update to subversion-1.10.2. Fixes #10966.
[bdubbs] - Remove chromium and lxqt.
July 28th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to xf86-input-libinput-0.28.0. Fixes #10937.
[bdubbs] - Update to libinput-1.11.3. Fixes #10908.
[bdubbs] - Update to acpid-2.0.30. Fixes #10961.
[bdubbs] - Update to mesa-18.1.5. Fixes #10873.
[bdubbs] - Update to wayland-protocols-1.15. Fixes #10922.
[bdubbs] - Update to Beaker-1.10.0 (Python Module). Fixes #10848.
[bdubbs] - Update to libXinerama-1.1.4 (Xorrg library). Fixes #10925.
[bdubbs] - Update to libXScrnSaver-1.2.3 (Xorg library). Fixes #10924.
[bdubbs] - Update to harfbuzz-1.8.4. Fixes #10916.
[bdubbs] - Update to python3-3.7.0. Fixes #10902.
[bdubbs] - Update to Business-ISMN-1.132 (Perl Module). Fixes #10947.
[bdubbs] - Update to Net-DNS-1.16 (Perl Module). Fixes #10954.
[bdubbs] - Update to libwww-perl-6.35 (Perl module). Fixes #10955.
July 24th, 2018
July 16th, 2018
[ken] - Update to mutt-1.10.1 (security fix). Fixes #10950.
July 14th, 2018
[thomas] - Update to pciutils-3.6.1. Fixes #10943.
July 13th, 2018
July 11th, 2018
July 10th, 2018
July 09th, 2018
July 07th, 2018
July 06th, 2018
[timtas] - Update to cups-2.2.8. Fixes #10855.
July 05th, 2018
July 04th, 2018
[timtas] - Update to dovecot-2.3.2. Fixes #10907.
July 03rd, 2018
June 28th, 2018
[ken] - Update to libinput-1.11.0. Fixes #10851.
[ken] - Remove obsolete text from valgrind re symlinking ld-linux to a .dbg version of ld. In April 2017 LFS changed the strip commands. That file now only contains debug symbols and is loaded when needed: making the symlink breaks the system. Remove related text from curl.
June 28th, 2018
June 26th, 2018
[ken] - Update to libwww-perl-6.34 (perl module). Fixes #10849.
[ken] - Update to harfbuzz-1.8.1. Fixes #10847.
[ken] - Update to qt-everywhere-src-5.11.1. Fixes #10882.
[ken] - Update to firefox-61.0. Stylo is no-longer optional, therefore Clang is now required. Fixes #10898.
[ken] - Update to sqlite-3.24.0. Fixes #10850.
June 20th, 2018
June 17th, 2018
[thomas] - Update to nano-2.9.8. Fixes #10839.
June 15th, 2018
June 12th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Archive juffed, QScintilla-gpl, and chrpath.
June 11th, 2018
[ken] - Update to firefox-60.0.2 (security fix). Fixes #10863.
June 7th, 2018
[ken] - Update to (intel) microcode-20180425 (this only affects some Broadwell E machines (previous microcode withdrawn) and Gemini Lake Pentium/Celeron (new microcode). Fixes #10844.
June 5th, 2018
May 31st, 2018
[ken] - Fix inkscape for changes in poppler-0.65.0.
[ken] - Fix vlc build for QT-5.11 API changes.
May 31st, 2018
May 30th, 2018
[ken] - Update to git-2.17.1 (security fix). Fixes #10830.
May 29th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to gstreamer-1.14.1 and plugins. Fixes #10787.
[bdubbs] - Update to rpcsvc-proto-1.4. Fixes #10820.
[bdubbs] - Update to xf86-input-synaptics-1.9.1. Fixes #10822.
[bdubbs] - Update to xf86-input-evdev-2.10.6. Fixes #10821.
[bdubbs] - Update to xf86-video-vmware-13.3.0. Fixes #10786.
[bdubbs] - Update to NetworkManager-1.10.6. Fixes #10764.
[bdubbs] - Update to krb5-1.16.1. Fixes #10738.
May 28th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to qtwebengine-everywhere-src-5.11.0.
[ken] - Update to mutt-1.10.0. Fixes #10796.
[ken] - Update to libunistring-1.9.10. Fixes #10813.
[bdubbs] - Update to qt-everywhere-src-5.11.0. Fixes #10805.
[bdubbs] - Update to postfix-3.3.1. Fixes #10799.
[bdubbs] - Update to thunderbird-52.8.0. Fixes #10793.
[bdubbs] - Update to postgresql-10.4. Fixes #10765.
[bdubbs] - Update to seamonkey-2.49.3. Fixes #10733.
[thomas] - Update to bind-9.13.0. Fixes #10791.
May 27th, 2018
May 26th, 2018
May 25th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to curl-7.60.0. Fixes #10781.
[bdubbs] - Update to x265-2.8. Fixes #10804.
[bdubbs] - Update to glib-networking-2.56.1. Fixes #10803.
[bdubbs] - Update to cryptsetup-2.0.3. Fixes #10737.
[bdubbs] - Update to gnumeric-1.12.41. Fixes #10729.
[bdubbs] - Update to webkitgtk-2.20.2. Fixes #10756.
[bdubbs] - Update to geoclue-2.4.10. Fixes #10732.
[bdubbs] - Update to php-7.2.6. Fixes #10709.
[bdubbs] - Update to vim-8.1. Fixes #10783.
May 24th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to volume_key-0.3.10. Fixes #10802.
[bdubbs] - Update to goffice-0.10.41. Fixes #10719.
[bdubbs] - Update to libidn2-2.0.5. Fixes #10790.
[bdubbs] - Update to libidn-1.35. Fixes #10763.
[bdubbs] - Update to fribidi-1.0.3. Fixes #10778.
[bdubbs] - Update to php-7.2.5. Fixes #10709.
[bdubbs] - Update to wireshark-2.6.1. Fixes #10704.
[bdubbs] - Fix failures with xfwm and xorg-xerver-1.20.0. Fixes #10772.
[bdubbs] - Update to Error-0.17026 (Perl Module). Fixes #10808.
May 22nd, 2018
May 21st, 2018
[ken] - Update gimp-help snapshot to 2018-05-19-f8fb93ed2.
[bdubbs] - Update to libepoxy-1.5.2. Fixes #10797.
[bdubbs] - Update to cmake-3.11.2. Fixes #10784.
[bdubbs] - Update to cdrdao-1.2.4. Fixes #10782.
[bdubbs] - Update to c-ares-1.14.0. Fixes #10780.
[bdubbs] - Update to gegl-0.4.2. Fixes #10779.
[bdubbs] - Update to xfce4-terminal-0.8.7.4. Fixes #10776.
[bdubbs] - Update to usbutils-010. Fixes #10775.
[bdubbs] - Update to babl-0.1.50. Fixes #10774.
[bdubbs] - Update to nano-2.9.7. Fixes #10773.
[bdubbs] - Update to libdmx-1.1.4 (Xorg library). Fixes #10770.
[bdubbs] - Update to unrar-5.6.4. Fixes #10769.
[bdubbs] - Update to mlt-6.8.0. Fixes #10768.
[bdubbs] - Update to xdg-utils-1.1.3. Fixes #10767.
[bdubbs] - Update to feh-2.26.3. Fixes #10766.
[bdubbs] - Update to nghttp2-1.32.0. Fixes #10755.
[bdubbs] - Update to libsoup-2.62.2. Fixes #10752.
[bdubbs] - Update to gnupg-2.2.7. Fixes #10728.
May 20th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to sshfs-3.3.2. Fixes #10718.
[bdubbs] - Update to fuse-3.2.3. Fixes #10762.
[bdubbs] - Update to libfm and libfm-extra-1.3.0.2. Fixes #10716.
[bdubbs] - Update to phonon-4.10.1. Fixes #10714.
[bdubbs] - Update to xfsprogs-4.16.1. Fixes #10707.
[bdubbs] - Update to links-2.16. Fixes #10759.
[bdubbs] - Update to Business-ISSN-1.003 (Perl Module). Fixes #10757.
[bdubbs] - Update to dbus-python-1.2.8. Fixes #10743.
[bdubbs] - Update to LibRaw-0.18.11. Fixes #10740.
[bdubbs] - Update to dash-0.5.10.2. Fixes #10739.
[bdubbs] - Update to libinput-1.10.7. Fixes #10726.
[bdubbs] - Update to highlight-3.43. Fixes #10723.
[bdubbs] - Update to libgpg-error-1.31. Fixes #10722.
[bdubbs] - Update to btrfs-progs-4.16.1. Fixes #10700.
May 18th, 2018
May 17th, 2018
May 16th, 2018
[pierre] - Fix building Apache-Maven with Java 10. Fixes #10771.
May 13th, 2018
May 12th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Add a patch to xf86-video-vmware for gcc8 and xorg-server-1.20.0 changes.
[bdubbs] - Update to xterm-333. Fixes #10742.
May 11th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to xorg-server-1.20.0. Fixes #10760.
[bdubbs] - Update to libepoxy-1.5.1. Fixes #10706.
[bdubbs] - Update to mesa-18.0.3. Fixes #10715.
[bdubbs] - Update to wayland-protocols-1.14. Fixes #10751.
[bdubbs] - Update to libuv-v1.20.3. Fixes #10750.
[bdubbs] - Update to libdrm-2.4.92. Fixes #10758.
[bdubbs] - Update to dbus-1.12.8. Fixes #10724.
[bdubbs] - Update to freetype-2.9.1. Fixes #10729.
[bdubbs] - Update to nss-3.37. Fixes #10749.
[bdubbs] - Update to shadow-4.6. Fixes #10717.
[bdubbs] - Update to wget-1.19.5. Fixes #10748.
[bdubbs] - Update to python2-2.7.15. Fixes #10725.
[bdubbs] - Update to sudo-1.8.23. Fixes #10721.
[thomas] - Update to nano-2.9.6. Fixes #10713.
May 8th, 2018
[ken] - Update to firefox-60.0. Fixes #10754.
May 7th, 2018
[ken] - change gentoo ftp repo to one which still works. Fixes #10736.
[ken] - webkitgtk: demote enchant to recommended. Fixes #10745.
[ken] - gvfs: move libsecret and libsoup2 to required. Fixes #10744.
[ken] - Update to gimp-2.10.0 and gegl-0.4.0, with libmypaint-1.3.0 and mypaint-brushes-1.3.0. Fixes #10711 and #10708.
May 3rd, 2018
[ken] - Update to xine-lib-1.2.9. Fixes #10734.
[pierre] - Remove version from OpenJDK .desktop files.
May 2nd, 2018
[ken] - Update to texlive-20180414 and 2018 install-tl-unx. Fixes #10712.
[ken] - Update external perl modules used by biber for changed dependencies as at 30th April (File::Copy::Recursive now uses Test::Warnings instead of Test::Warn, DateTime::Locale adds IPC::System::Simple).
April 26th, 2018
April 25th, 2018
April 24th, 2018
April 23rd, 2018
April 22nd, 2018
April 21st, 2018
April 20th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to feh-2.26. Fixes #10686.
[bdubbs] - Update to libgsf-1.14.43. Fixes #10684.
[bdubbs] - Update to libbytesize-1.3. Fixes #10683.
[bdubbs] - Update to libinput-1.10.5. Fixes #10682.
[bdubbs] - Update to colord-1.4.3. Fixes #10681.
[bdubbs] - Update to libuv-1.20.1. Fixes #10680.
[bdubbs] - Update to mesa-18.0.1. Fixes #10590.
[pierre] - gptfdisk-1.0.3 has usable tests. Add them.
[pierre] - Update convenience patch for gptfdisk-1.0.3: the ICU switch is not needed, and the POPT switch is superfluous. Only the “install” target is kept.
April 18th, 2018
April 17th, 2018
April 16th, 2018
April 15th, 2018
[ken] Fixes for problems people have encountered with my rustc instructions. In particular, in llvm add -DLLVM_LINK_LLVM_DYLIB=ON which I have been using for ages but was not in the current book, and in rustc add RUSTFLAGS to ensure that libffi is linked. Also simplify the rustc install. Particular thanks to 'balducci' for the RUSTFLAGS.
[bdubbs] - Update to subversion-1.10.0. Fixes #10658.
[bdubbs] - Update to gegl-0.3.32. Fixes #10664.
April 13th, 2018
April 12th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to webkitgtk-2.20.1. Fixes #10654.
[bdubbs] - Update to epiphany-3.28.1. Fixes #10655.
[bdubbs] - Update to QScintilla_gpl-2.10.4. Fixes #10653.
[bdubbs] - Update to sqlite-autoconf-3.23.1. Fixes #10652.
[bdubbs] - Update to parole-1.0.1. Fixes #10657.
[bdubbs] - Update to libgpg-error-1.29. Fixes #10656.
[bdubbs] - Update to babl-0.1.46. Fixes #10651.
[bdubbs] - Update to libsoup-2.62.1. Fixes #10645.
April 11th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to libinput-1.10.4. Fixes #10646.
[bdubbs] - Update to xf86-input-libinput-0.27.1. Fixes #10647.
[bdubbs] - Update to Beaker-1.9.1 (Python Module). Fixes #10644.
[bdubbs] - Update to wayland-1.15.0. Fixes #10643.
[bdubbs] - Update to gobject-introspection-1.56.1. Fixes #10642.
[bdubbs] - Update to nss-3.36.1. Fixes #10641.
[bdubbs] - Update xfburn dependencies.
[bdubbs] - Remove obsolete note in gtk+3.
[bdubbs] - Update to gnupg-2.2.6. Fixes #10640.
[bdubbs] - Update gnome-screenshot instructions. Fixes #10``2.
April 10th, 2018
[ken] - Thunderbird requires gtk2 as well as gtk3. Reported by 'rhubarbpieguy'.
April 9th, 2018
April 8th, 2018
[timtas] - Update to alsa-1.1.6 (alsa-lib, alsa-plugins, alsa-utils,alsa-tools, ALSA OSS). Fixes #10623.
[bdubbs] - Update to pango-1.42.1. Fixes #10636.
[bdubbs] - Update to gdk-pixbuf-2.36.12. Fixes #10635.
[bdubbs] - Update to glib-2.56.1. Fixes #10634.
[bdubbs] - Update to pidgin-2.13.0. Fixes #10499.
[bdubbs] - Update to btrfs-progs-v4.16. Fixes #10631.
[bdubbs] - Update to sysstat-11.6.3. Fixes #10632.
[bdubbs] - Update to xf86-video-amdgpu-18.0.1 (built only). Fixes #10462.
[bdubbs] - Update to dhcpcd-7.0.3. Fixes #10633.
[bdubbs] - Update to mercurial-4.5.3. Fixes #10629.
[bdubbs] - Update to node.js-9.11.2. Fixes #10627.
[bdubbs] - Update to wireshark-2.4.6. Fixes #10622.
[bdubbs] - Update to git-2.17.0. Fixes #10621.
April 7th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to talloc-2.1.13. Fixes #10630.
[bdubbs] - Update to accountsservice-0.6.46. Fixes #10628.
[bdubbs] - Update to sqlite-autoconf-3230000. Fixes #10618.
[bdubbs] - Update to libuv-v1.20.0. Fixes #10617.
[bdubbs] - Update to openssh-7.7p1. Fixes #10616.
[bdubbs] - Update to tripwire-2.4.3.7. Fixes #10606.
[bdubbs] - Update to unrar-5.6.2. Fixes #10610.
[bdubbs] - Update to libidn-1.34. Fixes #10609.
[bdubbs] - Update to fuse-3.2.2. Fixes #10607.
[bdubbs] - Update to LMDB_0.9.22. Fixes #10605.
[bdubbs] - Update to libusb-1.0.22. Fixes #10604.
[bdubbs] - Update to lsof_4.91. Fixes #10603.
[bdubbs] - Update to php-7.2.4. Fixes #10601.
April 6th, 2018
April 5th, 2018
April 4th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to gucharmap-10.0.4. Fixes #10527.
[bdubbs] - Update to gnome-apps-2.28 baobab cheese eog evince file-roller gnome-calculator gnome-color-manager gnome-disk-utility gnome-logs gnome-maps gnome-system-monitor gnome-terminal. Fixes #10525.
[bdubbs] - Update to evolution-3.28.0. Fixes #10482.
[bdubbs] - Update to libwacom-0.29. Fixes #10473.
[pierre] - Move Little-CMS2 to recommended dependency of poppler, since cups-filters needs it.
[pierre] - Move Linux-PAM to recommended dependency of cups, since upstream will make it required in a forthcoming version.
[pierre] - Update to dovecot-2.3.1. Fixes #10588.
[pierre] - Update to apache-ant-1.10.3. Fixes #10586.
[pierre] - Update to vala-0.40.2. Fixes #10582.
[pierre] - Update to icu-61.1. Add a switch to allow building libreoffice with this version of icu. Fixes #10581.
[timtas] - Update to cups-filters-1.20.2. Fixes #10612.
April 2nd, 2018
April 1st, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to GNOME platform packages gcr, gjs, gnome-backgrounds, gnome-bluetooth, gnome-desktop, gnome-keyring, gnome-online-accounts, gnome-settings-daemon, gsettings-desktop-schemas, libgweather, libsecret, nautilus, yelp-xsl, and zenity. Partially fixes #10502.
[bdubbs] - Update to evolution-data-server-3.28.0. Partially fixes #10482.
[bdubbs] - Update to gvfs-1.36.0. Fixes #10483.
[bdubbs] - Update to systemd-238. Fixes #10575.
[timtas] - Update to glibmm-2.56.0. Fixes #10608.
[timtas] - Update to tumbler-0.2.1. Fixes #10611.
March 31st, 2018
March 30th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to Unicode-LineBreak-2018.003 (Perl Module). Fixes #10600.
[bdubbs] - Update to OpenSSL-1.0.2n Libraries. Fixes #10593.
[bdubbs] - Update to cups-2.2.7. Fixes #10591.
[bdubbs] - Update to mariadb-10.2.14. Fixes #10589.
[bdubbs] - Update to webkitgtk-2.20.0. Fixes #10523.
[bdubbs] - Update to gtksourceview-3.24.7. Fixes #10542.
[bdubbs] - Update to libsoup-2.62.0. Fixes #10519.
[bdubbs] - Update to colord-1.4.2. Fixes #10515.
March 29th, 2018
March 28th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to pygobject-3.28.2. Fixes #10587.
[bdubbs] - Update to libinput-1.10.3. Fixes #10541.
[bdubbs] - Update to libatomic_ops-7.6.4. Fixes #10585.
[bdubbs] - Update to ibus-1.5.18. Fixes #10461.
[bdubbs] - Archive obex-data-server and openobex. Fixes #10500.
[timtas] - Update to thunderbird-52.7.0. Fixes #10574.
[timtas] - Update to dhcpcd-7.0.2. Fixes #10583.
[timtas] - Update to ghostscript-9.23. Fixes #10569.
March 27th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to glib-networking-2.56.0. Fixes #10506.
[bdubbs] - Revert to stable gnutls-3.5.18.
March 26th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to mesa-17.3.7. Fixes #10467.
[bdubbs] - Update to llvm-6.0.0. Fixes #10503.
[bdubbs] - Update to gegl-0.3.30. Fixes #10571.
[bdubbs] - Update to libdvdcss-1.4.2. Fixes #10568.
[bdubbs] - Update to git-2.16.3. Fixes #10566.
[bdubbs] - Update to talloc-2.1.12. Fixes #10565.
[bdubbs] - Update to node.js-9.9.0. Fixes #10564.
[bdubbs] - Update to nmap-7.70. Fixes #10563.
[bdubbs] - Use LWP::Protocol::https for ntp dependency. Fixes #10570.
[bdubbs] - Update to hdparm-9.56. Fixes (again) #10545.
[timtas] - Update to poppler-0.63.0. Fixes #10555.
March 25th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to pcre-8.42. Fixes #10562.
[bdubbs] - Update to gparted-0.31.0. Fixes #10560.
[bdubbs] - Update to xf86-input-libinput-0.27.0. Fixes #10559.
[bdubbs] - Update to fribidi-1.0.2. Fixes #10554.
[bdubbs] - Update to links-2.15. Fixes #10580.
[bdubbs] - Update to pygobject-3.28.1. Fixes #10579.
[bdubbs] - Update to lxml-4.2.1 (python module). Fixes #10578.
[bdubbs] - Update to gtk-doc-1.28. Fixes #10577.
[bdubbs] - Update to cmake-3.10.3. Fixes #10550.
March 24th, 2018
[timtas] - Update to inkscape-0.92.3. Fixes #10573.
[bdubbs] - Update to imlib2-1.5.1. Fixes #10553.
[bdubbs] - Update to libvorbis-1.3.6. Fixes #10551.
[bdubbs] - Update to hdparm-9.55. Fixes #10545.
[bdubbs] - Update to libtirpc-1.0.3. Fixes #10540.
[bdubbs] - Update to XML-Simple-2.25 (Perl module). Fixes #10552.
[bdubbs] - Update to lxml-4.2.0 (python module). Fixes #10530.
[bdubbs] - Update to gobject-introspection-1.56.0. Fixes #10528.
[bdubbs] - Update to pygobject-3.28.0. Fixes #10517.
[pierre] - Samba: promote libtirpc to required, and
pass -ltirpc to
LDFLAGS instead of
CFLAGS.
March 23rd, 2018
[timtas] - Update to openldap-2.4.46. Fixes #10567.
March 22nd, 2018
March 21st, 2018
[timtas] - Update to cifs-utils-6.8. Fixes #10531.
[timtas] - Add rpcsvc-proto as a required dependency of samba, as reported by Ryan Marsaw.
[pierre] - Update to unbound-1.7.0. Fixes #10546.
[pierre] - Update to xbitmaps-1.1.2. Fixes #10543.
[pierre] - Update to xdg-user-dirs-0.17. Fixes #10537.
[pierre] - Update to libgpg-error-1.28. Fixes #10529.
[timtas] - Update to samba-4.8.0. Fixes #10532.
March 20th, 2018
[timtas] - Update to gstreamer-1.14.0 (including updates to gstreamer-vaapi gst-libav gst-plugins-base gst-plugins-good gst-plugins-bad gst-plugins-ugly). Fixes #10561.
[timtas] - Update to unixODBC-2.3.6. Fixes #10558.
[ken] - Fixes in firefox: the icon location changed in firefox-59, and the old text about using configure --help has been wrong since firefox-58 required ./mach. Thanks to Wayne for the report.
March 19th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to vala-0.40.0. Fixes #10511.
[bdubbs] - Update to unrar-5.6.1. Fixes #10510.
[bdubbs] - Update to hexchat-2.14.1. Fixes #10509.
[pierre] - Update to Junit-4.12 (using maven for building). Fixes #10422.
[pierre] - Add Apache-Maven-3.5.3. Part of #10422.
[ken] - Update to firefox-59.0.1 (security fix). Fixes #10557.
[timtas] - Update to NetworkManager-1.10.6. Fixes #10518.
[timtas] - Update to xfce4-settings-4.12.3. Fixes #10556.
[timtas] - Add libnsl as a required dependency of vsftpd.
March 18th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to clutter-gst-3.0.26. Fixes #10508.
[bdubbs] - Update to gtk+3-3.22.29. Fixes #10521.
[bdubbs] - Update to pango-1.42.0. Fixes #10522.
[bdubbs] - Added rpcsvc-proto as a required dependency of autofs. Fixes #10512.
[bdubbs] - Update to at-spi2-core-2.28.0 and at-spi2-atk-2.26.2. Fixes #10520.
[bdubbs] - Update to atk-2.28.1. Fixes #10524.
March 17th, 2018
March 16th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to cryptsetup-2.0.2. Fixes #10504.
[bdubbs] - Update to mercurial-4.5.2. Fixes #10488.
[bdubbs] - Update to exempi-2.4.5. Fixes #10486.
[bdubbs] - Update to nspr-4.19. Fixes #10475.
[bdubbs] - Update to libical-3.0.3. Fixes #10472.
[bdubbs] - Update to nss-3.36. Fixes #10470.
[bdubbs] - Update to slang-2.3.2. Fixes #10465.
[bdubbs] - Update to graphite-1.3.11. Fixes #10464.
[timtas] - Upgrade to xfce4-terminal-0.8.7.2. Fixes #10547.
[timtas] - Upgrade to VTE-0.52.0. Fixes #10526.
[thomas] - Upgrade to bind-9.12.1. Fixes #10538.
March 15th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Upgrade to fdk-aac-0.1.6. Fixes #10496.
[bdubbs] - Upgrade to mpg123-1.25.10. Fixes #10484.
[bdubbs] - Upgrade to libxml2-2.9.8. Fixes #10474.
[bdubbs] - Upgrade to nghttp2-1.31.0. Fixes #10441.
[bdubbs] - Upgrade to p11-kit-0.23.10. Fixes #10438.
[bdubbs] - Upgrade to feh-2.25.1. Fixes #10432.
[bdubbs] - Upgrade to balsa-2.5.5. Fixes #10431.
[bdubbs] - Upgrade to xfsprogs-4.15.1. Fixes #10438.
[bdubbs] - Upgrade to LibRaw-0.18.8. Fixes #10417.
[bdubbs] - Upgrade to node-9.8.0. Fixes #10414.
[pierre] - Move the instructions to install the CA certificates for Java to "Configuring the Java environment", so that a "cacerts" file can be passed to OpenJDK's configure. Also host the jtreg bundle on anduin.
[thomas] - Upgrade to json-c-0.13.1. Fixes #10471.
[ken] - Update intel microcode to 20180312 (spectre v2 mitigation for SandyBridge and later). Please note that for some models, particularly Skylake, currently-available kernels may disregard the mitigation because of issues with the previous (now withdrawn) version. That will hopefully be fixed in a few days, but will then require a kernel upgrade. Fixes #10300.
[timtas] - Explain how to build network-manager-applet without gobject-introspection and gtk-doc.
March 14th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to mkfontscale-1.1.3 (Xorg app).
[bdubbs] - Update to xcursor-themes-1.0.5.
[thomas] - Update to nano-2.9.4. Fixes #10498.
March 13th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to xinit-1.4.0 and 12 Xorg apps. Fixes #10501.
[bdubbs] - Update to twm-1.0.10. Fixes #10492.
[bdubbs] - Update to libinput-1.10.2. Fixes #10490.
[bdubbs] - Update to libevdev-1.5.9. Fixes #10489.
[bdubbs] - Update to harfbuzz-1.7.6. Fixes #10487.
[ken] - Update to firefox-59.0 (security fix).
Fixes
#10507. Please note that the libraries are now
installed in an unversioned /usr/lib/firefox/ directory.
March 12th, 2018
[ken] - Update to mutt-1.9.4. Fixes #10507.
March 11th, 2018
[pierre] - Update configuration instructions for OpenLDAP: Mention the new slapd-config method, and account for possibly removed .la files in the module directory.
March 10th, 2018
[thomas] - Update to libuv-1.19.2. Fixes #10409.
March 9th, 2018
March 8th, 2018
[pierre] - Update to php-7.2.3. Fixes #10455.
[pierre] - Update to dovecot-2.3.0.1. Fixes #10450.
[pierre] - Update to gnupg-2.2.5. Fixes #10413.
[timtas] - Update to parole-1.0.0. Fixes #10497.
[thomas] - Update to postfix-3.3.0. Fixes #10411.
[thomas] - Update to dhcp-4.4.1. Fixes #10449.
[thomas] - Update to ntp-4.2.8p11. Fixes #10440.
March 7th, 2018
[pierre] - Update to libdrm-2.4.91. Fixes #10481.
[pierre] - Update to xcb-proto-1.13. Fixes #10480.
[pierre] - Update to libxcb-1.13. Fixes #10479.
[pierre] - Update to fontconfig-2.13.0. Fixes #10476.
[pierre] - New Xorg protocols bundle xorgproto-2018.4. Remove the previous page. Thanks to Ken for help. Fixes #10347.
[timtas] - Update to imlib2-1.5.0. Fixes #10419.
[timtas] - Update to SDL2-2.0.8. Fixes #10459.
March 5th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to dbus-1.12.6. Fixes #10454.
[bdubbs] - Update to phonon-backend-vlc-0.10.1. Fixes #10444.
[bdubbs] - Update to vlc-3.0.1. Fixes #10445.
[bdubbs] - Update to iceauth-1.0.8 (xorg app). Fixes #10466.
[bdubbs] - Update to util-macros-1.19.2. Fixes #10468.
[bdubbs] - Update to libepoxy-1.5.0. Fixes #10451.
[bdubbs] - Update to libinput-1.10.1. Fixes #10442.
[bdubbs] - Update to x265_2.7. Fixes #10412.
[bdubbs] - Update to babl-0.1.44. Fixes #10403.
[bdubbs] - Update to libdrm-2.4.90. Fixes #10401.
[bdubbs] - Update to libical-3.0.2. Fixes #10400.
March 4th, 2018
[bdubbs] - Update to opencv-3.4.1. Fixes #10448.
[bdubbs] - Update to mesa-17.3.5. Fixes #10404.
[bdubbs] - Update to xfce4-notifyd-0.4.2. Fixes #10452.
[bdubbs] - Update to xfce4-settings-4.12.2. Fixes #10453.
[bdubbs] - Update to pycairo-1.16.3 (Python module). Fixes #10408.
[bdubbs] - Update to File-Slurper-0.012 (Perl module). Fixes #10408.
[bdubbs] - Update to libxshmfence-1.3 (xorg lib). Fixes #10430.
[bdubbs] - Update to xkbcomp-1.4.1 (xorg app). Fixes #10457.
[bdubbs] - Update to libwww-perl-6.33. Fixes #10407.
[bdubbs] - Update to XML-LibXSLT-1.96. Fixes #10410.
[thomas] - Update to postgresql-10.3. Fixes #10456.
March 2nd, 2018
[bdubbs] - Release of BLFS-8.2.
Last updated on 2018-09-01 14:35:46 -0700
The linuxfromscratch.org server is hosting a number of mailing lists that are used for the development of the BLFS book. These lists include, among others, the main development and support lists.
For more information regarding which lists are available, how to subscribe to them, archive locations, etc., visit http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/mail.html.
Last updated on 2007-04-04 12:42:53 -0700
The BLFS Project has created a Wiki for users to comment on pages and instructions at http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki. Comments are welcome from all users.
The following are the rules for posting:
Users must register and log in to edit a page.
Suggestions to change the book should be made by creating a new ticket, not by making comments in the Wiki.
Questions with your specific installation problems should be made by subscribing and mailing to the BLFS Support Mailing List at mailto:blfs-support AT linuxfromscratch D0T org.
Discussions of build instructions should be made by subscribing and mailing to the BLFS Development List at mailto:blfs-dev AT linuxfromscratch D0T org.
Inappropriate material will be removed.
Last updated on 2007-04-04 12:42:53 -0700
If you encounter a problem while using this book, and your problem is not listed in the FAQ (http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/faq), you will find that most of the people on Internet Relay Chat (IRC) and on the mailing lists are willing to help you. An overview of the LFS mailing lists can be found in Mailing lists. To assist us in diagnosing and solving your problem, include as much relevant information as possible in your request for help.
Before asking for help, you should review the following items:
Is the hardware support compiled into the kernel or
available as a module to the kernel? If it is a module,
is it configured properly in modprobe.conf and has it been loaded?
You should use lsmod as the
root user to see if
it's loaded. Check the sys.log file or run modprobe <driver>
to review any error message. If it loads properly, you
may need to add the modprobe command to
your boot scripts.
Are your permissions properly set, especially for
devices? LFS uses groups to make these settings easier,
but it also adds the step of adding users to groups to
allow access. A simple usermod -G audio <user>
may be all that's necessary for that user to have
access to the sound system. Any question that starts
out with “It works as root,
but not as ...” requires a thorough review
of permissions prior to asking.
BLFS liberally uses /opt/.
The main objection to this centers around the need to
expand your environment variables for each package
placed there (e.g., PATH=$PATH:/opt/kde/bin). In most
cases, the package instructions will walk you through
the changes, but some will not. The section called
“Going Beyond
BLFS” is available to help you check.
<package>
Apart from a brief explanation of the problem you're having, the essential things to include in your request are:
the version of the book you are using (being 8.3),
the package or section giving you problems,
the exact error message or symptom you are receiving,
whether you have deviated from the book or LFS at all,
if you are installing a BLFS package on a non-LFS system.
(Note that saying that you've deviated from the book doesn't mean that we won't help you. It'll just help us to see other possible causes of your problem.)
Expect guidance instead of specific instructions. If you are instructed to read something, please do so. It generally implies that the answer was way too obvious and that the question would not have been asked if a little research was done prior to asking. The volunteers in the mailing list prefer not to be used as an alternative to doing reasonable research on your end. In addition, the quality of your experience with BLFS is also greatly enhanced by this research, and the quality of volunteers is enhanced because they don't feel that their time has been abused, so they are far more likely to participate.
An excellent article on asking for help on the Internet in general has been written by Eric S. Raymond. It is available online at http://www.catb.org/~esr/faqs/smart-questions.html. Read and follow the hints in that document and you are much more likely to get a response to start with and also to get the help you actually need.
Last updated on 2009-09-24 22:43:37 -0700
Many people have contributed both directly and indirectly to BLFS. This page lists all of those we can think of. We may well have left people out and if you feel this is the case, drop us a line. Many thanks to all of the LFS community for their assistance with this project.
Bruce Dubbs
Pierre Labastie
DJ Lucas
Ken Moffat
Douglas Reno
The list of contributors is far too large to provide detailed information about the contributions for each contributor. Over the years, the following individuals have provided significant inputs to the book:
Timothy Bauscher
Daniel Bauman
Jeff Bauman
Andy Benton
Wayne Blaszczyk
Paul Campbell
Nathan Coulson
Jeroen Coumans
Guy Dalziel
Robert Daniels
Richard Downing
Manuel Canales Esparcia
Jim Gifford
Manfred Glombowski
Ag Hatzimanikas
Mark Hymers
James Iwanek
David Jensen
Jeremy Jones
Seth Klein
Alex Kloss
Eric Konopka
Larry Lawrence
Chris Lynn
Andrew McMurry
Randy McMurchy
Denis Mugnier
Billy O'Connor
Fernando de Oliveira
Alexander Patrakov
Olivier Peres
Andreas Pedersen
Henning Rohde
Matt Rogers
James Robertson
Henning Rohde
Chris Staub
Jesse Tie-Ten-Quee
Ragnar Thomsen
Thomas Trepl
Tushar Teredesai
Jeremy Utley
Zack Winkles
Christian Wurst
Igor Živković
Fernando Arbeiza
Miguel Bazdresch
Gerard Beekmans
Oliver Brakmann
Jeremy Byron
Ian Chilton
David Ciecierski
Jim Harris
Lee Harris
Marc Heerdink
Steffen Knollmann
Eric Konopka
Scot McPherson
Ted Riley
Last updated on 2018-09-01 15:33:23 -0700
Please direct your emails to one of the BLFS mailing lists. See Mailing lists for more information on the available mailing lists.
Last updated on 2012-02-05 21:15:51 -0800
This chapter is used to explain some of the policies used throughout the book, to introduce important concepts and to explain some issues you may see with some of the included packages.
Those people who have built an LFS system may be aware of the general principles of downloading and unpacking software. Some of that information is repeated here for those new to building their own software.
Each set of installation instructions contains a URL from which you can download the package. The patches; however, are stored on the LFS servers and are available via HTTP. These are referenced as needed in the installation instructions.
While you can keep the source files anywhere you like, we assume that you have unpacked the package and changed into the directory created by the unpacking process (the 'build' directory). We also assume you have uncompressed any required patches and they are in the directory immediately above the 'build' directory.
We can not emphasize strongly enough that you should start from
a clean source tree each
time. This means that if you have had an error during
configuration or compilation, it's usually best to delete the
source tree and re-unpack it before trying again. This obviously
doesn't apply if you're an advanced user used to hacking
Makefiles and C code, but if in
doubt, start from a clean tree.
The golden rule of Unix System Administration is to use your
superpowers only when necessary. Hence, BLFS recommends that
you build software as an unprivileged user and only become
the root user when installing
the software. This philosophy is followed in all the packages
in this book. Unless otherwise specified, all instructions
should be executed as an unprivileged user. The book will
advise you on instructions that need root privileges.
If a file is in .tar format and
compressed, it is unpacked by running one of the following
commands:
tar -xvf filename.tar.gz tar -xvf filename.tgz tar -xvf filename.tar.Z tar -xvf filename.tar.bz2
You may omit using the v
parameter in the commands shown above and below if you wish
to suppress the verbose listing of all the files in the
archive as they are extracted. This can help speed up the
extraction as well as make any errors produced during the
extraction more obvious to you.
You can also use a slightly different method:
bzcat filename.tar.bz2 | tar -xv
Finally, you sometimes need to be able to unpack patches
which are generally not in .tar
format. The best way to do this is to copy the patch file to
the parent of the 'build' directory and then run one of the
following commands depending on whether the file is a
.gz or .bz2 file:
gunzip -v patchname.gz bunzip2 -v patchname.bz2
Generally, to verify that the downloaded file is genuine and
complete, many package maintainers also distribute md5sums of
the files. To verify the md5sum of the downloaded files,
download both the file and the corresponding md5sum file to
the same directory (preferably from different on-line
locations), and (assuming file.md5sum is the md5sum file downloaded)
run the following command:
md5sum -c file.md5sum
If there are any errors, they will be reported. Note that the
BLFS book includes md5sums for all the source files also. To
use the BLFS supplied md5sums, you can create a file.md5sum (place the md5sum data and the
exact name of the downloaded file on the same line of a file,
separated by white space) and run the command shown above.
Alternately, simply run the command shown below and compare
the output to the md5sum data shown in the BLFS book.
md5sum <name_of_downloaded_file>
For larger packages, it is convenient to create log files
instead of staring at the screen hoping to catch a particular
error or warning. Log files are also useful for debugging and
keeping records. The following command allows you to create
an installation log. Replace <command> with the
command you intend to execute.
( <command> 2>&1 | tee compile.log && exit $PIPESTATUS )
2>&1 redirects error
messages to the same location as standard output. The
tee command
allows viewing of the output while logging the results to a
file. The parentheses around the command run the entire
command in a subshell and finally the exit $PIPESTATUS command
ensures the result of the <command> is returned
as the result and not the result of the tee command.
For many modern systems with multiple processors (or cores) the compilation time for a package can be reduced by performing a "parallel make" by either setting an environment variable or telling the make program how many processors are available. For instance, a Core2Duo can support two simultaneous processes with:
export MAKEFLAGS='-j2'
or just building with:
make -j2
Generally the number of processes should not exceed the
number of cores supported by the CPU. To list the processors
on your system, issue: grep
processor /proc/cpuinfo.
In some cases, using multiple processors may result in a 'race' condition where the success of the build depends on the order of the commands run by the make program. For instance, if an executable needs File A and File B, attempting to link the program before one of the dependent components is available will result in a failure. This condition usually arises because the upstream developer has not properly designated all the prerequsites needed to accomplish a step in the Makefile.
If this occurs, the best way to proceed is to drop back to a single processor build. Adding '-j1' to a make command will override the similar setting in the MAKEFLAGS environment variable.
When running the package tests or the install portion of the package build process, we do not recommend using an option greater than '-j1' unless specified otherwise. The installation procedures or checks have not been validated using parallel procedures and may fail with issues that are difficult to debug.
There are times when automating the building of a package can
come in handy. Everyone has their own reasons for wanting to
automate building, and everyone goes about it in their own
way. Creating Makefiles,
Bash scripts, Perl scripts or simply a list of
commands used to cut and paste are just some of the methods
you can use to automate building BLFS packages. Detailing how
and providing examples of the many ways you can automate the
building of packages is beyond the scope of this section.
This section will expose you to using file redirection and
the yes command
to help provide ideas on how to automate your builds.
You will find times throughout your BLFS journey when you will come across a package that has a command prompting you for information. This information might be configuration details, a directory path, or a response to a license agreement. This can present a challenge to automate the building of that package. Occasionally, you will be prompted for different information in a series of questions. One method to automate this type of scenario requires putting the desired responses in a file and using redirection so that the program uses the data in the file as the answers to the questions.
Building the CUPS package is a good example of how redirecting a file as input to prompts can help you automate the build. If you run the test suite, you are asked to respond to a series of questions regarding the type of test to run and if you have any auxiliary programs the test can use. You can create a file with your responses, one response per line, and use a command similar to the one shown below to automate running the test suite:
make check < ../cups-1.1.23-testsuite_parms
This effectively makes the test suite use the responses in the file as the input to the questions. Occasionally you may end up doing a bit of trial and error determining the exact format of your input file for some things, but once figured out and documented you can use this to automate building the package.
Sometimes you will only need to provide one response, or provide the same response to many prompts. For these instances, the yes command works really well. The yes command can be used to provide a response (the same one) to one or more instances of questions. It can be used to simulate pressing just the Enter key, entering the Y key or entering a string of text. Perhaps the easiest way to show its use is in an example.
First, create a short Bash script by entering the following commands:
cat > blfs-yes-test1 << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
echo -n -e "\n\nPlease type something (or nothing) and press Enter ---> "
read A_STRING
if test "$A_STRING" = ""; then A_STRING="Just the Enter key was pressed"
else A_STRING="You entered '$A_STRING'"
fi
echo -e "\n\n$A_STRING\n\n"
EOF
chmod 755 blfs-yes-test1
Now run the script by issuing ./blfs-yes-test1 from the command line. It will wait for a response, which can be anything (or nothing) followed by the Enter key. After entering something, the result will be echoed to the screen. Now use the yes command to automate the entering of a response:
yes | ./blfs-yes-test1
Notice that piping yes by itself to the script results in y being passed to the script. Now try it with a string of text:
yes 'This is some text' | ./blfs-yes-test1
The exact string was used as the response to the script. Finally, try it using an empty (null) string:
yes '' | ./blfs-yes-test1
Notice this results in passing just the press of the Enter key to the script. This is useful for times when the default answer to the prompt is sufficient. This syntax is used in the Net-tools instructions to accept all the defaults to the many prompts during the configuration step. You may now remove the test script, if desired.
In order to automate the building of some packages, especially those that require you to read a license agreement one page at a time, requires using a method that avoids having to press a key to display each page. Redirecting the output to a file can be used in these instances to assist with the automation. The previous section on this page touched on creating log files of the build output. The redirection method shown there used the tee command to redirect output to a file while also displaying the output to the screen. Here, the output will only be sent to a file.
Again, the easiest way to demonstrate the technique is to show an example. First, issue the command:
ls -l /usr/bin | more
Of course, you'll be required to view the output one page at
a time because the more filter was used. Now
try the same command, but this time redirect the output to a
file. The special file /dev/null can be used instead of the
filename shown, but you will have no log file to examine:
ls -l /usr/bin | more > redirect_test.log 2>&1
Notice that this time the command immediately returned to the shell prompt without having to page through the output. You may now remove the log file.
The last example will use the yes command in combination with output redirection to bypass having to page through the output and then provide a y to a prompt. This technique could be used in instances when otherwise you would have to page through the output of a file (such as a license agreement) and then answer the question of “do you accept the above?”. For this example, another short Bash script is required:
cat > blfs-yes-test2 << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
ls -l /usr/bin | more
echo -n -e "\n\nDid you enjoy reading this? (y,n) "
read A_STRING
if test "$A_STRING" = "y"; then A_STRING="You entered the 'y' key"
else A_STRING="You did NOT enter the 'y' key"
fi
echo -e "\n\n$A_STRING\n\n"
EOF
chmod 755 blfs-yes-test2
This script can be used to simulate a program that requires you to read a license agreement, then respond appropriately to accept the agreement before the program will install anything. First, run the script without any automation techniques by issuing ./blfs-yes-test2.
Now issue the following command which uses two automation techniques, making it suitable for use in an automated build script:
yes | ./blfs-yes-test2 > blfs-yes-test2.log 2>&1
If desired, issue tail blfs-yes-test2.log to see the end of the paged output, and confirmation that y was passed through to the script. Once satisfied that it works as it should, you may remove the script and log file.
Finally, keep in mind that there are many ways to automate and/or script the build commands. There is not a single “correct” way to do it. Your imagination is the only limit.
For each package described, BLFS lists the known dependencies. These are listed under several headings, whose meaning is as follows:
Required means that the target package cannot be correctly built without the dependency having first been installed.
Recommended means that BLFS strongly suggests this package is installed first for a clean and trouble-free build, that won't have issues either during the build process, or at run-time. The instructions in the book assume these packages are installed. Some changes or workarounds may be required if these packages are not installed.
Optional means that this package might be installed for added functionality. Often BLFS will describe the dependency to explain the added functionality that will result.
On occasion you may run into a situation in the book when a package will not build or work properly. Though the Editors attempt to ensure that every package in the book builds and works properly, sometimes a package has been overlooked or was not tested with this particular version of BLFS.
If you discover that a package will not build or work properly, you should see if there is a more current version of the package. Typically this means you go to the maintainer's web site and download the most current tarball and attempt to build the package. If you cannot determine the maintainer's web site by looking at the download URLs, use Google and query the package's name. For example, in the Google search bar type: 'package_name download' (omit the quotes) or something similar. Sometimes typing: 'package_name home page' will result in you finding the maintainer's web site.
In LFS, stripping of debugging symbols was discussed a couple of times. When building BLFS packages, there are generally no special instructions that discuss stripping again. It is probably not a good idea to strip an executable or a library while it is in use, so exiting any windowing environment is a good idea. Then you can do:
find /{,usr/}{bin,lib,sbin} -type f -exec strip --strip-unneeded {} \;
If you install programs in other directories such as
/opt or /usr/local, you may want to strip the files
there too.
For more information on stripping, see http://www.technovelty.org/linux/stripping-shared-libraries.html.
One of the side effects of packages that use Autotools, including libtool, is that they create many files with an .la extension. These files are not needed in an LFS environment. If there are conflicts with pkgconfig entries, they can actually prevent successful builds. You may want to consider removing these files periodically:
find /lib /usr/lib -not -path "*Image*" -a -name \*.la -delete
The above command removes all .la files with the exception of those that have “Image” or “openldap” as a part of the path. These .la files are used by the ImageMagick and openldap programs, respectively. There may be other exceptions by packages not in BLFS.
Last updated on 2018-03-10 22:06:44 -0800
Should I install XXX in /usr or /usr/local?
This is a question without an obvious answer for an LFS based system.
In traditional Unix systems, /usr
usually contains files that come with the system distribution,
and the /usr/local tree is free
for the local administrator to manage. The only really hard and
fast rule is that Unix distributions should not touch
/usr/local, except perhaps to
create the basic directories within it.
With Linux distributions like Red Hat, Debian, etc., a possible
rule is that /usr is managed by
the distribution's package system and /usr/local is not. This way the package
manager's database knows about every file within /usr.
LFS users build their own system and so deciding where the
system ends and local files begin is not straightforward. So
the choice should be made in order to make things easier to
administer. There are several reasons for dividing files
between /usr and /usr/local.
On a network of several machines all running LFS, or
mixed LFS and other Linux distributions, /usr/local could be used to hold
packages that are common between all the computers in the
network. It can be NFS mounted or mirrored from a single
server. Here local indicates local to the site.
On a network of several computers all running an
identical LFS system, /usr/local could hold packages that are
different between the machines. In this case local refers
to the individual computers.
Even on a single computer, /usr/local can be useful if you have
several distributions installed simultaneously, and want
a place to put packages that will be the same on all of
them.
Or you might regularly rebuild your LFS, but want a place to put files that you don't want to rebuild each time. This way you can wipe the LFS file system and start from a clean partition every time without losing everything.
Some people ask why not use your own directory tree, e.g.,
/usr/site, rather than
/usr/local?
There is nothing stopping you, many sites do make their own
trees, however it makes installing new software more difficult.
Automatic installers often look for dependencies in
/usr and /usr/local, and if the file it is looking for
is in /usr/site instead, the
installer will probably fail unless you specifically tell it
where to look.
What is the BLFS position on this?
All of the BLFS instructions install programs in /usr with optional instructions to install
into /opt for some specific
packages.
Last updated on 2007-04-04 12:42:53 -0700
As you follow the various sections in the book, you will observe that the book occasionally includes patches that are required for a successful and secure installation of the packages. The general policy of the book is to include patches that fall in one of the following criteria:
Fixes a compilation problem.
Fixes a security problem.
Fixes a broken functionality.
In short, the book only includes patches that are either required or recommended. There is a Patches subproject which hosts various patches (including the patches referenced in the books) to enable you to configure your LFS the way you like it.
Last updated on 2007-04-04 12:42:53 -0700
The BLFS Bootscripts package contains the init scripts that are used throughout the book. It is assumed that you will be using the BLFS Bootscripts package in conjunction with a compatible LFS-Bootscripts package. Refer to ../../../../lfs/view/8.3/chapter07/bootscripts.html for more information on the LFS-Bootscripts package.
Package Information
The BLFS Bootscripts package will be used throughout the BLFS
book for startup scripts. Unlike LFS, each init script has a
separate install target in the BLFS Bootscripts package. It is
recommended you keep the package source directory around until
completion of your BLFS system. When a script is requested from
BLFS Bootscripts, simply change to the directory and as the
root user, execute the given
make install-<init-script>
command. This command installs the init script to its proper
location (along with any auxiliary configuration scripts) and
also creates the appropriate symlinks to start and stop the
service at the appropriate run-level.
You should review each bootscript before installation to ascertain that it satisfies your need. Also verify that the start and stop symlinks it creates match your preferences.
From time to time the bootscripts are updated to accommodate new packages or to make minor corrections. All versions of the bootscripts are located at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/blfs-bootscripts/.
Last updated on 2016-08-28 02:28:15 -0700
In LFS we installed a package, libtool, that is used by many packages to build on a variety of Unix platforms. This includes platforms such as AIX, Solaris, IRIX, HP-UX, and Cygwin as well as Linux. The origins of this tool are quite dated. It was intended to manage libraries on systems with less advanced capabilities than a modern Linux system.
On a Linux system, libtool specific files are generally unneeded. Normally libraries are specified in the build process during the link phase. Since a linux system uses the Executable and Linkable Format (ELF) for executables and libraries, information needed to complete the task is embedded in the files. At run time the program loader can query the appropriate files and properly load and execute the program.
The problem is that libtool usually creates one or more text files for package libraries called libtool archives. These small files have a ".la" extention and contain information that is similar to that embedded in the libraries. When building a package that uses libtool, the process automatically looks for these files. If a package is updated and no longer uses the .la file, then the build process can break.
The solution is to remove the .la files. However there is a catch. Some packages, such as ImageMagick-7.0.8-10, use a libtool function, lt_dlopen, to load libraries as needed during execution and resolve their dependencies at run time. In this case, the .la files should remain.
The script below, removes all unneeded .la files and saves them in a directory, /var/local/la-files by default, not in the normal library path. It also searches all pkg-config files (.pc) for embedded references to .la files and fixes them to be conventional library references needed when an application or library is built. It can be run as needed to clean up the directories that may be causing problems.
cat > /usr/sbin/remove-la-files.sh << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
# /usr/sbin/remove-la-files.sh
# Written for Beyond Linux From Scratch
# by Bruce Dubbs <bdubbs@linuxfromscratch.org>
# Make sure we are running with root privs
if test "${EUID}" -ne 0; then
echo "Error: $(basename ${0}) must be run as the root user! Exiting..."
exit 1
fi
# Make sure PKG_CONFIG_PATH is set if discarded by sudo
source /etc/profile
OLD_LA_DIR=/var/local/la-files
mkdir -p $OLD_LA_DIR
# Only search directories in /opt, but not symlinks to directories
OPTDIRS=$(find /opt -mindepth 1 -maxdepth 1 -type d)
# Move any found .la files to a directory out of the way
find /usr/lib $OPTDIRS -name "*.la" ! -path "/usr/lib/ImageMagick*" \
-exec mv -fv {} $OLD_LA_DIR \;
###############
# Fix any .pc files that may have .la references
STD_PC_PATH='/usr/lib/pkgconfig
/usr/share/pkgconfig
/usr/local/lib/pkgconfig
/usr/local/share/pkgconfig'
# For each directory that can have .pc files
for d in $(echo $PKG_CONFIG_PATH | tr : ' ') $STD_PC_PATH; do
# For each pc file
for pc in $d/*.pc ; do
if [ $pc == "$d/*.pc" ]; then continue; fi
# Check each word in a line with a .la reference
for word in $(grep '\.la' $pc); do
if $(echo $word | grep -q '.la$' ); then
mkdir -p $d/la-backup
cp -fv $pc $d/la-backup
basename=$(basename $word )
libref=$(echo $basename|sed -e 's/^lib/-l/' -e 's/\.la$//')
# Fix the .pc file
sed -i "s:$word:$libref:" $pc
fi
done
done
done
EOF
chmod +x /usr/sbin/remove-la-files.sh
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/la-files
Last updated on 2017-12-23 07:56:03 -0800
The original libraries were simply an archive of routines from which the required routines were extracted and linked into the executable program. These are described as static libraries (libfoo.a). On some old operating systems they are the only type available.
On almost all Linux platforms there are also shared libraries (libfoo.so) - one copy of the library is loaded into virtual memory, and shared by all the programs which call any of its functions. This is space efficient.
In the past, essential programs such as a shell were often
linked statically so that some form of minimal recovery
system would exist even if shared libraries, such as libc.so,
became damaged (e.g. moved to lost+found after fsck following an unclean
shutdown). Nowadays, most people use an alternative system
install or a Live CD if they have to recover. Journaling
filesystems also reduce the likelihood of this sort of
problem.
Developers, at least while they are developing, often prefer to use static versions of the libraries which their code links to.
Within the book, there are various places where configure switches such as --disable-static are employed, and other places where the possibility of using system versions of libraries instead of the versions included within another package is discussed. The main reason for this is to simplify updates of libraries.
If a package is linked to a dynamic library, updating to a newer library version is automatic once the newer library is installed and the program is (re)started (provided the library major version is unchanged, e.g. going from libfoo.so.2.0 to libfoo.so.2.1. Going to libfoo.so.3 will require recompilation - ldd can be used to find which programs use the old version). If a program is linked to a static library, the program always has to be recompiled. If you know which programs are linked to a particular static library, this is merely an annoyance. But usually you will not know which programs to recompile.
Most libraries are shared, but if you do something unusual,
such as moving a shared library to /lib accidentally breaking the .so symlink in /usr/lib while keeping the static library
in /lib, the static library
will be silently linked into the programs which need it.
One way to identify when a static library is used, is to deal
with it at the end of the installation of every package.
Write a script to find all the static libraries in
/usr/lib or wherever you are
installing to, and either move them to another directory so
that they are no longer found by the linker, or rename them
so that libfoo.a becomes e.g. libfoo.a.hidden. The static
library can then be temporarily restored if it is ever
needed, and the package needing it can be identified. You may
choose to exclude some of the static libraries from glibc if
you do this (libc_nonshared.a, libg.a,
libieee.a, libm.a, libpthread_nonshared.a, librpcsvc.a,
libsupc++.a) to simplify compilation.
If you use this approach, you may discover that more packages than you were expecting use a static library. That was the case with nettle-2.4 in its default static-only configuration: It was required by GnuTLS-3.0.19, but also linked into package(s) which used GnuTLS, such as glib-networking-2.32.3.
Many packages put some of their common functions into a static library which is only used by the programs within the package and, crucially, the library is not installed as a standalone library. These internal libraries are not a problem - if the package has to be rebuilt to fix a bug or vulnerability, nothing else is linked to them.
When BLFS mentions system libraries, it means shared versions of libraries. Some packages such as Firefox-61.0.2 and ghostscript-9.23 include many other libraries. When they link to them, they link statically so this also makes the programs bigger. The version they ship is often older than the version used in the system, so it may contain bugs - sometimes developers go to the trouble of fixing bugs in their included libraries, other times they do not.
Sometimes, deciding to use system libraries is an easy decision. Other times it may require you to alter the system version (e.g. for libpng-1.6.35 if used for Firefox-61.0.2). Occasionally, a package ships an old library and can no longer link to the current version, but can link to an older version. In this case, BLFS will usually just use the shipped version. Sometimes the included library is no longer developed separately, or its upstream is now the same as the package's upstream and you have no other packages which will use it. In those cases, you might decide to use the included static library even if you usually prefer to use system libraries.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libraries
Last updated on 2015-09-20 15:38:20 -0700
This page contains information about locale related problems and issues. In the following paragraphs you'll find a generic overview of things that can come up when configuring your system for various locales. Many (but not all) existing locale related problems can be classified and fall under one of the headings below. The severity ratings below use the following criteria:
Critical: The program doesn't perform its main function. The fix would be very intrusive, it's better to search for a replacement.
High: Part of the functionality that the program provides is not usable. If that functionality is required, it's better to search for a replacement.
Low: The program works in all typical use cases, but lacks some functionality normally provided by its equivalents.
If there is a known workaround for a specific package, it will appear on that package's page. For the most recent information about locale related issues for individual packages, check the User Notes in the BLFS Wiki.
Severity: Critical
Some programs require the user to specify the character
encoding for their input or output data and present only a
limited choice of encodings. This is the case for the
-X option in a2ps-4.14 and Enscript-1.6.6, the -input-charset option in unpatched Cdrtools-3.02a09, and the character
sets offered for display in the menu of Links-2.16. If the required
encoding is not in the list, the program usually becomes
completely unusable. For non-interactive programs, it may be
possible to work around this by converting the document to a
supported input character set before submitting to the
program.
A solution to this type of problem is to implement the necessary support for the missing encoding as a patch to the original program or to find a replacement.
Severity: High for non-text documents, low for text documents
Some programs, nano-2.9.8 or JOE-4.6 for example, assume that documents are always in the encoding implied by the current locale. While this assumption may be valid for the user-created documents, it is not safe for external ones. When this assumption fails, non-ASCII characters are displayed incorrectly, and the document may become unreadable.
If the external document is entirely text based, it can be converted to the current locale encoding using the iconv program.
For documents that are not text-based, this is not possible. In fact, the assumption made in the program may be completely invalid for documents where the Microsoft Windows operating system has set de facto standards. An example of this problem is ID3v1 tags in MP3 files (see the BLFS Wiki ID3v1Coding page for more details). For these cases, the only solution is to find a replacement program that doesn't have the issue (e.g., one that will allow you to specify the assumed document encoding).
Among BLFS packages, this problem applies to nano-2.9.8, JOE-4.6, and all media players except Audacious-3.10.
Another problem in this category is when someone cannot read the documents you've sent them because their operating system is set up to handle character encodings differently. This can happen often when the other person is using Microsoft Windows, which only provides one character encoding for a given country. For example, this causes problems with UTF-8 encoded TeX documents created in Linux. On Windows, most applications will assume that these documents have been created using the default Windows 8-bit encoding.
In extreme cases, Windows encoding compatibility issues may be solved only by running Windows programs under Wine.
Severity: Critical
The POSIX standard mandates that the filename encoding is the
encoding implied by the current LC_CTYPE locale category.
This information is well-hidden on the page which specifies
the behavior of Tar and
Cpio programs. Some programs
get it wrong by default (or simply don't have enough
information to get it right). The result is that they create
filenames which are not subsequently shown correctly by
ls, or they
refuse to accept filenames that ls shows properly. For the
GLib-2.56.1 library, the problem can be
corrected by setting the G_FILENAME_ENCODING environment variable to
the special "@locale" value. Glib2 based programs that don't respect
that environment variable are buggy.
The Zip-3.0 and UnZip-6.0 have this problem because they hard-code the expected filename encoding. UnZip contains a hard-coded conversion table between the CP850 (DOS) and ISO-8859-1 (UNIX) encodings and uses this table when extracting archives created under DOS or Microsoft Windows. However, this assumption only works for those in the US and not for anyone using a UTF-8 locale. Non-ASCII characters will be mangled in the extracted filenames.
The general rule for avoiding this class of problems is to avoid installing broken programs. If this is impossible, the convmv command-line tool can be used to fix filenames created by these broken programs, or intentionally mangle the existing filenames to meet the broken expectations of such programs.
In other cases, a similar problem is caused by importing filenames from a system using a different locale with a tool that is not locale-aware (e.g., OpenSSH-7.7p1). In order to avoid mangling non-ASCII characters when transferring files to a system with a different locale, any of the following methods can be used:
Transfer anyway, fix the damage with convmv.
On the sending side, create a tar archive with the
--format=posix
switch passed to tar (this will be the
default in a future version of tar).
Mail the files as attachments. Mail clients specify the encoding of attached filenames.
Write the files to a removable disk formatted with a FAT or FAT32 filesystem.
Transfer the files using Samba.
Transfer the files via FTP using RFC2640-aware server (this currently means only wu-ftpd, which has bad security history) and client (e.g., lftp).
The last four methods work because the filenames are automatically converted from the sender's locale to UNICODE and stored or sent in this form. They are then transparently converted from UNICODE to the recipient's locale encoding.
Severity: High or critical
Many programs were written in an older era where multibyte locales were not common. Such programs assume that C "char" data type, which is one byte, can be used to store single characters. Further, they assume that any sequence of characters is a valid string and that every character occupies a single character cell. Such assumptions completely break in UTF-8 locales. The visible manifestation is that the program truncates strings prematurely (i.e., at 80 bytes instead of 80 characters). Terminal-based programs don't place the cursor correctly on the screen, don't react to the "Backspace" key by erasing one character, and leave junk characters around when updating the screen, usually turning the screen into a complete mess.
Fixing this kind of problems is a tedious task from a programmer's point of view, like all other cases of retrofitting new concepts into the old flawed design. In this case, one has to redesign all data structures in order to accommodate to the fact that a complete character may span a variable number of "char"s (or switch to wchar_t and convert as needed). Also, for every call to the "strlen" and similar functions, find out whether a number of bytes, a number of characters, or the width of the string was really meant. Sometimes it is faster to write a program with the same functionality from scratch.
Among BLFS packages, this problem applies to xine-ui-0.99.10 and all the shells.
Severity: Low
LFS expects that manual pages are in the language-specific (usually 8-bit) encoding, as specified on the LFS Man DB page. However, some packages install translated manual pages in UTF-8 encoding (e.g., Shadow, already dealt with), or manual pages in languages not in the table. Not all BLFS packages have been audited for conformance with the requirements put in LFS (the large majority have been checked, and fixes placed in the book for packages known to install non-conforming manual pages). If you find a manual page installed by any of BLFS packages that is obviously in the wrong encoding, please remove or convert it as needed, and report this to BLFS team as a bug.
You can easily check your system for any non-conforming manual pages by copying the following short shell script to some accessible location,
#!/bin/sh
# Begin checkman.sh
# Usage: find /usr/share/man -type f | xargs checkman.sh
for a in "$@"
do
# echo "Checking $a..."
# Pure-ASCII manual page (possibly except comments) is OK
grep -v '.\\"' "$a" | iconv -f US-ASCII -t US-ASCII >/dev/null 2>&1 \
&& continue
# Non-UTF-8 manual page is OK
iconv -f UTF-8 -t UTF-8 "$a" >/dev/null 2>&1 || continue
# Found a UTF-8 manual page, bad.
echo "UTF-8 manual page: $a" >&2
done
# End checkman.sh
and then issuing the following command (modify the command
below if the checkman.sh script is not
in your PATH environment
variable):
find /usr/share/man -type f | xargs checkman.sh
Note that if you have manual pages installed in any location
other than /usr/share/man
(e.g., /usr/local/share/man),
you must modify the above command to include this additional
location.
Last updated on 2017-06-29 22:13:10 -0700
The packages that are installed in this book are only the tip of the iceberg. We hope that the experience you gained with the LFS book and the BLFS book will give you the background needed to compile, install and configure packages that are not included in this book.
When you want to install a package to a location other than
/, or /usr, you are installing outside the default
environment settings on most machines. The following examples
should assist you in determining how to correct this situation.
The examples cover the complete range of settings that may need
updating, but they are not all needed in every situation.
Expand the PATH to include
$PREFIX/bin.
Expand the PATH for
root to include
$PREFIX/sbin.
Add $PREFIX/lib to
/etc/ld.so.conf or expand
LD_LIBRARY_PATH to include it.
Before using the latter option, check out http://xahlee.org/UnixResource_dir/_/ldpath.html.
If you modify /etc/ld.so.conf, remember to update
/etc/ld.so.cache by
executing ldconfig as the
root user.
Add $PREFIX/man to
/etc/man_db.conf or expand
MANPATH.
Add $PREFIX/info to
INFOPATH.
Add $PREFIX/lib/pkgconfig
to PKG_CONFIG_PATH. Some
packages are now installing .pc files in $PREFIX/share/pkgconfig, so you may
have to include this directory also.
Add $PREFIX/include to
CPPFLAGS when compiling
packages that depend on the package you installed.
Add $PREFIX/lib to
LDFLAGS when compiling
packages that depend on a library installed by the
package.
If you are in search of a package that is not in the book, the following are different ways you can search for the desired package.
If you know the name of the package, then search Freecode
for it at http://freecode.com/. Also
search Google at http://google.com/. Sometimes a
search for the rpm at
http://rpmfind.net/ or the
deb at http://www.debian.org/distrib/packages#search_packages
can also lead to a link to the package.
If you know the name of the executable, but not the package that the executable belongs to, first try a Google search with the name of the executable. If the results are overwhelming, try searching for the given executable in the Debian repository at http://www.debian.org/distrib/packages#search_contents.
Some general hints on handling new packages:
Many of the newer packages follow the ./configure && make && make install process. Help on the options accepted by configure can be obtained via the command ./configure --help.
Most of the packages contain documentation on compiling and installing the package. Some of the documents are excellent, some not so excellent. Check out the homepage of the package for any additional and updated hints for compiling and configuring the package.
If you are having a problem compiling the package, try searching the LFS archives at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/search.html for the error or if that fails, try searching Google. Often, a distribution will have already solved the problem (many of them use development versions of packages, so they see the changes sooner than those of us who normally use stable released versions). But be cautious - all builders tend to carry patches which are no longer necessary, and to have fixes which are only required because of their particular choices in how they build a package. You may have to search deeply to find a fix for the package version you are trying to use, or even to find the package (names are sometimes not what you might expect, e.g. ghostscript often has a prefix or a suffix in its name), but the following notes might help:
Arch http://www.archlinux.org/packages/
- enter the package name in the 'Keywords' box,
select the package name, select the 'Source Files'
field, and then select the PKGBUILD entry to see how they
build this package.
Debian ftp://ftp.uk.debian.org/debian/pool
(use your country's version if there is one) - the
source will be in .tar.gz tarballs (either the
original upstream .orig source, or else a
dfsg containing those
parts which comply with debian's free software
guidelines) accompanied by versioned .diff.gz or
.tar.gz additions. These additions often show how
the package is built, and may contain patches. In
the .diff.gz versions, any patches create files in
debian/patches.
Fedora http://pkgs.fedoraproject.org/cgit/ - this site is still occasionally overloaded, but it is an easy way of looking at .spec files and patches. If you know their name for the package (e.g. mesa.git) you can append that to the URI to get to it. If not, use the search box. If the site is unavailable, try looking for a local mirror of ftp.fedora.com (the primary site is usually unavailable if fedora cgit is not responding) and download a source rpm to see what they do.
Gentoo - the mirrors for ebuilds and patches seem
to be well-hidden, and they change frequently.
Also, if you have found a mirror, you need to know
which directory the application has been assigned
to. The ebuilds themselves can be found at
http://packages.gentoo.org/
- use the search field. If there are any patches, a
mirror will have them in the files/ directory. Depending on
your browser, or the mirror, you might need to
download the ebuild to be able to read it. Treat
the ebuild as a sort of pseudo-code / shell
combination - look in particular for sed commands and
patches, or hazard a guess at the meanings of the
functions such as dodoc.
openSUSE http://download.opensuse.org/factory/repo/src-oss/suse/src/ - source only seems to be available in source rpms.
Slackware - the official package browser is
currently broken. The site at http://slackbuilds.org/
has current and previous versions in their
unofficial repository with links to homepages,
downloads, and some individual files, particularly
the .SlackBuild
files.
Ubuntu ftp://ftp.ubuntu.com/ubuntu/pool/ - see the debian notes above.
If everything else fails, try the blfs-support mailing-list.
If you have found a package that is only available in
.deb or .rpm format, there are two small scripts,
rpm2targz and
deb2targz that
are available at http://downloads.linuxfromscratch.org/deb2targz.tar.bz2
and http://downloads.linuxfromscratch.org/rpm2targz.tar.bz2
to convert the archives into a simple tar.gz format.
You may also find an rpm2cpio script useful. The Perl version in the linux kernel archives at http://lkml.indiana.edu/hypermail/linux/kernel/0210.2/att-0093/01-rpm2cpio works for most source rpms. The rpm2targz script will use an rpm2cpio script or binary if one is on your path. Note that rpm2cpio will unpack a source rpm in the current directory, giving a tarball, a spec file, and perhaps patches or other files.
Last updated on 2016-08-14 12:25:49 -0700
The intention of LFS is to provide a basic system which you can build upon. There are several things about tidying up the system which many people wonder about once they have done the base install. We hope to cover these issues in this chapter.
Most people coming from non-Unix like backgrounds to Linux find
the concept of text-only configuration files slightly strange. In
Linux, just about all configuration is done via the manipulation
of text files. The majority of these files can be found in the
/etc hierarchy. There are often
graphical configuration programs available for different
subsystems but most are simply pretty front ends to the process
of editing a text file. The advantage of text-only configuration
is that you can edit parameters using your favorite text editor,
whether that be vim, emacs, or any other editor.
The first task is making a recovery boot device in Creating a Custom Boot Device because it's the most critical need. Hardware issues relevant to firmware and other devices is addressed next. The system is then configured to ease addition of new users, because this can affect the choices you make in the two subsequent topics—The Bash Shell Startup Files and The vimrc Files.
The remaining topics, Customizing your Logon with /etc/issue, Random number generation, and Autofs-5.1.4 are then addressed, in that order. They don't have much interaction with the other topics in this chapter.
This section is really about creating a rescue device. As the name rescue implies, the host system has a problem, often lost partition information or corrupted file systems, that prevents it from booting and/or operating normally. For this reason, you must not depend on resources from the host being "rescued". To presume that any given partition or hard drive will be available is a risky presumption.
In a modern system, there are many devices that can be used as a rescue device: floppy, cdrom, usb drive, or even a network card. Which one you use depends on your hardware and your BIOS. In the past, a rescue device was thought to be a floppy disk. Today, many systems do not even have a floppy drive.
Building a complete rescue device is a challenging task. In many ways, it is equivalent to building an entire LFS system. In addition, it would be a repetition of information already available. For these reasons, the procedures for a rescue device image are not presented here.
The software of today's systems has grown large. Linux 2.6 no longer supports booting directly from a floppy. In spite of this, there are solutions available using older versions of Linux. One of the best is Tom's Root/Boot Disk available at http://www.toms.net/rb/. This will provide a minimal Linux system on a single floppy disk and provides the ability to customize the contents of your disk if necessary.
There are several sources that can be used for a rescue CD-ROM. Just about any commercial distribution's installation CD-ROMs or DVDs will work. These include RedHat, Ubuntu, and SuSE. One very popular option is Knoppix.
Also, the LFS Community has developed its own LiveCD available at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/livecd/. This LiveCD, is no longer capable of building an entire LFS/BLFS system, but is still a good rescue CD-ROM. If you download the ISO image, use xorriso to copy the image to a CD-ROM.
The instructions for using GRUB2 to make a custom rescue CD-ROM are also available in LFS Chapter 8.
A USB Pen drive, sometimes called a Thumb drive, is recognized by Linux as a SCSI device. Using one of these devices as a rescue device has the advantage that it is usually large enough to hold more than a minimal boot image. You can save critical data to the drive as well as use it to diagnose and recover a damaged system. Booting such a drive requires BIOS support, but building the system consists of formatting the drive, adding GRUB as well as the Linux kernel and supporting files.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/CreatingaCustomBootDevice
Last updated on 2017-04-23 10:21:19 -0700
An LFS system can be used without a graphical desktop, and unless or until you install X Window System you will have to work in the console. Most, if not all, PCs boot with an 8x16 font - whatever the actual screen size. There are a few things you can do to alter the display on the console. Most of them involve changing the font, but the first alters the commandline used by grub.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/aboutconsolefonts
Modern screens often have a lot more pixels then the screens used in the past. If your screen is 1600 pixels wide, an 8x16 font will give you 200 columns of text - unless your monitor is enormous, the text will be tiny. One of the ways to work around this is to tell grub to use a smaller size, such as 1024x768 or 800x600 or even 640x480. Even if your screen does not have a 4:3 aspect ratio, this should work.
To try this, you can reboot and edit grub's command-line to
insert a 'video=' parameter between the 'root=/dev/sdXn' and
'ro', for example root=/dev/sda2
video=1024x768 ro based on the example in LFS section
8.4.4 : ../../../../lfs/view/8.3/chapter08/grub.html
.
If you decide that you wish to do this, you can then (as the
root user) edit /boot/grub/grub.cfg.
In LFS the kbd package is
used. The fonts it provides are PC Screen Fonts, usually
called PSF, and they were installed into /usr/share/consolefonts. Where these
include a unicode mapping table, the file suffix is often
changed to .psfu although
packages such as terminus-font (see below) do not add the
'u'. These fonts are usually compressed with gzip to save
space, but that is not essential.
The initial PC text screens had 8 colours, or 16 colours if the bright versions of the original 8 colours were used. A PSF font can include up to 256 characters (technically, glyphs) while allowing 16 colours, or up to 512 characters (in which case, the bright colours will not be available). Clearly, these console fonts cannot be used to display CJK text - that would need thousands of available glyphs.
Some fonts in kbd can cover more than 512 codepoints ('characters'), with varying degrees of fidelity: unicode contains several whitespace codepoints which can all be mapped to a space, varieties of dashes can be mapped to a minus sign, smart quotes can map to the regular ASCII quotes rather than to whatever is used for "codepoint not present or invalid", and those cyrillic or greek letters which look like latin letters can be mapped onto them, so 'A' can also do duty for cyrillic A and greek Alpha, and 'P' can also do duty for cyrillic ER and greek RHO. Unfortunately, where a font has been created from a BDF file (the method in terminus and debian's console-setup ) such mapping of additional codepoints onto an existing glyph is not always done, although the terminus ter-vXXn fonts do this well.
There are over 120 combinations of font and size in
kbd: often a font is
provided at several character sizes, and sometimes varieties
cover different subsets of unicode. Most are 8 pixels wide,
in heights from 8 to 16 pixels, but there are a few which are
9 pixels wide, some others which are 12x22, and even one
(latarcyrheb-sun32.psfu) which
has been scaled up to 16x32. Using a bigger font is another
way of making text on a large screen easier to read.
You can test fonts as a normal user. If you have a font which has not been installed, you can load it with :
setfont /path/to/yourfont.ext
For the fonts already installed you only need the name, so
using gr737a-9x16.psfu.gz as an
example:
setfont gr737a-9x16
To see the glyphs in the font, use:
showconsolefont
If the font looks as if it might be useful, you can then go on to test it more thoroughly.
When you find a font which to wish to use, as the
root user) edit
/etc/sysconfig/console as
described in LFS section 7.6.5 ../../../../lfs/view/8.3/chapter07/usage.html.
.
For fonts not supplied with the kbd package you will need to optionally
compress it / them with gzip and then install it /
them as the root user.
Although some console fonts are created from BDF files, which is a text format with hex values for the pixels in each row of the character, there are more-modern tools available for editing psf fonts. The psftools package allows you to dump a font to a text representation with a dash for a pixel which is off (black) and a hash for a pixel which is on (white). You can then edit the text file to add more characters, or reshape them, or map extra codepoints onto them, and then create a new psf font with your changes.
The Terminus Font
package provides fixed-width bitmap fonts designed for long
(8 hours and more per day) work with computers. Under
'Character variants' on that page is a list of patches (in
the alt/ directory). If you are
using a graphical browser to look at that page, you can see
what the patches do, e.g. 'll2' makes 'l' more visibly
different from 'i' and '1'.
By default terminus-fonts will try to create several types of font, and it will fail if bdftopcf from Xorg Applications has not been installed. The configure script is only really useful if you go on to install all the fonts (console and X11 bitmap) to the correct directories, as in a distro. To build only the PSF fonts and their dependencies, run:
make psf
This will create more than 240 ter-*.psf fonts. The 'b' suffix indicates bright, 'n' indicates normal. You can then test them to see if any fit your requirements. Unless you are creating a distro, there seems little point in installing them all.
As an example, to install the last of these fonts, you can
gzip it and then as the root
user:
install -v -m644 ter-v32n.psf.gz /usr/share/consolefonts
Last updated on 2016-09-15 19:51:17 -0700
On some recent PCs it can be necessary, or desirable, to load
firmware to make them work at their best. There is a directory,
/lib/firmware, where the kernel
or kernel drivers look for firmware images.
Preparing firmware for multiple different machines, as a distro would do, is outside the scope of this book.
Currently, most firmware can be found at a git repository:
http://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/firmware/linux-firmware.git/tree/.
For convenience, the LFS Project has created a mirror, updated
daily, where these firmware files can be accessed via
wget or a web
browser at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/linux-firmware/.
To get the firmware, either point a browser to one of the above
repositories and then download the item(s) which you need, or
install git and
clone that repository.
For some other firmware, particularly for Intel microcode and certain wifi devices, the needed firmware is not available in the above repository. Some of this will be addressed below, but a search of the Internet for needed firmware is sometimes necessary.
Firmware files are conventionally referred to as blobs because you cannot determine what they will do. Note that firmware is distributed under various different licenses which do not permit disassembly or reverse-engineering.
Firmware for PCs falls into four categories:
Updates to the CPU to work around errata, usually referred to as microcode.
Firmware for video controllers. On x86 machines this seems to mostly apply to ATI devices (Radeon and AMDGPU chips) and Nvidia Maxwell and Pascal cards which all require firmware to be able to use KMS (kernel modesetting - the preferred option) as well as for Xorg. For earlier radeon chips (before the R600), the firmware is still in the kernel.
Firmware updates for wired network ports. Mostly they work even without the updates, but one must assume that they will work better with the updated firmware.
Firmware for other devices, such as wifi. These devices are not required for the PC to boot, but need the firmware before these devices can be used.
Although not needed to load a firmware blob, the following tools may be useful for determining, obtaining, or preparing the needed firmware in order to load it into the system: cpio-2.12, git-2.18.0, pciutils-3.6.2, and Wget-1.19.5
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/aboutfirmware
In general, microcode can be loaded by the BIOS or UEFI, and it might be updated by upgrading to a newer version of those. On linux, you can also load the microcode from the kernel if you are using an AMD family 10h or later processor (first introduced late 2007), or an Intel processor from 1998 and later (Pentium4, Core, etc), if updated microcode has been released. These updates only last until the machine is powered off, so they need to be applied on every boot.
Intel provide frequent updates of their microcode. It is not uncommon to find a newer version of microcode for an Intel processor even two years after its release. New versions of AMD firmware are rare and usually only apply to a few models, although motherboard manufacturers get extra updates which maybe update microcode along with the changes to support newer CPUs and faster memory.
There used to be two ways of loading the microcode, described as 'early' and 'late'. Early loading happens before userspace has been started, late loading happens after userspace has started. Not surprisingly, early loading was preferred, (see e.g. an explanatory comment in a kernel commit noted at x86/microcode: Early load microcode on LWN.) Indeed, it is needed to work around one particular erratum in early Intel Haswell processors which had TSX enabled. (See Intel Disables TSX Instructions: Erratum Found in Haswell, Haswell-E/EP, Broadwell-Y.) Without this update glibc can do the wrong thing in uncommon situations.
As a result, early loading is now expected, although for the
moment (4.18 kernels) it is still possible to manually force
late loading of microcode for testing. You will need to
reconfigure your kernel for either method. The instructions
here will create a kernel .config to suite early loading, before
forcing late loading to see if there is any microcode. If
there is, the instructions then show you how to create an
initrd for early loading.
To confirm what processor(s) you have (if more than one, they will be identical) look in /proc/cpuinfo.
The first step is to get the most recent version of the
Intel microcode. This must be done by navigating to
https://downloadcenter.intel.com/download/28039/Linux-Processor-Microcode-Data-File
and following the instructions there. As of this writing
the most recent version of the microcode is microcode-20180807.tgz. Extract this file
in the normal way to create an intel-ucode directory, containing various
blobs with names in the form XX-YY-ZZ. This tarball does
not contain a top-level directory, two files (microcode.dat
which is the old-style of updates, still used by some linux
distros, and releasenote) will be extracted into the
current directory.
The above URL may not be the latest page. If it is not, a line at the top of the page will direct you to the latest page.
Now you need to determine your processor's identity to see if there is any microcode for it. Determine the decimal values of the cpu family, model and stepping by running the following command (it will also report the current microcode version):
head -n7 /proc/cpuinfo
Convert the cpu family, model and stepping to pairs of hexadecimal digits. For a Haswell i7-4790 (described as Intel(R) Core(TM) i7-4790 CPU) the relevant values are cpu family 6, model 60, stepping 3 so in this case the required identification is 06-3c-03. A look at the blobs will show that there is one for this CPU (although it might have already been applied by the BIOS). If there is a blob for your system then test if it will be applied by copying it (replace <XX-YY-ZZ> by the identifier for your machine) to where the kernel can find it:
mkdir -pv /lib/firmware/intel-ucode cp -v intel-ucode/<XX-YY-ZZ> /lib/firmware/intel-ucode
Now that the Intel microcode has been prepared, use the following options when you configure the kernel to load Intel microcode:
General Setup --->
[y] Initial RAM filesystem and RAM disk (initramfs/initrd) support [CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD]
Processor type and features --->
[y] CPU microcode loading support [CONFIG_MICROCODE]
[y] Intel microcode loading support [CONFIG_MICROCODE_INTEL]
After you have successfully booted the new system, force late loading by using the command:
echo 1 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/microcode/reload
Then use the following command to see if anything was loaded:
dmesg | grep -e 'microcode' -e 'Linux version' -e 'Command line'
This example from the Haswell i7 which was released in Q2 2014 and is not affected by the TSX errata shows it has been updated from revision 0x19 in the BIOS/UEFI (which this version of the kernel now complains about) to revision 0x24. Unlike in older kernels, the individual CPUs are not separately reported:
[ 0.000000] Linux version 4.18.0-rc8 (root@plexi) (gcc version 8.2.0 (GCC))
#2 SMP PREEMPT Sat Aug 11 22:26:26 BST 2018
[ 0.000000] Command line: BOOT_IMAGE=/vmlinuz-4.18.0-rc8-sda5 root=/dev/sda5 ro resume=/dev/sdb1
[ 0.000000] [Firmware Bug]: TSC_DEADLINE disabled due to Errata;
please update microcode to version: 0x22 (or later)
[ 0.482712] microcode: sig=0x306c3, pf=0x2, revision=0x19
[ 0.274963] microcode: Microcode Update Driver: v2.2.
[ 1475.941353] microcode: updated to revision 0x25, date = 2018-04-02
[ 1475.944753] x86/CPU: CPU features have changed after loading microcode, but might not take effect
If the microcode was not updated, there is no new microcode for this system's processor. If it did get updated, you can now proceed to the section called “Early loading of microcode”.
Begin by downloading a container of firmware for your CPU
family from
http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/linux-firmware/amd-ucode/.
The family is always specified in hex. Families 10h to 14h
(16 to 20) are in microcode_amd.bin. Families 15h, 16h and
17h have their own containers. Create the required
directory and put the firmware you downloaded into it as
the root user:
mkdir -pv /lib/firmware/amd-ucode cp -v microcode_amd* /lib/firmware/amd-ucode
When you configure the kernel, use the following options to load AMD microcode:
General Setup --->
[y] Initial RAM filesystem and RAM disk (initramfs/initrd) support [CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INITRD]
Processor type and features --->
[y] CPU microcode loading support [CONFIG_MICROCODE]
[y] AMD microcode loading support [CONFIG_MICROCODE_AMD]
After you have successfully booted the new system, force late loading by using the command:
echo 1 > /sys/devices/system/cpu/microcode/reload
Then use the following command to see if anything was loaded:
dmesg | grep -e 'microcode' -e 'Linux version' -e 'Command line'
This historic example from an old Athlon(tm) II X2 shows it has been updated. At that time, all CPUs were still reported in the microcode details on AMD machines (the current position for AMD machines where newer microcode is available is unknown) :
[ 0.000000] Linux version 4.15.3 (ken@testserver) (gcc version 7.3.0 (GCC))
#1 SMP Sun Feb 18 02:08:12 GMT 2018
[ 0.000000] Command line: BOOT_IMAGE=/vmlinuz-4.15.3-sda5 root=/dev/sda5 ro
[ 0.307619] microcode: CPU0: patch_level=0x010000b6
[ 0.307671] microcode: CPU1: patch_level=0x010000b6
[ 0.307743] microcode: Microcode Update Driver: v2.2.
[ 187.928891] microcode: CPU0: new patch_level=0x010000c8
[ 187.928899] microcode: CPU1: new patch_level=0x010000c8
If the microcode was not updated, there is no new microcode for this system's processor. If it did get updated, you can now proceed to the section called “Early loading of microcode”.
If you have established that updated microcode is available for your system, it is time to prepare it for early loading. This requires an additional package, cpio-2.12 and the creation of an initrd which will need to be added to grub.cfg.
It does not matter where you prepare the initrd, and once it is working you can apply the same initrd to later LFS systems or newer kernels on this same machine, at least until any newer microcode is released. Use the following commands:
mkdir -p initrd/kernel/x86/microcode cd initrd
For an AMD machine, use the following command (replace <MYCONTAINER> with the name of the container for your CPU's family):
cp -v /lib/firmware/amd-ucode/<MYCONTAINER> kernel/x86/microcode/AuthenticAMD.bin
Or for an Intel machine copy the appropriate blob using this command:
cp -v /lib/firmware/intel-ucode/<XX-YY-ZZ> kernel/x86/microcode/GenuineIntel.bin
Now prepare the initrd:
find . | cpio -o -H newc > /boot/microcode.img
You now need to add a new entry to /boot/grub/grub.cfg and here you should add a new line after the linux line within the stanza. If /boot is a separate mountpoint:
initrd /microcode.img
or this if it is not:
initrd /boot/microcode.img
If you are already booting with an initrd (see the
section called “About initramfs”) you must
specify the microcode initrd first, using a line such as
initrd /microcode.img
/other-initrd.img (adapt that as above if
/boot is not a separate mountpoint).
You can now reboot with the added initrd, and then use the same command to check that the early load worked.
dmesg | grep -e 'microcode' -e 'Linux version' -e 'Command line'
The places and times where early loading happens are very different in AMD and Intel machines. First, an Intel example from an updated kernel, showing that the first notification comes before the kernel version is mentioned:
[ 0.000000] microcode: microcode updated early to revision 0x25, date = 2018-04-02
[ 0.000000] Linux version 4.18.1-rc1 (ken@plexi) (gcc version 8.2.0 (GCC))
#2 SMP PREEMPT Tue Aug 14 20:22:35 BST 2018
[ 0.000000] Command line: BOOT_IMAGE=/vmlinuz-4.18.1-rc1-sda5 root=/dev/sda5 ro resume=/dev/sdb1
[ 0.275864] microcode: sig=0x306c3, pf=0x2, revision=0x25
[ 0.275911] microcode: Microcode Update Driver: v2.2.
A historic AMD example:
[ 0.000000] Linux version 4.15.3 (ken@testserver) (gcc version 7.3.0 (GCC))
#2 SMP Sun Feb 18 02:32:03 GMT 2018
[ 0.000000] Command line: BOOT_IMAGE=/vmlinuz-4.15.3-sda5 root=/dev/sda5 ro
[ 0.307619] microcode: microcode updated early to new patch_level=0x010000c8
[ 0.307678] microcode: CPU0: patch_level=0x010000c8
[ 0.307723] microcode: CPU1: patch_level=0x010000c8
[ 0.307795] microcode: Microcode Update Driver: v2.2.
These instructions do NOT apply to old radeons before the
R600 family. For those, the firmware is in the kernel's
/lib/firmware/ directory. Nor
do they apply if you intend to avoid a graphical setup such
as Xorg and are content to use the default 80x25 display
rather than a framebuffer.
Early radeon devices only needed a single 2K blob of firmware. Recent devices need several different blobs, and some of them are much bigger. The total size of the radeon firmware directory is over 500K — on a large modern system you can probably spare the space, but it is still redundant to install all the unused files each time you build a system.
A better approach is to install pciutils-3.6.2 and
then use lspci to identify which
VGA controller is installed.
With that information, check the RadeonFeature page of the Xorg wiki for Decoder ring for engineering vs marketing names to identify the family (you may need to know this for the Xorg driver in BLFS — Southern Islands and Sea Islands use the radeonsi driver) and the specific model.
Now that you know which controller you are using, consult the Radeon page of the Gentoo wiki which has a table listing the required firmware blobs for the various chipsets. Note that Southern Islands and Sea Islands chips use different firmware for kernel 3.17 and later compared to earlier kernels. Identify and download the required blobs then install them:
mkdir -pv /lib/firmware/radeon cp -v <YOUR_BLOBS> /lib/firmware/radeon
There are actually two ways of installing this firmware. BLFS, in the 'Kernel Configuration for additional firmware' section part of the Xorg ATI Driver-18.0.1 section gives an example of compiling the firmware into the kernel - that is slightly faster to load, but uses more kernel memory. Here we will use the alternative method of making the radeon driver a module. In your kernel config set the following:
Device Drivers --->
Graphics support --->
Direct Rendering Manager --->
<*> Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 ... support) [CONFIG_DRM]
<m> ATI Radeon [CONFIG_DRM_RADEON]
Loading several large blobs from /lib/firmware takes a noticeable time, during which the screen will be blank. If you do not enable the penguin framebuffer logo, or change the console size by using a bigger font, that probably does not matter. If desired, you can slightly reduce the time if you follow the alternate method of specifying 'y' for CONFIG_DRM_RADEON covered in BLFS at the link above — you must specify each needed radeon blob if you do that.
Some Nvidia graphics chips need firmware updates to take advantage of all the card's capability. These are generally the GeForce 8, 9, 9300, and 200-900 series chips. For more exact information, see https://nouveau.freedesktop.org/wiki/VideoAcceleration/#firmware.
First, the kernel Nvidia driver must be activated:
Device Drivers --->
Graphics support --->
Direct Rendering Manager --->
<*> Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 ... support) [CONFIG_DRM]
<*/m> Nouveau (NVIDIA) cards [CONFIG_DRM_NOUVEAU]
The steps to install the Nvidia firmware are:
wget https://raw.github.com/imirkin/re-vp2/master/extract_firmware.py wget http://us.download.nvidia.com/XFree86/Linux-x86/325.15/NVIDIA-Linux-x86-325.15.run sh NVIDIA-Linux-x86-325.15.run --extract-only python extract_firmware.py mkdir -p /lib/firmware/nouveau cp -d nv* vuc-* /lib/firmware/nouveau/
The kernel likes to load firmware for some network drivers, particularly those from Realtek (the /lib/linux-firmware/rtl_nic/) directory, but they generally appear to work without it. Therefore, you can boot the kernel, check dmesg for messages about this missing firmware, and if necessary download the firmware and put it in the specified directory in /lib/firmware so that it will be found on subsequent boots. Note that with current kernels this works whether or not the driver is compiled in or built as a module, there is no need to build this firmware into the kernel. Here is an example where the R8169 driver has been compiled in but the firmware was not made available. Once the firmware had been provided, there was no mention of it on later boots.
dmesg | grep firmware | grep r8169
[ 7.018028] r8169 0000:01:00.0: Direct firmware load for rtl_nic/rtl8168g-2.fw failed with error -2
[ 7.018036] r8169 0000:01:00.0 eth0: unable to load firmware patch rtl_nic/rtl8168g-2.fw (-2)
Identifying the correct firmware will typically require you
to install pciutils-3.6.2, and then use
lspci to
identify the device. You should then search online to check
which module it uses, which firmware, and where to obtain the
firmware — not all of it is in linux-firmware.
If possible, you should begin by using a wired connection when you first boot your LFS system. To use a wireless connection you will need to use a network tools such as Wireless Tools-29 and wpa_supplicant-2.6.
Firmware may also be needed for other devices such as some SCSI controllers, bluetooth adaptors, or TV recorders. The same principles apply.
Last updated on 2018-08-14 14:04:34 -0700
Although most devices needed by packages in BLFS and beyond are
set up properly by udev using
the default rules installed by LFS in /etc/udev/rules.d, there are cases where the
rules must be modified or augmented.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/aboutdevices
If there are multiple sound cards in a system, the "default"
sound card becomes random. The method to establish sound card
order depends on whether the drivers are modules or not. If
the sound card drivers are compiled into the kernel, control
is via kernel command line parameters in /boot/grub/grub.cfg. For example, if a
system has both an FM801 card and a SoundBlaster PCI card,
the following can be appended to the command line:
snd-fm801.index=0 snd-ens1371.index=1
If the sound card drivers are built as modules, the order can
be established in the /etc/modprobe.conf file with:
options snd-fm801 index=0
options snd-ens1371 index=1
USB devices usually have two kinds of device nodes associated with them.
The first kind is created by device-specific drivers (e.g., usb_storage/sd_mod or usblp) in the kernel. For example, a USB mass storage device would be /dev/sdb, and a USB printer would be /dev/usb/lp0. These device nodes exist only when the device-specific driver is loaded.
The second kind of device nodes (/dev/bus/usb/BBB/DDD, where BBB is the bus number and DDD is the device number) are created even if the device doesn't have a kernel driver. By using these "raw" USB device nodes, an application can exchange arbitrary USB packets with the device, i.e., bypass the possibly-existing kernel driver.
Access to raw USB device nodes is needed when a userspace program is acting as a device driver. However, for the program to open the device successfully, the permissions have to be set correctly. By default, due to security concerns, all raw USB devices are owned by user root and group usb, and have 0664 permissions (the read access is needed, e.g., for lsusb to work and for programs to access USB hubs). Packages (such as SANE and libgphoto2) containing userspace USB device drivers also ship udev rules that change the permissions of the controlled raw USB devices. That is, rules installed by SANE change permissions for known scanners, but not printers. If a package maintainer forgot to write a rule for your device, report a bug to both BLFS (if the package is there) and upstream, and you will need to write your own rule.
There is one situation when such fine-grained access control with pre-generated udev rules doesn't work. Namely, PC emulators such as KVM, QEMU and VirtualBox use raw USB device nodes to present arbitrary USB devices to the guest operating system (note: patches are needed in order to get this to work without the obsolete /proc/bus/usb mount point described below). Obviously, maintainers of these packages cannot know which USB devices are going to be connected to the guest operating system. You can either write separate udev rules for all needed USB devices yourself, or use the default catch-all "usb" group, members of which can send arbitrary commands to all USB devices.
Before Linux-2.6.15, raw USB device access was performed not with /dev/bus/usb/BBB/DDD device nodes, but with /proc/bus/usb/BBB/DDD pseudofiles. Some applications (e.g., VMware Workstation) still use only this deprecated technique and can't use the new device nodes. For them to work, use the "usb" group, but remember that members will have unrestricted access to all USB devices. To create the fstab entry for the obsolete usbfs filesystem:
usbfs /proc/bus/usb usbfs devgid=14,devmode=0660 0 0
Adding users to the "usb" group is inherently insecure, as they can bypass access restrictions imposed through the driver-specific USB device nodes. For instance, they can read sensitive data from USB hard drives without being in the "disk" group. Avoid adding users to this group, if you can.
Fine-tuning of device attributes such as group name and
permissions is possible by creating extra udev rules, matching on something like
this. The vendor and product can be found by searching the
/sys/devices directory entries
or using udevadm
info after the device has been attached. See
the documentation in the current udev directory of /usr/share/doc for details.
SUBSYSTEM=="usb_device", SYSFS{idVendor}=="05d8", SYSFS{idProduct}=="4002", \
GROUP:="scanner", MODE:="0660"
The above line is used for descriptive purposes only. The scanner udev rules are put into place when installing SANE-1.0.27.
In some cases, it makes sense to disable udev completely and create static devices. Servers are one example of this situation. Does a server need the capability of handling dynamic devices? Only the system administrator can answer that question, but in many cases the answer will be no.
If dynamic devices are not desired, then static devices must
be created on the system. In the default configuration, the
/etc/rc.d/rcS.d/S10udev boot
script mounts a tmpfs
partition over the /dev
directory. This problem can be overcome by mounting the root
partition temporarily:
If the instructions below are not followed carefully, your system could become unbootable.
mount --bind / /mnt
cp -a /dev/* /mnt/dev
rm /etc/rc.d/rcS.d/{S10udev,S50udev_retry}
umount /mnt
At this point, the system will use static devices upon the next reboot. Create any desired additional devices using mknod.
If you want to restore the dynamic devices, recreate the
/etc/rc.d/rcS.d/{S10udev,S50udev_retry}
symbolic links and reboot again. Static devices do not need
to be removed (console and null are always needed) because
they are covered by the tmpfs
partition. Disk usage for devices is negligible (about
20–30 bytes per entry.)
If the initial boot process does not set up the /dev/dvd device properly, it can be
installed using the following modification to the default
udev rules. As the root user,
run:
sed '1d;/SYMLINK.*cdrom/ a\
KERNEL=="sr0", ENV{ID_CDROM_DVD}=="1", SYMLINK+="dvd", OPTIONS+="link_priority=-100"' \
/lib/udev/rules.d/60-cdrom_id.rules > /etc/udev/rules.d/60-cdrom_id.rules
Last updated on 2018-01-10 02:44:47 -0800
Together, the /usr/sbin/useradd command and
/etc/skel directory (both are
easy to set up and use) provide a way to assure new users are
added to your LFS system with the same beginning settings for
things such as the PATH, keyboard
processing and other environmental variables. Using these two
facilities makes it easier to assure this initial state for
each new user added to the system.
The /etc/skel directory holds
copies of various initialization and other files that may be
copied to the new user's home directory when the /usr/sbin/useradd program
adds the new user.
The useradd
program uses a collection of default values kept in
/etc/default/useradd. This file
is created in a base LFS installation by the Shadow package. If it has been removed or
renamed, the useradd program uses some
internal defaults. You can see the default values by running
/usr/sbin/useradd
-D.
To change these values, simply modify the /etc/default/useradd file as the root user. An alternative to directly
modifying the file is to run useradd as the root user while supplying the desired
modifications on the command line. Information on how to do
this can be found in the useradd man page.
To get started, create an /etc/skel directory and make sure it is
writable only by the system administrator, usually root. Creating the directory as
root is the best way to go.
The mode of any files from this part of the book that you put
in /etc/skel should be writable
only by the owner. Also, since there is no telling what kind of
sensitive information a user may eventually place in their copy
of these files, you should make them unreadable by "group" and
"other".
You can also put other files in /etc/skel and different permissions may be
needed for them.
Decide which initialization files should be provided in every
(or most) new user's home directory. The decisions you make
will affect what you do in the next two sections, The Bash Shell Startup Files
and The vimrc Files. Some
or all of those files will be useful for root, any already-existing users, and new
users.
The files from those sections that you might want to place in
/etc/skel include .inputrc, .bash_profile, .bashrc, .bash_logout, .dircolors, and .vimrc. If you are unsure which of these
should be placed there, just continue to the following
sections, read each section and any references provided, and
then make your decision.
You will run a slightly modified set of commands for files
which are placed in /etc/skel.
Each section will remind you of this. In brief, the book's
commands have been written for files not added to /etc/skel and instead just sends the results
to the user's home directory. If the file is going to be in
/etc/skel, change the book's
command(s) to send output there instead and then just copy the
file from /etc/skel to the
appropriate directories, like /etc, ~ or the
home directory of any other user already in the system.
When adding a new user with useradd, use the -m parameter, which tells useradd to create the user's
home directory and copy files from /etc/skel (can be overridden) to the new
user's home directory. For example (perform as the root user):
useradd -m <newuser>
Last updated on 2007-10-16 06:49:09 -0700
Throughout BLFS, many packages install programs that run as
daemons or in some way should have a user or group name
assigned. Generally these names are used to map a user ID (uid)
or group ID (gid) for system use. Generally the specific uid or
gid numbers used by these applications are not significant. The
exception of course, is that root has a uid and gid of 0 (zero) that is
indeed special. The uid values are stored in /etc/passwd and the gid values are found in
/etc/group.
Customarily, Unix systems classify users and groups into two
categories: system users and regular users. The system users
and groups are given low numbers and regular users and groups
have numeric values greater than all the system values. The
cutoff for these numbers is found in two parameters in the
/etc/login.defs configuration
file. The default UID_MIN value is 1000 and the default GID_MIN
value is 1000. If a specific uid or gid value is not specified
when creating a user with useradd or a group with
groupadd the
values assigned will always be above these cutoff values.
Additionally, the Linux Standard Base recommends that system uid and gid values should be below 100.
Below is a table of suggested uid/gid values used in BLFS beyond those defined in a base LFS installation. These can be changed as desired, but provide a suggested set of consistent values.
Table 3.1. UID/GID Suggested Values
| Name | uid | gid |
|---|---|---|
| bin | 1 | |
| lp | 9 | |
| adm | 16 | |
| atd | 17 | 17 |
| messagebus | 18 | 18 |
| lpadmin | 19 | |
| named | 20 | 20 |
| gdm | 21 | 21 |
| fcron | 22 | 22 |
| systemd-journal | 23 | |
| apache | 25 | 25 |
| smmsp | 26 | 26 |
| polkitd | 27 | 27 |
| rpc | 28 | 28 |
| exim | 31 | 31 |
| postfix | 32 | 32 |
| postdrop | 33 | |
| sendmail | 34 | |
| 34 | ||
| vmailman | 35 | 35 |
| news | 36 | 36 |
| kdm | 37 | 37 |
| mysql | 40 | 40 |
| postgres | 41 | 41 |
| dovecot | 42 | 42 |
| dovenull | 43 | 43 |
| ftp | 45 | 45 |
| proftpd | 46 | 46 |
| vsftpd | 47 | 47 |
| rsyncd | 48 | 48 |
| sshd | 50 | 50 |
| stunnel | 51 | 51 |
| svn | 56 | 56 |
| svntest | 57 | |
| games | 60 | 60 |
| kvm | 61 | |
| wireshark | 62 | |
| lightdm | 63 | 63 |
| sddm | 64 | 64 |
| lightdm | 65 | 65 |
| scanner | 70 | |
| colord | 71 | 71 |
| systemd-bus-proxy | 72 | 72 |
| systemd-journal-gateway | 73 | 73 |
| systemd-journal-remote | 74 | 74 |
| systemd-journal-upload | 75 | 75 |
| systemd-network | 76 | 76 |
| systemd-resolve | 77 | 77 |
| systemd-timesync | 78 | 78 |
| systemd-coredump | 79 | 79 |
| ldap | 83 | 83 |
| avahi | 84 | 84 |
| avahi-autoipd | 85 | 85 |
| netdev | 86 | |
| ntp | 87 | 87 |
| unbound | 88 | 88 |
| plugdev | 90 | |
| anonymous | 98 | |
| nobody | 99 | |
| nogroup | 99 |
One value that is missing is 65534. This value is customarily
assigned to the user nobody and
group nogroup and is
unnecessary.
Last updated on 2018-01-05 10:17:22 -0800
The shell program /bin/bash
(hereafter referred to as just "the shell") uses a collection
of startup files to help create an environment. Each file has a
specific use and may affect login and interactive environments
differently. The files in the /etc directory generally provide global
settings. If an equivalent file exists in your home directory
it may override the global settings.
An interactive login shell is started after a successful login,
using /bin/login, by reading the
/etc/passwd file. This shell
invocation normally reads /etc/profile and its private equivalent
~/.bash_profile (or ~/.profile if called as /bin/sh) upon startup.
An interactive non-login shell is normally started at the
command-line using a shell program (e.g., [prompt]$/bin/bash) or by the
/bin/su command.
An interactive non-login shell is also started with a terminal
program such as xterm or konsole from within a
graphical environment. This type of shell invocation normally
copies the parent environment and then reads the user's
~/.bashrc file for additional
startup configuration instructions.
A non-interactive shell is usually present when a shell script is running. It is non-interactive because it is processing a script and not waiting for user input between commands. For these shell invocations, only the environment inherited from the parent shell is used.
The file ~/.bash_logout is not
used for an invocation of the shell. It is read and executed
when a user exits from an interactive login shell.
Many distributions use /etc/bashrc for system wide initialization of
non-login shells. This file is usually called from the user's
~/.bashrc file and is not built
directly into bash itself. This convention
is followed in this section.
For more information see info bash -- Nodes: Bash Startup Files and Interactive Shells.
Most of the instructions below are used to create files
located in the /etc directory
structure which requires you to execute the commands as the
root user. If you elect to
create the files in user's home directories instead, you
should run the commands as an unprivileged user.
Here is a base /etc/profile.
This file starts by setting up some helper functions and some
basic parameters. It specifies some bash history parameters
and, for security purposes, disables keeping a permanent
history file for the root
user. It also sets a default user prompt. It then calls
small, single purpose scripts in the /etc/profile.d directory to provide most of
the initialization.
For more information on the escape sequences you can use for
your prompt (i.e., the PS1
environment variable) see info
bash -- Node:
Printing a Prompt.
cat > /etc/profile << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile
# Written for Beyond Linux From Scratch
# by James Robertson <jameswrobertson@earthlink.net>
# modifications by Dagmar d'Surreal <rivyqntzne@pbzpnfg.arg>
# System wide environment variables and startup programs.
# System wide aliases and functions should go in /etc/bashrc. Personal
# environment variables and startup programs should go into
# ~/.bash_profile. Personal aliases and functions should go into
# ~/.bashrc.
# Functions to help us manage paths. Second argument is the name of the
# path variable to be modified (default: PATH)
pathremove () {
local IFS=':'
local NEWPATH
local DIR
local PATHVARIABLE=${2:-PATH}
for DIR in ${!PATHVARIABLE} ; do
if [ "$DIR" != "$1" ] ; then
NEWPATH=${NEWPATH:+$NEWPATH:}$DIR
fi
done
export $PATHVARIABLE="$NEWPATH"
}
pathprepend () {
pathremove $1 $2
local PATHVARIABLE=${2:-PATH}
export $PATHVARIABLE="$1${!PATHVARIABLE:+:${!PATHVARIABLE}}"
}
pathappend () {
pathremove $1 $2
local PATHVARIABLE=${2:-PATH}
export $PATHVARIABLE="${!PATHVARIABLE:+${!PATHVARIABLE}:}$1"
}
export -f pathremove pathprepend pathappend
# Set the initial path
export PATH=/bin:/usr/bin
if [ $EUID -eq 0 ] ; then
pathappend /sbin:/usr/sbin
unset HISTFILE
fi
# Setup some environment variables.
export HISTSIZE=1000
export HISTIGNORE="&:[bf]g:exit"
# Set some defaults for graphical systems
export XDG_DATA_DIRS=${XDG_DATA_DIRS:-/usr/share/}
export XDG_CONFIG_DIRS=${XDG_CONFIG_DIRS:-/etc/xdg/}
export XDG_RUNTIME_DIR=${XDG_RUNTIME_DIR:-/tmp/xdg-$USER}
# Setup a red prompt for root and a green one for users.
NORMAL="\[\e[0m\]"
RED="\[\e[1;31m\]"
GREEN="\[\e[1;32m\]"
if [[ $EUID == 0 ]] ; then
PS1="$RED\u [ $NORMAL\w$RED ]# $NORMAL"
else
PS1="$GREEN\u [ $NORMAL\w$GREEN ]\$ $NORMAL"
fi
for script in /etc/profile.d/*.sh ; do
if [ -r $script ] ; then
. $script
fi
done
unset script RED GREEN NORMAL
# End /etc/profile
EOF
Now create the /etc/profile.d
directory, where the individual initialization scripts are
placed:
install --directory --mode=0755 --owner=root --group=root /etc/profile.d
This script imports bash completion scripts, installed by many other BLFS packages, to allow TAB command line completion.
cat > /etc/profile.d/bash_completion.sh << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile.d/bash_completion.sh
# Import bash completion scripts
for script in /etc/bash_completion.d/*.sh ; do
if [ -r $script ] ; then
. $script
fi
done
# End /etc/profile.d/bash_completion.sh
EOF
Make sure that the directory exists:
install --directory --mode=0755 --owner=root --group=root /etc/bash_completion.d
This script uses the ~/.dircolors and /etc/dircolors files to control the
colors of file names in a directory listing. They control
colorized output of things like ls --color. The
explanation of how to initialize these files is at the end
of this section.
cat > /etc/profile.d/dircolors.sh << "EOF"
# Setup for /bin/ls and /bin/grep to support color, the alias is in /etc/bashrc.
if [ -f "/etc/dircolors" ] ; then
eval $(dircolors -b /etc/dircolors)
fi
if [ -f "$HOME/.dircolors" ] ; then
eval $(dircolors -b $HOME/.dircolors)
fi
alias ls='ls --color=auto'
alias grep='grep --color=auto'
EOF
This script adds some useful paths to the PATH and can be used to customize other PATH
related environment variables (e.g. LD_LIBRARY_PATH, etc)
that may be needed for all users.
cat > /etc/profile.d/extrapaths.sh << "EOF"
if [ -d /usr/local/lib/pkgconfig ] ; then
pathappend /usr/local/lib/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH
fi
if [ -d /usr/local/bin ]; then
pathprepend /usr/local/bin
fi
if [ -d /usr/local/sbin -a $EUID -eq 0 ]; then
pathprepend /usr/local/sbin
fi
# Set some defaults before other applications add to these paths.
pathappend /usr/share/man MANPATH
pathappend /usr/share/info INFOPATH
EOF
This script sets up the default inputrc configuration file. If the user
does not have individual settings, it uses the global file.
cat > /etc/profile.d/readline.sh << "EOF"
# Setup the INPUTRC environment variable.
if [ -z "$INPUTRC" -a ! -f "$HOME/.inputrc" ] ; then
INPUTRC=/etc/inputrc
fi
export INPUTRC
EOF
Setting the umask value is important for security. Here the default group write permissions are turned off for system users and when the user name and group name are not the same.
cat > /etc/profile.d/umask.sh << "EOF"
# By default, the umask should be set.
if [ "$(id -gn)" = "$(id -un)" -a $EUID -gt 99 ] ; then
umask 002
else
umask 022
fi
EOF
This script sets an environment variable necessary for native language support. A full discussion on determining this variable can be found on the LFS Bash Shell Startup Files page.
cat > /etc/profile.d/i18n.sh << "EOF"
# Set up i18n variables
export LANG=<ll>_<CC>.<charmap><@modifiers>
EOF
Here is a base /etc/bashrc.
Comments in the file should explain everything you need.
cat > /etc/bashrc << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/bashrc
# Written for Beyond Linux From Scratch
# by James Robertson <jameswrobertson@earthlink.net>
# updated by Bruce Dubbs <bdubbs@linuxfromscratch.org>
# System wide aliases and functions.
# System wide environment variables and startup programs should go into
# /etc/profile. Personal environment variables and startup programs
# should go into ~/.bash_profile. Personal aliases and functions should
# go into ~/.bashrc
# Provides colored /bin/ls and /bin/grep commands. Used in conjunction
# with code in /etc/profile.
alias ls='ls --color=auto'
alias grep='grep --color=auto'
# Provides prompt for non-login shells, specifically shells started
# in the X environment. [Review the LFS archive thread titled
# PS1 Environment Variable for a great case study behind this script
# addendum.]
NORMAL="\[\e[0m\]"
RED="\[\e[1;31m\]"
GREEN="\[\e[1;32m\]"
if [[ $EUID == 0 ]] ; then
PS1="$RED\u [ $NORMAL\w$RED ]# $NORMAL"
else
PS1="$GREEN\u [ $NORMAL\w$GREEN ]\$ $NORMAL"
fi
unset RED GREEN NORMAL
# End /etc/bashrc
EOF
Here is a base ~/.bash_profile.
If you want each new user to have this file automatically,
just change the output of the command to /etc/skel/.bash_profile and check the
permissions after the command is run. You can then copy
/etc/skel/.bash_profile to the
home directories of already existing users, including
root, and set the owner and
group appropriately.
cat > ~/.bash_profile << "EOF"
# Begin ~/.bash_profile
# Written for Beyond Linux From Scratch
# by James Robertson <jameswrobertson@earthlink.net>
# updated by Bruce Dubbs <bdubbs@linuxfromscratch.org>
# Personal environment variables and startup programs.
# Personal aliases and functions should go in ~/.bashrc. System wide
# environment variables and startup programs are in /etc/profile.
# System wide aliases and functions are in /etc/bashrc.
if [ -f "$HOME/.bashrc" ] ; then
source $HOME/.bashrc
fi
if [ -d "$HOME/bin" ] ; then
pathprepend $HOME/bin
fi
# Having . in the PATH is dangerous
#if [ $EUID -gt 99 ]; then
# pathappend .
#fi
# End ~/.bash_profile
EOF
Here is a base ~/.profile. The
comments and instructions for using /etc/skel for .bash_profile above also apply here. Only
the target file names are different.
cat > ~/.profile << "EOF"
# Begin ~/.profile
# Personal environment variables and startup programs.
if [ -d "$HOME/bin" ] ; then
pathprepend $HOME/bin
fi
# Set up user specific i18n variables
#export LANG=<ll>_<CC>.<charmap><@modifiers>
# End ~/.profile
EOF
Here is a base ~/.bashrc.
cat > ~/.bashrc << "EOF"
# Begin ~/.bashrc
# Written for Beyond Linux From Scratch
# by James Robertson <jameswrobertson@earthlink.net>
# Personal aliases and functions.
# Personal environment variables and startup programs should go in
# ~/.bash_profile. System wide environment variables and startup
# programs are in /etc/profile. System wide aliases and functions are
# in /etc/bashrc.
if [ -f "/etc/bashrc" ] ; then
source /etc/bashrc
fi
# Set up user specific i18n variables
#export LANG=<ll>_<CC>.<charmap><@modifiers>
# End ~/.bashrc
EOF
This is an empty ~/.bash_logout
that can be used as a template. You will notice that the base
~/.bash_logout does not include
a clear
command. This is because the clear is handled in the
/etc/issue file.
cat > ~/.bash_logout << "EOF"
# Begin ~/.bash_logout
# Written for Beyond Linux From Scratch
# by James Robertson <jameswrobertson@earthlink.net>
# Personal items to perform on logout.
# End ~/.bash_logout
EOF
If you want to use the dircolors capability, then run the
following command. The /etc/skel setup steps shown above also can
be used here to provide a ~/.dircolors file when a new user is set
up. As before, just change the output file name on the
following command and assure the permissions, owner, and
group are correct on the files created and/or copied.
dircolors -p > /etc/dircolors
If you wish to customize the colors used for different file
types, you can edit the /etc/dircolors file. The instructions for
setting the colors are embedded in the file.
Finally, Ian Macdonald has written an excellent collection of tips and tricks to enhance your shell environment. You can read it online at http://www.caliban.org/bash/index.shtml.
Last updated on 2017-09-29 19:30:36 -0700
The LFS book installs Vim as its text editor. At this point it should be noted that there are a lot of different editing applications out there including Emacs, nano, Joe and many more. Anyone who has been around the Internet (especially usenet) for a short time will certainly have observed at least one flame war, usually involving Vim and Emacs users!
The LFS book creates a basic vimrc file. In this section you'll find an
attempt to enhance this file. At startup, vim reads the global
configuration file (/etc/vimrc)
as well as a user-specific file (~/.vimrc). Either or both can be tailored to
suit the needs of your particular system.
Here is a slightly expanded .vimrc that you can put in ~/.vimrc to provide user specific effects. Of
course, if you put it into /etc/skel/.vimrc instead, it will be made
available to users you add to the system later. You can also
copy the file from /etc/skel/.vimrc to the home directory of
users already on the system, such as root. Be sure to set permissions, owner,
and group if you do copy anything directly from /etc/skel.
" Begin .vimrc
set columns=80
set wrapmargin=8
set ruler
" End .vimrc
Note that the comment tags are " instead of the more usual # or
//. This is correct, the syntax for vimrc is slightly unusual.
Below you'll find a quick explanation of what each of the options in this example file means here:
set columns=80: This simply
sets the number of columns used on the screen.
set wrapmargin=8: This is the
number of characters from the right window border where
wrapping starts.
set ruler: This makes
vim show
the current row and column at the bottom right of the
screen.
More information on the many vim options can be found by
reading the help inside vim itself. Do this by typing
:help in vim to get the general help,
or by typing :help
usr_toc.txt to view the User Manual Table of Contents.
Last updated on 2007-10-16 06:02:24 -0700
When you first boot up your new LFS system, the logon screen
will be nice and plain (as it should be in a bare-bones
system). Many people however, will want their system to display
some information in the logon message. This can be accomplished
using the file /etc/issue.
The /etc/issue file is a plain
text file which will also accept certain escape sequences (see
below) in order to insert information about the system. There
is also the file issue.net which
can be used when logging on remotely. ssh however, will only use it
if you set the option in the configuration file and will
not interpret the escape
sequences shown below.
One of the most common things which people want to do is clear
the screen at each logon. The easiest way of doing that is to
put a "clear" escape sequence into /etc/issue. A simple way of doing this is to
issue the command clear >
/etc/issue. This will insert the relevant
escape code into the start of the /etc/issue file. Note that if you do this,
when you edit the file, you should leave the characters
(normally '^[[H^[[2J') on the first line alone.
Terminal escape sequences are special codes recognized by the terminal. The ^[ represents an ASCII ESC character. The sequence ESC [ H puts the cursor in the upper left hand corner of the screen and ESC 2 J erases the screen. For more information on terminal escape sequences see http://rtfm.etla.org/xterm/ctlseq.html
The following sequences are recognized by agetty (the program which
usually parses /etc/issue). This
information is from man
agetty where you can find extra information
about the logon process.
The issue file can contain
certain character sequences to display various information. All
issue sequences consist of a
backslash (\) immediately followed by one of the letters
explained below (so \d in
/etc/issue would insert the
current date).
b Insert the baudrate of the current line.
d Insert the current date.
s Insert the system name, the name of the operating system.
l Insert the name of the current tty line.
m Insert the architecture identifier of the machine, e.g., i686.
n Insert the nodename of the machine, also known as the hostname.
o Insert the domainname of the machine.
r Insert the release number of the kernel, e.g., 2.6.11.12.
t Insert the current time.
u Insert the number of current users logged in.
U Insert the string "1 user" or "<n> users" where <n> is the
number of current users logged in.
v Insert the version of the OS, e.g., the build-date etc.
Last updated on 2007-04-04 12:42:53 -0700
The Linux kernel supplies a random number generator which is
accessed through /dev/random and
/dev/urandom. Programs that
utilize the random and urandom devices, such as OpenSSH, will benefit from these
instructions.
When a Linux system starts up without much operator interaction, the entropy pool (data used to compute a random number) may be in a fairly predictable state. This creates the real possibility that the number generated at startup may always be the same. In order to counteract this effect, you should carry the entropy pool information across your shut-downs and start-ups.
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/random init script included
with the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-random
Last updated on 2016-06-03 20:04:06 -0700
The lsb_release script gives information about the Linux Standards Base (LSB) status of the distribution.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lsb/lsb-release-1.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 30537ef5a01e0ca94b7b8eb6a36bb1e4
Download size: 12 KB
Estimated disk space required: 80 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lsb_release
First fix a minor display problem:
sed -i "s|n/a|unavailable|" lsb_release
Install lsb_release by running the following commands:
./help2man -N --include ./lsb_release.examples \
--alt_version_key=program_version ./lsb_release > lsb_release.1
Now, as the root user:
install -v -m 644 lsb_release.1 /usr/share/man/man1 && install -v -m 755 lsb_release /usr/bin
The configuration for this package was done in
LFS. The file /etc/lsb-release should already exist. Be
sure that the DISTRIB_CODENAME entry has been set properly.
Last updated on 2018-08-14 15:05:25 -0700
Security takes many forms in a computing environment. After some initial discussion, this chapter gives examples of three different types of security: access, prevention and detection.
Access for users is usually handled by login or an application designed to handle the login function. In this chapter, we show how to enhance login by setting policies with PAM modules. Access via networks can also be secured by policies set by iptables, commonly referred to as a firewall. The Network Security Services (NSS) and Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR) libraries can be installed and shared among the many applications requiring them. For applications that don't offer the best security, you can use the Stunnel package to wrap an application daemon inside an SSL tunnel.
Prevention of breaches, like a trojan, are assisted by applications like GnuPG, specifically the ability to confirm signed packages, which recognizes modifications of the tarball after the packager creates it.
Finally, we touch on detection with a package that stores "signatures" of critical files (defined by the administrator) and then regenerates those "signatures" and compares for files that have been changed.
All software has bugs. Sometimes, a bug can be exploited, for example to allow users to gain enhanced privileges (perhaps gaining a root shell, or simply accessing or deleting other user's files), or to allow a remote site to crash an application (denial of service), or for theft of data. These bugs are labelled as vulnerabilities.
The main place where vulnerabilities get logged is cve.mitre.org. Unfortunately, many vulnerability numbers (CVE-yyyy-nnnn) are initially only labelled as "reserved" when distributions start issuing fixes. Also, some vulnerabilities apply to particular combinations of configure options, or only apply to old versions of packages which have long since been updated in BLFS.
BLFS differs from distributions - there is no BLFS security team, and the editors only become aware of vulnerabilities after they are public knowledge. Sometimes, a package with a vulnerability will not be updated in the book for a long time. Issues can be logged in the Trac system, which might speed up resolution.
The normal way for BLFS to fix a vulnerability is, ideally, to update the book to a new fixed release of the package. Sometimes that happens even before the vulnerability is public knowledge, so there is no guarantee that it will be shown as a vulnerability fix in the Changelog. Alternatively, a sed command, or a patch taken from a distribution, may be appropriate.
The bottom line is that you are responsible for your own security, and for assessing the potential impact of any problems.
To keep track of what is being discovered, you may wish to follow the security announcements of one or more distributions. For example, Debian has Debian security. Fedora's links on security are at the Fedora wiki. Details of Gentoo linux security announcements are discussed at Gentoo security. Finally, the Slackware archives of security announcements are at Slackware security.
The most general English source is perhaps the Full Disclosure Mailing List, but please read the comment on that page. If you use other languages you may prefer other sites such as http://www.heise.de/security heise.de (German) or cert.hr (Croatian). These are not linux-specific. There is also a daily update at lwn.net for subscribers (free access to the data after 2 weeks, but their vulnerabilities database at lwn.net/Vulnerabilities is unrestricted).
For some packages, subscribing to their 'announce' lists will provide prompt news of newer versions.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vulnerabilities
Last updated on 2015-09-20 15:38:20 -0700
Public Key Infrastructure (PKI) is a method to validate the authenticity of an otherwise unknown entity across untrusted networks. PKI works by establishing a chain of trust, rather than trusting each individual host or entity explicitly. In order for a certificate presented by a remote entity to be trusted, that certificate must present a complete chain of certificates that can be validated using the root certificate of a Certificate Authority (CA) that is trusted by the local machine.
Establishing trust with a CA involves validating things like company address, ownership, contact information, etc., and ensuring that the CA has followed best practices, such as undergoing periodic security audits by independent investigators and maintaining an always available certificate revocation list. This is well outside the scope of BLFS (as it is for most Linux distributions). The certificate store provided here is taken from the Mozilla Foundation, who have established very strict inclusion policies described here.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/djlucas/make-ca/archive/v0.8/make-ca-0.8.tar.gz
Download size: 36 KB
Download MD5 Sum: 1f0176c4fa89274971b2826a97f303f7
Estimated disk space required: 6.6 MB (with all runtime deps)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with all runtime deps)
Java-10.0.2 or OpenJDK-10.0.2, NSS-3.38, and p11-kit-0.23.13
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/make-ca
The make-ca script will
download and process the certificates included in the
certdata.txt file for use in
multiple certificate stores (if the associated applications
are present on the system). Additionally, any local
certificates stored in /etc/ssl/local will be imported to the
certificate stores. Certificates in this directory should be
stored as PEM encoded OpenSSL trusted certificates.
To create an OpenSSL trusted
certificate from a regular PEM encoded file, you need to add
trust arguments to the openssl command, and create
a new certificate. There are three trust types that are
recognized by the make-ca
script, SSL/TLS, S/Mime, and code signing. For example, using
the CAcert
roots, if you want to trust both for all three roles, the
following commands will create appropriate OpenSSL trusted
certificates (run as the root
user):
install -vdm755 /etc/ssl/local &&
wget http://www.cacert.org/certs/root.crt &&
wget http://www.cacert.org/certs/class3.crt &&
openssl x509 -in root.crt -text -fingerprint -setalias "CAcert Class 1 root" \
-addtrust serverAuth -addtrust emailProtection -addtrust codeSigning \
> /etc/ssl/local/CAcert_Class_1_root.pem &&
openssl x509 -in class3.crt -text -fingerprint -setalias "CAcert Class 3 root" \
-addtrust serverAuth -addtrust emailProtection -addtrust codeSigning \
> /etc/ssl/local/CAcert_Class_3_root.pem
If one of the three trust arguments is omitted, the
certificate is neither trusted, nor rejected for that role.
Clients that use OpenSSL or
NSS encountering this
certificate will present a warning to the user. Clients using
GnuTLS without p11-kit support are not aware of trusted
certificates. To include this CA into the ca-bundle.crt (used
for GnuTLS), it must have
serverAuth trust. Additionally, to
explicitly disallow a certificate for a particular use,
replace the -addtrust
flag with the -addreject flag.
To install the various certificate stores, first install the
make-ca script into the
correct location. As the root
user:
make install
As the root user, download
and update the certificate stores with the following command:
If running the script a second time with the same version
of certdata.txt, for
instance, to add additional stores as the requisite
software is installed, add the -f switch to the command
line. If packaging, run make-ca --help to see all
available command line options.
/usr/sbin/make-ca -g
You should periodically update the store with the above command either manually, or via a cron job.
The default certdata.txt file
provided by make-ca is obtained from the mozilla-release
branch, and is modified to provide a Mercurial revision. This
will be the correct version for most systems. There are,
however, several other variants of the file available for use
that might be preferred for one reason or another, including
the files shipped with Mozilla products in this book. RedHat
and OpenSUSE, for instance, use the version included in
NSS-3.38.
Additional upstream downloads are available at the links
below.
Mozilla Release (the version provided by BLFS): https://hg.mozilla.org/releases/mozilla-release/raw-file/default/security/nss/lib/ckfw/builtins/certdata.txt
NSS (this is the latest available version): https://hg.mozilla.org/projects/nss/raw-file/tip/lib/ckfw/builtins/certdata.txt
Mozilla Central: https://hg.mozilla.org/mozilla-central/raw-file/default/security/nss/lib/ckfw/builtins/certdata.txt
Mozilla Beta: https://hg.mozilla.org/releases/mozilla-beta/raw-file/default/security/nss/lib/ckfw/builtins/certdata.txt
Mozilla Aurora: https://hg.mozilla.org/releases/mozilla-aurora/raw-file/default/security/nss/lib/ckfw/builtins/certdata.txt
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:39:38 -0700
The ConsoleKit package is a framework for keeping track of the various users, sessions, and seats present on a system. It provides a mechanism for software to react to changes of any of these items or of any of the metadata associated with them.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/Consolekit2/ConsoleKit2/releases/download/1.0.2/ConsoleKit2-1.0.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e03dd98322c78425a87418af9d788518
Download size: 612 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
dbus-glib-0.110 and Xorg Libraries
Linux-PAM-1.3.0, Polkit-0.114, and pm-utils-1.4.1 (run-time dependency to allow ConsoleKit2 to put the system in “Suspend” or “Hibernation” mode)
If you intend NOT to install polkit, you will need to manually edit the ConsoleKit.conf file to lock down the service. Failure to do so may be a huge SECURITY HOLE.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/consolekit
Install ConsoleKit by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--enable-udev-acl \
--enable-pam-module \
--enable-polkit \
--with-xinitrc-dir=/etc/X11/app-defaults/xinitrc.d \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/ConsoleKit-1.0.2 \
--with-systemdsystemunitdir=no &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
mv -v /etc/X11/app-defaults/xinitrc.d/90-consolekit{,.sh}
--enable-udev-acl:
This switch enables building of the udev-acl tool, which is
used to allow normal users to access device nodes normally
only accessible to root.
--enable-pam-module:
This switch enables building of the ConsoleKit PAM module which is needed for
ConsoleKit to work correctly
with PAM. Remove if
Linux PAM is NOT installed.
--enable-polkit:
Enable PolicyKit support.
--with-xinitrc-dir=/etc/X11/app-defaults/xinitrc.d:
Fix the location of the 90-consolekit.sh script. Notice that
the script has been renamed after installation, because
xinitrc only sources script names ending with extension
.sh.
--with-systemdsystemunitdir=no:
Disable attempting to build with systemd libraries.
--enable-docbook-docs: Use this
switch if xmlto is installed
and you wish to build the user and API documentation.
If you use Linux PAM, it
needs to be configured to activate ConsoleKit upon user login. This can
be achieved by editing the /etc/pam.d/system-session file as the
root user:
cat >> /etc/pam.d/system-session << "EOF"
# Begin ConsoleKit addition
session optional pam_loginuid.so
session optional pam_ck_connector.so nox11
# End ConsoleKit addition
EOF
You will also need a helper script that creates a file in
/var/run/console named as the
currently logged in user and that contains the D-Bus address of the session. You can
create the script by running the following commands as the
root user:
cat > /usr/lib/ConsoleKit/run-session.d/pam-foreground-compat.ck << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
TAGDIR=/var/run/console
[ -n "$CK_SESSION_USER_UID" ] || exit 1
[ "$CK_SESSION_IS_LOCAL" = "true" ] || exit 0
TAGFILE="$TAGDIR/`getent passwd $CK_SESSION_USER_UID | cut -f 1 -d:`"
if [ "$1" = "session_added" ]; then
mkdir -p "$TAGDIR"
echo "$CK_SESSION_ID" >> "$TAGFILE"
fi
if [ "$1" = "session_removed" ] && [ -e "$TAGFILE" ]; then
sed -i "\%^$CK_SESSION_ID\$%d" "$TAGFILE"
[ -s "$TAGFILE" ] || rm -f "$TAGFILE"
fi
EOF
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/ConsoleKit/run-session.d/pam-foreground-compat.ck
See /usr/share/doc/ConsoleKit/spec/ConsoleKit.html for more configuration.
|
is a utility that provides information from the ConsoleKit database about what users have logged into the system. |
|
|
is a utility for starting a command in its own ConsoleKit session. |
|
|
list sessions with respective properties. Also good for debugging purposes. |
|
|
write system restart to log. |
|
|
write system start to log. |
|
|
write system stop to log. |
|
|
is the ConsoleKit daemon. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The CrackLib package contains a library used to enforce strong passwords by comparing user selected passwords to words in chosen word lists.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/cracklib/cracklib/releases/download/cracklib-2.9.6/cracklib-2.9.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c52f463585d85924b28cdc1e373ae06d
Download size: 628 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Recommended word list for English-speaking countries (size: 5.3 MB; md5sum: cae1257e3a9f95c917cc9dbbab852316): https://github.com/cracklib/cracklib/releases/download/cracklib-2.9.6/cracklib-words-2.9.6.gz
There are additional word lists available for download, e.g., from http://www.cotse.com/tools/wordlists.htm. CrackLib can utilize as many, or as few word lists you choose to install.
Users tend to base their passwords on regular words of the spoken language, and crackers know that. CrackLib is intended to filter out such bad passwords at the source using a dictionary created from word lists. To accomplish this, the word list(s) for use with CrackLib must be an exhaustive list of words and word-based keystroke combinations likely to be chosen by users of the system as (guessable) passwords.
The default word list recommended above for downloading mostly satisfies this role in English-speaking countries. In other situations, it may be necessary to download (or even create) additional word lists.
Note that word lists suitable for spell-checking are not usable as CrackLib word lists in countries with non-Latin based alphabets, because of “word-based keystroke combinations” that make bad passwords.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cracklib
Install CrackLib by running the following commands:
sed -i '/skipping/d' util/packer.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--with-default-dict=/lib/cracklib/pw_dict &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make install && mv -v /usr/lib/libcrack.so.* /lib && ln -sfv ../../lib/$(readlink /usr/lib/libcrack.so) /usr/lib/libcrack.so
Issue the following commands as the root user to install the recommended word
list and create the CrackLib
dictionary. Other word lists (text based, one word per line)
can also be used by simply installing them into /usr/share/dict and adding them to the
create-cracklib-dict
command.
install -v -m644 -D ../cracklib-words-2.9.6.gz \
/usr/share/dict/cracklib-words.gz &&
gunzip -v /usr/share/dict/cracklib-words.gz &&
ln -v -sf cracklib-words /usr/share/dict/words &&
echo $(hostname) >> /usr/share/dict/cracklib-extra-words &&
install -v -m755 -d /lib/cracklib &&
create-cracklib-dict /usr/share/dict/cracklib-words \
/usr/share/dict/cracklib-extra-words
If desired, check the proper operation of the library as an unprivileged user by issuing the following command:
make test
If you are installing CrackLib after your LFS system has been completed and you have the Shadow package installed, you must reinstall Shadow-4.6 if you wish to provide strong password support on your system. If you are now going to install the Linux-PAM-1.3.0 package, you may disregard this note as Shadow will be reinstalled after the Linux-PAM installation.
sed -i '/skipping/d' util/packer.c: Remove a meaningless warning.
--with-default-dict=/lib/cracklib/pw_dict:
This parameter forces the installation of the CrackLib dictionary to the /lib hierarchy.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
mv -v /usr/lib/libcrack.so.2*
/lib and ln -v
-sf ../../lib/libcrack.so.2.8.1 ...: These
two commands move the libcrack.so.2.9.0 library and associated
symlink from /usr/lib to
/lib, then recreates the
/usr/lib/libcrack.so symlink
pointing to the relocated file.
install -v -m644 -D
...: This command creates the /usr/share/dict directory (if it doesn't
already exist) and installs the compressed word list there.
ln -v -s cracklib-words
/usr/share/dict/words: The word list is
linked to /usr/share/dict/words
as historically, words is the
primary word list in the /usr/share/dict directory. Omit this
command if you already have a /usr/share/dict/words file installed on
your system.
echo $(hostname)
>>...: The value of hostname is echoed to a
file called cracklib-extra-words. This extra file is
intended to be a site specific list which includes easy to
guess passwords such as company or department names, user
names, product names, computer names, domain names, etc.
create-cracklib-dict ...: This command creates the CrackLib dictionary from the word lists. Modify the command to add any additional word lists you have installed.
|
is used to determine if a password is strong. |
|
|
is used to format text files (lowercases all words, removes control characters and sorts the lists). |
|
|
creates a database with words read from standard input. |
|
|
displays on standard output the database specified. |
|
|
is used to create the CrackLib dictionary from the given word list(s). |
|
|
provides a fast dictionary lookup method for strong password enforcement. |
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:39:38 -0700
cryptsetup is used to set up transparent encryption of block devices using the kernel crypto API.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/cryptsetup/v2.0/cryptsetup-2.0.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ed42b31f67d05b05e392d1943d467b8d
Download size: 10 MB
Estimated disk space required: 28 MB (add 11 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (add 10 SBU for tests)
JSON-C-0.13.1, libgcrypt-1.8.3, LVM2-2.02.177, and popt-1.16
libpwquality-1.4.0, Python-2.7.15, and passwdqc
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cryptsetup
Encrypted block devices require kernel support. To use it, the appropriate kernel configuration parameters need to be set:
Device Drivers --->
[*] Multiple devices driver support (RAID and LVM) ---> [CONFIG_MD]
<*/M> Device mapper support [CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DM]
<*/M> Crypt target support [CONFIG_DM_CRYPT]
Cryptographic API --->
<*/M> XTS support [CONFIG_CRYPTO_XTS]
<*/M> SHA224 and SHA256 digest algorithm [CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256]
<*/M> AES cipher algorithms [CONFIG_CRYPTO_AES]
<*/M> AES cipher algorithms (x86_64) [CONFIG_CRYPTO_AES_X86_64]
<*/M> User-space interface for symmetric key cipher algorithms
[CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_SKCIPHER]
For tests:
<*/M> Twofish cipher algorithm [CONFIG_CRYPTO_TWOFISH]
Install cryptsetup by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-crypto_backend=openssl &&
make
To test the result, issue as the root user: make check. Some tests may
fail if the kernel configuration parameters above are not
set. One (of 12) tests is known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-crypto_backend=openssl:
This parameter selects the cryptographic libraries to use
with the application. gcrypt
is the default.
Because of the number of possible configurations, setup of encrypted volumes is beyond the scope of the BLFS book. Please see the configuration guide in the cryptsetup FAQ.
|
is used to setup dm-crypt managed device-mapper mappings. |
|
|
is a for offline LUKS device re-encryption. |
|
|
is a tool to manage dm-integrity (block level integrity) volumes. |
|
|
is used to configure dm-verity managed device-mapper mappings. Device-mapper verity target provides read-only transparent integrity checking of block devices using kernel crypto API. |
Last updated on 2018-08-15 18:24:48 -0700
The Cyrus SASL package contains a Simple Authentication and Security Layer, a method for adding authentication support to connection-based protocols. To use SASL, a protocol includes a command for identifying and authenticating a user to a server and for optionally negotiating protection of subsequent protocol interactions. If its use is negotiated, a security layer is inserted between the protocol and the connection.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cyrusimap.org/releases/cyrus-sasl-2.1.26.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a7f4e5e559a0e37b3ffc438c9456e425
Download size: 5.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
Linux-PAM-1.3.0, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, MariaDB-10.3.9 or MySQL, OpenJDK-10.0.2, OpenLDAP-2.4.46, PostgreSQL-10.5, SQLite-3.24.0, krb4 and Dmalloc
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cyrus-sasl
This package does not support parallel build.
Install Cyrus SASL by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../cyrus-sasl-2.1.26-fixes-3.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../cyrus-sasl-2.1.26-openssl-1.1.0-1.patch &&
autoreconf -fi &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-auth-sasldb \
--with-dbpath=/var/lib/sasl/sasldb2 \
--with-saslauthd=/var/run/saslauthd &&
make -j1
This package does not come with a test suite. If you are planning on using the GSSAPI authentication mechanism, it is recommended to test it after installing the package using the sample server and client programs which were built in the preceding step. Instructions for performing the tests can be found at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/cyrus-sasl.txt.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.26 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{*.{html,txt,fig},ONEWS,TODO} \
saslauthd/LDAP_SASLAUTHD /usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.26 &&
install -v -dm700 /var/lib/sasl
--with-dbpath=/var/lib/sasl/sasldb2:
This switch forces the sasldb database to be
created in /var/lib/sasl
instead of /etc.
--with-saslauthd=/var/run/saslauthd:
This switch forces saslauthd to use the FHS
compliant directory /var/run/saslauthd for variable run-time
data.
--enable-auth-sasldb:
This switch enables SASLDB authentication backend.
--with-dblib=gdbm: This switch
forces GDBM to be used
instead of Berkeley DB.
--with-ldap: This switch enables
the OpenLDAP support.
--enable-ldapdb: This switch
enables the LDAPDB authentication backend. There is a
circular dependency with this parameter. See http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cyrus-sasl
for a solution to this problem.
--enable-java: This switch
enables compiling of the Java support libraries.
--enable-login: This option
enables unsupported LOGIN authentication.
--enable-ntlm: This option
enables unsupported NTLM authentication.
install -v -m644 ...: These commands install documentation which is not installed by the make install command.
install -v -m700 -d /var/lib/sasl: This directory must exist when starting saslauthd or using the sasldb plugin. If you're not going to be running the daemon or using the plugins, you may omit the creation of this directory.
/etc/saslauthd.conf (for
saslauthd
LDAP configuration) and /etc/sasl2/Appname.conf (where "Appname"
is the application defined name of the application)
See file:///usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.26/sysadmin.html for information on what to include in the application configuration files.
See file:///usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.26/LDAP_SASLAUTHD for configuring saslauthd with OpenLDAP.
See file:///usr/share/doc/cyrus-sasl-2.1.26/gssapi.html for configuring saslauthd with Kerberos.
If you need to run the saslauthd daemon at
system startup, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/saslauthd init script
included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package
using the following command:
make install-saslauthd
You'll need to modify /etc/sysconfig/saslauthd and modify the
AUTHMECH parameter with your
desired authentication mechanism.
|
is used to list loadable SASL plugins and their properties. |
|
|
is the SASL authentication server. |
|
|
is used to list the users in the SASL password
database |
|
|
is used to set and delete a user's SASL password
and mechanism specific secrets in the SASL password
database |
|
|
is a test utility for the SASL authentication server. |
|
|
is a general purpose authentication library for server and client applications. |
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
The GnuPG package is GNU's tool for secure communication and data storage. It can be used to encrypt data and to create digital signatures. It includes an advanced key management facility and is compliant with the proposed OpenPGP Internet standard as described in RFC2440 and the S/MIME standard as described by several RFCs. GnuPG 2 is the stable version of GnuPG integrating support for OpenPGP and S/MIME.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/gnupg/gnupg-2.2.9.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 52c895a81f514a65e08923736c38654a
Download size: 6.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 105 MB (with all tests; add 24 MB for docs)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 1.4 SBU for tests)
Libassuan-2.5.1, libgcrypt-1.8.3, libgpg-error-1.32, Libksba-1.3.5, and npth-1.6
pinentry-1.1.0 (Run-time requirement for most of the package's functionality)
cURL-7.61.0, GnuTLS-3.5.19, ImageMagick-7.0.8-10 (for the convert utility, used for generating the documentation), libusb-compat-0.1.5, an MTA, OpenLDAP-2.4.46, SQLite-3.24.0, texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx), fig2dev (for generating documentation), and GNU adns
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnupg2
If you are upgrading from gnupg prior to version 2.1,
upstream developers recommend to backup ~/.gnupg, because some additional
configuration will probably be necessary, and you could
lose your keys. You can find instructions at http://jo-ke.name/wp/?p=111
and
https://wiki.archlinux.org/index.php/GnuPG#.22Lost.22_keys.2C_upgrading_to_gnupg_version_2.1.
If the top directory path where the source is unpacked contains symbolic links, the openpgp tests may fail. If this is your case and you wish to run the test suite, fix that with:
sed -e '/noinst_SCRIPTS = gpg-zip/c sbin_SCRIPTS += gpg-zip' \
-i tools/Makefile.in
Install GnuPG by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-symcryptrun \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.2.9 &&
make &&
makeinfo --html --no-split -o doc/gnupg_nochunks.html doc/gnupg.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/gnupg.txt doc/gnupg.texi
If you have texlive-20180414 installed and you wish to create documentation in alternate formats, issue the following commands (fig2dev is needed for the ps format):
make -C doc pdf ps html
To test the results, issue: make check.
Note that if you have already installed GnuPG, the instructions below will
overwrite /usr/share/man/man1/gpg-zip.1. Now, as the
root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.2.9/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/gnupg_nochunks.html \
/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.2.9/html/gnupg.html &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.texi doc/gnupg.txt \
/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.2.9
If you created alternate formats of the documentation,
install it using the following command as the root user:
install -v -m644 doc/gnupg.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.2.9/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/gnupg.{pdf,dvi,ps} \
/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.2.9
sed ... tools/Makefile.in: This command is needed to build the gpg-zip program.
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.2.9:
This switch changes the default docdir to /usr/share/doc/gnupg-2.2.9.
--enable-symcryptrun:
This switch enables building the symcryptrun program.
--enable-all-tests: allows more
tests to be run whith make
check.
--enable-g13: This switch enables
building the g13 program.
|
is used to create and populate user's |
|
|
is a wrapper script used to run gpgconf with the
|
|
|
is a tool that takes care of accessing the OpenPGP keyservers. |
|
|
is a tool to contact a running dirmngr and test whether a certificate has been revoked. |
|
|
is a tool to create, mount or unmount an encrypted file system container (optional). |
|
|
is a daemon used to manage secret (private) keys independently from any protocol. It is used as a backend for gpg2 and gpgsm as well as for a couple of other utilities. |
|
|
is a utility used to communicate with a running gpg-agent. |
|
|
is the OpenPGP part of the GNU Privacy Guard (GnuPG). It is a tool used to provide digital encryption and signing services using the OpenPGP standard. |
|
|
is a utility used to automatically and reasonably
safely query and modify configuration files in the
|
|
|
is a utility currently only useful for debugging.
Run it with |
|
|
executes the given scheme program or spawns an interactive shell. |
|
|
is a tool similar to gpg2 used to provide digital encryption and signing services on X.509 certificates and the CMS protocol. It is mainly used as a backend for S/MIME mail processing. |
|
|
is a tool to encrypt or sign files into an archive. |
|
|
is a verify only version of gpg2. |
|
|
encrypts or signs files into an archive. |
|
|
is used to list, export and import Keybox data. |
|
|
is a simple symmetric encryption tool. |
|
|
is used to listen to a Unix Domain socket created by any of the GnuPG tools. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The GnuTLS package contains libraries and userspace tools which provide a secure layer over a reliable transport layer. Currently the GnuTLS library implements the proposed standards by the IETF's TLS working group. Quoting from the TLS protocol specification:
“The TLS protocol provides communications privacy over the Internet. The protocol allows client/server applications to communicate in a way that is designed to prevent eavesdropping, tampering, or message forgery.”
GnuTLS provides support for TLS 1.2, TLS 1.1, TLS 1.0, and SSL 3.0 protocols, TLS extensions, including server name and max record size. Additionally, the library supports authentication using the SRP protocol, X.509 certificates and OpenPGP keys, along with support for the TLS Pre-Shared-Keys (PSK) extension, the Inner Application (TLS/IA) extension and X.509 and OpenPGP certificate handling.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/gnutls/v3.5/gnutls-3.5.19.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1002f4099ce11d785e9811099aaa59a6
Download size: 6.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 123 MB (add 47 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 7.8 SBU for tests)
make-ca-0.8, libunistring-0.9.10, libtasn1-4.13, and p11-kit-0.23.13
Doxygen-1.8.14, GTK-Doc-1.28, Guile-2.2.4, libidn-1.35 or libidn2-2.0.5 Net-tools-CVS_20101030 (used during the test suite), texlive-20180414 or install-tl-unx, Unbound-1.7.3 (to build the DANE library), Valgrind-3.13.0 (used during the test suite), autogen, cmocka and datefudge (used during the test suite if the DANE library is built), and Trousers (Trusted Platform Module support)
Note that if you do not install libtasn1-4.13, an older version shipped in the GnuTLS tarball will be used instead.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnutls
Install GnuTLS by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-default-trust-store-pkcs11="pkcs11:" &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. If a prior
version of GnuTLS (or the
same version but without all of the recommended dependencies)
has been installed, some tests may fail. If /usr/lib/libgnutls.so and the target of
that symlink are moved or renamed so that they cannot be
found, all tests should pass and the install procedure will
restore libgnutls.so and the
versioned library it points to.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you passed --enable-gtk-doc to
the configure
script, the API will automatically be installed. Otherwise,
if desired, you can still install the API documentation to
the /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gnutls directory
using the following command as the root user:
make -C doc/reference install-data-local
--with-default-trust-store-pkcs11="pkcs11:":
This switch tells gnutls to use the PKCS #11 trust store as
the default trust. Omit this switch if p11-kit-0.23.13 is not
installed.
--with-default-trust-store-file=/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.crt:
This switch tells configure where to find the
legacy CA certificate bundle and to use it instead of PKCS
#11 module by default. Use this if p11-kit-0.23.13 is not
installed.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
--enable-openssl-compatibility:
Use this switch if you wish to build the OpenSSL
compatibility library.
--without-p11-kit: use this
switch if you have not installed p11-kit.
--with-included-unistring: uses
the bundled version of libunistring, instead of the system
one. Use this switch if you have not installed libunistring-0.9.10.
|
is used to generate X.509 certificates, certificate requests, and private keys. |
|
|
is a tool used to generate and check DNS resource records for the DANE protocol. |
|
|
is a simple client program to set up a TLS connection to some other computer. |
|
|
is a simple client program to set up a TLS connection to some other computer and produces very verbose progress results. |
|
|
is a simple server program that listens to incoming TLS connections. |
|
|
is a program that can parse and print information about OCSP requests/responses, generate requests and verify responses. |
|
|
is a program that allows handling data from PKCS #11 smart cards and security modules. |
|
|
is a simple program that generates random keys for use with TLS-PSK. |
|
|
is a simple program that emulates the programs in the Stanford SRP (Secure Remote Password) libraries using GnuTLS. |
|
|
contains the core API functions and X.509 certificate API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:39:38 -0700
The GPGME package is a C library that allows cryptography support to be added to a program. It is designed to make access to public key crypto engines like GnuPG or GpgSM easier for applications. GPGME provides a high-level crypto API for encryption, decryption, signing, signature verification and key management.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/gpgme/gpgme-1.11.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 129c46fb85a7ffa41e43345e48aee884
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 125 MB (with all bindings)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (with parallelism=4; with all bindings, add 0.5 SBU for tests)
Doxygen-1.8.14 (for API documentation), GnuPG-2.2.9 (required if Qt or SWIG are installed; used during the testsuite), Clisp-2.49, Python-2.7.15, Qt-5.11.1, and/or SWIG-3.0.12 (for language bindings)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gpgme
Install GPGME by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-gpg-test && make
To test the results, you should have GnuPG-2.2.9 installed and remove the --disable-gpg-test above. Issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-gpg-test:
if this parameter is not passed to configure, the test
programs are built during make stage, which requires
GnuPG-2.2.9. This parameter is not needed
if GnuPG-2.2.9 is installed.
Last updated on 2018-08-16 17:08:56 -0700
The Haveged package contains a daemon that generates an unpredictable stream of random numbers and feeds the /dev/random device.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/haveged/haveged-1.9.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: fb1d8b3dcbb9d06b30eccd8aa500fd31
Download size: 484 KB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/haveged
Install Haveged by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && mkdir -pv /usr/share/doc/haveged-1.9.2 && cp -v README /usr/share/doc/haveged-1.9.2
If you want the Haveged
daemon to start automatically when the system is booted,
install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/haveged init script
included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package
(as the root user):
make install-haveged
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The next part of this chapter deals with firewalls. The principal firewall tool for Linux is Iptables. You will need to install Iptables if you intend on using any form of a firewall.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.netfilter.org/projects/iptables/files/iptables-1.8.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.netfilter.org/pub/iptables/iptables-1.8.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 3874ca08438be68cd793558283df48d1
Download size: 664 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/iptables
A firewall in Linux is accomplished through a portion of the kernel called netfilter. The interface to netfilter is Iptables. To use it, the appropriate kernel configuration parameters are found in:
[*] Networking support ---> [CONFIG_NET]
Networking Options --->
[*] Network packet filtering framework (Netfilter) ---> [CONFIG_NETFILTER]
The installation below does not include building some
specialized extension libraries which require the raw
headers in the Linux
source code. If you wish to build the additional extensions
(if you aren't sure, then you probably don't), you can look
at the INSTALL file to see an
example of how to change the KERNEL_DIR= parameter to
point at the Linux source
code. Note that if you upgrade the kernel version, you may
also need to recompile Iptables and that the BLFS team has
not tested using the raw kernel headers.
For some non-x86 architectures, the raw kernel headers may
be required. In that case, modify the KERNEL_DIR= parameter to
point at the Linux source
code.
Disable libebt/libarp extensions if nftables is not installed to prevent a build failure:
sed -i -e '/libebt_/s/^/#/' \
-e '/libarpt_/s/^/#/' extensions/GNUmakefile.in
Install Iptables by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sbindir=/sbin \
--disable-nftables \
--enable-libipq \
--with-xtlibdir=/lib/xtables &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
ln -sfv ../../sbin/xtables-legacy-multi /usr/bin/iptables-xml &&
for file in ip4tc ip6tc ipq iptc xtables
do
mv -v /usr/lib/lib${file}.so.* /lib &&
ln -sfv ../../lib/$(readlink /usr/lib/lib${file}.so) /usr/lib/lib${file}.so
done
--disable-nftables:
This switch disables building nftables compat. Omit this
switch if you have installed nftables.
--enable-libipq: This
switch enables building of libipq.so which can be used by some
packages outside of BLFS.
--with-xtlibdir=/lib/xtables:
Ensure all Iptables modules
are installed in the /lib/xtables directory.
--enable-nfsynproxy: This switch
enables installation of nfsynproxy SYNPROXY configuration tool.
ln -sfv ../../sbin/xtables-legacy-multi /usr/bin/iptables-xml: Ensure the symbolic link for iptables-xml is relative.
Introductory instructions for configuring your firewall are presented in the next section: Firewalling
To set up the iptables firewall at boot, install the
/etc/rc.d/init.d/iptables
init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-iptables
|
is used to set up, maintain, and inspect the tables of IP packet filter rules in the Linux kernel. |
|
|
is used to restore IP Tables from data specified on STDIN. Use I/O redirection provided by your shell to read from a file. |
|
|
is used to dump the contents of an IP Table in easily parseable format to STDOUT. Use I/O-redirection provided by your shell to write to a file. |
|
|
is used to convert the output of iptables-save to
an XML format. Using the |
|
|
are a set of commands for IPV6 that parallel the iptables commands above. |
|
|
(optional) configuration tool. SYNPROXY target makes handling of large SYN floods possible without the large performance penalties imposed by the connection tracking in such cases. |
|
|
is a binary that behaves according to the name it is called by. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
Before you read this part of the chapter, you should have already installed iptables as described in the previous section.
The general purpose of a firewall is to protect a computer or a network against malicious access.
In a perfect world, every daemon or service on every machine is perfectly configured and immune to flaws such as buffer overflows or other problems regarding its security. Furthermore, you trust every user accessing your services. In this world, you do not need to have a firewall.
In the real world however, daemons may be misconfigured and exploits against essential services are freely available. You may wish to choose which services are accessible by certain machines or you may wish to limit which machines or applications are allowed external access. Alternatively, you may simply not trust some of your applications or users. You are probably connected to the Internet. In this world, a firewall is essential.
Don't assume however, that having a firewall makes careful configuration redundant, or that it makes any negligent misconfiguration harmless. It doesn't prevent anyone from exploiting a service you intentionally offer but haven't recently updated or patched after an exploit went public. Despite having a firewall, you need to keep applications and daemons on your system properly configured and up to date. A firewall is not a cure all, but should be an essential part of your overall security strategy.
The word firewall can have several different meanings.
This is a hardware device or software program commercially sold (or offered via freeware) by companies such as Symantec which claims that it secures a home or desktop computer connected to the Internet. This type of firewall is highly relevant for users who do not know how their computers might be accessed via the Internet or how to disable that access, especially if they are always online and connected via broadband links.
This is a system placed between the Internet and an intranet. To minimize the risk of compromising the firewall itself, it should generally have only one role—that of protecting the intranet. Although not completely risk free, the tasks of doing the routing and IP masquerading (rewriting IP headers of the packets it routes from clients with private IP addresses onto the Internet so that they seem to come from the firewall itself) are commonly considered relatively secure.
This is often an old computer you may have retired and nearly forgotten, performing masquerading or routing functions, but offering non-firewall services such as a web-cache or mail. This may be used for home networks, but is not to be considered as secure as a firewall only machine because the combination of server and router/firewall on one machine raises the complexity of the setup.
This box performs masquerading or routing, but grants public access to some branch of your network which, because of public IPs and a physically separated structure, is essentially a separate network with direct Internet access. The servers on this network are those which must be easily accessible from both the Internet and intranet. The firewall protects both networks. This type of firewall has a minimum of three network interfaces.
This introduction on how to setup a firewall is not a complete guide to securing systems. Firewalling is a complex issue that requires careful configuration. The scripts quoted here are simply intended to give examples of how a firewall works. They are not intended to fit into any particular configuration and may not provide complete protection from an attack.
Customization of these scripts for your specific situation will be necessary for an optimal configuration, but you should make a serious study of the iptables documentation and creating firewalls in general before hacking away. Have a look at the list of links for further reading at the end of this section for more details. There you will find a list of URLs that contain quite comprehensive information about building your own firewall.
The firewall configuration script installed in the iptables section differs from the standard configuration script. It only has two of the standard targets: start and status. The other targets are clear and lock. For instance if you issue:
/etc/rc.d/init.d/iptables start
the firewall will be restarted just as it is upon system startup. The status target will present a list of all currently implemented rules. The clear target turns off all firewall rules and the lock target will block all packets in and out of the computer with the exception of the loopback interface.
The main startup firewall is located in the file /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables. The sections below
provide three different approaches that can be used for a
system.
You should always run your firewall rules from a script. This ensures consistency and a record of what was done. It also allows retention of comments that are essential for understanding the rules long after they were written.
A Personal Firewall is designed to let you access all the services offered on the Internet, but keep your box secure and your data private.
Below is a slightly modified version of Rusty Russell's recommendation from the Linux 2.4 Packet Filtering HOWTO. It is still applicable to the Linux 2.6 kernels.
cat > /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
# Begin rc.iptables
# Insert connection-tracking modules
# (not needed if built into the kernel)
modprobe nf_conntrack
modprobe xt_LOG
# Enable broadcast echo Protection
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts
# Disable Source Routed Packets
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_source_route
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/accept_source_route
# Enable TCP SYN Cookie Protection
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies
# Disable ICMP Redirect Acceptance
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/accept_redirects
# Do not send Redirect Messages
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/send_redirects
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/send_redirects
# Drop Spoofed Packets coming in on an interface, where responses
# would result in the reply going out a different interface.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/rp_filter
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/rp_filter
# Log packets with impossible addresses.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/log_martians
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/log_martians
# be verbose on dynamic ip-addresses (not needed in case of static IP)
echo 2 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_dynaddr
# disable Explicit Congestion Notification
# too many routers are still ignorant
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_ecn
# Set a known state
iptables -P INPUT DROP
iptables -P FORWARD DROP
iptables -P OUTPUT DROP
# These lines are here in case rules are already in place and the
# script is ever rerun on the fly. We want to remove all rules and
# pre-existing user defined chains before we implement new rules.
iptables -F
iptables -X
iptables -Z
iptables -t nat -F
# Allow local-only connections
iptables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT
# Free output on any interface to any ip for any service
# (equal to -P ACCEPT)
iptables -A OUTPUT -j ACCEPT
# Permit answers on already established connections
# and permit new connections related to established ones
# (e.g. port mode ftp)
iptables -A INPUT -m conntrack --ctstate ESTABLISHED,RELATED -j ACCEPT
# Log everything else. What's Windows' latest exploitable vulnerability?
iptables -A INPUT -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:INPUT "
# End $rc_base/rc.iptables
EOF
chmod 700 /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables
This script is quite simple, it drops all traffic coming into your computer that wasn't initiated from your computer, but as long as you are simply surfing the Internet you are unlikely to exceed its limits.
If you frequently encounter certain delays at accessing FTP servers, take a look at BusyBox example number 4.
Even if you have daemons or services running on your system, these will be inaccessible everywhere but from your computer itself. If you want to allow access to services on your machine, such as ssh or ping, take a look at BusyBox.
A true Firewall has two interfaces, one connected to an intranet, in this example eth0, and one connected to the Internet, here ppp0. To provide the maximum security for the firewall itself, make sure that there are no unnecessary servers running on it such as X11 et al. As a general principle, the firewall itself should not access any untrusted service (think of a remote server giving answers that makes a daemon on your system crash, or even worse, that implements a worm via a buffer-overflow).
cat > /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
# Begin rc.iptables
echo
echo "You're using the example configuration for a setup of a firewall"
echo "from Beyond Linux From Scratch."
echo "This example is far from being complete, it is only meant"
echo "to be a reference."
echo "Firewall security is a complex issue, that exceeds the scope"
echo "of the configuration rules below."
echo "You can find additional information"
echo "about firewalls in Chapter 4 of the BLFS book."
echo "http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs"
echo
# Insert iptables modules (not needed if built into the kernel).
modprobe nf_conntrack
modprobe nf_conntrack_ftp
modprobe xt_conntrack
modprobe xt_LOG
modprobe xt_state
# Enable broadcast echo Protection
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/icmp_echo_ignore_broadcasts
# Disable Source Routed Packets
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_source_route
# Enable TCP SYN Cookie Protection
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_syncookies
# Disable ICMP Redirect Acceptance
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/accept_redirects
# Don't send Redirect Messages
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/send_redirects
# Drop Spoofed Packets coming in on an interface where responses
# would result in the reply going out a different interface.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/default/rp_filter
# Log packets with impossible addresses.
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/conf/all/log_martians
# Be verbose on dynamic ip-addresses (not needed in case of static IP)
echo 2 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_dynaddr
# Disable Explicit Congestion Notification
# Too many routers are still ignorant
echo 0 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/tcp_ecn
# Set a known state
iptables -P INPUT DROP
iptables -P FORWARD DROP
iptables -P OUTPUT DROP
# These lines are here in case rules are already in place and the
# script is ever rerun on the fly. We want to remove all rules and
# pre-existing user defined chains before we implement new rules.
iptables -F
iptables -X
iptables -Z
iptables -t nat -F
# Allow local connections
iptables -A INPUT -i lo -j ACCEPT
iptables -A OUTPUT -o lo -j ACCEPT
# Allow forwarding if the initiated on the intranet
iptables -A FORWARD -m conntrack --ctstate ESTABLISHED,RELATED -j ACCEPT
iptables -A FORWARD ! -i ppp+ -m conntrack --ctstate NEW -j ACCEPT
# Do masquerading
# (not needed if intranet is not using private ip-addresses)
iptables -t nat -A POSTROUTING -o ppp+ -j MASQUERADE
# Log everything for debugging
# (last of all rules, but before policy rules)
iptables -A INPUT -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:INPUT "
iptables -A FORWARD -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:FORWARD "
iptables -A OUTPUT -j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:OUTPUT "
# Enable IP Forwarding
echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/ipv4/ip_forward
EOF
chmod 700 /etc/rc.d/rc.iptables
With this script your intranet should be reasonably secure against external attacks. No one should be able to setup a new connection to any internal service and, if it's masqueraded, makes your intranet invisible to the Internet. Furthermore, your firewall should be relatively safe because there are no services running that a cracker could attack.
If the interface you're connecting to the Internet
doesn't connect via PPP, you will need to change
<ppp+> to
the name of the interface (e.g., eth1) which you are
using.
This scenario isn't too different from the Masquerading Router, but additionally offers some services to your intranet. Examples of this can be when you want to administer your firewall from another host on your intranet or use it as a proxy or a name server.
Outlining a true concept of how to protect a server that offers services on the Internet goes far beyond the scope of this document. See the references at the end of this section for more information.
Be cautious. Every service you have enabled makes your setup more complex and your firewall less secure. You are exposed to the risks of misconfigured services or running a service with an exploitable bug. A firewall should generally not run any extra services. See the introduction to the Masquerading Router for some more details.
If you want to add services such as internal Samba or name servers that do not need to access the Internet themselves, the additional statements are quite simple and should still be acceptable from a security standpoint. Just add the following lines into the script before the logging rules.
iptables -A INPUT -i ! ppp+ -j ACCEPT
iptables -A OUTPUT -o ! ppp+ -j ACCEPT
If daemons, such as squid, have to access the Internet themselves, you could open OUTPUT generally and restrict INPUT.
iptables -A INPUT -m conntrack --ctstate ESTABLISHED,RELATED -j ACCEPT
iptables -A OUTPUT -j ACCEPT
However, it is generally not advisable to leave OUTPUT unrestricted. You lose any control over trojans who would like to "call home", and a bit of redundancy in case you've (mis-)configured a service so that it broadcasts its existence to the world.
To accomplish this, you should restrict INPUT and OUTPUT on all ports except those that it's absolutely necessary to have open. Which ports you have to open depends on your needs: mostly you will find them by looking for failed accesses in your log files.
Have a Look at the Following Examples:
Squid is caching the web:
iptables -A OUTPUT -p tcp --dport 80 -j ACCEPT
iptables -A INPUT -p tcp --sport 80 -m conntrack --ctstate ESTABLISHED \
-j ACCEPT
Your caching name server (e.g., named) does its lookups via UDP:
iptables -A OUTPUT -p udp --dport 53 -j ACCEPT
You want to be able to ping your computer to ensure it's still alive:
iptables -A INPUT -p icmp -m icmp --icmp-type echo-request -j ACCEPT
iptables -A OUTPUT -p icmp -m icmp --icmp-type echo-reply -j ACCEPT
If you are frequently accessing FTP servers or enjoy chatting, you might notice certain delays because some implementations of these daemons have the feature of querying an identd on your system to obtain usernames. Although there's really little harm in this, having an identd running is not recommended because many security experts feel the service gives out too much additional information.
To avoid these delays you could reject the requests with a 'tcp-reset':
iptables -A INPUT -p tcp --dport 113 -j REJECT --reject-with tcp-reset
To log and drop invalid packets (packets that came in after netfilter's timeout or some types of network scans) insert these rules at the top of the chain:
iptables -I INPUT 0 -p tcp -m conntrack --ctstate INVALID \
-j LOG --log-prefix "FIREWALL:INVALID "
iptables -I INPUT 1 -p tcp -m conntrack --ctstate INVALID -j DROP
Anything coming from the outside should not have a private address, this is a common attack called IP-spoofing:
iptables -A INPUT -i ppp+ -s 10.0.0.0/8 -j DROP
iptables -A INPUT -i ppp+ -s 172.16.0.0/12 -j DROP
iptables -A INPUT -i ppp+ -s 192.168.0.0/16 -j DROP
There are other addresses that you may also want to drop: 0.0.0.0/8, 127.0.0.0/8, 224.0.0.0/3 (multicast and experimental), 169.254.0.0/16 (Link Local Networks), and 192.0.2.0/24 (IANA defined test network).
If your firewall is a DHCP client, you need to allow those packets:
iptables -A INPUT -i ppp0 -p udp -s 0.0.0.0 --sport 67 \
-d 255.255.255.255 --dport 68 -j ACCEPT
To simplify debugging and be fair to anyone who'd like to access a service you have disabled, purposely or by mistake, you could REJECT those packets that are dropped.
Obviously this must be done directly after logging as the very last lines before the packets are dropped by policy:
iptables -A INPUT -j REJECT
These are only examples to show you some of the
capabilities of the firewall code in Linux. Have a look at
the man page of iptables. There you will find much more
information. The port numbers needed for this can be found
in /etc/services, in case you
didn't find them by trial and error in your log file.
Finally, there is one fact you must not forget: The effort spent attacking a system corresponds to the value the cracker expects to gain from it. If you are responsible for valuable information, you need to spend the time to protect it properly.
www.netfilter.org - Homepage of the netfilter/iptables project
Netfilter related FAQ
Netfilter related HOWTO's
en.tldp.org/LDP/nag2/x-087-2-firewall.html
en.tldp.org/HOWTO/Security-HOWTO.html
en.tldp.org/HOWTO/Firewall-HOWTO.html
www.linuxsecurity.com/docs/
www.little-idiot.de/firewall (German & outdated, but very comprehensive)
linux.oreillynet.com/pub/a/linux/2000/03/10/netadmin/ddos.html
staff.washington.edu/dittrich/misc/ddos
www.e-infomax.com/ipmasq
www.circlemud.org/~jelson/writings/security/index.htm
www.securityfocus.com
www.cert.org - tech_tips
security.ittoolbox.com
www.insecure.org/reading.html
Last updated on 2016-06-04 22:57:10 -0700
The libcap package was installed in LFS, but if Linux-PAM support is desired, the PAM module must be built (after installation of Linux-PAM).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/security/linux-privs/libcap2/libcap-2.25.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 6666b839e5d46c2ad33fc8aa2ceb5f77
Download size: 64 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libcap
Install libcap by running the following commands:
make -C pam_cap
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -m755 pam_cap/pam_cap.so /lib/security && install -v -m644 pam_cap/capability.conf /etc/security
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The Linux PAM package contains Pluggable Authentication Modules used to enable the local system administrator to choose how applications authenticate users.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://linux-pam.org/library/Linux-PAM-1.3.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: da4b2289b7cfb19583d54e9eaaef1c3a
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 28 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (with tests)
Optional Documentation
Download (HTTP): http://linux-pam.org/documentation/Linux-PAM-1.2.0-docs.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 558378b8be9b8b5c987326f4529f2130
Download size 480 KB
Berkeley DB-5.3.28, CrackLib-2.9.6, libtirpc-1.0.3 and Prelude
docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.79.2, fop-2.3, libxslt-1.1.32 and either w3m-0.5.3 or elinks (but with a link calling it 'links') and remove the documentation switch.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/linux-pam
If you downloaded the documentation, unpack the tarball by issuing the following command.
tar -xf ../Linux-PAM-1.2.0-docs.tar.bz2 --strip-components=1
Install Linux PAM by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--libdir=/usr/lib \
--disable-regenerate-docu \
--enable-securedir=/lib/security \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/Linux-PAM-1.3.0 &&
make
To test the results, a suitable /etc/pam.d/other configuration file must
exist.
If you have a system with Linux PAM installed and working,
be careful when modifying the files in /etc/pam.d, since your system may become
totally unusable. If you want to run the tests, you do not
need to create another /etc/pam.d/other file. The installed one
can be used for that purpose.
You should also be aware that make install overwrites
the configuration files in /etc/security as well as /etc/environment. In case you have
modified those files, be sure to back them up.
For a first installation, create the configuration file by
issuing the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /etc/pam.d && cat > /etc/pam.d/other << "EOF" auth required pam_deny.so account required pam_deny.so password required pam_deny.so session required pam_deny.so EOF
Now run the tests by issuing make check. Ensure there are no errors produced by the tests before continuing the installation. Note that the checks are quite long. It may be useful to redirect the output to a log file in order to inspect it thoroughly.
Only in case of a first installation, remove the
configuration file created earlier by issuing the following
command as the root user:
rm -fv /etc/pam.d/*
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
chmod -v 4755 /sbin/unix_chkpwd &&
for file in pam pam_misc pamc
do
mv -v /usr/lib/lib${file}.so.* /lib &&
ln -sfv ../../lib/$(readlink /usr/lib/lib${file}.so) /usr/lib/lib${file}.so
done
--enable-securedir=/lib/security:
This switch sets install location for the PAM modules.
--disable-regenerate-docu :
This switch prevents this version of the package trying to
build its documentation, and failing, if the required
dependencies except
w3m-0.5.3
are present, but Links-2.16 is present. Remove this switch if
you have installed w3m (or elinks, with a link so it can be
invoked as 'links').
chmod -v 4755
/sbin/unix_chkpwd: The unix_chkpwd helper program
must be setuid so that non-root processes can access the shadow
file.
Configuration information is placed in /etc/pam.d/. Below is an example file:
# Begin /etc/pam.d/other
auth required pam_unix.so nullok
account required pam_unix.so
session required pam_unix.so
password required pam_unix.so nullok
# End /etc/pam.d/other
Now set up some generic files. As root:
install -vdm755 /etc/pam.d && cat > /etc/pam.d/system-account << "EOF" &&# Begin /etc/pam.d/system-account account required pam_unix.so # End /etc/pam.d/system-accountEOF cat > /etc/pam.d/system-auth << "EOF" &&# Begin /etc/pam.d/system-auth auth required pam_unix.so # End /etc/pam.d/system-authEOF cat > /etc/pam.d/system-session << "EOF"# Begin /etc/pam.d/system-session session required pam_unix.so # End /etc/pam.d/system-sessionEOF
The remaining generic file depends on whether CrackLib-2.9.6 is installed. If it is installed, use:
cat > /etc/pam.d/system-password << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/system-password
# check new passwords for strength (man pam_cracklib)
password required pam_cracklib.so type=Linux retry=3 difok=5 \
difignore=23 minlen=9 dcredit=1 \
ucredit=1 lcredit=1 ocredit=1 \
dictpath=/lib/cracklib/pw_dict
# use sha512 hash for encryption, use shadow, and use the
# authentication token (chosen password) set by pam_cracklib
# above (or any previous modules)
password required pam_unix.so sha512 shadow use_authtok
# End /etc/pam.d/system-password
EOF
In its default configuration, pam_cracklib will allow
multiple case passwords as short as 6 characters, even
with the minlen
value set to 11. You should review the pam_cracklib(8)
man page and determine if these default values are
acceptable for the security of your system.
If CrackLib-2.9.6 is NOT installed, use:
cat > /etc/pam.d/system-password << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/system-password
# use sha512 hash for encryption, use shadow, and try to use any previously
# defined authentication token (chosen password) set by any prior module
password required pam_unix.so sha512 shadow try_first_pass
# End /etc/pam.d/system-password
EOF
Now add a restrictive /etc/pam.d/other configuration file. With
this file, programs that are PAM aware will not run unless
a configuration file specifically for that application is
created.
cat > /etc/pam.d/other << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/other
auth required pam_warn.so
auth required pam_deny.so
account required pam_warn.so
account required pam_deny.so
password required pam_warn.so
password required pam_deny.so
session required pam_warn.so
session required pam_deny.so
# End /etc/pam.d/other
EOF
The PAM man page (man pam) provides a good starting point for descriptions of fields and allowable entries. The Linux-PAM System Administrators' Guide is recommended for additional information.
Refer to http://debian.securedservers.com/kernel/pub/linux/libs/pam/modules.html for a list of various third-party modules available.
You should now reinstall the Shadow-4.6 package.
|
is a helper binary that creates home directories. |
|
|
is used to interrogate and manipulate the login counter file. |
|
|
is used to interrogate and manipulate the login counter file, but does not have some limitations that pam_tally does. |
|
|
is used to check if the default timestamp is valid |
|
|
is a helper binary that verifies the password of the current user. |
|
|
is a helper binary that updates the password of a given user. |
|
|
provides the interfaces between applications and the PAM modules. |
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:39:38 -0700
The libpwquality package provides common functions for password quality checking and also scoring them based on their apparent randomness. The library also provides a function for generating random passwords with good pronounceability.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libpwquality/libpwquality/releases/download/libpwquality-1.4.0/libpwquality-1.4.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b8defcc7280a90e9400d6689c93a279c
Download size: 440 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libpwquality
Install libpwquality by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static \
--with-securedir=/lib/security &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2015-09-25 08:48:24 -0500
MIT Kerberos V5 is a free implementation of Kerberos 5. Kerberos is a network authentication protocol. It centralizes the authentication database and uses kerberized applications to work with servers or services that support Kerberos allowing single logins and encrypted communication over internal networks or the Internet.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://kerberos.org/dist/krb5/1.16/krb5-1.16.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 848e9b80d6aaaa798e3f3df24b83c407
Download size: 9.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 104 MB (add 25 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 4.2 SBU for tests)
DejaGnu-1.6.1 (for full test coverage), GnuPG-2.2.9 (to authenticate the package), keyutils-1.5.10, OpenLDAP-2.4.46, Python-2.7.15 (used during the testsuite), rpcbind-0.2.4 (used during the testsuite), and Valgrind-3.13.0 (used during the test suite)
Some sort of time synchronization facility on your system (like ntp-4.2.8p12) is required since Kerberos won't authenticate if there is a time difference between a kerberized client and the KDC server.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mitkrb
Build MIT Kerberos V5 by running the following commands:
cd src &&
sed -i -e 's@\^u}@^u cols 300}@' tests/dejagnu/config/default.exp &&
sed -i -e '/eq 0/{N;s/12 //}' plugins/kdb/db2/libdb2/test/run.test &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--with-system-et \
--with-system-ss \
--with-system-verto=no \
--enable-dns-for-realm &&
make
To test the build, issue as the root user: make -k check. You need at
least Tcl-8.6.8, which is used to drive the
testsuite. Furthermore, DejaGnu-1.6.1 must be available for
some of the tests to run. If you have a former version of MIT
Kerberos V5 installed, it may happen that the test suite pick
up the installed versions of the libraries, rather than the
newly built ones. If so, it is better to run the tests after
the installation. The t_ccselect test is known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
for f in gssapi_krb5 gssrpc k5crypto kadm5clnt kadm5srv \
kdb5 kdb_ldap krad krb5 krb5support verto ; do
find /usr/lib -type f -name "lib$f*.so*" -exec chmod -v 755 {} \;
done &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libkrb5.so.3* /lib &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libk5crypto.so.3* /lib &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libkrb5support.so.0* /lib &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libkrb5.so.3.3 /usr/lib/libkrb5.so &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libk5crypto.so.3.1 /usr/lib/libk5crypto.so &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libkrb5support.so.0.1 /usr/lib/libkrb5support.so &&
mv -v /usr/bin/ksu /bin &&
chmod -v 755 /bin/ksu &&
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/krb5-1.16.1 &&
cp -vfr ../doc/* /usr/share/doc/krb5-1.16.1
The first sed increases the width of the virtual terminal used for some tests to prevent some spurious text in the output which is taken as a failure. The second sed removes a test that is known to fail.
--localstatedir=/var/lib: This
option is used so that the Kerberos variable run-time data is
located in /var/lib instead of
/usr/var.
--with-system-et:
This switch causes the build to use the system-installed
versions of the error-table support software.
--with-system-ss:
This switch causes the build to use the system-installed
versions of the subsystem command-line interface software.
--with-system-verto=no: This
switch fixes a bug in the package: it does not recognize its
own verto library installed previously. This is not a
problem, if reinstalling the same version, but if you are
updating, the old library is used as system's one, instead of
installing the new version.
--enable-dns-for-realm: This
switch allows realms to be resolved using the DNS server.
--with-ldap: Use this switch if
you want to compile the OpenLDAP database backend module.
mv -v /usr/lib/libk...
/lib and ln -v
-sf ../../lib/libk... /usr/lib/libk...: Move
critical libraries to the /lib
directory so that they are available when the /usr filesystem is not mounted.
find /usr/lib -type f -name "lib$f*.so*" -exec chmod -v 755 {} \;: This command changes the permisison of installed libraries.
mv -v /usr/bin/ksu
/bin: Moves the ksu program to the
/bin directory so that it is
available when the /usr
filesystem is not mounted.
You should consider installing some sort of password
checking dictionary so that you can configure the
installation to only accept strong passwords. A
suitable dictionary to use is shown in the CrackLib-2.9.6 instructions. Note
that only one file can be used, but you can concatenate
many files into one. The configuration file shown below
assumes you have installed a dictionary to /usr/share/dict/words.
Create the Kerberos configuration file with the following
commands issued by the root user:
cat > /etc/krb5.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/krb5.conf
[libdefaults]
default_realm = <EXAMPLE.ORG>
encrypt = true
[realms]
<EXAMPLE.ORG> = {
kdc = <belgarath.example.org>
admin_server = <belgarath.example.org>
dict_file = /usr/share/dict/words
}
[domain_realm]
.<example.org> = <EXAMPLE.ORG>
[logging]
kdc = SYSLOG:INFO:AUTH
admin_server = SYSLOG:INFO:AUTH
default = SYSLOG:DEBUG:DAEMON
# End /etc/krb5.conf
EOF
You will need to substitute your domain and proper
hostname for the occurrences of the <belgarath> and
<example.org>
names.
default_realm should be the
name of your domain changed to ALL CAPS. This isn't
required, but both Heimdal and MIT recommend it.
encrypt = true provides
encryption of all traffic between kerberized clients and
servers. It's not necessary and can be left off. If you
leave it off, you can encrypt all traffic from the client
to the server using a switch on the client program
instead.
The [realms] parameters tell
the client programs where to look for the KDC
authentication services.
The [domain_realm] section
maps a domain to a realm.
Create the KDC database:
kdb5_util create -r <EXAMPLE.ORG> -s
Now you should populate the database with principals
(users). For now, just use your regular login name or
root.
kadmin.localkadmin.local:add_policy dict-onlykadmin.local:addprinc -policy dict-only<loginname>
The KDC server and any machine running kerberized server daemons must have a host key installed:
kadmin.local:addprinc -randkey host/<belgarath.example.org>
After choosing the defaults when prompted, you will have to export the data to a keytab file:
kadmin.local:ktadd host/<belgarath.example.org>
This should have created a file in /etc named krb5.keytab (Kerberos 5). This file
should have 600 (root rw
only) permissions. Keeping the keytab files from public
access is crucial to the overall security of the Kerberos
installation.
Exit the kadmin program (use quit or exit) and return back to the shell prompt. Start the KDC daemon manually, just to test out the installation:
/usr/sbin/krb5kdc
Attempt to get a ticket with the following command:
kinit <loginname>
You will be prompted for the password you created. After you get your ticket, you can list it with the following command:
klist
Information about the ticket should be displayed on the screen.
To test the functionality of the keytab file, issue the following command:
ktutilktutil:rkt /etc/krb5.keytabktutil:l
This should dump a list of the host principal, along with the encryption methods used to access the principal.
At this point, if everything has been successful so far, you can feel fairly confident in the installation and configuration of the package.
For additional information consult the documentation for krb5-1.16.1 on which the above instructions are based.
If you want to start Kerberos services at boot, install the
/etc/rc.d/init.d/krb5 init
script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105
package using the following command:
make install-krb5
|
is a GSSAPI test client. |
|
|
is a GSSAPI test server. |
|
|
is a host keytable manipulation utility. |
|
|
is an utility used to make modifications to the Kerberos database. |
|
|
is an utility similar to kadmin, but if the database is db2, the local client kadmin.local, is intended to run directly on the master KDC without Kerberos authentication. |
|
|
is a server for administrative access to a Kerberos database. |
|
|
allows an administrator to manage realms, Kerberos services and ticket policies. |
|
|
is the KDC database utility. |
|
|
removes the current set of tickets. |
|
|
is used to authenticate to the Kerberos server as a principal and acquire a ticket granting ticket that can later be used to obtain tickets for other services. |
|
|
reads and displays the current tickets in the credential cache. |
|
|
is a program for changing Kerberos 5 passwords. |
|
|
takes a principal database in a specified format and converts it into a stream of database records. |
|
|
receives a database sent by kprop and writes it as a local database. |
|
|
displays the contents of the KDC database update log to standard output. |
|
|
gives information on how to link programs against libraries. |
|
|
is the Kerberos 5 server. |
|
|
sends a problem report (PR) to a central support site. |
|
|
is the super user program using Kerberos protocol.
Requires a properly configured |
|
|
makes the specified credential cache the primary cache for the collection, if a cache collection is available. |
|
|
is a program for managing Kerberos keytabs. |
|
|
prints keyversion numbers of Kerberos principals. |
|
|
is used to contact a sample server and authenticate to it using Kerberos 5 tickets, then display the server's response. |
|
|
is a simple UDP-based sample client program, for demonstration. |
|
|
is a simple UDP-based server application, for demonstration. |
|
|
is the sample Kerberos 5 server. |
|
|
is another sample client. |
|
|
is another sample server. |
|
|
contains the Generic Security Service Application Programming Interface (GSSAPI) functions which provides security services to callers in a generic fashion, supportable with a range of underlying mechanisms and technologies and hence allowing source-level portability of applications to different environments. |
|
|
contains the administrative authentication and password checking functions required by Kerberos 5 client-side programs. |
|
|
contains the administrative authentication and password checking functions required by Kerberos 5 servers. |
|
|
is a Kerberos 5 authentication/authorization database access library. |
|
|
contains the internal support library for RADIUS functionality. |
|
|
is an all-purpose Kerberos 5 library. |
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
The Nettle package contains a low-level cryptographic library that is designed to fit easily in many contexts.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/nettle/nettle-3.4.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/nettle/nettle-3.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dc0f13028264992f58e67b4e8915f53d
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 68 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nettle
Install Nettle by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/lib{hogweed,nettle}.so &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/nettle-3.4 &&
install -v -m644 nettle.html /usr/share/doc/nettle-3.4
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
calculates a hash value using a specified algorithm. |
|
|
outputs a sequence of pseudorandom (non-cryptographic) bytes, using Knuth's lagged fibonacci generator. The stream is useful for testing, but should not be used to generate cryptographic keys or anything else that needs real randomness. |
|
|
password-based key derivation function that take as input a password or passphrase and typically strengthen it and protect against certain pre-computation attacks by using salting and expensive computation. |
|
|
converts private and public RSA keys from PKCS #1 format to sexp format. |
|
|
converts an s-expression to a different encoding. |
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:39:38 -0700
The Network Security Services (NSS) package is a set of libraries designed to support cross-platform development of security-enabled client and server applications. Applications built with NSS can support SSL v2 and v3, TLS, PKCS #5, PKCS #7, PKCS #11, PKCS #12, S/MIME, X.509 v3 certificates, and other security standards. This is useful for implementing SSL and S/MIME or other Internet security standards into an application.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.mozilla.org/pub/security/nss/releases/NSS_3_38_RTM/src/nss-3.38.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ac9065460a7634ba8eb0f942f404e773
Download size: 22 MB
Estimated disk space required: 127 MB
Estimated build time: 2.0 SBU
SQLite-3.24.0 and p11-kit-0.23.13 (runtime)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nss
This package does not support parallel build.
Install NSS by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../nss-3.38-standalone-1.patch && cd nss && make -j1 BUILD_OPT=1 \ NSPR_INCLUDE_DIR=/usr/include/nspr \ USE_SYSTEM_ZLIB=1 \ ZLIB_LIBS=-lz \ NSS_ENABLE_WERROR=0 \ $([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo USE_64=1) \ $([ -f /usr/include/sqlite3.h ] && echo NSS_USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE=1)
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
cd ../dist &&
install -v -m755 Linux*/lib/*.so /usr/lib &&
install -v -m644 Linux*/lib/{*.chk,libcrmf.a} /usr/lib &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/include/nss &&
cp -v -RL {public,private}/nss/* /usr/include/nss &&
chmod -v 644 /usr/include/nss/* &&
install -v -m755 Linux*/bin/{certutil,nss-config,pk12util} /usr/bin &&
install -v -m644 Linux*/lib/pkgconfig/nss.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig
BUILD_OPT=1: This
option is passed to make so that the build is
performed with no debugging symbols built into the binaries
and the default compiler optimizations are used.
NSPR_INCLUDE_DIR=/usr/include/nspr:
This option sets the location of the nspr headers.
USE_SYSTEM_ZLIB=1:
This option is passed to make to ensure that the
libssl3.so library is linked to
the system installed zlib
instead of the in-tree version.
ZLIB_LIBS=-lz: This
option provides the linker flags needed to link to the system
zlib.
$([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ]
&& echo USE_64=1): The USE_64=1 option is required on x86_64, otherwise
make will try
(and fail) to create 32-bit objects. The [ $(uname -m) =
x86_64 ] test ensures it has no effect on a 32 bit system.
([ -f /usr/include/sqlite3.h ]
&& echo NSS_USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE=1):
This tests if sqlite is
installed and if so it echos the option
NSS_USE_SYSTEM_SQLITE=1 to make so that libsoftokn3.so will link against the system
version of sqlite.
If p11-kit-0.23.13 is installed, the
p11-kit trust module
(/usr/lib/pkcs11/p11-kit-trust.so) can be
used as a drop-in replacement for /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so to transparently
make the system CAs available to NSS aware applications, rather than the
static list provided by /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so. As the root user, execute the following
commands:
if [ -e /usr/lib/libp11-kit.so ]; then readlink /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so || rm -v /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so && ln -sfv ./pkcs11/p11-kit-trust.so /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so fi
Additionally, for dependent applications that do not use the
internal database (/usr/lib/libnssckbi.so), the /usr/sbin/make-ca script, included on the
make-ca-0.8 page, will generate a system
wide NSS DB.
|
is the Mozilla Certificate Database Tool. It is a command-line utility that can create and modify the Netscape Communicator cert8.db and key3.db database files. It can also list, generate, modify, or delete certificates within the cert8.db file and create or change the password, generate new public and private key pairs, display the contents of the key database, or delete key pairs within the key3.db file. |
|
|
is used to determine the NSS library settings of the installed NSS libraries. |
|
|
is a tool for importing certificates and keys from pkcs #12 files into NSS or exporting them. It can also list certificates and keys in such files. |
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:39:38 -0700
The OpenSSH package contains ssh clients and the sshd daemon. This is useful for encrypting authentication and subsequent traffic over a network. The ssh and scp commands are secure implementations of telnet and rcp respectively.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.openbsd.org/pub/OpenBSD/OpenSSH/portable/openssh-7.7p1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 68ba883aff6958297432e5877e9a0fe2
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 38 MB (add 11 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (running the tests takes 15+ minutes, irrespective of processor speed)
Linux-PAM-1.3.0, X Window System, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, libedit, LibreSSL Portable, OpenSC, and libsectok
OpenJDK-10.0.2, Net-tools-CVS_20101030, and Sysstat-11.6.3
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/OpenSSH
OpenSSH runs as two
processes when connecting to other computers. The first
process is a privileged process and controls the issuance of
privileges as necessary. The second process communicates with
the network. Additional installation steps are necessary to
set up the proper environment, which are performed by issuing
the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m700 -d /var/lib/sshd &&
chown -v root:sys /var/lib/sshd &&
groupadd -g 50 sshd &&
useradd -c 'sshd PrivSep' \
-d /var/lib/sshd \
-g sshd \
-s /bin/false \
-u 50 sshd
Install OpenSSH by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../openssh-7.7p1-openssl-1.1.0-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/ssh \
--with-md5-passwords \
--with-privsep-path=/var/lib/sshd &&
make
The testsuite requires an installed copy of scp to complete the
multiplexing tests. To run the test suite, first copy the
scp program to
/usr/bin, making sure that you
backup any existing copy first.
To test the results, issue: make tests.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 contrib/ssh-copy-id /usr/bin &&
install -v -m644 contrib/ssh-copy-id.1 \
/usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/openssh-7.7p1 &&
install -v -m644 INSTALL LICENCE OVERVIEW README* \
/usr/share/doc/openssh-7.7p1
--sysconfdir=/etc/ssh: This
prevents the configuration files from being installed in
/usr/etc.
--with-md5-passwords:
This enables the use of MD5 passwords.
--with-pam: This parameter
enables Linux-PAM support in
the build.
--with-xauth=/usr/bin/xauth: Set
the default location for the xauth binary for X
authentication. Change the location if xauth will be installed to
a different path. This can also be controlled from
sshd_config with the
XAuthLocation keyword. You can omit this switch if
Xorg is already installed.
--with-kerberos5=/usr: This
option is used to include Kerberos 5 support in the build.
--with-libedit: This option
enables line editing and history features for sftp.
~/.ssh/*, /etc/ssh/ssh_config, and /etc/ssh/sshd_config
There are no required changes to any of these files.
However, you may wish to view the /etc/ssh/ files and make any changes
appropriate for the security of your system. One
recommended change is that you disable root login via ssh. Execute the
following command as the root user to disable root login via ssh:
echo "PermitRootLogin no" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config
If you want to be able to log in without typing in your password, first create ~/.ssh/id_rsa and ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub with ssh-keygen and then copy ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pub to ~/.ssh/authorized_keys on the remote computer that you want to log into. You'll need to change REMOTE_USERNAME and REMOTE_HOSTNAME for the username and hostname of the remote computer and you'll also need to enter your password for the ssh-copy-id command to succeed:
ssh-keygen && ssh-copy-id -i ~/.ssh/id_rsa.pubREMOTE_USERNAME@REMOTE_HOSTNAME
Once you've got passwordless logins working it's actually
more secure than logging in with a password (as the private
key is much longer than most people's passwords). If you
would like to now disable password logins, as the
root user:
echo "PasswordAuthentication no" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config && echo "ChallengeResponseAuthentication no" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config
If you added Linux-PAM
support and you want ssh to use it then you will need to
add a configuration file for sshd and enable use of LinuxPAM. Note, ssh only uses PAM to
check passwords, if you've disabled password logins these
commands are not needed. If you want to use PAM, issue the
following commands as the root user:
sed 's@d/login@d/sshd@g' /etc/pam.d/login > /etc/pam.d/sshd && chmod 644 /etc/pam.d/sshd && echo "UsePAM yes" >> /etc/ssh/sshd_config
Additional configuration information can be found in the man pages for sshd, ssh and ssh-agent.
To start the SSH server at system boot, install the
/etc/rc.d/init.d/sshd init
script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105
package.
make install-sshd
|
is a file copy program that acts like rcp except it uses an encrypted protocol. |
|
|
is an FTP-like program that works over the SSH1 and SSH2 protocols. |
|
|
is a symlink to ssh. |
|
|
is an rlogin/rsh-like client program except it uses an encrypted protocol. |
|
|
is a daemon that listens for ssh login requests. |
|
|
is a tool which adds keys to the ssh-agent. |
|
|
is an authentication agent that can store private keys. |
|
|
is a script that enables logins on remote machine using local keys. |
|
|
is a key generation tool. |
|
|
is a utility for gathering public host keys from a number of hosts. |
Last updated on 2018-08-14 15:05:25 -0700
The OpenSSL-1.0.2p package contains libraries relating to cryptography. These are useful for providing cryptographic functions to other packages, such as email applications and web browsers (for accessing HTTPS sites). This package provides only the libraries and headers for packages that have not yet been ported to openssl-1.1.x or later.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://openssl.org/source/openssl-1.0.2p.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://openssl.org/source/openssl-1.0.2p.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ac5eb30bf5798aa14b1ae6d0e7da58df
Download size: 5.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 72 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/OpenSSL
This package does not support parallel build.
Install OpenSSL-1.0.2p Libraries with the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../openssl-1.0.2p-compat_versioned_symbols-1.patch &&
./config --prefix=/usr \
--openssldir=/etc/ssl \
--libdir=lib/openssl-1.0 \
shared \
zlib-dynamic &&
make depend &&
make -j1
To test the results, issue: make -j1 test. The test suite does not support parallel jobs.
Now, as the root user:
make INSTALL_PREFIX=$PWD/Dest install_sw &&
rm -rf /usr/lib/openssl-1.0 &&
install -vdm755 /usr/lib/openssl-1.0 &&
cp -Rv Dest/usr/lib/openssl-1.0/* /usr/lib/openssl-1.0 &&
mv -v /usr/lib/openssl-1.0/lib{crypto,ssl}.so.1.0.0 /usr/lib &&
ln -sv ../libssl.so.1.0.0 /usr/lib/openssl-1.0 &&
ln -sv ../libcrypto.so.1.0.0 /usr/lib/openssl-1.0 &&
install -vdm755 /usr/include/openssl-1.0 &&
cp -Rv Dest/usr/include/openssl /usr/include/openssl-1.0 &&
sed 's@/include$@/include/openssl-1.0@' -i /usr/lib/openssl-1.0/pkgconfig/*.pc
shared: This
parameter forces the creation of shared libraries along with
the static libraries.
zlib-dynamic: This
parameter adds compression/decompression functionality using
the libz library.
rm -rf
/usr/lib/openssl-1.0: This will do nothing on a
first install, but enables a later update. During the install
the libraries are moved and replaced by symlinks. If you
later upgrade to a future release of openssl-1.0.2 to fix newly discovered
vulnerabilities, without this command the move would fail
because the symlinks mean the source and destination files
are identical.
|
implements a wide range of cryptographic algorithms used in various Internet standards. The services provided by this library are used by the OpenSSL implementations of SSL, TLS and S/MIME, and they have also been used to implement OpenSSH, OpenPGP, and other cryptographic standards. |
|
|
implements the Transport Layer Security (TLS v1) protocol. It provides a rich API, documentation on which can be found by running man 3 ssl. |
Last updated on 2018-08-16 22:28:07 -0700
The p11-kit package provides a way to load and enumerate PKCS #11 (a Cryptographic Token Interface Standard) modules.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/p11-glue/p11-kit/releases/download/0.23.13/p11-kit-0.23.13.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9fb1daab59c6b9d90261f6bddf00d0f1
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 65 MB (add 167 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (add 0.6 SBU for tests)
NSS-3.38, GTK-Doc-1.28 and libxslt-1.1.32
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/p11-kit
Install p11-kit by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-trust-paths=/etc/pki/anchors &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-trust-paths=/etc/pki/anchors:
this switch sets the location of trusted certificates used by
libp11-kit.so.
--with-hash-impl=freebl: Use this
switch if you want to use the Freebl library from
NSS for SHA1 and MD5
hashing.
--enable-doc: Use this switch if
you have installed GTK-Doc-1.28 and libxslt-1.1.32 and wish
to rebuild the documentation and generate manual pages.
The p11-kit trust module
(/usr/lib/pkcs11/p11-kit-trust.so) can be
used as a drop-in replacement for /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so to transparently
make the system CAs available to NSS aware applications, rather than the
static list provided by /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so. As the root user, execute the following
commands:
if [ -e /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so ]; then readlink /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so || rm -v /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so && ln -sfv ./pkcs11/p11-kit-trust.so /usr/lib/libnssckbi.so fi
|
is a command line tool that can be used to perform operations on PKCS#11 modules configured on the system. |
|
|
is a command line tool to examine and modify the shared trust policy store. |
|
|
contains functions used to coordinate initialization and finalization of any PKCS#11 module. |
|
|
is the PKCS#11 proxy module. |
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:39:38 -0700
Polkit is a toolkit for defining and handling authorizations. It is used for allowing unprivileged processes to communicate with privileged processes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/polkit/releases/polkit-0.114.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 93ff41874e7df8c62ed9e41893817f04
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
GLib-2.56.1 and js52-52.2.1gnome1
docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.79.2, GTK-Doc-1.28, libxslt-1.1.32, and Linux-PAM-1.3.0
If libxslt-1.1.32 is installed, then
docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-1.79.2 are required.
If you have installed libxslt-1.1.32, but you do not
want to install any of the DocBook packages mentioned, you
will need to use --disable-man-pages in the instructions
below.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/polkit
There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of
the polkitd
daemon after it is started. Issue the following commands as
the root user:
groupadd -fg 27 polkitd &&
useradd -c "PolicyKit Daemon Owner" -d /etc/polkit-1 -u 27 \
-g polkitd -s /bin/false polkitd
Fix an issue identified upstream after the package release:
sed -e '/JS_ReportWarningUTF8/s/,/, "%s",/' \
-i src/polkitbackend/polkitbackendjsauthority.cpp
Install Polkit by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--disable-static \
--enable-libsystemd-login=no \
--enable-libelogind=no \
--with-authfw=shadow &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that system D-Bus daemon must be running for the testsuite to complete.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-libsystemd-login=no:
This parameter fixes building without systemd, which is not part of LFS/BLFS.
If you use systemd, replace
"no" by "yes".
--with-authfw=shadow:
This parameter configures the package to use the Shadow rather than the Linux-PAM Authentication framework.
Change the argument to 'pam' if you would like to use
Linux-PAM.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
If you did not build Polkit with Linux PAM support, you can skip this section.
If you have built Polkit
with Linux PAM support,
you need to modify the default PAM configuration file which
was installed by default to get Polkit to work correctly with BLFS.
Issue the following commands as the root user to create the configuration
file for Linux PAM:
cat > /etc/pam.d/polkit-1 << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/polkit-1
auth include system-auth
account include system-account
password include system-password
session include system-session
# End /etc/pam.d/polkit-1
EOF
|
is used to obtain information about registered PolicyKit actions. |
|
|
is used to check whether a process is authorized for action. |
|
|
is an example program to test the pkexec command. |
|
|
allows an authorized user to execute a command as another user. |
|
|
is used to start a textual authentication agent for the subject. |
|
|
provides the org.freedesktop.PolicyKit1 D-Bus service on the system message bus. |
|
|
contains the Polkit authentication agent API functions. |
|
|
contains the Polkit authorization API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:39:38 -0700
Shadow was indeed installed in LFS and there is no reason to reinstall it unless you installed CrackLib or Linux-PAM after your LFS system was completed. If you have installed CrackLib after LFS, then reinstalling Shadow will enable strong password support. If you have installed Linux-PAM, reinstalling Shadow will allow programs such as login and su to utilize PAM.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/shadow-maint/shadow/releases/download/4.6/shadow-4.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b491fecbf1232632c32ff8f1437fd60e
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Linux-PAM-1.3.0 or CrackLib-2.9.6
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/shadow
The installation commands shown below are for installations where Linux-PAM has been installed (with or without a CrackLib installation) and Shadow is being reinstalled to support the Linux-PAM installation.
If you are reinstalling Shadow to provide strong password
support using the CrackLib
library without using Linux-PAM, ensure you add the
--with-libcrack
parameter to the configure script below
and also issue the following command:
sed -i 's@DICTPATH.*@DICTPATH\t/lib/cracklib/pw_dict@' etc/login.defs
Reinstall Shadow by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/groups$(EXEEXT) //' src/Makefile.in &&
find man -name Makefile.in -exec sed -i 's/groups\.1 / /' {} \; &&
find man -name Makefile.in -exec sed -i 's/getspnam\.3 / /' {} \; &&
find man -name Makefile.in -exec sed -i 's/passwd\.5 / /' {} \; &&
sed -i -e 's@#ENCRYPT_METHOD DES@ENCRYPT_METHOD SHA512@' \
-e 's@/var/spool/mail@/var/mail@' etc/login.defs &&
sed -i 's/1000/999/' etc/useradd &&
./configure --sysconfdir=/etc --with-group-name-max-length=32 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && mv -v /usr/bin/passwd /bin
sed -i 's/groups$(EXEEXT) //' src/Makefile.in: This sed is used to suppress the installation of the groups program as the version from the Coreutils package installed during LFS is preferred.
find man -name Makefile.in -exec ... {} \;: This command is used to suppress the installation of the groups man pages so the existing ones installed from the Coreutils package are not replaced.
sed -i -e 's@#ENCRYPT_METHOD
DES@ENCRYPT_METHOD SHA512@' -e 's@/var/spool/mail@/var/mail@'
etc/login.defs: Instead of using the default
'DES' method, this command modifies the installation to use
the more secure 'SHA512' method of hashing passwords, which
also allows passwords longer than eight characters. It also
changes the obsolete /var/spool/mail location for user mailboxes
that Shadow uses by default
to the /var/mail location.
sed -i 's/1000/999/' etc/useradd: Make a minor change to make the default useradd consistent with the LFS groups file.
--with-group-name-max-length=32:
The maximum user name is 32 characters. Make the maximum
group name the same.
mv -v /usr/bin/passwd
/bin: The passwd program may be
needed during times when the /usr filesystem is not mounted so it is
moved into the root partition.
Shadow's stock configuration
for the useradd
utility may not be desirable for your installation. One
default parameter causes useradd to create a mailbox
file for any newly created user. useradd will make the group
ownership of this file to the mail group with 0660 permissions. If you
would prefer that these mailbox files are not created by
useradd, issue
the following command as the root user:
sed -i 's/yes/no/' /etc/default/useradd
The rest of this page is devoted to configuring Shadow to work properly with Linux-PAM. If you do not have Linux-PAM installed, and you reinstalled Shadow to support strong passwords via the CrackLib library, no further configuration is required.
Configuring your system to use Linux-PAM can be a complex task. The information below will provide a basic setup so that Shadow's login and password functionality will work effectively with Linux-PAM. Review the information and links on the Linux-PAM-1.3.0 page for further configuration information. For information specific to integrating Shadow, Linux-PAM and CrackLib, you can visit the following link:
The login
program currently performs many functions which
Linux-PAM modules should
now handle. The following sed command will
comment out the appropriate lines in /etc/login.defs, and stop login from performing
these functions (a backup file named /etc/login.defs.orig is also created to
preserve the original file's contents). Issue the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -m644 /etc/login.defs /etc/login.defs.orig &&
for FUNCTION in FAIL_DELAY \
FAILLOG_ENAB \
LASTLOG_ENAB \
MAIL_CHECK_ENAB \
OBSCURE_CHECKS_ENAB \
PORTTIME_CHECKS_ENAB \
QUOTAS_ENAB \
CONSOLE MOTD_FILE \
FTMP_FILE NOLOGINS_FILE \
ENV_HZ PASS_MIN_LEN \
SU_WHEEL_ONLY \
CRACKLIB_DICTPATH \
PASS_CHANGE_TRIES \
PASS_ALWAYS_WARN \
CHFN_AUTH ENCRYPT_METHOD \
ENVIRON_FILE
do
sed -i "s/^${FUNCTION}/# &/" /etc/login.defs
done
As mentioned previously in the Linux-PAM instructions, Linux-PAM has two supported methods
for configuration. The commands below assume that you've
chosen to use a directory based configuration, where each
program has its own configuration file. You can
optionally use a single /etc/pam.conf configuration file by
using the text from the files below, and supplying the
program name as an additional first field for each line.
As the root user, replace
the following Linux-PAM
configuration files in the /etc/pam.d/ directory (or add the
contents to the /etc/pam.conf file) using the following
commands:
cat > /etc/pam.d/login << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/login
# Set failure delay before next prompt to 3 seconds
auth optional pam_faildelay.so delay=3000000
# Check to make sure that the user is allowed to login
auth requisite pam_nologin.so
# Check to make sure that root is allowed to login
# Disabled by default. You will need to create /etc/securetty
# file for this module to function. See man 5 securetty.
#auth required pam_securetty.so
# Additional group memberships - disabled by default
#auth optional pam_group.so
# include the default auth settings
auth include system-auth
# check access for the user
account required pam_access.so
# include the default account settings
account include system-account
# Set default environment variables for the user
session required pam_env.so
# Set resource limits for the user
session required pam_limits.so
# Display date of last login - Disabled by default
#session optional pam_lastlog.so
# Display the message of the day - Disabled by default
#session optional pam_motd.so
# Check user's mail - Disabled by default
#session optional pam_mail.so standard quiet
# include the default session and password settings
session include system-session
password include system-password
# End /etc/pam.d/login
EOF
cat > /etc/pam.d/passwd << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/passwd
password include system-password
# End /etc/pam.d/passwd
EOF
cat > /etc/pam.d/su << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/su
# always allow root
auth sufficient pam_rootok.so
auth include system-auth
# include the default account settings
account include system-account
# Set default environment variables for the service user
session required pam_env.so
# include system session defaults
session include system-session
# End /etc/pam.d/su
EOF
cat > /etc/pam.d/chage << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/chage
# always allow root
auth sufficient pam_rootok.so
# include system defaults for auth account and session
auth include system-auth
account include system-account
session include system-session
# Always permit for authentication updates
password required pam_permit.so
# End /etc/pam.d/chage
EOF
for PROGRAM in chfn chgpasswd chpasswd chsh groupadd groupdel \
groupmems groupmod newusers useradd userdel usermod
do
install -v -m644 /etc/pam.d/chage /etc/pam.d/${PROGRAM}
sed -i "s/chage/$PROGRAM/" /etc/pam.d/${PROGRAM}
done
At this point, you should do a simple test to see if
Shadow is working as
expected. Open another terminal and log in as a user,
then su
to root. If you do not
see any errors, then all is well and you should proceed
with the rest of the configuration. If you did receive
errors, stop now and double check the above
configuration files manually. You can also run the test
suite from the Linux-PAM package to assist you in
determining the problem. If you cannot find and fix the
error, you should recompile Shadow adding the --without-libpam switch to the
configure
command in the above instructions (also move the
/etc/login.defs.orig
backup file to /etc/login.defs). If you fail to do
this and the errors remain, you will be unable to log
into your system.
Instead of using the /etc/login.access file for controlling
access to the system, Linux-PAM uses the pam_access.so module along with the
/etc/security/access.conf
file. Rename the /etc/login.access file using the
following command:
[ -f /etc/login.access ] && mv -v /etc/login.access{,.NOUSE}
Instead of using the /etc/limits file for limiting usage of
system resources, Linux-PAM uses the pam_limits.so module along with the
/etc/security/limits.conf
file. Rename the /etc/limits file using the following
command:
[ -f /etc/limits ] && mv -v /etc/limits{,.NOUSE}
Be sure to test the login capabilities of the system before logging out. Errors in the configuration can cause a permanent lockout requiring a boot from an external source to correct the problem.
A list of the installed files, along with their short descriptions can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/8.3/chapter06/shadow.html#contents-shadow .
Last updated on 2018-08-15 18:24:48 -0700
The ssh-askpass is a generic executable name for many packages, with similar names, that provide a interactive X service to grab password for packages requiring administrative privileges to be run. It prompts the user with a window box where the necessary password can be inserted. Here, we choose Damien Miller's package distributed in the OpenSSH tarball.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.openbsd.org/pub/OpenBSD/OpenSSH/portable/openssh-7.7p1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.openbsd.org/pub/OpenBSD/OpenSSH/portable/openssh-7.7p1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 68ba883aff6958297432e5877e9a0fe2
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 8.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK+-2.24.32, Sudo-1.8.23 (runtime), Xorg Libraries, and X Window System (runtime)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ssh-askpass
Install ssh-askpass by running the following commands:
cd contrib && make gnome-ssh-askpass2
Now, as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/libexec/openssh/contrib &&
install -v -m755 gnome-ssh-askpass2 \
/usr/libexec/openssh/contrib &&
ln -sv -f contrib/gnome-ssh-askpass2 \
/usr/libexec/openssh/ssh-askpass
The use of /usr/libexec/openssh/contrib and a symlink is justified by the eventual necessity of a different program for that service.
As the root user, configure
Sudo-1.8.23 to use ssh-askpass:
cat >> /etc/sudo.conf << "EOF" &&
# Path to askpass helper program
Path askpass /usr/libexec/openssh/ssh-askpass
EOF
chmod -v 0644 /etc/sudo.conf
If a given graphical <application> requires administrative privileges, use sudo -A <application> from an x-terminal, from a Window Manager menu and/or replace "Exec=<application> ..." by "Exec=sudo -A <application> ..." in the <application>.desktop file.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
The stunnel package contains a program that allows you to encrypt arbitrary TCP connections inside SSL (Secure Sockets Layer) so you can easily communicate with clients over secure channels. stunnel can be used to add SSL functionality to commonly used Inetd daemons such as POP-2, POP-3, and IMAP servers, along with standalone daemons such as NNTP, SMTP, and HTTP. stunnel can also be used to tunnel PPP over network sockets without changes to the server package source code.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.stunnel.org/stunnel/archive/5.x/stunnel-5.48.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e2177028332956a8d3b66ecd87eeddcf
Download size: 692 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
netcat (required for tests), tcpwrappers and TOR
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/stunnel
The stunnel
daemon will be run in a chroot jail by an
unprivileged user. Create the new user and group using the
following commands as the root user:
groupadd -g 51 stunnel &&
useradd -c "stunnel Daemon" -d /var/lib/stunnel \
-g stunnel -s /bin/false -u 51 stunnel
A signed SSL Certificate and a Private Key is necessary to
run the stunnel daemon. After the
package is installed, there are instructions to generate
them. However, if you own or have already created a signed
SSL Certificate you wish to use, copy it to /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem before starting
the build (ensure only root
has read and write access). The .pem file must be formatted as shown
below:
-----BEGIN PRIVATE KEY-----
<many encrypted lines of private key>
-----END PRIVATE KEY-----
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
<many encrypted lines of certificate>
-----END CERTIFICATE-----
-----BEGIN DH PARAMETERS-----
<encrypted lines of dh parms>
-----END DH PARAMETERS-----
Install stunnel by running the following commands:
For some systems with binutils versions prior to 2.25, configure may fail. If necessary, fix it either with:
sed -i '/LDFLAGS.*static_flag/ s/^/#/' configure
or, if LLVM-6.0.1 with Clang is installed, you can replace ./configure ... with CC=clang ./configure ... in the first command below.
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--disable-systemd &&
make
If you have installed the optional netcat application, the regression tests can be run with make check.
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc/stunnel-5.48 install
If you do not already have a signed SSL Certificate and
Private Key, create the stunnel.pem file in the /etc/stunnel directory using the command
below. You will be prompted to enter the necessary
information. Ensure you reply to the
Common Name (FQDN of your server) [localhost]:
prompt with the name or IP address you will be using to access the service(s).
To generate a certificate, as the root user, issue:
make cert
--disable-systemd:
This switch disables systemd socket activation support which
is not available in BLFS.
make docdir=... install: This command installs the package and changes the documentation installation directory to standard naming conventions.
As the root user, create
the directory used for the .pid file created when the stunnel daemon starts:
install -v -m750 -o stunnel -g stunnel -d /var/lib/stunnel/run && chown stunnel:stunnel /var/lib/stunnel
Next, create a basic /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf configuration
file using the following commands as the root user:
cat >/etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf << "EOF"
; File: /etc/stunnel/stunnel.conf
; Note: The pid and output locations are relative to the chroot location.
pid = /run/stunnel.pid
chroot = /var/lib/stunnel
client = no
setuid = stunnel
setgid = stunnel
cert = /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem
;debug = 7
;output = stunnel.log
;[https]
;accept = 443
;connect = 80
;; "TIMEOUTclose = 0" is a workaround for a design flaw in Microsoft SSL
;; Microsoft implementations do not use SSL close-notify alert and thus
;; they are vulnerable to truncation attacks
;TIMEOUTclose = 0
EOF
Finally, add the service(s) you wish to encrypt to the configuration file. The format is as follows:
[<service>]
accept = <hostname:portnumber>
connect = <hostname:portnumber>
If you use stunnel to
encrypt a daemon started from [x]inetd, you may need to
disable that daemon in the /etc/[x]inetd.conf file and enable a
corresponding <service>_stunnel
service. You may have to add an appropriate entry in
/etc/services as well.
For a full explanation of the commands and syntax used in the configuration file, issue man stunnel.
To automatically start the stunnel daemon when the
system is booted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/stunnel bootscript from
the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-stunnel
Last updated on 2018-08-15 20:14:45 -0700
The Sudo package allows a
system administrator to give certain users (or groups of
users) the ability to run some (or all) commands as
root or another user while
logging the commands and arguments.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.sudo.ws/dist/sudo-1.8.23.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.sudo.ws/pub/sudo/sudo-1.8.23.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ea444d747feb1decfebdffd0b38b0739
Download size: 3.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 34 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with tests)
Linux-PAM-1.3.0, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, OpenLDAP-2.4.46, MTA (that provides a sendmail command), AFS, FWTK, and Opie
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sudo
Install Sudo by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib \
--with-secure-path \
--with-all-insults \
--with-env-editor \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/sudo-1.8.23 \
--with-passprompt="[sudo] password for %p: " &&
make
To test the results, issue: env LC_ALL=C make check 2>&1 | tee ../make-check.log. Check the results with grep failed ../make-check.log. One test, test3, is known to fail if the tests are run as the root user.
Now, as the root user:
make install && ln -sfv libsudo_util.so.0.0.0 /usr/lib/sudo/libsudo_util.so.0
--libexecdir=/usr/lib: This
switch controls where private programs are installed.
Everything in that directory is a library, so they belong
under /usr/lib instead of
/usr/libexec.
--with-secure-path:
This switch transparently adds /sbin and /usr/sbin directories to the PATH environment variable.
--with-all-insults:
This switch includes all the sudo insult sets.
--with-env-editor:
This switch enables use of the environment variable EDITOR
for visudo.
--with-passprompt:
This switch sets the password prompt.
--without-pam: This switch avoids
building Linux-PAM support
when Linux-PAM is installed
on the system.
There are many options to sudo's configure command. Check the configure --help output for a complete list.
ln -sfv libsudo_util...: Works around a bug in the installation process, which links to the previously installed version (if there is one) instead of the new one.
The sudoers file can be quite
complicated. It is composed of two types of entries:
aliases (basically variables) and user specifications
(which specify who may run what). The installation installs
a default configuration that has no privileges installed
for any user.
One example usage is to allow the system administrator to execute any program without typing a password each time root privileges are needed. This can be configured as:
# User alias specification
User_Alias ADMIN = YourLoginId
# Allow people in group ADMIN to run all commands without a password
ADMIN ALL = NOPASSWD: ALL
For details, see man sudoers.
The Sudo developers
highly recommend using the visudo program to edit
the sudoers file. This will
provide basic sanity checking like syntax parsing and
file permission to avoid some possible mistakes that
could lead to a vulnerable configuration.
If PAM is installed on the
system, Sudo is built with
PAM support. In that case,
issue the following command as the root user to create the PAM configuration file:
cat > /etc/pam.d/sudo << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/sudo
# include the default auth settings
auth include system-auth
# include the default account settings
account include system-account
# Set default environment variables for the service user
session required pam_env.so
# include system session defaults
session include system-session
# End /etc/pam.d/sudo
EOF
chmod 644 /etc/pam.d/sudo
Last updated on 2018-08-14 15:05:25 -0700
The Tripwire package contains programs used to verify the integrity of the files on a given system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/Tripwire/tripwire-open-source/releases/download/2.4.3.7/tripwire-open-source-2.4.3.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a5cf1bc2f235f5d8ca458f00548db6ee
Download size: 980 KB
Estimated disk space required: 29 MB
Estimated build time: 1.6 SBU (scripting install)
An MTA
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tripwire
Compile Tripwire by running the following commands:
sed -e '/^CLOBBER/s/false/true/' \
-e 's|TWDB="${prefix}|TWDB="/var|' \
-e '/TWMAN/ s|${prefix}|/usr/share|' \
-e '/TWDOCS/s|${prefix}/doc/tripwire|/usr/share/doc/tripwire-2.4.3.7|' \
-i installer/install.cfg &&
find . -name Makefile.am | xargs \
sed -i 's/^[[:alpha:]_]*_HEADERS.*=/noinst_HEADERS =/' &&
sed '/dist/d' -i man/man?/Makefile.am &&
autoreconf -fi &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc/tripwire &&
make
The default configuration is to use a local MTA. If you
don't have an MTA installed and have no wish to install
one, modify install/install.cfg to use an SMTP server
instead. Otherwise the install will fail.
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && cp -v policy/*.txt /usr/share/doc/tripwire-2.4.3.7
During make install, several questions are asked, including passwords. If you want to make a script, you have to apply a sed before running make install:
sed -i -e 's@installer/install.sh@& -n -s<site-password>-l<local-password>@' Makefile
Of course, you should do this with dummy passwords and change them later.
Another issue when scripting is that the installer exits when the standard input is not a terminal. You may disable this behavior with the following sed:
sed '/-t 0/,+3d' -i installer/install.sh
sed ...
installer/install.cfg: This command tells the
package to install the program database and reports in
/var/lib/tripwire and sets the
proper location for man pages and documentation.
find ..., sed ..., and autoreconf -fi: The build system is unusable as is, and has to be modified for the build to succeed.
make install:
This command creates the Tripwire security keys as well as
installing the binaries. There are two keys: a site key and a
local key which are stored in /etc/tripwire/.
cp -v policy/*.txt /usr/doc/tripwire-2.4.3.7: This command installs the tripwire sample policy files with the other tripwire documentation.i
Tripwire uses a policy
file to determine which files are integrity checked. The
default policy file (/etc/tripwire/twpol.txt) is for a default
installation and will need to be updated for your system.
Policy files should be tailored to each individual
distribution and/or installation. Some example policy files
can be found in /usr/share/doc/tripwire/.
If desired, copy the policy file you'd like to try into
/etc/tripwire/ instead of
using the default policy file, twpol.txt. It is, however, recommended
that you edit your policy file. Get ideas from the examples
above and read /usr/share/doc/tripwire/policyguide.txt
for additional information. twpol.txt is a good policy file for
learning about Tripwire as
it will note any changes to the file system and can even be
used as an annoying way of keeping track of changes for
uninstallation of software.
After your policy file has been edited to your satisfaction
you may begin the configuration steps (perform as the
root) user:
twadmin --create-polfile --site-keyfile /etc/tripwire/site.key \
/etc/tripwire/twpol.txt &&
tripwire --init
Depending on your system and the contents of the policy file, the initialization phase above can take a relatively long time.
Tripwire will identify file changes in the critical system files specified in the policy file. Using Tripwire while making frequent changes to these directories will flag all these changes. It is most useful after a system has reached a configuration that the user considers stable.
To use Tripwire after creating a policy file to run a report, use the following command:
tripwire --check > /etc/tripwire/report.txt
View the output to check the integrity of your files. An automatic integrity report can be produced by using a cron facility to schedule the runs.
Reports are stored in binary and, if desired, encrypted.
View reports, as the root
user, with:
twprint --print-report -r /var/lib/tripwire/report/<report-name.twr>
After you run an integrity check, you should examine the
report (or email) and then modify the Tripwire database to reflect the
changed files on your system. This is so that Tripwire will not continually notify
you that files you intentionally changed are a security
violation. To do this you must first ls -l
/var/lib/tripwire/report/ and note the name
of the newest file which starts with your system name as
presented by the command uname -n and ends in
.twr. These files were
created during report creation and the most current one is
needed to update the Tripwire database of your system. As
the root user, type in the
following command making the appropriate report name:
tripwire --update --twrfile /var/lib/tripwire/report/<report-name.twr>
You will be placed into Vim with a copy of the report in front of you. If all the changes were good, then just type :wq and after entering your local key, the database will be updated. If there are files which you still want to be warned about, remove the 'x' before the filename in the report and type :wq.
|
is a signature gathering utility that displays the hash function values for the specified files. |
|
|
is the main file integrity checking program. |
|
|
administrative and utility tool used to perform certain administrative functions related to Tripwire files and configuration options. |
|
|
prints Tripwire database and report files in clear text format. |
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
The volume_key package provides a library for manipulating storage volume encryption keys and storing them separately from volumes to handle forgotten passphrases.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://releases.pagure.org/volume_key/volume_key-0.3.11.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 30df56c7743eb7c965293b3d61194232
Download size: 476 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
cryptsetup-2.0.4, GLib-2.56.1, GPGME-1.11.1, and Python-2.7.15
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/volume_key
Install volume_key by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a functioning test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2015-09-25 08:48:24 -0500
Journaling file systems reduce the time needed to recover a file system that was not unmounted properly. While this can be extremely important in reducing downtime for servers, it has also become popular for desktop environments. This chapter contains other journaling file systems you can use instead of the default LFS extended file system (ext2/3/4). It also provides introductory material on managing disk arrays.
The only purpose of an initramfs is to mount the root filesystem. The initramfs is a complete set of directories that you would find on a normal root filesystem. It is bundled into a single cpio archive and compressed with one of several compression algorithms.
At boot time, the boot loader loads the kernel and the initramfs image into memory and starts the kernel. The kernel checks for the presence of the initramfs and, if found, mounts it as / and runs /init. The init program is typically a shell script. Note that the boot process takes longer, possibly significantly longer, if an initramfs is used.
For most distributions, kernel modules are the biggest reason to have an initramfs. In a general distribution, there are many unknowns such as file system types and disk layouts. In a way, this is the opposite of LFS where the system capabilities and layout are known and a custom kernel is normally built. In this situation, an initramfs is rarely needed.
There are only four primary reasons to have an initramfs in the LFS environment: loading the rootfs from a network, loading it from an LVM logical volume, having an encrypted rootfs where a password is required, or for the convenience of specifying the rootfs as a LABEL or UUID. Anything else usually means that the kernel was not configured properly.
If you do decide to build an initramfs, the following scripts will provide a basis to do it. The scripts will allow specifying a rootfs via partition UUID or partition LABEL or a rootfs on an LVM logical volume. They do not support an encrypted root file system or mounting the rootfs over a network card. For a more complete capability see the LFS Hints or dracut.
To install these scripts, run the following commands as the
root user:
cat > /sbin/mkinitramfs << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
# This file based in part on the mkinitramfs script for the LFS LiveCD
# written by Alexander E. Patrakov and Jeremy Huntwork.
copy()
{
local file
if [ "$2" == "lib" ]; then
file=$(PATH=/lib:/usr/lib type -p $1)
else
file=$(type -p $1)
fi
if [ -n $file ] ; then
cp $file $WDIR/$2
else
echo "Missing required file: $1 for directory $2"
rm -rf $WDIR
exit 1
fi
}
if [ -z $1 ] ; then
INITRAMFS_FILE=initrd.img-no-kmods
else
KERNEL_VERSION=$1
INITRAMFS_FILE=initrd.img-$KERNEL_VERSION
fi
if [ -n "$KERNEL_VERSION" ] && [ ! -d "/lib/modules/$1" ] ; then
echo "No modules directory named $1"
exit 1
fi
printf "Creating $INITRAMFS_FILE... "
binfiles="sh cat cp dd killall ls mkdir mknod mount "
binfiles="$binfiles umount sed sleep ln rm uname"
binfiles="$binfiles readlink basename"
# Systemd installs udevadm in /bin. Other udev implementations have it in /sbin
if [ -x /bin/udevadm ] ; then binfiles="$binfiles udevadm"; fi
sbinfiles="modprobe blkid switch_root"
#Optional files and locations
for f in mdadm mdmon udevd udevadm; do
if [ -x /sbin/$f ] ; then sbinfiles="$sbinfiles $f"; fi
done
unsorted=$(mktemp /tmp/unsorted.XXXXXXXXXX)
DATADIR=/usr/share/mkinitramfs
INITIN=init.in
# Create a temporary working directory
WDIR=$(mktemp -d /tmp/initrd-work.XXXXXXXXXX)
# Create base directory structure
mkdir -p $WDIR/{bin,dev,lib/firmware,run,sbin,sys,proc,usr}
mkdir -p $WDIR/etc/{modprobe.d,udev/rules.d}
touch $WDIR/etc/modprobe.d/modprobe.conf
ln -s lib $WDIR/lib64
ln -s ../bin $WDIR/usr/bin
# Create necessary device nodes
mknod -m 640 $WDIR/dev/console c 5 1
mknod -m 664 $WDIR/dev/null c 1 3
# Install the udev configuration files
if [ -f /etc/udev/udev.conf ]; then
cp /etc/udev/udev.conf $WDIR/etc/udev/udev.conf
fi
for file in $(find /etc/udev/rules.d/ -type f) ; do
cp $file $WDIR/etc/udev/rules.d
done
# Install any firmware present
cp -a /lib/firmware $WDIR/lib
# Copy the RAID configuration file if present
if [ -f /etc/mdadm.conf ] ; then
cp /etc/mdadm.conf $WDIR/etc
fi
# Install the init file
install -m0755 $DATADIR/$INITIN $WDIR/init
if [ -n "$KERNEL_VERSION" ] ; then
if [ -x /bin/kmod ] ; then
binfiles="$binfiles kmod"
else
binfiles="$binfiles lsmod"
sbinfiles="$sbinfiles insmod"
fi
fi
# Install basic binaries
for f in $binfiles ; do
if [ -e /bin/$f ]; then d="/bin"; else d="/usr/bin"; fi
ldd $d/$f | sed "s/\t//" | cut -d " " -f1 >> $unsorted
copy $d/$f bin
done
# Add lvm if present
if [ -x /sbin/lvm ] ; then sbinfiles="$sbinfiles lvm dmsetup"; fi
for f in $sbinfiles ; do
ldd /sbin/$f | sed "s/\t//" | cut -d " " -f1 >> $unsorted
copy $f sbin
done
# Add udevd libraries if not in /sbin
if [ -x /lib/udev/udevd ] ; then
ldd /lib/udev/udevd | sed "s/\t//" | cut -d " " -f1 >> $unsorted
elif [ -x /lib/systemd/systemd-udevd ] ; then
ldd /lib/systemd/systemd-udevd | sed "s/\t//" | cut -d " " -f1 >> $unsorted
fi
# Add module symlinks if appropriate
if [ -n "$KERNEL_VERSION" ] && [ -x /bin/kmod ] ; then
ln -s kmod $WDIR/bin/lsmod
ln -s kmod $WDIR/bin/insmod
fi
# Add lvm symlinks if appropriate
# Also copy the lvm.conf file
if [ -x /sbin/lvm ] ; then
ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/lvchange
ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/lvrename
ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/lvextend
ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/lvcreate
ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/lvdisplay
ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/lvscan
ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/pvchange
ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/pvck
ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/pvcreate
ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/pvdisplay
ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/pvscan
ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/vgchange
ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/vgcreate
ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/vgscan
ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/vgrename
ln -s lvm $WDIR/sbin/vgck
# Conf file(s)
cp -a /etc/lvm $WDIR/etc
fi
# Install libraries
sort $unsorted | uniq | while read library ; do
if [ "$library" == "linux-vdso.so.1" ] ||
[ "$library" == "linux-gate.so.1" ]; then
continue
fi
copy $library lib
done
if [ -d /lib/udev ]; then
cp -a /lib/udev $WDIR/lib
fi
if [ -d /lib/systemd ]; then
cp -a /lib/systemd $WDIR/lib
fi
# Install the kernel modules if requested
if [ -n "$KERNEL_VERSION" ]; then
find \
/lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION/kernel/{crypto,fs,lib} \
/lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION/kernel/drivers/{block,ata,md,firewire} \
/lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION/kernel/drivers/{scsi,message,pcmcia,virtio} \
/lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION/kernel/drivers/usb/{host,storage} \
-type f 2> /dev/null | cpio --make-directories -p --quiet $WDIR
cp /lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION/modules.{builtin,order} \
$WDIR/lib/modules/$KERNEL_VERSION
depmod -b $WDIR $KERNEL_VERSION
fi
( cd $WDIR ; find . | cpio -o -H newc --quiet | gzip -9 ) > $INITRAMFS_FILE
# Remove the temporary directory and file
rm -rf $WDIR $unsorted
printf "done.\n"
EOF
chmod 0755 /sbin/mkinitramfs
mkdir -p /usr/share/mkinitramfs &&
cat > /usr/share/mkinitramfs/init.in << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
PATH=/bin:/usr/bin:/sbin:/usr/sbin
export PATH
problem()
{
printf "Encountered a problem!\n\nDropping you to a shell.\n\n"
sh
}
no_device()
{
printf "The device %s, which is supposed to contain the\n" $1
printf "root file system, does not exist.\n"
printf "Please fix this problem and exit this shell.\n\n"
}
no_mount()
{
printf "Could not mount device %s\n" $1
printf "Sleeping forever. Please reboot and fix the kernel command line.\n\n"
printf "Maybe the device is formatted with an unsupported file system?\n\n"
printf "Or maybe filesystem type autodetection went wrong, in which case\n"
printf "you should add the rootfstype=... parameter to the kernel command line.\n\n"
printf "Available partitions:\n"
}
do_mount_root()
{
mkdir /.root
[ -n "$rootflags" ] && rootflags="$rootflags,"
rootflags="$rootflags$ro"
case "$root" in
/dev/* ) device=$root ;;
UUID=* ) eval $root; device="/dev/disk/by-uuid/$UUID" ;;
LABEL=*) eval $root; device="/dev/disk/by-label/$LABEL" ;;
"" ) echo "No root device specified." ; problem ;;
esac
while [ ! -b "$device" ] ; do
no_device $device
problem
done
if ! mount -n -t "$rootfstype" -o "$rootflags" "$device" /.root ; then
no_mount $device
cat /proc/partitions
while true ; do sleep 10000 ; done
else
echo "Successfully mounted device $root"
fi
}
init=/sbin/init
root=
rootdelay=
rootfstype=auto
ro="ro"
rootflags=
device=
mount -n -t devtmpfs devtmpfs /dev
mount -n -t proc proc /proc
mount -n -t sysfs sysfs /sys
mount -n -t tmpfs tmpfs /run
read -r cmdline < /proc/cmdline
for param in $cmdline ; do
case $param in
init=* ) init=${param#init=} ;;
root=* ) root=${param#root=} ;;
rootdelay=* ) rootdelay=${param#rootdelay=} ;;
rootfstype=*) rootfstype=${param#rootfstype=} ;;
rootflags=* ) rootflags=${param#rootflags=} ;;
ro ) ro="ro" ;;
rw ) ro="rw" ;;
esac
done
# udevd location depends on version
if [ -x /sbin/udevd ]; then
UDEVD=/sbin/udevd
elif [ -x /lib/udev/udevd ]; then
UDEVD=/lib/udev/udevd
elif [ -x /lib/systemd/systemd-udevd ]; then
UDEVD=/lib/systemd/systemd-udevd
else
echo "Cannot find udevd nor systemd-udevd"
problem
fi
${UDEVD} --daemon --resolve-names=never
udevadm trigger
udevadm settle
if [ -f /etc/mdadm.conf ] ; then mdadm -As ; fi
if [ -x /sbin/vgchange ] ; then /sbin/vgchange -a y > /dev/null ; fi
if [ -n "$rootdelay" ] ; then sleep "$rootdelay" ; fi
do_mount_root
killall -w ${UDEVD##*/}
exec switch_root /.root "$init" "$@"
EOF
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/initramfs
To build an initramfs, run the following as the root user:
mkinitramfs [KERNEL VERSION]
The optional argument is the directory where the appropriate
kernel modules are located. This must be a subdirectory of
/lib/modules. If no modules are
specified, then the initramfs is named initrd.img-no-kmods. If a kernel
version is specified, the initrd is named initrd.img-$KERNEL_VERSION and is
only appropriate for the specific kernel specified. The
output file will be placed in the current directory.
After generating the initrd, copy it to the /boot directory.
Now edit /boot/grub/grub.cfg
and add a new menuentry. Below are several examples.
# Generic initramfs and root fs identified by UUID
menuentry "LFS Dev (LFS-7.0-Feb14) initrd, Linux 3.0.4"
{
linux /vmlinuz-3.0.4-lfs-20120214 root=UUID=54b934a9-302d-415e-ac11-4988408eb0a8 ro
initrd /initrd.img-no-kmods
}
# Generic initramfs and root fs on LVM partition
menuentry "LFS Dev (LFS-7.0-Feb18) initrd lvm, Linux 3.0.4"
{
linux /vmlinuz-3.0.4-lfs-20120218 root=/dev/mapper/myroot ro
initrd /initrd.img-no-kmods
}
# Specific initramfs and root fs identified by LABEL
menuentry "LFS Dev (LFS-7.1-Feb20) initrd label, Linux 3.2.6"
{
linux /vmlinuz-3.2.6-lfs71-120220 root=LABEL=lfs71 ro
initrd /initrd.img-3.2.6-lfs71-120220
}
Finally, reboot the system and select the desired system.
Last updated on 2017-11-28 10:10:14 -0800
The btrfs-progs package contains administration and debugging tools for the B-tree file system (btrfs).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/kdave/btrfs-progs/btrfs-progs-v4.17.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 130be469ced99b01948af64b6a6312f6
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 78 MB (add 6 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (add 6.4 SBU for tests)
asciidoc-8.6.9 and xmlto-0.0.28 (both required to generate man pages)
LVM2-2.02.177 (dmsetup is used in tests), Python-2.7.15 (python bindings), reiserfsprogs-3.6.27 (for tests), and zstd (for tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfs
Enable the following option in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
File systems --->
<*/M> Btrfs filesystem support [CONFIG_BTRFS_FS]
CONFIG_BTRFS_FS_POSIX_ACL and CONFIG_REISERFS_FS_XATTR are required for some tests. Other Btrfs options in the kernel are optional.
Install btrfs-progs by running the following commands:
sed -i '40,107 s/\.gz//g' Documentation/Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--bindir=/bin \
--libdir=/lib \
--disable-zstd &&
make
Before running tests, build a support program and disable several that fail:
make fssum &&
sed -i '/found/s/^/: #/' tests/convert-tests.sh &&
mv tests/mkfs-tests/013-reserved-1M-for-single/test.sh{,.broken} &&
mv tests/convert-tests/010-reiserfs-basic/test.sh{,.broken} &&
mv tests/convert-tests/011-reiserfs-delete-all-rollback/test.sh{,.broken} &&
mv tests/convert-tests/012-reiserfs-large-hole-extent/test.sh{,.broken} &&
mv tests/convert-tests/013-reiserfs-common-inode-flags/test.sh{,.broken} &&
mv tests/convert-tests/014-reiserfs-tail-handling/test.sh{,.broken} &&
mv tests/misc-tests/004-shrink-fs/test.sh{,.broken} &&
mv tests/misc-tests/013-subvolume-sync-crash/test.sh{,.broken} &&
mv tests/misc-tests/025-zstd-compression/test.sh{,.broken} &&
mv tests/fuzz-tests/003-multi-check-unmounted/test.sh{,.broken} &&
mv tests/fuzz-tests/009-simple-zero-log/test.sh{,.broken}
To test the results, issue (as the root user):
pushd tests ./fsck-tests.sh ./mkfs-tests.sh ./cli-tests.sh ./convert-tests.sh ./misc-tests.sh ./fuzz-tests.sh popd
Install the package as the root user:
make install &&
ln -sfv ../../lib/$(readlink /lib/libbtrfs.so) /usr/lib/libbtrfs.so &&
ln -sfv ../../lib/$(readlink /lib/libbtrfsutil.so) /usr/lib/libbtrfsutil.so &&
rm -fv /lib/libbtrfs.{a,so} /lib/libbtrfsutil.{a,so} &&
mv -v /bin/{mkfs,fsck}.btrfs /sbin
sed ... Documentation/Makefile.in: Disables compressing man pages to be consistent with the rest of BLFS.
--disable-documentation: This
option is needed if the recommended dependencies are not
installed.
mv tests/{cli,convert,misc,fuzz}-tests/ ...: Disables tests that fail and prevent tests from completing.
ln -s ... /usr/lib/libbtrfs.so: Creates a symbolic link in the directory where it is expected.
rm /lib/libbtrfs.{a,so}: Removes unneeded library entries.
|
is the main interface into btrfs filesystem operations. |
|
|
converts from ext2/3/4 filesystem to btrfs. |
|
|
queries various internal information. |
|
|
is a filter to find btrfs root. |
|
|
maps btrfs logical extent to physical extent. |
|
|
overwrites primary superblock with a backup copy. |
|
|
recovers a damaged btrfs filesystem. |
|
|
tunes various filesystem parameters. |
|
|
does nothing, but is present for consistency with fstab. |
|
|
creates a btrfs file system. |
Last updated on 2018-08-30 16:17:00 -0700
The dosfstools package contains various utilities for use with the FAT family of file systems.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/dosfstools/dosfstools/releases/download/v4.1/dosfstools-4.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 07a1050db1a898e9a2e03b0c4569c4bd
Download size: 176 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dosfstools
Enable the following option in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
File systems --->
<DOS/FAT/NT Filesystems --->
<*/M> MSDOS fs support [CONFIG_MSDOS_FS]
<*/M> VFAT (Windows-95) fs support [CONFIG_VFAT_FS]
Install dosfstools by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/ \
--enable-compat-symlinks \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/dosfstools-4.1 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-compat-symlinks: This
switch creates the dosfsck,
dosfslabel, fsck.msdos, fsck.vfat, mkdosfs, mkfs.msdos, and mkfs.vfat symlinks required by some
programs.
Last updated on 2018-08-15 20:14:45 -0700
FUSE (Filesystem in Userspace) is a simple interface for userspace programs to export a virtual filesystem to the Linux kernel. Fuse also aims to provide a secure method for non privileged users to create and mount their own filesystem implementations.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libfuse/libfuse/releases/download/fuse-3.2.5/fuse-3.2.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b0be7abb2624f60d1674cb1a46321661
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 37 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Doxygen-1.8.14 (to rebuild the API documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fuse
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
File systems --->
<*/M> FUSE (Filesystem in Userspace) support [CONFIG_FUSE_FS]
Install Fuse by running the following commands:
sed -i '/^udev/,$ s/^/#/' util/meson.build && mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=/usr .. && ninja
The API documentation is included in the package, but if you have Doxygen-1.8.14 installed and wish to rebuild it, issue doxygen doc/Doxyfile.
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install &&
mv -vf /usr/lib/libfuse3.so.3* /lib &&
ln -sfvn ../../lib/libfuse3.so.3.2.5 /usr/lib/libfuse3.so &&
mv -vf /usr/bin/fusermount3 /bin &&
mv -vf /usr/sbin/mount.fuse3 /sbin &&
chmod u+s /bin/fusermount3 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/fuse-3.2.5 &&
install -v -m644 ../doc/{README.NFS,kernel.txt} \
/usr/share/doc/fuse-3.2.5 &&
cp -Rv ../doc/html /usr/share/doc/fuse-3.2.5
sed ... util/meson.build: This command disables the installation of a boot script and udev rule that are not needed.
mv ... libfuse3.so.3*; ln ... libfuse3.so: These commands install the libraries in the /lib directory.
unzip ...: This uncompresses the installed man pages to be consistent with the rest of the man pages.
Some options regarding mount policy can be set in the file
/etc/fuse.conf. To install
the file run the following command as the root user:
cat > /etc/fuse.conf << "EOF" # Set the maximum number of FUSE mounts allowed to non-root users. # The default is 1000. # #mount_max = 1000 # Allow non-root users to specify the 'allow_other' or 'allow_root' # mount options. # #user_allow_other EOF
Additional information about the meaning of the configuration options are found in the man page.
Last updated on 2018-08-22 15:18:51 -0700
FUSE (Filesystem in Userspace) is a simple interface for userspace programs to export a virtual filesystem to the Linux kernel. Fuse also aims to provide a secure method for non privileged users to create and mount their own filesystem implementations.
This package is only installed for compatibility with Gvfs-1.36.2. It is not needed with other packages. For full fuse functionality, install Fuse-3.2.5 which does not interfere with these instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libfuse/libfuse/releases/download/fuse-2.9.7/fuse-2.9.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9bd4ce8184745fd3d000ca2692adacdb
Download size: 646 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.2 MB (9.8 MB with API documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Doxygen-1.8.14 (to rebuild the API documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fuse2
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
File systems --->
<*/M> FUSE (Filesystem in Userspace) support [CONFIG_FUSE_FS]
Install Fuse by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--exec-prefix=/ &&
make &&
make DESTDIR=$PWD/Dest install
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -vm755 Dest/lib/libfuse.so.2.9.7 /lib &&
install -vm755 Dest/lib/libulockmgr.so.1.0.1 /lib &&
ln -sfv ../../lib/libfuse.so.2.9.7 /usr/lib/libfuse.so &&
ln -sfv ../../lib/libulockmgr.so.1.0.1 /usr/lib/libulockmgr.so &&
install -vm644 Dest/lib/pkgconfig/fuse.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig &&
install -vm4755 Dest/bin/fusermount /bin &&
install -vm755 Dest/bin/ulockmgr_server /bin &&
install -vm755 Dest/sbin/mount.fuse /sbin &&
install -vdm755 /usr/include/fuse &&
install -vm644 Dest/usr/include/*.h /usr/include &&
install -vm644 Dest/usr/include/fuse/*.h /usr/include/fuse/ &&
install -vm644 Dest/usr/share/man/man1/* /usr/share/man/man1 &&
/sbin/ldconfig -v
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--exec-prefix=/: This
parameter moves programs and libraries that could be needed
before the /usr directory is
mounted, to the root filesystem.
make DESTDIR=$PWD/Dest install: This command installs the files to a temporary directory, so that the needed files can be installed.
Information on configuring fuse can be found at the section called “Configuring fuse”.
Last updated on 2018-08-15 20:14:45 -0700
The jfsutils package contains administration and debugging tools for the jfs file system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://jfs.sourceforge.net/project/pub/jfsutils-1.1.15.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8809465cd48a202895bc2a12e1923b5d
Download size: 532 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/jfs
Enable the following option in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
File systems --->
<*/M> JFS filesystem support [CONFIG_JFS_FS]
Install jfsutils by running the following commands:
sed -i "/unistd.h/a#include <sys/types.h>" fscklog/extract.c && sed -i "/ioctl.h/a#include <sys/sysmacros.h>" libfs/devices.c && ./configure && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed ...: Fixes building with glibc 2.28.
|
is used to replay the JFS transaction log, check a JFS formatted device for errors, and fix any errors found. |
|
|
is a hard link to fsck.jfs. |
|
|
constructs an JFS file system. |
|
|
is a hard link to mkfs.jfs. |
|
|
is a program which can be used to perform various low-level actions on a JFS formatted device. |
|
|
extracts a JFS fsck service log into a file and/or formats and displays the extracted file. |
|
|
dumps the contents of the journal log from the specified JFS formatted device into output file ./jfslog.dmp. |
|
|
adjusts tunable file system parameters on JFS file systems. |
Last updated on 2018-08-15 20:14:45 -0700
The LVM2 package is a set of tools that manage logical partitions. It allows spanning of file systems across multiple physical disks and disk partitions and provides for dynamic growing or shrinking of logical partitions, mirroring and low storage footprint snapshots.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://sourceware.org/ftp/lvm2/releases/LVM2.2.02.177.tgz
Download (FTP): ftp://sourceware.org/pub/lvm2/releases/LVM2.2.02.177.tgz
Download MD5 sum: ee6cfbc5a0c5696ffae79dac04ee7a2b
Download size: 2.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB (add 60 MB for tests, however transient files can grow up to around 500 MB)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 21 SBU for tests)
mdadm-4.0, reiserfsprogs-3.6.27, Valgrind-3.13.0, Which-2.21, xfsprogs-4.17.0 (all five may be used, but are not required, for tests), and thin-provisioning-tools
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lvm2
Kernel versions between 4.1 and 4.4.1 have a broken RAID implementation. If you want to use RAID type LV's, you should install kernel version 4.4.2 or above. Note that several tests use RAID logical volumes, and can generate a “kernel oops” with the faulty kernel version, which usually renders the system unusable.
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
There are several other Device Mapper options in the kernel beyond those listed below. In order to get reasonable results if running the regression tests, all must be enabled either internally or as a module. The tests will all time out if Magic SysRq key is not enabled.
Device Drivers --->
[*] Multiple devices driver support (RAID and LVM) ---> [CONFIG_MD]
<*/M> Device mapper support [CONFIG_BLK_DEV_DM]
<*/M/ > Crypt target support [CONFIG_DM_CRYPT]
<*/M/ > Snapshot target [CONFIG_DM_SNAPSHOT]
<*/M/ > Thin provisioning target [CONFIG_DM_THIN_PROVISIONING]
<*/M/ > Mirror target [CONFIG_DM_MIRROR]
Kernel hacking --->
[*] Magic SysRq key [CONFIG_MAGIC_SYSRQ]
Install LVM2 by running the following commands:
SAVEPATH=$PATH &&
PATH=$PATH:/sbin:/usr/sbin &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--exec-prefix= \
--enable-applib \
--enable-cmdlib \
--enable-pkgconfig \
--enable-udev_sync &&
make &&
PATH=$SAVEPATH &&
unset SAVEPATH
The tests use udev for
logical volume synchronization, so that the LVM udev rules
and some utilities need to be installed before running the
tests. If you are installing LVM2 for the first time, and do not want
to install the full package before running the tests, the
minimal set of utilities can be installed by running the
following instructions as the root user:
make -C tools install_dmsetup_dynamic && make -C udev install && make -C libdm install
To test the results, issue: make check_local as the
root user. Other targets are
available and can be listed with make -C test help. The test
timings are very dependent on the speed of the disk(s), and
on the number of enabled kernel options.
The tests do not implement the “expected fail” possibility, and a small number of test failures is expected by upstream. More failures may happen because some kernel options are missing. For example, the lack of the dm-delay device mapper target may explain some failures. Some tests are flagged “warned” if thin-provisioning-tools are not installed. A workaround is to add the following flags to configure:
--with-thin-check= \
--with-thin-dump= \
--with-thin-repair= \
--with-thin-restore= \
--with-cache-check= \
--with-cache-dump= \
--with-cache-repair= \
--with-cache-restore= \
Some tests may hang with kernel versions in the 4.1 and 4.2 series (see above). They can be removed if necessary, for example: rm test/shell/lvcreate-large-raid.sh. The tests generate a lot of kernel messages, which may clutter your terminal. You can disable them by issuing dmesg -D before running the tests (do not forget to issue dmesg -E when tests are done).
The checks create device nodes in the /tmp directory. The tests will fail if /tmp is mounted with the nodev option.
Now, as the root user:
make install
PATH=$PATH:/sbin:/usr/sbin:
The path must contain /sbin and
/usr/sbin for proper system
tool detection by the configure script. This
instruction ensures that PATH is properly set even if you
build as an unprivileged user.
--enable-applib: This
switch enables building of the shared application library.
--enable-cmdlib: This
switch enables building of the shared command library. It is
required when building the event daemon.
--enable-pkgconfig:
This switch enables installation of pkg-config support files.
--enable-udev_sync:
This switch enables synchronisation with Udev processing.
--enable-dmeventd: This switch
enables building of the Device
Mapper event daemon.
--enable-lvmetad: This switch
enables building of the LVM
metadata daemon, which avoids scanning all the filesystems
when an lvm command is run.
|
is a utility to deactivate block device. |
|
|
(optional) is the Device Mapper event daemon. |
|
|
is a low level logical volume management tool. |
|
|
is a utility used to resize or check filesystem on a device. |
|
|
provides the command-line tools for LVM2. Commands are implemented via sympolic links to this program to manage physical devices (pv*), volume groups (vg*) and logical volumes (lv*). |
|
|
is a script that modifies the locking configuration in the LVM2 configuration file. |
|
|
is a tool used to dump various information concerning LVM2. |
|
|
(optional) is the LVM metadata daemon. |
|
|
is used to import a duplicated VG (e.g. hardware snapshot). |
|
|
contains the Device Mapper API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-15 18:24:48 -0700
LVM manages disk drives. It allows multiple drives and partitions to be combined into larger volume groups, assists in making backups through a snapshot, and allows for dynamic volume resizing. It can also provide mirroring similar to a RAID 1 array.
A complete discussion of LVM is beyond the scope of this introduction, but basic concepts are presented below.
To run any of the commands presented here, the LVM2-2.02.177 package
must be installed. All commands must be run as the root user.
Management of disks with lvm is accomplished using the following concepts:
These are physical disks or partitions such as /dev/sda3 or /dev/sdb.
These are named groups of physical volumes that can be manipulated by the administrator. The number of physical volumes that make up a volume group is arbitrary. Physical volumes can be dynamically added or removed from a volume group.
Volume groups may be subdivided into logical volumes. Each logical volume can then be individually formatted as if it were a regular Linux partition. Logical volumes may be dynamically resized by the administrator according to need.
To give a concrete example, suppose that you have two 2 TB
disks. Also suppose a really large amount of space is required
for a very large database, mounted on /srv/mysql. This is what the initial set of
partitions would look like:
Partition Use Size Partition Type
/dev/sda1 /boot 100MB 83 (Linux)
/dev/sda2 / 10GB 83 (Linux)
/dev/sda3 swap 2GB 82 (Swap)
/dev/sda4 LVM remainder 8e (LVM)
/dev/sdb1 swap 2GB 82 (Swap)
/dev/sdb2 LVM remainder 8e (LVM)
First initialize the physical volumes:
pvcreate /dev/sda4 /dev/sdb2
Next create a volume group named lfs-lvm:
vgcreate lfs-lvm /dev/sda4 /dev/sdb2
The status of the volume group can be checked by running the command vgscan. Now create the logical volumes. Since there is about 3900 GB available, leave about 900 GB free for expansion. Note that the logical volume named mysql is larger than any physical disk.
lvcreate --name mysql --size 2500G lfs-lvm lvcreate --name home --size 500G lfs-lvm
Finally the logical volumes can be formatted and mounted. In this example, the jfs file system (jfsutils-1.1.15) is used for demonstration purposes.
mkfs -t ext4 /dev/lfs-lvm/home mkfs -t jfs /dev/lfs-lvm/mysql mount /dev/lfs-lvm/home /home mkdir -p /srv/mysql mount /dev/lfs-lvm/mysql /srv/mysql
The LFS boot scripts automatically make these file systems
available to the system in the checkfs script. Edit the
/etc/fstab file as required to
automatically mount them.
A LVM logical volume can host a root filesystem, but requires the use of an initramfs (initial RAM file system) and is not discussed here.
For a more information about LVM, see the LVM HOWTO and the lvm man pages.
Last updated on 2013-02-11 10:51:17 -0800
The storage technology known as RAID (Redundant Array of Independent Disks) combines multiple physical disks into a logical unit. The drives can generally be combined to provide data redundancy or to extend the size of logical units beyond the capability of the physical disks or both. The technology also allows for providing hardware maintenance without powering down the system.
The types of RAID organization are described in the RAID Wiki.
Note that while RAID provides protection against disk failures, it is not a substitute for backups. A file deleted is still deleted on all the disks of a RAID array. Modern backups are generally done via rsync-3.1.3.
There are three major types of RAID implementation: Hardware RAID, BIOS-based RAID, and Software RAID.
Hardware based RAID provides capability through proprietary hardware and data layouts. The control and configuration is generally done via firmware in conjunction with executable programs made available by the device manufacturer. The capabilities are generally supplied via a PCI card, although there are some instances of RAID components integrated in to the motherboard. Hardware RAID may also be available in a stand-alone enclosure.
One advantage of hardware-based RAID is that the drives are offered to the operating system as a logical drive and no operating system dependent configuration is needed.
Disadvantages include difficulties in transferring drives from one system to another, updating firmware, or replacing failed RAID hardware.
Some computers offter a hardware-like RAID implementation in the system BIOS. Sometime this is referred to as 'fake' RAID as the capabilites are generally incorporated into firmware without any hardware acceleration.
The advantages and disadvantages of BIOS-based RAID are generally the same as hardware RAID with the additional disadvantage that there is no hardware acceleration.
In some cases, BIOS-based RAID firmware is enabled by default (e.g. some DELL systems). If software RAID is desired, this option must be explicitly disabled in the BIOS.
Software based RAID is the most flexible form of RAID. It is easy to install and update and provides full capability on all or part of any drives available to the system. In BLFS, the RAID software is found in mdadm-4.0.
Configuring a RAID device is straight forward using
mdadm. Generally devices are
created in the /dev directory
as /dev/mdx where x is an integer.
The first step in creating a RAID array is to use
partitioning software such as fdisk or parted-3.2 to define
the partitions needed for the array. Usually, there will be
one partition on each drive participating in the RAID array,
but that is not strictly necessary. For this example, there
will be four disk drives: /dev/sda, /dev/sdb, /dev/sdc, and /dev/sdd. They will be partitioned as
follows:
Partition Size Type Use
sda1: 100 MB fd Linux raid auto /boot (RAID 1) /dev/md0
sda2: 10 GB fd Linux raid auto / (RAID 1) /dev/md1
sda3: 2 GB 83 Linux swap swap
sda4 300 GB fd Linux raid auto /home (RAID 5) /dev/md2
sdb1: 100 MB fd Linux raid auto /boot (RAID 1) /dev/md0
sdb2: 10 GB fd Linux raid auto / (RAID 1) /dev/md1
sdb3: 2 GB 83 Linux swap swap
sdb4 300 GB fd Linux raid auto /home (RAID 5) /dev/md2
sdc1: 12 GB fd Linux raid auto /usr/src (RAID 0) /dev/md3
sdc2: 300 GB fd Linux raid auto /home (RAID 5) /dev/md2
sdd1: 12 GB fd Linux raid auto /usr/src (RAID 0) /dev/md3
sdd2: 300 GB fd Linux raid auto /home (RAID 5) /dev/md2
Is this arrangement, a separate boot partition is created as
the first small RAID array and a root filesystem as the
secong RAID array, both mirrored. The third partition is a
large (about 1TB) array for the /home directory. This provides an ability
to stripe data across multiple devices, improving speed for
botih reading and writing large files. Finally, a fourth
array is created that concatenates two partitions into a
larger device.
All mdadm commands must be
run as the root user.
To create these RAID arrays the commands are:
/sbin/mdadm -Cv /dev/md0 --level=1 --raid-devices=2 /dev/sda1 /dev/sdb1
/sbin/mdadm -Cv /dev/md1 --level=1 --raid-devices=2 /dev/sda2 /dev/sdb2
/sbin/mdadm -Cv /dev/md3 --level=0 --raid-devices=2 /dev/sdc1 /dev/sdd1
/sbin/mdadm -Cv /dev/md2 --level=5 --raid-devices=4 \
/dev/sda4 /dev/sdb4 /dev/sdc2 /dev/sdd2
The devices created can be examined by device. For example,
to see the details of /dev/md1,
use /sbin/mdadm --detail
/dev/md1:
Version : 1.2
Creation Time : Tue Feb 7 17:08:45 2012
Raid Level : raid1
Array Size : 10484664 (10.00 GiB 10.74 GB)
Used Dev Size : 10484664 (10.00 GiB 10.74 GB)
Raid Devices : 2
Total Devices : 2
Persistence : Superblock is persistent
Update Time : Tue Feb 7 23:11:53 2012
State : clean
Active Devices : 2
Working Devices : 2
Failed Devices : 0
Spare Devices : 0
Name : core2-blfs:0 (local to host core2-blfs)
UUID : fcb944a4:9054aeb2:d987d8fe:a89121f8
Events : 17
Number Major Minor RaidDevice State
0 8 1 0 active sync /dev/sda1
1 8 17 1 active sync /dev/sdb1
From this point, the partitions can be formated with the
filesystem of choice (e.g. ext3, ext4, xfsprogs-4.17.0,
reiserfsprogs-3.6.27, etc). The
formatted partitions can then be mounted. The /etc/fstab file can use the devices created
for mounting at boot time and the linux command line in
/boot/grub/grub.cfg can specify
root=/dev/md1.
The swap devices should be specified in the /etc/fstab file as normal. The kernel
normally stripes swap data across multiple swap files and
should not be made part of a RAID array.
For further options and management details of RAID devices,
refer to man
mdadm.
Additional details for monitoring RAID arrays and dealing with problems can be found at the Linux RAID Wiki.
Last updated on 2016-01-30 14:15:21 -0800
The mdadm package contains administration tools for software RAID.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/raid/mdadm/mdadm-4.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2cb4feffea9167ba71b5f346a0c0a40d
Download size: 424 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.7 MB (10 MB with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (tests take about an hour, only partially processor dependent)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mdadm
Kernel versions in series 4.1 through 4.4.1 have a broken RAID implementation. Use a kernel with version at or above 4.4.2.
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel, if necessary. Only the RAID types desired are required.
Device Drivers --->
[*] Multiple devices driver support (RAID and LVM) ---> [CONFIG_MD]
<*> RAID support [CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MD]
[*] Autodetect RAID arrays during kernel boot [CONFIG_MD_AUTODETECT]
<*/M> Linear (append) mode [CONFIG_MD_LINEAR]
<*/M> RAID-0 (striping) mode [CONFIG_MD_RAID0]
<*/M> RAID-1 (mirroring) mode [CONFIG_MD_RAID1]
<*/M> RAID-10 (mirrored striping) mode [CONFIG_MD_RAID10]
<*/M> RAID-4/RAID-5/RAID-6 mode [CONFIG_MD_RAID456]
Fix a build error introduced by GCC-7.1:
sed 's@-Werror@@' -i Makefile
Install mdadm by running the following commands:
make
If you wish to run the tests, ensure that your kernel supports RAID and that a version of mdadm is not already running. As many as 9 out of 124 tests may fail.
First fix the test script to avoid a bogus error message when tests fail and build the supporting programs:
sed -i 's# if.* == "1"#& -a -e $targetdir/log#' test && make test
Run the tests as the root
user:
./test --keep-going --logdir=test-logs --save-logs
Now, as the root user:
make install
make everything: This optional target creates extra programs, particularly a statically-linked version of mdadm and also versions of mdassemble. These all need to be manually installed.
--keep-going: Run the
tests to the end, even if one or more tests fail.
--logdir=test-logs:
Defines the directory where test logs are saved.
--save-logs:
Instructs the test suite to save the logs.
--tests=:
Optional comma separated list of tests to be executed (all
tests, if this option is not passed).
<test1,test2,...>
Last updated on 2018-08-15 18:24:48 -0700
The Ntfs-3g package contains a stable, read-write open source driver for NTFS partitions. NTFS partitions are used by most Microsoft operating systems. Ntfs-3g allows you to mount NTFS partitions in read-write mode from your Linux system. It uses the FUSE kernel module to be able to implement NTFS support in user space. The package also contains various utilities useful for manipulating NTFS partitions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://tuxera.com/opensource/ntfs-3g_ntfsprogs-2017.3.23.tgz
Download MD5 sum: d97474ae1954f772c6d2fa386a6f462c
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
fuse 2.x (this disables user mounts)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ntfs-3g
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
File systems --->
<*/M> FUSE (Filesystem in Userspace) support [CONFIG_FUSE_FS]
Install Ntfs-3g by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--with-fuse=internal &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && ln -sv ../bin/ntfs-3g /sbin/mount.ntfs && ln -sv ntfs-3g.8 /usr/share/man/man8/mount.ntfs.8
If you want ordinary users to be able to mount NTFS
partitions you'll need to set mount.ntfs with the root user
ID. Note: it is probably unsafe to do this on a computer that
needs to be secure (like a server). As the root user:
chmod -v 4755 /bin/ntfs-3g
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-fuse=internal:
This switch dynamically forces ntfs-3g to use an internal copy of the
fuse-2.x library. This is
required if you wish to allow users to mount NTFS partitions.
--disable-ntfsprogs: Disables
installation of various utilities used to manipulate NTFS
partitions.
ln -sv ../bin/ntfs-3g /sbin/mount.ntfs: Creating /sbin/mount.ntfs makes mount default to using Ntfs-3g to mount NTFS partitions.
chmod -v 4755 /bin/ntfs-3g: Making mount.ntfs setuid root allows non root users to mount NTFS partitions.
To mount a Windows partition at boot time, put a line like this in /etc/fstab:
/dev/sda1 /mnt/windows auto defaults 0 0
To allow users to mount a usb stick with an NTFS filesystem on it, put a line similar to this (change sdc1 to whatever a usb stick would be on your system) in /etc/fstab:
/dev/sdc1 /mnt/usb auto user,noauto,umask=0,utf8 0 0
In order for a user to be able to mount the usb stick, they
will need to be able to write to /mnt/usb, so as the root user:
chmod -v 777 /mnt/usb
|
is similar to ntfs-3g but uses the Fuse low-level interface. |
|
|
is a symlink to mkntfs. |
|
|
creates an NTFS file system. |
|
|
is a symlink to lowntfs-3g. |
|
|
mounts an NTFS filesystem. |
|
|
is a symbolic link to ntfs-3g. |
|
|
is an NTFS driver, which can create, remove, rename, move files, directories, hard links, and streams. It can also read and write files, including streams, sparse files and transparently compressed files. It can also handle special files like symbolic links, devices, and FIFOs; moreover it provides standard management of file ownership and permissions, including POSIX ACLs. |
|
|
tests if an NTFS volume is mountable read only or read-write, and exits with a status value accordingly. The volume can be a block device or image file. |
|
|
audits NTFS Security Data. |
|
|
creates the file defining the mapping of Windows accounts to Linux logins for users who owns files which should be visible from both Windows and Linux. |
|
|
identifies files in a specified region of an NTFS volume |
|
|
copies a file to an NTFS volume. |
|
|
fixes common errors and forces Windows to check an NTFS partition. |
|
|
lists directory contents on an NTFS filesystem. |
|
|
prints NTFS files and streams on the standard output. |
|
|
clones an NTFS filesystem. |
|
|
compares two NTFS filesystems and tells the differences. |
|
|
dumps a file's attributes. |
|
|
displays or changes the label on an ntfs file system. |
|
|
resizes an NTFS filesystem without data loss. |
|
|
recovers a deleted file from an NTFS volume. |
|
|
contains the Ntfs-3g API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
The gptfdisk package is a set of programs for creation and maintenance of GUID Partition Table (GPT) disk drives. A GPT partitioned disk is required for drives greater than 2 TB and is a modern replacement for legacy PC-BIOS partitioned disk drives that use a Master Boot Record (MBR). The main program, gdisk, has an inteface similar to the classic fdisk program.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/gptfdisk/gptfdisk-1.0.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5ecc3c44913bb6b53d3708d1ac7ac295
Download size: 200 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gptdisk
The gptfdisk package comes
with a rudimentary Makefile.
First we update it to provide a simple build and install
interface. Install gptfdisk
by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../gptfdisk-1.0.4-convenience-1.patch && make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install
patch -Np1 ...:
This patch modifies the Makefile file so that it provides an
“install” target.
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The Parted package is a disk partitioning and partition resizing tool.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/parted/parted-3.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/parted/parted-3.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 0247b6a7b314f8edeb618159fa95f9cb
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB (additional 2 MB for the tests and additional 1 MB for optional PDF and Postscript documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (additional 0.6 SBU for the tests)
Optional, to fix build without device mapper support: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/8.3/parted-3.2-devmapper-1.patch
LVM2-2.02.177 (device-mapper, required if building udisks)
Pth-2.0.7 and texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/parted
If you want to build without device mapper support, a fix is necessary:
patch -Np1 -i ../parted-3.2-devmapper-1.patch
Install Parted by running the following commands:
sed -i '/utsname.h/a#include <sys/sysmacros.h>' libparted/arch/linux.c && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make && make -C doc html && makeinfo --html -o doc/html doc/parted.texi && makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/parted.txt doc/parted.texi
If you have texlive-20180414 installed and wish to create PDF and Postcript documentation issue the following commands:
texi2pdf -o doc/parted.pdf doc/parted.texi && texi2dvi -o doc/parted.dvi doc/parted.texi && dvips -o doc/parted.ps doc/parted.dvi
If you wish to run the test suite, first remove a test that normally fails in BLFS (because it needs a locale C.UTF-8):
sed -i '/t0251-gpt-unicode.sh/d' tests/Makefile
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that many
tests are skipped if not run as the root user.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/parted-3.2/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/parted-3.2/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/{FAT,API,parted.{txt,html}} \
/usr/share/doc/parted-3.2
Install the optional PDF and Postscript documentation by
issuing the following command as the root user:
install -v -m644 doc/FAT doc/API doc/parted.{pdf,ps,dvi} \
/usr/share/doc/parted-3.2
sed ...: Add a header to allow building with glibc-2.28 or later.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-device-mapper: This
option disables device mapper support. Add this parameter if
you have not installed LVM2.
Last updated on 2018-08-16 17:08:56 -0700
The reiserfsprogs package contains various utilities for use with the Reiser file system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/kernel/people/jeffm/reiserfsprogs/v3.6.27/reiserfsprogs-3.6.27.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 90c139542725efc6da3a6b1709695395
Download size: 439 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/reiser
Enable the following option in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
File systems --->
<*/M> Reiserfs support [CONFIG_REISERFS_FS]
Install reiserfsprogs by running the following commands:
sed -i '/parse_time.h/i #define _GNU_SOURCE' lib/parse_time.c &&
autoreconf -fiv &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sbindir=/sbin &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed ...: Ensure a variable is defined for use with recent include files.
--sbindir=/sbin: This
switch ensures that the reiserfsprogs utilities are installed in
/sbin.
|
can sometimes help to solve problems with ReiserFS file systems. If it is called without options, it prints the super block of any ReiserFS file system found on the device. |
|
|
creates a ReiserFS file system. |
|
|
is used to check or repair a ReiserFS file system. |
|
|
is used for tuning the ReiserFS journal. WARNING: Don't use this utility without first reading the man page thoroughly. |
|
|
is used to resize an unmounted ReiserFS file system. |
Last updated on 2018-08-15 18:24:48 -0700
The smartmontools package contains utility programs (smartctl, smartd) to control/monitor storage systems using the Self-Monitoring, Analysis and Reporting Technology System (S.M.A.R.T.) built into most modern ATA and SCSI disks.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/smartmontools/smartmontools-6.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9ae2c6e7131cd2813edcc65cbe5f223f
Download size: 884 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
cURL-7.61.0 or Lynx-2.8.9rel.1 or Wget-1.19.5 (download tools)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/smartmontools
Install smartmontools by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-initscriptdir=no \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/smartmontools-6.6 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
See the embedded comments in /etc/smartd.conf for detailed
instructions on customizing the smartd darmon.
If you want the smartd
daemon to start automatically when the system is booted,
install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/smartd init script
included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-smartd
--with-initscriptdir=no: This
switch suppresses the default initialization script. See
above for the BLFS script.
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The Sshfs package contains a filesystem client based on the SSH File Transfer Protocol. This is useful for mounting a remote computer that you have ssh access to as a local filesystem. This allows you to drag and drop files or run shell commands on the remote files as if they were on your local computer.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libfuse/sshfs/releases/download/sshfs-3.4.0/sshfs-3.4.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8e21286ea577ba4b79fb4f8ad1c4cb5b
Download size: 48 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Fuse-3.2.5, GLib-2.56.1, and OpenSSH-7.7p1.
docutils-0.14 (required to build the man page)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sshfs
If you are building on i686, sshfs needs an extra CFLAGS setting to be defined. This prevents an integer overflow. To do this, run the following command:
if [ $(uname -m) = "i686" ]; then export CFLAGS+="-D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64"; fi
Install Sshfs by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson --prefix=/usr .. &&
ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
To mount an ssh server you need to be able to log into the server. For example, to mount your remote home folder to the local ~/examplepath (the directory must exist and you must have permissions to write to it):
sshfs example.com:/home/userid ~/examplepath
When you've finished work and want to unmount it again:
fusermount3 -u ~/example
You can also mount an sshfs
filesystem at boot by adding an entry similar to the
following in the /etc/fstab
file:
userid@example.com:/path /media/path fuse.sshfs _netdev,IdentityFile=/home/userid/.ssh/id_rsa 0 0
See man 1 sshfs and man 8 mount.fuse for all available mount options.
Last updated on 2016-08-27 23:14:16 +0200
The xfsprogs package contains administration and debugging tools for the XFS file system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/fs/xfs/xfsprogs/xfsprogs-4.17.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b935b693dfac0264e232c3c4e52d5569
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 79 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfs
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
File systems --->
<*/M> XFS filesystem support [CONFIG_XFS_FS]
Install xfsprogs by running the following commands:
make DEBUG=-DNDEBUG \
INSTALL_USER=root \
INSTALL_GROUP=root \
LOCAL_CONFIGURE_OPTIONS="--enable-readline"
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make PKG_DOC_DIR=/usr/share/doc/xfsprogs-4.17.0 install &&
make PKG_DOC_DIR=/usr/share/doc/xfsprogs-4.17.0 install-dev &&
rm -rfv /usr/lib/libhandle.a &&
rm -rfv /lib/libhandle.{a,la,so} &&
ln -sfv ../../lib/libhandle.so.1 /usr/lib/libhandle.so &&
sed -i "s@libdir='/lib@libdir='/usr/lib@" /usr/lib/libhandle.la
make DEBUG=-DNDEBUG: Turns off debugging symbols.
INSTALL_USER=root
INSTALL_GROUP=root: This sets the owner and group
of the installed files.
LOCAL_CONFIGURE_OPTIONS="...":
This passes extra configuration options to the configure script. The example --enable-readline parameter
enables linking the XFS programs with the libreadline.so library, in order to allow
editing interactive commands.
OPTIMIZER="...": Adding this
parameter to the end of the make command overrides the
default optimization settings.
|
simply exits with a zero status, since XFS partitions are checked at mount time. |
|
|
constructs an XFS file system. |
|
|
changes the parameters of an XFS file system. |
|
|
prints block mapping for an XFS file. |
|
|
copies the contents of an XFS file system to one or more targets in parallel. |
|
|
for each directory argument, estimates the space that directory would take if it were copied to an XFS filesystem (does not cross mount points). |
|
|
is used to debug an XFS file system. |
|
|
suspends access to an XFS file system. |
|
|
applicable only to XFS filesystems, improves the organization of mounted filesystems, the reorganization algorithm operates on one file at a time, compacting or othewise improving the layout of the file extents (contiguous blocks of file data). |
|
|
expands an XFS file system. |
|
|
is equivalent to invoking xfs_growfs, but specifying that no change to the file system is to be made. |
|
|
is a debugging tool like xfs_db, but is aimed at examining the regular file I/O path rather than the raw XFS volume itself. |
|
|
prints the log of an XFS file system. |
|
|
restores an XFS metadump image to a filesystem image. |
|
|
copies XFS filesystem metadata to a file. |
|
|
creates an XFS file, padded with zeroes by default. |
|
|
generates pathnames from inode numbers for an XFS file system. |
|
|
is a utility for reporting and editing various aspects of filesystem quota. |
|
|
repairs corrupt or damaged XFS file systems. |
|
|
copies a file to the real-time partition on an XFS file system. |
|
|
reports and controls free space usage in an XFS file system. |
|
|
contains XFS-specific functions that provide a way to perform certain filesystem operations without using a file descriptor to access filesystem objects. |
Last updated on 2018-08-15 18:24:48 -0700
This chapter is referenced in the LFS book for those wishing to use other editors on their LFS system. You're also shown how some LFS installed programs benefit from being recompiled after GUI libraries have been installed.
Bluefish is a GTK+ text editor targeted towards programmers and web designers, with many options to write websites, scripts and programming code. Bluefish supports many programming and markup languages, and it focuses on editing dynamic and interactive websites.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.bennewitz.com/bluefish/stable/source/bluefish-2.2.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 06cc710505856cb328444d834f5e9666
Download size: 4.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 60 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
GTK+-2.24.32 or GTK+-3.22.30 (If both are installed, configure defaults to using GTK+ 3)
desktop-file-utils-0.23 (for updating the desktop database)
enchant-2.2.3 (for spell checking), Gucharmap-10.0.4, PCRE-8.42 and Jing
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bluefish
Install Bluefish by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/bluefish-2.2.10 && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You
can improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/icon-theme.cache
and /usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have desktop-file-utils-0.23 (for
the desktop cache) and issue the following commands as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache -t -f --include-image-data /usr/share/icons/hicolor && update-desktop-database
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
Ed is a line-oriented text editor. It is used to create, display, modify and otherwise manipulate text files, both interactively and via shell scripts. Ed isn't something which many people use. It's described here because it can be used by the patch program if you encounter an ed-based patch file. This happens rarely because diff-based patches are preferred these days.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/ed/ed-1.14.2.tar.lz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/ed/ed-1.14.2.tar.lz
Download MD5 sum: 273d04778b2a51f7c3cbfcd2001876bf
Download size: 66 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libarchive-3.3.2 (for bsdtar)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ed
Install Ed by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --bindir=/bin && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-15 20:14:45 -0700
The Emacs package contains an extensible, customizable, self-documenting real-time display editor.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/emacs/emacs-26.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/emacs/emacs-26.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 649ec46965a8b842bdb2cbf7764c2a9a
Download size: 42 MB
Estimated disk space required: 427 MB
Estimated build time: 0,6 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
X Window System, alsa-lib-1.1.6, dbus-1.12.10, GConf-3.2.6, GnuTLS-3.5.19, gobject-introspection-1.56.1, gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.28.0, GPM-1.20.7, GTK+-2.24.32 or GTK+-3.22.30, ImageMagick-6.9.10-10 libraries (see command explanations), libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libpng-1.6.35, librsvg-2.42.2, LibTIFF-4.0.9, libxml2-2.9.8, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, Valgrind-3.13.0, intlfonts, libungif, libotf and m17n-lib - to correctly display such complex scripts as Indic and Khmer, and also for scripts that require Arabic shaping support (Arabic and Farsi), and libXaw3d
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/emacs
Install Emacs by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --localstatedir=/var && make
This package does not come with a test suite. If make succeeds, you can test the result by running src/emacs -Q, which is the program that will be installed, with its auxiliary files. This should start and display the application opening screen.
Now, as the root user:
make install && chown -v -R root:root /usr/share/emacs/26.1
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You can
improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/icon-theme.cache
and /usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache. To
perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.32 or GTK+-3.22.30 installed
(for the icon cache) and desktop-file-utils-0.23 (for
the desktop cache) and issue the following commands as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache -t -f --include-image-data /usr/share/icons/hicolor && update-desktop-database
--localstatedir=/var:
Create game score files in /var/games/emacs instead of /usr/var/games/emacs.
IMAGEMAGICK_CFLAGS=-I/usr/include/ImageMagick-6
IMAGEMAGICK_LIBS="-lMagickCore-6.Q16HDRI -lMagick++-6.Q16HDRI
-lMagickWand-6.Q16HDRI" : use these when you invoke
configure if you have installed ImageMagick-6.9.10-10 libraries
and wish to link to them (the normal unversioned pkgconfig
files collide with ImageMagick-7.0.8-10 which this
package cannot use).
--with-gif=no: Use this if you
have not installed giflib-5.1.4 or libungif.
|
creates cross-reference tagfile database files for source code. |
|
|
permits browsing of C++ class hierarchies from within emacs. |
|
|
is an editor. |
|
|
attaches an emacs session to an already running emacsserver instance. |
|
|
is another program to generate source code cross-reference tagfiles. |
|
|
prints entries in Change Logs matching various criteria. |
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
The Gedit package contains a lightweight UTF-8 text editor for the GNOME Desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gedit/3.22/gedit-3.22.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gedit/3.22/gedit-3.22.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b3ee39faa2f905c83cb158a9b4d3fb44
Download size: 2.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 71 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU
gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.28.0, gtksourceview-3.24.8, itstool-2.0.4, and libpeas-1.22.0
Gvfs-1.36.2 (runtime), ISO Codes-3.79, libsoup-2.62.3, and PyGObject-3.28.3 (Python 3 module)
GTK-Doc-1.28, Vala-0.40.8, gspell, and zeitgeist
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gedit
Install Gedit by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-spell && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-spell: Use
this switch to disable spell-checking capability. It is
required if gspell is not
installed.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
JOE (Joe's own editor) is a small text editor capable of emulating WordStar, Pico, and Emacs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/joe-editor/joe-4.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9017484e6116830d846678b625ea5c43
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/joe
Install JOE by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/joe-4.6 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -vm 755 joe/util/{stringify,termidx,uniproc} /usr/bin
|
is a symbolic link to joe used to launch Emacs emulation mode. |
|
|
is a small text editor capable of emulating WordStar, Pico, and Emacs. |
|
|
is a symbolic link to joe used to launch Pico emulation mode. |
|
|
is a symbolic link to joe used to launch WordStar emulation mode. |
|
|
is a symbolic link to joe that restricts JOE to editing only files which are specified on the command-line. |
|
|
is a program used by joe to convert rc and .jsf files into a C file (see /usr/share/doc/joe-4.6/util/README). |
|
|
is a program used by joe to generate the termcap index file (see /usr/share/doc/joe-4.6/util/README). |
|
|
is a program used by joe to generate joe's unicode database file unicat.c from Blocks.txt CaseFolding.txt EastAsianWidth.txt and UnicodeData.txt (find them at /usr/share/doc/joe-4.6/util; see usr/share/doc/joe-4.6/util/README). |
Last updated on 2018-08-15 20:14:45 -0700
The Kate package contains an advanced KF5 based graphical text editor.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/applications/18.08.0/src/kate-18.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 4a825ea7da1e8102031d82f99576399e
Download size: 5.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 70 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU (using parallelism=4)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kate5
Install Kate by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-22 08:18:12 -0700
Mousepad is a simple GTK+ 2 text editor for the Xfce desktop environment.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/mousepad/0.4/mousepad-0.4.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: fb85c23bcb096a46aee9ec22b4e4fdf5
Download size: 568 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
gtksourceview-3.24.8 (optionally, it can be built with gtksourceview-2)
DConf-0.28.0 (runtime) and dbus-glib-0.110
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mousepad
Install Mousepad by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-keyfile-settings && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-keyfile-settings: Use
the GSettings keyfile backend rather than the default
DConf-0.28.0.
Last updated on 2018-08-22 17:52:14 -0700
The Nano package contains a small, simple text editor which aims to replace Pico, the default editor in the Pine package.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.nano-editor.org/dist/v2.9/nano-2.9.8.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 31714360342f9baa344e2fa574c144db
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Nano
Install Nano by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-utf8 \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/nano-2.9.8 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 doc/{nano.html,sample.nanorc} /usr/share/doc/nano-2.9.8
--enable-utf8: This
switch enables unicode support in Nano.
Example configuration (create as a system-wide /etc/nanorc or a personal ~/.nanorc file)
set autoindent
set constantshow
set fill 72
set historylog
set multibuffer
set nohelp
set nowrap
set positionlog
set quickblank
set regexp
set smooth
set suspend
Check the sample.nanorc file
in the installed documentation directory. It includes color
configurations and has some documentation included in the
comments.
Syntax highlighting is provided for several file types, in
/usr/share/nano/ directory.
E.g., for shell scripts, you can insert include /usr/share/nano/sh.nanorc in the
personal or global configuration file. If you wish
highlighting for all supported files, use include /usr/share/nano/*.nanorc.
Last updated on 2018-08-15 20:14:45 -0700
The Vim package, which is an abbreviation for VI IMproved, contains a vi clone with extra features as compared to the original vi.
The default LFS instructions install vim as a part of the base system. If you would prefer to link vim against X, you should recompile vim to enable GUI mode. There is no need for special instructions since X support is automatically detected.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.vim.org/vim/unix/vim-8.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 1739a1df312305155285f0cfa6118294
Download size: 10.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 92 MB (Add 57 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 1.5 SBU for tests)
X Window System and GTK+-2.24.32
GPM-1.20.7, Lua-5.3.5, Python-2.7.15, Ruby-2.5.1, and Tcl-8.6.8
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vim
If you recompile Vim to
link against X and your
X libraries are not on the
root partition, you will no longer have an editor for use
in emergencies. You may choose to install an additional
editor, not link Vim
against X, or move the
current vim
executable to the /bin
directory under a different name such as vi.
Install Vim by running the following commands:
echo '#define SYS_VIMRC_FILE "/etc/vimrc"' >> src/feature.h &&
echo '#define SYS_GVIMRC_FILE "/etc/gvimrc"' >> src/feature.h &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-features=huge \
--with-tlib=ncursesw &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test. The vim test suite outputs a lot of binary
data to the screen, which can cause issues with the settings
of the current terminal. This can be resolved by redirecting
the output to a log file. Even if one of the tests fails to
produce the file test.out in
src/testdir, the remaining
tests will still be executed. If all goes well,the final
message in the log file will be ALL
DONE. Note:
Some color tests expect to be executed under the xterm terminal emulator.
Three tests are known to fail occasionally and can be
ignored.
Now, as the root user:
make install
By default, Vim's documentation is installed in /usr/share/vim. The following symlink
allows the documentation to be accessed via /usr/share/doc/vim-8.1, making it
consistent with the location of documentation for other
packages:
ln -snfv ../vim/vim80/doc /usr/share/doc/vim-8.1
If you wish to update the runtime files, issue the following command (requires rsync-3.1.3):
rsync -avzcP --exclude="/dos/" --exclude="/spell/" \
ftp.nluug.nl::Vim/runtime/ ./runtime/
To install the runtime files and regenerate the tags file, as the root user issue:
make -C src installruntime && vim -c ":helptags /usr/share/doc/vim-8.1" -c ":q"
--with-features=huge:
This switch enables all the additional features available in
Vim, including support for
multibyte characters.
--with-tlib=ncursesw:
This switch forces Vim to link against the libncursesw library.
--enable-gui=no: This will
prevent compilation of the GUI. Vim will still link against X, so that some features such as the
client-server model or the x11-selection (clipboard) are
still available.
--without-x: If you prefer not to
link Vim against
X, use this switch.
--enable-perlinterp, --enable-pythoninterp, --enable-tclinterp, --enable-rubyinterp: These options include
the Perl, Python, Tcl, or Ruby interpreters that allow using
other application code in vim scripts.
If desired, create a menu entry for graphical vim,
gvim.desktop, as the
root user
cat > /usr/share/applications/gvim.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Name=GVim Text Editor
Comment=Edit text files
Comment[pt_BR]=Edite arquivos de texto
TryExec=gvim
Exec=gvim -f %F
Terminal=false
Type=Application
Icon=gvim.png
Categories=Utility;TextEditor;
StartupNotify=true
MimeType=text/plain;
EOF
Vim has an integrated spell checker which you can enable it if you issue the following in a vim window:
:setlocal spell spelllang=ru
This setting will enable spell checking for the Russian language for the current session.
By default, Vim only
installs spell files for the English language. If a spell
file is not available for a language, then Vim will call the $VIMRUNTIME/plugin/spellfile.vim plugin
and will try to obtain the *.spl and optionally *.sug from
the vim ftp server, by using the $VIMRUNTIME/plugin/netrwPlugin.vim
plugin.
Alternatively you can manually download the *.spl and *.sug
files from: ftp://ftp.vim.org/pub/vim/runtime/spell/
and save them to ~/.vim/spell
or in /usr/share/vim/vim80/spell/.
To find out what's new in Vim-8.1 issue the following command:
:help version-8.1
For additional information on setting up Vim configuration files, see The vimrc Files and http://vim.wikia.com/wiki/Example_vimrc.
A list of the reinstalled files, along with their short descriptions can be found in the LFS Vim Installation Instructions
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
Geany is a text editor using the GTK+2 toolkit with basic features of an integrated development environment. It was developed to provide a small and fast IDE, which has only a few dependencies from other packages. It supports many filetypes and has some nice features.
Leafpad is a very simple text editor using the GTK+2 toolkit.
mcedit is a text editor installed as part of MC-4.8.21.
pico is a text editor installed as a part of Alpine-2.21.
Last updated on 2017-06-03 15:32:28 -0700
We are all familiar with the Bourne Again SHell, but there are two other user interfaces that are considered useful modern shells – the Berkeley Unix C shell and the Korn shell. This chapter installs packages compatible with these additional shell types.
Dash is a POSIX compliant
shell. It can be installed as /bin/sh or as the default shell
for either root or a second
user with a userid of 0. It depends on fewer libraries than
the Bash shell and is
therefore less likely to be affected by an upgrade problem or
disk failure. Dash is also
useful for checking that a script is completely compatible
with POSIX syntax.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://gondor.apana.org.au/~herbert/dash/files/dash-0.5.10.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8f485f126c05d0ab800e85abfe1987aa
Download size: 220 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libedit (command line editor library)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dash
Install Dash by running the following commands:
./configure --bindir=/bin --mandir=/usr/share/man && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you would like to make dash the default
sh, recreate
the /bin/sh symlink as the
root user:
If you create the symbolic link from dash to sh, you will need to reset the link to bash to build LFS.
ln -svf dash /bin/sh
--bindir=/bin: This
parameter places the dash binary into the root
filesystem.
--with-libedit: To compile
Dash with libedit support.
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The Tcsh package contains “an enhanced but completely compatible version of the Berkeley Unix C shell (csh)”. This is useful as an alternative shell for those who prefer C syntax to that of the bash shell, and also because some programs require the C shell in order to perform installation tasks.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://fossies.org/linux/misc/tcsh-6.20.00.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.astron.com/pub/tcsh/tcsh-6.20.00.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 59d40ef40a68e790d95e182069431834
Download size: 980 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12.3 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tcsh
First, fix the package for tool chain changes:
sed -i 's|SVID_SOURCE|DEFAULT_SOURCE|g' config/linux && sed -i 's|BSD_SOURCE|DEFAULT_SOURCE|g' config/linux
Install Tcsh by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --bindir=/bin && make && sh ./tcsh.man2html
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install install.man && ln -v -sf tcsh /bin/csh && ln -v -sf tcsh.1 /usr/share/man/man1/csh.1 && install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/tcsh-6.20.00/html && install -v -m644 tcsh.html/* /usr/share/doc/tcsh-6.20.00/html && install -v -m644 FAQ /usr/share/doc/tcsh-6.20.00
--bindir=/bin: This
installs the tcsh program in
/bin instead of /usr/bin.
sh ./tcsh.man2html: This creates HTML documentation from the formatted man page.
ln -v -sf tcsh
/bin/csh: The FHS states that if there is a
C shell installed, there
should be a symlink from /bin/csh to it. This creates that symlink.
There are numerous configuration files for the C shell.
Examples of these are /etc/csh.cshrc, /etc/csh.login, /etc/csh.logout, ~/.tcshrc, ~/.cshrc, ~/.history, ~/.cshdirs, ~/.login, and ~/.logout. More information on these
files can be found in the tcsh(1) man page.
Update /etc/shells to include
the C shell program names (as the root user):
cat >> /etc/shells << "EOF"
/bin/tcsh
/bin/csh
EOF
The following ~/.cshrc
provides two alternative colour prompts and coloured
ls output. If
you prefer a global modification, issue the command as the
root user, replacing
~/.cshrc by /etc/csh.cshrc.
cat > ~/.cshrc << "EOF"
# Original at:
# https://www.cs.umd.edu/~srhuang/teaching/code_snippets/prompt_color.tcsh.html
# Modified by the BLFS Development Team.
# Add these lines to your ~/.cshrc (or to /etc/csh.cshrc).
# Colors!
set red="%{\033[1;31m%}"
set green="%{\033[0;32m%}"
set yellow="%{\033[1;33m%}"
set blue="%{\033[1;34m%}"
set magenta="%{\033[1;35m%}"
set cyan="%{\033[1;36m%}"
set white="%{\033[0;37m%}"
set end="%{\033[0m%}" # This is needed at the end...
# Setting the actual prompt. Two separate versions for you to try, pick
# whichever one you like better, and change the colors as you want.
# Just don't mess with the ${end} guy in either line... Comment out or
# delete the prompt you don't use.
set prompt="${green}%n${blue}@%m ${white}%~ ${green}%%${end} "
set prompt="[${green}%n${blue}@%m ${white}%~ ]${end} "
# This was not in the original URL above
# Provides coloured ls
alias ls ls --color=always
# Clean up after ourselves...
unset red green yellow blue magenta cyan yellow white end
EOF
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The zsh package contains a command interpreter (shell) usable as an interactive login shell and as a shell script command processor. Of the standard shells, zsh most closely resembles ksh but includes many enhancements.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.zsh.org/pub/zsh-5.5.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 678bc037a7311a46e7fc0adca7ed8266
Download size: 4.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 45 MB (includes documentation and tests)
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4; includes documentation and tests)
Optional Documentation: http://www.zsh.org/pub/zsh-5.5.1-doc.tar.xz
Documentation MD5 sum: ae4741a1c5821ff0cb9910be2b23715e
Documentation download size: 3.1 MB
When there is a new zsh release, the old files shown above are moved to a new server directory: http://www.zsh.org/pub/old/.
libcap-2.25 with PAM, PCRE-8.42, and Valgrind-3.13.0,
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/zsh
If you downloaded the optional documentation, unpack it with the following command:
tar --strip-components=1 -xvf ../zsh-5.5.1-doc.tar.xz
Install zsh by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--bindir=/bin \
--sysconfdir=/etc/zsh \
--enable-etcdir=/etc/zsh &&
make &&
makeinfo Doc/zsh.texi --plaintext -o Doc/zsh.txt &&
makeinfo Doc/zsh.texi --html -o Doc/html &&
makeinfo Doc/zsh.texi --html --no-split --no-headers -o Doc/zsh.html
If you have texlive-20180414 installed, you can build PDF format of the documentation by issuing the following command:
texi2pdf Doc/zsh.texi -o Doc/zsh.pdf
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
make infodir=/usr/share/info install.info &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/zsh-5.5.1/html &&
install -v -m644 Doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/zsh-5.5.1/html &&
install -v -m644 Doc/zsh.{html,txt} /usr/share/doc/zsh-5.5.1
If you downloaded the optional documentation, install it by
issuing the following commands as the root user:
make htmldir=/usr/share/doc/zsh-5.5.1/html install.html && install -v -m644 Doc/zsh.dvi /usr/share/doc/zsh-5.5.1
If you built the PDF format of the documentation, install it
by issuing the following command as the root user:
install -v -m644 Doc/zsh.pdf /usr/share/doc/zsh-5.5.1
--sysconfdir=/etc/zsh
and --enable-etcdir=/etc/zsh: These
parameters are used so that all the zsh configuration files are consolidated
into the /etc/zsh directory.
Omit these parameters if you wish to retain historical
compatibility by having all the files located in the
/etc directory.
--bindir=/bin: This
parameter places the zsh binaries into the root
filesystem.
--enable-cap: This option enables
POSIX capabilities.
--disable-gdbm: This option
disables the use of the GDBM
library.
--enable-pcre: This option allows
zsh to use the PCRE regular
expression library in shell builtins.
Linking zsh dynamically
against pcre and/or
gdbm produces runtime
dependencies on libpcre.so
and/or libgdbm.so
respectively, which both reside in /usr hierarchy. If /usr is a separate mount point and
zsh needs to be available
in boot time, then its supporting libraries should be in
/lib too. You can move the
libraries as follows:
mv -v /usr/lib/libpcre.so.* /lib && ln -v -sf ../../lib/libpcre.so.0 /usr/lib/libpcre.so mv -v /usr/lib/libgdbm.so.* /lib && ln -v -sf ../../lib/libgdbm.so.3 /usr/lib/libgdbm.so
Alternatively you can statically link zsh against pcre and gdbm if you modify the config.modules file (you need first to
run configure to generate it).
There are a whole host of configuration files for
zsh including /etc/zsh/zshenv, /etc/zsh/zprofile, /etc/zsh/zshrc, /etc/zsh/zlogin and /etc/zsh/zlogout. You can find more
information on these in the zsh(1) and related manual pages.
The first time zsh is executed, you will be prompted by
messages asking several questions. The answers will be used
to create a ~/.zshrc file. If
you wish to run these questions again, run zsh
/usr/share/zsh/5.5.1/functions/zsh-newuser-install
-f.
There are several built-in advanced prompts. In the
zsh shell,
start advanced prompt support with autoload -U promptinit,
then promptinit. Available
prompt names are listed with prompt -l. Select a
particular one with prompt
<prompt-name>.
Display all available prompts with prompt -p. Except for the
list and display commands above, you can insert the other
ones in ~/.zshrc to be
automatically executed at shell start, with the prompt you
chose.
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
Virtualization allows running a complete operating system, or virtual machine (VM), within another operating environment as a task. There are several commercial and open source environments that either emulate another processor or utilize the hardware virtualization features of the host processor.
qemu is a full virtualization solution for Linux on x86 hardware containing virtualization extensions (Intel VT or AMD-V).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.qemu-project.org/qemu-3.0.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 6a5c8df583406ea24ef25b239c3243e0
Download size: 34 MB
Estimated disk space required: 511 MB (add 383 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 2.0 SBU for tests)
GLib-2.56.1, Python-2.7.15, and X Window System
Depending on the sound system, various packages in ALSA-1.1.6, PulseAudio-12.2, BlueZ-5.50, cURL-7.61.0, Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, GnuTLS-3.5.19, GTK+-2.24.32, GTK+-3.22.30, libusb-1.0.22, libgcrypt-1.8.3, libssh2-1.8.0, LZO-2.10, Nettle-3.4, Mesa-18.1.6, SDL-1.2.15, VTE-0.52.2 or Vte-0.28.2, and libcacard
This optional dependencies list is not comprehensive. See the output of ./configure --help for a more complete list.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qemu
Before building qemu, check to see if your processor supports Virtualization Technology (VT):
egrep '^flags.*(vmx|svm)' /proc/cpuinfo
If you get any output, you have VT technology (vmx for Intel processors and svm for AMD processors). You then need to go into your system BIOS and ensure it is enabled. After enabing, reboot back to your LFS instance.
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
[*] Virtualization: ---> [CONFIG_VIRTUALIZATION]
<*/M> Kernel-based Virtual Machine (KVM) support [CONFIG_KVM]
<*/M> KVM for Intel processors support [CONFIG_KVM_INTEL]
<*/M> KVM for AMD processors support [CONFIG_KVM_AMD]
The Intel or AMD settings are not both required, but the one matching your system processor is required.
To use the “bridge” network device, as explained below, check that bridge-utils-1.6 is installed and the following options in the kernel configuration are enabled:
[*] Networking support ---> [CONFIG_NET]
Networking options --->
<*/M> 802.1d Ethernet Bridging [CONFIG_BRIDGE]
Device Drivers --->
[*] Network device support ---> [CONFIG_NETDEVICES]
<*/M> Universal TUN/TAP device driver support [CONFIG_TUN]
You will need a dedicated group that will contain users
(other than root) allowed to access the KVM device. Create
this group by running the following command as the
root user:
groupadd -g 61 kvm
Add any users that might use the KVM device to that group:
usermod -a -G kvm <username>
Install qemu by running the following commands:
Qemu is capable of running many targets. The build process
is also capable of building multiple targets at one time in
a comma delimited list assigned to --target-list. Run ./configure --help to get
a complete list of available targets.
if [ $(uname -m) = i686 ]; then
QEMU_ARCH=i386-softmmu
else
QEMU_ARCH=x86_64-softmmu
fi
mkdir -vp build &&
cd build &&
../configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--target-list=$QEMU_ARCH \
--audio-drv-list=alsa \
--with-sdlabi=2.0 \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/qemu-3.0.0 &&
unset QEMU_ARCH &&
make
To run the built in tests, run make V=1 -k check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
You will also need to add an Udev rule so that the KVM device gets correct permissions:
cat > /lib/udev/rules.d/65-kvm.rules << "EOF"
KERNEL=="kvm", GROUP="kvm", MODE="0660"
EOF
Change the permissions and ownership of a helper script, which is needed when using the “bridge” network device (see below):
chgrp kvm /usr/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper && chmod 4750 /usr/libexec/qemu-bridge-helper
For convenience you may want to create a symbolic link to run the installed program. For instance:
ln -sv qemu-system-`uname -m` /usr/bin/qemu
sed ... util/memfd.c: This command fixes a conflict introduced with glibc-2.27.
--audio-drv-list=alsa: This
switch sets the audio driver to ALSA. For other drivers see
the --audio-drv-list list in configure's help output.
The default audio driver is OSS. To enable support for alsa
and pulseaudio, use --audio-drv-list=alsa,pa
--audio-drv-list=pa:
This switch sets the audio driver to pulseaudio. For other
drivers see the --audio-drv-list list in configure's help output.
The default audio driver is OSS.
--with-sdlabi=2.0:
Chooses to build with SDL-2 if both SDL and SDL-2 are
installed.
--with-gtkabi=3.0: builds with
GTK+-3 if both GTK+-2 and GTK+-3 are installed.
Since using qemu means using a virtual computer, the steps to
set up the virtual machine are in close analogy with those to
set up a real computer. You'll need to decide about CPU,
memory, disk, USB devices, network card(s), screen size, etc.
Once the “hardware” is
decided, you'll have for example to choose how to connect the
machine to internet, and/or to install an OS. In the
following, we show basic ways of performing those steps. But
qemu is much more than this, and it is strongly advised to
read the qemu documentation in /usr/share/doc/qemu-3.0.0/qemu-doc.html.
It is standard practice to name the computer running qemu “host” and the emulated machine running under qemu the “guest”. We'll use those notations in the following.
The following instructions assume the optional symbolic
link, qemu, has been created.
Additionally, qemu must be run from an
X Window System based terminal (either locally or over
ssh).
A virtual disk may be set up in the following way:
VDISK_SIZE=50GVDISK_FILENAME=vdisk.imgqemu-img create -f qcow2 $VDISK_FILENAME $VDISK_SIZE
The virtual disk size and filename should be ajusted as desired. The actual size of the file will be less than specified, but will expand as needed, so it is safe to put a high value.
To install an operating system, download an iso image from
your preferred Linux distribution. For the purposes of this
example, we'll use Fedora-16-x86_64-Live-LXDE.iso in the
current directory. Run the following:
qemu -enable-kvm \
-drive file=$VDISK_FILENAME \
-cdrom Fedora-16-x86_64-Live-LXDE.iso \
-boot d \
-m 1G
Follow the normal installation procedures for the chosen
distribution. The -boot option specifies the boot
order of drives as a string of drive letters. Valid drive
letters are: a, b (floppy 1 and 2), c (first hard disk), d
(first CD-ROM). The -m option is the amount of
memory to use for the virtual machine. The choice depends on
the load of the host. Modern distributions should be
comfortable with 1GB. The -enable-kvm option allows
hardware acceleration. Without this switch, the emulation is
much slower.
The virtual machine hardware is defined by the qemu command line. An example command is given below:
qemu -enable-kvm \
-smp 4 \
-cpu host \
-m 1G \
-drive file=$VDISK_FILENAME \
-cdrom grub-img.iso \
-boot order=c,once=d,menu=on \
-net nic,netdev=net0 \
-netdev user,id=net0 \
-soundhw ac97 \
-vga std \
-serial mon:stdio \
-name "fedora-16"
-enable-kvm: enable
full KVM virtualization support. On some hardware, it may be
necessary to add the undocumented -machine smm=off option in order to enable
KVM.
-smp <N>:
enable symmetric multiprocessing with <N> CPUs.
-cpu <model>:
simulate CPU <model>. the list of supported models can
be obtained with -cpu help.
-drive
file=<filename>: defines a virtual disk
whose image is stored in <filename>.
-cdrom grub-img.iso:
defines an iso formated file to use as a cdrom. Here we use a
grub rescue disk, which may turn handy when something goes
wrong at boot time.
-boot
order=c,once=d,menu=on: defines the boot order
for the virtual BIOS.
-net
nic,netdev=<netid>: defines a network card
connected to the network device with id <netid>.
-netdev
user,id=<netid>: defines the network
“user” device. This is
a virtual local network with addresses 10.0.2.0/24, where the
host has address 10.0.2.2 and acts as a gateway to internet,
and with a name server at address 10.0.2.3, and an smb server
at address 10.0.2.4. A builtin DHCP server can allocate
addresses between 10.0.2.15 and 10.0.2.31.
-soundhw
<model>: defines the soundcard model. The
list may be obtained with -soundhw
help.
-vga <type>:
defines the type of vga card to emulate.
-serial mon:stdio:
sends the serial port of the guest (/dev/ttyS0 on linux guests), multiplexed
with the qemu monitor, to the standard input and output of
the qemu process.
-name <name>:
sets the name of the guest. This name is displayed in the
guest window caption. It may be useful if you run several
guests at the same time.
It may happen that the guest window displayed by qemu does not correspond to the full capability of the emulated vga card. For example, the vmware card is 1600x900 capable, but only 1024x768 is displayed by default. A suitable Xorg configuration on the guest allows to use the full size (Note that the Xorg video driver to use is Xorg VMware Driver-13.3.0):
cat > /usr/share/X11/xorg.conf.d/20-vmware.conf << "EOF"
Section "Monitor"
Identifier "Monitor0"
# cvt 1600 900
# 1600x900 59.95 Hz (CVT 1.44M9) hsync: 55.99 kHz; pclk: 118.25 MHz
Modeline "1600x900" 118.25 1600 1696 1856 2112 900 903 908 934 -hsync +vsync
Option "PreferredMode" "1600x900"
HorizSync 1-200
VertRefresh 1-200
EndSection
Section "Device"
Identifier "VMware SVGA II Adapter"
Option "Monitor" "default"
Driver "vmware"
EndSection
Section "Screen"
Identifier "Default Screen"
Device "VMware SVGA II Adapter"
Monitor "Monitor0"
SubSection "Display"
Depth 24
Modes "1600x900" "1440x900" "1366x768" "1280x720" "800x480"
EndSubSection
EndSection
EOF
New sizes will be available besides the native ones. You need to restart X in order to have the new sizes available.
The above solution for networking allows the guest to access
the local network through the host (and possibly to access
internet through the local routers), but the converse is not
true. Not even the host can access the guest, unless port
forwarding is enabled. And in the case several guests are
running, they cannot communicate with each other. Other
network devices can be used for this purpose. For example,
there is the “socket”
device, which allows several guests to share a common virtual
network. In the following, we describe in more details how to
set up the “bridge”
device, which allows the guests to appear as if connected to
the local network. All the commands below should be run as
the root user.
Set up bridging with bridge-utils-1.6. Only the physical interface(s) should be set up at boot. The virtual interface(s) will be added as needed when qemu is started.
Set up a required configuration file:
install -vdm 755 /etc/qemu && echo allow br0 > /etc/qemu/bridge.conf
In the command above, replace the switch -netdev user,... with
-netdev
bridge,id=net0.
|
is a standalone client for using the ivshmem device. |
|
|
is an example server for the ivshmem device. |
|
|
implements support for QMP (QEMU Monitor Protocol) commands and events that terminate and originate respectively within the guest using an agent built as part of QEMU. |
|
|
provides commands to manage QEMU disk images. |
|
|
is a diagnostic and manipulation program for (virtual) memory media. It is still at an early stage of development. |
|
|
exports Qemu disk images using the QEMU Disk Network Block Device (NBD) protocol. |
|
|
is the QEMU PC System emulator. |
|
|
creates a socket pair or a named socket. QEMU and proxy helper communicate using this socket. QEMU proxy fs driver sends filesystem request to proxy helper and receives the response from it. |
Last updated on 2018-08-23 19:24:18 -0700
Libraries contain code which is often required by more than one program. This has the advantage that each program doesn't need to duplicate code (and risk introducing bugs), it just has to call functions from the libraries installed on the system. The most obvious example of a set of libraries is Glibc which is installed during the LFS book. This contains all of the C library functions which programs use.
There are two types of libraries: static and shared. Shared
libraries (usually libXXX.so) are
loaded into memory from the shared copy at runtime (hence the
name). Static libraries (libXXX.a )
are actually linked into the program executable file itself, thus
making the program file larger. Quite often, you will find both
static and shared copies of the same library on your system.
Generally, you only need to install libraries when you are
installing software that needs the functionality they supply. In
the BLFS book, each package is presented with a list of (known)
dependencies. Thus, you can figure out which libraries you need
to have before installing that program. If you are installing
something without using BLFS instructions, usually the
README or INSTALL file will contain details of the
program's requirements.
There are certain libraries which nearly everyone will need at some point. In this chapter these and some others are listed and it is explained why you may want to install them.
The Apache Portable Runtime (APR) is a supporting library for the Apache web server. It provides a set of application programming interfaces (APIs) that map to the underlying Operating System (OS). Where the OS doesn't support a particular function, APR will provide an emulation. Thus programmers can use the APR to make a program portable across different platforms.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.apache.org/dist/apr/apr-1.6.3.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mirrorservice.org/sites/ftp.apache.org/apr/apr-1.6.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 12f2a349483ad6f12db49ba01fbfdbfa
Download size: 836 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB (additional 3 MB for the tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (add 1.5 SBU for tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/apr
Install Apr by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--with-installbuilddir=/usr/share/apr-1/build &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test. teststr is known to hang on some systems.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
The Apache Portable Runtime Utility Library provides a predictable and consistent interface to underlying client library interfaces. This application programming interface assures predictable if not identical behaviour regardless of which libraries are available on a given platform.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.apache.org/dist/apr/apr-util-1.6.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mirrorservice.org/sites/ftp.apache.org/apr/apr-util-1.6.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8ff5dc36fa39a2a3db1df196d3ed6086
Download size: 420 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB (add 1.4 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (add 0.3 SBU for tests)
Berkeley DB-5.3.28, FreeTDS, MariaDB-10.3.9 or MySQL, OpenLDAP-2.4.46, PostgreSQL-10.5, SQLite-3.24.0 and unixODBC-2.3.7
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/apr-util
Install Apr Util by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-apr=/usr \
--with-gdbm=/usr \
--with-openssl=/usr \
--with-crypto &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test. One test, testdbm, is known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-gdbm=/usr:
This switch enables the apr_dbm_gdbm-1.so plugin.
--with-openssl=/usr
--with-crypto: These switches enable the
apr_crypto_openssl-1.so plugin.
--with-berkeley-db=/usr: If you
have installed Berkeley DB-5.3.28, use this switch
to compile the apr_dbm_db-1.so
plugin.
--with-ldap: If you have
installed OpenLDAP-2.4.46, use this switch to
compile the apr_ldap.so plugin.
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
The Aspell package contains an interactive spell checking program and the Aspell libraries. Aspell can either be used as a library or as an independent spell checker.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/aspell-0.60.6.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/aspell-0.60.6.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e66a9c9af6a60dc46134fdacf6ce97d7
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 58 MB (Additional 8 MB for EN dictionary)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
You'll need to download at least one dictionary. The link below will take you to a page containing links to dictionaries in many languages.
Aspell dictionaries: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/aspell/dict
Which-2.21 (for the dictionaries)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/aspell
First, fix some problems identified by gcc7:
sed -i '/ top.do_check ==/s/top.do_check/*&/' modules/filter/tex.cpp && sed -i '/word ==/s/word/*&/' prog/check_funs.cpp
Install Aspell by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
ln -svfn aspell-0.60 /usr/lib/aspell &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/aspell-0.60.6.1/aspell{,-dev}.html &&
install -v -m644 manual/aspell.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/aspell-0.60.6.1/aspell.html &&
install -v -m644 manual/aspell-dev.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/aspell-0.60.6.1/aspell-dev.html
If you do not plan to install Ispell, then copy the wrapper script ispell:
install -v -m 755 scripts/ispell /usr/bin/
If you do not plan to install Spell, then copy the wrapper script spell:
install -v -m 755 scripts/spell /usr/bin/
ln -svfn aspell-0.60 /usr/lib/aspell: This command is useful for configuration of other applications, such as enchant-2.2.3.
|
is a utility that can function as an ispell -a replacement, as an independent spell checker, as a test utility to test out Aspell features, and as a utility for managing dictionaries. |
|
|
is a wrapper around aspell to invoke it in ispell compatible mode. |
|
|
is a wrapper around aspell to invoke it in spell compatible mode. |
|
|
imports old personal dictionaries into Aspell. |
|
|
decompresses a prezipped file to stdout. |
|
|
decompresses a prezipped file. |
|
|
is a prefix delta compressor, used to compress sorted word lists or other similar text files. |
|
|
is called by the various wrapper scripts to perform the actual compressing and decompressing. |
|
|
displays information about the |
|
|
is a script to help use Aspell as an ispell replacement. |
|
|
compresses or decompresses sorted word lists for use with the Aspell spell checker. |
|
|
contains spell checking API functions. |
|
|
is an interface to the |
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
Boost provides a set of free peer-reviewed portable C++ source libraries. It includes libraries for linear algebra, pseudorandom number generation, multithreading, image processing, regular expressions and unit testing.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://dl.bintray.com/boostorg/release/1.68.0/source/boost_1_68_0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7fbd1890f571051f2a209681d57d486a
Download size: 83 MB
Estimated disk space required: 1.3 GB (168 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 2.7 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 1.2 SBU for tests)
ICU-62.1, Python-2.7.15, and Open MPI
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/boost
Install Boost by running the following commands:
./bootstrap.sh --prefix=/usr && ./b2 stage threading=multi link=shared
To run the Boost.Build's regression test, Python-2.7.15 is required. Run the tests with: issue pushd tools/build/test; python test_all.py; popd. All 150 tests should pass.
To run every library's regression tests, issue pushd status; ../b2; popd.
A few tests may fail. They take a very long time (over 119
SBU at -j4) and use a very large amount of disk space (46
GB). You should use the -jN switch to speed them up.
Now, as the root user:
./b2 install threading=multi link=shared && ln -svf detail/sha1.hpp /usr/include/boost/uuid/sha1.hpp
threading=multi: This
parameter ensures that Boost
is built with multithreading support.
link=shared: This
parameter ensures that only shared libraries are created,
except for libboost_exception and libboost_test_exec_monitor
which are created as static. Most people will not need the
static libraries, and most programs using Boost only use the headers. Omit this
parameter if you do need static libraries.
ln -svf detail/sha1.hpp
...: The uuid/sha1.hpp used to be a regular header,
but by boost_1_66_0 it had been changed to load the similar
detail/sha1.hpp header, with a
message that it had been deprecated. It has now been removed,
but not every package which uses it has been changed. An
example is one of the libraries downloaded as a git version
by libreoffice. The symlink enables this and similar packages
to build.
-jN: This switch may be added to
the b2 command
lines, to run up to N processes in parallel.
--with-python=python3: Add this
switch to the bootstrap command, if you
want Boost to use Python3 instead of Python2.
Last updated on 2018-08-21 06:59:25 -0700
CLucene is a C++ version of Lucene, a high performance text search engine.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/clucene/clucene-core-2.3.3.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 48d647fbd8ef8889e5a7f422c1bfda94
Download size: 2.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 78 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/clucene
Install CLucene by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../clucene-2.3.3.4-contribs_lib-1.patch &&
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DBUILD_CONTRIBS_LIB=ON .. &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DBUILD_CONTRIBS_LIB=ON: This
cmake variable enables building the CLucene contribs library
necessary for running applications that use language specific
text analyzers like LibreOffice for example.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The D-Bus GLib package contains GLib interfaces to the D-Bus API.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://dbus.freedesktop.org/releases/dbus-glib/dbus-glib-0.110.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d7cebf1d69445cbd28b4983392145192
Download size: 820 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dbus-glib
Install D-Bus GLib by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that more comprehensive tests can be run by following the same method used in D-Bus instructions, which requires building the package twice.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The enchant package provide a generic interface into various existing spell checking libraries.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/AbiWord/enchant/releases/download/v2.2.3/enchant-2.2.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4b8abb58e00e93363591b3f5ea4f52d5
Download size: 936 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
dbus-glib-0.110, Hspell, Hunspell, Voikko, and unittest-cpp (required for tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/enchant
Install enchant by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To run tests, unittest-cpp must be installed and the --enable-relocatable option passed to configure above. If these conditions are present, the tests may be run with make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && rm -rf /usr/include/enchant && ln -sfv enchant-2 /usr/include/enchant && ln -sfv enchant-2 /usr/bin/enchant && ln -sfv libenchant-2.so /usr/lib/libenchant.so && ln -sfv enchant-2.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig/enchant.pc
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
rm -rf /usr/include/enchant; ln -sfn ...: Create symlinks for this package version so that other other packages can find it using the old name.
You can test your installation and configuration by creating a test file and running the commands in the following (you can replace the en_GB dictionary by any other downloaded when installing Aspell-0.60.6.1):
cat > /tmp/test-enchant.txt << "EOF"
Tel me more abot linux
Ther ar so many commads
EOF
enchant -d en_GB -l /tmp/test-enchant.txt &&
enchant -d en_GB -a /tmp/test-enchant.txt
You will see a list of the misspelled words followed by a list of alternatives for them.
See more details in the enchant manual page.
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
Exempi is an implementation of XMP (Adobe's Extensible Metadata Platform).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://libopenraw.freedesktop.org/download/exempi-2.4.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bb7a06ef8bbf79a59e32562b198daefd
Download size: 3.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 233 MB (add 21 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 0.2 SBU for tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/exempi
Install Exempi by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
FFTW is a C subroutine library for computing the discrete Fourier transform (DFT) in one or more dimensions, of arbitrary input size, and of both real and complex data (as well as of even/odd data, i.e. the discrete cosine/sine transforms or DCT/DST).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.fftw.org/fftw-3.3.8.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.fftw.org/pub/fftw/fftw-3.3.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8aac833c943d8e90d51b697b27d4384d
Download size: 3.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 57 MB (add 1 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 1.9 SBU for tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fftw
Install fftw by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-shared --enable-threads && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-shared --disable-static: Use shared libs instead of static libs.
--enable-threads: This
enables libfftw3_threads.so to
be compiled. It is used by e.g. the gimp plugin from G'MIC.
--enable-float: This enables
floating point, and will cause the library to be called
libfftw3f.so (needed by
RawTherapee (and similarly
for the threaded library if that is built (not needed by
RawTherapee). These versions are not usable by packages in
this book which use libfftw3 so
if you need both you will need to build fftw twice.
|
is a utility to generate FFTW wisdom files, which contain saved information about how to optimally compute (Fourier) transforms of various sizes. |
|
|
is a utility to generate C configuration routines from FFTW wisdom files, where the latter contain saved information about how to optimally compute (Fourier) transforms of various sizes. |
|
|
is the Fast Fourier Transform library |
|
|
is the threaded Fast Fourier Transform library |
|
|
is the floating-point Fast Fourier Transform library |
|
|
is the threaded floating-point Fast Fourier Transform library |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The GLib package contains low-level libraries useful for providing data structure handling for C, portability wrappers and interfaces for such runtime functionality as an event loop, threads, dynamic loading and an object system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/glib/2.56/glib-2.56.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/glib/2.56/glib-2.56.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 988af38524804ea1ae6bc9a2bad181ff
Download size: 7.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 146 MB (add 77 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (using paralleism=4; add 4.5 SBU for tests)
PCRE-8.42 (built with Unicode properties)
dbus-1.12.10 and bindfs (both may be used in some tests), docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.79.2, GTK-Doc-1.28, and libxslt-1.1.32 (all four to build manual pages)
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 (should be installed before gtk+, atk, etc.)
Quoted directly from the INSTALL file: “Some of the mimetype-related functionality in GIO
requires the update-mime-database and
update-desktop-database
utilities”, which are part of shared-mime-info-1.10 and
desktop-file-utils-0.23,
respectively. These two utilities are also needed for some
tests.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/glib2
If desired, apply the optional patch. In many cases, applications that use this library, either directly or indirectly via other libraries such as GTK+-3.22.30, output numerous warnings when run from the command line. This patch enables the use of an environment variable, GLIB_LOG_LEVEL, that supresses unwanted messages. The value of the variable is a digit that corresponds to:
| 1 Alert |
| 2 Critical |
| 3 Error |
| 4 Warning |
| 5 Notice |
For instance GLIB_LOG_LEVEL=4 will skip output of Warning and Notice messages (and Info/Debug messages if they are turned on). If GLIB_LOG_LEVEL is not defined, normal message output will not be affected.
patch -Np1 -i ../glib-2.56.1-skip_warnings-1.patch
Install GLib by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-pcre=system \
--with-python=/usr/bin/python3 &&
make
The GLib test suite requires desktop-file-utils for some tests. However, desktop-file-utils requires GLib in order to compile; therefore, you must first install GLib and then run the test suite.
Now, as the root user:
If libxslt-1.1.32 is installed, the following command may indicate several (about 33) errors that start with "Error: no ID for constraint linkend:" when installing the man pages. These are harmless.
make install
You should now install desktop-file-utils-0.23 and proceed to run the test suite.
To test the results, after having installed the package, issue: make -k check. When run in a graphical environment, one test, appinfo, fails if gnome-terminal-3.28.2 is not installed.
--with-pcre=system:
This switch causes the build to use a system-provided version
of the PCRE library instead
of an internal version.
--with-python=/usr/bin/python3:
Allows using Python3 instead of Python2, even if Python2 is
installed.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
|
can be used to start applications and to send messages to already-running instances of other applications. |
|
|
is a simple tool used for working with D-Bus objects. |
|
|
is used to generate code and/or documentation for one or more D-Bus interfaces. |
|
|
is a utility that makes many GIO features available from the command line. |
|
|
is used to create a |
|
|
is used to read the resource description from a file and the files that it references to create a binary resource bundle that is suitable for use with the GResource API. |
|
|
is used to compile all the GSettings XML schema
files in directory into a binary file with the name
|
|
|
is a C code marshaller generation utility for GLib closures. |
|
|
is a variant of the gettext internationalization utility. |
|
|
is a C language enum description generation utility. |
|
|
is a small utility that draws a tree of types. |
|
|
offers a simple command line interface to GResource. |
|
|
offers a simple command line interface to GSettings. |
|
|
is a test running utility. |
|
|
is a test report formatting utility. |
|
|
contain low-level core libraries for the GIMP Toolkit. |
Last updated on 2018-08-15 20:14:45 -0700
The GLibmm package is a set of C++ bindings for GLib.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/glibmm/2.56/glibmm-2.56.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/glibmm/2.56/glibmm-2.56.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5aa7a60084fe3e01d746c96f4a115302
Download size: 6.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 243 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 2.3 SBU (with tests)
GLib-2.56.1 and libsigc++-2.10.0
Doxygen-1.8.14, glib-networking-2.56.1 (for tests), GnuTLS-3.5.19 (for tests), and libxslt-1.1.32
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/glibmm
First, fix the documents directory name:
sed -e '/^libdocdir =/ s/$(book_name)/glibmm-2.56.0/' \
-i docs/Makefile.in
Install GLibmm by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-24 13:13:05 -0700
The GMime package contains a set of utilities for parsing and creating messages using the Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) as defined by the applicable RFCs. See the GMime web site for the RFCs resourced. This is useful as it provides an API which adheres to the MIME specification as closely as possible while also providing programmers with an extremely easy to use interface to the API functions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gmime/2.6/gmime-2.6.23.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gmime/2.6/gmime-2.6.23.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 247072236d84bd0fbbff299d69bdf333
Download size: 5.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 28 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (with tests)
GLib-2.56.1 and libgpg-error-1.32
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and Vala-0.40.8
DocBook-utils-0.6.14, GPGME-1.11.1, GTK-Doc-1.28 and Gtk# (requires Mono)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gmime
Install GMime by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-smime: Use this switch
if you have installed GPGME-1.11.1 and wish to enable S/MIME
support in GMime.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The GMime package contains a set of utilities for parsing and creating messages using the Multipurpose Internet Mail Extension (MIME) as defined by the applicable RFCs. See the GMime web site for the RFCs resourced. This is useful as it provides an API which adheres to the MIME specification as closely as possible while also providing programmers with an extremely easy to use interface to the API functions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gmime/3.2/gmime-3.2.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gmime/3.2/gmime-3.2.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 53c7ed7e63e125ce37e5480550deef5a
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
GLib-2.56.1 and libgpg-error-1.32
gobject-introspection-1.56.1, libidn-1.35, and Vala-0.40.8
DocBook-utils-0.6.14, GPGME-1.11.1, GTK-Doc-1.28 and Gtk# (requires Mono)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gmime
Install GMime by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The GObject Introspection is used to describe the program APIs and collect them in a uniform, machine readable format.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gobject-introspection/1.56/gobject-introspection-1.56.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gobject-introspection/1.56/gobject-introspection-1.56.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 62e5f5685b8d9752fdeaf17c057d53d1
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 39 MB (add 13 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (add 0.3 SBU for tests)
Cairo-1.14.12 (required for the tests), GTK-Doc-1.28, Mako-1.0.4, and Python-2.7.15
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gobject-introspection
Install GObject Introspection by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--with-python=/usr/bin/python3 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. One test, Regress-1.0.gir, is known to fail with glibc-2.28.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
--with-python=/usr/bin/python3:
ensure the Python-3.x interpreter is used instead of
Python-2.x if installed.
|
creates or extracts annotation data from GI typelibs. |
|
|
converts one or more GIR files into one or more typelib. |
|
|
generates Mallard files that can be viewed with yelp or rendered to HTML with yelp-build from yelp-tools. |
|
|
is a utility that gives information about a GI typelib. |
|
|
is a tool which generates GIR XML files by parsing headers and introspecting GObject based libraries. |
|
|
is a GIR generator that uses the repository API. |
|
|
provides an API to access the typelib metadata. |
Last updated on 2018-08-16 17:08:56 -0700
Grantlee is a set of free software libraries written using the Qt framework. Currently two libraries are shipped with Grantlee: Grantlee Templates and Grantlee TextDocument. The goal of Grantlee Templates is to make it easier for application developers to separate the structure of documents from the data they contain, opening the door for theming.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://downloads.grantlee.org/grantlee-5.1.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 57989ae9f7c113e682ef1713a6f1e92a
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/grantlee
Install Grantlee by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
The GNU Scientific Library (GSL) is a numerical library for C and C++ programmers. It provides a wide range of mathematical routines such as random number generators, special functions and least-squares fitting.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gsl/gsl-2.5.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gsl/gsl-2.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 52fcbe147ba413d78841084cb43c95fb
Download size: 6.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 235 MB (with tests, without docs)
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU (with tests and without docs)
Sphinx with sphinx_rtd_theme
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gsl
Install Gsl by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
If you have the optional Sphinx package installed, buid the documentation with:
make html
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you built the documentation, install it (as root) with:
mkdir /usr/share/doc/gsl-2.5 && cp -R doc/_build/html/* /usr/share/doc/gsl-2.5
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
is a shell script to get the version number and compiler flags of the installed Gsl library. |
|
|
is a demonstration program for the GNU Scientific Library that computes a histogram from data taken from stdin. |
|
|
is a demonstration program for the GNU Scientific Library that generates random samples from various distributions. |
|
|
contains functions that implement a C interface to Basic Linear Algebra Subprograms. |
|
|
contains functions that provide a collection of numerical routines for scientific computing. |
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
The International Components for Unicode (ICU) package is a mature, widely used set of C/C++ libraries providing Unicode and Globalization support for software applications. ICU is widely portable and gives applications the same results on all platforms.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.icu-project.org/files/icu4c/62.1/icu4c-62_1-src.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 490ad9d920158e0314e10ba74ae9a150
Download size: 23 MB
Estimated disk space required: 331 MB (add 33 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 2.4 SBU (add 1.7 SBU for tests)
LLVM-6.0.1 (with Clang), and Doxygen-1.8.14 (for documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/icu
If clang++ is available, it will be used in the mistaken belief that g++ might not support C++11, even though configure has tested for that. If using g++ there will be an unnecessary warning at the end of configure. Building with g++ also takes longer than the estimated SBU shown.
Install ICU by running the following commands:
cd source && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
disassembles a resource bundle. |
|
|
converts “\u” escaped characters into unicode characters. |
|
|
compiles ICU break iteration rules source files into binary data files. |
|
|
generates C or platform specific assembly code from an ICU data file. |
|
|
reads in Unicode confusable character definitions and writes out the binary data. |
|
|
generates an ICU memory-mappable data file. |
|
|
compiles the converter's aliases file. |
|
|
compiles word lists into ICU string trie dictionaries. |
|
|
builds binary data files with Unicode normalization data. |
|
|
compiles a resource bundle. |
|
|
compiles StringPrep data from filtered RFC 3454 files. |
|
|
outputs ICU build options. |
|
|
outputs configuration information about the current ICU. |
|
|
extracts or modifies an ICU .dat archive. |
|
|
compiles a converter table. |
|
|
packages data for use by ICU. |
|
|
converts data from one encoding to another. |
|
|
is the data library. |
|
|
is the internationalization (i18n) library. |
|
|
is the ICU I/O (unicode stdio) library. |
|
|
is the test library. |
|
|
is the tool utility library. |
|
|
is the common library. |
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
JS is Mozilla's JavaScript engine written in C. This package is present for GJS and polkit.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/teams/releng/tarballs-needing-help/mozjs/mozjs-52.2.1gnome1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/teams/releng/tarballs-needing-help/mozjs/mozjs-52.2.1gnome1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 72bd9a715ed1ab70b2aebe92969f6b63
Download size: 36 MB
Estimated disk space required: 627 MB
Estimated build time: 6.4 SBU
Autoconf-2.13, ICU-62.1, NSPR-4.19, Python-2.7.15, Xorg Libraries, yasm-1.3.0, and Zip-3.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/js52
Install JS by running the following commands:
If installing in the chroot environment, be sure to export
the SHELL environment variable
or configuration of the package will fail.
cd js/src &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-intl-api \
--with-system-zlib \
--with-system-nspr \
--with-system-icu \
--enable-threadsafe \
--enable-readline &&
make
This package does not come with a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-*: These
parameters allow the build system to use system versions of
the above libriares. These are required for stability.
--enable-readline:
This switch enables Readline support in the JS shell.
--enable-threadsafe:
This switch enables support for multiple threads at one time.
This increases performance as well as stability.
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The JSON-C implements a reference counting object model that allows you to easily construct JSON objects in C, output them as JSON formatted strings and parse JSON formatted strings back into the C representation of JSON objects.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://s3.amazonaws.com/json-c_releases/releases/json-c-0.13.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 04969ad59cc37bddd83741a08b98f350
Download size: 620 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.0 MB (add 6.0 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (add 1.7 SBU for tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/json-c
Install JSON-C by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-15 18:24:48 -0700
The JSON GLib package is a library providing serialization and deserialization support for the JavaScript Object Notation (JSON) format described by RFC 4627.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/json-glib/1.4/json-glib-1.4.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/json-glib/1.4/json-glib-1.4.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 35107e23a7bbbc70f31c34f7b9adf1c3
Download size: 164 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.6 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/json-glib
Install JSON GLib by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=/usr .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
Keyutils is a set of utilities for managing the key retention facility in the kernel, which can be used by filesystems, block devices and more to gain and retain the authorization and encryption keys required to perform secure operations.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://people.redhat.com/~dhowells/keyutils/keyutils-1.5.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 3771676319bc7b84b1549b5c63ff5243
Download size: 76 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/keyutils
Install keyutils by running the following commands:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make NO_ARLIB=1 install
NO_ARLIB=1: This make
flag disables installing the static library.
|
is to control the key management facility in various ways using a variety of subcommands. |
|
|
is invoked by request-key on behalf of the kernel when kernel services (such as NFS, CIFS and AFS) need to perform a hostname lookup and the kernel does not have the key cached. It is not ordinarily intended to be called directly. |
|
|
is invoked by the kernel when the kernel is asked for a key that it doesn't have immediately available. The kernel creates a temporary key and then calls out to this program to instantiate it. It is not intended to be called directly. |
|
|
contains the keyutils library API instantiation. |
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
The libarchive library provides a single interface for reading/writing various compression formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.libarchive.org/downloads/libarchive-3.3.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4583bd6b2ebf7e0e8963d90879eb1b27
Download size: 6.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 37 MB (add 26 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (add 1.5 SBU for tests)
libxml2-2.9.8, LZO-2.10, and Nettle-3.4
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libarchive
Install libarchive by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--without-xml2: This switch sets
expat for xar archive format support instead of preferred
libxml2 if both packages are installed.
--without-nettle: This switch
sets OpenSSL for crypto support instead of preferred Nettle
if both packages are installed.
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
The libassuan package contains an inter process communication library used by some of the other GnuPG related packages. libassuan's primary use is to allow a client to interact with a non-persistent server. libassuan is not, however, limited to use with GnuPG servers and clients. It was designed to be flexible enough to meet the demands of many transaction based environments with non-persistent servers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/libassuan/libassuan-2.5.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4354b7ae296894f232ada226a062d7d7
Download size: 552 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.7 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libassuan
Install libassuan by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
If you wish to build documentation, you must have texlive-20180414 installed and issue the following commands:
make -C doc pdf ps
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you built the documentation, install it by running the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/libassuan-2.5.1 &&
install -v -m644 doc/assuan.{pdf,ps,dvi} \
/usr/share/doc/libassuan-2.5.1
Last updated on 2018-08-16 17:08:56 -0700
The libatasmart package is a disk reporting library. It only supports a subset of the ATA S.M.A.R.T. functionality.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://0pointer.de/public/libatasmart-0.19.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 53afe2b155c36f658e121fe6def33e77
Download size: 248 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libatasmart
Install libatasmart by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc/libatasmart-0.19 install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
libatomic_ops provides implementations for atomic memory update operations on a number of architectures. This allows direct use of these in reasonably portable code. Unlike earlier similar packages, this one explicitly considers memory barrier semantics, and allows the construction of code that involves minimum overhead across a variety of architectures.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/ivmai/libatomic_ops/releases/download/v7.6.6/libatomic_ops-7.6.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4514d85d14e21af05d59877c9ded5abc
Download size: 488 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.9 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libatomic_ops
Install libatomic_ops by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libatomic_ops-7.6.6 &&
make
To check the results, issue make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-shared: This
switch enables building of the libatomic_ops shared libraries.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-16 17:38:19 -0700
libblockdev is a C library supporting GObject Introspection for manipulation of block devices. It has a plugin-based architecture where each technology (like LVM, Btrfs, MD RAID, Swap,...) is implemented in a separate plugin, possibly with multiple implementations (e.g. using LVM CLI or the new LVM DBus API).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/storaged-project/libblockdev/releases/download/2.19-1/libblockdev-2.19.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1abdd679cbf077bb373b484f6da31648
Download size: 788 KB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.56.1, libbytesize-1.4, parted-3.2, volume_key-0.3.11, and YAML-0.2.1
btrfs-progs-4.17.1, GTK-Doc-1.28, mdadm-4.0, dmraid, bcachefs, and ndctl
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libblockdev
Install libblockdev by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-python3 \
--without-gtk-doc \
--without-nvdimm \
--without-dm &&
make
This package does not come with a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-30 16:17:00 -0700
The libbytesize package is a library facilitates the common operations with sizes in bytes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/storaged-project/libbytesize/releases/download/1.4/libbytesize-1.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: aa9bd5a04546873714da2adbaaa9f283
Download size: 404 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK-Doc-1.28, Python-2.7.15, six-1.11.0 (python module for tests), pocketlint (python module for one test), and polib (python module for one test)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libbytesize
Install libbytesize by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
If you have the optional python modules installed, the regression tests can be run with: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-python3: Use this switch
to prefer Python 3 if both Python 2 and Python 3 are
installed.
Last updated on 2018-08-16 17:08:56 -0700
The libcroco package contains a standalone CSS2 parsing and manipulation library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libcroco/0.6/libcroco-0.6.12.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libcroco/0.6/libcroco-0.6.12.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: bc0984fce078ba2ce29f9500c6b9ddce
Download size: 472 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libcroco
Install libcroco by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To execute the test suite, run make -k test. Some tests fail: searching files in wrong location, locale problems (character codes compared to characters), float point numbers not properly rounded to the same number of places are some of the reasons.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
The libdaemon package is a lightweight C library that eases the writing of UNIX daemons.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://0pointer.de/lennart/projects/libdaemon/libdaemon-0.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 509dc27107c21bcd9fbf2f95f5669563
Download size: 332 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Doxygen-1.8.14 and Lynx-2.8.9rel.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdaemon
Install libdaemon by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
If you have Doxygen installed and wish to build the API documentation, issue the following command:
make -C doc doxygen
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc/libdaemon-0.14 install
If you built the API documentation, install it using the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libdaemon-0.14/api && install -v -m644 doc/reference/html/* /usr/share/doc/libdaemon-0.14/api && install -v -m644 doc/reference/man/man3/* /usr/share/man/man3
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The libESMTP package contains the libESMTP libraries which are used by some programs to manage email submission to a mail transport layer.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://brianstafford.info/libesmtp/libesmtp-1.0.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bf3915e627fd8f35524a8fdfeed979c8
Download size: 364 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libesmtp
Fix a build issue with OpenSSL-1.1.0:
sed 's@SSL_library_init@SSL_new@g' -i configure.ac && autoreconf -fi
Install libESMTP by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The libgcrypt package contains a general purpose crypto library based on the code used in GnuPG. The library provides a high level interface to cryptographic building blocks using an extendable and flexible API.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/libgcrypt/libgcrypt-1.8.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 3139c2402e844985a67fb288a930534d
Download size: 2.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 49 MB (with tests; add 8 MB for building docs)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with docs; add 0.5 SBU for tests)
Pth-2.0.7 and texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgcrypt
Install libgcrypt by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
Only info documentation is shipped in the package tarball. If you wish to build alternate formats of the documentation, (you must have texlive-20180414 installed to build the PDF and PostScript documentation), then issue the following commands:
make -C doc pdf ps html && makeinfo --html --no-split -o doc/gcrypt_nochunks.html doc/gcrypt.texi && makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/gcrypt.txt doc/gcrypt.texi
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.8.3 &&
install -v -m644 README doc/{README.apichanges,fips*,libgcrypt*} \
/usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.8.3
If you built the additional documentation, install it by
issuing the following commands as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.8.3/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/gcrypt.html/* \
/usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.8.3/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/gcrypt_nochunks.html \
/usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.8.3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/gcrypt.{pdf,ps,dvi,txt,texi} \
/usr/share/doc/libgcrypt-1.8.3
--with-capabilities: This option
enables libcap2 support. Note that this breaks Cryptsetup.
|
is a debug tool for S-expressions. |
|
|
is a standalone HMAC-SHA-256 implementation used to compute an HMAC-SHA-256 authentication code. |
|
|
determines the compile and linker flags that should
be used to compile and link programs that use
|
|
|
is a RPN (Reverse Polish Notation) calculator. |
|
|
contains the cryptographic API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-15 18:24:48 -0700
The libgpg-error package contains a library that defines common error values for all GnuPG components.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/libgpg-error/libgpg-error-1.32.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ef3d928a5a453fa701ecc3bb22be1c64
Download size: 884 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.6 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgpg-error
Install libgpg-error by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m644 -D README /usr/share/doc/libgpg-error-1.32/README
|
is used to determine libgpg-error error codes. |
|
|
is a utility used to configure and build applications based on the libgpg-error library. It can be used to query the C compiler and linker flags which are required to correctly compile and link the application against the libgpg-error library. |
|
|
is the same script as gpg-error-config. |
|
|
extracts man pages from a Texinfo source. |
|
|
contains the libgpg-error API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-15 18:24:48 -0700
The libgsf package contains a library used for providing an extensible input/output abstraction layer for structured file formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgsf/1.14/libgsf-1.14.44.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgsf/1.14/libgsf-1.14.44.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 296a12e58752b15f2c959173c48bee28
Download size: 608 KB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
gdk-pixbuf-2.36.12 (To build gsf-office-thumbnailer)
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and GTK-Doc-1.28
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgsf
Install libgsf by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check. Two tests, t8000-valgrind-zip.pl and t8020-valgrind-ole.pl, are known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
|
is a simple archive utility, somewhat similar to tar(1). |
|
|
is used internally by GNOME applications such as Nautilus to generate thumbnails of several types of office application files. |
|
|
is used to extract Visual Basic for Applications macros from files. |
|
|
contains the libgsf API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
The libgudev package contains GObject bindings for libudev.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgudev/232/libgudev-232.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgudev/232/libgudev-232.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 6914852377156665567abf8a38d89236
Download size: 272 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 (for gir-data, needed for GNOME), GTK-Doc-1.28, and umockdev
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgudev
Install libgudev by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-umockdev && make
This package does not come with a testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
The libgusb package contains the GObject wrappers for libusb-1.0 that makes it easy to do asynchronous control, bulk and interrupt transfers with proper cancellation and integration into a mainloop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://people.freedesktop.org/~hughsient/releases/libgusb-0.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3c178f1171f808785d6af971b1fdc50c
Download size: 40 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.9 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
GTK-Doc-1.28 gobject-introspection-1.56.1,
usbutils-010 (for usb.ids data file, which is also required
for the tests), and Vala-0.40.8
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgusb
Install libgusb by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=/usr -Ddocs=false .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Ddocs=true: Use this option if
GTK-Doc is installed and you
wish to install the documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
The libical package contains an implementation of the iCalendar protocols and data formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libical/libical/releases/download/v3.0.4/libical-3.0.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 23fa99808d3ab9f1c65651b0e1532828
Download size: 852 KB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (with tests)
Berkeley DB-5.3.28, Doxygen-1.8.14 (for the API documentation), gobject-introspection-1.56.1, and ICU-62.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libical
Install libical by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DSHARED_ONLY=yes \
.. &&
make
If you have Doxygen-1.8.14 installed and wish to build the API documentation, issue:
make docs
To test the results, issue: make test. One test, timezones, is known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have built the API documentation, install by issuing,
as root user:
install -vdm755 /usr/share/doc/libical-3.0.4/html && cp -vr apidocs/html/* /usr/share/doc/libical-3.0.4/html
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply higher level of the compiler
optimizations.
-DSHARED_ONLY=yes:
This switch is used in order to only build the shared
libraries.
-DUSE_BUILTIN_TZDATA=yes: This
switch is used in order to build using your own timezone
data.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
libidn is a package designed for internationalized string handling based on the Stringprep, Punycode and IDNA specifications defined by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) Internationalized Domain Names (IDN) working group, used for internationalized domain names. This is useful for converting data from the system's native representation into UTF-8, transforming Unicode strings into ASCII strings, allowing applications to use certain ASCII name labels (beginning with a special prefix) to represent non-ASCII name labels, and converting entire domain names to and from the ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) form.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libidn/libidn-1.35.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libidn/libidn-1.35.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: bef634141fe39326cb354b75e891fead
Download size: 4.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (using parallelim=4)
Pth-2.0.7, Emacs-26.1, GTK-Doc-1.28, OpenJDK-10.0.2, Valgrind-3.13.0, and Mono
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libidn
Install libidn by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
find doc -name "Makefile*" -delete &&
rm -rf -v doc/{gdoc,idn.1,stamp-vti,man,texi} &&
mkdir -v /usr/share/doc/libidn-1.35 &&
cp -r -v doc/* /usr/share/doc/libidn-1.35
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
|
is a command line interface to the internationalized domain name library. |
|
|
contains a generic Stringprep implementation that does Unicode 3.2 NFKC normalization, mapping and prohibition of characters, and bidirectional character handling. Profiles for Nameprep, iSCSI, SASL and XMPP are included as well as support for Punycode and ASCII Compatible Encoding (ACE) via IDNA. A mechanism to define Top-Level Domain (TLD) specific validation tables, and to compare strings against those tables, as well as default tables for some TLDs are included. |
Last updated on 2018-08-21 15:53:34 -0700
libidn2 is a package designed for internationalized string handling based on standards from the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF)'s IDN working group, designed for internationalized domain names.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libidn/libidn2-2.0.5.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libidn/libidn2-2.0.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: eaf9a5b9d03b0cce3760f34b3124eb36
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4; with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libidn2
Install libidn2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-16 15:44:26 -0700
libiodbc is an API to ODBC compatible databases.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/iodbc/libiodbc-3.52.12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c76cab12a642a024bd1a262615a1a4a8
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 26 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
GTK+-2.24.32 (to create the GUI admin tool)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libiodbc
Install libiodbc by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-iodbc-inidir=/etc/iodbc \
--includedir=/usr/include/iodbc \
--disable-libodbc \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-iodbc-inidir=/etc/iodbc:
libiodbc will install
configuration files in this directory.
--includedir=/usr/include/iodbc:
This installs the interface headers to a private directory to
avoid a conflict with headers installed by unixODBC.
--disable-libodbc:
This prevents the installation of the libodbc.so symbolic link to avoid a
conflict with unixODBC.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The Libksba package contains a library used to make X.509 certificates as well as making the CMS (Cryptographic Message Syntax) easily accessible by other applications. Both specifications are building blocks of S/MIME and TLS. The library does not rely on another cryptographic library but provides hooks for easy integration with Libgcrypt.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/libksba/libksba-1.3.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8302a3e263a7c630aa7dea7d341f07a2
Download size: 608 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.2 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libksba
Install Libksba by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
is a utility used to configure and build applications based on the libksba(3) library. It can be used to query the C compiler and linker flags which are required to correctly compile and link the application against the libksba(3) library. |
|
|
contains the cryptographic API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
This package provides a library for learning linear classifiers for large scale applications. It supports Support Vector Machines (SVM) with L2 and L1 loss, logistic regression, multi class classification and also Linear Programming Machines (L1-regularized SVMs). Its computational complexity scales linearly with the number of training examples making it one of the fastest SVM solvers around.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
After updating this package from liblinear-1.96 or earlier, you need to reinstall Nmap-7.70, in order to link to the new library.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/cjlin1/liblinear/archive/v220/liblinear-220.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 90197ad99880ee15df556753ec31d68a
Download size: 508 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/liblinear
Install liblinear by running the following commands:
make lib
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -vm644 linear.h /usr/include && install -vm755 liblinear.so.3 /usr/lib && ln -sfv liblinear.so.3 /usr/lib/liblinear.so
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The libmbim package contains a GLib-based library for talking to WWAN modems and devices which speak the Mobile Interface Broadband Model (MBIM) protocol.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/libmbim/libmbim-1.16.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5a70d0f8ee4b7b1530400f8db3e195b6
Download size: 448 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
GTK-Doc-1.28 and help2man
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmbim
Install libmbim by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
This package is intended to provide a simple way for applications to take actions based on a system or user-specified paper size.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/libp/libpaper/libpaper_1.1.24+nmu5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 38bc55688c0fc5544edaa5a951a45fbd
Download size: 48 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libpaper
Install libpaper by running the following commands:
autoreconf -fi &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
mkdir -vp /etc/libpaper.d &&
cat > /usr/bin/run-parts << "EOF"
#!/bin/sh
# run-parts: Runs all the scripts found in a directory.
# from Slackware, by Patrick J. Volkerding with ideas borrowed
# from the Red Hat and Debian versions of this utility.
# keep going when something fails
set +e
if [ $# -lt 1 ]; then
echo "Usage: run-parts <directory>"
exit 1
fi
if [ ! -d $1 ]; then
echo "Not a directory: $1"
echo "Usage: run-parts <directory>"
exit 1
fi
# There are several types of files that we would like to
# ignore automatically, as they are likely to be backups
# of other scripts:
IGNORE_SUFFIXES="~ ^ , .bak .new .rpmsave .rpmorig .rpmnew .swp"
# Main loop:
for SCRIPT in $1/* ; do
# If this is not a regular file, skip it:
if [ ! -f $SCRIPT ]; then
continue
fi
# Determine if this file should be skipped by suffix:
SKIP=false
for SUFFIX in $IGNORE_SUFFIXES ; do
if [ ! "$(basename $SCRIPT $SUFFIX)" = "$(basename $SCRIPT)" ]; then
SKIP=true
break
fi
done
if [ "$SKIP" = "true" ]; then
continue
fi
# If we've made it this far, then run the script if it's executable:
if [ -x $SCRIPT ]; then
$SCRIPT || echo "$SCRIPT failed."
fi
done
exit 0
EOF
chmod -v 755 /usr/bin/run-parts
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
mkdir -pv /etc/libpaper.d: libpaper expects that packages will install files into this directory.
cat > /usr/bin/run-parts
<< "EOF" : paperconfig is a script which will invoke
run-parts if
/etc/libpaper.d exists. No
other BLFS package installs this, so we create it here.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
The libqmi package contains a GLib-based library for talking to WWAN modems and devices which speak the Qualcomm MSM Interface (QMI) protocol.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/libqmi/libqmi-1.20.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 584214476ab75c394160cb85fbccaa1d
Download size: 844 KB
Estimated disk space required: 92 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
GTK-Doc-1.28 and help2man
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libqmi
Install libqmi by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
--disable-mbim-qmux: This switch
disables support for using a MBIM control device for QMI
messages. Use this switch if you did not install libmbim.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
The libseccomp package provides an easy to use and platform independent interface to the Linux kernel's syscall filtering mechanism.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/seccomp/libseccomp/releases/download/v2.3.3/libseccomp-2.3.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e6b4e463857fe05c09dc56ec3bcaef84
Download size: 552 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.5 MB (additional 2.8 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (additional 1.8 SBU for tests)
Valgrind-3.13.0, Cython, and LCOV
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libseccomp
Install libseccomp by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The libsigc++ package implements a typesafe callback system for standard C++.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libsigc++/2.10/libsigc++-2.10.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libsigc++/2.10/libsigc++-2.10.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 70bcbde2c900e4925d6ef4bf50954195
Download size: 3.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 58 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libsigc++
First, fix the documentation directory name:
sed -e '/^libdocdir =/ s/$(book_name)/libsigc++-2.10.0/' -i docs/Makefile.in
Install libsigc++ by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-24 13:13:05 -0700
This is a library for handling page faults in user mode. A page fault occurs when a program tries to access to a region of memory that is currently not available. Catching and handling a page fault is a useful technique for implementing pageable virtual memory, memory-mapped access to persistent databases, generational garbage collectors, stack overflow handlers, and distributed shared memory.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libsigsegv/libsigsegv-2.12.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libsigsegv/libsigsegv-2.12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 58a6db48f79f5c735a9dce3a37c52779
Download size: 444 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.5 MB (with checks)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with checks)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libsigsegv
Install libsigsegv by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-shared: This
switch ensures that shared libraries are compiled.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
Libssh2 package is a client-side C library implementing the SSH2 protocol.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.libssh2.org/download/libssh2-1.8.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3d1147cae66e2959ea5441b183de1b1c
Download size: 835 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libgcrypt-1.8.3, OpenSSH-7.7p1 (required for the testsuite)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libssh2
Install libssh2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
This is a library that provides cross platform access to statistics about the system on which it's run. It's written in C and presents a selection of useful interfaces which can be used to access key system statistics. The current list of statistics includes CPU usage, memory utilisation, disk usage, process counts, network traffic, disk I/O, and more.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.mirrorservice.org/sites/ftp.i-scream.org/pub/i-scream/libstatgrab/libstatgrab-0.91.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://www.mirrorservice.org/sites/ftp.i-scream.org/pub/i-scream/libstatgrab/libstatgrab-0.91.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b906d312076ca9be3d5188edfe07f496
Download size: 760 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.0 MB (with the test suite)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (1.6 SBU with the test suite)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libstatgrab
Install libstatgrab by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libstatgrab-0.91 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
libtasn1 is a highly portable C library that encodes and decodes DER/BER data following an ASN.1 schema.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libtasn1/libtasn1-4.13.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libtasn1/libtasn1-4.13.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ce2ba4d3088119b48e7531a703669c52
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
GTK-Doc-1.28 and Valgrind-3.13.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libtasn1
Install libtasn1 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you did not pass the --enable-gtk-doc parameter to the
configure
script, you can install the API documentation using the
following command as the root
user:
make -C doc/reference install-data-local
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: This parameter
is normally used if GTK-Doc
is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation. It is broken for this package due to the use
of a long deprecated gtk-doc program that is no longer
available.
Last updated on 2018-08-15 18:24:48 -0700
The libunique package contains a library for writing single instance applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libunique/1.1/libunique-1.1.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libunique/1.1/libunique-1.1.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7955769ef31f1bc4f83446dbb3625e6d
Download size: 328 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and GTK-Doc-1.28
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libunique
Install libunique by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../libunique-1.1.6-upstream_fixes-1.patch &&
autoreconf -fi &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-dbus \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-dbus: This
switch disables D-Bus
backend in favor of the GDBus backend.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
libunistring is a library that provides functions for manipulating Unicode strings and for manipulating C strings according to the Unicode standard.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libunistring/libunistring-0.9.10.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libunistring/libunistring-0.9.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: db08bb384e81968957f997ec9808926e
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 49 MB (add 43 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (add 1.0 SBU for tests)
texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx) (to rebuild the documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libunistring
Install libunistring by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libunistring-0.9.10 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The libusb package contains a library used by some applications for USB device access.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com//libusb/libusb/releases/download/v1.0.22/libusb-1.0.22.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 466267889daead47674df933cea9cacb
Download size: 588 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.6 MB (add 1.6 MB for API documentation)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libusb
This package does not support parallel build.
Install libusb by running the following commands:
sed -i "s/^PROJECT_LOGO/#&/" doc/doxygen.cfg.in && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make -j1
If Doxygen is installed and you wish to build the API documentation, issue the following command:
make -C doc docs
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you built the API documentation, install it using the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/libusb-1.0.22/apidocs &&
install -v -m644 doc/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/libusb-1.0.22/apidocs
sed -i ...: This sed prevents a warning when building the documentation.
To access raw USB devices (those not treated as a disk by the mass-storage driver), appropriate support must be available in the kernel. Check your kernel configuration:
Device Drivers --->
[*] USB support ---> [CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT]
<*/M> Support for Host-side USB [CONFIG_USB]
(Select any USB hardware device drivers you may need on the same page)
For more details on setting up USB devices, see the section called “USB Device Issues”.
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The libusb-compat package aims to look, feel and behave exactly like libusb-0.1. It is a compatibility layer needed by packages that have not been upgraded to the libusb-1.0 API.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/libusb/libusb-compat-0.1.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2780b6a758a1e2c2943bdbf7faf740e4
Download size: 276 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libusb-compat
Install libusb-compat by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The libuv package is a multi-platform support library with a focus on asynchronous I/O.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://dist.libuv.org/dist/v1.22.0/libuv-v1.22.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 02ddfadb2a061618e87018a4e84610c0
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB (add 10 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (add 1.2 SBU for tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libuv
Install libuv by running the following commands:
sh autogen.sh && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To execute the test suite, run make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
libxkbcommon is a keymap compiler and support library which processes a reduced subset of keymaps as defined by the XKB specification.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xkbcommon.org/download/libxkbcommon-0.8.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5f7f8533f907ebcfb1cf8dceb9501264
Download size: 632 KB
Estimated disk space required: 39 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
libxcb-1.13 and Wayland-1.15.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxkbcommon
Install libxkbcommon by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libxkbcommon-0.8.2 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-x11: Use this switch if
you have not installed libxcb-1.13 and don't need the libxkbcommon-x11.so library.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The libxml2 package contains libraries and utilities used for parsing XML files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://xmlsoft.org/sources/libxml2-2.9.8.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://xmlsoft.org/libxml2/libxml2-2.9.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b786e353e2aa1b872d70d5d1ca0c740d
Download size: 5.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 83 MB (add 15 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (add 0.3 SBU for tests)
Optional Testsuite: http://www.w3.org/XML/Test/xmlts20130923.tar.gz - This enables make check to do complete testing.
Recommended patch to prevent a segfault in itstool when using Python3: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/8.3/libxml2-2.9.8-python3_hack-1.patch
Some packages which utilize libxml2 (such as GNOME Doc Utils) need the Python3 module installed to function properly and some packages will not build properly if the Python3 module is not available.
The old Python2 module can
be built after libxml2.so has
been installed, see libxml2-2.9.8 (for
Python2).
ICU-62.1 and Valgrind-3.13.0 (may be used in the tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxml2
First apply a patch, which prevents segfaults in the Python module, when built by Python-3.7.0:
patch -Np1 -i ../libxml2-2.9.8-python3_hack-1.patch
To ensure that the Python module can be built by Python-3.7.0, run:
sed -i '/_PyVerify_fd/,+1d' python/types.c
Install libxml2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--with-history \
--with-python=/usr/bin/python3 &&
make
If you downloaded the testsuite, issue the following command:
tar xf ../xmlts20130923.tar.gz
To test the results, issue: make check > check.log. A summary of the results can be obtained with grep -E '^Total|expected' check.log. If Valgrind-3.13.0 is installed and you want to check memory leaks, replace check with check-valgrind.
The tests use http://localhost/ to test parsing
of external entities. If the machine where you run the
tests serves as a web site, the tests may hang, depending
on the content of the file served. It is therefore
recommended to shut down the server during the tests, as
the root user:
/etc/init.d/httpd stop
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
sed -i '/_PyVerify_fd/,+1d'
python/types.c: This fixes the Python3 code to build with gcc-7.
--with-history: This
switch enables Readline
support when running xmlcatalog or xmllint in shell mode.
--with-python=/usr/bin/python3:
Allows to build the libxml2 module with Python3 instead of
Python2.
--with-icu: Add this switch if
you have built ICU-62.1, for better unicode support.
--with-threads: Add this switch
to enable multithread support.
|
determines the compile and linker flags that should
be used to compile and link programs that use
|
|
|
is used to monitor and manipulate XML and SGML catalogs. |
|
|
parses XML files and outputs reports (based upon options) to detect errors in XML coding. |
|
|
is a SAX Python3 driver for libxml2. |
|
|
is the Python3 binding for libxml2. |
|
|
provides functions for programs to parse files that use the XML format. |
|
|
is the interface for Python3 to use |
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
The libxslt package contains
XSLT libraries used for extending libxml2 libraries to support XSLT files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://xmlsoft.org/sources/libxslt-1.1.32.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://xmlsoft.org/libxslt/libxslt-1.1.32.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1fc72f98e98bf4443f1651165f3aa146
Download size: 3.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 37 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-1.79.2
Although it is not a direct dependency, many applications using libxslt will expect docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-1.79.2 to be present.
libgcrypt-1.8.3, libxml2-2.9.8 (for Python2)
The libxml2-2.9.8 (for Python2) dependency is only appropriate if the Python2 module for this package is needed. The libxslt Python2 module is not needed for any package in BLFS but various packages may install Python2 modules which reference it.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxslt
Install libxslt by running the following commands:
sed -i s/3000/5000/ libxslt/transform.c doc/xsltproc.{1,xml} &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -i s/3000/5000/ ...: this increases the recursion limit in libxslt. This is needed by some packages for their documentation.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
is used to find out the pre-processor, linking and compiling flags necessary to use the libxslt libraries in 3rd-party programs. |
|
|
is used to apply XSLT stylesheets to XML documents. |
|
|
is used to provide extensions to XSLT functions. |
|
|
provides extensions to the |
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
LZO is a data compression library which is suitable for data decompression and compression in real-time. This means it favors speed over compression ratio.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.oberhumer.com/opensource/lzo/download/lzo-2.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 39d3f3f9c55c87b1e5d6888e1420f4b5
Download size: 588 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lzo
Install LZO by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/lzo-2.10 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. All the checks should pass. Now issue make test to run the full suite of tests.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-15 20:14:45 -0700
The mtdev package contains Multitouch Protocol Translation Library which is used to transform all variants of kernel MT (Multitouch) events to the slotted type B protocol.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://bitmath.org/code/mtdev/mtdev-1.1.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 52c9610b6002f71d1642dc1a1cca5ec1
Download size: 268 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mtdev
Install mtdev by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
Node.js is a JavaScript runtime built on Chrome's V8 JavaScript engine.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://nodejs.org/dist/v9.11.2/node-v9.11.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b38d2f3cbfe05963f151dd7548779aba
Download size: 18 MB
Estimated disk space required: 318 MB
Estimated build time: 4.0 SBU (using parallelism=4)
http-parser, libuv, and npm (an internal copy of npm will be installed if not present)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nodejs
Build Node.js by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--shared-cares \
--shared-openssl \
--shared-zlib \
--with-intl=system-icu &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && ln -sf node /usr/share/doc/node-9.11.2
--with-intl=system-icu: use the
system version of icu. Other
values are full-icu (to build a
local, full icu library) and
small-icu (to to build a local,
minimal icu library).
--shared-{cares,openssl,zlib}:
use the system installed libraries instead of local copies.
--without-npm: do not build
npm (use if you'd like to
build a separate npm later).
--shared-{http-parser,libuv}: use
the system installed libraries instead of local copies.
Last updated on 2018-08-22 15:55:27 -0700
The NPth package contains a very portable POSIX/ANSI-C based library for Unix platforms which provides non-preemptive priority-based scheduling for multiple threads of execution (multithreading) inside event-driven applications. All threads run in the same address space of the server application, but each thread has its own individual program-counter, run-time stack, signal mask and errno variable.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/npth/npth-1.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 375d1a15ad969f32d25f1a7630929854
Download size: 296 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB (with checks)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with checks)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/npth
Install NPth by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
is a utility used to configure and build applications based on the npth library. It can be used to query the C compiler and linker flags which are required to correctly compile and link the application against the npth library. |
|
|
contains the API functions used by the New Portable Threads Library. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
Netscape Portable Runtime (NSPR) provides a platform-neutral API for system level and libc like functions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.mozilla.org/pub/nspr/releases/v4.19/src/nspr-4.19.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e1d27282ad6286b69d6b9fd07201d3dd
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nspr
Install NSPR by running the following commands:
cd nspr &&
sed -ri 's#^(RELEASE_BINS =).*#\1#' pr/src/misc/Makefile.in &&
sed -i 's#$(LIBRARY) ##' config/rules.mk &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-mozilla \
--with-pthreads \
$([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo --enable-64bit) &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -ri 's#^(RELEASE_BINS =).*#\1#' pr/src/misc/Makefile.in: This sed disables installing two unneeded scripts.
sed -i 's#$(LIBRARY) ##' config/rules.mk: This sed disables installing the static libraries.
--with-mozilla: This
parameter adds Mozilla support to the libraries (required if
you want to build any other Mozilla products and link them to
these libraries).
--with-pthreads: This
parameter forces use of the system pthread library.
$([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ]
&& echo --enable-64bit): The
--enable-64bit parameter is required on an x86_64 system to
prevent configure failing with a
claim that this is a system without pthread support. The [
$(uname -m) = x86_64 ] test ensures it has no effect on a 32
bit system.
|
provides compiler and linker options to other packages that use NSPR. |
|
|
contains functions that provide platform independence for non-GUI operating system facilities such as threads, thread synchronization, normal file and network I/O, interval timing and calendar time, basic memory management and shared library linking. |
|
|
contains functions that implement many of the features offered by libnspr4 |
|
|
contains functions that provide data structures. |
Last updated on 2018-08-15 18:24:48 -0700
The PCRE package contains Perl Compatible Regular Expression libraries. These are useful for implementing regular expression pattern matching using the same syntax and semantics as Perl 5.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.pcre.org/pub/pcre/pcre-8.42.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.pcre.org/pub/pcre/pcre-8.42.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 085b6aa253e0f91cae70b3cdbe8c1ac2
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pcre
Install PCRE by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/pcre-8.42 \
--enable-unicode-properties \
--enable-pcre16 \
--enable-pcre32 \
--enable-pcregrep-libz \
--enable-pcregrep-libbz2 \
--enable-pcretest-libreadline \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && mv -v /usr/lib/libpcre.so.* /lib && ln -sfv ../../lib/$(readlink /usr/lib/libpcre.so) /usr/lib/libpcre.so
--enable-unicode-properties:
This switch enables Unicode properties support and includes
the code for handling UTF-8/16/32 character strings in the
library. You need this switch if you are going to build
GLib-2.56.1 with the --with-pcre=system switch.
--enable-pcre16: This
switch enables 16 bit character support.
--enable-pcre32: This
switch enables 32 bit character support.
--enable-pcregrep-libz: This
switch adds support to pcregrep to read
.gz compressed files.
--enable-pcregrep-libbz2: This
switch adds support to pcregrep to read
.bz2 compressed files.
--enable-pcretest-libreadline:
This switch adds line editing and history features to
pcretest
program.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
mv -v /usr/lib/libpcre.so.* /lib: Moves the PCRE library on the root filesystem so that it is available in case grep gets reinstalled with PCRE support.
--enable-jit: this option enables
Just-in-time compiling, which can greatly speed up pattern
matching.
Last updated on 2018-08-15 20:14:45 -0700
The PCRE2 package contains a new generation of the Perl Compatible Regular Expression libraries. These are useful for implementing regular expression pattern matching using the same syntax and semantics as Perl.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/pcre/pcre2-10.31.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.csx.cam.ac.uk/pub/software/programming/pcre/pcre2-10.31.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e0b91c891a3c49050f7fd15de33d0ba4
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pcre2
Install PCRE2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/pcre2-10.31 \
--enable-unicode \
--enable-jit \
--enable-pcre2-16 \
--enable-pcre2-32 \
--enable-pcre2grep-libz \
--enable-pcre2grep-libbz2 \
--enable-pcre2test-libreadline \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-unicode:
This switch enables Unicode support and includes the
functions for handling UTF-8/16/32 character strings in the
library.
--enable-pcre2-16:
This switch enables 16 bit character support.
--enable-pcre2-32:
This switch enables 32 bit character support.
--enable-pcre2grep-libz: This
switch adds support for reading .gz compressed files to
pcre2grep.
--enable-pcre2grep-libbz2: This
switch adds support for reading .bz2 compressed files to
pcre2grep.
--enable-pcre2test-libreadline:
This switch adds line editing and history features to the
pcre2test program.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-jit: this option enables
Just-in-time compiling, which can greatly speed up pattern
matching.
Last updated on 2018-08-21 15:38:20 -0700
The popt package contains the popt libraries which are used by some programs to parse command-line options.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://rpm5.org/files/popt/popt-1.16.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/popt/popt-1.16.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3743beefa3dd6247a73f8f7a32c14c33
Download size: 702 kB
Estimated disk space required: 8 MB (includes installing documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/popt
Install popt by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
If you have Doxygen-1.8.14 installed and wish to build the API documentation, issue doxygen.
To test the results, issue:make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you built the API documentation, install it using the
following commands issued by the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/popt-1.16 && install -v -m644 doxygen/html/* /usr/share/doc/popt-1.16
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-15 18:24:48 -0700
The Pth package contains a very portable POSIX/ANSI-C based library for Unix platforms which provides non-preemptive priority-based scheduling for multiple threads of execution (multithreading) inside event-driven applications. All threads run in the same address space of the server application, but each thread has its own individual program-counter, run-time stack, signal mask and errno variable.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/pth/pth-2.0.7.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/pth/pth-2.0.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9cb4a25331a4c4db866a31cbe507c793
Download size: 652 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pth
Don't add the --enable-pthread
parameter to the configure command below
else you will overwrite the pthread library and interface
header installed by the Glibc package in LFS.
Install Pth by running the following commands:
sed -i 's#$(LOBJS): Makefile#$(LOBJS): pth_p.h Makefile#' Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--mandir=/usr/share/man &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/pth-2.0.7 &&
install -v -m644 README PORTING SUPPORT TESTS \
/usr/share/doc/pth-2.0.7
sed -i 's#$(LOBJS)
...: This sed fixes a race condition
in the Makefile. It allows you
to run make
with multiple jobs (e.g., make
-j4) .
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--mandir=/usr/share/man: This
switch puts the man pages in /usr/share/man instead of /usr/man.
|
is a utility used to configure and build applications based on the pth(3) library. It can be used to query the C compiler and linker flags which are required to correctly compile and link the application against the pth(3) library. |
|
|
contains the API functions used by the GNU Portable Threads Library. |
Last updated on 2018-08-15 18:24:48 -0700
The Ptlib (Portable Tools Library) package contains a class library that has its genesis many years ago as PWLib (portable Windows Library), a method to produce applications to run on various platforms.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/ptlib/2.10/ptlib-2.10.11.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/ptlib/2.10/ptlib-2.10.11.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3ffdf89170dbfa6d29a015ef8741a4e4
Download size: 2.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 81 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU
Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, Lua-5.3.5, OpenLDAP-2.4.46, PulseAudio-12.2, SDL-1.2.15, unixODBC-2.3.7 (currently broken, see Command Explanations below), v4l-utils-1.14.2, libdc1394, and libraw1394,
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ptlib
Fix a build issue with gcc-7.1.0 and later:
sed -i "s/sbin\.Right(1) == '\\\\0')/strlen(sbin\.Right(1)) == 0)/" \
src/ptclib/podbc.cxx &&
sed -i '/\/ioctl.h/a#include <sys/uio.h>' src/ptlib/unix/channel.cxx
Install Ptlib by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../ptlib-2.10.11-openssl-1.1.0-1.patch &&
patch -Np1 -i ../ptlib-2.10.11-bison_fixes-2.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-odbc &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libpt.so.2.10.11
--disable-odbc: This
parameter prevents the use of unixODBC-2.3.7, whose
libraries conflict with ptlib. It is not needed if unixODBC-2.3.7 is not installed.
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
Qca aims to provide a straightforward and cross-platform crypto API, using Qt datatypes and conventions. Qca separates the API from the implementation, using plugins known as Providers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/qca/2.1.3/src/qca-2.1.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5019cc29efcf828681cd93164238ce26
Download size: 672 KB
Estimated disk space required: 28 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 0.6 SBU for tests)
make-ca-0.8, CMake-3.12.1, Qt-5.11.1, and Which-2.21
Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, GnuPG-2.2.9, libgcrypt-1.8.3, libgpg-error-1.32, NSS-3.38, NSPR-4.19, OpenSSL-1.0.2p Libraries, p11-kit-0.23.13, Doxygen-1.8.14, and Which-2.21
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qca
Fix the location of the CA certificates:
sed -i 's@ca-bundle.pem@ca-bundle.crt@' CMakeLists.txt
Install Qca by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$QT5DIR \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DQCA_MAN_INSTALL_DIR:PATH=/usr/share/man \
-DOPENSSL_INCLUDE_DIR=/usr/include/openssl-1.0 \
-DOPENSSL_SSL_LIBRARY=/usr/lib/openssl-1.0/libssl.so \
-DOPENSSL_CRYPTO_LIBRARY=/usr/lib/openssl-1.0/libcrypto.so \
.. &&
make
To test the results, issue make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply a higher level of compiler
optimizations.
-DQCA_MAN_INSTALL_DIR:PATH=/usr/share/man:
Install the qca man page in the normal location.
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
Talloc provides a hierarchical, reference counted memory pool system with destructors. It is the core memory allocator used in Samba.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.samba.org/ftp/talloc/talloc-2.1.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7478da02e309316231a497a9f17a980d
Download size: 436 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.0 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.79.2 and libxslt-1.1.32 (To generate man pages), Python-2.7.15 (To build Python-2 module), GDB-8.1.1, git-2.18.0, xfsprogs-4.17.0, libtirpc-1.0.3, and Valgrind-3.13.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/talloc
Install Talloc by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To check the results, issue make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--extra-python=PYTHON: This
switch enables building selected libraries for the specified
additional version of Python (example: --extra-python=/usr/bin/python3).
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
Wayland is a project to define a protocol for a compositor to talk to its clients as well as a library implementation of the protocol.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://wayland.freedesktop.org/releases/wayland-1.15.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b7393c17fdce9a8d383edab656c92fd2
Download size: 424 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
Doxygen-1.8.14, Graphviz-2.40.1 and xmlto-0.0.28 (to build the API documentation) and docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.79.2 and libxslt-1.1.32 (to build the manual pages)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/wayland
Install Wayland by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--disable-documentation &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-documentation: This
switch is used to disable building of the API documentation.
Remove it if you have installed optional dependencies.
Last updated on 2015-07-31 23:26:22 -0500
The Wayland-Protocols package contains additional Wayland protocols that add functionality outside of protocols already in the Wayland core.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://wayland.freedesktop.org/releases/wayland-protocols-1.15.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d75ec11e8443946b4795e4be1cf22db8
Download size: 100 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.1 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/wayland-protocols
Install Wayland-protocols by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
This package contains tools for reading information from an MS Word document.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.abisource.com/downloads/wv/1.2.9/wv-1.2.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dbccf2e9f747e50c913b7e3d126b73f7
Download size: 608 KB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
libgsf-1.14.44 and libpng-1.6.35
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/wv
Install wv by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not have a testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
Xapian is an open source search engine library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://oligarchy.co.uk/xapian/1.4.7/xapian-core-1.4.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f321cddd39cf68d027d13d58c7557a95
Download size: 2.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 194 MB (add estimated 100 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (using parallelism=4; add estimated 180 SBU for tests)
Valgrind-3.13.0 (for tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xapian
Install Xapian by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/xapian-core-1.4.7 &&
make
The regression tests are not recommended. On a fast (3.2 GHz i7) system they took over five hours and two of four tests (the valgrind tests) failed. To run the test suite anyway, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
perform a document-by-document copy of one or more Xapian databases. |
|
|
inspect the contents of a Xapian database. |
|
|
is a search command line tool. |
|
|
is a simple example program demonstrating query expansion. |
|
|
index each paragraph of a text file as a Xapian document. |
|
|
is a simple command line search utility. |
|
|
check the consistency of a database or table. |
|
|
update a chert database to the new format keys. |
|
|
compact a database, or merge and compact several. |
|
|
report information about the installed xapian. |
|
|
inspect the contents of a flint table for development or debugging. |
|
|
read and write user metadata. |
|
|
remote server for use with ProgClient. |
|
|
replicate a database from a master server to a local copy. |
|
|
service database replication requests from clients. |
|
|
is the TCP daemon for use with Xapian's remote backend. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 16:41:06 -0700
The YAML package contains a C library for parsing and emitting YAML (YAML Ain't Markup Language).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://pyyaml.org/download/libyaml/yaml-0.2.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 72724b9736923c517e5a8fc6757ef03d
Download size: 588 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/yaml
Install YAML by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-16 17:08:56 -0700
Depending on what your system will be used for, you may or may not require the graphics and font libraries. Most desktop machines will want them for use with graphical applications. Most servers on the other hand, will not require them.
AAlib is a library to render any graphic into ASCII Art.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/aa-project/aalib-1.4rc5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9801095c42bba12edebd1902bcf0a990
Download size: 388 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
X Window System, slang-2.3.2, and GPM-1.20.7
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/aalib
Fix a minor problem with the included m4 file:
sed -i -e '/AM_PATH_AALIB,/s/AM_PATH_AALIB/[&]/' aalib.m4
Install AAlib by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--infodir=/usr/share/info \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
is a demo of AAlib, rendering an animated fire in ASCII Art. |
|
|
provides information for your current settings related to AAlib. |
|
|
provides configuration info for AAlib. |
|
|
saves a font to a file. |
|
|
shows the abilities of AAlib in a little test. |
|
|
is a collection of routines to render any graphical input in portable format to ASCII Art. It can be used through many programs and has a very well documented API, so you can easily put it into your own programs. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The Babl package is a dynamic, any to any, pixel format translation library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gimp.org/pub/babl/0.1/babl-0.1.56.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: b4293a33efbd6cdd9ee6ad402063b9b6
Download size: 660 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/babl
Install Babl by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/babl/graphics &&
install -v -m644 docs/*.{css,html} /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/babl &&
install -v -m644 docs/graphics/*.{html,png,svg} /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/babl/graphics
install -v -m755 -d
/usr/share/gtk-doc/html/babl/graphics: This
and the subsequent commands install the library html
documentation under /usr/share/gtk-doc/html where other gtk
packages put the programmer-oriented documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-18 16:41:06 -0700
Exiv2 is a C++ library and a command line utility for managing image and video metadata.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.exiv2.org/builds/exiv2-0.26-trunk.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5399e3b570d7f9205f0e76d47582da4c
Download size: 5.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 39 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU
Doxygen-1.8.14, Graphviz-2.40.1, and libxslt-1.1.32
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/exiv2
Install Exiv2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-video \
--enable-webready \
--without-ssh \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libexiv2.so
--enable-video: This
switch enables managing video metadata.
--enable-webready:
This switch enables managing web image metadata.
--without-ssh: This
switch is necessary when webready is enabled and libssh is not
installed. Libssh is required for ssh.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--without-curl: This switch is
necessary when webready is enabled and cURL-7.61.0 is not installed.
Libcurl is required for http.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
The FreeType2 package contains a library which allows applications to properly render TrueType fonts.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/freetype/freetype-2.9.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 60ef7d8160cd4bf8cb118ee9d65367ca
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB (with additional documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with additional documentation)
Additional Documentation
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/freetype/freetype-doc-2.9.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c0a67a229b4c7c275b1f6823b0ffa1b2
Download size: 2.1 MB
HarfBuzz-1.8.8 (first, install without it, after it is installed, reinstall FreeType-2.9.1), libpng-1.6.35, and Which-2.21
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/freetype2
If you downloaded the additional documentation, unpack it into the source tree using the following command:
tar -xf ../freetype-doc-2.9.1.tar.bz2 --strip-components=2 -C docs
Install FreeType2 by running the following commands:
sed -ri "s:.*(AUX_MODULES.*valid):\1:" modules.cfg &&
sed -r "s:.*(#.*SUBPIXEL_RENDERING) .*:\1:" \
-i include/freetype/config/ftoption.h &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-freetype-config --disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && cp builds/unix/freetype-config /usr/bin
If you downloaded the optional documentation, install it as
the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/freetype-2.9.1 && cp -v -R docs/* /usr/share/doc/freetype-2.9.1
sed -ri ...:
First command enables GX/AAT and OpenType table validation
and second command enables Subpixel Rendering. Note that
Subpixel Rendering may have patent issues. Be sure to read
the 'Other patent issues' part
of http://www.freetype.org/patents.html
before enabling this option.
--enable-freetype-config: This
switch ensure that the man page for freetype-config is
installed.
--without-harfbuzz:
If harfbuzz is installed
prior to freetype without
freetype support, use this
switch to avoid a build failure.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
cp builds/unix/freetype-config /usr/bin: Manually place the freetype configureation program needed by other programs when using the freetype library.
Last updated on 2018-08-24 17:59:05 -0700
The Fontconfig package contains a library and support programs used for configuring and customizing font access.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/fontconfig/release/fontconfig-2.13.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 60d2394a79d3b2e5db2daea55193fa47
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
DocBook-utils-0.6.14 and libxml2-2.9.8, texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx)
If you have DocBook Utils
installed and you remove the --disable-docs parameter from
the configure
command below, you must have SGMLSpm-1.1 and
texlive-20180414 installed
also, or the Fontconfig
build will fail.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Fontconfig
Make sure the system regenerates src/fcobjshash.h.
rm -f src/fcobjshash.h
Install Fontconfig by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--disable-docs \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.13.0 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you did not remove the --disable-docs parameter from
the configure
command, you can install the pre-generated documentation by
using the following commands as the root user:
install -v -dm755 \
/usr/share/{man/man{1,3,5},doc/fontconfig-2.13.0/fontconfig-devel} &&
install -v -m644 fc-*/*.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.3 /usr/share/man/man3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/fonts-conf.5 /usr/share/man/man5 &&
install -v -m644 doc/fontconfig-devel/* \
/usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.13.0/fontconfig-devel &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{pdf,sgml,txt,html} \
/usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.13.0
--disable-docs: This
switch avoids building the documentation (the release tarball
includes pre-generated documentation).
The main configuration file for Fontconfig is /etc/fonts/fonts.conf. Generally you do
not want to edit this file. It will also read /etc/fonts/local.conf and any files in
/etc/fonts/conf.d. To put a
new font directory in the configuration, create (or update)
the /etc/fonts/local.conf
file with your local information or add a new file in
/etc/fonts/conf.d. The
default location of fonts in Fontconfig is:
/usr/share/fonts
~/.local/share/fonts
~/.fonts (this is now deprecated, but for the moment it still works)
Fontconfig also ships many
example configuration files in the /usr/share/fontconfig/conf.avail
directory. Symlinking specific files to /etc/fonts/conf.d will enable them. The
default setup is generally good enough for most users. See
/etc/fonts/conf.d/README for
a description of the configuration files.
More information about configuring Fontconfig can be found in the user's manual in file:///usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.13.0/fontconfig-user.html.
|
is used to create font information caches. |
|
|
is used to read font information caches. |
|
|
shows the ruleset files' information on the system. |
|
|
is used to create font lists. |
|
|
is used to match available fonts, or find fonts that match a given pattern. |
|
|
is used to parse pattern (empty pattern by default) and show the parsed result. |
|
|
is used to query fonts files and print resulting patterns. |
|
|
is used to scan font files and directories, and print resulting patterns. |
|
|
is used to validate font files. |
|
|
contains functions used by the Fontconfig programs and also by other programs to configure or customize font access. |
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The FriBidi package is an implementation of the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm (BIDI). This is useful for supporting Arabic and Hebrew alphabets in other packages.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/fribidi/fribidi/releases/download/v1.0.5/fribidi-1.0.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0f97f65038545340316ec0f4bd53df0b
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fribidi
Install FriBidi by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=/usr .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
|
is a command-line interface to the |
|
|
contains functions used to implement the Unicode Bidirectional Algorithm. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 16:41:06 -0700
This package provides the GEneric Graphics Library, which is a graph based image processing format.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gimp.org/pub/gegl/0.4/gegl-0.4.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e3cdb1eefd28159c157a150113ed9c5a
Download size: 6.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 138 MB (add 22 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (Using parallism=4; add 0.4 SBU for tests)
babl-0.1.56 and JSON-GLib-1.4.2
asciidoc-8.6.9, Cairo-1.14.12, Enscript-1.6.6, Exiv2-0.26, FFmpeg-4.0.2, gdk-pixbuf-2.36.12, Graphviz-2.40.1, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libpng-1.6.35, librsvg-2.42.2, libwebp-1.0.0, Lua-5.3.5, Pango-1.42.3, Python-2.7.15, Ruby-2.5.1, SDL-1.2.15, gobject-introspection-1.56.1, Vala-0.40.8, w3m-0.5.3, gexiv2-0.10.8, lensfun, libopenraw, libspiro, libumfpack, MRG, OpenCL (for tests), and OpenEXR
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gegl
Install gegl by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check. Many tests are skipped.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 docs/*.{css,html} /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gegl &&
install -v -m644 docs/images/*.{png,ico,svg} /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/gegl/images
install -v
-m644/docs/*/{css,html} ...: This and the
subsequent commands install all the provided documentation
instead of only the stylesheet gegl.css and three png files.
--without-vala: Do
not create a vala API - use
this if vapigen
breaks the build.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
|
is a video editing engine for GEGL. |
|
|
is a commandline tool for working with the XML data model. |
|
|
is a simple image difference detection tool for use in regression testing. |
|
|
provides infrastructure to do demand based cached non destructive image editing on larger than RAM buffers. |
|
|
is the GEGL N-point image deformation library. |
|
|
is the GEGL Seamless Cloning library. |
Last updated on 2018-08-29 19:35:01 -0700
The giflib package contains libraries for reading and writing GIFs as well as programs for converting and working with GIF files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/giflib/giflib-5.1.4.tar.bz2
Download (HTTP) MD5 sum: 2c171ced93c0e83bb09e6ccad8e3ba2b
Download (HTTP) size: 625 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.6 MB (with documentation and tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with documentation and tests)
xmlto-0.0.28 (for html documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/giflib
Install giflib by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check-TESTS. Test
suite results are kept in test.sh.log.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If xmlto-0.0.28 is installed, then the API
documentation has been built. If you wish to install the
distributed and the just built documentations, issue, as the
root user:
find doc \( -name Makefile\* -o -name \*.1 \
-o -name \*.xml \) -exec rm -v {} \; &&
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/giflib-5.1.4 &&
cp -v -R doc/* /usr/share/doc/giflib-5.1.4
find doc ... -exec rm -v {}
\;: This command removes Makefiles, man and xml files from the
documentation directory that would otherwise be installed by
the commands that follow.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
converts images saved as GIF to 24-bit RGB images. |
|
|
dumps GIF data in a textual format, or undumps it to a GIF. |
|
|
modifies GIF image colormaps. |
|
|
generates a GIF from ASCII text. |
|
|
clumsily attempts to fix truncated GIF images. |
|
|
is an end-of-pipe fitting for GIF-processing pipelines. |
|
|
prints (text only) general information about a GIF file. |
|
|
is a GIF transformation tool. |
|
|
contains API functions required by the giflib programs and any other programs needing library functionality to read, write and manipulate GIF images. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
Graphite2 is a rendering engine for graphite fonts. These are TrueType fonts with additional tables containing smart rendering information and were originally developed to support complex non-Roman writing systems. They may contain rules for e.g. ligatures, glyph substitution, kerning, justification - this can make them useful even on text written in Roman writing systems such as English. Note that firefox by default provides an internal copy of the graphite engine and cannot use a system version (although it can now be patched to use it), but it too should benefit from the availability of graphite fonts.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/silnrsi/graphite/releases/download/1.3.12/graphite2-1.3.12.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 75eafa40b5d2cfee852f40b42ef553f5
Download size: 6.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB (with tests add docs)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests and docs)
FreeType-2.9.1, Python-2.7.15, and silgraphite to build the comparerender test and benchmarking tool, and if that is present, HarfBuzz-1.8.8 to add more functionality to it (this is a circular dependency, you would need to first build graphite2 without harfbuzz).
To build the documentation: asciidoc-8.6.9, Doxygen-1.8.14, texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx), and dblatex (for PDF docs)
To execute the test suite you will need FontTools (Python 2 module), otherwise, the "cmp" tests fail.
You will need at least one suitable graphite font for the package to be useful.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/graphite2
Some tests fail if FontTools (Python 2 module) is not installed. These tests can be removed with:
sed -i '/cmptest/d' tests/CMakeLists.txt
Install Graphite2 by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr .. && make
If you wish to build the documentation, issue:
make docs
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you built the documentation, install, as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/graphite2-1.3.12 &&
cp -v -f doc/{GTF,manual}.html \
/usr/share/doc/graphite2-1.3.12 &&
cp -v -f doc/{GTF,manual}.pdf \
/usr/share/doc/graphite2-1.3.12
-DCMAKE_VERBOSE_MAKEFILE=ON: This
switch turns on build verbose mode.
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
The HarfBuzz package contains an OpenType text shaping engine.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/harfbuzz/release/harfbuzz-1.8.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 81dbce82d6471ec2b2a627ce02d03e5d
Download size: 3.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 120 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU (with tests)
GLib-2.56.1 (required for Pango), ICU-62.1, and FreeType-2.9.1 (after HarfBuzz-1.8.8 is installed, reinstall FreeType-2.9.1)
Cairo-1.14.12, gobject-introspection-1.56.1, GTK-Doc-1.28, Graphite2-1.3.12 (required for building texlive-20180414 or LibreOffice-6.1.0.3 with system harfbuzz) Python-2.7.15 (required for the testsuite), and FontTools (for the testsuite)
Recommended dependencies are not strictly required to build the package. However, you might not get expected results at runtime if you don't install them. Please do not report bugs with this package if you have not installed the recommended dependencies.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/harfbuzz
Install HarfBuzz by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-gobject && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-gobject: This
switch enables building of the HarfBuzz GObject wrapper. Remove it if
you did not install GLib.
--with-graphite2: This switch
enables Graphite2 support,
which is required for building texlive-20180414 or LibreOffice-6.1.0.3 with system
harfbuzz.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
|
gives the set of characters contained in a string, represented as single characters and/or single character names. Example: hb-ot-shape-closure /usr/share/fonts/dejavu/DejaVuSans.ttf "Hello World.". |
|
|
is used for the conversion of text strings into positioned glyphs. |
|
|
may be used for a graphical view of a string shape, using a particular font, as a set of glyphs. Output format is automatically defined by the file extension, the supported ones being ansi/png/svg/pdf/ps/eps. Example: hb-view --output-file=hello.png /usr/share/fonts/dejavu/DejaVuSans.ttf "Hello World.". |
|
|
HarfBuzz text shaping library. |
|
|
HarfBuzz text shaping library GObject integration. |
|
|
HarfBuzz text shaping library ICU integration. |
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The IJS package contains a library which implements a protocol for transmission of raster page images.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.openprinting.org/download/ijs/download/ijs-0.35.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 896fdcb7a01c586ba6eb81398ea3f6e9
Download size: 252 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ijs
Install IJS by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The JasPer Project is an open-source initiative to provide a free software-based reference implementation of the JPEG-2000 codec.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.ece.uvic.ca/~frodo/jasper/software/jasper-2.0.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 23561b51da8eb5d0dc85b91eff3d9a7f
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
Freeglut-3.0.0 (required for jiv), Doxygen-1.8.14 (needed for generating html documentation), and texlive-20180414 (needed to regnerate the pdf documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/jasper
mkdir BUILD &&
cd BUILD &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_SKIP_INSTALL_RPATH=YES \
-DJAS_ENABLE_DOC=NO \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR=/usr/share/doc/jasper-2.0.14 \
.. &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DCMAKE_SKIP_INSTALL_RPATH=YES:
This option removes embedded library search paths.
-DJAS_ENABLE_DOC=NO: This option
disables rebuilding the pdf documentation if texlive-20180414 is installed.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
The Little CMS library is used by other programs to provide color management facilities.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lcms/lcms-1.19.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8af94611baf20d9646c7c2c285859818
Download size: 927 KB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
LibTIFF-4.0.9, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, and Python-2.7.15 (with SWIG-3.0.12 also)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lcms
Install Little CMS by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../lcms-1.19-cve_2013_4276-1.patch && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/lcms-1.19 &&
install -v -m644 README.1ST doc/* \
/usr/share/doc/lcms-1.19
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-python: Use this parameter
if Python and SWIG are installed.
|
generates PostScript CRD or CSA from ICC profiles. |
|
|
links two or more profiles into a single device link profile. |
|
|
is a color space conversion calculator. |
|
|
is an ICC profile applier for JPEG files. |
|
|
is an ICC profile applier for TIFF files. |
|
|
A TIFF compare utility |
|
|
shows media white of profiles, identifying black body locus. |
|
|
is used by the lcms programs as well as other programs to provide color management facilities. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
The Little Color Management System is a small-footprint color management engine, with special focus on accuracy and performance. It uses the International Color Consortium standard (ICC), which is the modern standard for color management.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lcms/lcms2-2.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8de1b7724f578d2995c8fdfa35c3ad0e
Download size: 10 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB (with the tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with the tests)
libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0 and LibTIFF-4.0.9
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lcms2
If you want to run tests, then the build procedure must be modified to make some library internal references visible to the test code:
sed -i '/AX_APPEND/s/^/#/' configure.ac && autoreconf
Install Little CMS2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
The libexif package contains a library for parsing, editing, and saving EXIF data. Most digital cameras produce EXIF files, which are JPEG files with extra tags that contain information about the image. All EXIF tags described in EXIF standard 2.1 are supported.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/libexif/libexif-0.6.21.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 27339b89850f28c8f1c237f233e05b27
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Doxygen-1.8.14 and Graphviz-2.40.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libexif
Install libexif by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-doc-dir=/usr/share/doc/libexif-0.6.21 \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Documentation was built and installed if you have the
dependencies shown above installed. If you don't have the
dependencies installed, there is a compressed tarball in the
source tree doc directory that
can be unpacked into /usr/share/doc/libexif-0.6.21.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-18 16:41:06 -0700
libjpeg-turbo is a fork of the original IJG libjpeg which uses SIMD to accelerate baseline JPEG compression and decompression. libjpeg is a library that implements JPEG image encoding, decoding and transcoding.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/libjpeg-turbo/libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b12a3fcf1d078db38410f27718a91b83
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 31 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (using parallelism=4; with tests)
CMake-3.12.1 and NASM-2.13.03 or yasm-1.3.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libjpeg-turbo
Install libjpeg-turbo by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=RELEASE \
-DENABLE_STATIC=FALSE \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR=/usr/share/doc/libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0 \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_DEFAULT_LIBDIR=lib \
.. &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test.
If installing libjpeg-turbo over an older jpeg
installation, not all library symbolic links are updated
properly. To fix this before installation, run the
following as the root user:
rm -f /usr/lib/libjpeg.so*
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
compresses image files to produce a JPEG/JFIF file on the standard output. Currently supported input file formats are: PPM (PBMPLUS color format), PGM (PBMPLUS gray-scale format), BMP, and Targa. |
|
|
decompresses image files from JPEG/JFIF format to either PPM (PBMPLUS color format), PGM (PBMPLUS gray-scale format), BMP, or Targa format. |
|
|
is used for lossless transformation of JPEG files. |
|
|
displays text comments from within a JPEG file. |
|
|
is used to benchmark the performance of libjpeg-turbo. |
|
|
inserts text comments into a JPEG file. |
|
|
contains functions used for reading and writing JPEG images. |
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
The libmng libraries are used by programs wanting to read and write Multiple-image Network Graphics (MNG) files which are the animation equivalents to PNG files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/libmng/libmng-2.0.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e9e899adb1b681b17f14d91e261878c5
Download size: 932 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0 and Little CMS-2.9
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmng
Install libmng by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libmng-2.0.3 && install -v -m644 doc/*.txt /usr/share/doc/libmng-2.0.3
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The libmypaint package, a.k.a. "brushlib", is a library for making brushstrokes which is used by MyPaint and other projects.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/mypaint/libmypaint/releases/download/v1.3.0/libmypaint-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2e7200c7873514dfca26eea9e3d273f5
Download size: 428 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.4 MB (add 0.5 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (add 0.4 SBU for tests)
GLib-2.56.1, gobject-introspection-1.56.1
Doxygen-1.8.14 (to create XML docs), gegl (0.3 versions only) and gperftools
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmypaint
Install libmypaint by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The libpng package contains libraries used by other programs for reading and writing PNG files. The PNG format was designed as a replacement for GIF and, to a lesser extent, TIFF, with many improvements and extensions and lack of patent problems.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/libpng/libpng-1.6.35.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 678b7e696a62a193ed3503b04bf449d6
Download size: 992 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 0.8 SBU for tests)
Recommended patch to include animated png functionality in libpng (required to use the system libpng in Firefox, Seamonkey, and Thunderbird): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/sourceforge/libpng-apng/libpng-1.6.35-apng.patch.gz
Patch md5sum: 9b09826862164e2302827f7af3c52431
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libpng
If you want to patch libpng to support apng files, apply it here:
gzip -cd ../libpng-1.6.35-apng.patch.gz | patch -p1
Install libpng by running the following commands:
LIBS=-lpthread ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && mkdir -v /usr/share/doc/libpng-1.6.35 && cp -v README libpng-manual.txt /usr/share/doc/libpng-1.6.35
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
tests, optimizes and optionally fixes the zlib header in PNG files. Optionally, when fixing, strips ancillary chunks from the file. |
|
|
fixes PNG files that have an incorrect length field in the iTXt chunks. |
|
|
is a shell script that provides configuration information for applications wanting to use libpng. |
|
|
contain routines used to create and manipulate PNG format graphics files. |
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
Libraw is a library for reading RAW files obtained from digital photo cameras (CRW/CR2, NEF, RAF, DNG, and others).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.libraw.org/data/LibRaw-0.19.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 789b03f0ec39eebcba3ae8a0e5b780ac
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, JasPer-2.0.14, and Little CMS-2.9
LibRaw-demosaic-pack-GPL2 and LibRaw-demosaic-pack-GPL3
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libraw
Install libraw by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-jpeg \
--enable-jasper \
--enable-lcms \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libraw-0.19.0 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-jpeg: This
switch enables support for jpeg. Remove if you don't have
libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0 installed.
--enable-jasper: This
switch enables support for jasper. Remove if you don't have
JasPer-2.0.14 installed.
--enable-lcms: This
switch enables support for Little CMS2. Remove if you don't
have Little CMS-2.9 installed.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
All the installed programs are examples of libraw use.
|
generates four TIFF files from RAW data, one file per channel. |
|
|
emulates "dcraw -h" (see DCRAW manpage). |
|
|
emulates "dcraw [-4] [-6] [-e]" (see DCRAW manpage). |
|
|
creates eight different renderings from one source file. The first and fourth one should be identical. |
|
|
emulates call to "dcraw [-D] [-T] [-v] [-e] [-4]" (see DCRAW manpage). |
|
|
is an almost complete dcraw emulator (see DCRAW manpage). |
|
|
emulates call to "dcraw -h [-w] [-a] [-v]" (see DCRAW manpage). |
|
|
creates eight different renderings from one source file. The first and fourth one should be identical. |
|
|
emulates call to "dcraw -i [-v]" (see DCRAW manpage). |
|
|
generates unprocessed raw image: with masked pixels and without black subtraction. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The librsvg package contains a library and tools used to manipulate, convert and view Scalable Vector Graphic (SVG) images.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/librsvg/2.42/librsvg-2.42.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/librsvg/2.42/librsvg-2.42.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 6c142d792873a7c397b731e7486ac496
Download size: 5.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 107 MB (add 163 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (add 0.2 SBU for tests)
gdk-pixbuf-2.36.12, libcroco-0.6.12, Pango-1.42.3, and rustc-1.25.0
gobject-introspection-1.56.1, GTK+-3.22.30 (For the rsvg-view-3), and Vala-0.40.8
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/librsvg
Install librsvg by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-vala \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. Many (17) tests fail due to differences between genereated images and reference images.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-vala: This
switch enables building of the Vala bindings. Remove this
switch if you don't have Vala-0.40.8 installed.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-introspection: Use this
switch if you have not installed Gobject Introspection.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
|
is used to convert images into PNG, PDF, PS, SVG and other formats. |
|
|
is a simple GTK+ 3 application that can be used to view an SVG file. |
|
|
provides the functions to render Scalable Vector Graphics. |
|
|
is the Gdk Pixbuf plugin that allows GTK+ applications to render Scalable Vector Graphics images. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
The LibTIFF package contains the TIFF libraries and associated utilities. The libraries are used by many programs for reading and writing TIFF files and the utilities are used for general work with TIFF files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.osgeo.org/libtiff/tiff-4.0.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 54bad211279cc93eb4fca31ba9bfdc79
Download size: 2.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Freeglut-3.0.0 (required for tiffgt), libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0 and JBIG-KIT
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libtiff
Install LibTIFF by running the following commands:
mkdir -p libtiff-build &&
cd libtiff-build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_DOCDIR=/usr/share/doc/libtiff-4.0.9 \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr -G Ninja .. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
|
converts a TIFF facsimile to compressed PostScript file. |
|
|
creates a TIFF Class F fax file from raw fax data. |
|
|
converts a palette color TIFF image to a full color image. |
|
|
creates a TIFF file from a PPM image file. |
|
|
converts a raw byte sequence into TIFF. |
|
|
converts a color TIFF image to grayscale. |
|
|
converts a TIFF image to a PDF document. |
|
|
converts a TIFF image to a PostScript file. |
|
|
converts a wide variety of TIFF images into an RGBA TIFF image. |
|
|
compares two TIFF files. |
|
|
copies (and possibly converts) a TIFF file. |
|
|
selects, copies, crops, converts, extracts and/or processes one or more TIFF files. |
|
|
converts a grayscale image to bilevel using dithering. |
|
|
prints verbatim information about TIFF files. |
|
|
displays an image stored in a TIFF file. |
|
|
prints information about TIFF files. |
|
|
applies the median cut algorithm to data in a TIFF file. |
|
|
sets the value of a TIFF header to a specified value. |
|
|
splits a multi-image TIFF into single-image TIFF files. |
|
|
contains the API functions used by the libtiff programs as well as other programs to read and write TIFF files. |
|
|
contains the C++ API functions used by programs to read and write TIFF files. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 16:41:06 -0700
The libwebp package contains a library and support programs to encode and decode images in WebP format.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://downloads.webmproject.org/releases/webp/libwebp-1.0.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 967b8f087cb392e6cc94d5e116a120c0
Download size: 3.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 32 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libpng-1.6.35 and LibTIFF-4.0.9
Freeglut-3.0.0 and giflib-5.1.4
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libwebp
Install libwebp by running the following commands:
If you are updating from libwebp-0.4.x or 0.5.x, and wish that installed applications link to the new version 0.6.x, they need to be reinstalled.
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-libwebpmux \
--enable-libwebpdemux \
--enable-libwebpdecoder \
--enable-libwebpextras \
--enable-swap-16bit-csp \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-swap-16bit-csp: This
switch enables byte swap for 16 bit colorspaces.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
compresses an image using the WebP format. |
|
|
decompresses WebP files into PNG, PAM, PPM or PGM images. |
|
|
converts a GIF image to a WebP image. |
|
|
decompress a WebP file and display it in a window. |
|
|
creates animated WebP files from non-animated WebP images, extracts frames from animated WebP images, and manages XMP/EXIF metadata and ICC profile. |
|
|
contains the API functions for WebP encoding and decoding. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The mypaint-brushes package contains brushes used by packages which use libmypaint.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/Jehan/mypaint-brushes/archive/v1.3.0/mypaint-brushes-v1.3.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 679190d88f67a94db57ac99017f966f5
Download size: 2.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 8.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mypaint-brushes
Install mypaint-brushes by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../mypaint-brushes-1.3.0-automake_1.16-1.patch && ./autogen.sh && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
Newt is a programming library for color text mode, widget based user interfaces. It can be used to add stacked windows, entry widgets, checkboxes, radio buttons, labels, plain text fields, scrollbars, etc., to text mode user interfaces. Newt is based on the S-Lang library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://releases.pagure.org/newt/newt-0.52.20.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 70b288f821234593a8e7920e435b259b
Download size: 180 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
popt-1.16 and slang-2.3.2
Tcl-8.6.8 and GPM-1.20.7 (runtime)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/newt
Install newt by running the following command:
sed -e 's/^LIBNEWT =/#&/' \
-e '/install -m 644 $(LIBNEWT)/ s/^/#/' \
-e 's/$(LIBNEWT)/$(LIBNEWTSONAME)/g' \
-i Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-gpm-support &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -e ... -i Makefile.in: Disables installation of a static library.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The opencv package contains graphics libraries mainly aimed at real-time computer vision.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://sourceforge.net/projects/opencvlibrary/files/opencv-unix/3.4.2/opencv-3.4.2.zip
Download MD5 sum: 9e9ebe9c1fe98c468f6e53f5c3c49716
Download size: 87 MB
Estimated disk space required: 555 MB
Estimated build time: 2.4 SBU (using parallelism=4)
Optional file (x86_64 only; will be downloaded when running cmake if not present): https://raw.githubusercontent.com/opencv/opencv_3rdparty/bdb7bb85f34a8cb0d35e40a81f58da431aa1557a/ippicv/ippicv_2017u3_lnx_intel64_general_20180518.tgz
Optional additional modules: https://github.com/opencv/opencv_contrib/archive/3.4.2/opencv_contrib-3.4.2.tar.gz
FFmpeg-4.0.2, gst-plugins-base-1.14.2, GTK+-3.22.30, JasPer-2.0.14, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libpng-1.6.35, LibTIFF-4.0.9, libwebp-1.0.0, v4l-utils-1.14.2, and xine-lib-1.2.9
apache-ant-1.10.4, Doxygen-1.8.14, Java-10.0.2, Python-2.7.15, Cuda, Eigen, OpenEXR, GCD, GDAL, GigEVisionSDK, JACK, libdc1394, libgphoto2, NumPy, OpenNI, PlanetUML, PvAPI, Threading Building Blocks (TBB), UniCap, VTK - The Visualization Toolkit, and XIMEA
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/opencv
If the optional Integrated Performance Primitives (IPP) package has been downloaded, put it in place so the cmake script does not try to download it again:
ipp_file=ippicv_2017u3_lnx_intel64_general_20180518.tgz && ipp_hash=$(md5sum ../$ipp_file | cut -d" " -f1) && ipp_dir=.cache/ippicv && mkdir -p $ipp_dir && cp ../$ipp_file $ipp_dir/$ipp_hash-$ipp_file
If needed, unpack the additional modules package:
tar xf ../opencv_contrib-3.4.2.tar.gz
Install opencv by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/CV_RGB/cv::Scalar/' src/filter/facebl0r/facebl0r.cpp &&
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DENABLE_CXX11=ON \
-DBUILD_PERF_TESTS=OFF \
-DWITH_XINE=ON \
-DBUILD_TESTS=OFF \
-DENABLE_PRECOMPILED_HEADERS=OFF \
-DCMAKE_SKIP_RPATH=ON \
-DBUILD_WITH_DEBUG_INFO=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
The package does not come with an operable test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
case $(uname -m) in
x86_64) ARCH=intel64 ;;
*) ARCH=ia32 ;;
esac &&
cp -v 3rdparty/ippicv/ippicv_lnx/lib/$ARCH/libippicv.a /usr/lib &&
unset ARCH
sed ... facebl0r.cpp: This command fixes a build problem with the current opencv dependency.
-DWITH_XINE=ON: This
option instructs the make procedure to use xine-lib-1.2.9.
-DENABLE_PRECOMPILED_HEADERS=OFF:
This option is needed for compatibiiity with gcc-6.1 and
later.
-DOPENCV_EXTRA_MODULES_PATH=../opencv_contrib-3.4.2/modules:
instructs the build system to build the additional modules.
cp -v 3rdparty/.../libippicv.a /usr/lib: This command installs a 3rdparty library.
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
OpenJPEG is an open-source implementation of the JPEG-2000 standard. OpenJPEG fully respects the JPEG-2000 specifications and can compress/decompress lossless 16-bit images.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/uclouvain/openjpeg/archive/v2.3.0/openjpeg-2.3.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6a1f8aaa1fe55d2088e3a9c942e0f698
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
Little CMS-2.9, libpng-1.6.35, LibTIFF-4.0.9, and Doxygen-1.8.14 (to build the API documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/openjpeg2
Install OpenJPEG by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build && cd build && cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr .. && make
This package does not come with a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
pushd ../doc &&
for man in man/man?/* ; do
install -v -D -m 644 $man /usr/share/$man
done
popd
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The Pixman package contains a library that provides low-level pixel manipulation features such as image compositing and trapezoid rasterization.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cairographics.org/releases/pixman-0.34.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e80ebae4da01e77f68744319f01d52a3
Download size: 860 KB
Estimated disk space required: 47 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU (with tests)
GTK+-2.24.32 and libpng-1.6.35 (for tests and demos)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pixman
Install Pixman by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The Poppler package contains a PDF rendering library and command line tools used to manipulate PDF files. This is useful for providing PDF rendering functionality as a shared library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://poppler.freedesktop.org/poppler-0.67.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: bcfbdcaca2a1f72435e4aaa3c06664ca
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 60 MB (with Qt5 library and tests)
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (with parallelism=4, Qt5 library, and tests)
Poppler Encoding Data
Download (HTTP): https://poppler.freedesktop.org/poppler-data-0.4.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 35cc7beba00aa174631466f06732be40
Download size: 4.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
The additional package consists of encoding files for use with Poppler. The encoding files are optional and Poppler will automatically read them if they are present. When installed, they enable Poppler to render CJK and Cyrillic properly.
CMake-3.12.1 and Fontconfig-2.13.0
Cairo-1.14.12, Little CMS-2.9, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libpng-1.6.35, NSS-3.38, OpenJPEG-2.3.0, and Python-2.7.15
cURL-7.61.0, gdk-pixbuf-2.36.12, git-2.18.0 (for downloading test files), gobject-introspection-1.56.1, GTK-Doc-1.28, GTK+-3.22.30, LibTIFF-4.0.9, Qt-5.11.1 (required for PDF support in Okular-18.08.0)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/poppler
Install Poppler by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DTESTDATADIR=$PWD/testfiles \
-DENABLE_XPDF_HEADERS=ON \
.. &&
make
In order to run the test suite, some testcases are needed and can be obtained only from a git repository. The command to download them is: git clone git://git.freedesktop.org/git/poppler/test testfiles. Then issue: LC_ALL=en_US.UTF-8 make test. Only the Qt5 libraries are tested.
Now, as the root user:
make install
To install the documentation, run the following commands as
root:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/poppler-0.67.0 && cp -vr ../glib/reference/html /usr/share/doc/poppler-0.67.0
If you downloaded the additional encoding data package, install it by issuing the following commands:
tar -xf ../../poppler-data-0.4.9.tar.gz && cd poppler-data-0.4.9
Now, as the root user:
make prefix=/usr install
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply a higher level of compiler
optimizations.
-DTESTDATADIR=$PWD/testfiles:
Tell the test programs where the auxiliary files are located.
-DENABLE_XPDF_HEADERS=ON:
Install some old Xpdf
headers required by certain programs (e.g. Okular, LibreOffice and Inkscape).
LC_ALL=en_US.UTF-8 make test: Run the test suite. The environment variable LC_ALL=en_US.UTF-8 is only needed if the default locale does not include UTF-8.
|
lists or extracts embedded files from PDF files. |
|
|
lists the fonts used in a PDF file along with various information for each font. |
|
|
saves images from a PDF file as PPM, PBM, or JPEG files. |
|
|
prints the contents of the 'Info' dictionary (plus some other useful information) from a PDF file. |
|
|
extracts single pages from a PDF file. |
|
|
verifies the digital signatures in a PDF document. |
|
|
converts a PDF file to one of several formats (PNG, JPEG, PDF, PS, EPS, SVG) using the cairo output device of the poppler library. |
|
|
converts a PDF file to HTML. |
|
|
converts PDF files to PBM, PGM and PPM formats. |
|
|
converts PDF files to Postscript format. |
|
|
converts PDF files to plain text. |
|
|
merges several PDF files, in the order of their occurrence on the command line, to one PDF output file. |
|
|
contains the API functions to render PDF files. |
|
|
is a C++ backend for rendering PDF files. |
|
|
is a wrapper library used to interface the PDF rendering functions with GTK+. |
|
|
is a wrapper library used to interface the PDF rendering functions with Qt5. |
Last updated on 2018-08-24 17:59:05 -0700
Potrace™ is a tool for transforming a bitmap (PBM, PGM, PPM, or BMP format) into one of several vector file formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/potrace/potrace-1.15.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 60cecdaa9d14e0008f96b68dce77d246
Download size: 636 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.5 MB (including tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (including tests)
LLVM-6.0.1 (including clang).
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/potrace
Install Potrace by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/potrace-1.15 \
--enable-a4 \
--enable-metric \
--with-libpotrace &&
make
To run the test suite, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-a4: Use A4
as the default paper size.
--enable-metric: Use
metric units (centimeters) as default
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-libpotrace:
Install the library and headers.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The Qpdf package contains command-line programs and library that do structural, content-preserving transformations on PDF files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/qpdf/qpdf/releases/download/release-qpdf-8.2.1/qpdf-8.2.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a11c1f99753934be7d60c0ab43821bbc
Download size: 7.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 117 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (using parallelism=4; with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qpdf
Install Qpdf by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/qpdf-8.2.1 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-29 19:35:01 -0700
This chapter contains various utilities that do not fit conveniently into other chapters. Programs include a command line calculator, several utilities for manipulating text and graphics, a program to interface with a palm-pilot, a program for entering PIN numbers and pass-phrases, and a hash generator.
The Asciidoc package is a text document format for writing notes, documentation, articles, books, ebooks, slideshows, web pages, man pages and blogs. AsciiDoc files can be translated to many formats including HTML, PDF, EPUB, and man page.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/asciidoc/asciidoc-8.6.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c59018f105be8d022714b826b0be130a
Download size: 888 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/asciidoc
Install Asciidoc by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/asciidoc-8.6.9 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && make docs
Last updated on 2018-08-15 20:14:45 -0700
Compface provides utilities and a library to convert from/to X-Face format, a 48x48 bitmap format used to carry thumbnails of email authors in a mail header.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/compface/compface-1.5.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/compface/compface-1.5.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 62f4f79c0861ad292ba3cf77b4c48319
Download size: 47 KB
Estimated disk space required: 520 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/compface
Install Compface by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -m755 -v xbm2xface.pl /usr/bin
|
is a filter for generating highly compressed representations of 48x48x1 face image files. |
|
|
is an inverse filter which performs an inverse transformation with no loss of data. |
|
|
is a script to generate xfaces. |
|
|
allows the compression and decompression algorithms to be used in other programs such as MTAs. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
The Desktop File Utils package contains command line utilities for working with Desktop entries. These utilities are used by Desktop Environments and other applications to manipulate the MIME-types application databases and help adhere to the Desktop Entry Specification.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/desktop-file-utils/releases/desktop-file-utils-0.23.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 599133d51cc9a41bfec186414906b6f1
Download size: 132 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/desktop-file-utils
Install Desktop File Utils by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The XDG Base Directory specification defines the standard locations for applications to place data and configuration files. These files can be used, for instance, to define the menu structure and menu items in a desktop environment.
The default location for configuration files to be
installed is /etc/xdg, and
the default locations for data files are /usr/local/share and /usr/share. These locations can be
extended with the environment variables XDG_CONFIG_DIRS and XDG_DATA_DIRS, respectively. The
GNOME, KDE and XFCE environments respect these
settings.
When a package installs a .desktop file to a location in one of the
base data directories, the database that maps MIME-types to
available applications can be updated. For instance, the
cache file at /usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache
can be rebuilt by executing the following command as the
root user:
install -vdm755 /usr/share/applications && update-desktop-database /usr/share/applications
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
The Graphviz package contains graph visualization software. Graph visualization is a way of representing structural information as diagrams of abstract graphs and networks. Graphviz has several main graph layout programs. It also has web and interactive graphical interfaces, auxiliary tools, libraries, and language bindings.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://graphviz.gitlab.io/pub/graphviz/stable/SOURCES/graphviz.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4ea6fd64603536406166600bcc296fc8
Download size: 24 MB
Estimated disk space required: 177 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (using parallelism=4)
The graphviz source tarball shown above downloads to a non-versioned file name: graphviz.tar.gz. It does expand to a versioned directory, graphviz-2.40.1/. If you prefer to use a versioned tarball name, you can simply rename it or download the package with:
wget -c http://graphviz.gitlab.io/pub/graphviz/stable/SOURCES/graphviz.tar.gz \
-O graphviz-2.40.1.tar.gz
.
Optional patch to use Qt-5.11.1: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/8.3/graphviz-2.40.1-qt5-1.patch
Graphviz basic usage does not need any libraries out of what is found in the LFS book. Its “core” rendering engine allows to generate several graphic formats, such as Postscript, SVG, VML, .fig, and Tk. Those formats can be converted to almost any other, using for example tools from ImageMagick-7.0.8-10. The dependencies below add the ability to generate graph images in bitmap format, to display the graph image on screen, to edit a graph by seeing directly the result image, or to view large graphs. Since Graphviz is a dependency of several other packages in this book, it is suggested to first build it without any dependencies, then to rebuild it when you have built enough packages to suit your needs.
Pango-1.42.3, with Cairo-1.14.12, Xorg Libraries, Fontconfig-2.13.0, and libpng-1.6.35, to generate images in bitmap SVG, postscript, PNG, and PDF formats, or displaying the image on screen
Adding GTK+-2.24.32 with libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0 allows to add JPEG, BMP, TIF, and ICO formats, and to display the image in a GTK+ window
GD Library may be used instead of Pango. It adds the ability to generate images in GIF, VRML, and GD formats, but Pango provides better outputs for the other formats, and is needed for displaying images
Other formats may be added with libwebp-1.0.0 (WebP support is considered experimental), DevIL, libLASi, glitz, and libming (Macromedia Flash)
libgs.so from ghostscript-9.23,
librsvg-2.42.2, and Poppler-0.67.0
Freeglut-3.0.0 (with libglade-2.6.4, GtkGLExt, and libGTS, for building the smyrna large graph viewer, which is considered experimental), Qt-5.11.1, for building the gvedit graph editor. Another graph editor, dotty needs only Xorg Libraries
SWIG-3.0.12 (SWIG must be installed or no bindings will be built), GCC-8.2.0 (for the go language), Guile-2.2.4, OpenJDK-10.0.2, Lua-5.3.5, PHP-7.2.9, Python-2.7.15, Ruby-2.5.1, Tcl-8.6.8, Tk-8.6.8, Io, Mono, OCaml, and R
Criterion (framework for tests), Electric Fence,
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/graphviz
If Ruby-2.5.1 is installed, and you want to build Ruby bindings, fix ruby's detection:
sed -e '/ruby/s/1\.9/2.4/' -i configure.ac
If Qt-5.11.1 is installed, and you want to build the gvedit graph editor, issue:
patch -p1 -i ../graphviz-2.40.1-qt5-1.patch
Install Graphviz by running the following commands:
sed -i '/LIBPOSTFIX="64"/s/64//' configure.ac && autoreconf && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite that provides meaningful results.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If desired, create a symbolic link in the system documents
directory to the documentation installed in /usr/share/graphviz/doc using the following
command as the root user:
ln -v -s /usr/share/graphviz/doc \
/usr/share/doc/graphviz-2.40.1
sed ... configure.ac: This command is needed to avoid installing files in /usr/lib64.
--with-javaincludedir="$JAVA_HOME/include
-I$JAVA_HOME/include/linux": If you have built
OpenJDK-10.0.2 in /opt, and you want to
build the JAVA bindings, it is necessary to specify the
location of the JAVA header files to configure. The configure
switch is designed for only one directory, but two
directories need to be included. This is possible
nevertheless by using the -I switch inside the variable.
--with-webp: Even if libwebp-1.0.0 is installed, it is not
included in the build without this option.
--with-smyrna: Even if the needed
dependencies are installed, the interactive graph viewer
smyrna is not
built without this option.
There are no specific configuration requirements for
Graphviz. You may consider
installing the additional plugins and tools available from
the download page at http://www.graphviz.org/Download_source.php
for additional capabilities. If additional plugins are
installed, you can run dot
-c (as the root user) to update the config file in /usr/lib/graphviz.
|
is a filter that takes a directed graph as input and outputs a copy of the graph with sufficient edges reversed to make the graph acyclic. |
|
|
decomposes graphs into their biconnected components, printing the components to standard output. |
|
|
decomposes graphs into their connected components, printing the components to standard output. |
|
|
draws graphs using a circular layout. |
|
|
takes as input a graph in DOT format, finds node clusters and augments the graph with this information. |
|
|
(needs GD Library) generates an image where each pixel is the difference between the corresponding pixel in each of the two source images. |
|
|
reads a stream of graphs and for each computes the distance of every node from sourcenode. |
|
|
draws directed graphs. It works well on DAGs and other graphs that can be drawn as hierarchies. It reads attributed graph files and writes drawings. By default, the output format dot is the input file with layout coordinates appended. |
|
|
converts between graphs represented in GXL and in
the DOT language. Unless a conversion type is
specified using a flag, gxl2dot will
deduce the type of conversion from the suffix of
the input file, a |
|
|
is a graph editor for the X Window System. It may be run as a standalone editor, or as a front end for applications that use graphs. It can control multiple windows viewing different graphs. |
|
|
edge coloring to disambiguate crossing edges. |
|
|
draws undirected graphs using a “spring” model. It relies on a force-directed approach in the spirit of Fruchterman and Reingold. |
|
|
is a graph analogue to wc in that it prints to standard output the number of nodes, edges, connected components or clusters contained in the input files. It also prints a total count for all graphs if more than one graph is given. |
|
|
converts a graph specified in the GML format to a graph in the GV (formerly DOT) format. |
|
|
converts a graph specified in the GRAPHML format to a graph in the GV (formerly DOT) format. |
|
|
converts a graph specified in the GV format to a graph in the GML format. |
|
|
converts a graph specified in the GV format to a graph in the GXL format. |
|
|
is a filter that sets node colors from initial seed values. Colors flow along edges from tail to head, and are averaged (as HSB vectors) at nodes. |
|
|
provides a simple graph editor and viewer. It allows many graphs to be viewed at the same time. The text of each graph is displayed in its own text window. |
|
|
generates a variety of simple, regularly-structured abstract graphs. |
|
|
takes as input a graph in DOT format, finds node clusters and produces a rendering of the graph as a geographic-style map, with clusters highlighted, in xdot format. |
|
|
is a pipeline for running gvmap. |
|
|
reads in a stream of graphs, combines the graphs into a single layout, and produces a single graph serving as the union of the input graphs. |
|
|
is a graph stream editor inspired by awk. It copies input graphs to its output, possibly transforming their structure and attributes, creating new graphs, or printing arbitrary information. |
|
|
converts between graphs represented in GXL and in
the DOT language. Unless a conversion type is
specified using a flag, gxl2dot will
deduce the type of conversion from the suffix of
the input file, a |
|
|
converts between graphs represented in GXL and in the GV language. |
|
|
is a two-view graphics editor for technical pictures. |
|
|
is a graph editor for the X Window System. It may be run as a standalone editor, or as a front end for applications that use graphs. It can control multiple windows viewing different graphs. |
|
|
converts a sparse matrix of the Matrix Market format to a graph in the GV (formerly DOT) format. |
|
|
draws undirected graphs using “spring” models. Input files must be formatted in the dot attributed graph language. By default, the output of neato is the input graph with layout coordinates appended. |
|
|
reads a stream of graphs and prints each in pretty-printed (canonical) format on stdout. If no files are given, it reads from stdin. |
|
|
draws clustered graphs. As input, it takes any graph in the DOT format. |
|
|
draws clustered graphs using a squarified treemap layout. As input, it takes any graph in the DOT format. |
|
|
reads directed graphs in the same format used by dot and removes subgraphs rooted at nodes specified on the command line via options. |
|
|
decomposes digraphs into strongly connected components and an auxiliary map of the relationship between components. In this map, each component is collapsed into a node. The resulting graphs are printed to stdout. |
|
|
draws undirected graphs using the “spring” model, but it uses a multi-scale approach to produce layouts of large graphs in a reasonably short time. |
|
|
computes the transitive reduction of directed graphs, and prints the resulting graphs to standard output. This removes edges implied by transitivity. Nodes and subgraphs are not otherwise affected. |
|
|
draws graphs using a radial layout. Basically, one node is chosen as the center and put at the origin. The remaining nodes are placed on a sequence of concentric circles centered about the origin, each a fixed radial distance from the previous circle. |
|
|
is a preprocessor to dot that is used to improve the aspect ratio of graphs having many leaves or disconnected nodes. The usual layout for such a graph is generally very wide or tall. |
|
|
is a simple script which launches the gvim or vim editor along with a GUI window showing the dot output of the edited file. |
|
|
manages run-time dictionaries using standard container data types: unordered set/multiset, ordered set/multiset, list, stack, and queue. |
|
|
supports graph programming by maintaining graphs in memory and reading and writing graph files. Graphs are composed of nodes, edges, and nested subgraphs. |
|
|
provides a context for applications wishing to manipulate and render graphs. It provides a command line parsing, common rendering code, and a plugin mechanism for renderers. |
|
|
contains functions to find the shortest path between two points in a simple polygon. |
|
|
provides support for parsing and deparsing graphical operations specificed by the xdot language. |
Last updated on 2018-08-21 15:53:34 -0700
The GTK-Doc package contains a code documenter. This is useful for extracting specially formatted comments from the code to create API documentation. This package is optional; if it is not installed, packages will not build the documentation. This does not mean that you will not have any documentation. If GTK-Doc is not available, the install process will copy any pre-built documentation to your system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-doc/1.28/gtk-doc-1.28.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-doc/1.28/gtk-doc-1.28.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 48550c33f9b9b530f9e5f397979b613a
Download size: 712 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.79.2, itstool-2.0.4, libxslt-1.1.32, and Python-2.7.15
dblatex or fop-2.3 (XML PDF support), GLib-2.56.1 (for the test suite), GNOME Doc Utils and Which-2.21 (required for the test suite and gtk-doc documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtk-doc
Install GTK-Doc by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-17 16:59:52 -0700
The hd2u package contains an any to any text format converter.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://hany.sk/~hany/_data/hd2u/hd2u-1.0.4.tgz
Download MD5 sum: d516d794deb42ee95bd4e96af94088de
Download size: 64 KB
Estimated disk space required: 364 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/hd2u
Install hd2u by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
Highlight is an utility that converts source code to formatted text with syntax highlighting.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.andre-simon.de/zip/highlight-3.44.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 82a2b17a372d45a6868d181890133069
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB (with gui)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
Qt-5.11.1 (to build the GUI front-end)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/highlight
To build Highlight run the following command:
make
To build the Qt5 GUI front-end, run the following command:
make gui
This package does not come with a test suite.
To install Highlight, run
the following command as the root user:
make install
To install the GUI program, run the following command as the
root user:
make install-gui
Last updated on 2018-08-15 18:24:48 -0700
ibus is an Intelligent Input Bus. It is a new input framework for Linux OS. It provides a full featured and user friendly input method user interface.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/ibus/ibus/releases/download/1.5.19/ibus-1.5.19.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a2be6f200dd9ada2501474a6877a73ef
Download size: 2.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 73 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (with tests)
Download: https://www.unicode.org/Public/zipped/10.0.0/UCD.zip (Unicode Character Database)
DConf-0.28.0, ISO Codes-3.79, and Vala-0.40.8
gobject-introspection-1.56.1, GTK+-2.24.32, and libnotify-0.7.7
D-Bus Python-1.2.8 and PyGObject-3.28.3 (both to build the Python support library), GTK-Doc-1.28, PyXDG-0.25 (for the ibus-setup), and libxkbcommon-0.8.2, Wayland-1.15.0 (both to build the Wayland support programs), and EmojiOne
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ibus
If the optional Unicode Character Database was downloaded,
install it now as the as the root user:
mkdir -p /usr/share/unicode/ucd && unzip -u ../UCD.zip -d /usr/share/unicode/ucd
Be sure to also remove the disable-unicode-dict in the configure step below.
Fix an issue with deprecated schema entries:
sed -i 's@/desktop/ibus@/org/freedesktop/ibus@g' \
data/ibus.schemas.in \
data/dconf/org.freedesktop.ibus.gschema.xml.in
Install ibus by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-unicode-dict \
--disable-emoji-dict &&
rm -f tools/main.c &&
make
To test the results, issue: make -k check. Some tests may fail for unknown reasons.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -ri ... data/ibus.schemas ...: This sed fixes deprecated entries in the gsettings schema templates installed by this package.
--disable-emoji-dict:
This switch disables the use of emoticon dictionaries. Omit
if you installed the optional package.
--disable-unicode-dict: This
switch disables the use of unicode dictionaries. Omit if you
installed the optional Unicode Character Database.
rm -f tools/main.c: This command removes a generated file that was not removed when packaging.
--disable-gtk2: This switch
disables building the GTK+ 2
immodule. Use it if you have not installed GTK+ 2.
--enable-python-library: This
switch enables building the Python support library. Use it if have
installed the optional dependencies.
--enable-wayland: This switch
enables building the Wayland
support programs. Use it if you have installed the optional
dependencies.
--with-python=python3: This
switch makes the configure script look for
Python 3. Use it if you want
to build the Python 3
support library alongside the Python 2 one.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-22 06:32:30 -0700
ImageMagick underwent many changes in its libraries between versions 6 and 7. Most packages in BLFS which use ImageMagick can use version 7, but for the others this page will install only the libraries, headers and general documentation (not programs, manpages, perl modules), and it will rename the unversioned pkgconfig files so that they do not overwrite the same-named files from version 7.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.imagemagick.org/download/releases/ImageMagick-6.9.10-10.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.imagemagick.org/pub/ImageMagick/releases/ImageMagick-6.9.10-10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b273e560556ba1b1e66d248e524319b0
Download size: 8.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 198 MB, with typical dependencies (add 32 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 1.6 SBU for tests)
The ImageMagick source
releases are updated frequently and the version shown above
may no longer be available from the download locations. You
can download a more recent version and use the existing
BLFS instructions to install it. Chances are that it will
work just fine, but this has not been tested by the BLFS
team. If the package version shown above is not available
from the locations shown above, or from the legacy/ directory at ftp.ImageMagick.org/pub/ImageMagick you
can download it from the BLFS package server at Oregon
State University:
ftp://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/blfs/conglomeration/ImageMagick/.
The optional dependencies listed below should be installed if
you need support for the specific format or the conversion
tool the dependency provides. Many of the dependencies'
capabilities and uses are described in the
“MAGICK DELEGATES”
section of the README.txt file
located in the source tree. Additional information about the
dependencies can be found in the Install-unix.txt file located in the source
tree as well as issuing the ./configure --help command.
A summary of this information, as well as some additional
notes can be viewed on-line at
http://www.imagemagick.org/script/advanced-unix-installation.php.
Cups-2.2.8, cURL-7.61.0, FFmpeg-4.0.2, fftw-3.3.8, p7zip-16.02 (LZMA), SANE-1.0.27, Wget-1.19.5, xdg-utils-1.1.3, xterm-335, Dmalloc, Electric Fence, PGP or GnuPG-2.2.9 (you'll have to do some hacking to use GnuPG), Profiles, and ufraw (for raw formats listed in http://www.imagemagick.org/www/formats.html)
JasPer-2.0.14, Little CMS-1.19 or Little CMS-2.9, libexif-0.6.21, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libpng-1.6.35, libraw-0.19.0 (RAW_R), librsvg-2.42.2, LibTIFF-4.0.9, libwebp-1.0.0, OpenJPEG-2.3.0, Pango-1.42.3, DjVuLibre, FlashPIX (libfpx), FLIF, JBIG-KIT, libgxps, libraqm, Liquid Rescale, OpenEXR, and RALCGM (or ralcgm)
Dejavu fonts, ghostscript-9.23, Gimp-2.10.6, Graphviz-2.40.1, Inkscape-0.92.3, Blender, corefonts, GhostPCL, Gnuplot, POV-Ray, and Radiance
Enscript-1.6.6, texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx) AutoTrace, GeoExpress Command Line Utilities, AKA MrSID Utilities (binary package), hp2xx, html2ps, libwmf, UniConvertor, and Utah Raster Toolkit (or URT-3.1b)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/imagemagick
Install ImageMagick by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../ImageMagick-6.9.10-10-libs_only-1.patch &&
autoreconf -fi &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-hdri \
--with-modules \
--disable-static &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make DOCUMENTATION_PATH=/usr/share/doc/imagemagick-6.9.10 install-libs-only
To test the installation, issue: make check. Note that the EPS, PS, and PDF tests require a working Ghostscript. One test in 'make check' needs “Helvetica” from “Ghostscript Standard Fonts”, which are optionally installed in ghostscript-9.23 - that test, and one other, might fail, but all the validation can still pass.
patch -Np1 -i ../ImageMagick-6.9.10-imagemagick6_libs_only-1.patch: Move unversioned pkgconfig files to versioned names and provide an option to only install libraries and associated files.
--enable-hdri:
Enables building of a high dynamic range version of
ImageMagick.
--with-modules:
Enables support for dynamically loadable modules.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-gslib: Enables support to
use the Ghostscript shared
library.
--with-rsvg: Enables support to
use the librsvg library.
--with-autotrace: Enables support
to use the Autotrace
library.
--with-wmf: Enables support to
use the libwmf library.
--with-gvc: Enables support to
use GraphViz.
--with-windows-font-dir= :
This option specifies the directory where the Windows
CoreFonts are installed.
<Some/Directory>
--with-dejavu-font-dir= :
This option specifies the directory where the DejaVu fonts
are installed.
<Some/Directory>
The options and parameters listed above are the only ones you should have to pass to the configure script to activate all the delegate dependencies. All other dependencies will be automatically detected and utilized in the build if they are installed.
Last updated on 2018-08-27 09:26:56 -0700
ImageMagick is a collection of tools and libraries to read, write, and manipulate an image in various image formats. Image processing operations are available from the command line. Bindings for Perl and C++ are also available.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.imagemagick.org/download/releases/ImageMagick-7.0.8-10.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.imagemagick.org/pub/ImageMagick/releases/ImageMagick-7.0.8-10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9ae81c8d5f2196d9592533472110261f
Download size: 8.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 207 MB, with typical dependencies (add 37MB for make check)
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU - typical build with parallelism=4 (add 1.3 SBU for make check with parallelism=4 and the validation suite)
The ImageMagick source
releases are updated frequently and the version shown above
may no longer be available from the download locations. You
can download a more recent version and use the existing
BLFS instructions to install it. Chances are that it will
work just fine, but this has not been tested by the BLFS
team. If the package version shown above is not available
from the locations shown above, or from the legacy/ directory at ftp.ImageMagick.org/pub/ImageMagick you
can download it from the BLFS package server at Oregon
State University:
ftp://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/blfs/conglomeration/ImageMagick/.
The optional dependencies listed below should be installed if
you need support for the specific format or the conversion
tool the dependency provides. Many of the dependencies'
capabilities and uses are described in the
“MAGICK DELEGATES”
section of the README.txt file
located in the source tree. Additional information about the
dependencies can be found in the Install-unix.txt file located in the source
tree as well as issuing the ./configure --help command.
A summary of this information, as well as some additional
notes can be viewed on-line at
http://www.imagemagick.org/script/advanced-unix-installation.php.
Clang from LLVM-6.0.1, Cups-2.2.8, cURL-7.61.0, FFmpeg-4.0.2, fftw-3.3.8, p7zip-16.02 (LZMA), SANE-1.0.27, Wget-1.19.5, xdg-utils-1.1.3, xterm-335, Dmalloc, Electric Fence, PGP or GnuPG-2.2.9 (you'll have to do some hacking to use GnuPG), Profiles, and ufraw (for raw formats listed in http://www.imagemagick.org/www/formats.html)
JasPer-2.0.14, Little CMS-1.19 or Little CMS-2.9, libexif-0.6.21, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libpng-1.6.35, libraw-0.19.0 (RAW_R), librsvg-2.42.2, LibTIFF-4.0.9, libwebp-1.0.0, OpenJPEG-2.3.0, Pango-1.42.3, DjVuLibre, FlashPIX (libfpx), FLIF, JBIG-KIT, libgxps, libheif, libraqm, Liquid Rescale, OpenEXR, and RALCGM (or ralcgm)
Dejavu fonts, ghostscript-9.23, Gimp-2.10.6, Graphviz-2.40.1, Inkscape-0.92.3, Blender, corefonts, GhostPCL, Gnuplot, POV-Ray, and Radiance
Enscript-1.6.6, texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx) AutoTrace, GeoExpress Command Line Utilities, AKA MrSID Utilities (binary package), hp2xx, html2ps, libwmf, UniConvertor, and Utah Raster Toolkit (or URT-3.1b)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/imagemagick
Install ImageMagick by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-hdri \
--with-modules \
--with-perl \
--disable-static &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make DOCUMENTATION_PATH=/usr/share/doc/imagemagick-7.0.8 install
To test the installation, issue: make check. A more comprehensive test is the ImageMagick validation suite. If make check has not been executed, run make tests/validate to compile it. Issue tests/validate 2>&1 | tee validate.log to run the validation suite. Note that the EPS, PS, and PDF tests require a working Ghostscript. One test in 'make check' needs “Helvetica” from “Ghostscript Standard Fonts”, which are optionally installed in ghostscript-9.23 - that test, and one other, might fail, but all the validation can still pass.
--enable-hdri:
Enables building of a high dynamic range version of
ImageMagick.
--with-modules:
Enables support for dynamically loadable modules.
--with-perl: Enables
building and installing of PerlMagick.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-gslib: Enables support to
use the Ghostscript shared
library.
--with-rsvg: Enables support to
use the librsvg library.
--with-autotrace: Enables support
to use the Autotrace
library.
--with-wmf: Enables support to
use the libwmf library.
--with-gvc: Enables support to
use GraphViz.
--with-windows-font-dir= :
This option specifies the directory where the Windows
CoreFonts are installed.
<Some/Directory>
--with-dejavu-font-dir= :
This option specifies the directory where the DejaVu fonts
are installed.
<Some/Directory>
The options and parameters listed above are the only ones you should have to pass to the configure script to activate all the delegate dependencies. All other dependencies will be automatically detected and utilized in the build if they are installed.
|
animates a sequence of images. |
|
|
compares an image to a reconstructed image. |
|
|
composites various images into the given base image. |
|
|
processes a MSL script to create an image. |
|
|
converts image(s) from one format to another. |
|
|
displays an image. |
|
|
describes the format and characteristics of an image file. |
|
|
captures an X window. |
|
|
convert between image formats as well as resize an image, blur, crop, despeckle, dither, draw on, flip, join, re-sample and much more. |
|
|
show information about the installed versions of the ImageMagick libraries. |
|
|
transforms an image. |
|
|
composites various images into a new image. |
|
|
streams one or more pixel components of an image or portion of the image to your choice of storage formats. |
|
|
allows the reading, manipulation and writing of a
large number of image file formats using the
ImageMagick
library. Run make in the
|
|
|
provides the C API for ImageMagick. |
|
|
is the recommended C API for ImageMagick. Unlike the MagickCore API it uses only a few opaque types. |
|
|
provides the C++ API for ImageMagick. |
Last updated on 2018-08-21 14:50:54 -0700
The ISO Codes package contains a list of country, language and currency names and it is used as a central database for accessing this data.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/iso-codes/iso-codes-3.79.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5875d7aa41b1acd7b218631ff7b85464
Download size: 3.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 83 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/iso-codes
Install ISO Codes by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
If you install ISO codes over a previous installed version, the install step will fail when creating some symlinks. In order to properly update them, run:
sed -i '/^LN_S/s/s/sfvn/' */Makefile
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
The lsof package is useful to LiSt Open Files for a given running application or process.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://lsof.itap.purdue.edu/pub/tools/unix/lsof/lsof_4.91.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 10e1353aa4bf2fd5bbed65db9ef6fd47
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lsof
The contents of the lsof tarball include another tarball with the source code, which needs, in turn, to be unpacked. Install lsof by running the following commands:
tar -xf lsof_4.91_src.tar && cd lsof_4.91_src && ./Configure -n linux && make CFGL="-L./lib -ltirpc"
This package does not come with a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -m0755 -o root -g root lsof /usr/bin && install -v lsof.8 /usr/share/man/man8
./Configure -n linux: Avoid AFS, customization, and inventory checks, and use the linux dialect.
make CFGL="-L./lib -ltirpc": Add the libtirpc libraries location to the make command.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The PIN-Entry package contains a collection of simple PIN or pass-phrase entry dialogs which utilize the Assuan protocol as described by the Ägypten project. PIN-Entry programs are usually invoked by the gpg-agent daemon, but can be run from the command line as well. There are programs for various text-based and GUI environments, including interfaces designed for Ncurses (text-based), and for the common GTK and Qt toolkits.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.gnupg.org/ftp/gcrypt/pinentry/pinentry-1.1.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 3829315cb0a1e9cedc05ffe6def7a2c6
Download size: 460 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Libassuan-2.5.1 and libgpg-error-1.32
Emacs-26.1, Gcr-3.28.0, GTK+-2.24.32, GTK+-3.22.30, libsecret-0.18.6, and Qt-5.11.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pinentry
Install PIN-Entry by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-pinentry-tty && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-inside-emacs=yes/no:
Default is no.
--enable-pinentry-qt=yes/no:
Default is yes.
--enable-pinentry-gtk2=yes/no:
Default is yes. Even if other pinentry-* is installed,
pinentry will
be a symlink to pinentry-gtk-2.
--enable-pinentry-gnome3=yes/no:
Default is yes. Actually, it is the gtk3 pinentry.
--enable-pinentry-tty: Default is
'maybe'.
|
is a symbolic link to the default PIN-Entry program. |
|
|
is an Ncurses text-based PIN-Entry helper program. |
|
|
is an Emacs version of the PIN-Entry helper program. |
|
|
is a GNOME-3 PIN-Entry helper program. |
|
|
is a GTK+2 PIN-Entry program program. |
|
|
is a Qt4 or 5 PIN-Entry helper program. |
|
|
is a tty PIN-Entry helper program. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The Rarian package is a documentation metadata library based on the proposed Freedesktop.org spec. Rarian is designed to be a replacement for ScrollKeeper.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/rarian/0.8/rarian-0.8.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/rarian/0.8/rarian-0.8.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 75091185e13da67a0ff4279de1757b94
Download size: 317 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
libxslt-1.1.32 (rarian-sk-extract will not be built without this) and docbook-xml-4.5 (without this, Rarian scripts source DTDs from the net)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rarian
Install Rarian by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--localstatedir=/var &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
prints a nice list of all available documents found by the library. |
|
|
emulates scrollkeeper-config. |
|
|
is a wrapper around xsltproc to mimic scrollkeeper-extract. |
|
|
generates a unique (random) uuid. |
|
|
gets a content list (category tree). |
|
|
is a simple wrapper to make calling scrollkeeper-get-cl easier. |
|
|
is a simple wrapper to make calling scrollkeeper-get-cl (extended) easier. |
|
|
emulates scrollkeeper-get-index-from-index-from-docpath, scrollkeeper-get-toc-from-docpath, and scrollkeeper-get-toc-from-id. |
|
|
emulates scrollkeeper-install and scrollkeeper-uninstall. |
|
|
takes in a directory full of omf's, reads and parses them and spews out an equivalent scroll file. |
|
|
creates the omf file by reading an existing omf file and replacing the url for a resource with the url. |
|
|
is a simple wrapper script to emulate scrollkeeper-rebuilddb. |
|
|
is compatible with the scrollkeeper-update script that's required to be run when installing new omf files. It converts the omf files into new-style scrolls. |
|
|
is the API to build a list of available meta data files and allows access to these. |
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The rep-gtk package contains a Lisp and GTK binding. This is useful for extending GTK-2 and GDK libraries with Lisp. Starting at rep-gtk-0.15, the package contains the bindings to GTK and uses the same instructions. Both can be installed, if needed.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.tuxfamily.org/librep/rep-gtk/rep-gtk_0.90.8.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b20f72cf00d316d35fa7f84a6e7532af
Download size: 120 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
GTK+-2.24.32 and librep-0.92.7
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rep-gtk
Install rep-gtk by running the following commands:
./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
Screen is a terminal multiplexor that runs several separate processes, typically interactive shells, on a single physical character-based terminal. Each virtual terminal emulates a DEC VT100 plus several ANSI X3.64 and ISO 2022 functions and also provides configurable input and output translation, serial port support, configurable logging, multi-user support, and many character encodings, including UTF-8. Screen sessions can be detached and resumed later on a different terminal.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/screen/screen-4.6.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/screen/screen-4.6.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a0f529d3333b128dfaa324d978ba73a8
Download size: 828 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/screen
Install Screen by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--infodir=/usr/share/info \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
--with-socket-dir=/run/screen \
--with-pty-group=5 \
--with-sys-screenrc=/etc/screenrc &&
sed -i -e "s%/usr/local/etc/screenrc%/etc/screenrc%" {etc,doc}/* &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -m 644 etc/etcscreenrc /etc/screenrc
--with-socket-dir=/run/screen:
This option places the per-user sockets in a standard
location.
--with-sys-screenrc=/etc/screenrc:
This option places the global screenrc file in /etc.
--with-pty-group=5:
This option sets the gid to the value used by LFS.
Older versions of LFS use the value 4 for the tty group. If you are using LFS version 7.1 or older, change the pty-group option to 4.
sed -i -e "s%/usr/local/etc/screenrc%/etc/screenrc%" {etc,doc}/*: This command corrects the configuration and documentation files to the location that is used here for the global screenrc file.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:11:22 -0700
The Shared Mime Info package contains a MIME database. This allows central updates of MIME information for all supporting applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://people.freedesktop.org/~hadess/shared-mime-info-1.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 418c2ced9dc4dd5ca8b06a755e6d64e9
Download size: 604 KB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (on a minimal system, up to 0.4 SBU on a fully loaded desktop)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/shared-mime-info
If your processor is not a very recent Intel, you may
need to use make -j1 for this
package.
Install Shared Mime Info by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
The Sharutils package contains utilities that can create 'shell' archives.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/sharutils/sharutils-4.15.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/sharutils/sharutils-4.15.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5975ce21da36491d7aa6dc2b0d9788e0
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB (with the test suite)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with the test suite)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sharutils
Install Sharutils by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/IO_ftrylockfile/IO_EOF_SEEN/' lib/*.c && echo "#define _IO_IN_BACKUP 0x100" >> lib/stdio-impl.h && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
creates "shell archives" (or shar files) which are in text format and can be mailed. |
|
|
unpacks a shar file. |
|
|
reads a file (or by default the standard input) and writes an encoded version to the standard output. The encoding uses only printing ASCII characters. |
|
|
reads a file (or by default the standard input) and decodes the uuencoded version to the standard output. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 12:56:14 -0700
The Tidy HTML5 package contains a command line tool and libraries used to read HTML, XHTML and XML files and write cleaned up markup. It detects and corrects many common coding errors and strives to produce visually equivalent markup that is both W3C compliant and compatible with most browsers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/htacg/tidy-html5/releases/download/5.4.0/tidy-html5-5.4.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7e121e1da7e21dc47610b87aae4b4f65
Download size: 512 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tidy
Install Tidy HTML5 by running the following commands:
cd build/cmake &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TAB2SPACE=ON \
../.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m755 tab2space /usr/bin
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to build the release library without any
debug `assert` in the code.
-DBUILD_TAB2SPACE=ON:
This switch is used to enable building the tab2space utility.
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
The time utility is a program that measures many of the CPU resources, such as time and memory, that other programs use. The GNU version can format the output in arbitrary ways by using a printf-style format string to include various resource measurements.
Although the shell has a builtin command providing similar functionalities, this utility is required by the LSB.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/time/time-1.9.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/time/time-1.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d2356e0fe1c0b85285d83c6b2ad51b5f
Download size: 584 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.0 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/time
Install Time by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The tree application, as the name suggests, is useful to display, in a terminal, directory contents, including directories, files, links.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://mama.indstate.edu/users/ice/tree/src/tree-1.7.0.tgz
Download (FTP): ftp://mama.indstate.edu/linux/tree/tree-1.7.0.tgz
Download MD5 sum: abe3e03e469c542d8e157cdd93f4d8a6
Download size: 48 KB
Estimated disk space required: 656 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tree
Install tree by running the following commands:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make MANDIR=/usr/share/man/man1 install && chmod -v 644 /usr/share/man/man1/tree.1
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The unixODBC package is an Open Source ODBC (Open DataBase Connectivity) sub-system and an ODBC SDK for Linux, Mac OSX, and UNIX. ODBC is an open specification for providing application developers with a predictable API with which to access data sources. Data sources include optional SQL Servers and any data source with an ODBC Driver. unixODBC contains the following components used to assist with the manipulation of ODBC data sources: a driver manager, an installer library and command line tool, command line tools to help install a driver and work with SQL, drivers and driver setup libraries.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.unixodbc.org/pub/unixODBC/unixODBC-2.3.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 274a711b0c77394e052db6493840c6f9
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 34 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (using parallelism=4)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/unixodbc
Install unixODBC by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/unixODBC &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
find doc -name "Makefile*" -delete &&
chmod 644 doc/{lst,ProgrammerManual/Tutorial}/* &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.3.7 &&
cp -v -R doc/* /usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.3.7
--enable-drivers: This parameter
enables building the drivers that were installed by default
in previous versions.
--enable-drivers-conf: This
parameter enables building the driver configuration libraries
that were installed by default in previous versions.
The files in /etc/unixODBC
are meant to be configured by the system administrator (or
the ODBC site administrator if appropriate privileges are
granted to /etc/unixODBC).
These files are not meant to be directly edited. The ODBC
installer library is responsible for reading and writing
the unixODBC config files.
Unfortunately, there are not many man, or any info pages for the
various programs available in the unixODBC package. Along with the
information in the “Short
Descriptions” below and the documentation
installed in /usr/share/doc/unixODBC-2.3.7, there are
many README files throughout
the source tree where the use and functionality of the
programs can be found. Additionally, you can use the
parameter -? for syntax and
usage information. Lastly, the unixODBC web site at http://www.unixodbc.org/ has
very good information.
|
is a utility used to check a shared library to see if it can be loaded and if a given symbol exists in it. |
|
|
is a utility which can be used to submit SQL to a data source and to format/output results. It can be used in batch or interactive mode. |
|
|
provides the same functionality as the isql program. |
|
|
is used to find out details about the installation of the unixODBC package. |
|
|
is a utility created for install script/RPM
writers. It is a command line interface to key
functionality in the |
|
|
is a utility which attempts to check whether an ODBC driver was built with 32-bit or 64-bit SQLLEN types. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
Xdg-user-dirs is a tool to help manage “well known” user directories like the desktop folder and the music folder. It also handles localization (i.e. translation) of the filenames.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://user-dirs.freedesktop.org/releases/xdg-user-dirs-0.17.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e0564ec6d838e6e41864d872a29b3575
Download size: 251 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xdg-user-dirs
Install xdg-user-dirs by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
This chapter contains mainly hardware utilities. It also contains some applications used by other applications in the book for installation or configuration purposes.
The acpid (Advanced Configuration and Power Interface event daemon) is a completely flexible, totally extensible daemon for delivering ACPI events. It listens on netlink interface and when an event occurs, executes programs to handle the event. The programs it executes are configured through a set of configuration files, which can be dropped into place by packages or by the user.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/acpid2/acpid-2.0.30.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1528040b5d34f8c24ebabd97befbf913
Download size: 152 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/acpid
Install acpid by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/acpid-2.0.30 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m755 -d /etc/acpi/events && cp -r samples /usr/share/doc/acpid-2.0.30
acpid is configured by user
defined events. Place event files under /etc/acpi/events directory. If an event
occurs, acpid
recurses through the event files in order to see if the regex
defined after "event" matches. If they do, action is
executed.
The following brief example will suspend the system when the laptop lid is closed (it requires pm-utils-1.4.1):
cat > /etc/acpi/events/lid << "EOF"event=button/lid action=/etc/acpi/lid.shEOF cat > /etc/acpi/lid.sh << "EOF"#!/bin/sh /bin/grep -q open /proc/acpi/button/lid/LID/state && exit 0 /usr/sbin/pm-suspendEOF chmod +x /etc/acpi/lid.sh
Unfortunately, not every computer labels ACPI events in the
same way. To determine how your buttons are recognized, use
the acpi_listen
tool. Also, look in the samples
directory under /usr/share/doc/acpid-2.0.30 for more
examples.
To automatically start acpid when the system is
rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/acpid boot script from
the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-acpid
|
is a program that listens for ACPI events and executes the rules that match the received event. |
|
|
is a simple tool which connects to acpid and listens for events. |
|
|
is a monitor program that connects to three sources of ACPI events (events file, netlink and input layer) and then reports on what it sees while it is connected. |
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The at package provide delayed job execution and batch processing. It is required for Linux Standards Base (LSB) conformance.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/a/at/at_3.1.20.orig.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e7bd7b785b2cbb17e133d6bdc0fb099e
Download size: 128 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
An MTA
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/at
Before building at, as the
root user you should create
the group and user atd which
will run the atd daemon. Also ensure the
working directory for the daemon exists:
groupadd -g 17 atd && useradd -d /dev/null -c "atd daemon" -g atd -s /bin/false -u 17 atd && mkdir -p /var/spool/cron
Fix Makefile.in so that the
documentation directory is installed in the specified docdir:
sed -i '/docdir/s/=.*/= @docdir@/' Makefile.in
Regenerate the build files to be consistent with this package version:
autoreconf
Install at with the following commands:
./configure --with-daemon_username=atd \
--with-daemon_groupname=atd \
SENDMAIL=/usr/sbin/sendmail &&
make -j1
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install \
docdir=/usr/share/doc/at-3.1.20 \
atdocdir=/usr/share/doc/at-3.1.20
Install the /etc/init.d/atd
init script from the blfs-bootscripts-20180105
package.
make install-atd
|
queues, examines or deletes jobs for later execution. |
|
|
is the daemon that runs jobs queued for later execution. |
|
|
lists the user's pending jobs, or all jobs, if superuser. |
|
|
deletes jobs, identified by their job number. |
|
|
runs jobs queued for later execution. |
|
|
is a script that executes commands when system load levels permit. |
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
Autofs controls the operation of the automount daemons. The automount daemons automatically mount filesystems when they are accessed and unmount them after a period of inactivity. This is done based on a set of pre-configured maps.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/daemons/autofs/v5/autofs-5.1.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5d35e3282e7a47ec1a5acaeebcc51db2
Download size: 300 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libtirpc-1.0.3 and rpcsvc-proto-1.4
nfs-utils-2.3.2, libxml2-2.9.8, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, OpenLDAP-2.4.46 (client only), and Cyrus SASL-2.1.26
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/autofs
Verify that automounter kernel support has been enabled:
File systems --->
<*/M> Kernel automounter version 4 support (also supports v3) [CONFIG_AUTOFS4_FS]
Optionally, enable the following options in the kernel configuration:
File systems --->
[*] Network File Systems ---> [CONFIG_NETWORK_FILESYSTEMS]
<*/M> NFS client support [CONFIG_NFS_FS]
<*/M> CIFS support (advanced network filesystem, SMBFS successor) [CONFIG_CIFS]
Recompile and install the new kernel, if necessary.
Install Autofs by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/ \
--with-libtirpc \
--without-openldap \
--mandir=/usr/share/man &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-libtirpc: This
switch forces the package to use libtirpc for RPC
functionality instead of relying on implementation from
Glibc, which was removed in LFS 8.1.
--without-openldap:
This switch disables openldap if found. If openldap is
desired, omit this switch. Note that openldap support in
autofs requires MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1.
The installation process creates auto.master, auto.misc, auto.smb, and auto.net. Replace the auto.master file with the following
commands as the root user:
mv /etc/auto.master /etc/auto.master.bak &&
cat > /etc/auto.master << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/auto.master
/media/auto /etc/auto.misc --ghost
#/home /etc/auto.home
# End /etc/auto.master
EOF
This file creates a new media directory, /media/auto that will overlay any
existing directory of the same name. In this example, the
file, /etc/auto.misc, has a
line:
cd -fstype=iso9660,ro,nosuid,nodev :/dev/cdrom
that will mount a cdrom as /media/auto/cd if that directory is
accessed. The --ghost option
tells the automounter to create “ghost” versions (i.e. empty
directories) of all the mount points listed in the
configuration file regardless whether any of the file
systems are actually mounted or not. This is very
convenient and highly recommended, because it will show you
the available auto-mountable file systems as existing
directories, even when their file systems aren't currently
mounted. Without the --ghost
option, you'll have to remember the names of the
directories. As soon as you try to access one of them, the
directory will be created and the file system will be
mounted. When the file system gets unmounted again, the
directory is destroyed too, unless the --ghost option was given.
An alternative method would be to specify another
automount location such as /var/lib/auto/cdrom and create a
symbolic link from /media/cdrom to the automount location.
The auto.misc file must be
configured to your working hardware. The loaded
configuration file should load your cdrom if /dev/cdrom is active or it can be edited
to match your device setup. Examples for floppies are
available in the file and easily activated. Documentation
for this file is available using the man 5 autofs command.
In the second line, if enabled, a user's home directory
would be mounted via NFS upon login. The /etc/home.auto would need to exist and
have an entry similar to:
joe example.org:/export/home/joe
where the directory /export/home/joe is exported via NFS from
the system example.org. NFS shares are covered on the next
page.
This package could also be used to mount SMB shares, however that feature is not configured in these instructions. For additional configuration information, see the man pages for auto.master(5). There are also web resources such as this AUTOFS HOWTO available.
autofs installs its own boot script, but it has no capability for logging or visual conformance with other BLFS scripts.
Install the /etc/init.d/autofs mount script included
with the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-autofs
The time-out variable is set in /etc/sysconfig/autofs.conf. The installed
file sets a default of 60 seconds of inactivity before
unmounting the device. A much shorter time may be necessary
to protect buffer writing to a floppy if users tend to
remove the media prior to the timeout setting.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The BlueZ package contains the Bluetooth protocol stack for Linux.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/bluetooth/bluez-5.50.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8e35c67c81a55d3ad4c9f22280dae178
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 62 MB (add 15 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 0.3 SBU for tests)
Optional patch (required to work properly with gnome-bluetooth and/or kde bluedevil): http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/8.3/bluez-5.50-obexd_without_systemd-1.patch
dbus-1.12.10, GLib-2.56.1, and libical-3.0.4
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bluez
If you are building this package to use bluetooth devices (rather than as a build dependency), enable the following options in the kernel configuration, also the options below the next paragraph if you intend to run the tests, and recompile the kernel if necessary:
[*] Networking support ---> [CONFIG_NET]
</M> Bluetooth subsystem support ---> [CONFIG_BT]
<*/M> RFCOMM protocol support [CONFIG_BT_RFCOMM]
[*] RFCOMM TTY support [CONFIG_BT_RFCOMM_TTY]
<*/M> BNEP protocol support [CONFIG_BT_BNEP]
[*] Multicast filter support [CONFIG_BT_BNEP_MC_FILTER]
[*] Protocol filter support [CONFIG_BT_BNEP_PROTO_FILTER]
<*/M> HIDP protocol support [CONFIG_BT_HIDP]
Bluetooth device drivers --->
(Select the appropriate drivers for your Bluetooth hardware)
<*/M> RF switch subsystem support ---> [CONFIG_RFKILL]
If you wish to run the testsuite (even if treating this package as a build dependency), you will need to enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
[*] Networking support ---> [CONFIG_NET]
-*- Cryptographic API ---> [CONFIG_CRYPTO]
</M> User-space interface for hash algorithms [CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH]
</M> User-space interface for symmetric key cipher algorithms [CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_SKCIPHER]
If you are going to use BlueZ with gnome-bluetooth and/or kde bluedevil, apply the following patch:
patch -Np1 -i ../bluez-5.50-obexd_without_systemd-1.patch
Install BlueZ by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--enable-library \
--disable-systemd &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && ln -svf ../libexec/bluetooth/bluetoothd /usr/sbin
Install the main configuration file as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /etc/bluetooth && install -v -m644 src/main.conf /etc/bluetooth/main.conf
If desired, install the API documentation as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/bluez-5.50 && install -v -m644 doc/*.txt /usr/share/doc/bluez-5.50
--enable-library:
This switch enables building the BlueZ 4 compatibility library which is
required by some applications.
--disable-systemd:
This switch is needed because systemd is not part of LFS/BLFS. If you
are using systemd, remove this switch.
ln -svf ../libexec/bluetooth/bluetoothd /usr/sbin: This command makes access to the bluetooth daemon more convenient.
/etc/bluetooth/main.conf is
installed automatically during the install. Additionally,
there are three supplementary configuration files.
/etc/sysconfig/bluetooth is installed as a part of the boot
script below. In addition, you optionally can install the
following, as the root
user:
cat > /etc/bluetooth/rfcomm.conf << "EOF"
# Start rfcomm.conf
# Set up the RFCOMM configuration of the Bluetooth subsystem in the Linux kernel.
# Use one line per command
# See the rfcomm man page for options
# End of rfcomm.conf
EOF
cat > /etc/bluetooth/uart.conf << "EOF"
# Start uart.conf
# Attach serial devices via UART HCI to BlueZ stack
# Use one line per device
# See the hciattach man page for options
# End of uart.conf
EOF
To automatically start the bluetoothd daemon when
the system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/bluetooth bootscript
from the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-bluetooth
|
is used to issue BlueCore commands to Cambridge Silicon Radio devices. |
|
|
is a Bluemoon configuration utility. |
|
|
is the interactive Bluetooth control program. |
|
|
is the Bluetooth daemon. |
|
|
provides access to the Bluetooth subsystem monitor infrastructure for reading HCI traces. |
|
|
is used to convert a file needed by Broadcom devices to hcd (Broadcom bluetooth firmware) format. |
|
|
is used to send a L2CAP echo request to the Bluetooth MAC address given in dotted hex notation. |
|
|
is a L2CAP testing program. |
|
|
is used to test RFCOMM communications on the Bluetooth stack. |
|
|
contains the BlueZ 4 API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
Colord is a system service that makes it easy to manage, install, and generate color profiles. It is used mainly by GNOME Color Manager for system integration and use when no users are logged in.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/colord/releases/colord-1.4.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f032ecac927e9078c41fff97800441e8
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
dbus-1.12.10, GLib-2.56.1, Little CMS-2.9, and SQLite-3.24.0
gobject-introspection-1.56.1, libgudev-232, libgusb-0.3.0, Polkit-0.114, and Vala-0.40.8
DocBook-utils-0.6.14, gnome-desktop-3.28.2 and colord-gtk-0.1.26 (to build the example tools), GTK-Doc-1.28, libxslt-1.1.32, SANE-1.0.27, ArgyllCMS, and Bash Completion
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/colord
There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of
the colord daemon after it has started. Issue the following
commands as the root user:
groupadd -g 71 colord &&
useradd -c "Color Daemon Owner" -d /var/lib/colord -u 71 \
-g colord -s /bin/false colord
First, clean up about 100 warnings:
mv po/fur.po po/ur.po && sed -i 's/fur/ur/' po/LINGUAS
Install Colord by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
-Ddaemon_user=colord \
-Dvapi=true \
-Dsystemd=false \
-Dlibcolordcompat=true \
-Dargyllcms_sensor=false \
-Dbash_completion=false \
-Ddocs=false \
-Dman=false .. &&
ninja
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
To test the results, issue: ninja -k 2 test. One test,
colord-self-test-daemon, will
fail. The test suite must be run after the package is
installed, and the system-wide D-Bus Daemon must be running.
-Ddaemon_user=colord:
This switch is used so the colord daemon will run as an
unprivileged user instead of the root user.
-Dvapi=true: This
switch enables building the Vala bindings. Remove if you don't have
Vala-0.40.8 installed.
-Dsystemd=false: This
switch disables support for systemd login in Colord applications.
-Dlibcolordcompat=true: This
switch enables building a compatibility library for older
packages that use Colord.
-Dargyllcms_sensor=false: This
switch disables the ArgLLCMS sensor driver. Omit if you have
ArgyllCMS installed and wish
to use it.
-Dbash_completion=false: This
switch disables Bash Completion support for Colord
applications.
-Ddocs=false: This
switch disables building of documentation. Omit if you have
GTK-Doc-1.28 avaialable.
-Dman=false: This
switch disables building of man pages. Omit if you have
DocBook-utils-0.6.14 avaialable.
|
is the Color Manager Profile Creation Tool. |
|
|
is a tool used to fix metadata in ICC profiles. |
|
|
dumps the contents of an ICC profile as human readable text. |
|
|
is the Color Manager Testing Tool. |
|
|
is a text-mode program that allows you to interact with colord on the command line. |
|
|
contains the Colord API functions. |
|
|
contains legacy API functions for compatibility with older applications. |
|
|
contains internal API functions for the programs included with Colord. |
|
|
contains a simple display hardware colorimiter. |
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The cpio package contains tools for archiving.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/cpio/cpio-2.12.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/cpio/cpio-2.12.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 93eea9f07c0058c097891c73e4955456
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB (with tests and docs)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests and docs)
texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cpio
Install cpio by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--bindir=/bin \
--enable-mt \
--with-rmt=/usr/libexec/rmt &&
make &&
makeinfo --html -o doc/html doc/cpio.texi &&
makeinfo --html --no-split -o doc/cpio.html doc/cpio.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/cpio.txt doc/cpio.texi
If you have texlive-20180414 installed and wish to create PDF or Postscript documentation, issue one or both of the following commands:
make -C doc pdf && make -C doc ps
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cpio-2.12/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/cpio-2.12/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/cpio.{html,txt} \
/usr/share/doc/cpio-2.12
If you built PDF or Postscript documentation, install it by
issuing the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m644 doc/cpio.{pdf,ps,dvi} \
/usr/share/doc/cpio-2.12
--bindir=/bin: This
parameter installs cpio to /bin instead of /usr/bin as recommended by the FHS
guidelines.
--enable-mt: This
parameter forces the building and installation of the
mt program.
--with-rmt=/usr/libexec/rmt:
This parameter inhibits building the rmt program as it is
already installed by the Tar
package in LFS.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
D-Bus is a message bus system, a simple way for applications to talk to one another. D-Bus supplies both a system daemon (for events such as “new hardware device added” or “printer queue changed”) and a per-user-login-session daemon (for general IPC needs among user applications). Also, the message bus is built on top of a general one-to-one message passing framework, which can be used by any two applications to communicate directly (without going through the message bus daemon).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://dbus.freedesktop.org/releases/dbus/dbus-1.12.10.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c3e12b4206e2a7da39d7cc42567790ef
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 21 MB (add 8 MB for the tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (add 0.8 SBU for the tests)
Xorg Libraries (for dbus-launch program)
For the tests: dbus-glib-0.110, D-Bus Python-1.2.8, PyGObject-3.28.3, and Valgrind-3.13.0; for documentation: Doxygen-1.8.14, xmlto-0.0.28, Ducktype, and Yelp Tools
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dbus
If they do not already exist, as the root user, create a system user and group
to handle the system message bus activity:
groupadd -g 18 messagebus &&
useradd -c "D-Bus Message Daemon User" -d /var/run/dbus \
-u 18 -g messagebus -s /bin/false messagebus
Install D-Bus by running the following commands (you may wish to review the output from ./configure --help first and add any desired parameters to the configure command shown below):
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--disable-doxygen-docs \
--disable-xml-docs \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/dbus-1.12.10 \
--with-console-auth-dir=/run/console \
--with-system-pid-file=/run/dbus/pid \
--with-system-socket=/run/dbus/system_bus_socket &&
make
See below for test instructions.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you are using a DESTDIR install, dbus-daemon-launch-helper
needs to be fixed afterwards. Issue, as root user:
chown -v root:messagebus /usr/libexec/dbus-daemon-launch-helper && chmod -v 4750 /usr/libexec/dbus-daemon-launch-helper
If you are still building your system in chroot or you did
not start the daemon yet, but you want to compile some
packages that require D-Bus,
generate D-Bus UUID to avoid
warnings when compiling some packages with the following
command as the root user:
dbus-uuidgen --ensure
The dbus tests cannot be run until after dbus-glib-0.110 has been installed. They must be run as an unprivileged user from a local session with bus address. To run the standard tests issue make check.
If you want to run the unit regression tests, configure requires additional parameters which expose additional functionality in the binaries that are not intended to be used in a production build of D-Bus. If you would like to run the tests, issue the following commands (for the tests, you don't need to build the docs):
make distclean &&
./configure --enable-tests \
--enable-asserts \
--disable-doxygen-docs \
--disable-xml-docs &&
make &&
make check
The test test-bus.sh is known to fail. There has also been reports that the tests may fail if running inside a Midnight Commander shell. You may get out-of-memory error messages when running the tests. These are normal and can be safely ignored.
--disable-doxygen-docs: This
switch disables doxygen documentation build and install, if
you have doxygen installed.
If doxygen is installed, and
you wish to build them, remove this parameter.
--disable-xml-docs:
This switch disables html documentation build and install, if
you have xmlto installed. If
xmlto is installed, and you
wish to build them, remove this parameter.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-systemd:
This switch disables systemd support in D-Bus.
--without-systemdsystemunitdir:
This switch prevents installation of systemd unit files.
--with-console-auth-dir=/run/console/:
This parameter specifies location of the ConsoleKit auth dir.
--with-system-pid-file=/run/dbus/pid:
This parameter specifies the location of the PID file.
--with-system-socket=/run/dbus/system_bus_socket:
This parameter specifies the location of the system bus
socket.
--enable-tests: Build
extra parts of the code to support all tests. Do not use on a
production build.
--enable-embedded-tests: Build
extra parts of the code to support only unit tests. Do not
use on a production build.
--enable-asserts:
Enable debugging code to run assertions for statements
normally assumed to be true. This prevents a warning that
'--enable-tests' on
its own is only useful for profiling and might not give true
results for all tests, but adds its own NOTE that this should
not be used in a production build.
The configuration files listed above should probably not be
modified. If changes are required, you should create
/etc/dbus-1/session-local.conf and/or
/etc/dbus-1/system-local.conf
and make any desired changes to these files.
If any packages install a D-Bus .service file outside of the standard
/usr/share/dbus-1/services
directory, that directory should be added to the local
session configuration. For instance, /usr/local/share/dbus-1/services can be
added by performing the following commands as the
root user:
cat > /etc/dbus-1/session-local.conf << "EOF"
<!DOCTYPE busconfig PUBLIC
"-//freedesktop//DTD D-BUS Bus Configuration 1.0//EN"
"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/dbus/1.0/busconfig.dtd">
<busconfig>
<!-- Search for .service files in /usr/local -->
<servicedir>/usr/local/share/dbus-1/services</servicedir>
</busconfig>
EOF
To automatically start dbus-daemon when the
system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/dbus bootscript from the
blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-dbus
Note that this boot script only starts the system-wide D-Bus daemon. Each user requiring access to D-Bus services will also need to run a session daemon as well. There are many methods you can use to start a session daemon using the dbus-launch command. Review the dbus-launch man page for details about the available parameters and options. Here are some suggestions and examples:
Add dbus-launch to the
line in the ~/.xinitrc
file that starts your graphical desktop environment.
If you use xdm or some other
display manager that calls the ~/.xsession file, you can add
dbus-launch to the
line in your ~/.xsession file that starts your
graphical desktop environment. The syntax would be
similar to the example in the ~/.xinitrc file.
The examples shown previously use dbus-launch to
specify a program to be run. This has the benefit
(when also using the --exit-with-session
parameter) of stopping the session daemon when the
specified program is stopped. You can also start the
session daemon in your system or personal startup
scripts by adding the following lines:
# Start the D-Bus session daemon
eval `dbus-launch`
export DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS
This method will not stop the session daemon when you
exit your shell, therefore you should add the
following line to your ~/.bash_logout file:
# Kill the D-Bus session daemon
kill $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_PID
A hint has been written that provides ways to start scripts using the KDM session manager of KDE. The concepts in this hint could possibly be used with other session managers as well. The hint is located at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/hints/downloads/files/execute-session-scripts-using-kdm.txt.
|
is used to clean up leftover sockets in a directory. |
|
|
is the D-Bus message bus daemon. |
|
|
is used to start dbus-daemon from a shell script. It would normally be called from a user's login scripts. |
|
|
is used to monitor messages going through a D-Bus message bus. |
|
|
start a process as a new D-Bus session. |
|
|
is used to send a message to a D-Bus message bus. |
|
|
is a D-Bus traffic generator and test tool; it is a multi-purpose tool for debugging and profiling D-Bus. |
|
|
is used to update the environment used for D-Bus session services; it updates the list of environment variables used by dbus-daemon --session when it activates session services without using systemd. |
|
|
is used to generate a universally unique ID. |
|
|
contains the API functions used by the D-Bus message daemon. D-Bus is first a library that provides one-to-one communication between any two applications; dbus-daemon is an application that uses this library to implement a message bus daemon. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The Fcron package contains a periodical command scheduler which aims at replacing Vixie Cron.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://fcron.free.fr/archives/fcron-3.2.1.src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: bd4996e941a40327d11efc5e3fd1f839
Download size: 587 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
An MTA, text editor (default is vi from the Vim-8.1 package), Linux-PAM-1.3.0, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fcron
Fcron uses the cron facility of
syslog to log
all messages. Since LFS does not set up this facility in
/etc/syslog.conf, it needs to
be done prior to installing Fcron. This command will append the
necessary line to the current /etc/syslog.conf (perform as the
root user):
cat >> /etc/syslog.conf << "EOF"
# Begin fcron addition to /etc/syslog.conf
cron.* -/var/log/cron.log
# End fcron addition
EOF
The configuration file has been modified, so reloading the
sysklogd daemon
will activate the changes (again as the root user).
/etc/rc.d/init.d/sysklogd reload
For security reasons, an unprivileged user and group for
Fcron should be created
(perform as the root user):
groupadd -g 22 fcron && useradd -d /dev/null -c "Fcron User" -g fcron -s /bin/false -u 22 fcron
Install Fcron by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--without-sendmail \
--with-boot-install=no \
--with-systemdsystemunitdir=no &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
DESTDIR install must be done as root user.
--without-sendmail:
By default, Fcron will
attempt to use the sendmail command from an
MTA package
to email you the results of the fcron script. This switch
is used to disable default email notification. Omit the
switch to enable the default. Alternatively, you can use the
--with-sendmail= to use a different mailer
command.
</path/to/MTA
command>
--with-boot-install=no: This
prevents installation of the bootscript included with the
package.
--with-systemdsystemunitdir=no:
This prevents building the systemd units, which are not needed for
a SYS V system.
--with-editor=:
This switch allows you to set the default text editor.
</path/to/editor>
--with-dsssl-dir=:
May be used if you have DocBook-utils-0.6.14
installed. Currently, the dsssl stylesheets are located at
</path/to/dsssl-stylesheets>/usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79.
There are no required changes in any of the config files.
Configuration information can be found in the man page for
fcron.conf.
fcron scripts are written using fcrontab. Refer to the fcrontab man page for proper parameters to address your situation.
If Linux-PAM is installed, two PAM
configuration files are installed in /etc/pam.d. Alternatively if /etc/pam.d is not used, the installation
will append two configuration sections to the existing
/etc/pam.conf file. You
should ensure the files match your preferences. Modify them
as required to suit your needs.
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/fcron init script from
the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-fcron
Last updated on 2018-08-21 15:38:20 -0700
The GPM (General Purpose Mouse daemon) package contains a mouse server for the console and xterm. It not only provides cut and paste support generally, but its library component is used by various software such as Links to provide mouse support to the application. It is useful on desktops, especially if following (Beyond) Linux From Scratch instructions; it's often much easier (and less error prone) to cut and paste between two console windows than to type everything by hand!
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/gpm/gpm-1.20.7.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/gpm/gpm-1.20.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bf84143905a6a903dbd4d4b911a2a2b8
Download size: 820 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/GPM
Install GPM by running the following commands:
sed -i -e 's:<gpm.h>:"headers/gpm.h":' src/prog/{display-buttons,display-coords,get-versions}.c &&
patch -Np1 -i ../gpm-1.20.7-glibc_2.26-1.patch &&
./autogen.sh &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install-info --dir-file=/usr/share/info/dir \
/usr/share/info/gpm.info &&
ln -sfv libgpm.so.2.1.0 /usr/lib/libgpm.so &&
install -v -m644 conf/gpm-root.conf /etc &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gpm-1.20.7/support &&
install -v -m644 doc/support/* \
/usr/share/doc/gpm-1.20.7/support &&
install -v -m644 doc/{FAQ,HACK_GPM,README*} \
/usr/share/doc/gpm-1.20.7
./autogen.sh: This command creates the missing configure script.
install-info
...: This package installs an .info file, but does not update the system
dir file. This command makes
the update.
ln -v -sfn libgpm.so.2.1.0
/usr/lib/libgpm.so: This command is used to
create (or update) the .so
symlink to the library.
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/gpm init script included
in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-gpm
/etc/gpm-root.conf and
~/.gpm-root: The default and
individual user gpm-root configuration
files.
/etc/sysconfig/mouse: This
file contains the name of your mouse device and the
protocol it uses. To create this file, run the following as
the root user:
cat > /etc/sysconfig/mouse << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/sysconfig/mouse
MDEVICE="<yourdevice>"
PROTOCOL="<yourprotocol>"
GPMOPTS="<additional options>"
# End /etc/sysconfig/mouse
EOF
Examples of values to set MDEVICE, PROTOCOL, and GPMOPTS to are:
MDEVICE="/dev/input/mice"
PROTOCOL="imps2"
GPMOPTS=""
A list of which protocol values are known can be found by
running gpm -m [device] -t
-help. The MDEVICE setting depends on which type of
mouse you have. For example, /dev/ttyS0 for a serial mouse (on Windows
this is COM1), /dev/input/mice is often used for USB
mice and /dev/psaux for PS2
mice. GPMOPTS is the 'catch all'
for any additional options that are needed for your
hardware.
|
is a security mechanism used to disable the paste buffer. |
|
|
is a simple program that reports the mouse buttons being pressed and released. |
|
|
is a simple program that reports the mouse coordinates. |
|
|
is used to report the GPM library and server versions. |
|
|
is a cut and paste utility and mouse server for virtual consoles. |
|
|
is a default handler for gpm. It is used to draw menus on the root window. |
|
|
is a simple sample application using the high-level library, meant to be read by programmers trying to use the high-level library. |
|
|
is a program to report mouse events. |
|
|
is a tool for determining the mouse type and device it's attached to. |
|
|
contains the API functions to access the GPM daemon. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The Hdparm package contains a utility that is useful for obtaining information about, and controlling ATA/IDE controllers and hard drives. It allows to increase performance and sometimes to increase stability.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
As well as being useful, incorrect usage of Hdparm can destroy your information and in rare cases, drives. Use with caution and make sure you know what you are doing. If in doubt, it is recommended that you leave the default kernel parameters alone.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/hdparm/hdparm-9.56.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7900608e32834f65d2654fdb696e71a0
Download size: 136 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/hdparm
Build Hdparm by running the following command:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Note that by default, hdparm is installed in
/sbin as some systems may
require it during the boot process before /usr is mounted. If you wish to install
hdparm under
the /usr hierarchy, then
replace the above command with the following:
make binprefix=/usr install
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The initd-tools package contains programs to install and remove LSB based bootscripts.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://people.freedesktop.org/~dbn/initd-tools/releases/initd-tools-0.1.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ab6377700ace81ec5a556ebdbae1d8d9
Download size: 291 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/initd_tools
Install initd-tools by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/ --mandir=/usr/share/man && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The lm_sensors package provides user-space support for the hardware monitoring drivers in the Linux kernel. This is useful for monitoring the temperature of the CPU and adjusting the performance of some hardware (such as cooling fans).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/misc/lm-sensors/lm_sensors-3.4.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gwdg.de/pub/linux/misc/lm-sensors/lm_sensors-3.4.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c03675ae9d43d60322110c679416901a
Download size: 172 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
RRDtool (required to build the sensord program)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lm_sensors
Getting your kernel config right is an iterative process that may require that you recompile your kernel a couple of times. The simplest way to go about it is to start by enabling modules and then compile everything that may be needed by Lm Sensors as a module:
[*] Enable loadable module support ---> [CONFIG_MODULES]
Bus options (PCI etc.) --->
[*] PCI support [CONFIG_PCI]
Device Drivers --->
I2C support --->
<*/M> I2C device interface [CONFIG_I2C_CHARDEV]
I2C Hardware Bus support --->
<M> (configure all of them as modules)
<*/M> Hardware Monitoring support ---> [CONFIG_HWMON]
<M> (configure all of them as modules)
Recompile your kernel and reboot into the new kernel. Don't forget to make modules_install We will come back to the kernel in the Configuring section below.
Install lm_sensors by running the following commands:
make PREFIX=/usr \
BUILD_STATIC_LIB=0 \
MANDIR=/usr/share/man
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make PREFIX=/usr \
BUILD_STATIC_LIB=0 \
MANDIR=/usr/share/man install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/lm_sensors-3.4.0 &&
cp -rv README INSTALL doc/* \
/usr/share/doc/lm_sensors-3.4.0
BUILD_STATIC_LIB=0:
This parameter disables compiling and installing the static
version of libsensors.
PROG_EXTRA=sensord:
This parameter enables compiling sensord, a daemon that can
monitor your system at regular intervals. Compiling
sensord
requires RRDtool. Compiling
RRDtool 1.4.6 requires a sed: sed -i '/ sv_undef/d'
bindings/perl-shared/RRDs.xs.
To find out what hardware sensors your system has, issue
the following command as the root user:
sensors-detect
The appropriate modules should have been loaded and a summary is displayed at the end. Now you know what is needed and you can recompile your kernel to enable just the options you need (i.e., don't enable the modules you cannot use).
|
is a shell script for use with lm_sensors. It reads its configuration from a file, then calculates fan speeds from temperatures and sets the corresponding PWM outputs to the computed values. |
|
|
is a small helper program to examine registers visible through the ISA bus. It is intended to probe any chip that lives on the ISA bus working with an address register and a data register (I2C-like access) or a flat range (of up to 256 bytes). |
|
|
is a small helper program to set registers visible through the ISA bus. |
|
|
tests the pulse width modulation (PWM) outputs of sensors and configures fancontrol. |
|
|
prints the current readings of all sensor chips. |
|
|
is a Perl script to convert lm-sensors version 2 configuration files to work with version 3. |
|
|
is a Perl script
that will walk you through the process of scanning
your system for various hardware monitoring chips
(sensors) supported by |
|
|
(optional) is a daemon that can be used to periodically log sensor readings. |
|
|
contains the lm_sensors API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-21 15:38:20 -0700
The logrotate package allows automatic rotation, compression, removal, and mailing of log files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/logrotate/logrotate/releases/download/3.14.0/logrotate-3.14.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 1c0f6e6e490c4bcac0a1e77ad1310683
Download size: 156 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Fcron-3.2.1 (runtime)
An MTA (runtime)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/logrotate
Install logrotate by running the following command:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make test. One test fails because the very old compress is not present and two tests fail if an MTA is not installed.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Logrotate needs a
configuration file, which must be passed as an argument to
the command when executed. Create the file as the
root user:
cat > /etc/logrotate.conf << EOF
# Begin of /etc/logrotate.conf
# Rotate log files weekly
weekly
# Don't mail logs to anybody
nomail
# If the log file is empty, it will not be rotated
notifempty
# Number of backups that will be kept
# This will keep the 2 newest backups only
rotate 2
# Create new empty files after rotating old ones
# This will create empty log files, with owner
# set to root, group set to sys, and permissions 644
create 0664 root sys
# Compress the backups with gzip
compress
# No packages own lastlog or wtmp -- rotate them here
/var/log/wtmp {
monthly
create 0664 root utmp
rotate 1
}
/var/log/lastlog {
monthly
rotate 1
}
# Some packages drop log rotation info in this directory
# so we include any file in it.
include /etc/logrotate.d
# End of /etc/logrotate.conf
EOF
chmod -v 0644 /etc/logrotate.conf
Now create the /etc/logrotate.d
directory as the root user:
mkdir -p /etc/logrotate.d
At this point additional log rotation commands can be
entered, typically in the /etc/logrotate.d directory. For example:
cat > /etc/logrotate.d/sys.log << EOF
/var/log/sys.log {
# If the log file is larger than 100kb, rotate it
size 100k
rotate 5
weekly
postrotate
/bin/killall -HUP syslogd
endscript
}
EOF
chmod -v 0644 /etc/logrotate.d/sys.log
You can designate multiple files in one entry:
cat > /etc/logrotate.d/example.log << EOF
file1
file2
file3 {
...
postrotate
...
endscript
}
EOF
chmod -v 0644 /etc/logrotate.d/example.log
You can use in the same line the list of files: file1 file2 file3. See the logrotate man page or http://www.techrepublic.com/article/manage-linux-log-files-with-logrotate/ for more examples.
The command logrotate
/etc/logrotate.conf can be run manually,
however, the command should be run daily. Other useful
commands are logrotate -d
/etc/logrotate.conf for debugging purposes
and logrotate -f
/etc/logrotate.conf forcing the logrotate
commands to be run immediately. Combining the previous
options -df, you can debug the
effect of the force command. When debugging, the command is
only simulated, not really run, thus, eventual non-existing
errors appear, when some intermediate files are expected,
because they are not actually created.
To set up Fcron-3.2.1 to run logrotate ... at 3AM daily, root's crontab should be edited to add:
0 3 * * * /usr/sbin/logrotate /etc/logrotate.conf
Last updated on 2018-08-25 16:06:17 -0700
MC (Midnight Commander) is a text-mode full-screen file manager and visual shell. It provides a clear, user-friendly, and somewhat protected interface to a Unix system while making many frequent file operations more efficient and preserving the full power of the command prompt.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.midnight-commander.org/mc-4.8.21.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.osuosl.org/pub/midnightcommander/mc-4.8.21.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 743a421db8a5469bb373874cd6efbcb2
Download size: 2.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 204 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (using parallelism=4; with tests)
GLib-2.56.1 and PCRE-8.42
Doxygen-1.8.14, GPM-1.20.7, Samba-4.8.4, UnZip-6.0, X Window System, and Zip-3.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/MC
Install MC by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-charset &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. One test concerning rpm files fails.
Now, as the root user:
make install && cp -v doc/keybind-migration.txt /usr/share/mc
--sysconfdir=/etc:
This switch places the global configureation directory in
/etc.
--enable-charset:
This switch adds support to mcedit for editing files in
encodings different from the one implied by the current
locale.
The ~/.config/mc directory
and its contents are created when you start mc for the first time.
Then you can edit the main ~/.config/mc/ini configuration file
manually or through the MC
shell. Consult the mc(1) man page for details.
On 8.x versions of mc,
keybind names used in mc.keymap.* files are changed. This
is described in keybind-migration.txt.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
ModemManager provides a unified high level API for communicating with mobile broadband modems, regardless of the protocol used to communicate with the actual device.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/ModemManager/ModemManager-1.8.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 89d9d6b230bbdd5e54a7c44f423cf34c
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 118 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (with tests)
gobject-introspection-1.56.1, libmbim-1.16.2, libqmi-1.20.2, Polkit-0.114, and Vala-0.40.8
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ModemManager
Install ModemManager by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--enable-more-warnings=no \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
p7zip is the Unix command-line port of 7-Zip, a file archiver that archives with high compression ratios. It handles 7z, ZIP, GZIP, BZIP2, XZ, TAR, APM, ARJ, CAB, CHM, CPIO, CramFS, DEB, DMG, FAT, HFS, ISO, LZH, LZMA, LZMA2, MBR, MSI, MSLZ, NSIS, NTFS, RAR RPM, SquashFS, UDF, VHD, WIM, XAR and Z formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/p7zip/p7zip_16.02_src_all.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a0128d661cfe7cc8c121e73519c54fbf
Download size: 4.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/p7zip
Install p7zip by running the following commands:
make all3
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make DEST_HOME=/usr \
DEST_MAN=/usr/share/man \
DEST_SHARE_DOC=/usr/share/doc/p7zip-16.02 install
If using DESTDIR techniques, use DEST_DIR instead.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
pax is an archiving utility created by POSIX and defined by the POSIX.1-2001 standard. Rather than sort out the incompatible options that have crept up between tar and cpio, along with their implementations across various versions of UNIX, the IEEE designed a new archive utility. The name “pax” is an acronym for portable archive exchange. Furthermore, “pax” means “peace” in Latin, so its name implies that it shall create peace between the tar and cpio format supporters. The command invocation and command structure is somewhat a unification of both tar and cpio.
pax has been required to be present in LSB conformant systems since LSB version 3.0.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://pub.allbsd.org/MirOS/dist/mir/cpio/paxmirabilis-20161104.cpio.gz
Download MD5 sum: 51172547aa7447244ba1db5768cdcdfd
Download size: 152 KB
Estimated disk space required: 920 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pax
This package has somewhat unusual installation instructions, because pax is part of a larger set of utilities included in the same tarball. Issue the following commands to unpack and build the application:
gzip -dck paxmirabilis-20161104.cpio.gz | cpio -mid && cd pax && sed -i '/stat.h/a #include <sys/sysmacros.h>' cpio.c gen_subs.c tar.c && cc -O2 -DLONG_OFF_T -o pax -DPAX_SAFE_PATH=\"/bin\" *.c
Now, as the root user:
install -v pax /bin && install -v pax.1 /usr/share/man/man1
sed ...: This eliminates some irritating warnings.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The PCI Utils package contains a set of programs for listing PCI devices, inspecting their status and setting their configuration registers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/utils/pciutils/pciutils-3.6.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 77963796d1be4f451b83e6da28ba4f82
Download size: 340 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pciutils
Install PCI Utils by running the following commands:
make PREFIX=/usr \
SHAREDIR=/usr/share/hwdata \
SHARED=yes
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make PREFIX=/usr \
SHAREDIR=/usr/share/hwdata \
SHARED=yes \
install install-lib &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libpci.so
SHARED=yes: This
parameter enables building of the shared library instead of
the static one.
ZLIB=no: This option prevents
compression of the pci.ids
file.
The pci.ids data file is
constantly being updated. To get a current version of this
file, run update-pciids as the
root user. This program
requires the Which-2.21 script or
program to find cURL-7.61.0, Lynx-2.8.9rel.1 or Wget-1.19.5 which
are used to download the most current file, and then replace
the existing file in /usr/share/hwdata.
You may wish to add an entry to root's (or any other user who has write
privilege to /usr/share/hwdata)
crontab to automatically update the pci.ids file periodically.
|
is a utility for displaying information about all PCI buses in the system and all devices connected to them. |
|
|
is a utility for querying and configuring PCI devices. |
|
|
fetches the current version of the PCI ID list. Requires cURL-7.61.0, Lynx-2.8.9rel.1 or Wget-1.19.5. |
|
|
is library that allows applications to access the PCI subsystem. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 12:42:11 -0700
The Power Management Utilities provide simple shell command line tools to suspend and hibernate the computer. They can be used to run user supplied scripts on suspend and resume.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://pm-utils.freedesktop.org/releases/pm-utils-1.4.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1742a556089c36c3a89eb1b957da5a60
Download size: 204 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
xmlto-0.0.28 (to generate man pages)
Hdparm-9.56, Wireless Tools-29, ethtool, and vbetool
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pm-utils
If needed, enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
Power management and ACPI options --->
<*> Suspend to RAM and standby [CONFIG_SUSPEND]
<*> Hibernation (aka 'suspend to disk') [CONFIG_HIBERNATION]
Suspend to RAM allows the system to enter sleep states in which main memory is powered and thus its contents are preserved. The method cuts power to most parts of the machine aside from the RAM. Because of the large power savings, it is advisable for laptops to automatically enter this mode when the computer is running on batteries and the lid is closed (or the user is inactive for some time).
Suspend to disk (Hibernation) saves the machine's state into swap space and completely powers off the machine. When the machine is powered on, the state is restored. Until then, there is zero power consumption. Suspend to RAM and hibernation are normally appropriate for portable devices such as laptops, but can be used on workstations. The capability is not really appropriate for servers.
To use hibernation, the kernel parameter resume=/dev/<swap_partition> has to be used on the kernel command line (in grub.cfg). The swap partition should be at least the size of the physical RAM on the system.
Install Power Management Utilities by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/pm-utils-1.4.1 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you don't have xmlto-0.0.28 installed, copy pregenerated
man pages, as the root user:
install -v -m644 man/*.1 /usr/share/man/man1 && install -v -m644 man/*.8 /usr/share/man/man8 && ln -sv pm-action.8 /usr/share/man/man8/pm-suspend.8 && ln -sv pm-action.8 /usr/share/man/man8/pm-hibernate.8 && ln -sv pm-action.8 /usr/share/man/man8/pm-suspend-hybrid.8
Suspend or resume functionality can be easily modified by
installing files into the /etc/pm/sleep.d directory. These files,
known as hooks, are run when the system is put into a sleep
state or resumed. Default hooks are located in /usr/lib/pm-utils/sleep.d, and user hooks
should be put in /etc/pm/sleep.d. See the pm-action(8) man
page for more information.
In order to use hibernation with GRUB and a swap partition, you need to
add kernel parameter resume= (e.g.
swap_partitionresume=/dev/sda1) to the kernel
line in the /boot/grub/grub.cfg
configuration file.
|
is a script that determines whether the system is running on AC power (rather than a battery). |
|
|
is a symlink to pm-action script that puts the computer into hibernate mode (the system is fully powered off and system state is saved to disk). |
|
|
is a script that checks whether power management features such as suspend and hibernate are supported. |
|
|
is a script that puts the computer into powersaving (low power) mode. |
|
|
is a symlink to pm-action script that puts the computer into suspend mode (most devices are shut down and system state is saved in RAM). |
|
|
is a symlink to pm-action script that puts the computer into hybrid-suspend mode (the system does everything it needs to hibernate, but suspends instead of shutting down). |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
Raptor is a C library that provides a set of parsers and serializers that generate Resource Description Framework (RDF) triples.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.librdf.org/source/raptor2-2.0.15.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a39f6c07ddb20d7dd2ff1f95fa21e2cd
Download size: 1.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 28 MB (additional 1 MB for the tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (additional 0.5 SBU for the tests)
cURL-7.61.0 and libxslt-1.1.32
GTK-Doc-1.28, ICU-62.1 and libyajl
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/raptor
Install Raptor by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-icu-config=/usr/bin/icu-config: Use
this switch if you have installed ICU-62.1 and wish to build Raptor with its support.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
Rasqal is a C library that handles Resource Description Framework (RDF) query language syntaxes, query construction, and execution of queries returning results as bindings, boolean, RDF graphs/triples or syntaxes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.librdf.org/source/rasqal-0.9.33.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1f5def51ca0026cd192958ef07228b52
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB (additional 4 MB for the tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (additional 0.7 SBU for the tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rasqal
Install Rasqal by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
Redland is a set of free software C libraries that provide support for the Resource Description Framework (RDF).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.librdf.org/source/redland-1.0.17.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e5be03eda13ef68aabab6e42aa67715e
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Berkeley DB-5.3.28, libiodbc-3.52.12, SQLite-3.24.0, MariaDB-10.3.9 or MySQL, PostgreSQL-10.5, virtuoso, and 3store
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/redland
Install Redland by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The sg3_utils package contains low level utilities for devices that use a SCSI command set. Apart from SCSI parallel interface (SPI) devices, the SCSI command set is used by ATAPI devices (CD/DVDs and tapes), USB mass storage devices, Fibre Channel disks, IEEE 1394 storage devices (that use the "SBP" protocol), SAS, iSCSI and FCoE devices (amongst others).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://sg.danny.cz/sg/p/sg3_utils-1.42.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 913ac2c9069d2ba44e05565a445810ab
Download size: 752 KB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sg3_utils
Install sg3_utils by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../sg3_utils-1.42-glibc_2.28-fixes-1.patch && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
accesses Linux SCSI logging level information. |
|
|
checks SCSI device support for mandatory commands. |
|
|
does the SCSI READ CAPACITY command on disks. |
|
|
does the SCSI TEST UNIT READY on devices. |
|
|
checks for SCSI to ATA Translation (SAT) device support. |
|
|
starts one or more SCSI disks. |
|
|
stops one or more SCSI disks. |
|
|
fetches the temperature of a SCSI device. |
|
|
sends the SCSI COMPARE AND WRITE command to device. |
|
|
sends the SCSI RECEIVE COPY RESULTS command (XCOPY related). |
|
|
copies data to and from files and devices. Specialised for devices that understand the SCSI command set. |
|
|
takes SCSI sense data in binary or as a sequence of ASCII hexadecimal bytes and decodes it. |
|
|
changes ownership of a LUN from another Service-Processor to this one. |
|
|
formats or resizes a SCSI disk (perhaps changes its block size). |
|
|
sends a SCSI GET CONFIGURATION command (MMC-4 +). |
|
|
sends the SCSI GET LBA STATUS command. |
|
|
sends a SCSI REPORT or SET IDENTIFYING INFORMATION command. |
|
|
access mode page information for a SCSI (or ATAPI) device. |
|
|
sends a SCSI INQUIRY or ATA IDENTIFY (PACKET) DEVICE command and outputs the response. |
|
|
access log pages with SCSI LOG SENSE command. |
|
|
sends the SCSI REPORT LUNS command. |
|
|
displays mapping between linux sg and other SCSI devices. |
|
|
maps a special file to a SCSI generic (sg) device (or vice versa). |
|
|
copies data to and from files and devices. Specialized for devices that understand the SCSI command set and does memory mapped transfers from sg devices. |
|
|
reads mode pages with SCSI MODE SENSE command. |
|
|
reports information on supported SCSI commands or task management functions. |
|
|
copies data to and from files and devices. Specialized for devices that understand the SCSI command set. |
|
|
sends a SCSI PERSISTENT RESERVE (IN or OUT) command to manipulate registrations and reservations. |
|
|
sends a SCSI PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command. |
|
|
sends an arbitrary SCSI command to a device. |
|
|
reads data using SCSI READ BUFFER command. |
|
|
displays or modifies RDAC Redundant Controller Page. |
|
|
reads blocks of data continually from the same offset. |
|
|
sends a SCSI READ BLOCK LIMITS command. |
|
|
sends a SCSI READ BUFFER command. |
|
|
sends a SCSI READ CAPACITY command. |
|
|
sends a SCSI READ LONG command. |
|
|
sends a SCSI REASSIGN BLOCKS command. |
|
|
sends the SCSI REPORT REFERRALS command. |
|
|
sends a SCSI REPORT ZONES command. |
|
|
sends one or more SCSI REQUEST SENSE commands. |
|
|
sends SCSI device, target, bus or host reset; or checks reset state. |
|
|
sends a SCSI RESET WRITE POINTER command. |
|
|
sends a SCSI READ MEDIA SERIAL NUMBER command. |
|
|
sends a SCSI REPORT TARGET PORT GROUPS command. |
|
|
fetches status from a SCSI Accessed Fault-Tolerant Enclosure (SAF-TE) device. |
|
|
sends a SCSI SANITIZE command. |
|
|
sends an ATA IDENTIFY (PACKET) DEVICE command via a SCSI to ATA Translation (SAT) layer. |
|
|
sends an ATA READ LOG EXT command via a SAT pass through to fetch log page 11h which contains SATA phy event counters. |
|
|
uses an ATA READ LOG EXT command via a SCSI to ATA Translation (SAT) layer. |
|
|
sends an ATA SET FEATURES command via a SCSI to ATA Translation (SAT) layer. |
|
|
does a scan of sg devices (or given SCSI/ATAPI/ATA devices) and prints the results. |
|
|
performs a SCSI SEND DIAGNOSTIC command. |
|
|
sends controls and fetch status from a SCSI Enclosure Services (SES) device. |
|
|
sends microcode to a SCSI enclosure. |
|
|
sends a SCSI START STOP UNIT command to start, stop, load or eject medium. |
|
|
sends a SCSI SET TARGET PORT GROUPS command. |
|
|
sends the scsi command synchronize cache. |
|
|
tests the SCSI host adapter by issuing write and read operations on a device's buffer and calculating checksums. |
|
|
sends one or more SCSI TEST UNIT READY commands. |
|
|
sends a SCSI UNMAP command. |
|
|
invokes SCSI VERIFY command(s) on a block device. |
|
|
fetches Vital Product Data (VPD) pages using a SCSI INQUIRY command. |
|
|
sends a SCSI WRITE BUFFER command. |
|
|
sends the SCSI WRITE LONG command. |
|
|
sends the SCSI WRITE SAME command. |
|
|
sends the SCSI WRITE AND VERIFY command. |
|
|
writes mode page. |
|
|
copies data to and from files and devices using SCSI EXTENDED COPY (XCOPY). |
|
|
contains the sg3_utils API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The Sysstat package contains utilities to monitor system performance and usage activity. Sysstat contains the sar utility, common to many commercial Unixes, and tools you can schedule via cron to collect and historize performance and activity data.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://perso.wanadoo.fr/sebastien.godard/sysstat-11.6.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 066968aad1f0861d572170943a389c3f
Download size: 516 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
There are no build-time requirements for this package; however, it is designed to be controlled by a cron daemon such as Fcron-3.2.1.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sysstat
Install Sysstat by running the following commands:
sa_lib_dir=/usr/lib/sa \
sa_dir=/var/log/sa \
conf_dir=/etc/sysconfig \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-file-attr &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sa_lib_dir: This environment
variable specifies the location of the package-specific
library directory.
sa_dir: This environment variable
specifies the location of the directory containing the data
files.
conf_dir: This environment
variable specifies the location of the system configuration
directory.
--disable-file-attr:
Do not set attributes on files being installed. This
parameter causes the installation to ignore the man group
variable resulting in the man files having root: root ownership.
Run ./configure
--help to see other influential environment
variables you can pass to configure. You may want
to use the history and
compressafter variables to
customize the amount of data files kept on the system.
To begin gathering Sysstat
history information, you must add to, or create a
privileged user's crontab. The history data location is
/var/log/sa. The user running
Sysstat utilities via cron
must have write access to this location.
Below is an example of what to install in the crontab. Adjust the parameters to suit your needs. Use man sa1 and man sa2 for information about the commands.
# 8am-7pm activity reports every 10 minutes during weekdays
0 8-18 * * 1-5 /usr/lib/sa/sa1 600 6 &
# 7pm-8am activity reports every hour during weekdays
0 19-7 * * 1-5 /usr/lib/sa/sa1 &
# Activity reports every hour on Saturday and Sunday
0 * * * 0,6 /usr/lib/sa/sa1 &
# Daily summary prepared at 19:05
5 19 * * * /usr/lib/sa/sa2 -A &
Ensure you submit the revised crontab to the cron daemon.
At system startup, a LINUX RESTART message must be inserted
in the daily data file to reinitialize the kernel counters.
This can be automated by installing the /etc/rc.d/init.d/sysstat init script
included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package
using the following command as the root user:
make install-sysstat
|
displays statistics about read and write operations on CIFS filesystems. |
|
|
reports CPU statistics and input/output statistics for devices and partitions. |
|
|
writes activities for each available processor. |
|
|
is used for monitoring individual tasks currently being managed by the Linux kernel. |
|
|
is used for displaying the contents of data files created by the sar command. But unlike sar, sadf can write its data in many different formats. |
|
|
is used for displaying the contents of elected cumulative activity counters in the operating system. |
|
|
is used for monitoring the activity of tape drives connected to a system. |
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The UDisks package provides a daemon, tools and libraries to access and manipulate disks and storage devices.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/storaged-project/udisks/releases/download/udisks-2.8.0/udisks-2.8.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 32ae8b6d9aaf71d4609d3fb6b81d56e9
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 50 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
libatasmart-0.19, libblockdev-2.19, libgudev-232, libxslt-1.1.32, and Polkit-0.114
btrfs-progs-4.17.1, dosfstools-4.1, gptfdisk-1.0.4, mdadm-4.0, and xfsprogs-4.17.0
GTK-Doc-1.28, LVM2-2.02.177, ntfs-3g-2017.3.23, and libiscsi
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/udisks2
Install UDisks by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
The UnRar package contains a
RAR extraction utility used for
extracting files from RAR
archives. RAR archives are
usually created with WinRAR,
primarily in a Windows environment.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.rarlab.com/rar/unrarsrc-5.6.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ef013fc6a31cf8bb9943e2f88f3dc70d
Download size: 224 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/unrar
Install UnRar by running the following commands:
make -f makefile
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -m755 unrar /usr/bin
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The UnZip package contains
ZIP extraction utilities. These
are useful for extracting files from ZIP archives. ZIP archives are created with PKZIP or Info-ZIP utilities, primarily in a DOS
environment.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
The previous version of the UnZip package had some locale related issues. Currently there are no BLFS editors capable of testing these locale issues. Therefore, the locale related information is left on this page, but has not been tested. A more general discussion of these problems can be found in the Program Assumes Encoding section of the Locale Related Issues page.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/infozip/unzip60.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/src/unzip60.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 62b490407489521db863b523a7f86375
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/unzip
Use of UnZip in the JDK, Mozilla, DocBook or any other BLFS package installation is not a problem, as BLFS instructions never use UnZip to extract a file with non-ASCII characters in the file's name.
The UnZip package assumes
that filenames stored in the ZIP archives created on non-Unix
systems are encoded in CP850, and that they should be
converted to ISO-8859-1 when writing files onto the
filesystem. Such assumptions are not always valid. In fact,
inside the ZIP archive, filenames are encoded in the DOS
codepage that is in use in the relevant country, and the
filenames on disk should be in the locale encoding. In MS
Windows, the OemToChar() C function (from User32.DLL) does the correct conversion
(which is indeed the conversion from CP850 to a superset of
ISO-8859-1 if MS Windows is set up to use the US English
language), but there is no equivalent in Linux.
When using unzip to unpack a ZIP archive containing non-ASCII filenames, the filenames are damaged because unzip uses improper conversion when any of its encoding assumptions are incorrect. For example, in the ru_RU.KOI8-R locale, conversion of filenames from CP866 to KOI8-R is required, but conversion from CP850 to ISO-8859-1 is done, which produces filenames consisting of undecipherable characters instead of words (the closest equivalent understandable example for English-only users is rot13). There are several ways around this limitation:
1) For unpacking ZIP archives with filenames containing non-ASCII characters, use WinZip while running the Wine Windows emulator.
2) After running unzip, fix the damage made to the filenames using the convmv tool (http://j3e.de/linux/convmv/). The following is an example for the ru_RU.KOI8-R locale:
Step 1. Undo the conversion done by unzip:
convmv -f iso-8859-1 -t cp850 -r --nosmart --notest \</path/to/unzipped/files>Step 2. Do the correct conversion instead:
convmv -f cp866 -t koi8-r -r --nosmart --notest \</path/to/unzipped/files>
make -f unix/Makefile generic
The test suite does not work for present target “generic”.
Now, as the root user:
make prefix=/usr MANDIR=/usr/share/man/man1 \ -f unix/Makefile install
make -f unix/Makefile generic: This target begins by running a configure script (unlike the older targets such as linux and linux_noasm) which creates a flags file that is then used in the build. This ensures that the 32-bit x86 build receives the right flags to unzip files which which are larger than 2GB when extracted.
|
allows the output of unzip commands to be redirected. |
|
|
lists, tests or extracts files from a |
|
|
is a self-extracting stub that can be prepended to
a |
|
|
searches files in a |
|
|
produces technical information about the files in a
|
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
The UPower package provides an interface to enumerating power devices, listening to device events and querying history and statistics. Any application or service on the system can access the org.freedesktop.UPower service via the system message bus.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://upower.freedesktop.org/releases/upower-0.99.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 236bb439d9ff1151450b3d8582399532
Download size: 440 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
dbus-glib-0.110, libgudev-232, libusb-1.0.22, and Polkit-0.114
GTK-Doc-1.28 and PyGObject-3.28.3, umockdev, and python-dbusmock (for part of the testsuite).
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/upower
Install UPower by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--enable-deprecated \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. Some checks may not pass due to missing files. Test suite should be run from a local GUI session started with dbus-launch.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-deprecated:
This switch enables deprecated functionality which is still
needed by some applications.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
The USB Utils package contains utilities used to display information about USB buses in the system and the devices connected to them.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/usb/usbutils/usbutils-010.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 938e3707593974be99a0dd6d1de76671
Download size: 304 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/usbutils
Install USB Utils by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --datadir=/usr/share/hwdata && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
To install the usb.ids data
file, using Wget-1.19.5, run, as the root user:
install -dm755 /usr/share/hwdata/ && wget http://www.linux-usb.org/usb.ids -O /usr/share/hwdata/usb.ids
The script lsusb.py displays information in a more easily readable form than lsusb. To find the options, use lsusb.py -h. One form of use recommended by the developer is lsusb.py -ciu.
The usb.ids data file is
constantly being updated. To get a current version of this
file, using Wget-1.19.5, periodically run again, as the
root user:
wget http://www.linux-usb.org/usb.ids -O /usr/share/hwdata/usb.ids
You may wish to add an entry to root's (or any other user who has write
privilege to /usr/share/hwdata)
crontab to automatically update the usb.ids file periodically.
|
is a utility for displaying information about all USB buses in the system and all devices connected to them, but not in human friendly form. |
|
|
displays information about all USB buses in the system and all devices connected to them in reasonable human friendly form. |
|
|
is a shell script that displays details of USB buses and devices connected to them. It is designed to be used if /proc/bus/usb/devices is not available on your system. |
|
|
is used to dump report descriptors and streams from HID (human interface device) interfaces of USB devices. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The presence or absence of the which program in the main LFS book is probably one of the most contentious issues on the mailing lists. It has resulted in at least one flame war in the past. To hopefully put an end to this once and for all, presented here are two options for equipping your system with which. The question of which “which” is for you to decide.
The first option is to install the actual GNU which package.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/which/which-2.21.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/which/which-2.21.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 097ff1a324ae02e0a3b0369f07a7544a
Download size: 148 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/which
Install which by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The second option (for those who don't want to install the
package) is to create a simple script (execute as the
root user):
cat > /usr/bin/which << "EOF"
#!/bin/bash
type -pa "$@" | head -n 1 ; exit ${PIPESTATUS[0]}
EOF
chmod -v 755 /usr/bin/which
chown -v root:root /usr/bin/which
This should work OK and is probably the easiest solution for most cases, but is not the most comprehensive implementation.
Last updated on 2018-08-14 15:05:25 -0700
The Zip package contains
Zip utilities. These are
useful for compressing files into ZIP archives.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/infozip/zip30.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.info-zip.org/pub/infozip/src/zip30.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 7b74551e63f8ee6aab6fbc86676c0d37
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 6.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/zip
Install Zip by running the following commands:
make -f unix/Makefile generic_gcc
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make prefix=/usr MANDIR=/usr/share/man/man1 -f unix/Makefile install
make prefix=/usr -f
unix/Makefile install: This command overrides
the prefix variable that is set
to /usr/local in the
unix/Makefile. Alternatives to
generic_gcc can be seen with a
make -f unix/Makefile
list command.
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
A base LFS system can be used as a development platform, however the base system only includes language support for C, C++ and Perl. This chapter provides instructions to build many popular programming environments to greatly expand your system's development capabilities.
Autoconf2.13 is an old version of Autoconf . This old version accepts switches which are not valid in more recent versions. Now that firefox has started to use python2 for configuring, this old version is required even if configure files have not been changed.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/autoconf/autoconf-2.13.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/autoconf/autoconf-2.13.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9de56d4a161a723228220b0f425dc711
Download size: 434 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (additional 0.1 SBU for the tests)
DejaGnu-1.6.1 (Required for the tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/autoconf213
Install Autoconf by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../autoconf-2.13-consolidated_fixes-1.patch && mv -v autoconf.texi autoconf213.texi && rm -v autoconf.info && ./configure --prefix=/usr --program-suffix=2.13 && make
To test the installation, if you have installed DejaGnu-1.6.1, issue make check (all 253 tests should pass).
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m644 autoconf213.info /usr/share/info && install-info --info-dir=/usr/share/info autoconf213.info
mv -v autoconf.texi autoconf213.texi: ensure that the info file added by this package will not overwrite the more recent version.
rm -v autoconf.info: ensure that the info file will be created by the current version of texinfo.
--program-suffix=2.13: ensure that the installed programs have the version added to their names, so that only a script which specifically looks for these old versions will find them.
install -v -m644
...: the patch removes install-info from the
Makefile because that would install (and if necessary
recreate) standards.info which is an old version, so now
autoconf213.info has to be
manually installed.
|
Produces shell scripts that automatically configure software source code packages to adapt to many kinds of Unix-like systems. |
|
|
is a tool for creating template files of C #define statements for configure to use |
|
|
This automatically runs autoconf2.13, autoheader2.13, aclocal, automake, gettextize and libtoolize in the right order when changes have been made to autoconf or automake template files. |
|
|
Can be used as a preliminary step in creating a
|
|
|
Modifies a |
|
|
Prints the identifiers that the package uses in C preprocessor conditionals [If a package has already been set up to have some portability, this program can help determine what configure needs to check for. It can also fill in gaps in a configure.in file generated by autoscan.] |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
GNU Clisp is a Common Lisp implementation which includes an interpreter, compiler, debugger, and many extensions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/clisp/latest/clisp-2.49.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/clisp/latest/clisp-2.49.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 1962b99d5e530390ec3829236d168649
Download size: 7.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 163 MB (add 8 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (18 SBU with tests)
Optional patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/8.3/clisp-2.49-readline7_fixes-1.patch (required if building against libffcall)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/clisp
This package does not support parallel build.
Remove two tests, which fail for unknown reasons:
sed -i -e '/socket/d' -e '/"streams"/d' tests/tests.lisp
Install Clisp by running the following commands:
If you are building clisp against libffcall, apply the patch to fix a build failure with current readline:
patch -Np1 -i ../clisp-2.49-readline7_fixes-1.patch
Install Clisp by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
../configure --srcdir=../ \
--prefix=/usr \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/clisp-2.49 \
--with-libsigsegv-prefix=/usr &&
ulimit -s 16384 &&
make -j1
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
ulimit -s 16384: this increases the maximum stack size, as recommended by the configure.
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/clisp-2.49:
this ensures the html documentation will go into a versioned
directory instead of straight into /usr/share/html/.
--with-libsigsegv-prefix=/usr: use this to tell configure that you have installed libsigsegv in /usr, otherwise it will not be found.
--with-libffcall-prefix=/usr: use
this to tell configure that you have
installed the optional libffcall
in /usr, otherwise like libsigsegv it will not be found.
/usr/lib/clisp-2.49/base/
Last updated on 2018-08-25 16:06:17 -0700
The CMake package contains a modern toolset used for generating Makefiles. It is a successor of the auto-generated configure script and aims to be platform- and compiler-independent. A significant user of CMake is KDE since version 4.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://cmake.org/files/v3.12/cmake-3.12.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 10109246a51102bfda45ff3935275fbf
Download size: 7.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 400 MB (add 416 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 2.6 SBU (add 3.0 SBU for tests, both using parallelism=4)
cURL-7.61.0 and libarchive-3.3.2
Qt-5.11.1 (for the Qt-based GUI), Subversion-1.10.2 (for testing), and Sphinx (for building documents)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cmake
Install CMake by running the following commands:
sed -i '/"lib64"/s/64//' Modules/GNUInstallDirs.cmake &&
./bootstrap --prefix=/usr \
--system-libs \
--mandir=/share/man \
--no-system-jsoncpp \
--no-system-librhash \
--docdir=/share/doc/cmake-3.12.1 &&
make
To test the results, issue: bin/ctest -j<N> -O
cmake-3.12.1-test.log, where <N> is an integer
between 1 and the number of system cores.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed ... Modules/GNUInstallDirs.cmake: This command disables applications using cmake from attempting to install files in /usr/lib64/.
--system-libs: This
switch forces the build system to link against Zlib, Bzip2, cURL, Expat and libarchive installed on the system.
--no-system-jsoncpp:
This switch removes the JSON-C++ library from the list of system
libraries. A bundled version of that library is used instead.
--qt-gui: This switch enables
building of the Qt-based GUI
for CMake.
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
DejaGnu is a framework for
running test suites on GNU tools. It is written in
expect, which
uses Tcl (Tool command
language). It was installed by LFS in the temporary
/tools directory. These
instructions install it permanently.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/dejagnu/dejagnu-1.6.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/dejagnu/dejagnu-1.6.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2ac8405a4c7ca8611d004fe852966c6f
Download size: 516 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
DocBook-utils-0.6.14 and docbook2X (both looked for by the configure script but not used in the build)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dejagnu
Install DejaGnu by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && makeinfo --html --no-split -o doc/dejagnu.html doc/dejagnu.texi && makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/dejagnu.txt doc/dejagnu.texi
To test the results, issue make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/dejagnu-1.6.1 &&
install -v -m644 doc/dejagnu.{html,txt} \
/usr/share/doc/dejagnu-1.6.1
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
The Doxygen package contains a documentation system for C++, C, Java, Objective-C, Corba IDL and to some extent PHP, C# and D. It is useful for generating HTML documentation and/or an off-line reference manual from a set of documented source files. There is also support for generating output in RTF, PostScript, hyperlinked PDF, compressed HTML, and Unix man pages. The documentation is extracted directly from the sources, which makes it much easier to keep the documentation consistent with the source code.
You can also configure Doxygen to extract the code structure from undocumented source files. This is very useful to quickly find your way in large source distributions. Used along with Graphviz, you can also visualize the relations between the various elements by means of include dependency graphs, inheritance diagrams, and collaboration diagrams, which are all generated automatically.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.stack.nl/pub/doxygen/doxygen-1.8.14.src.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.stack.nl/pub/doxygen/doxygen-1.8.14.src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 41d8821133e8d8104280030553e2b42b
Download size: 4.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 122 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (using parallelism=4; with tests)
Graphviz-2.40.1, ghostscript-9.23, libxml2-2.9.8 (required for the tests), LLVM-6.0.1 (with clang), Python-2.7.15, Qt-5.11.1 (for doxywizard), texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx), and xapian-1.4.7 (for doxyindexer)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/doxygen
Install Doxygen by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
cmake -G "Unix Makefiles" \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
To test the results, issue: make tests. One test, 012_cite.dox, is known to fail.
If you wish to generate the package documentation, you must have Python, TeX Live (for HTML docs) and Ghostscript (for PDF docs) installed, then issue the following command:
cmake -DDOC_INSTALL_DIR=share/doc/doxygen-1.8.14 -Dbuild_doc=ON .. && make docs
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -vm644 ../doc/*.1 /usr/share/man/man1
If you have generated the package documentation, then the man pages are automatically installed, and you do not need to run the last install ... command.
-Dbuild_wizard=ON: Use this
switch if Qt5 is installed
and you wish to build the GUI front-end.
-Dbuild_search=ON: Use this
switch if xapian is
installed and you wish to build external search tools
(doxysearch.cgi
and doxyindexer).
-Duse_libclang=ON: Use this
switch if llvm with
clang are installed, to add
support for libclang parsing.
There is no real configuration necessary for the Doxygen package although three additional packages are required if you wish to use extended capabilities. If you need to use the language translation features, you must have Python-2.7.15 installed. If you require formulas to create PDF documentation, then you must have texlive-20180414 installed. If you require formulas to convert PostScript files to bitmaps, then you must have ghostscript-9.23 installed.
|
is a command-line based utility used to generate template configuration files and then generate documentation from these templates. Use doxygen --help for an explanation of the command-line parameters. |
|
|
is a GUI front-end for configuring and running doxygen. |
|
|
generates a search index called |
|
|
is a CGI program to search the data indexed by doxyindexer. |
Last updated on 2018-08-21 15:53:34 -0700
The Expect package was installed in the LFS temporary tools directory for testing other packages. These procedures install it in a permanent location. It contains tools for automating interactive applications such as telnet, ftp, passwd, fsck, rlogin, tip, etc. Expect is also useful for testing these same applications as well as easing all sorts of tasks that are prohibitively difficult with anything else.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/expect/expect5.45.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 00fce8de158422f5ccd2666512329bd2
Download size: 624 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/expect
Install Expect by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-tcl=/usr/lib \
--enable-shared \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
--with-tclinclude=/usr/include &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install && ln -svf expect5.45.4/libexpect5.45.4.so /usr/lib
-with-tcl=/usr/lib:
This parameter is used to tell the configure script where the
tclConfig.sh is
located.
--enable-shared: This
option enables building the shared library.
ln -sf ...: This command creates a required link to the shared library.
Reference the expect man page for
information about utilizing the expect.rc configuration files.
Additionally, many of the tools contained in the
Expect package will use
their own configuration files. Reference the respective man
page, or examine the script directly for configuration file
information.
|
generates an Expect script from watching a session. |
|
|
is a wrapper to make passwd(1) be non-interactive. |
|
|
encrypts all files in a directory. |
|
|
decrypts all files in a directory. |
|
|
allows processes to be disconnected and reconnected to a terminal. |
|
|
is a program that “talks” to other interactive programs according to a script. |
|
|
retrieves an RFC (or the index) from UUNET. |
|
|
allows two (or more) people to interact with one shell (or any arbitrary program). |
|
|
unhangs a printer which claims it is “waiting for lock”. |
|
|
generates passwords and can apply them automatically to users. |
|
|
changes a password on multiple machines. |
|
|
is much like ftp except it
uses |
|
|
is rlogin except it uses the local current directory as the current working directory on the remote machine. |
|
|
reads a complete line from stdin and aborts after a given number of seconds. |
|
|
runs a program for a given amount of time. |
|
|
disables the output buffering that occurs when program output is redirected. |
|
|
retrieves a weather report (courtesy University of Michigan) for a given city or geographical area. |
|
|
creates multiple xterms that can be driven together or separately. |
|
|
pops up a window when there is unread news in your favorite newsgroups and removes the window after you've read the news. |
|
|
is a script to change passwords using expect and Tk. |
|
|
allows users in separate xterms to share one shell (or any program that runs in an xterm). |
|
|
is a script that acts as a front-end for xpilot. |
|
|
contains functions that allow Expect to be used as a Tcl extension or to be used directly from C or C++ (without Tcl). |
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
The GCC package contains the GNU Compiler Collection. This page describes the installation of compilers for the following languages: C, C++, Fortran, Objective C, Objective C++, and Go. One additional language, Ada, is available in the collection. It has a binary bootstrap requirement for the first installation, so it is described on a separate page (GCC-Ada-8.2.0), but can be added here if you are performing a rebuild or upgrade. Since C and C++ are installed in LFS, this page is either for upgrading C and C++, or for installing additional compilers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
If you are upgrading GCC from any other version prior to 8.2.0, then you must be careful compiling 3rd party kernel modules. You should ensure that the kernel and all its native modules are also compiled using the same version of GCC that you use to build the 3rd party module. This issue does not affect native kernel (and kernel modules) updates, as the instructions below are a complete reinstallation of GCC. If you have existing 3rd party modules installed, ensure they are recompiled using the updated version of GCC. As always, never update the kernel headers from the ones used when Glibc was compiled during LFS.
Some system headers need to be fixed to be used with GCC.
This is done during the installation of GCC, and the
“fixed” headers are
installed in /usr/lib/gcc/<machine triplet>/<GCC
version>/include-fixed . This is harmless if GCC
is built during the LFS stage. But if you reinstall GCC in
BLFS, some of the BLFS packages may be “fixed”. If one of those packages is
reinstalled afterwards, the “fixed” headers are not updated, which
may lead to version mismatches. In case that happens, the
“fixed” headers must
be updated by running (as root): /usr/libexec/gcc/x86_64-pc-linux-gnu/8.2.0/install-tools/mkheaders
. The machine triplet may be different on a 32bit system.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-8.2.0/gcc-8.2.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-8.2.0/gcc-8.2.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 4ab282f414676496483b3e1793d07862
Download size: 61 MB
Estimated disk space required: 8.5 GB (an additonal 140MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 29 SBU (with parallelism=4, an additional 106 SBU for tests with parallelism=1)
DejaGnu-1.6.1, for tests
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gcc
Even if you specify only languages other than C and C++ to the ./configure command below, the installation process will overwrite your existing GCC C and C++ compilers and libraries. Having the Tcl, Expect and DejaGnu packages installed before beginning the build is highly recommended so you can run the full suite of tests.
Do not continue with the make install command until you are confident the build was successful. You can compare your test results with those found at http://gcc.gnu.org/ml/gcc-testresults/. You may also want to refer to the information found in the GCC section of Chapter 6 in the LFS book (../../../../lfs/view/8.3/chapter06/gcc.html).
The instructions below are intentionally performing a
“bootstrap” process.
Bootstrapping is needed for robustness and is highly
recommended when upgrading the compilers version. To disable
bootstrap anyways, add --disable-bootstrap to the
./configure
options below.
Install GCC by running the following commands:
case $(uname -m) in
x86_64)
sed -e '/m64=/s/lib64/lib/' \
-i.orig gcc/config/i386/t-linux64
;;
esac
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
../configure \
--prefix=/usr \
--disable-multilib \
--disable-libmpx \
--with-system-zlib \
--enable-languages=c,c++,fortran,go,objc,obj-c++ &&
make
If you have installed additional packages such as Valgrind and GDB, the GCC part of the testsuite will run more tests than in LFS. Some of those will report FAIL and others XPASS (pass when expected to FAIL). To run the tests, issue:
ulimit -s 32768 && make -k check
The tests are very long, and the results may be hard to find in the logs, specially if you use parallel jobs with make. You can get a summary of the tests with:
../contrib/test_summary
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
mkdir -pv /usr/share/gdb/auto-load/usr/lib &&
mv -v /usr/lib/*gdb.py /usr/share/gdb/auto-load/usr/lib &&
chown -v -R root:root \
/usr/lib/gcc/*linux-gnu/8.2.0/include{,-fixed}
Some packages expect to find the C preprocessor in
/lib or may refer to the C
compiler under the name cc. The following symbolic
links are not needed if you have followed the LFS
instructions, since they have been already created. If you do
not have them on your system, issue as the root user:
ln -v -sf ../usr/bin/cpp /lib && ln -v -sf gcc /usr/bin/cc && install -v -dm755 /usr/lib/bfd-plugins && ln -sfv ../../libexec/gcc/$(gcc -dumpmachine)/8.2.0/liblto_plugin.so /usr/lib/bfd-plugins/
mkdir build; cd build: The GCC documentation recommends building the package in a dedicated build directory.
--disable-multilib:
This parameter ensures that files are created for the
specific architecture of your computer.
--with-system-zlib:
Uses the system zlib instead
of the bundled one. zlib is
used for compressing and uncompressing GCC's intermediate language in LTO (Link
Time Optimization) object files.
--enable-languages=c,c++,fortran,go,objc,obj-c++:
This command identifies which languages to build. You may
modify this command to remove undesired languages. Two other
languages can be added, besides ADA (see introduction above):
BRIG (add brig to the
list of enabled languages), a binary format for HSAIL
(Heterogeneous System Architecture Intermediate Language),
and JIT (add jit to
the list of enabled languages), a library which can be linked
into interpreters that want to generate machine code
“on the fly” at
run-time. They have not been tested by the BLFS developers.
--with-default-libstdcxx-abi=gcc4-compatible:
Use this switch if you are upgrading from a GCC version prior to 5.1.0, and you do
not want to recompile all the libraries written in C++.
ulimit -s 32768: This command prevents several tests from running out of stack space.
make -k check: This command runs the test suite without stopping if any errors are encountered.
../contrib/test_summary: This command will produce a summary of the test suite results. You can append | grep -A7 Summ to the command to produce an even more condensed version of the summary. You may also wish to redirect the output to a file for review and comparison later on.
mv -v /usr/lib/*gdb.py
...: The installation stage puts some files
used by gdb under the
/usr/lib directory. This
generates spurious error messages when performing
ldconfig. This
command moves the files to another location.
chown -v -R root:root
/usr/lib/gcc/*linux-gnu/...: If the package
is built by a user other than root, the ownership of the
installed include directory
(and its content) will be incorrect. This command changes the
ownership to the root user
and group.
Some program and library names and descriptions are not listed here, but can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/8.3/chapter06/gcc.html#contents-gcc as they were initially installed during the building of LFS.
Last updated on 2018-09-01 15:33:23 -0700
Ada is a modern programming language designed for large, long-lived applications — and embedded systems in particular — where reliability and efficiency are essential. It has a set of unique technical features that make it highly effective for use in large, complex and safety-critical projects.
The compiler and associated tools on this page are known as the GNAT technology, developed by the Adacore company, using the GCC backend. Since parts of the Ada compiler are written in Ada, there is a circular dependency on an Ada compiler. The instructions below first install a binary compiler. You do not need to do that if you already have built GNAT tools.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Using the instructions on this page will have the effect that the C and C++ compiler and libraries will be reinstalled, overwriting the ones on your system. This may lead to some issues. Please read the notes and caution on the GCC-8.2.0 page.
If you want to install other compilers in the GCC collection, simply add them to the
--enable-languages
parameter for configure. If you rebuild
GCC without enabling ada
after running the instructions on this page, the new
compiler will not be able to compile ADA anymore. If you
already have ADA instaled, you do not need to use the
instructions on this page, simply add ada to the --enable-languages parameter
using the instructions from GCC-8.2.0.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-8.2.0/gcc-8.2.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gcc/gcc-8.2.0/gcc-8.2.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 4ab282f414676496483b3e1793d07862
Download size: 61 MB
Estimated disk space required: 6.3 GB (add 400 MB for tests, add 1.6 GB if GNAT install dir is not removed)
Estimated build time: 27 SBU (with parallelism=4, add 91 SBU for tests)
You will need to install GNAT temporarily to satisfy the circular dependency. You may point your browser to the AdaCore download page, choose your platform and 2017 (64 bit machines) or 2014 (32 bit machines), then select the file to download. Alternatively, direct links to the 64 bit and 32 bit linux versions are given below.
GNAT 64 bit binary: http://mirrors.cdn.adacore.com/art/591c6d80c7a447af2deed1d7
GNAT 64 bit MD5 sum: 226dac83d9e6490fc8542ac0934a1db0
GNAT 64 bit size: 473 MB
GNAT 32 bit binary: http://mirrors.cdn.adacore.com/art/564b3e9dc8e196b040fbe248
GNAT 32 bit MD5 sum: 69423c7ad8d9759377d4fff71a78992d
GNAT 32 bit size: 222 MB
DejaGnu-1.6.1, for tests
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gcc-ada
Before unpacking and changing into the GCC source directory,
first unpack the GNAT
tarball, and change to the GNAT directory. Then, install the
GNAT binary by running the
following command as the root
user:
make ins-all prefix=/opt/gnat
The GNAT compiler can be
invoked by executing the gcc binary installed in
/opt/gnat/bin.
You may now remove the GNAT source directory if desired.
Prepare to compile GCC by
placing the GNAT version of
gcc at the
beginning of the PATH variable by
using the following commands:
PATH_HOLD=$PATH && export PATH=/opt/gnat/bin:$PATH_HOLD
Doing so has the drawback that the GCC and Binutils executables are taken from the
just installed GNAT package,
but the versions of those executables are outdated compared
to those installed in LFS. This is not important for the
GCC compilers, since they
recompile themselves during the bootstrap process. On the
other hand, the outdated ld and as tools are used all
along. In order to use the LFS tools, issue as the
root user:
find /opt/gnat -name ld -exec mv -v {} {}.old \;
find /opt/gnat -name as -exec mv -v {} {}.old \;
Install GCC Ada by running the following commands:
case $(uname -m) in
x86_64)
sed -e '/m64=/s/lib64/lib/' \
-i.orig gcc/config/i386/t-linux64
;;
esac
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
../configure \
--prefix=/usr \
--disable-multilib \
--disable-libmpx \
--with-system-zlib \
--enable-languages=ada &&
make
If you have installed additional packages such as Valgrind and GDB, the GCC part of the testsuite will run more tests than in LFS. Some of those will report FAIL and others XPASS (pass when expected to FAIL). To run the tests, issue:
ulimit -s 32768 && make -k check
The tests are very long, and the results may be hard to find in the logs, specially if you use parallel jobs with make. You can get a summary of the tests with:
../contrib/test_summary
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
mkdir -pv /usr/share/gdb/auto-load/usr/lib &&
mv -v /usr/lib/*gdb.py /usr/share/gdb/auto-load/usr/lib &&
chown -v -R root:root \
/usr/lib/gcc/*linux-gnu/8.2.0/include{,-fixed} \
/usr/lib/gcc/*linux-gnu/8.2.0/ada{lib,include}
You should now remove the GNAT installation and perform other
cleanups. First, as the root
user:
rm -rf /opt/gnat
Then, as a normal user:
export PATH=$PATH_HOLD && unset PATH_HOLD
mkdir build; cd build: The GCC documentation recommends building the package in a dedicated build directory.
--disable-multilib:
This parameter ensures that files are created for the
specific architecture of your computer.
--with-system-zlib:
Uses the system zlib instead
of the bundled one. zlib is
used for compressing and uncompressing GCC's intermediate language in LTO (Link
Time Optimization) object files.
--enable-languages=ada:
Instructs the build system to build the Ada tools and
compiler. It is unavoidable that the C and C++ compilers be built too.
--with-default-libstdcxx-abi=gcc4-compatible:
Use this switch if you are building GNAT tools using a GCC version prior to 5.1.0, and you do
not want to recompile all the libraries written in C++.
ulimit -s 32768: This command prevents several tests from running out of stack space.
make -k check: This command runs the test suite without stopping if any errors are encountered.
../contrib/test_summary: This command will produce a summary of the test suite results. You can append | grep -A7 Summ to the command to produce an even more condensed version of the summary. You may also wish to redirect the output to a file for review and comparison later on.
chown -v -R root:root
/usr/lib/gcc/*linux-gnu/...: If the package
is built by a user other than root, the ownership of the
installed include and
adalib directories (and their
contents) will be incorrect. These commands change the
ownership to the root user
and group.
/usr/lib/gcc/<arch-triplet>/8.2.0/adalib
Only the Ada specific files are listed here. Others can be found at ../../../../lfs/view/8.3/chapter06/gcc.html#contents-gcc as they were initially installed during the building of LFS.
|
is a wrapper that accepts a number of commands and calls the corresponding tool from the list below. |
|
|
is used to bind compiled objects. |
|
|
is useful for renaming files to meet the standard Ada default file naming conventions. |
|
|
is used to remove files associated with a GNAT project. |
|
|
is intended for locating definition and/or references to specified entities in a GNAT project. |
|
|
is used to determine the crunched name for a given file, when crunched to a specified maximum length. |
|
|
is used to link programs and build an executable file. |
|
|
is the compiled unit browser. |
|
|
is the Ada compiler, which performs compilation, binding and linking. |
|
|
will list the files associated with a GNAT project. |
|
|
is the GNAT external preprocessor. |
|
|
is similar to gnatfind, but generates a full report of all cross-references. |
Last updated on 2018-09-01 15:33:23 -0700
The GC package contains the Boehm-Demers-Weiser conservative garbage collector, which can be used as a garbage collecting replacement for the C malloc function or C++ new operator. It allows you to allocate memory basically as you normally would, without explicitly deallocating memory that is no longer useful. The collector automatically recycles memory when it determines that it can no longer be otherwise accessed. The collector is also used by a number of programming language implementations that either use C as intermediate code, want to facilitate easier interoperation with C libraries, or just prefer the simple collector interface. Alternatively, the garbage collector may be used as a leak detector for C or C++ programs, though that is not its primary goal.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.hboehm.info/gc/gc_source/gc-7.6.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: cf390c4f7f2556a67ec49e964c86c847
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gc
Install GC by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-cplusplus \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/gc-7.6.4 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m644 doc/gc.man /usr/share/man/man3/gc_malloc.3
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/gc-7.6.4:
This option is used so the package will install the
documentation in a versioned directory.
--enable-cplusplus:
This parameter enables the building and installing of the C++
library along with the standard C library.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
GDB, the GNU Project debugger, allows you to see what is going on “inside” another program while it executes -- or what another program was doing at the moment it crashed. Note that GDB is most effective when tracing programs and libraries that were built with debugging symbols and not stripped.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gdb/gdb-8.1.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gdb/gdb-8.1.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 372fa63a53adeee1bfbfd581d8da9e34
Download size: 19 MB
Estimated disk space required: 667 MB (add 753 MB for tests, add 757 MB for docs)
Estimated build time: 5.0 SBU (add 56 SBU for tests, add 0.8 for docs)
DejaGnu-1.6.1 (required for tests), Doxygen-1.8.14, GCC-8.2.0 (ada and gfortran are used for tests), Guile-2.2.4, Python-2.7.15, rustc-1.25.0 (used for some tests), Valgrind-3.13.0, and SystemTap (run-time, used for tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gdb
Install GDB by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-system-readline && make
Optionally, to build the API documentation using Doxygen-1.8.14, run:
make -C gdb/doc doxy
To test the results, issue:
pushd gdb/testsuite && make site.exp && echo "set gdb_test_timeout 120" >> site.exp && runtest TRANSCRIPT=y popd
See gdb/testsuite/README and TestingGDB. There are many problems with the test suite:
Clean directories are needed if re-running the tests. For that reason, it is recommended to make a copy of the compiled source code directory before the tests in case you need to run the tests again.
Results depend on installed compilers.
There are a large number of timeouts (there is a variable that can be set to increase time for timeout, but changing it will result in a different number of tests being run).
There are failures associated with system readline 6.x.
A few tests assume that the header file <sys/sdt.h>, part of SystemTap, is
present.
Approximately 1-3% of the tests fail (out of over 53000 tests).
Now, as the root user:
make -C gdb install
If you have built the API documentation, it is now in
gdb/doc/doxy. You can install it (as the root user):
install -d /usr/share/doc/gdb-8.1.1 && rm -rf gdb/doc/doxy/xml && cp -Rv gdb/doc/doxy /usr/share/doc/gdb-8.1.1
--with-system-readline: This
switch forces GDB to use the
copy of Readline installed
in LFS.
|
generates a core dump of a running program. |
|
|
is the GNU Debugger. |
|
|
is a remote server for the GNU debugger (it allows programs to be debugged from a different machine). |
|
|
contains functions for the in-process tracing agent. The agent allows for installing fast tracepoints, listing static tracepoint markers, probing static tracepoints markers, and starting trace monitoring. |
Last updated on 2018-08-22 21:28:35 -0700
Git is a free and open source, distributed version control system designed to handle everything from small to very large projects with speed and efficiency. Every Git clone is a full-fledged repository with complete history and full revision tracking capabilities, not dependent on network access or a central server. Branching and merging are fast and easy to do. Git is used for version control of files, much like tools such as Mercurial-4.7, Bazaar, Subversion-1.10.2, CVS, Perforce, and Team Foundation Server.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/git-2.18.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7a668403aa7807d0db37e8573299d471
Download size: 4.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 291 MB (with downloaded documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with parallelism=4; add 4.4 SBU for tests)
https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/git-manpages-2.18.0.tar.xz (not needed if you've installed asciidoc-8.6.9, xmlto-0.0.28, and prefer to rebuild them)
https://www.kernel.org/pub/software/scm/git/git-htmldocs-2.18.0.tar.xz and other docs (not needed if you've installed asciidoc-8.6.9 and want to rebuild the documentation).
cURL-7.61.0 (needed to use Git over http, https, ftp or ftps), Error-0.17026, and Python-2.7.15
pcre2-10.31 (or the deprecated PCRE-8.42), in either case
configured with --enable-jit,
Subversion-1.10.2 with Perl bindings
(for git svn),
Tk-8.6.8
(gitk, a simple Git
repository viewer, uses Tk
at runtime), and Valgrind-3.13.0
xmlto-0.0.28 and asciidoc-8.6.9 or AsciiDoctor, and also dblatex (for the PDF version of the user manual), and docbook2x to create info pages
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/git
Install Git by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-gitconfig=/etc/gitconfig && make
You can build the man pages and/or html docs, or use downloaded ones. If you choose to build them, use next two following instructions.
If you have installed asciidoc-8.6.9 you can create the html version of the man pages and other docs:
make html
If you have installed asciidoc-8.6.9 and xmlto-0.0.28 you can create the man pages:
make man
The test suite can be run in parallel mode. To run the test suite, issue: make test. If run as a normal user, 0 tests should be reported as failed in the final summary.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Install the man pages as root
user:
make install-man
Install the html docs as root
user:
make htmldir=/usr/share/doc/git-2.18.0 install-html
If you downloaded the man pages untar them as the
root user:
tar -xf ../git-manpages-2.18.0.tar.xz \
-C /usr/share/man --no-same-owner --no-overwrite-dir
If you downloaded the html docs untar them as the
root user:
mkdir -vp /usr/share/doc/git-2.18.0 &&
tar -xf ../git-htmldocs-2.18.0.tar.xz \
-C /usr/share/doc/git-2.18.0 --no-same-owner --no-overwrite-dir &&
find /usr/share/doc/git-2.18.0 -type d -exec chmod 755 {} \; &&
find /usr/share/doc/git-2.18.0 -type f -exec chmod 644 {} \;
For both methods, the html-docs include a lot of plain text
files. Reorganize the files as the root user:
mkdir -vp /usr/share/doc/git-2.18.0/man-pages/{html,text} &&
mv /usr/share/doc/git-2.18.0/{git*.txt,man-pages/text} &&
mv /usr/share/doc/git-2.18.0/{git*.,index.,man-pages/}html &&
mkdir -vp /usr/share/doc/git-2.18.0/technical/{html,text} &&
mv /usr/share/doc/git-2.18.0/technical/{*.txt,text} &&
mv /usr/share/doc/git-2.18.0/technical/{*.,}html &&
mkdir -vp /usr/share/doc/git-2.18.0/howto/{html,text} &&
mv /usr/share/doc/git-2.18.0/howto/{*.txt,text} &&
mv /usr/share/doc/git-2.18.0/howto/{*.,}html &&
sed -i '/^<a href=/s|howto/|&html/|' /usr/share/doc/git-2.18.0/howto-index.html &&
sed -i '/^\* link:/s|howto/|&html/|' /usr/share/doc/git-2.18.0/howto-index.txt
--with-gitconfig=/etc/gitconfig:
This sets /etc/gitconfig as the
file that stores the default, system wide, Git settings.
--without-python: Use this switch
if Python is not installed.
--with-libpcre2: Use this switch
if PCRE2 is installed and
has been built with the non-default JIT enabled.
--with-libpcre: As an alternative
to PCRE2, use this switch if the deprecated PCRE is installed and has been built
with the non-default JIT enabled.
tar -xf
../git-manpages-2.18.0.tar.gz -C /usr/share/man
--no-same-owner: This untars git-manpages-2.18.0.tar.gz. The
-C option makes tar change
directory to /usr/share/man
before it starts to decompress the docs. The --no-same-owner option stops tar from
preserving the user and group details of the files. This is
useful as that user or group may not exist on your system;
this could (potentially) be a security risk.
mv /usr/share/doc/git-2.18.0 ...: These commands move some of the files into subfolders to make it easier to sort through the docs and find what you're looking for.
find ... chmod ...: These commands correct the permissions in the shipped documentation tar file.
|
is the stupid content tracker. |
|
|
is a CVS server emulator for Git. |
|
|
is a graphical Git repository browser (needs Tk-8.6.8). |
|
|
is invoked by git send-pack and updates the repository with the information fed from the remote end. |
|
|
is a login shell for SSH accounts to provide restricted Git access. |
|
|
is invoked by git archive --remote and sends a generated archive to the other end over the git protocol. |
|
|
is invoked by git fetch-pack, it discovers what objects the other side is missing, and sends them after packing. |
Last updated on 2018-08-16 17:38:19 -0700
The Guile package contains the GNU Project's extension language library. Guile also contains a stand alone Scheme interpreter.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/guile/guile-2.2.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/guile/guile-2.2.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d2ee223fdb7570b68469e339a7074d1d
Download size: 10.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 247 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 5.3 SBU (with tests)
GC-7.6.4 and libunistring-0.9.10
Emacs-26.1 and GDB-8.1.1 (run-time only dependencies).
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/guile
Install Guile by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/guile-2.2.4 &&
make &&
make html &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/r5rs/r5rs.txt doc/r5rs/r5rs.texi &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o doc/ref/guile.txt doc/ref/guile.texi
To test the results, issue: ./check-guile.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
make install-html &&
mv /usr/lib/libguile-*-gdb.scm /usr/share/gdb/auto-load/usr/lib &&
mv /usr/share/doc/guile-2.2.4/{guile.html,ref} &&
mv /usr/share/doc/guile-2.2.4/r5rs{.html,} &&
find examples -name "Makefile*" -delete &&
cp -vR examples /usr/share/doc/guile-2.2.4 &&
for DIRNAME in r5rs ref; do
install -v -m644 doc/${DIRNAME}/*.txt \
/usr/share/doc/guile-2.2.4/${DIRNAME}
done &&
unset DIRNAME
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
is a stand-alone Scheme interpreter for Guile. |
|
|
is a Guile script which provides the information necessary to link your programs against the Guile library, in much the same way PkgConfig does. |
|
|
is a script to parse declarations in your C code for Scheme visible C functions. |
|
|
is a wrapper program installed along with guile, which knows where a particular module is installed and calls it, passing its arguments to the program. |
|
|
is a symlink to guild. |
Last updated on 2018-08-25 16:06:17 -0700
The librep package contains a Lisp system. This is useful for scripting or for applications that may use the Lisp interpreter as an extension language.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.tuxfamily.org/librep/librep_0.92.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 036195b371006848e29ed6f50ddc8475
Download size: 840 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/librep
Install librep by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:33:31 -0700
The LLVM package contains a collection of modular and reusable compiler and toolchain technologies. The Low Level Virtual Machine (LLVM) Core libraries provide a modern source and target-independent optimizer, along with code generation support for many popular CPUs (as well as some less common ones!). These libraries are built around a well specified code representation known as the LLVM intermediate representation ("LLVM IR").
The optional Clang and Compiler RT packages provide new C, C++, Objective C and Objective C++ front-ends and runtime libraries for the LLVM and are required by some packages which use Rust, for example firefox.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://llvm.org/releases/6.0.1/llvm-6.0.1.src.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c88c98709300ce2c285391f387fecce0
Download size: 24.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 2.8 GB (with Clang, add 10.8 GB for tests)
Estimated build time: 29 SBU (with Clang and parallelism=4, add 10 SBU for tests)
Download: http://llvm.org/releases/6.0.1/cfe-6.0.1.src.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 4e419bd4e3b55aa06d872320f754bd85
Download size: 11.3 MB
Download: http://llvm.org/releases/6.0.1/compiler-rt-6.0.1.src.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 99bf8bcb68ba96dda74f6aee6c55f639
Download size: 1.6 MB
CMake-3.12.1 and Python-2.7.15
Doxygen-1.8.14, Graphviz-2.40.1, libxml2-2.9.8, texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx), Valgrind-3.13.0, Zip-3.0, OCaml, and Sphinx
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/llvm
If you have downloaded the optional packages, install them into the source tree by running the following commands:
tar -xf ../cfe-6.0.1.src.tar.xz -C tools && tar -xf ../compiler-rt-6.0.1.src.tar.xz -C projects && mv tools/cfe-6.0.1.src tools/clang && mv projects/compiler-rt-6.0.1.src projects/compiler-rt
Install LLVM by running the following commands:
mkdir -v build &&
cd build &&
CC=gcc CXX=g++ \
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DLLVM_ENABLE_FFI=ON \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DLLVM_BUILD_LLVM_DYLIB=ON \
-DLLVM_LINK_LLVM_DYLIB=ON \
-DLLVM_TARGETS_TO_BUILD="host;AMDGPU" \
-DLLVM_BUILD_TESTS=ON \
-Wno-dev -G Ninja .. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja check-all. Tests are built with a single thread, but run using the maximum number of processors/threads available. Note that the several Sanitizer tests (9 of 26479) are known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
If you have installed Sphinx
and wish to generate the html documentation and manual pages,
double check that you are still in the build directory and issue the following
commands:
rm -rf ./*
cmake -DLLVM_ENABLE_SPHINX=ON \
-DSPHINX_WARNINGS_AS_ERRORS=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make docs-llvm-html docs-llvm-man
If you have downloaded the optional packages, the clang documentation can be built too:
make docs-clang-html docs-clang-man
Install the llvm documentation by running the following
command as the root user:
install -v -m644 docs/man/* /usr/share/man/man1 && install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/llvm-6.0.1/llvm-html && cp -Rv docs/html/* /usr/share/doc/llvm-6.0.1/llvm-html
The clang documentation can be installed in the same way
(again as the root user):
install -v -m644 tools/clang/docs/man/* /usr/share/man/man1 && install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/llvm-6.0.1/clang-html && cp -Rv tools/clang/docs/html/* /usr/share/doc/llvm-6.0.1/clang-html
-DLLVM_ENABLE_FFI=ON:
This switch enables LLVM to
use libffi.
-DLLVM_BUILD_LLVM_DYLIB=ON:
builds libraries as static and links all of them into an
unique shared one. This is the recommended way of building a
shared library.
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch enables compiler optimizations in order to speed
up the code and reduce its size. It also disables some
compile checks, not necessary on a production system.
-DLLVM_TARGETS_TO_BUILD="host;AMDGPU":
This switch enables building for the same target as the host,
and also for the r600 AMD GPU used by the Mesa r600 and
radeonsi drivers. Default is all. You can use a semicolon
separated list. Valid targets are: host, X86, Sparc, PowerPC,
ARM, AArch64, Mips, Hexagon, Xcore, MSP430, NVPTX, SystemZ,
AMDGPU, BPF, CppBackend, or all.
-DLLVM_LINK_LLVM_DYLIB=ON: Used
in conjunction with -DLLVM_BUILD_LLVM_DYLIB=ON,
this switch enables linking the tools against the shared
library instead of the static ones. It also slightly reduces
their size and also ensures that llvm-config will correctly
use libLLVM-6.0.so.
-DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS=ON: if used
instead of -DLLVM_BUILD_LLVM_DYLIB=ON and
-DLLVM_LINK_LLVM_DYLIB=ON,
builds all the LLVM
libraries (about 60) as shared libraries instead of static.
-DLLVM_ENABLE_DOXYGEN: Enables
the generation of browsable HTML documentation if you have
installed Doxygen-1.8.14. You should run
make
doxygen-html afterwards, and install the
generated documentation manually.
|
is the automatic test case reduction tool. |
|
|
is used to test the libclang API and demonstrate its usage. |
|
|
is the Clang C, C++, and Objective-C compiler. |
|
|
is a tool to perform static code analysis and display Abstract Syntax Trees (AST). |
|
|
is a tool to format C/C++/Java/JavaScript/Objective-C/Protobuf code. |
|
|
is a tool to bundle/unbundle openMP offloaded files associated with a common source file. |
|
|
is a tool to rename symbols in C/C++ programs. |
|
|
runs clang-format on git generated patches (requires git-2.18.0) |
|
|
is the LLVM static compiler. |
|
|
is used to directly execute programs from LLVM bitcode. |
|
|
is the LLVM archiver. |
|
|
is the LLVM assembler. |
|
|
is the LLVM bitcode analyzer. |
|
|
is a tool to concatenate llvm modules. |
|
|
Prints LLVM compilation options. |
|
|
is used to emit coverage information. |
|
|
is a bytecode disassembler. |
|
|
is a tool to convert Microsoft resource files to COFF. |
|
|
is used as a C++ ABI Data Dumper. |
|
|
is used to demangle C++ symbols in llvm code. |
|
|
is the LLVM structural 'diff'. |
|
|
is the LLVM disassembler. |
|
|
is a tool used to manipulate archived DWARF debug symbol files, compatible with the Darwin command dsymutil. |
|
|
prints the content of DWARF sections in object files. |
|
|
merges split DWARF files. |
|
|
is used to extract a function from an LLVM module. |
|
|
is the LLVM linker. |
|
|
is the LLVM LTO (link time optimization) linker. |
|
|
is a test harness for the resolution based LTO interface. |
|
|
is a standalone machine code assembler/disassembler. |
|
|
is a parser for machine code markup. |
|
|
is a tool to extract one module from multimodule bitcode files. |
|
|
is a tool to generate signed files and catalogs from a side-by-side assembly manifest (used for Microsoft SDK). |
|
|
is used to list LLVM bitcode and object file's symbol table. |
|
|
is an LLVM object file dumper. |
|
|
is a tool to generate an optimization report from YAML optimization record files. |
|
|
is a PDB (Program Database) dumper. PDB is a Microsoft format. |
|
|
is a small tool to manipulate and print profile data files. |
|
|
is used to generate an index for a LLVM archive. |
|
|
displays low-level format-specific information about object files. |
|
|
is the LLVM MC-JIT tool. |
|
|
is the LLVM object size dumper. |
|
|
is the LLVM module splitter. |
|
|
is used to generate random |
|
|
print strings found in a binary (object file, executable, or archive library). |
|
|
converts adresses into source code locations. |
|
|
is the LLVM Target Description To C++ Code Generator. |
|
|
is an implementation of Google's XRay function call tracing system. |
|
|
takes an object file, and produces a YAML representation of the file. |
|
|
is the LLVM optimizer. |
|
|
is the sanitizer coverage processing tool. |
|
|
is the sanitizer statistics processing tool. |
|
|
is a Perl script that invokes the Clang static analyzer. |
|
|
is a viewer for Clang static analyzer results. |
|
|
is the LLVM tool to verify use-list order. |
|
|
takes a YAML representation of an object file and converts it to a binary file. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
Lua is a powerful light-weight programming language designed for extending applications. It is also frequently used as a general-purpose, stand-alone language. Lua is implemented as a small library of C functions, written in ANSI C, and compiles unmodified in all known platforms. The implementation goals are simplicity, efficiency, portability, and low embedding cost. The result is a fast language engine with small footprint, making it ideal in embedded systems too.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.lua.org/ftp/lua-5.3.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4f4b4f323fd3514a68e0ab3da8ce3455
Download size: 300 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.5 MB (with Basic tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with Basic tests)
Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/8.3/lua-5.3.5-shared_library-1.patch
Optional Test Suite Download (HTTP): http://www.lua.org/tests/lua-5.3.4-tests.tar.gz
Optional Test Suite Download MD5 sum: b14fe3748c1cb2d74e3acd1943629ba3
Optional Test Suite Download size: 104 KB
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lua
Some packages check for the pkg-config file for Lua, which is created with:
cat > lua.pc << "EOF"
V=5.3
R=5.3.5
prefix=/usr
INSTALL_BIN=${prefix}/bin
INSTALL_INC=${prefix}/include
INSTALL_LIB=${prefix}/lib
INSTALL_MAN=${prefix}/share/man/man1
INSTALL_LMOD=${prefix}/share/lua/${V}
INSTALL_CMOD=${prefix}/lib/lua/${V}
exec_prefix=${prefix}
libdir=${exec_prefix}/lib
includedir=${prefix}/include
Name: Lua
Description: An Extensible Extension Language
Version: ${R}
Requires:
Libs: -L${libdir} -llua -lm -ldl
Cflags: -I${includedir}
EOF
Install Lua by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../lua-5.3.5-shared_library-1.patch && sed -i '/#define LUA_ROOT/s:/usr/local/:/usr/:' src/luaconf.h && make MYCFLAGS="-DLUA_COMPAT_5_2 -DLUA_COMPAT_5_1" linux
To test the results, issue: make test. “This will run the interpreter and print its version.”. More comprehensive tests can be performed if you downloaded the "Test suite" tarball. Those tests need to be executed after the package is installed, thus we defer to the description below.
Now, as the root user:
make INSTALL_TOP=/usr \
INSTALL_DATA="cp -d" \
INSTALL_MAN=/usr/share/man/man1 \
TO_LIB="liblua.so liblua.so.5.3 liblua.so.5.3.4" \
install &&
mkdir -pv /usr/share/doc/lua-5.3.5 &&
cp -v doc/*.{html,css,gif,png} /usr/share/doc/lua-5.3.5 &&
install -v -m644 -D lua.pc /usr/lib/pkgconfig/lua.pc
Here we describe only the "Basic tests". Untar the tarball
and change to the lua-5.3.5-tests directory, then issue
lua -e "_U=true"
all.lua. If the tests finish without error,
you will see a message containing the string "final OK".
sed -i ... src/luaconf.h: This command changes the Lua search path to match the install path.
MYCFLAGS="-DLUA_COMPAT_5_2
-DLUA_COMPAT_5_1": This environment variable includes
compatibility layers with Lua 5.1 and 5.2 in the build.
Last updated on 2018-08-15 18:24:48 -0700
Mercurial is a distributed source control management tool similar to Git and Bazaar. Mercurial is written in Python and is used by projects such as Mozilla and Vim.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.mercurial-scm.org/release/mercurial-4.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a7ba37fb38308218fdb1f7ad37caa305
Download size: 6.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 89 MB (add 553 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (add 7.9 SBU for tests using -j4)
docutils-0.14 (required to build the documentation), git-2.18.0, GnuPG-2.2.9 (gpg2 with Python bindings), OpenSSH-7.7p1 (runtime, to access ssh://... repositories), Subversion-1.10.2 (with Python bindings), Bazaar, CVS, pyflakes, pygments, and pyOpenSSL
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mercurial
Build Mercurial by issuing the following command:
make build
To build the documentation (requires docutils-0.14), issue:
make doc
To run the test suite, issue:
rm -rf tests/tmp &&
TESTFLAGS="-j<N> --tmpdir tmp --blacklist blacklists/failed-tests" make check
where <N> is
an integer between one and the number of ( processor X
threads ), inclusive. In order to investigate any apparently
failing tests, you may use the run-tests.py script. To see
the almost forty switches, some of them very useful, issue
tests/run-tests.py
--help. Running the following commands, you
will execute only the tests that failed before:
pushd tests && rm -rf tmp && ./run-tests.py --tmpdir tmp test-gpg.t popd
Normally, the previous failures will be confirmed. However, if you add the switch "--debug" before "--tmpdir", and run again, some failures are gone, which seems to be a problem with the test suite. If this happens, normally, from now on, there will be no more such failures whether you use the debug switch or not.
An interesting switch is "- -time", which will generate at
the end of the test suite execution, a table with all
executed tests and respective start, end, user, system and
real times. Notice that the switches may be used with
make check,
including them in the TESTFLAGS
environment variable.
Install Mercurial by running
the following command (as root):
make PREFIX=/usr install-bin
If you built the documentation, install it by running the
following command (as root):
make PREFIX=/usr install-doc
After installed, two very quick and simple tests should run correctly. First one needs some configuration:
cat >> ~/.hgrc << "EOF"
[ui]
username = <user_name> <user@mail>
EOF
where you must replace <user_name> and <your@mail> (mail is optional and can be omitted). With the user identity defined, run hg debuginstall and several lines will be displayed, the last one reading "no problems detected". Another quick and simple test is just hg, which should output basic commands that can be used with hg.
/etc/mercurial/hgrc and
~/.hgrc
The great majority of extensions are disabled by default. Run hg help extensions if you need to enable any, e.g. when investigating test failures. You will obtain the lists of enabled and disabled extensions, and more information, such as how to enable or disable them using configuration files.
If you have installed make-ca-0.8 and want Mercurial to use them, as the
root user, issue:
install -v -d -m755 /etc/mercurial &&
cat > /etc/mercurial/hgrc << "EOF"
[web]
cacerts = /etc/ssl/ca-bundle.crt
EOF
Last updated on 2018-08-16 15:44:26 -0700
NASM (Netwide Assembler) is an 80x86 assembler designed for portability and modularity. It includes a disassembler as well.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.nasm.us/pub/nasm/releasebuilds/2.13.03/nasm-2.13.03.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d5ca2ad7121ccbae69dd606b1038532c
Download size: 788 KB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Optional documentation: http://www.nasm.us/pub/nasm/releasebuilds/2.13.03/nasm-2.13.03-xdoc.tar.xz
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nasm
If you downloaded the optional documentation, put it into the source tree:
tar -xf ../nasm-2.13.03-xdoc.tar.xz --strip-components=1
Apply some upstream fixes, which are needed for compiling with gcc-8.1:
sed -e '/seg_init/d' \
-e 's/pure_func seg_alloc/seg_alloc/' \
-i include/nasmlib.h
Install NASM by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you downloaded the optional documentation, install it with
the following instructions as the root user:
install -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/nasm-2.13.03/html &&
cp -v doc/html/*.html /usr/share/doc/nasm-2.13.03/html &&
cp -v doc/*.{txt,ps,pdf} /usr/share/doc/nasm-2.13.03
Last updated on 2018-08-18 12:42:11 -0700
Ninja is a small build system with a focus on speed.
This package was installed as a part of the base LFS system. The only reason to reinstall is to use the optional dependencies for additional support files or documentation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/ninja-build/ninja/archive/v1.8.2/ninja-1.8.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5fdb04461cc7f5d02536b3bfc0300166
Download size: 184 KB
Estimated disk space required: 48 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
asciidoc-8.6.9 (to build the manual), Emacs-26.1 (to generate lisp files), Doxygen-1.8.14 (to build API documentation), and re2c (only needed to modify the build)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ninja
Install Ninja by running the following commands:
python3 configure.py --bootstrap
If Emacs is installed and you wish to build lisp files:
emacs -Q --batch -f batch-byte-compile misc/ninja-mode.el
To test the results, issue the following commands:
python3 configure.py && ./ninja ninja_test && ./ninja_test --gtest_filter=-SubprocessTest.SetWithLots
Now, as the root user:
install -vm755 ninja /usr/bin/ &&
install -vDm644 misc/ninja.vim \
/usr/share/vim/vim80/syntax/ninja.vim &&
install -vDm644 misc/bash-completion \
/usr/share/bash-completion/completions/ninja &&
install -vDm644 misc/zsh-completion \
/usr/share/zsh/site-functions/_ninja
If Emacs is installed, while still the root user:
install -vDm644 misc/ninja-mode.el \
/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp/ninja-mode.el
install -vDm644 misc/ninja-mode.elc \
/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp/ninja-mode.elc
If you have asciidoc-8.6.9 installed and wish to
build the HTML manual, execute the following commands (as the
root user):
ninja manual && install -vDm644 doc/manual.html /usr/share/doc/ninja-1.8.2/manual.html
If you have Doxygen-1.8.14 installed and wish to
build the API documentation, execute the following commands
(as the root user):
ninja doxygen && install -vDm644 -t /usr/share/doc/ninja-1.8.2/ doc/doxygen/html/*
emacs -Q --batch -f batch-byte-compile misc/ninja-mode.el: regenerates the emacs lisp files.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 16:06:17 -0700
NPAPI-SDK is a bundle of Netscape Plugin Application Programming Interface headers by Mozilla. This package provides a clear way to install those headers and depend on them.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://bitbucket.org/mgorny/npapi-sdk/downloads/npapi-sdk-0.27.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e81db61e206cd615cf56c4a9f301e636
Download size: 65 KB
Estimated disk space required: 520 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/NPAPI-SDK
Install NPAPI-SDK by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-25 16:06:17 -0700
The Perl module packages add useful objects to the Perl language. Modules utilized by packages throughout BLFS are listed here, along with their dependencies. Installation of the modules shown on this page should be accomplished by installing the dependencies in the order listed. The Perl Module standard build and installation instructions are shown at the bottom of this page.
If a module is used by more than one other module on this page, but not by other packages in the book, it is listed by name (without a version) here at the top level to slightly reduce the complexity of the XML source for this page.
Where a module is shown as '(for the testsuite)' it is required if you wish to run the test for the module which uses it.
In all cases, only the required or recommended dependencies
are listed - there might be other modules which allow more
tests to be run, but omitting them will still allow the tests
to PASS.
For unversioned modules on this page, if you are building without using the CPAN automated install then the links on this page (to metacpan.org) should go to "known good" versions, for which the dependencies are correct. If you wish to use a later version, please check the Changes file at https://metacpan.org - sometimes added dependencies are listed, other times not. The BLFS editors only monitor such modules, and their dependencies, irregularly. Some of these modules have very frequent updates, often bringing different dependencies. The linked metacpan.org versions below are known to build and work with BLFS-8.3
However, if you notice that the Changes file for a newer version than is in the current development book reports a fix for a security issue, please report this to either the blfs-dev or the blfs-support list.
Similarly, if you discover that an updated versioned module needs an extra dependency, please report this.
The Archive::Zip module allows a Perl program to create, manipulate, read, and write Zip archive files. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/P/PH/PHRED/Archive-Zip-1.62.tar.gz
MD5 sum: af9eff34f8c948656e09c2ed348a675f
Test::MockModule - This uses the instructions for packages using Build.PL
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/G/GF/GFRANKS/Test-MockModule-0.15.tar.gz)
SUPER
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/C/CH/CHROMATIC/SUPER-1.20141117.tar.gz) (for the testsuite)
The autovivification module allows you to lexically disable autovivification. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/V/VP/VPIT/autovivification-0.18.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 8dec994e1e7d368e055f21a5777385a0
The Business::ISBN module is for work with International Standard Book Numbers. This module and its dependencies use the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/B/BD/BDFOY/Business-ISBN-3.004.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 60b36c0a92cf51e9027ec3d9f38e7224
Business::ISBN::Data
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/B/BD/BDFOY/Business-ISBN-Data-20140910.003.tar.gz)
Mojolicious
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/S/SR/SRI/Mojolicious-7.93.tar.gz)
The Business::ISMN module is for work with International Standard Music Numbers. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/B/BD/BDFOY/Business-ISMN-1.132.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 9d824f770a48ad2bf9cafb2eb2d3bde2
Tie::Cycle
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/B/BD/BDFOY/Tie-Cycle-1.225.tar.gz)
The Business::ISSN module is for work with International Standard Serial Numbers. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/B/BD/BDFOY/Business-ISSN-1.003.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 6720f5ff3a8e7cb4d84aa35c78d8536c
The Capture::Tiny module captures STDOUT and STDERR from Perl, XS (eXternal Subroutine, i.e. written in C or C++) or external programs. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Capture::Tiny
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DA/DAGOLDEN/Capture-Tiny-0.48.tar.gz)
This module generators accessors/mutators for your class. It uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/K/KA/KASEI/Class-Accessor-0.51.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 1f1e5990f87cad7659b292fed7dc0407
The Data::Compare module compares two perl data structures. This module and its dependencies use the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/D/DC/DCANTRELL/Data-Compare-1.25.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 6a397ab5833237f3ca05ed7277b19a7a
File::Find::Rule
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RC/RCLAMP/File-Find-Rule-0.04.tar.gz)
This module provides pretty printing of data structures. It uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/G/GA/GAAS/Data-Dump-1.23.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 762c111e525c82ff23d62c90821b26e9
This module provides three simple routines for generating unique IDs. It uses the standard build and installation instructions but requires a patch because one of its tests fails in recent builds.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/M/MW/MWX/Data-Uniqid-0.12.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 6bab3b5da09fedfdf60ce2629a7367db
DateTime provides a date and time object for perl. It and its dependencies use the standard build and installation instructions except for those needing Module::Build-0.4224, which use instructions for packages using Build.PL.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
DateTime
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/DateTime-1.50.tar.gz)
CPAN::Meta::Check
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/L/LE/LEONT/CPAN-Meta-Check-0.014.tar.gz)
Test::Deep
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RJ/RJBS/Test-Deep-1.128.tar.gz)
namespace::autoclean
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/ET/ETHER/namespace-autoclean-0.28.tar.gz)
B::Hooks::EndOfScope
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/ET/ETHER/B-Hooks-EndOfScope-0.24.tar.gz)
Sub::Exporter::Progressive
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/F/FR/FREW/Sub-Exporter-Progressive-0.001013.tar.gz)
Variable::Magic
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/V/VP/VPIT/Variable-Magic-0.62.tar.gz)
namespace::clean
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RI/RIBASUSHI/namespace-clean-0.27.tar.gz)
Package::Stash
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DO/DOY/Package-Stash-0.37.tar.gz)
Dist::CheckConflicts
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DO/DOY/Dist-CheckConflicts-0.11.tar.gz)
Package::Stash::XS
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DO/DOY//Package-Stash-XS-0.28.tar.gz)
Test::Requires (for the testsuite)
Specio
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/Specio-0.42.tar.gz)
Devel::StackTrace
(http://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/Devel-StackTrace-2.03.tar.gz)
Eval::Closure
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DO/DOY/Eval-Closure-0.14.tar.gz)
MRO::Compat
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/H/HA/HAARG/MRO-Compat-0.13.tar.gz)
Role::Tiny
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/H/HA/HAARG/Role-Tiny-2.000006.tar.gz)
Sub::Quote
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/H/HA/HAARG/Sub-Quote-2.005001.tar.gz) (for the testsuite)
Test::Fatal (for the testsuite)
Params::ValidationCompiler
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/Params-ValidationCompiler-0.30.tar.gz)
Exception::Class
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/Exception-Class-1.44.tar.gz)
Class::Data::Inheritable
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/T/TM/TMTM/Class-Data-Inheritable-0.08.tar.gz)
Test2::Plugin::NoWarnings
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/Test2-Plugin-NoWarnings-0.06.tar.gz) (for the testsuite)
Test2::Suite
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/EX/EXODIST/Test2-Suite-0.000115.tar.gz)
Importer
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/EX/EXODIST/Importer-0.025.tar.gz)
Test::Simple
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/EX/EXODIST/Test-Simple-1.302138.tar.gz)
Sub::Info
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/EX/EXODIST/Sub-Info-0.002.tar.gz)
Term::Table
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/EX/EXODIST/Term-Table-0.012.tar.gz)
Module::Pluggable
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/S/SI/SIMONW/Module-Pluggable-5.2.tar.gz) (for the testsuite)
Scope::Guard
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/C/CH/CHOCOLATE/Scope-Guard-0.21.tar.gz) (for the testsuite)
Test::Without::Module
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/C/CO/CORION/Test-Without-Module-0.20.tar.gz)
DateTime::Locale
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/DateTime-Locale-1.22.tar.gz)
File::ShareDir::Install
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/ET/ETHER/File-ShareDir-Install-0.13.tar.gz)
Module::Build::Tiny
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/L/LE/LEONT/Module-Build-Tiny-0.039.tar.gz)
ExtUtils::Config
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/L/LE/LEONT/ExtUtils-Config-0.008.tar.gz)
ExtUtils::Helpers
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/L/LE/LEONT/ExtUtils-Helpers-0.026.tar.gz)
ExtUtils::InstallPaths
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/L/LE/LEONT/ExtUtils-InstallPaths-0.012.tar.gz)
IPC::System::Simple (for the testsuite)
File::ShareDir
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RE/REHSACK/File-ShareDir-1.116.tar.gz) (for the testsuite)
Class::Inspector
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/P/PL/PLICEASE/Class-Inspector-1.32.tar.gz)
Test::File::ShareDir
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/K/KE/KENTNL/Test-File-ShareDir-1.001002.tar.gz) (for the testsuite)
Class::Tiny
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DA/DAGOLDEN/Class-Tiny-1.006.tar.gz)
File::Copy::Recursive
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DM/DMUEY/File-Copy-Recursive-0.44.tar.gz)
Path::Tiny
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DA/DAGOLDEN/Path-Tiny-0.108.tar.gz) (for the testsuite)
Test::Exception (for the testsuite)
Test::File
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/B/BD/BDFOY/Test-File-1.443.tar.gz) (for the testsuite)
Test::utf8
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/M/MA/MARKF/Test-utf8-1.01.tar.gz)
Module::Install
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/ET/ETHER//Module-Install-1.19.tar.gz)
File::Remove
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/S/SH/SHLOMIF/File-Remove-1.57.tar.gz)
Module::ScanDeps
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RS/RSCHUPP/Module-ScanDeps-1.24.tar.gz)
YAML::Tiny
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/ET/ETHER/YAML-Tiny-1.73.tar.gz)
Test::Warnings (for the testsuite)
Scope::Guard
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/C/CH/CHOCOLATE/Scope-Guard-0.21.tar.gz)
DateTime::TimeZone
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/DateTime-TimeZone-2.19.tar.gz)
Class::Singleton
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/S/SH/SHAY/Class-Singleton-1.5.tar.gz)
DateTime::Calendar::Julian implements the Julian Calendar. This module and its dependencies use the standard build and installation instructions except for those needing Module::Build-0.4224, which use instructions for packages using Build.PL.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/P/PI/PIJLL/DateTime-Calendar-Julian-0.04.tar.gz
MD5 sum: de688324eb33a27449ac2a5bfe1453a0
DateTime::Format::Builder creates DateTime parser classes and objects. This module and its dependencies use the standard build and installation instructions except for those needing Module::Build-0.4224, which use instructions for packages using Build.PL.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/DateTime-Format-Builder-0.81.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 21d950a9425c0173d6191697bf9dc4dc
Class::Factory::Util
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/Class-Factory-Util-1.7.tar.gz)
DateTime::Format::Strptime
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/DateTime-Format-Strptime-1.75.tar.gz)
Package::DeprecationManager
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/Package-DeprecationManager-0.17.tar.gz)
Params::Util
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/A/AD/ADAMK/Params-Util-1.07.tar.gz)
Sub::Install
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RJ/RJBS/Sub-Install-0.928.tar.gz)
Sub::Name
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/ET/ETHER/Sub-Name-0.21.tar.gz)
Params::Validate
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/Params-Validate-1.29.tar.gz) - uses instructions for packages using Build.PL
Encode::EUCJPASCII provides an eucJP-open (Extended Unix Code, Japanese) mapping. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/N/NE/NEZUMI/Encode-EUCJPASCII-0.03.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 5daa65f55b7c2050bb0713d9e95f239d
The Encode::HanExtra module provides extra sets of Chinese Encodings. This module uses the 'unsafe' variant of the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/A/AU/AUDREYT/Encode-HanExtra-0.23.tar.gz
MD5 sum: e1d3bc32c1c8ee304235a06fbcd5d5a4
The Encode::JIS2K module provides JIS X 0212 (aka JIS 2000) Encodings. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/D/DA/DANKOGAI/Encode-JIS2K-0.03.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 60539471aa408a2b793cd45a6ce651db
The Error module provides Error/exception handling in an object-oriented way. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/S/SH/SHLOMIF/Error-0.17026.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 0dcd94640f617df02b6d6c1e4e92018c
The File::BaseDir module compares two perl data structures. This module uses
the instructions
for packages using Build.PL. Its dependencies use the
standard build and
installation instructions. One set of tests
(03_userdirs.t) may fail if Xdg-user-dirs-0.17 is installed and
XDG_CONFIG_HOME is set.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/K/KI/KIMRYAN/File-BaseDir-0.08.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 667a7faa144c0c9a22b4421ed395fe89
IPC::System::Simple (for the testsuite)
File::Slurper is a simple, sane and efficient module to slurp a file. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/L/LE/LEONT/File-Slurper-0.012.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 5742c63096392dfee50b8db314bcca18
File::Which provides a portable implementation of the 'which' utility. This module and its dependencies use the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/P/PL/PLICEASE/File-Which-1.22.tar.gz
MD5 sum: face60fafd220dc83fa581ef6f96d480
The HTML::Parser distribution is a collection of modules that parse and extract information from HTML documents. This module and the dependency modules use the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/G/GA/GAAS/HTML-Parser-3.72.tar.gz
MD5 sum: eb7505e5f626913350df9dd4a03d54a8
HTML::Tagset
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/P/PE/PETDANCE/HTML-Tagset-3.20.tar.gz)
libwww-perl-6.35 (circular; howevever, it can be installed after HTML::Parser as it is only a run-time requirement for the included HTML::HeadParser module)
Instances of the HTTP::Daemon class are HTTP/1.1 servers that listen on a socket for incoming requests. The HTTP::Daemon is a subclass of IO::Socket::INET, so you can perform socket operations directly on it too. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/G/GA/GAAS/HTTP-Daemon-6.01.tar.gz
MD5 sum: ed0ae02d25d7f1e89456d4d69732adc2
IO::Socket::SSL makes using SSL/TLS much easier by wrapping the necessary functionality into the familiar IO::Socket interface and providing secure defaults whenever possible. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/S/SU/SULLR/IO-Socket-SSL-2.059.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 0e329d3ce11563a27d70d63ad09ed5e9
Net::SSLeay
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/M/MI/MIKEM/Net-SSLeay-1.85.tar.gz)
When scripting, pipe the perl Makefile.PL command through yes "" |, since some user input is sought
The IPC::Run3 module is used to run a subprocess with input/ouput redirection. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/R/RJ/RJBS/IPC-Run3-0.048.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 5a8cec571c51a118b265cf6e24e55761
IPC::System::Simple allows you to run commands simply, with detailed diagnostics. It uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
IPC::System::Simple
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/P/PJ/PJF/IPC-System-Simple-1.25.tar.gz)
The libwww-perl (Bundle::LWP) collection is a set of Perl modules which provide a simple and consistent application programming interface to the World-Wide Web. The main focus of the library is to provide classes and functions that allow you to write WWW clients. The library also contains modules that are of more general use and even classes that help you implement simple HTTP servers. The LWP collection and all its dependency modules use the standard build and installation instructions. The dependencies should be installed in the order listed below. Ensure you install the dependency chain for each module before installing the modules.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/E/ET/ETHER/libwww-perl-6.35.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 19cd0f55f61359c973caa9301ec405bd
Encode::Locale
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/G/GA/GAAS/Encode-Locale-1.05.tar.gz)
HTML::Form
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/G/GA/GAAS/HTML-Form-6.03.tar.gz)
HTTP::Message
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/O/OA/OALDERS//HTTP-Message-6.18.tar.gz)
HTTP::Date
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/G/GA/GAAS/HTTP-Date-6.02.tar.gz)
IO::HTML
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/C/CJ/CJM/IO-HTML-1.001.tar.gz)
LWP::MediaTypes
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/G/GA/GAAS/LWP-MediaTypes-6.02.tar.gz)
Try::Tiny (for the testsuite)
HTTP::Cookies
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/O/OA/OALDERS/HTTP-Cookies-6.04.tar.gz)
HTTP::Negotiate
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/G/GA/GAAS/HTTP-Negotiate-6.01.tar.gz)
Net::HTTP
("https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/O/OA/OALDERS/Net-HTTP-6.18.tar.gz)
WWW::RobotRules
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/G/GA/GAAS/WWW-RobotRules-6.02.tar.gz)
File::Listing
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/G/GA/GAAS/File-Listing-6.04.tar.gz)
Test::RequiresInternet (for the testsuite)
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/M/MA/MALLEN/Test-RequiresInternet-0.05.tar.gz)
Test::Fatal (for the testsuite)
After the LWP installation, if you want HTTPS protocol support, install LWP::Protocol::https-6.07
Lingua::Translit and its translit program transliterate text between writing systems. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/A/AL/ALINKE/Lingua-Translit-0.28.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 090cecd52ff9c1f9d4b370ba653b9da1
The List::Allutils module combines List::Util and List::MoreUtils in one bite-sized package. This module and its dependencies use the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/List-AllUtils-0.14.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 5d7f33d6b21aa461c12b002e20a2cbb6
List::SomeUtils
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/List-SomeUtils-0.56.tar.gz) (for the testsuite)
List::SomeUtils::XS
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/List-SomeUtils-XS-0.58.tar.gz)
Test::LeakTrace
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/L/LE/LEEJO/Test-LeakTrace-0.18.tar.gz) (for the testsuite) - this uses the 'unsafe' variant of the Standard Installation
List::UtilsBy
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/P/PE/PEVANS/List-UtilsBy-0.11.tar.gz)
Test::Warnings (for the testsuite)
List::MoreUtils provides the stuff missing in List::Util. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/R/RE/REHSACK/List-MoreUtils-0.428.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 493032a211cdff1fcf45f59ebd680407
List::MoreUtils::XS
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RE/REHSACK/List-MoreUtils-XS-0.428.tar.gz)
Exporter::Tiny
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/T/TO/TOBYINK/Exporter-Tiny-1.002001.tar.gz) (for the testsuite)
Log::Log4perl provides a Log4j implementation for perl. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/M/MS/MSCHILLI/Log-Log4perl-1.49.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 8e96fb5e236c92445947eceb903326ba
LWP::Protocol::https provides https support for LWP::UserAgent (i.e. for LWP). This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/O/OA/OALDERS/LWP-Protocol-https-6.07.tar.gz
MD5 sum: b8943dfb7d187af63c36fc18ab15947d
Mozilla::CA
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/A/AB/ABH/Mozilla-CA-20180117.tar.gz)
Module::Build allows perl modules to be built without a make command being present. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
When creating the Makefile, this module will report
inc_bundling_support....disabled
requires:
! inc::latest is not installed
but inc::latest is experimental and not needed.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/L/LE/LEONT/Module-Build-0.4224.tar.gz
MD5 sum: b74c2f6e84b60aad3a3defd30b6f0f4d
Module::Implementation loads one of several alternate underlying implementations of a module (e.g. eXternal Subroutine or pure Perl, or an implementation for a given OS). This module and its dependencies use the standard build and installation instructions except for those needing Module::Build-0.4224, which use instructions for packages using Build.PL.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Module::Implementation
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DR/DROLSKY/Module-Implementation-0.09.tar.gz)
Test::Fatal (for the testsuite)
Test::Requires (for the testsuite)
Module::Runtime provides functions to deal with runtime handling of Perl modules. This module itself uses the instructions for packages using Build.PL.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Module::Runtime
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/Z/ZE/ZEFRAM/Module-Runtime-0.016.tar.gz)
Net::DNS is a DNS resolver implemented in Perl. It can be used to perform nearly any type of DNS query from a Perl script. The Net::DNS module and all its dependencies are installed using the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/N/NL/NLNETLABS/Net-DNS-1.17.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 28fcbcbf4483a9f23f75be4b9e3e45c8
IO::Socket::INET6
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/S/SH/SHLOMIF/IO-Socket-INET6-2.72.tar.gz) (required for IPv6 support)
Socket6
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/U/UM/UMEMOTO/Socket6-0.28.tar.gz)
Number::Compare compiles a simple comparison to an anonymous subroutine, which you can call with a value to be tested against. It understands IEC standard magnitudes (k, ki, m, mi, g, gi). This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Number::Compare
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RC/RCLAMP/Number-Compare-0.03.tar.gz)
Parse::Yapp is a Perl extension for generating and using LALR parsers.. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/W/WB/WBRASWELL/Parse-Yapp-1.21.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 69584d5b0f0304bb2a23cffcd982c5de
PerlIO::utf8_strict provides a fast and correct UTF-8 IO layer, including checking the input for correctness. This module and its dependency modules use the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/L/LE/LEONT/PerlIO-utf8_strict-0.007.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 9e8fba7f15c612c4f2ed2f961bf1141b
Test::Exception (for the testsuite)
Regexp::Common provides commonly requested regular expressions. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/A/AB/ABIGAIL/Regexp-Common-2017060201.tar.gz
MD5 sum: b1bb40759b84154990f36a160160fb94
The SGMLSpm module is a Perl library used for parsing the output from James Clark's SGMLS and NSGMLS parsers. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Before beginning the build, issue the following command to prevent an error:
chmod -v 644 MYMETA.yml
After the package has been installed, run the following
command as the root user:
ln -sv sgmlspl.pl /usr/bin/sgmlspl
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/R/RA/RAAB/SGMLSpm-1.1.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 746c74ae969992cedb1a2879b4168090
Sort::Key provides a set of functions to sort lists of values by some calculated key value. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/S/SA/SALVA/Sort-Key-1.33.tar.gz
MD5 sum: a37ab0da0cfdc26e57b4c79e39f6d98f
Sub::Identify allows you to retrieve the real names of code references. It uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Sub::Identify
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RG/RGARCIA/Sub-Identify-0.14.tar.gz)
This module tests the exit status, STDOUT, or STDERR, of an external command. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/D/DA/DANBOO/Test-Command-0.11.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 9ab83c4695961dbe92cd86efe08f0634
Test::Differences - Test strings and data structures and show differences if not ok. This module and its dependency modules use the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/D/DC/DCANTRELL/Test-Differences-0.64.tar.gz
MD5 sum: ecfda620fe133e36a6e392d94ab8424d
Text::Diff (for the testsuite)
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/N/NE/NEILB/Text-Diff-1.45.tar.gz)
Algorithm::Diff
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/T/TY/TYEMQ/Algorithm-Diff-1.1903.tar.gz)
Test::Exception is used to test exception-based code. This module itself uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Test::Exception
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/EX/EXODIST/Test-Exception-0.43.tar.gz)
Sub::Uplevel
(ttps://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/D/DA/DAGOLDEN/Sub-Uplevel-0.2800.tar.gz)
The Test::Fatal module provides simple helpers for testing code which throws exceptions. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Test::Fatal
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RJ/RJBS/Test-Fatal-0.014.tar.gz)
The Test::Needs module skips tests when a module is not available.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Test::Needs
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/H/HA/HAARG/Test-Needs-0.002005.tar.gz)
The Test::Requires module checks if another (optional) module can be loaded, and if not it skips all the current tests. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Test::Requires
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/T/TO/TOKUHIROM/Test-Requires-0.10.tar.gz)
The Test::Warnings module tests for warnings and the lack of them. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Test::Warnings
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/ET/ETHER/Test-Warnings-0.026.tar.gz)
Text::BibTeX provides an interface to read and parse BibTeX files. This module uses the instructions for packages using Build.PL, but except where noted, its dependencies are installed using the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/A/AM/AMBS/Text-BibTeX-0.85.tar.gz
MD5 sum: eff0352d6de29a8d4d61efcc7774186c
Config::AutoConf
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RE/REHSACK/Config-AutoConf-0.317.tar.gz)
ExtUtils-LibBuilder
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/A/AM/AMBS/ExtUtils-LibBuilder-0.08.tar.gz)
this uses the instructions for packages using Build.PL
Text::CSV is a comma-separated values manipulator, using XS (eXternal Subroutine - for subroutines written in C or C++) or pure perl. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/I/IS/ISHIGAKI/Text-CSV-1.96.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 1dbd31c0f94e4c339a29da2cf86035f6
Text::CSV_XS
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/H/HM/HMBRAND/Text-CSV_XS-1.36.tgz)
This is Recommended by Text-CSV but Required for biber-2.11.
Text::Glob implements glob(3) style matching that can be used to match against text, rather than fetching names from a filesystem. It uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Text::Glob
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/R/RC/RCLAMP/Text-Glob-0.11.tar.gz)
Text::Roman allows conversion between Roman and Arabic algorisms (number systems, e.g. MCMXLV and 1945). This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/S/SY/SYP/Text-Roman-3.5.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 1f6b09c0cc1f4425b565ff787a39fd83
The Try::Tiny module provides minimal try/catch with proper preservation of $0. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Try::Tiny
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/E/ET/ETHER/Try-Tiny-0.30.tar.gz)
Unicode::Collate provides a Unicode collation algorithm. This module uses the 'unsafe' variant of the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/S/SA/SADAHIRO/Unicode-Collate-1.25.tar.gz
MD5 sum: b077a891392c02fcc26d3c9f7dfc1734
Unicode::LineBreak provides a UAX #14 Unicode Line Breaking Algorithm. This module and its dependencies use the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/N/NE/NEZUMI/Unicode-LineBreak-2018.003.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 736dcb04f6a250bd28e4279f2b8592af
MIME::Charset
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/N/NE/NEZUMI/MIME-Charset-1.012.2.tar.gz)
When scripting, pipe the perl Makefile.PL command through yes "" |, since some user input is sought
Wget-1.19.5 (to download two files from unicode.org in the testsuite)
This module implements the URI class. Objects of this class represent "Uniform Resource Identifier references" as specified in RFC 2396 (and updated by RFC 2732). A Uniform Resource Identifier is a compact string of characters that identifies an abstract or physical resource. A Uniform Resource Identifier can be further classified as either a Uniform Resource Locator (URL) or a Uniform Resource Name (URN). The distinction between URL and URN does not matter to the URI class interface. A "URI-reference" is a URI that may have additional information attached in the form of a fragment identifier. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/E/ET/ETHER/URI-1.74.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 892f7183b178af40f205ba37128225db
Test::Needs (for the testsuite)
The XML::LibXML is a perl binding for libxml2-2.9.8. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
Upstream blacklists the current version of libxml2-2.9.8 on the grounds of "schema regression" and the build will warn that the version of libxml2 is incompatible, but it appears to work.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
XML::LibXML
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/S/SH/SHLOMIF/XML-LibXML-2.0132.tar.gz">XML::LibXML)
The XML::LibXML::Simple module is a rewrite of XML::Simple to use the XML::LibXML parser for XML structures,instead of the plain Perl or SAX parsers. This module and all dependency modules use the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/M/MA/MARKOV/XML-LibXML-Simple-0.99.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 15b7cbe0887e292057fbcfcb3d87ef2e
File::Slurp::Tiny
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/L/LE/LEONT/File-Slurp-Tiny-0.004.tar.gz)
The XML::LibXSLT module provides an interface to libxslt. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/S/SH/SHLOMIF/XML-LibXSLT-1.96.tar.gz
MD5 sum: 700d493b72f99788d428cc9756bef165
XML::SAX provides a simple API for XML. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
Note: this module does not support parallel builds.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
XML::SAX
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/G/GR/GRANTM/XML-SAX-1.00.tar.gz)
XML::NamespaceSupport
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/P/PE/PERIGRIN/XML-NamespaceSupport-1.12.tar.gz)
XML::SAX::Base
(https://cpan.metacpan.org/authors/id/G/GR/GRANTM/XML-SAX-Base-1.09.tar.gz)
The XML::Simple module is a Perl extension that provides an easy API to read and write XML (especially config files). This module and all dependency modules use the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/G/GR/GRANTM/XML-Simple-2.25.tar.gz
MD5 sum: bb841dce889a26c89a1c2739970e9fbc
XML::SAX (optional)
XML::Writer provides a Perl extension for writing XML documents. This module uses the standard build and installation instructions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
https://www.cpan.org/authors/id/J/JO/JOSEPHW/XML-Writer-0.625.tar.gz
MD5 sum: b9c2420c243c6a36ce45a008740fcede
Install Perl modules by running the following commands:
For Data::Uniqid-0.12, first apply the required patch with:
patch -Np1 -i ../Data-Uniqid-0.12-disable_failing_test-1.patch
Then, or for all other modules using the standard installation, proceed with:
perl Makefile.PL && make && make test
If the module is described as using the unsafe variant of the Standard
Installation, and you are using perl-5.26.0 or later, (the use of the
current directory in @INC was
removed for security reasons) you should change the perl
invocation to:
PERL_USE_UNSAFE_INC=1 &&
If, however, you are using the Auto Installation described below, that environment variable will be set whenever the cpan shell install is used.
Now, as the root user:
make install
When reinstalling a Perl
module, sometimes older versions of the module being
reinstalled are in other directories specified in
@INC. To delete all
other versions of the module being reinstalled (not simply
older ones) set the UNINST
variable:
make install UNINST=1
Install Perl modules which use Build.PL by running the following commands:
perl Build.PL && ./Build && ./Build test
Now, as the root user:
./Build install
There is an alternate way of installing the modules using the cpan shell install command. The command automatically downloads the source from the CPAN archive, extracts it, runs the compilation, testing and installation commands mentioned above, and removes the build source tree. You may still need to install dependent library packages before running the automated installation method.
The first time you run cpan, you'll be prompted to
enter some information regarding download locations and
methods. This information is retained in files located in
~/.cpan. Start the cpan shell by issuing
'cpan' as the
root user. Any module may now
be installed from the cpan> prompt with the
command:
install <Module::Name>
For additional commands and help, issue 'help' from the cpan> prompt.
Alternatively, for scripted or non-interactive installations,
use the following syntax as the root user to install one or more modules:
cpan -i <Module1::Name> <Module2::Name>
Review the cpan.1 man page for
additional parameters you can pass to cpan on the command line.
Most of these modules only install into the perl directories,
but a few will also install programs (mostly, perl scripts),
or even a library, into /usr
|
computes and prints to stdout the CRC-32 values of the given files. |
|
|
is a command line wrapper to File:Find:Rule. |
|
|
is a script to fetch a large file from the web. |
|
|
is used to see what headers and content is returned for a URL. |
|
|
is a simple mirror utility. |
|
|
is a simple command line user agent. |
|
|
transliterates text between writing systems using various standards. |
|
|
prints out the text of a template Log4perl configuration for starting a new Log4perl configuration file. |
|
|
is used to query or change the configuration of perl modules. |
|
|
is an HTTP and WebSocket server. |
|
|
is used to list and run Mojolicious commands. |
|
|
is an HTTP and WebSocket development server. |
|
|
performs lexical analysis on a BibTeX file. |
|
|
parses a series of BibTeX files with command line options to control the string post-processing behaviour. |
|
|
parses a BibTeX file, splitting 'author' and 'editor' fields into lists of names, and then dumps everything to stdout. |
|
|
is a library for parsing and processing BibTeX data files. |
Last updated on 2018-08-26 19:11:51 -0700
PHP is the PHP Hypertext Preprocessor. Primarily used in dynamic web sites, it allows for programming code to be directly embedded into the HTML markup. It is also useful as a general purpose scripting language.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.php.net/distributions/php-7.2.9.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d529efc4017840e3db970b0bc25aef9c
Download size: 12 MB
Estimated disk space required: 567 MB (add 2 MB for tests, add 111 MB for documentation)
Estimated build time: 1.6 SBU (with parallelism=4; add 2.7 SBU for tests)
Pre-built documentation (optional): http://www.php.net/download-docs.php
Apache-2.4.34 and libxml2-2.9.8
Aspell-0.60.6.1, enchant-2.2.3, libxslt-1.1.32, an MTA (that provides a sendmail command), PCRE-8.42, Pth-2.0.7, Dmalloc, Net-SNMP, OSSP mm, re2c, and XMLRPC-EPI
FreeType-2.9.1, libexif-0.6.21, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libpng-1.6.35, LibTIFF-4.0.9, X Window System, FDF Toolkit, GD, and t1lib
cURL-7.61.0, tidy-html5-5.4.0, Caudium, Hyperwave, mnoGoSearch, Roxen WebServer, and WDDX
Berkeley DB-5.3.28 (Note that PHP does not officially support versions above 5.3), MariaDB-10.3.9 or MySQL, OpenLDAP-2.4.46, PostgreSQL-10.5, SQLite-3.24.0, unixODBC-2.3.7, Adabas, Birdstep, cdb, DBMaker, Empress, FrontBase, Mini SQL, Monetra, and QDBM
PHP also provides support for many commercial database tools such as Oracle, SAP and ODBC Router.
Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, libmcrypt, and mhash
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/php
You can use PHP for server-side scripting, command-line scripting or client-side GUI applications. This book provides instructions for setting up PHP for server-side scripting as it is the most common form.
PHP has many more configure options that will enable support for various things. You can use ./configure --help to see a full list of the available options. Also, use of the PHP web site is highly recommended, as their online docs are very good. An example of a configure command that utilizes many of the most common dependencies can be found at http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/files/php_configure.txt.
If, for whatever reason, you don't have libxml2-2.9.8
installed, you need to add --disable-libxml to the configure command in the
instructions below. Note that this will prevent the
pear command
from being built.
Install PHP by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--datadir=/usr/share/php \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
--enable-fpm \
--with-fpm-user=apache \
--with-fpm-group=apache \
--with-config-file-path=/etc \
--with-zlib \
--enable-bcmath \
--with-bz2 \
--enable-calendar \
--enable-dba=shared \
--with-gdbm \
--with-gmp \
--enable-ftp \
--with-gettext \
--enable-mbstring \
--with-readline &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test. A few tests may fail, in which case you are asked whether you want to send the report to the PHP developers. If you want to automate the test, you may prefix the command with yes "n" | .
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 php.ini-production /etc/php.ini &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/php-7.2.9 &&
install -v -m644 CODING_STANDARDS EXTENSIONS INSTALL NEWS README* UPGRADING* php.gif \
/usr/share/doc/php-7.2.9 &&
ln -v -sfn /usr/lib/php/doc/Archive_Tar/docs/Archive_Tar.txt \
/usr/share/doc/php-7.2.9 &&
ln -v -sfn /usr/lib/php/doc/Structures_Graph/docs \
/usr/share/doc/php-7.2.9
The default configuration files for the fastCGI process
manager are installed only if they do not already exist on
the system. If this is the first installation, they should be
renamed, as the root user:
if [ -f /etc/php-fpm.conf.default ]; then
mv -v /etc/php-fpm.conf{.default,} &&
mv -v /etc/php-fpm.d/www.conf{.default,}
fi
The pre-built HTML documentation is packaged in two forms: a
tarball containing many individual files, useful for quick
loading into your browser, and one large individual file,
which is useful for using the search utility of your browser.
If you downloaded either, or both, of the documentation
files, issue the following commands as the root user to install them (note these
instructions assume English docs, modify the tarball names
below if necessary).
For the “Single HTML” file:
install -v -m644 ../php_manual_en.html.gz \
/usr/share/doc/php-7.2.9 &&
gunzip -v /usr/share/doc/php-7.2.9/php_manual_en.html.gz
For the “Many HTML files” tarball:
tar -xvf ../php_manual_en.tar.gz \
-C /usr/share/doc/php-7.2.9 --no-same-owner
--datadir=/usr/share/php: This
works around a bug in the build machinery, which installs
some data to a wrong location.
--enable-fpm: This
parameter allows building the fastCGI Process Manager.
--with-config-file-path=/etc:
This parameter makes PHP
look for the php.ini
configuration file in /etc.
--with-zlib: This
parameter adds support for Zlib compression.
--enable-bcmath:
Enables bc
style precision math functions.
--with-bz2: Adds
support for Bzip2
compression functions.
--enable-calendar:
This parameter provides support for calendar conversion.
--enable-dba=shared:
This parameter enables support for database (dbm-style)
abstraction layer functions.
--enable-ftp: This
parameter enables FTP functions.
--with-gettext:
Enables functions that use Gettext text translation.
--enable-mbstring:
This parameter enables multibyte string support.
--with-readline: This
parameter enables command line Readline support.
--disable-libxml: This option
allows building PHP without libxml2 installed.
--with-apxs2: Instead of building
the fastCGI process manager, it is possible to build an
apache module. This has some
performance penalty for heavy loaded servers, but may be
easier to set up. This switch is incompatible with the
--enable-fpm and
--with-fpm-...
switches.
--with-mysqli=shared: This option
includes MySQLi support.
--with-mysql-sock=/run/mysqld/mysqld.sock:
Location of the MySQL unix socket pointer.
--with-pdo-mysql=shared: This
option includes PDO: MySQL support.
--with-tidy=shared: This option
includes tidy library support.
The file used as the default /etc/php.ini configuration file is
recommended by the PHP
development team. This file modifies the default behavior
of PHP. If no /etc/php.ini is used, all configuration
settings fall to the defaults. You should review the
comments in this file and ensure the changes are acceptable
in your particular environment.
The fastCGI process manager uses the configuration file
/etc/php-fpm.conf. The
default file shipped with PHP includes all the /etc/php-fpm.d/*.conf in turn. There is a
shipped /etc/php-fpm.d/www.conf file, that
contains the parameters related to the interaction with the
Apache Web server.
You may have noticed the following from the output of the make install command:
You may want to add: /usr/lib/php to your php.ini include_path
If desired, add the entry using the following command as
the root user:
sed -i 's@php/includes"@&\ninclude_path = ".:/usr/lib/php"@' \
/etc/php.ini
To enable fastCGI support in the Apache web server, two LoadModule
directives must be added to the httpd.conf file. They are commented out,
so just issue the following command as root user:
sed -i -e '/proxy_module/s/^#//' \
-e '/proxy_fcgi_module/s/^#//' \
/etc/httpd/httpd.conf
Those modules accept various ProxyPass directives. One
possibility is (as the root
user):
echo \ 'ProxyPassMatch ^/(.*\.php)$ fcgi://127.0.0.1:9000/srv/www/$1' >> \ /etc/httpd/httpd.conf
Additionally, it may be useful to add an entry for
index.php to the
DirectoryIndex directive of the httpd.conf file. Lastly, adding a line to
setup the .phps extension to
show highlighted PHP
source may be desirable:
AddType application/x-httpd-php-source .phps
You'll need to restart the Apache web server after making any
modifications to the httpd.conf file.
To automatically start the php-fpm daemon when the
system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/php bootscript from the
blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package
as the root user:
make install-php
Last updated on 2018-08-25 16:06:17 -0700
The Python 2 package contains the Python development environment. It is useful for object-oriented programming, writing scripts, prototyping large programs or developing entire applications. This version is for backward compatibility with other dependent packages.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.python.org/ftp/python/2.7.15/Python-2.7.15.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a80ae3cc478460b922242f43a1b4094d
Download size: 12 MB
Estimated disk space required: 127 MB (additional 15 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (additional 6.6 SBU for tests)
Optional HTML Documentation
BlueZ-5.50 and Valgrind-3.13.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Python
Install Python 2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--with-system-expat \
--with-system-ffi \
--with-ensurepip=yes \
--enable-unicode=ucs4 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make -k test. One test fails for unknown reasons.
Now, as the root user:
make install && chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libpython2.7.so.1.0
Since Python 2 is in
maintenance mode, and Python
3 is recommended by upstream for development, you
probably do not need to install the documentation. However,
if you still want to install documentation for both
Python versions, be sure to
define the PYTHONDOCS variable for
the version you want to use, each time you need to consult
the documentation. If you have downloaded the preformatted
documentation from http://docs.python.org/download.html,
install it as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/python-2.7.15 &&
tar --strip-components=1 \
--no-same-owner \
--directory /usr/share/doc/python-2.7.15 \
-xvf ../python-2.7.15-docs-html.tar.bz2 &&
find /usr/share/doc/python-2.7.15 -type d -exec chmod 0755 {} \; &&
find /usr/share/doc/python-2.7.15 -type f -exec chmod 0644 {} \;
--with-system-expat:
This switch enables linking against system version of
Expat.
--with-system-ffi:
This switch enables linking against system version of
libffi.
--with-ensurepip=yes
: This switch enables building pip and setuptools packaging
programs. setuptools is needed for
building some Python modules.
--enable-unicode=ucs4: This
switch enables 32bit Unicode support in Python.
--with-dbmliborder=bdb:gdbm:ndbm:
Use this switch if you want to build Python DBM Module against Berkeley DB instead of GDBM.
chmod ...: Fix permissions for libraries to be consistent with other libraries.
In order for python to find the installed documentation, you must add the following environment variable to individual user's or the system's profile:
export PYTHONDOCS=/usr/share/doc/python-2.7.15
|
is a Python program that reads Python 2.x source code and applies a series of fixes to transform it into valid Python 3.x code. |
|
|
is a wrapper script that opens a Python aware GUI editor. For this script to run, you must have installed Tk before Python so that the Tkinter Python module is built. |
|
|
is the Python documentation tool. |
|
|
is an interpreted, interactive, object-oriented programming language. |
|
|
is a version-specific name for the python program. |
|
|
is an SMTP proxy implemented in Python. |
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
The Python 3 package contains the Python development environment. This is useful for object-oriented programming, writing scripts, prototyping large programs or developing entire applications.
Python 3 was installed in LFS. The only reason to rebuild it here is if optional modules are needed.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.python.org/ftp/python/3.7.0/Python-3.7.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: eb8c2a6b1447d50813c02714af4681f3
Download size: 16 MB
Estimated disk space required: 175 MB (add 29 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 1.7 SBU for tests)
BlueZ-5.50, GDB-8.1.1 (required for some tests), and Valgrind-3.13.0
Berkeley DB-5.3.28 and SQLite-3.24.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Python3
Install Python 3 by running the following commands:
CXX="/usr/bin/g++" \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--with-system-expat \
--with-system-ffi \
--with-ensurepip=yes &&
make
The test suite must be run separately, using an X terminal (see below).
Now, as the root user:
make install && chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libpython3.7m.so && chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libpython3.so
The test suite must be run separately from the build, either before or after the package is built and installed. Do not run make install after running the test suite. To build and install the package, you need to start with a fresh or clean source tree. For the test, you also need a clean source code, so either start by removing the source code directory and starting over, by uncompressing the source tarball or by running make clean. Then configure again, adding “--with-pydebug” to the configure switches above, run make, then make test. Remember that tests must be executed using an X terminal. One test fails. The test SBU highly depends on the speed of the internet connection.
CXX="/usr/bin/g++" ./configure ...: Avoid an annoying message during configuration.
--with-system-expat:
This switch enables linking against the system version of
Expat.
--with-system-ffi:
This switch enables linking against system version of
libffi.
--with-ensurepip=yes
: This switch enables building pip and setuptools packaging
programs. setuptools is needed for
building some Python modules.
--with-dbmliborder=bdb:gdbm:ndbm:
Use this switch if you want to build Python DBM Module against Berkeley DB instead of GDBM.
chmod ...: Fix permissions for shared libraries to be consistent with other libraries.
In order for python3 to find the installed documentation, create the following version independent symlink:
ln -svfn python-3.7.0 /usr/share/doc/python-3
and add the following environment variable to the individual user's or system's profile:
export PYTHONDOCS=/usr/share/doc/python-3/html
|
is a wrapper script that opens a Python aware GUI editor. For this script to run, you must have installed Tk before Python so that the Tkinter Python module is built. |
|
|
is the Python documentation tool. |
|
|
is an interpreted, interactive, object-oriented programming language. |
|
|
is a version-specific name for the python program. |
|
|
creates virtual Python environments in one or more target directories. |
Last updated on 2018-08-21 15:38:20 -0700
The Python module packages add useful objects to the Python language. Modules utilized by packages throughout BLFS are listed here, along with their dependencies. Installation of the modules shown on this page is meant to follow from top to bottom to handle optional dependencies in each module.
D-Bus Python provides Python bindings to the D-Bus.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://dbus.freedesktop.org/releases/dbus-python/dbus-python-1.2.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7379db774c10904f27e7e2743d90fb43
Download size: 772 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB (both versions, with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (both versions, with tests)
Python-2.7.15 and tap.py (required for tests)
docutils-0.14 and Sphinx
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dbus-python
Both Python 2 and Python 3 modules can be built and installed without any conflicts.
To build D-Bus Python as the Python 2 module, run the following commands:
mkdir python2 && pushd python2 && PYTHON=/usr/bin/python \ ../configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/dbus-python-1.2.8 && make && popd
To test the results, issue: make -C python2 check. One test reports error due to dbus issues.
To build D-Bus Python as the Python 3 module, run the following commands:
mkdir python3 && pushd python3 && PYTHON=/usr/bin/python3 \ ../configure --prefix=/usr --docdir=/usr/share/doc/dbus-python-1.2.8 && make && popd
To test the results, issue: make -C python3 check.
To install the Python 2
module, run the following command as the root user:
make -C python2 install
To install the Python 3
module, run the following command as the root user:
make -C python3 install
docutils is a set of Python modules and programs for processing plaintext docs into formats such as HTML, XML, or LaTeX.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://downloads.sourceforge.net/docutils/docutils-0.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c53768d63db3873b7d452833553469de
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
This package can be installed with Python 3, but some packages require Python 2.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/docutils
To build the Python 2 applications, run the following command:
python setup.py build
To install the Python
applications run the following as the root user:
python setup.py install --optimize=1 && for f in /usr/bin/rst*.py; do ln -svf $(basename $f) /usr/bin/$(basename $f .py) done
The PyAtSpi2 package contains Python bindings for the core components of the GNOME Accessibility.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pyatspi/2.26/pyatspi-2.26.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pyatspi/2.26/pyatspi-2.26.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 554f95b0c4b99dcf015140f91883b433
Download size: 304 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pyatspi2
Both Python 2 and Python 3 modules can be built and installed without any conflicts.
To build PyAtSpi2 as the Python 2 module, run the following commands:
mkdir python2 && pushd python2 && ../configure --prefix=/usr --with-python=/usr/bin/python && make && popd
To build PyAtSpi2 as the Python 3 module, run the following commands:
mkdir python3 && pushd python3 && ../configure --prefix=/usr --with-python=/usr/bin/python3 && make && popd
This package does not come with a testsuite.
To install the Python 2
module, run the following command as the root user:
make -C python2 install
To install the Python 3
module, run the following command as the root user:
make -C python3 install
PyCairo provides Python bindings to Cairo.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/pygobject/pycairo/releases/download/v1.17.1/pycairo-1.17.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 34c1ee106655b450c4bd57e29371a4a7
Download size: 192 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Python-2.7.15 and Hypothesis (for tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pycairo
Install PyCairo for Python2 by running the following commands:
python2 setup.py build
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
python2 setup.py install --optimize=1 && python2 setup.py install_pycairo_header && python2 setup.py install_pkgconfig
Install PyCairo for Python3 by running the following commands:
python3 setup.py build
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
python3 setup.py install --optimize=1 && python3 setup.py install_pycairo_header && python3 setup.py install_pkgconfig
PyCrypto is a collection of both secure hash functions (such as SHA256 and RIPEMD160), and various encryption algorithms (AES, DES, RSA, ElGamal, etc.).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/p/pycrypto/pycrypto-2.6.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 55a61a054aa66812daf5161a0d5d7eda
Download size: 440 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pycrypto
Both Python 2 and Python 3 modules can be built and installed without any conflicts.
To build the Python 2 module, run the following command:
python setup.py build
To install the Python 2
module, run the following command as the root user:
python setup.py install --optimize=1
To build the Python 3 module, run the following command:
python3 setup.py build
To install the Python 3
module, run the following command as the root user:
python3 setup.py install --optimize=1
PyGObject-2.28.7 provides Python 2 bindings to the GObject class from GLib.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pygobject/2.28/pygobject-2.28.7.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pygobject/2.28/pygobject-2.28.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ae48b60c690c4aa894e69e0c97802745
Download size: 728 KB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
GLib-2.56.1 and PyCairo-1.17.1 (Python 2)
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and libxslt-1.1.32 (to Build Documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pygobject2
Install PyGObject by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-introspection && make
This package does not have a working testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-introspection: Omit
this switch if you have installed gobject-introspection-1.56.1.
Note that it conflicts with PyGObject-3.28.3.
--disable-docs: This option
disables the rebuilding of the html documentation if
libxslt-1.1.32 is installed.
PyGObject3 provides Python bindings to the GObject class from GLib.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pygobject/3.28/pygobject-3.28.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pygobject/3.28/pygobject-3.28.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3bac63c86bb963aa401f97859464aa90
Download size: 984 KB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB (both modules, with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (both modules, with tests)
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and PyCairo-1.17.1 (for Python 2 and/or Python 3 bindings)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pygobject3
Both Python 2 and Python 3 modules can be built and installed without any conflicts.
To build PyGObject3 as the Python 2 module, run the following commands:
mkdir python2 && pushd python2 && ../configure --prefix=/usr --with-python=/usr/bin/python && make && popd
To test the results, issue: make -C python2 check. An already active graphical session with bus address is necessary to run the tests.
To build PyGObject3 as the Python 3 module, run the following commands:
mkdir python3 && pushd python3 && ../configure --prefix=/usr --with-python=/usr/bin/python3 && make && popd
To test the results, issue: make -C python3 check. An already active graphical session with bus address is necessary to run the tests.
To install the Python 2
module, run the following command as the root user:
make -C python2 install
To install the Python 3
module, run the following command as the root user:
make -C python3 install
PyGTK lets you to easily create programs with a graphical user interface using the Python programming language.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pygtk/2.24/pygtk-2.24.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pygtk/2.24/pygtk-2.24.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a1051d5794fd7696d3c1af6422d17a49
Download size: 2.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 83 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU
PyCairo-1.17.1 (Python 2) and Pango-1.42.3
PyCairo-1.17.1 (Python 2) and GTK+-2.24.32.
PyCairo-1.17.1 (Python 2) and libglade-2.6.4.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pygtk
Install PyGTK by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
The tests must be run from an active X display. If this is so, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-docs: This
option enables rebuilding the html documentation if
libxslt-1.1.32 is installed.
PyXDG is a Python library to access freedesktop.org standards.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://people.freedesktop.org/~takluyver/pyxdg-0.25.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: bedcdb3a0ed85986d40044c87f23477c
Download size: 48 KB
Estimated disk space required: 800 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pyxdg
Both Python 2 and Python 3 modules can be built and installed without any conflicts.
To install the Python 2
module, run the following command as the root user:
python setup.py install --optimize=1
To install the Python 3
module, run the following command as the root user:
python3 setup.py install --optimize=1
funcsigs is a is a backport of the PEP 362 function signature features from Python 3.3's inspect module for Python 2.x.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/f/funcsigs/funcsigs-1.0.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7e583285b1fb8a76305d6d68f4ccc14e
Download size: 32 KB
Estimated disk space required: 440 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/funcsigs
To install the Python 2
module, run the following command as the root user:
python setup.py install --optimize=1
This module is included with Python distributions after 3.3.
Beaker is a Python module that implements caching and sessions WSGI middleware for use with web applications and stand-alone Python scripts and applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/B/Beaker/Beaker-1.10.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c07254713337b7a1b404ef37ad880b07
Download size: 44 KB
Estimated disk space required: 916 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
funcsigs-1.0.2 (required for Python-2.7)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Beaker
Both Python 2 and Python 3 modules can be built and installed without any conflicts.
To install the Python 2
module, run the following command as the root user:
python setup.py install --optimize=1
To install the Python 3
module, run the following command as the root user:
python3 setup.py install --optimize=1
These instructions provide the Python2 bindings for libxml2: the Python3 bindings are built as part of libxml2-2.9.8 and most packages in the book do not use these bindings for the older Python2.
By building these bindings after libxml2-2.9.8 has been installed, there is no need to rebuild the time-consuming (if all dependencies are used) main part of that package.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://xmlsoft.org/sources/libxml2-2.9.8.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://xmlsoft.org/libxml2/libxml2-2.9.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b786e353e2aa1b872d70d5d1ca0c740d
Download size: 5.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 54 MB (2.3 MB installed)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libxml2-2.9.8 and Python-2.7.15
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxml2
To build the Python 2 module, run:
cd python && python setup.py build
To install the Python 2
module, as the root user
run:
python setup.py install --optimize=1
lxml provides Python bindings for libxslt-1.1.32 and libxml2-2.9.8.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/l/lxml/lxml-4.2.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 31239400ca4e130b69993bb3c14204b3
Download size: 2.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 181 MB (add 42 MB for the testsuite)
Estimated build time: 2.1 SBU (add 3.3 SBU for the testsuite)
GDB-8.1.1 Valgrind-3.13.0 cssselect
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lxml
Both Python 2 and Python 3 modules can be built and installed without any conflicts.
To build the Python 2 module, run:
python setup.py build
If you wish to run the tests, enter: make test. This will rebuild the package for inplace use before running the tests. One or more tests sometimes fail.
To install the Python 2
module, as the root user
run:
python setup.py install --optimize=1
To build the Python 3 module, run:
python3 setup.py clean && python3 setup.py build
If you wish to run the tests, enter: make PYTHON=python3 test. This will rebuild the package for inplace use before running the tests. One or more tests sometimes fail.
To install the Python 3
module, as the root user
run:
python3 setup.py install --optimize=1
MarkupSafe is a Python module that implements a XML/HTML/XHTML Markup safe string.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/M/MarkupSafe/MarkupSafe-1.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2fcedc9284d50e577b5192e8e3578355
Download size: 16 KB
Estimated disk space required: 872 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/MarkupSafe
Both Python 2 and Python 3 modules can be built and installed without any conflicts.
To build the Python 2 module, run the following command:
python setup.py build
To install the Python 2
module, run the following command as the root user:
python setup.py install --optimize=1
To build the Python 3 module, run the following command:
python3 setup.py build
To install the Python 3
module, run the following command as the root user:
python3 setup.py install --optimize=1
Mako is a Python module that implements hyperfast and lightweight templating for the Python platform.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.pythonhosted.org/packages/source/M/Mako/Mako-1.0.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c5fc31a323dd4990683d2f2da02d4e20
Download size: 564 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Beaker-1.10.0 and MarkupSafe-1.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Mako
Both Python 2 and Python 3 modules can be built and installed without any conflicts.
To install the Python 2
module, run the following command as the root user:
python setup.py install --optimize=1
To install the Python 3
module, run the following command as the root user:
sed -i "s:mako-render:&3:g" setup.py && python3 setup.py install --optimize=1
sed -i "s:mako-render:&3:g" setup.py: This sed prevents setup.py from overwriting an already installed script by the Python 2 module. Remove it if you are building this module only for Python 3.
Scour is an SVG (Scalable Vector Graphics) optimizer/cleaner that reduces their size by optimizing structure and removing unnecessary data.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/scour-project/scour/archive/v0.37/scour-0.37.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1de595a0b1627d47b01b4e5fa2976087
Download size: 96 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/scour
Although this package installs modules for Python 2 or Python 3 they are usually invoked by scour which is a script using the version of Python for which it was compiled.
For the moment, use of Python 2 will normally be adequate.
To build the Python 2 module, issue:
python setup.py build
To partially test the results, issue: python testcss.py. If you have installed Six you can run the main tests by issuing: python testscour.py.
To install the Python 2
module run the following command as the root user:
python setup.py install --optimize=1
If you wish to install the Python 3 modules, change 'python' to 'python3' in each of the above steps.
Six is a Python 2 and 3 compatibility library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://pypi.io/packages/source/s/six/six-1.11.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d12789f9baf7e9fb2524c0c64f1773f8
Download size: 32 KB
Estimated disk space required: 352 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/six
Install six for Python2 by running the following commands:
python2 setup.py build
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
python2 setup.py install --optimize=1
Install six for Python3 by running the following commands:
python3 setup.py build
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
python3 setup.py install --optimize=1
Last updated on 2017-11-22 19:21:36 -0800
The Ruby package contains the Ruby development environment. This is useful for object-oriented scripting.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://cache.ruby-lang.org/pub/ruby/2.5/ruby-2.5.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b7d48b39fd09933e232f172384d03b94
Download size: 11 MB
Estimated disk space required: 364 MB, with checks (add 206 MB for C API docs)
Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 3.4 SBU for tests; add 0.4 SBU for C API docs)
Berkeley DB-5.3.28, Doxygen-1.8.14, Graphviz-2.40.1, Tk-8.6.8, Valgrind-3.13.0, and YAML-0.2.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ruby
Install Ruby by running the following command:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/ruby-2.5.1 &&
make
Optionally, build the CAPI documents by running the following commands:
make capi
To test the results, issue: make check. There are 17388 tests. A few (about 11) fail and one test may hang, but the test process can continue with ctrl-C. If the tests are run in a directory that has a world writable component (e.g. /tmp) then several additional tests fail and the tests terminate after 25 failures.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-shared: This
switch enables building of the libruby shared library.
--disable-install-doc: This
switch disables building and installing rdoc indexes and C
API documents.
--disable-install-rdoc: This
switch disables building and installing rdoc indexes.
--disable-install-capi: This
switch disables building and installing C API documents.
|
is Tiny eRuby. It interprets a Ruby code embedded text file. |
|
|
command for RubyGems - a sophisticated package manager for Ruby. |
|
|
is the interactive interface for Ruby. |
|
|
a make-like build utility for Ruby. |
|
|
generates Ruby documentation. |
|
|
displays documentation from a database on Ruby classes, modules, and methods. |
|
|
is an interpreted scripting language for quick and easy object-oriented programming. |
|
|
contains the API functions required by Ruby. |
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
The Rust programming language is designed to be a safe, concurrent, practical language.
As with many other programming languages, rustc (the rust compiler) needs a binary from which to bootstrap. It will download a stage0 binary and many cargo crates (these are actually .tar.gz source archives) at the start of the build, so you cannot compile it without an internet connection.
The current rustbuild build-system will use all available processors, although it does not scale well and often falls back to just using one core while waiting for a library to compile.
At the moment Rust does not provide any guarantees of a stable ABI.
Repeated builds of this package on the same machine show a wide range of build times. Some of this might be due to variations in downloading the required cargo files if they are not already present, but this does not seem to adequately explain the variations.
Unusually, a DESTDIR-style method is being used to install
this package. This is because running the install as root
not only downloads all of the cargo files again (to
/root/.cargo), it then spends
a very long time recompiling. Using this method saves 30
SBU on the 4-core machine where this was tested, at the
cost of an extra 60MB of disk space for the extra files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://static.rust-lang.org/dist/rustc-1.25.0-src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d8d4d30c8d0b905f978bee3fdd618db5
Download size: 95 MB
Estimated disk space required: 5.1 GB (440 MB installed) including 379MB of ~/.cargo files for the user building this and 440MB of files in the DESTDIR (add 1.2GB if running the tests)
Estimated build time: 33 SBU (add 17 SBU for tests, both with 4 processors)
cURL-7.61.0, CMake-3.12.1, libssh2-1.8.0, Python-2.7.15
clang from LLVM-6.0.1 (built with -DLLVM_LINK_LLVM_DYLIB=ON)
GDB-8.1.1 (used by debuginfo-gdb in the testsuite)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rust
This package is updated on a six-weekly release cycle. Because it is such a large and slow package to build, and is at the moment only required by three packages in this book, the BLFS editors take the view that it should only be updated when that is necessary.
First create a suitable config.toml file which will configure the
build :
cat << EOF > config.toml # see config.toml.example for more possible options [llvm] targets = "X86" # When using system llvm prefer shared libraries link-shared = true [build] # install cargo as well as rust extended = true [install] prefix = "/usr" docdir = "share/doc/rustc-1.25.0" [rust] channel = "stable" rpath = false # get reasonably clean output from the test harness quiet-tests = true # BLFS does not install the FileCheck executable from llvm, # so disable codegen tests codegen-tests = false [target.x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu] # delete this *section* if you are not using system llvm. # NB the output of llvm-config (i.e. help options) may be # dumped to the screen when config.toml is parsed. llvm-config = "/usr/bin/llvm-config" EOF
Now install Rust by running the following commands:
export RUSTFLAGS="$RUSTFLAGS -C link-args=-lffi" && ./x.py build
The build will report it failed to compile miri because of multiple potential crates
for `log`, but that should be followed by a message that the
build completed successfully.
On AMD Ryzen processors (family 17h), the non-optimized version of libstd which is compiled at the start of the tests contains two opcodes which are not implemented on this CPU family. These will be logged in the system log and will be followed a few minutes later by segmentation faults. Despite that, the tests continue to run, apparently normally. But the system may reboot before the tests have completed. The normal optimized libraries run without this problem.
A mitigation is to install gdb and to run the tests with 'ulimit -C disabled' but this does not always prevent the system rebooting.
To run the tests issue ./x.py test --verbose --no-fail-fast >../rustc-testlog: as with the build, that will use all available CPUs. This runs many suites of tests (in an apparently random order), at least one will fail: compile-fail/issue-37131.rs tries to compile for the thumbv6m-none-eabi target but the BLFS build does not cater for that, and many tests in debuginfo-gdb will fail if gdb has not been installed. A few other tests might fail.
If you wish to look at the numbers for the results, you can find the total number of tests which were considered by running:
grep 'running .* tests' ../rustc-testlog | awk '{ sum += $2 } END { print sum }'
That should report 13224 tests. Similarly, the total tests which failed can be found by running:
grep '^test result:' ../rustc-testlog | awk '{ sum += $6 } END { print sum }'
And similarly for the tests which passed use $4, for those which were ignored (i.e. skipped) use $8 (and $10 for 'measured', $12 for 'filtered out' but both are probably zero). The breakdown does not match the overall total.
Still as your normal user, do a DESTDIR install:
DESTDIR=${PWD}/install ./x.py install
Now, as the root user install
the files from the DESTDIR:
chown -R root:root install && cp -a install/* /
targets =
"X86": this avoids building all the available
linux cross-compilers (Aarch64, MIPS, PowerPC, SystemZ, etc).
Unfortunately, rust insists on installing source files for
these below /usr/lib/rustlib/src.
extended = true: this installs Cargo alongside Rust.
channel =
"stable": this ensures only stable features
can be used, the default in config.toml is to use development features,
which is not appropriate for a released version.
rpath = false: by default, rust can be run from where it was built, without being installed. That adds DT_RPATH entries to all of the ELF files, which produces very messy output from ldd, showing the libraries in the place they were built, even if they have been deleted from there after the install.
[target.x86_64-unknown-linux-gnu]:
the syntax of config.toml
requires an llvm-config entry
for each target for which system-llvm is to be used. Change
the target to [target.i686-unknown-linux-gnu] if you are
building on 32-bit x86. This whole section may be omitted if
you wish to build against the shipped llvm, or do not have
clang, but the resulting build will be larger and take a
little longer.
export RUSTFLAGS="$RUSTFLAGS -C link-args=-lffi": This adds a link to libffi to any RUSTFLAGS you may already be passing to the build. On some systems, linking fails to include libffi unless this is used. The reason why this is needed is not clear.
--verbose: this switch can sometimes provide more information about a test which fails.
--no-fail-fast: this switch ensures that the testsuite will not stop at the first error.
DESTDIR=${PWD}/install ./x.py
install: This effects a DESTDIR-style install
in the source tree,creating an install directory. Note that DESTDIR
installs need an absolute path, passing 'install' will not
work.
chown -R root:root install: the DESTDIR install was run by a regular user, who owns the files. For security, change their owner before doing a simple copy to install them.
|
formats all bin and lib files of the current crate using rustfmt. |
|
|
is the Package Manager for Rust. |
|
|
is the Rust Language Server. This can run in the background to provide IDEs, editors, and other tools with information about Rust programs. |
|
|
is a wrapper script for gdb, pulling in Python
pretty-printing modules installed in |
|
|
is a wrapper script for LLDB (the LLVM debugger) pulling in the Python pretty-printing modules. |
|
|
is the rust compiler. |
|
|
generates documentation from rust source code. |
|
|
formats rust code. |
|
|
is the Rust Standard Library, the foundation of portable Rust software. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
SCons is a tool for building software (and other files) implemented in Python.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/scons/scons-3.0.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1c99878d0eaf9b768b50721e913142d3
Download size: 616 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
docbook-xsl-1.79.2, libxml2-2.9.8 (for Python2) and libxslt-1.1.32 (the Python2 modules can be invoked at runtime if using the SCons Docbook tool)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/scons
Install SCons by running the
following commands as the root user:
python setup.py install --prefix=/usr \
--standard-lib \
--optimize=1 \
--install-data=/usr/share
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
S-Lang (slang) is an interpreted language that may be embedded into an application to make the application extensible. It provides facilities required by interactive applications such as display/screen management, keyboard input and keymaps.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.jedsoft.org/releases/slang/slang-2.3.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c2d5a7aa0246627da490be4e399c87cb
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 29 MB (add 4 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (add 0.2 SBU for tests)
libpng-1.6.35, PCRE-8.42, and Oniguruma
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/slang
This package does not support parallel build.
Install slang by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-readline=gnu &&
make -j1
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that this will also create a static version of the library which will then be installed in the next step.
Now, as the root user:
make install_doc_dir=/usr/share/doc/slang-2.3.2 \
SLSH_DOC_DIR=/usr/share/doc/slang-2.3.2/slsh \
install-all &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libslang.so.2.3.2 \
/usr/lib/slang/v2/modules/*.so
--with-readline=gnu:
This parameter sets GNU Readline to be used by the parser
interface instead of the slang internal version.
make install_doc_dir=/usr/share/doc/slang-2.3.2 SLSH_DOC_DIR=/usr/share/doc/slang-2.3.2/slsh install-all: This command installs the static library as well as the dynamic shared version and related modules. It also changes the documentation installation directories to a versioned directory.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
Subversion is a version control system that is designed to be a compelling replacement for CVS in the open source community. It extends and enhances CVS' feature set, while maintaining a similar interface for those already familiar with CVS. These instructions install the client and server software used to manipulate a Subversion repository. Creation of a repository is covered at Running a Subversion Server.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.apache.org/dist/subversion/subversion-1.10.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e05fb3b25b1599b395ecc36d5ef1a145
Download size: 8.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 167 MB (add 117 MB for bindings, 24 MB for docs, 1.0 GB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (Using parallelism=4; add 1.5 SBU for bindings, 22 SBU for tests)
Apr-Util-1.6.1 and SQLite-3.24.0
Serf-1.3.9 (for handling http:// and https:// URLs)
Apache-2.4.34, Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, dbus-1.12.10, libsecret-0.18.6, Python-2.7.15 (with sqlite support for the tests), Ruby-2.5.1, SWIG-3.0.12 (for building Perl, Python and Ruby bindings), LZ4, and UTF8proc
One of OpenJDK-10.0.2, Dante or Jikes, and JUnit-4.12 (to test the Java bindings)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/subversion
This package may fail during the make phase when using multiple processors. If this occurs try continuing with make -j1 or redo the entire build process with fresh sources using -j1.
Install Subversion by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--with-apache-libexecdir \
--with-lz4=internal \
--with-utf8proc=internal &&
make
If you have Doxygen-1.8.14 installed and you wish to build the API documentation, issue: doxygen doc/doxygen.conf.
If you passed the --enable-javahl
parameter to configure and wish to build
the Java bindings, issue the following command:
make javahl
If you want to compile Perl, Python2, or Ruby bindings, issue any of the following command:
make swig-pl # for Perl make swig-py \ swig_pydir=/usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/libsvn \ swig_pydir_extra=/usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/svn # for Python make swig-rb # for Ruby
To test the results, issue: make check.
To test the results of the Java bindings build, issue
make
check-javahl. The JUnit testing framework must be
installed, and the location of the JUnit jar has to be
specified by passing the --with-junit=<path to junit jar>
parameter to configure.
To test the results of any of the SWIG bindings, you can use any of the following commands: make check-swig-pl, make check-swig-py, or make check-swig-rb.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/subversion-1.10.2 &&
cp -v -R doc/* \
/usr/share/doc/subversion-1.10.2
If you built the Java bindings, issue the following command
as the root user to install
them:
make install-javahl
If you built the Perl,
Python2, or Ruby bindings, issue any of the
following commands as the root user to install them:
make install-swig-pl make install-swig-py \ swig_pydir=/usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/libsvn \ swig_pydir_extra=/usr/lib/python2.7/site-packages/svn make install-swig-rb
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-apache-libexecdir: If
Apache-2.4.34 is installed, the shared
Apache modules are built.
This switch allows to have those modules installed to
Apache's configured module
dir instead of /usr/libexec. It
has no effect if Apache is
not installed.
--with-lz4=internal,
--with-utf8proc=internal: Remove them if you have
installed the optional dependencies.
--enable-javahl: enables
compilation of Java high level bindings. Running make javahl is necessary to
do the compilation.
--with-junit=<location of the junit
jar file>: gives the location of the junit jar,
otherwise the javahl tests cannot be run.
--disable-gmock: Do not use the
Googlemock testing framework.
/etc/subversion/config is the
Subversion system-wide
configuration file. This file is used to specify defaults
for different svn commands.
~/.subversion/config is the
user's personal configuration file. It is used to override
the system-wide defaults set in /etc/subversion/config.
|
is a command-line client program used to access Subversion repositories. |
|
|
is a tool for creating, tweaking or repairing a Subversion repository. |
|
|
is a benchmarking tool. |
|
|
is a program for filtering Subversion repository dumpfile format streams. |
|
|
is the FSFS (FileSystem atop of the FileSystem - Subversion filesystem implementation) repository manipulation tool. |
|
|
is a tool for inspecting a Subversion repository. |
|
|
is a Multiple URL Command Client for Subversion. |
|
|
is a tool for dumping or loading a remote Subversion repository. |
|
|
is a custom standalone server program, able to run as a daemon process or invoked by SSH. |
|
|
is a Subversion repository synchronisation tool. |
|
|
is used to report the version number and state of a working Subversion repository copy. |
|
|
are the support libraries used by the Subversion programs. |
|
|
is a plug-in module for the Apache HTTP server, used to authenticate users to a Subversion repository over the Internet or an intranet. |
|
|
is a plug-in module for the Apache HTTP server, used to make a Subversion repository available to others over the Internet or an intranet. |
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
This section will describe how to set up, administer and secure a Subversion server.
The following instructions will install a Subversion server, which will be set up to use OpenSSH as the secure remote access method, with svnserve available for anonymous access.
Configuration of the Subversion server consists of the following steps:
You'll need to be user root
for the initial portion of configuration. Create the
svn user and group with the
following commands:
groupadd -g 56 svn && useradd -c "SVN Owner" -d /home/svn -m -g svn -s /bin/false -u 56 svn
If you plan to have multiple repositories, you should have
a group dedicated to each repository for ease of
administration. Create the svntest group for the test repository
and add the svn user to
that group with the following commands:
groupadd -g 57 svntest && usermod -G svntest -a svn
Additionally you should set umask 002 while working with a repository so that all new files will be writable by owner and group. This is made mandatory by creating a wrapper script for svn and svnserve:
mv /usr/bin/svn /usr/bin/svn.orig && mv /usr/bin/svnserve /usr/bin/svnserve.orig && cat >> /usr/bin/svn << "EOF"#!/bin/sh umask 002 /usr/bin/svn.orig "$@"EOF cat >> /usr/bin/svnserve << "EOF"#!/bin/sh umask 002 /usr/bin/svnserve.orig "$@"EOF chmod 0755 /usr/bin/svn{,serve}
If you use Apache for working with the repository over HTTP, even for anonymous access, you should wrap /usr/sbin/httpd in a similar script.
There are several ways to set up a subversion repository. It is recommended to have a look at the SVN Book corresponding chapter. A basic repository can be set up with the instructions below.
Create a new Subversion
repository with the following commands (as the root user):
install -v -m 0755 -d /srv/svn && install -v -m 0755 -o svn -g svn -d /srv/svn/repositories && svnadmin create /srv/svn/repositories/svntest
Now that the repository is created, it should be populated
with something useful. You'll need to have a predefined
directory layout set up exactly as you want your repository
to look. For example, here is a sample BLFS layout setup
with a root of svntest/.
You'll need to setup a directory tree similar to the
following:
svntest/ # The name of the repository
trunk/ # Contains the existing source tree
BOOK/
bootscripts/
edguide/
patches/
scripts/
branches/ # Needed for additional branches
tags/ # Needed for tagging release points
Once you've created your directory layout as shown above, you are ready to do the initial import:
svn import -m "Initial import." \
</path/to/source/tree> \
file:///srv/svn/repositories/svntest
Now change owner and group information on the repository,
and add an unprivileged user to the svn and svntest groups:
chown -R svn:svntest /srv/svn/repositories/svntest &&
chmod -R g+w /srv/svn/repositories/svntest &&
chmod g+s /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/db &&
usermod -G svn,svntest -a <username>
svntest is the group
assigned to the svntest repository. As mentioned earlier,
this eases administration of multiple repositories when
using OpenSSH for
authentication. Going forward, you'll need to add your
unprivileged user, and any additional users that you wish
to have write access to the repository, to the svn and svntest groups.
In addition, you'll notice that the new repository's
db directory is set-groupID.
If the reasoning is not immediately obvious, when using any
external authentication method (such as ssh), the sticky bit is
set so that all new files will be owned by the user, but
group of svntest. Anyone in
the svntest group can
create files, but still give the entire group write access
to those files. This avoids locking out other users from
the repository.
Now, return to an unprivileged user account, and take a look at the new repository using svnlook:
svnlook tree /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/
You may need to log out and back in again to refresh your
group memberships. 'su
<username>'
should work as well.
As mentioned previously, these instructions will configure the server to use only ssh for write access to the repository and to provide anonymous access using svnserve. There are several other ways to provide access to the repository. These additional configurations are best explained at http://svnbook.red-bean.com/.
Access configuration needs to be done for each repository.
Create the svnserve.conf file
for the svntest repository using the following commands:
cp /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/conf/svnserve.conf \
/srv/svn/repositories/svntest/conf/svnserve.conf.default &&
cat > /srv/svn/repositories/svntest/conf/svnserve.conf << "EOF"
[general]
anon-access = read
auth-access = write
EOF
There is not a lot to the configuration file at all. You'll
notice that only the general section is required. Take a
look at the svnserve.conf.default file for
information on using svnserve's built-in
authentication method.
To start the server at boot time, install the svn bootscript included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-svn
Last updated on 2016-06-08 20:56:23 -0700
SWIG (Simplified Wrapper and Interface Generator) is a compiler that integrates C and C++ with languages including Perl, Python, Tcl, Ruby, PHP, Java, C#, D, Go, Lua, Octave, R, Scheme, Ocaml, Modula-3, Common Lisp, and Pike. SWIG can also export its parse tree into Lisp s-expressions and XML.
SWIG reads annotated C/C++ header files and creates wrapper code (glue code) in order to make the corresponding C/C++ libraries available to the listed languages, or to extend C/C++ programs with a scripting language.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/swig/swig-3.0.12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 82133dfa7bba75ff9ad98a7046be687c
Download size: 7.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 91 MB (1.7 GB with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (26 SBU for tests)
Boost-1.68.0 for tests, and any of the languages mentioned in the introduction, as run-time dependencies
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/swig
If you plan to run the tests, some fixes are needed for using Perl-5.26:
sed -i 's/\$(PERL5_SCRIPT/-I. &/' Examples/Makefile.in && sed -i 's/\$command 2/-I. &/' Examples/test-suite/perl5/run-perl-test.pl
Install SWIG by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--without-clisp \
--without-maximum-compile-warnings &&
make
To test the results, issue: make -k check TCL_INCLUDE=
GOGCC=true. The (un)setting of the two
variables GOGCC and TCL_INCLUDE is necessary, since they are not
correctly set by configure. The tests are only
executed for the languages installed on your machine, so the
disk space and SBU values given for the tests may vary, and
should be considered as mere orders of magnitude. If you have
Python-2.7.15 installed, the Python-3
tests are not run. You can run tests for Python-3 by issuing
PY3=1 make
check-python-examples followed by
PY3=1 make
check-python-test-suite. According to
SWIG's documentation, the
failure of some tests should not be considered harmful.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/swig-3.0.12 && cp -v -R Doc/* /usr/share/doc/swig-3.0.12
--without-maximum-compile-warnings:
disables compiler ansi conformance enforcement, which
triggers errors in the Lua
headers (starting with Lua 5.3).
--without-<language>:
allows disabling the building of tests and examples for
<language>, but all the languages capabilities of
SWIG are always built. We
use it for Clisp, because
the SWIG implementation is very incomplete and a lot of tests
fail.
Last updated on 2018-08-21 15:53:34 -0700
The Tcl package contains the Tool Command Language, a robust general-purpose scripting language.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tcl8.6.8-src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 81656d3367af032e0ae6157eff134f89
Download size: 9.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 65 MB (including html documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 2.8 SBU for tests)
Optional Documentation
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tcl8.6.8-html.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a94394b8c13bb8457928e347fa29d8aa
Download size: 1.2 MB
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tcl
This package is also installed in LFS during the bootstrap phase. As it is not installed during Chapter 6 of LFS, installation instructions are included here in BLFS.
If you downloaded the optional documentation, unpack the tarball by issuing the following command:
tar -xf ../tcl8.6.8-html.tar.gz --strip-components=1
Install Tcl by running the following commands:
export SRCDIR=`pwd` &&
cd unix &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
$([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo --enable-64bit) &&
make &&
sed -e "s#$SRCDIR/unix#/usr/lib#" \
-e "s#$SRCDIR#/usr/include#" \
-i tclConfig.sh &&
sed -e "s#$SRCDIR/unix/pkgs/tdbc1.0.6#/usr/lib/tdbc1.0.6#" \
-e "s#$SRCDIR/pkgs/tdbc1.0.6/generic#/usr/include#" \
-e "s#$SRCDIR/pkgs/tdbc1.0.6/library#/usr/lib/tcl8.6#" \
-e "s#$SRCDIR/pkgs/tdbc1.0.6#/usr/include#" \
-i pkgs/tdbc1.0.6/tdbcConfig.sh &&
sed -e "s#$SRCDIR/unix/pkgs/itcl4.1.1#/usr/lib/itcl4.1.1#" \
-e "s#$SRCDIR/pkgs/itcl4.1.1/generic#/usr/include#" \
-e "s#$SRCDIR/pkgs/itcl4.1.1#/usr/include#" \
-i pkgs/itcl4.1.1/itclConfig.sh &&
unset SRCDIR
To test the results, issue: make test. Tests known to fail: cmdAH.test and tdbcodbc.test.
Now, as the root user:
make install && make install-private-headers && ln -v -sf tclsh8.6 /usr/bin/tclsh && chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libtcl8.6.so
If you downloaded the optional documentation, install it by
issuing the following commands as the root user:
mkdir -v -p /usr/share/doc/tcl-8.6.8 && cp -v -r ../html/* /usr/share/doc/tcl-8.6.8
$([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ]
&& echo --enable-64bit): This switch is
used to enable 64 bit support in Tcl on 64 bit operating systems.
make install-private-headers: This command is used to install the Tcl library interface headers used by other packages if they link to the Tcl library.
ln -v -sf tclsh8.6 /usr/bin/tclsh: This command is used to create a compatibility symbolic link to the tclsh8.6 file as many packages expect a file named tclsh.
sed -e ...: The Tcl package expects that its source tree is preserved so that packages depending on it for their compilation can utilize it. These sed remove the references to the build directory and replace them with saner system-wide locations.
Last updated on 2018-08-18 12:42:11 -0700
The Tk package contains a TCL GUI Toolkit.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/tcl/tk8.6.8-src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5e0faecba458ee1386078fb228d008ba
Download size: 4.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (add 1.5 SBU for tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tk
Install Tk by running the following commands:
cd unix &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
$([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo --enable-64bit) &&
make &&
sed -e "s@^\(TK_SRC_DIR='\).*@\1/usr/include'@" \
-e "/TK_B/s@='\(-L\)\?.*unix@='\1/usr/lib@" \
-i tkConfig.sh
Running the tests is not recommended. Failures will be reported during the tests, depending on the screen resolution/capabilities, fonts installed and other X related parameters, but the end report can show 0 failures. Some tests will steal focus and some might crash your X Server. To test the results anyway, issue: make test. Ensure you run it from an X Window display device with the GLX extensions loaded, but even so, tests might hang.
Now, as the root user:
make install && make install-private-headers && ln -v -sf wish8.6 /usr/bin/wish && chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libtk8.6.so
$([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ]
&& echo --enable-64bit): This switch is
used to enable 64 bit support in Tk on 64 bit operating systems.
make install-private-headers: This command is used to install the Tk library interface headers used by other packages if they link to the Tk library.
ln -v -sf wish8.6 /usr/bin/wish: This command is used to create a compatibility symbolic link to the wish8.6 file as many packages expect a file named wish.
sed -e ... tkConfig.sh: The Tk package expects that its source tree is preserved so that packages depending on it for their compilation can utilize it. This sed removes the references to the build directory and replaces them with saner system-wide locations.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
Vala is a new programming language that aims to bring modern programming language features to GNOME developers without imposing any additional runtime requirements and without using a different ABI compared to applications and libraries written in C.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/vala/0.40/vala-0.40.8.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/vala/0.40/vala-0.40.8.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3e3177692fb5d81a7b8aaa6b95a30bdd
Download size: 3.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 164 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU (with tests)
dbus-1.12.10 (Required for the tests), Graphviz-2.40.1 (Required for valadoc), libxslt-1.1.32 (Required for generating the documentation), help2man, and weasyprint
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vala
Install Vala by running the following commands:
The two sed commands and the autoreconf command below are required if the optional dependency Graphviz-2.40.1 is not installed. This will allow building the valadoc program and libraries that can be used to generate API documentation in HTML format from Vala source code.
sed -i '115d; 121,137d; 139,140d' configure.ac && sed -i '/valadoc/d' Makefile.am && ACLOCAL= autoreconf -fiv
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
Valgrind is an instrumentation framework for building dynamic analysis tools. There are Valgrind tools that can automatically detect many memory management and threading bugs, and profile programs in detail. Valgrind can also be used to build new tools.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://sourceware.org/ftp/valgrind/valgrind-3.13.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://sourceware.org/pub/valgrind/valgrind-3.13.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 817dd08f1e8a66336b9ff206400a5369
Download size: 14 MB
Estimated disk space required: 347 MB (additional 228 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU (additional 5.1 SBU for tests)
BIND-9.13.2 or BIND Utilities-9.13.2 (for tests), Boost-1.68.0, GDB-8.1.1 (for tests), LLVM-6.0.1 (with Clang), and Which-2.21 (for tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/valgrind
First, fix a bug, which has been exposed by glibc-2.26:
sed -i '1904s/4/5/' coregrind/m_syswrap/syswrap-linux.c
Install Valgrind by running the following commands:
sed -i 's|/doc/valgrind||' docs/Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--datadir=/usr/share/doc/valgrind-3.13.0 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make regtest. The tests may
hang forever if GDB-8.1.1 is not installed. Some tests are
known to hang also, depending on the version of glibc.
Problematic tests can be disabled by changing the
prereq: line
in the corresponding .vgtest
file to prereq:
false. For example:
sed -e 's@prereq:.*@prereq: false@' \
-i {helgrind,drd}/tests/pth_cond_destroy_busy.vgtest
The OpenMP tests are
skipped if libgomp has been compiled with --enable-linux-futex (the default). If
needed, just recompile the libgomp library from the gcc
build tree, passing --disable-linux-futex to configure, storing
the library to some place and changing the link from
/usr/lib/libgomp.so.1 to
point to the new library.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -i ... docs/Makefile.in : This sed provides for installing the documentation in a versioned directory.
|
is a program for debugging and profiling Linux executables. |
|
|
takes an output file produced by the Valgrind tool Callgrind and prints the information in an easy-to-read form. |
|
|
controls programs being run by the Valgrind tool Callgrind. |
|
|
is a post-processing tool for the Valgrind tool Cachegrind. |
|
|
compares two Cachegrind output files. |
|
|
merges multiple Cachegrind output files into one. |
|
|
takes an output file produced by the Valgrind tool Massif and prints the information in an easy-to-read form. |
|
|
is a server that reads debuginfo from objects stored on a different machine. |
|
|
listens on a socket for Valgrind commentary. |
|
|
is an intermediary between Valgrind and GDB or a shell. |
Last updated on 2018-08-25 14:11:22 -0700
Yasm is a complete rewrite of the NASM-2.13.03 assembler. It supports the x86 and AMD64 instruction sets, accepts NASM and GAS assembler syntaxes and outputs binary, ELF32 and ELF64 object formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.tortall.net/projects/yasm/releases/yasm-1.3.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: fc9e586751ff789b34b1f21d572d96af
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB (additional 12 MB for the tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (additional 0.1 SBU for the tests)
Python-2.7.15 and Cython
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/yasm
Install yasm by running the following commands:
sed -i 's#) ytasm.*#)#' Makefile.in && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -i 's#) ytasm.*#)#' Makefile.in: This sed prevents it compiling 2 programs (vsyasm and ytasm) that are only of use on Microsoft Windows.
|
is a portable, retargetable assembler that supports the x86 and AMD64 instruction sets, accepts NASM and GAS assembler syntaxes and outputs binaries in ELF32 and ELF64 object formats. |
|
|
provides all of the core functionality of yasm, for manipulating machine instructions and object file constructs. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 12:42:11 -0700
This section is provided to show you some additional programming tools for which instructions have not yet been created in the book or for those that are not appropriate for the book. Note that these packages may not have been tested by the BLFS team, but their mention here is meant to be a convenient source of additional information.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/OtherProgrammingTools
A+ is a powerful and efficient programming language. It is freely available under the GNU General Public License. It embodies a rich set of functions and operators, a modern graphical user interface with many widgets and automatic synchronization of widgets and variables, asynchronous execution of functions associated with variables and events, dynamic loading of user compiled subroutines, and many other features. Execution is by a rather efficient interpreter. A+ was created at Morgan Stanley. Primarily used in a computationally-intensive business environment, many critical applications written in A+ have withstood the demands of real world developers over many years. Written in an interpreted language, A+ applications tend to be portable.
Project Home Page: http://www.aplusdev.org/
Download Location: http://www.aplusdev.org/Download/index.html
ABC is an interactive programming language and environment for personal computing, originally intended as a good replacement for BASIC. It was designed by first doing a task analysis of the programming task. ABC is easy to learn (an hour or so for someone who has already programmed), and yet easy to use. Originally intended as a language for beginners, it has evolved into a powerful tool for beginners and experts alike. Some features of the language include: a powerful collection of only five data types that easily combines strong typing, yet without declarations, no limitations (such as max int), apart from sheer exhaustion of memory refinements to support top-down programming, nesting by indentation and programs typically are one fourth or one fifth the size of the equivalent Pascal or C program.
Project Home Page: http://homepages.cwi.nl/~steven/abc/
Download Location: http://homepages.cwi.nl/~steven/abc/implementations.html
ALF is a language which combines functional and logic programming techniques. The foundation of ALF is Horn clause logic with equality which consists of predicates and Horn clauses for logic programming, and functions and equations for functional programming. The ALF system is an efficient implementation of the combination of resolution, narrowing, rewriting and rejection. Similarly to Prolog, ALF uses a backtracking strategy corresponding to a depth-first search in the derivation tree.
Project Home Page: http://www.informatik.uni-kiel.de/~mh/systems/ALF.html
Download Location: http://www.informatik.uni-kiel.de/~mh/systems/ALF/
ASM is a Java bytecode manipulation framework. It can be used to dynamically generate stub classes or other proxy classes, directly in binary form, or to dynamically modify classes at load time, i.e., just before they are loaded into the Java Virtual Machine. ASM offers similar functionalities as BCEL or SERP, but is much smaller (33KB instead of 350KB for BCEL and 150KB for SERP) and faster than these tools (the overhead of a load time class transformation is of the order of 60% with ASM, 700% or more with BCEL, and 1100% or more with SERP). Indeed ASM was designed to be used in a dynamic way (though it works statically as well) and was therefore designed and implemented to be as small and as fast as possible.
Project Home Page: http://asm.objectweb.org/
Download Location: http://forge.objectweb.org/projects/asm/
BCPL is a simple typeless language that was designed in 1966 by Martin Richards and implemented for the first time at MIT in the Spring of 1967.
Project Home Page: http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/users/mr/BCPL.html
Download Location: http://www.cl.cam.ac.uk/users/mr/BCPL/
BETA is developed within the Scandinavian School of object-orientation, where the first object-oriented language, Simula, was developed. BETA is a modern language in the Simula tradition. The resulting language is smaller than Simula in spite of being considerably more expressive. BETA is a strongly typed language like Simula, Eiffel and C++, with most type checking being carried out at compile-time. It is well known that it is not possible to obtain all type checking at compile time without sacrificing the expressiveness of the language. BETA has optimum balance between compile-time type checking and run-time type checking.
Project Home Page: http://www.daimi.au.dk/~beta/
Download Location: ftp://ftp.daimi.au.dk/pub/beta/
<bigwig> is a high-level programming language for developing interactive Web services. Programs are compiled into a conglomerate of lower-level technologies such as C code, HTTP, HTML, JavaScript, and SSL, all running on top of a runtime system based on an Apache Web server module. It is a descendant of the Mawl project but is a completely new design and implementation with vastly expanded ambitions. The <bigwig> language is really a collection of tiny domain-specific languages focusing on different aspects of interactive Web services. These contributing languages are held together by a C-like skeleton language. Thus, <bigwig> has the look and feel of C-programs but with special data and control structures.
Project Home Page: http://www.brics.dk/bigwig/
Download Location: http://www.brics.dk/bigwig/download/
Bigloo is a Scheme implementation devoted to one goal: enabling Scheme based programming style where C(++) is usually required. Bigloo attempts to make Scheme practical by offering features usually presented by traditional programming languages but not offered by Scheme and functional programming. Bigloo compiles Scheme modules and delivers small and fast stand-alone binary executables. It enables full connections between Scheme and C programs, between Scheme and Java programs, and between Scheme and C# programs.
Project Home Page: http://www-sop.inria.fr/mimosa/fp/Bigloo/
Download Location: ftp://ftp-sop.inria.fr/mimosa/fp/Bigloo/
C-- is a portable assembly language that can be generated by a front end and implemented by any of several code generators. It serves as an interface between high-level compilers and retargetable, optimizing code generators. Authors of front ends and code generators can cooperate easily.
Project Home Page: http://www.cminusminus.org/
Download Location: http://www.cminusminus.org/code.html
Caml is a general-purpose programming language, designed with program safety and reliability in mind. It is very expressive, yet easy to learn and use. Caml supports functional, imperative, and object-oriented programming styles. It has been developed and distributed by INRIA, France's national research institute for computer science, since 1985. The Objective Caml system is the main implementation of the Caml language. It features a powerful module system and a full-fledged object-oriented layer. It comes with a native-code compiler that supports numerous architectures, for high performance; a bytecode compiler, for increased portability; and an interactive loop, for experimentation and rapid development.
Project Home Page: http://caml.inria.fr/
Download Location: http://caml.inria.fr/pub/distrib/
Ch is an embeddable C/C++ interpreter for cross-platform scripting, shell programming, 2D/3D plotting, numerical computing, and embedded scripting.
Project Home Page: http://www.softintegration.com/
Download Location: http://www.softintegration.com/products/chstandard/download/
Clean is a general purpose, state-of-the-art, pure and lazy functional programming language designed for making real-world applications. Clean is the only functional language in the world which offers uniqueness typing. This type system makes it possible in a pure functional language to incorporate destructive updates of arbitrary data structures (including arrays) and to make direct interfaces to the outside imperative world. The type system makes it possible to develop efficient applications.
Project Home Page: http://wiki.clean.cs.ru.nl/Clean
Download Location: http://wiki.clean.cs.ru.nl/Download_Clean
Cyclone is a programming language based on C that is safe, meaning that it rules out programs that have buffer overflows, dangling pointers, format string attacks, and so on. High-level, type-safe languages, such as Java, Scheme, or ML also provide safety, but they don't give the same control over data representations and memory management that C does (witness the fact that the run-time systems for these languages are usually written in C.) Furthermore, porting legacy C code to these languages or interfacing with legacy C libraries is a difficult and error-prone process. The goal of Cyclone is to give programmers the same low-level control and performance of C without sacrificing safety, and to make it easy to port or interface with legacy C code.
Project Home Page: http://cyclone.thelanguage.org/
Download Location: http://cyclone.thelanguage.org/wiki/Download/
D is a general purpose systems and applications programming language. It is a higher level language than C++, but retains the ability to write high performance code and interface directly with the operating system APIs and with hardware. D is well suited to writing medium to large scale million line programs with teams of developers. It is easy to learn, provides many capabilities to aid the programmer, and is well suited to aggressive compiler optimization technology. D is not a scripting language, nor an interpreted language. It doesn't come with a VM, a religion, or an overriding philosophy. It's a practical language for practical programmers who need to get the job done quickly, reliably, and leave behind maintainable, easy to understand code. D is the culmination of decades of experience implementing compilers for many diverse languages, and attempting to construct large projects using those languages. It draws inspiration from those other languages (most especially C++) and tempers it with experience and real world practicality.
Project Home Page: http://www.digitalmars.com/d/
Download Location: ftp://ftp.digitalmars.com/
DMDScript is Digital Mars' implementation of the ECMA 262 scripting language. Netscape's implementation is called JavaScript, Microsoft's implementation is called JScript. DMDScript is much faster than other implementations, which you can verify with the included benchmark.
Project Home Page: http://www.digitalmars.com/dscript/index.html
Download Location: ftp://ftp.digitalmars.com/
DotGNU Portable.NET goal is to build a suite of free software tools to build and execute .NET applications, including a C# compiler, assembler, disassembler, and runtime engine. While the initial target platform was GNU/Linux, it is also known to run under Windows, Solaris, NetBSD, FreeBSD, and MacOS X. The runtime engine has been tested on the x86, PowerPC, ARM, Sparc, PARISC, s390, Alpha, and IA-64 processors. DotGNU Portable.NET is part of the DotGNU project, built in accordance with the requirements of the GNU Project. DotGNU Portable.NET is focused on compatibility with the ECMA specifications for CLI. There are other projects under the DotGNU meta-project to build other necessary pieces of infrastructure, and to explore non-CLI approaches to virtual machine implementation.
Project Home Page: http://www.gnu.org/software/dotgnu/
Download Location: http://www.gnu.org/software/dotgnu/pnet-packages.html
Dylan is an advanced, object-oriented, dynamic language which supports rapid program development. When needed, programs can be optimized for more efficient execution by supplying more type information to the compiler. Nearly all entities in Dylan (including functions, classes, and basic data types such as integers) are first class objects. Additionally, Dylan supports multiple inheritance, polymorphism, multiple dispatch, keyword arguments, object introspection, macros, and many other advanced features... --Peter Hinely.
Project Home Page: http://www.opendylan.org/
Download Location: http://opendylan.org/download/index.html
E is a secure distributed Java-based pure-object platform and p2p scripting language. It has two parts: ELib and the E Language. Elib provides the stuff that goes on between objects. As a pure-Java library, ELib provides for inter-process capability-secure distributed programming. Its cryptographic capability protocol enables mutually suspicious Java processes to cooperate safely, and its event-loop concurrency and promise pipelining enable high performance deadlock free distributed pure-object computing. The E Language can be used to express what happens within an object. It provides a convenient and familiar notation for the ELib computational model, so you can program in one model rather than two. Under the covers, this notation expands into Kernel-E, a minimalist lambda-language much like Scheme or Smalltalk. Objects written in the E language are only able to interact with other objects according to ELib's semantics, enabling object granularity intra-process security, including the ability to safely run untrusted mobile code (such as caplets).
Project Home Page: http://www.erights.org/
Download Location: http://www.erights.org/download/
elastiC is a portable high-level object-oriented interpreted language with a C like syntax. Its main characteristics are: open source, interpreted, has portable bytecode compilation, dynamic typing, automatic real very fast garbage collection, object oriented with meta-programming support (a la Smalltalk), functional programming support (Scheme-like closures with lexical scoping, and eval-like functionality), hierarchical namespaces, a rich set of useful built-in types (dynamic arrays, dictionaries, symbols, ...), extensible with C (you can add functions, types, classes, methods, packages, ...), embeddable in C. elastiC has been strongly influenced by C, Smalltalk, Scheme and Python and tries to merge the best characteristics of all these languages, while still coherently maintaining its unique personality.
Project Home Page: http://www.elasticworld.org/
Download Location: http://www.elasticworld.org/download.html
Erlang/OTP is a development environment based on Erlang. Erlang is a programming language which has many features more commonly associated with an operating system than with a programming language: concurrent processes, scheduling, memory management, distribution, networking, etc. The initial open-source Erlang release contains the implementation of Erlang, as well as a large part of Ericsson's middleware for building distributed high-availability systems. Erlang is characterized by the following features: robustness, soft real-time, hot code upgrades and incremental code loading.
Project Home Page: http://www.erlang.org/
Download Location: http://www.erlang.org/download.html
Euphoria is a simple, flexible, and easy-to-learn programming language. It lets you quickly and easily develop programs for Windows, DOS, Linux and FreeBSD. Euphoria was first released in 1993. Since then Rapid Deployment Software has been steadily improving it with the help of a growing number of enthusiastic users. Although Euphoria provides subscript checking, uninitialized variable checking and numerous other run-time checks, it is extremely fast. People have used it to develop high-speed DOS games, Windows GUI programs, and X Window System programs. It is also very useful for CGI (Web-based) programming.
Project Home Page: http://www.rapideuphoria.com/
Download Location: http://www.rapideuphoria.com/v20.htm
Felix is an advanced Algol like procedural programming language with a strong functional subsystem. It features ML style static typing, first class functions, pattern matching, garbage collection, polymorphism, and has built in support for high performance microthreading, regular expressions and context free parsing. The system provides a scripting harness so the language can be used like other scripting languages such as Python and Perl, but underneath it generates native code to obtain high performance. A key feature of the system is that it uses the C/C++ object model, and provides an advanced binding sublanguage to support integration with C/C++ at both the source and object levels, both for embedding C/C++ data types and functions into Felix, and for embedding Felix into existing C++ architectures. The Felix compiler is written in Objective Caml, and generates ISO C++ which should compile on any platform.
Project Home Page: http://felix.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://felix-lang.org/$/usr/local/lib/felix/tarballs
ferite is a scripting language and engine all in one manageable chunk. It is designed to be easily extended in terms of API, and to be used within other applications making them more configurable and useful to the end user. It has a syntax similar to a number of other languages but remains clean and its own language.
Project Home Page: http://www.ferite.org/
Download Location: http://www.ferite.org/download.html
Forth is a stack-based, extensible language without type-checking. It is probably best known for its "reverse Polish" (postfix) arithmetic notation, familiar to users of Hewlett-Packard calculators. Forth is a real-time programming language originally developed to control telescopes. Forth has many unique features and applications: it can compile itself into a new compiler, reverse-polish coding, edit time error checking and compiling (similar to BASIC), extremely efficient thread based language, can be used to debug itself, extensible; thus can become what ever you need it to be. The links below lead to the website of the Forth Interest Group (FIG), a world-wide, non-profit organization for education in and the promotion of the Forth computer language. Another worthwhile website dedicated to the Forth community is http://wiki.forthfreak.net/.
Project Home Page: http://www.forth.org/
Download Location: http://www.forth.org/compilers.html
GNU Smalltalk is a free implementation of the Smalltalk-80 language which runs on most versions on Unix and, in general, everywhere you can find a POSIX-compliance library. An uncommon feature of it is that it is well-versed to scripting tasks and headless processing. See http://www.gnu.org/software/smalltalk/manual/html_node/Overview.html for a more detailed explanation of GNU Smalltalk.
Project Home Page: http://smalltalk.gnu.org/
Download Location: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/smalltalk/
Haskell is a computer programming language. In particular, it is a polymorphicly typed, lazy, purely functional language, quite different from most other programming languages. The language is named for Haskell Brooks Curry, whose work in mathematical logic serves as a foundation for functional languages. Haskell is based on lambda calculus. There are many implementations of Haskell, among them:
The HLA language was developed as a tool to help teach assembly language programming and machine organization to University students at the University of California, Riverside. The basic idea was to teach students assembly language programming by leveraging their knowledge of high level languages like C/C++ and Pascal/Delphi. At the same time, HLA was designed to allow advanced assembly language programmers write more readable and more powerful assembly language code.
Project Home Page: http://www.plantation-productions.com/Webster/HighLevelAsm/index.html
Download Location: http://www.plantation-productions.com/Webster/HighLevelAsm/dnld.html
Icon is a high-level, general-purpose programming language with a large repertoire of features for processing data structures and character strings. It is an imperative, procedural language with a syntax reminiscent of C and Pascal, but with semantics at a much higher level.
Project Home Page: http://www.cs.arizona.edu/icon/
Download Location: ftp://ftp.cs.arizona.edu/icon/
Io is a small, prototype-based programming language. The ideas in Io are mostly inspired by Smalltalk (all values are objects), Self (prototype-based), NewtonScript (differential inheritance), Act1 (actors and futures for concurrency), LISP (code is a runtime inspectable/modifiable tree) and Lua (small, embeddable).
Project Home Page: http://iolanguage.org
Download Location: http://iobin.suspended-chord.info/
J is a modern, high-level, general-purpose, high-performance programming language. It is portable and runs on Windows, Unix, Mac, and PocketPC handhelds, both as a GUI and in a console. True 64-bit J systems are available for XP64 or Linux64, on AMD64 or Intel EM64T platforms. J systems can be installed and distributed for free.
Project Home Page: http://www.jsoftware.com/
Download Location: http://www.jsoftware.com/stable.htm
Jamaica, the JVM Macro Assembler, is an easy-to-learn and easy-to-use assembly language for JVM bytecode programming. It uses Java syntax to define a JVM class except for the method body that takes bytecode instructions, including Jamaica's built-in macros. In Jamaica, bytecode instructions use mnemonics and symbolic names for all variables, parameters, data fields, constants and labels.
Project Home Page: http://judoscript.org/jamaica.html
Download Location: http://judoscript.org/download.html
Joy is a purely functional programming language. Whereas all other functional programming languages are based on the application of functions to arguments, Joy is based on the composition of functions. All such functions take a stack as an argument and produce a stack as a value. Consequently much of Joy looks like ordinary postfix notation. However, in Joy a function can consume any number of parameters from the stack and leave any number of results on the stack. The concatenation of appropriate programs denotes the composition of the functions which the programs denote.
Judo is a practical, functional scripting language. It is designed to cover the use cases of not only algorithmic/object-oriented/multi-threaded programming and Java scripting but also a number of major application domain tasks, such as scripting for JDBC, WSDL, ActiveX, OS, multiple file/data formats, etc. Despite its rich functionality, the base language is extremely simple, and domain support syntax is totally intuitive to domain experts, so that even though you have never programmed in Judo, you would have little trouble figuring out what the code does.
Project Home Page: http://judoscript.org/judo.html
Download Location: http://judoscript.org/download.html
JWIG is a Java-based high-level programming language for development of interactive Web services. It contains an advanced session model, a flexible mechanism for dynamic construction of XML documents, in particular XHTML, and a powerful API for simplifying use of the HTTP protocol and many other aspects of Web service programming. To support program development, JWIG provides a unique suite of highly specialized program analysers that at compile time verify for a given program that no runtime errors can occur while building documents or receiving form input, and that all documents being shown are valid according to the document type definition for XHTML 1.0. The main goal of the JWIG project is to simplify development of complex Web services, compared to alternatives, such as, Servlets, JSP, ASP, and PHP. JWIG is a descendant of the <bigwig> research language.
Project Home Page: http://www.brics.dk/JWIG/
Download Location: http://www.brics.dk/JWIG/download.html
Lava is a name unfortunately chosen for several unrelated software development languages/projects. So it doesn't appear as though BLFS has a preference for one over another, the project web sites are listed below, without descriptions of the capabilities or features for any of them.
Project Home Page: http://lavape.sourceforge.net/index.htm
Project Home Page: http://mathias.tripod.com/IavaHomepage.html
Mercury is a new logic/functional programming language, which combines the clarity and expressiveness of declarative programming with advanced static analysis and error detection features. Its highly optimized execution algorithm delivers efficiency far in excess of existing logic programming systems, and close to conventional programming systems. Mercury addresses the problems of large-scale program development, allowing modularity, separate compilation, and numerous optimization/time trade-offs.
Project Home Page: http://mercurylang.org/
Download Location: http://mercurylang.org/download.html
Mono provides the necessary software to develop and run .NET client and server applications on Linux, Solaris, Mac OS X, Windows, and Unix. Sponsored by Novell, the Mono open source project has an active and enthusiastic contributing community and is positioned to become the leading choice for development of Linux applications.
Project Home Page: http://www.mono-project.com/Main_Page
Download Location: http://ftp.novell.com/pub/mono/archive/
MPD is a variant of the SR programming language. SR has a Pascal-like syntax and uses guarded commands for control statements. MPD has a C-like syntax and C-like control statements. However, the main components of the two languages are the same: resources, globals, operations, procs, procedures, processes, and virtual machines. Moreover, MPD supports the same variety of concurrent programming mechanisms as SR: co statements, semaphores, call/send/forward invocations, and receive and input statements.
Project Home Page: http://www.cs.arizona.edu/mpd/
Download Location: http://www.cs.arizona.edu/mpd/download/
Nemerle is a high-level statically-typed programming language for the .NET platform. It offers functional, object-oriented and imperative features. It has a simple C#-like syntax and a powerful meta-programming system. Features that come from the functional land are variants, pattern matching, type inference and parameter polymorphism (aka generics). The meta-programming system allows great compiler extensibility, embedding domain specific languages, partial evaluation and aspect-oriented programming.
Project Home Page: http://nemerle.org/About
Download Location: http://nemerle.org/Downloads
GNU Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically, and for performing other numerical experiments using a language that is mostly compatible with Matlab. It may also be used as a batch-oriented language. Octave has extensive tools for solving common numerical linear algebra problems, finding the roots of nonlinear equations, integrating ordinary functions, manipulating polynomials, and integrating ordinary differential and differential-algebraic equations. It is easily extensible and customizable via user-defined functions written in Octave's own language, or using dynamically loaded modules written in C++, C, Fortran, or other languages.
Project Home Page: http://www.gnu.org/software/octave/
Download Location: http://www.gnu.org/software/octave/download.html
OO2C is an Oberon-2 development platform. It consists of an optimizing compiler, a number of related tools, a set of standard library modules and a reference manual. Oberon-2 is a general-purpose programming language in the tradition of Pascal and Modula-2. Its most important features are block structure, modularity, separate compilation, static typing with strong type checking (also across module boundaries) and type extension with type-bound procedures. Type extension makes Oberon-2 an object-oriented language.
Project Home Page: http://sourceforge.net/projects/ooc/
Download Location: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/ooc/
OGDL is a structured textual format that represents information in the form of graphs, where the nodes are strings and the arcs or edges are spaces or indentation.
Project Home Page: http://ogdl.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/ogdl/
Pike is a dynamic programming language with a syntax similar to Java and C. It is simple to learn, does not require long compilation passes and has powerful built-in data types allowing simple and really fast data manipulation. Pike is released under the GNU GPL, GNU LGPL and MPL.
Project Home Page: http://pike.ida.liu.se/
Download Location: http://pike.ida.liu.se/download/pub/pike
Pyrex is a language specially designed for writing Python extension modules. It's designed to bridge the gap between the nice, high-level, easy-to-use world of Python and the messy, low-level world of C. Pyrex lets you write code that mixes Python and C data types any way you want, and compiles it into a C extension for Python.
Project Home Page: http://www.cosc.canterbury.ac.nz/greg.ewing/python/Pyrex/
Q is a functional programming language based on term rewriting. Thus, a Q program or “script” is simply a collection of equations which are used to evaluate expressions in a symbolic fashion. The equations establish algebraic identities and are interpreted as rewriting rules in order to reduce expressions to “normal forms”.
Project Home Page: http://q-lang.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/q-lang/
R is a language and environment for statistical computing and graphics. It is a GNU project similar to the S language and environment which was developed at Bell Laboratories (formerly AT&T, now Lucent Technologies) by John Chambers and colleagues. R can be considered as a different implementation of S. There are some important differences, but much code written for S runs unaltered under R. R provides a wide variety of statistical (linear and nonlinear modelling, classical statistical tests, time-series analysis, classification, clustering, ...) and graphical techniques, and is highly extensible. The S language is often the vehicle of choice for research in statistical methodology, and R provides an Open Source route to participation in that activity.
Project Home Page: http://www.r-project.org/
Download Location: http://cran.r-project.org/mirrors.html
Regina is a Rexx interpreter that has been ported to most Unix platforms (Linux, FreeBSD, Solaris, AIX, HP-UX, etc.) and also to OS/2, eCS, DOS, Win9x/Me/NT/2k/XP, Amiga, AROS, QNX4.x, QNX6.x BeOS, MacOS X, EPOC32, AtheOS, OpenVMS, SkyOS and OpenEdition. Rexx is a programming language that was designed to be easy to use for inexperienced programmers yet powerful enough for experienced users. It is also a language ideally suited as a macro language for other applications.
Project Home Page: http://regina-rexx.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/regina-rexx
SDCC is a Freeware, retargetable, optimizing ANSI-C compiler that targets the Intel 8051, Maxim 80DS390 and the Zilog Z80 based MCUs. Work is in progress on supporting the Motorola 68HC08 as well as Microchip PIC16 and PIC18 series. The entire source code for the compiler is distributed under GPL.
Project Home Page: http://sdcc.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: http://sdcc.sourceforge.net/snap.php#Source
SmartEiffel claims to be “the fastest and the slimmest multi-platform Eiffel compiler on Earth”. Eiffel is an object-oriented programming language which emphasizes the production of robust software. Its syntax is keyword-oriented in the ALGOL and Pascal tradition. Eiffel is strongly statically typed, with automatic memory management (typically implemented by garbage collection). Distinguishing characteristics of Eiffel include Design by contract (DbC), liberal use of inheritance including multiple inheritance, a type system handling both value and reference semantics, and generic classes. Eiffel has a unified type system—all types in Eiffel are classes, so it is possible to create subclasses of the basic classes such as INTEGER. Eiffel has operator overloading, including the ability to define new operators, but does not have method overloading.
Project Home Page: http://smarteiffel.loria.fr/
Download Location: https://gforge.inria.fr/frs/?group_id=184
Squeak is an open, highly-portable Smalltalk implementation whose virtual machine is written entirely in Smalltalk, making it easy to debug, analyze, and change. To achieve practical performance, a translator produces an equivalent C program whose performance is comparable to commercial Smalltalks. Other noteworthy aspects of Squeak include: real-time sound and music synthesis written entirely in Smalltalk, extensions of BitBlt to handle color of any depth and anti-aliased image rotation and scaling, network access support that allows simple construction of servers and other useful facilities, it runs bit-identical on many platforms (Windows, Mac, Unix, and others), a compact object format that typically requires only a single word of overhead per object and a simple yet efficient incremental garbage collector for 32-bit direct pointers efficient bulk-mutation of objects.
Project Home Page: http://www.squeak.org/
Download Location: http://www.squeak.org/Download/
SR is a language for writing concurrent programs. The main language constructs are resources and operations. Resources encapsulate processes and variables they share; operations provide the primary mechanism for process interaction. SR provides a novel integration of the mechanisms for invoking and servicing operations. Consequently, all of local and remote procedure call, rendezvous, message passing, dynamic process creation, multicast, and semaphores are supported. SR also supports shared global variables and operations.
Project Home Page: http://www.cs.arizona.edu/sr/index.html
Download Location: ftp://ftp.cs.arizona.edu/sr/
Standard ML is a safe, modular, strict, functional, polymorphic programming language with compile-time type checking and type inference, garbage collection, exception handling, immutable data types and updatable references, abstract data types, and parametric modules. It has efficient implementations and a formal definition with a proof of soundness. There are many implementations of Standard ML, among them:
MLton: http://mlton.org/
Poly/ML: http://www.polyml.org/
Standard ML of New Jersey: http://www.smlnj.org/
SBCL is an open source (free software) compiler and runtime system for ANSI Common Lisp. It provides an interactive environment including an integrated native compiler, a debugger, and many extensions. SBCL runs on a number of platforms.
Project Home Page: http://www.sbcl.org/
Download Location: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/sbcl/
Tiny C Compiler is a small C compiler that can be used to compile and execute C code everywhere, for example on rescue disks (about 100KB for x86 TCC executable, including C preprocessor, C compiler, assembler and linker). TCC is fast. It generates optimized x86 code, has no byte code overhead and compiles, assembles and links several times faster than GCC. TCC is versatile, any C dynamic library can be used directly. It is heading toward full ISOC99 compliance and can compile itself. The compiler is safe as it includes an optional memory and bound checker. Bound checked code can be mixed freely with standard code. TCC compiles and executes C source directly. No linking or assembly necessary. A full C preprocessor and GNU-like assembler is included. It is C script supported; just add “#!/usr/local/bin/tcc -run” on the first line of your C source, and execute it directly from the command line. With libtcc, you can use TCC as a backend for dynamic code generation.
Project Home Page: http://bellard.org/tcc/
Download Location: http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases-noredirect/tinycc/
TinyCOBOL is a COBOL compiler being developed by members of the free software community. The mission is to produce a COBOL compiler based on the COBOL 85 standards. TinyCOBOL is available for the Intel architecture (IA32) and compatible processors on the following platforms: BeOS, FreeBSD, Linux and MinGW on Windows.
Project Home Page: http://sourceforge.net/projects/tiny-cobol/
Download Location: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/tiny-cobol/
Yorick is an interpreted programming language, designed for postprocessing or steering large scientific simulation codes. Smaller scientific simulations or calculations, such as the flow past an airfoil or the motion of a drumhead, can be written as standalone yorick programs. The language features a compact syntax for many common array operations, so it processes large arrays of numbers very efficiently. Unlike most interpreters, which are several hundred times slower than compiled code for number crunching, Yorick can approach to within a factor of four or five of compiled speed for many common tasks. Superficially, Yorick code resembles C code, but Yorick variables are never explicitly declared and have a dynamic scoping similar to many Lisp dialects. The “unofficial” home page for Yorick can be found at http://www.maumae.net/yorick.
Project Home Page: http://yorick.sourceforge.net/index.php
Download Location: http://sourceforge.net/projects/yorick/files/
ZPL is an array programming language designed from first principles for fast execution on both sequential and parallel computers. It provides a convenient high-level programming medium for supercomputers and large-scale clusters with efficiency comparable to hand-coded message passing. It is the perfect alternative to using a sequential language like C or Fortran and a message passing library like MPI.
Project Home Page: http://www.cs.washington.edu/research/zpl/home/index.html
Download Location: http://www.cs.washington.edu/research/zpl/download/download.html
BECL is intended to give
users a convenient possibility to analyze, create, and
manipulate (binary) Java class files (those ending with
.class). Classes are
represented by objects which contain all the symbolic
information of the given class: methods, fields and byte
code instructions, in particular. Such objects can be read
from an existing file, be transformed by a program (e.g., a
class loader at run-time) and dumped to a file again. An
even more interesting application is the creation of
classes from scratch at run-time. The Byte Code Engineering
Library may be also useful if you want to learn about the
Java Virtual Machine (JVM) and the format of Java
.class files. BCEL is already being used
successfully in several projects such as compilers,
optimizers, obfuscators, code generators and analysis
tools.
Project Home Page: http://jakarta.apache.org/bcel/index.html
Download Location: http://archive.apache.org/dist/jakarta/bcel/
Choco is a Java library for constraint satisfaction problems (CSP), constraint programming (CP) and explanation-based constraint solving (e-CP). It is built on a event-based propagation mechanism with backtrackable structures.
Project Home Page: http://sourceforge.net/projects/choco/
Download Location: http://choco.sourceforge.net/download.html
GOB (GOB2 anyway) is a preprocessor for making GObjects with inline C code so that generated files are not edited. Syntax is inspired by Java and Yacc or Lex. The implementation is intentionally kept simple, and no C actual code parsing is done.
Project Home Page: http://www.5z.com/jirka/gob.html
Download Location: http://ftp.5z.com/pub/gob/
GTK+/GNOME language bindings allow GTK+ to be used from other programming languages, in the style of those languages.
Project Home Page: http://www.gtk.org/language-bindings.php
Java-GNOME is a set of Java bindings for the GNOME and GTK+ libraries that allow GNOME and GTK+ applications to be written in Java. The Java-GNOME API has been carefully designed to be easy to use, maintaining a good OO paradigm, yet still wrapping the entire functionality of the underlying libraries. Java-GNOME can be used with the Eclipse development environment and Glade user interface designer to create applications with ease.
Project Home Page: http://java-gnome.sourceforge.net/4.0/
Download Location: http://java-gnome.sourceforge.net/4.0/get/
gtk2-perl is the collective name for a set of Perl bindings for GTK+ 2.x and various related libraries. These modules make it easy to write GTK and GNOME applications using a natural, Perlish, object-oriented syntax.
Project Home Page: http://gtk2-perl.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/gtk2-perl
KDE and most KDE applications are implemented using the C++ programming language, however there are number of bindings to other languages are available. These include scripting languages like Perl, Python and Ruby, and systems programming languages such as Java and C#.
Project Home Page: http://techbase.kde.org/Development/Languages
Numerical Python adds a fast array facility to the Python language.
Project Home Page: http://numeric.scipy.org/
Download Location: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/numpy/
There are many Perl scripts and additional modules located on the Comprehensive Perl Archive Network (CPAN) web site. Here you will find “All Things Perl”.
Project Home Page: http://cpan.org/
A-A-P makes it easy to locate, download, build and install software. It also supports browsing source code, developing programs, managing different versions and distribution of software and documentation. This means that A-A-P is useful both for users and for developers.
Project Home Page: http://www.a-a-p.org/index.html
Download Location: http://www.a-a-p.org/download.html
Anujuta is a versatile Integrated Development Environment (IDE) for C and C++ on GNU/Linux. It has been written for GTK/GNOME and features a number of advanced programming facilities. These include project management, application wizards, an on-board interactive debugger, and a powerful source editor with source browsing and syntax highlighting.
Project Home Page: http://projects.gnome.org/anjuta/index.shtml
Download Location: http://projects.gnome.org/anjuta/downloads.html
Eclipse is an open source community whose projects are focused on providing an extensible development platform and application frameworks for building software. Eclipse contains many projects, including an Integrated Development Environment (IDE) for Java.
Project Home Page: http://www.eclipse.org/
Download Location: http://www.eclipse.org/downloads/
The Mozart Programming System is an advanced development platform for intelligent, distributed applications. Mozart is based on the Oz language, which supports declarative programming, object-oriented programming, constraint programming, and concurrency as part of a coherent whole. For distribution, Mozart provides a true network transparent implementation with support for network awareness, openness, and fault tolerance. Security is upcoming. It is an ideal platform for both general-purpose distributed applications as well as for hard problems requiring sophisticated optimization and inferencing abilities.
Project Home Page: http://mozart.github.io/
Download Location: https://github.com/mozart/mozart2#downloads
cachecc1 is a GCC cache. It can be compared with the well known ccache package. It has some unique features including the use of an LD_PRELOADed shared object to catch invocations to cc1, cc1plus and as, it transparently supports all build methods, it can cache GCC bootstraps and it can be combined with distcc to transparently distribute compilations.
Project Home Page: http://cachecc1.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/cachecc1
ccache is a compiler
cache. It acts as a caching pre-processor to C/C++
compilers, using the -E
compiler switch and a hash to detect when a compilation can
be satisfied from cache. This often results in 5 to 10
times faster speeds in common compilations.
Project Home Page: http://ccache.samba.org/
Download Location: http://samba.org/ftp/ccache/
GNU DDD is a graphical front-end for command-line debuggers such as GDB, DBX, WDB, Ladebug, JDB, XDB, the Perl debugger, the Bash debugger, or the Python debugger. Besides “usual” front-end features such as viewing source texts, DDD has an interactive graphical data display, where data structures are displayed as graphs..
Project Home Page: http://www.gnu.org/software/ddd/
Download Location: https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/ddd/
distcc is a program to distribute builds of C, C++, Objective C or Objective C++ code across several machines on a network. distcc should always generate the same results as a local build, is simple to install and use, and is usually much faster than a local compile. distcc does not require all machines to share a filesystem, have synchronized clocks, or to have the same libraries or header files installed. They can even have different processors or operating systems, if cross-compilers are installed.
Project Home Page: http://distcc.samba.org/
Download Location: http://distcc.samba.org/download.html
Exuberant Ctags generates an index (or tag) file of language objects found in source files that allows these items to be quickly and easily located by a text editor or other utility. A tag signifies a language object for which an index entry is available (or, alternatively, the index entry created for that object). Tag generation is supported for the following languages: Assembler, AWK, ASP, BETA, Bourne/Korn/Zsh Shell, C, C++, COBOL, Eiffel, Fortran, Java, Lisp, Lua, Make, Pascal, Perl, PHP, Python, REXX, Ruby, S-Lang, Scheme, Tcl, Vim, and YACC. A list of editors and tools utilizing tag files may be found at http://ctags.sourceforge.net/tools.html.
Project Home Page: http://ctags.sourceforge.net/
Download Location: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/ctags/
ccache is a clone of ccache, with the goal of supporting compilers other than GCC and adding additional features. Embedded compilers will especially be in focus.
Project Home Page: http://sourceforge.net/projects/gocache/
Download Location: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/gocache/
OProfile is a system-wide profiler for Linux systems, capable of profiling all running code at low overhead. OProfile is released under the GNU GPL. It consists of a kernel driver and a daemon for collecting sample data, and several post-profiling tools for turning data into information. OProfile leverages the hardware performance counters of the CPU to enable profiling of a wide variety of interesting statistics, which can also be used for basic time-spent profiling. All code is profiled: hardware and software interrupt handlers, kernel modules, the kernel, shared libraries, and applications. OProfile is currently in alpha status; however it has proven stable over a large number of differing configurations. It is being used on machines ranging from laptops to 16-way NUMA-Q boxes.
Project Home Page: http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/news/
Download Location: http://oprofile.sourceforge.net/download/
strace is a system call tracer, i.e., a debugging tool which prints out a trace of all the system calls made by another process or program.
Project Home Page: http://sourceforge.net/projects/strace/
Download Location: https://downloads.sourceforge.net/strace/
Last updated on 2017-08-15 11:49:48 -0700
Java is different from most of the packages in LFS and BLFS. It is a programming language that works with files of byte codes to obtain instructions and executes then in a Java Virtual Machine (JVM). An introductory java program looks like:
public class HelloWorld
{
public static void main(String[] args)
{
System.out.println("Hello, World");
}
}
This program is saved as HelloWorld.java. The file name,
HelloWorld, must match
the class name. It is then converted into byte code with
javac
HelloWorld.java. The output file is
HelloWorld.class. The program
is executed with java
HelloWorld. This creates a JVM and runs the
code. The 'class' extension must not be specified.
Several class files can be combined into one file with the jar command. This is similar to the standard tar command. For instance, the command jar cf myjar.jar *.class will combine all class files in a directory into one jar file. These act as library files.
The JVM can search for and use classes in jar files
automatically. It uses the CLASSPATH environment variable to search for
jar files. This is a standard list of colon-separated
directory names similar to the PATH environment variable.
Creating a JVM from source requires a set of circular dependencies. The first thing that's needed is a set of programs called a Java Development Kit (JDK). This set of programs includes java, javac, jar, and several others. It also includes several base jar files.
To start, we set up a binary installation of the JDK created
by the BLFS editors. It is installed in the /opt directory to allow for multiple
installations, including a source based version.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Binary download (x86): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/OpenJDK/OpenJDK-10.0.2/OpenJDK-10.0.2+13-i686-bin.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d66af9a4303ce9d0c93c92945048e361
Download size (binary): 224 MB
Estimated disk space required: 623 MB
Binary download (x86_64): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/OpenJDK/OpenJDK-10.0.2/OpenJDK-10.0.2+13-x86_64-bin.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a550f9e2aa1e8437346bb52a7b36052e
Download size (binary): 252 MB
Estimated disk space required: 771 MB
alsa-lib-1.1.6, Cups-2.2.8, giflib-5.1.4, and Xorg Libraries
Begin by extracting the appropriate binary tarball for your
architecture and changing to the extracted directory. Install
the binary OpenJDK with the
following commands as the root user:
install -vdm755 /opt/OpenJDK-10.0.2+13-bin && mv -v * /opt/OpenJDK-10.0.2+13-bin && chown -R root:root /opt/OpenJDK-10.0.2+13-bin
The binary version is now installed. You may create a symlink
to that version by issuing, as the root user:
ln -sfn OpenJDK-10.0.2+13-bin /opt/jdk
You may now proceed to Configuring the JAVA environment, where the instructions assume that the above link exists.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 19:41:04 -0700
OpenJDK is an open-source implementation of Oracle's Java Standard Edition platform. OpenJDK is useful for developing Java programs, and provides a complete runtime environment to run Java programs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
OpenJDK is GPL'd code, with a special exception made for non-free projects to use these classes in their proprietary products. In similar fashion to the LGPL, which allows non-free programs to link to libraries provided by free software, the GNU General Public License, version 2, with the Classpath Exception allows third party programs to use classes provided by free software without the requirement that the third party software also be free. As with the LGPL, any modifications made to the free software portions of a third party application, must also be made freely available.
The OpenJDK source includes a very thorough, open source test suite using the JTreg test harness. The testing instructions below allow to test the just built JDK for reasonable compatibility with the proprietary Oracle JDK. However, in order for an independent implementation to claim compatibility, it must pass a proprietary JCK/TCK test suite. No claims of compatibility, even partial compatibility, may be made without passing an approved test suite.
Oracle does provide free community access, on a case by case basis, to a closed toolkit to ensure 100% compatibility with its proprietary JDK. Neither the binary version provided on the Java-10.0.2 page nor the JVM built with the instructions below have been tested against the TCK. Any version that is built using the instructions given, cannot claim to be compatible with the proprietary JDK, without the user applying for, and completing the compatibility tests themselves.
With that in mind, the binaries produced using this build method are regularly tested against the TCK by the members listed on the site above. In addition to the community license above, an educational, non-commercial license for the TCK can be obtained from here.
Download (HTTP): http://hg.openjdk.java.net/jdk-updates/jdk10u/archive/jdk-10.0.2+13.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d216524203251f1378e660e6fda0b2ec
Download Size: 84 MB
Estimated disk space required: 5.8 GB (an additional 346 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 3.9 SBU with 4 jobs (an additonal 4.7 SBU for tests with 4 jobs)
http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/OpenJDK/OpenJDK-10.0.2/jtreg-4.2-b13-433.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a2f25470e005cb7135f61f3bd9c4962e
Download Size: 6.8 MB
An existing binary (Java-10.0.2 or an earlier built version of this package. The instructions below assume that you are using Configuring the JAVA environment), alsa-lib-1.1.6, cpio-2.12, Cups-2.2.8, UnZip-6.0, Which-2.21, Xorg Libraries, and Zip-3.0
make-ca-0.8, giflib-5.1.4, Little CMS-2.9, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libpng-1.6.35, and Wget-1.19.5
Graphviz-2.40.1, Mercurial-4.7, an X Window manager such as twm-1.0.10 (for the tests), and pandoc
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/openjdk
If you have downloaded the optional test harness, unpack it now:
tar -xf ../jtreg-4.2-b13-433.tar.gz
Before proceeding, you should ensure that your environment
PATH variable contains the
location of the Java compiler used for bootstrapping
OpenJDK. This is the only
requirement for the environment. Modern Java installations
do not need JAVA_HOME and
CLASSPATH is not used here.
Furthermore, OpenJDK developers recommend to unset
JAVA_HOME.
The build system does not support the -j switch in MAKEFLAGS.
Configure and build the package with the following commands (--with-milestone value can be modified to fit user preferences):
unset JAVA_HOME &&
bash configure --enable-unlimited-crypto \
--disable-warnings-as-errors \
--with-stdc++lib=dynamic \
--with-giflib=system \
--with-jtreg=$PWD/jtreg \
--with-lcms=system \
--with-libjpeg=system \
--with-libpng=system \
--with-zlib=system \
--with-version-build="13" \
--with-version-pre="" \
--with-version-opt="" \
--with-cacerts-file=/etc/ssl/java/cacerts.jks &&
make images
To test the results, you will need to execute the jtreg
program. You can set the number of concurrent tests by adding
the -conc: value
in the below command (tests will run sequentially otherwise):
<X>
export JT_JAVA=$(echo $PWD/build/*/jdk) &&
jtreg/bin/jtreg -jdk:$JT_JAVA -automatic -ignore:quiet -v1 \
test/jdk:tier1 test/langtools:tier1
For more control over the test suite, review the
documentation available in jtreg/doc/jtreg/usage.txt. To review the
results, see the files JTreport/test_{jdk,langtools}/text/stats.txt
and JTreport/test_{jdk,langtools}/text/summary.txt.
You should expect to see 21 failures and 2 errors in the jdk
test suite, and 7 failures in langtools.
Install the package with the following commands as the
root user:
install -vdm755 /opt/jdk-10.0.2+13 &&
cp -Rv build/*/images/jdk/* /opt/jdk-10.0.2+13 &&
chown -R root:root /opt/jdk-10.0.2+13 &&
for s in 16 24 32 48; do
install -vDm644 src/java.desktop/unix/classes/sun/awt/X11/java-icon${s}.png \
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/${s}x${s}/apps/java.png
done &&
unset JT_JAVA
If you only wish to install the Java Runtime Environment,
you can substitute build/*/images/jre in the above
cp command.
There are now two OpenJDK
SDKs installed in /opt. You
should decide on which one you would like to use as the
default. Normally, you would opt for the just installed
OpenJDK. If so, do the
following as the root user:
ln -v -nsf jdk-10.0.2+13 /opt/jdk
If desired, you may create .desktop files to add entries in
the menu for java, policytool, and
jconsole. The
needed icons have already been installed. As the root user:
mkdir -pv /usr/share/applications && cat > /usr/share/applications/openjdk-java.desktop << "EOF" &&[Desktop Entry] Name=OpenJDK Java 10.0.2 Runtime Comment=OpenJDK Java 10.0.2 Runtime Exec=/opt/jdk/bin/java -jar Terminal=false Type=Application Icon=java MimeType=application/x-java-archive;application/java-archive;application/x-jar; NoDisplay=trueEOF cat > /usr/share/applications/openjdk-jconsole.desktop << "EOF"[Desktop Entry] Name=OpenJDK Java 10.0.2 Console Comment=OpenJDK Java 10.0.2 Console Keywords=java;console;monotoring Exec=/opt/jdk/bin/jconsole Terminal=false Type=Application Icon=java Categories=Application;System;EOF
bash
configure...: the top level configure is a wrapper around the autotools
one. It is not executable and must be run through
bash.
--enable-unlimited-crypto:
Because of limitations on the usage of cryptography in some
countries, there is the possibility to limit the size of
encryption keys and the use of some algorithms in a policy
file. This switch allows to ship a policy file with no
restriction. It is the responsibility of the user to ensure
proper adherence to the law.
--disable-warnings-as-errors:
This switch disables use of -Werror in the build.
--with-stdc++lib=dynamic: This
switch forces the build system to link to libstdc++.so (dynamic) instead of
libstdc++.a (static).
--with-jobs=: The
<X>-j passed to make
does not work with make as invoked here. By default, the
build system will use the number of CPUs - 1.
--with-jtreg=$PWD/jtreg: This
switch tells configure where to find jtreg. Omit if you have
not downloaded the optional test suite.
--with-{giflib,lcms,libjpeg,libpng,zlib}=system:
These switches force the build system to use the system
libraries instead of the bundled versions.
--with-version-build:
Currently, the build system does not include the build number
in the version string. It has to be specified here.
--with-version-pre:
This switch allows you to prefix the version string with a
custom string.
--with-version-opt:
This switch allows you to add an optional build description
to the version string.
--with-cacerts-file=/etc/ssl/java/cacerts.jks:
Specifies where to find a cacerts file, /etc/ssl/java/ on a BLFS system. Otherwise,
an empty one is created. You can use the /usr/sbin/make-ca --force
command to generate it, once you have installed the Java
binaries.
--with-boot-jdk: This switch
provides the location of the temporary JDK. It is normally not needed if
java is found
in the PATH.
find ... -iname '*.diz' -delete: This command removes redundant files.
Normally, the JAVA environment has been configured after installing the binary version, and can be used with the just built package as well. Review Configuring the JAVA environment in case you want to modify something.
To test if the man pages are correctly installed, issue source /etc/profile and man java to display the respective man page.
If you have run the instructions for
installing the JVM Certificate Authority Certificates,
you only need to create a symlink in the default location
for those certificates. As user root:
ln -sfv /etc/ssl/java/cacerts.jks /opt/jdk/lib/security/cacerts
To check the installatiion, as when installing the JVM Certificate Authority Certificates, issue:
cd /opt/jdk bin/keytool -list -cacerts
|
allows to run applets outside of a web browser. |
|
|
generates Java bindings from a given IDL file. |
|
|
is an “ahead-of-time” java class compiler. |
|
|
combines multiple files into a single jar archive. |
|
|
signs jar files and verifies the signatures and integrity of a signed jar file. |
|
|
launches a Java application by starting a Java runtime environment, loading a specified class and invoking its main method. |
|
|
reads class and interface definitions, written in the Java programming language, and compiles them into bytecode class files. |
|
|
parses the declarations and documentation comments in a set of Java source files and produces a corresponding set of HTML pages describing the classes, interfaces, constructors, methods, and fields. |
|
|
disassembles a Java class file. |
|
|
is a utility to send diagnostic command requests to a running Java Virtual Machine. |
|
|
is a graphical console tool to monitor and manage both local and remote Java applications and virtual machines. |
|
|
is a simple command-line debugger for Java classes. |
|
|
scans class or jar files for uses of deprecated API elements. |
|
|
shows the package-level or class-level dependencies of Java class files. |
|
|
is a tool to analyze the content of a core dump from a crashed Java Virtual Machine (JVM). |
|
|
is used to list, extract, verify, or get information about modules in jimage format. |
|
|
prints Java configuration information for a given Java process, core file, or a remote debug server. |
|
|
is a command-line tool used to invoke the Nashorn engine. It can be used to interpret one or several script files, or to run an interactive shell. |
|
|
is used to assemble and optimize a set of modules and their dependencies into a custom runtime image. |
|
|
prints shared object memory maps or heap memory details of a given process, core file, or a remote debug server. |
|
|
creates JMOD files and lists the content of existing JMOD files. |
|
|
lists the instrumented JVMs on the target system. |
|
|
is a command line script shell. |
|
|
is an interactive tool for learning the Java programming language and prototyping Java code. |
|
|
prints Java stack traces of Java threads for a given Java process, core file, or a remote debug server. |
|
|
displays performance statistics for an instrumented JVM. |
|
|
is an RMI server application that monitors for the creation and termination of instrumented JVMs. |
|
|
is a key and certificate management utility. |
|
|
is used to enable clients to transparently locate and invoke persistent objects on servers in the CORBA environment. |
|
|
is a Java application that transforms a jar file into a compressed pack200 file using the Java gzip compressor. |
|
|
generates stub and skeleton class files for remote objects from the names of compiled Java classes that contain remote object implementations. |
|
|
starts the activation system daemon. |
|
|
creates and starts a remote object registry on the specified port on the current host. |
|
|
is a Java XML binding schema generator. |
|
|
returns the serialVersionUID for one or more classes in a form suitable for copying into an evolving class. |
|
|
provides an ease-of-use interface for application programmers to register, unregister, startup and shutdown a server. |
|
|
starts the Java IDL name server. |
|
|
is a native implementation that transforms a packed file produced by pack200 into a jar file. |
|
|
generates JAX-WS portable artifacts used in JAX-WS web services. |
|
|
generates JAX-WS portable artifacts. |
|
|
is a Java XML binding compiler. |
Last updated on 2018-08-30 22:31:41 -0700
After the package installation is complete, the next step is
to make sure that the system can properly find the files. If
you set up your login scripts as recommended in The Bash Shell Startup
Files, update the environment by creating the
openjdk.sh script, as the
root user:
cat > /etc/profile.d/openjdk.sh << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile.d/openjdk.sh
# Set JAVA_HOME directory
JAVA_HOME=/opt/jdk
# Adjust PATH
pathappend $JAVA_HOME/bin
# Add to MANPATH
pathappend $JAVA_HOME/man MANPATH
# Auto Java CLASSPATH: Copy jar files to, or create symlinks in, the
# /usr/share/java directory. Note that having gcj jars with OpenJDK 8
# may lead to errors.
AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR=/usr/share/java
pathprepend . CLASSPATH
for dir in `find ${AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR} -type d 2>/dev/null`; do
pathappend $dir CLASSPATH
done
for jar in `find ${AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR} -name "*.jar" 2>/dev/null`; do
pathappend $jar CLASSPATH
done
export JAVA_HOME
unset AUTO_CLASSPATH_DIR dir jar
# End /etc/profile.d/openjdk.sh
EOF
For allowing mandb to include the
OpenJDK man pages in its database, issue, as the root user:
cat >> /etc/man_db.conf << "EOF" &&
# Begin Java addition
MANDATORY_MANPATH /opt/jdk/man
MANPATH_MAP /opt/jdk/bin /opt/jdk/man
MANDB_MAP /opt/jdk/man /var/cache/man/jdk
# End Java addition
EOF
mkdir -p /var/cache/man &&
mandb -c /opt/jdk/man
OpenJDK uses its own format
for the CA certificates. The Java security modules use
$JAVA_HOME/lib/security/cacerts by default. In order
to keep all the certificates in one place, we use
/etc/ssl/java/cacerts.jks. That
file should be generated using the system PKI trust store.
The instructions on the make-ca-0.8 page should be used to
update the file located in /etc/ssl/java. Run the conversion and setup
a symlink in the default location as the root user:
/usr/sbin/make-ca -g --force && ln -sfv /etc/ssl/java/cacerts.jks /opt/jdk/lib/security/cacerts
Use the following commands to check if the cacerts file has been successfully
installed:
cd /opt/jdk bin/keytool -list -cacerts
At the prompt Enter keystore
password:, enter changeit (the default) or
just press the “Enter”
key. If the cacerts file was
installed correctly, you will see a list of the certificates
with related information for each one. If not, you need to
reinstall them.
If you later install a new JVM, you just have to create the symlink in the default location to be able to use the cacerts.
Last updated on 2018-03-25 13:47:21 -0700
Apache-Maven is a tool that can be used for building and managing any Java-based project. Based on the concept of a project object model (POM), Apache-Maven can manage a project's build, reporting and documentation from a central piece of information.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.apache.org/dist/maven/maven-3/3.5.4/source/apache-maven-3.5.4-src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a4346b6cb557266677dc9541526e2548
Download size: 2.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 92 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
Appache-Maven needs to be built with itself, so a binary is needed: https://archive.apache.org/dist/maven/maven-3/3.5.4/binaries/apache-maven-3.5.4-bin.tar.gz
A JDK (Java Binary or OpenJDK-10.0.2)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ApacheMaven
First fix two issues which prevent building with Java 10:
sed -e '/-surefire-/a<version>2.21.0</version>' \
-e '/<commonsLang/s/3\.5/3.7/' \
-i pom.xml
Install Apache-Maven by running the following commands:
install -vdm 755 ../apache-maven-bin &&
tar -xf ../apache-maven-3.5.4-bin.tar.gz \
--strip-components=1 \
--directory ../apache-maven-bin &&
SAVEPATH=$PATH &&
PATH=../apache-maven-bin/bin:$PATH &&
mvn -DdistributionTargetDir=build \
package
The test are run as part of the compilation above.
Now, as the root user:
install -vdm 755 /opt/maven-3.5.4 && cp -Rv apache-maven/build/* /opt/maven-3.5.4 && ln -sfvn maven-3.5.4 /opt/maven
You can know reset the PATH
variable and clean the source directory:
PATH=$SAVEPATH && rm -rf ../apache-maven-bin
tar ../apache-maven-3.5.4-bin.tar.gz ... PATH=.../bin:$PATH: Extracts the Apache-Maven binary and let the system know about the binary location.
mvn ... package: Compiles and tests the package, and packages it to its final format.
-DdistributionTargetDir=build:
Specifies the location where the built binary should be
packaged. The content of this directory is ready to be copied
to its final location.
ln -sfvn maven-3.5.4 /opt/maven: Creates a convenience symlink.
-Dmaven.repo.local=...: Specifies
a maven local repository for this build, instead of the
default ~/.m2/repository. You
may want to use this if several users are to use Apache-Maven.
The user settings file ~/.m2/settings.xml and the global
settings file /opt/maven/conf/settings.xml
The default configuration file shipped with Apache-Maven should be sufficent for common tasks. You may want to copy the global settings file to your user one and modify it to suit your needs.
You should add the mvn command to
PATH. For example:
cat > /etc/profile.d/maven.sh << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile.d/maven.sh
pathappend /opt/maven/bin
# End /etc/profile.d/maven.sh
EOF
/opt/maven/lib/jansi-native
|
is the Apache-Maven Java-based project builder and manager |
|
|
turns on mvn debug mode |
|
|
runs mvnunder the supervision of the YourKit Java Profiler |
Last updated on 2017-09-11 12:14:03 +0200
The Apache Ant package is a Java-based build tool. In theory, it is like the make command, but without make's wrinkles. Ant is different. Instead of a model that is extended with shell-based commands, Ant is extended using Java classes. Instead of writing shell commands, the configuration files are XML-based, calling out a target tree that executes various tasks. Each task is run by an object that implements a particular task interface.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.apache.org/dist/ant/source/apache-ant-1.10.4-src.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a8297467f7d13873897ff4418ff1e932
Download size: 4.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 264 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (excluding download time)
A JDK (Java Binary or OpenJDK-10.0.2) and GLib-2.56.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/apache-ant
Build a limited bootstrap version of Apache Ant using the following command:
./bootstrap.sh
Download the runtime dependencies using the fetch.xml ant build script:
bootstrap/bin/ant -f fetch.xml -Ddest=system && cp -v lib/*.jar lib/optional/
Build Apache Ant by running the following command:
./build.sh -Ddist.dir=$PWD/ant-1.10.4 dist
Install, as the root user:
cp -rv ant-1.10.4 /opt/ && chown -R root:root /opt/ant-1.10.4 && ln -sfv ant-1.10.4 /opt/ant
bootstrap/bin/ant -f fetch.xml
-Ddest=system: Downloads the missing
dependencies to user's home directory, and copy them into the
source tree (in the lib/
directory).
cp -v ... lib/optional: This command copies the previously downloaded jar files to the expected place in the source tree so that ant picks them up at buld time.
./build.sh -Ddist.dir=$PWD/ant-1.10.4 dist: This command builds, tests, then installs the package into a temporary directory.
Some packages will require ant to be in the search
path and the ANT_HOME
environment variable defined. Satisfy these requirements by
issuing, as the root user:
cat > /etc/profile.d/ant.sh << EOF
# Begin /etc/profile.d/ant.sh
pathappend /opt/ant/bin
export ANT_HOME=/opt/ant
# End /etc/profile.d/ant.sh
EOF
The above instrutions assume you have configured your system as described in The Bash Shell Startup Files.
ant*.jar and dependant libraries in
$ANT_HOME/lib
|
is a Java based build tool used by many packages instead of the conventional make program. |
|
|
is a support script used to start ant build scripts in a given directory. |
|
|
is a Perl script that provides similar functionality offered by the antRun script. |
|
|
is a Perl script that allows Bash to complete an ant command-line. |
|
|
is a Perl wrapper script used to invoke ant. |
|
|
is a Python wrapper script used to invoke ant. |
|
|
files are the Apache Ant Java class libraries. |
Last updated on 2018-08-25 21:52:45 -0700
The JUnit package contains a simple, open source framework to write and run repeatable tests. It is an instance of the xUnit architecture for unit testing frameworks. JUnit features include assertions for testing expected results, test fixtures for sharing common test data, and test runners for running tests.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/junit-team/junit4/archive/r4.12/junit4-r4.12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 22578a9b35cbb71d556a2e625c576c81
Download size: 433 KB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with documentation, using 4 cores; add maven “artifacts” download time)
Apache-Maven-3.5.4 and UnZip-6.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/junit
First remove a test, which fails with Java 10.
sed -e '/MethodsSorted/i @Ignore' \
-i src/test/java/org/junit/runners/model/TestClassTest.java
Replace deprecated SecurityManager code:
patch -Np1 -i ../junit4-r4.12-simplify_NoExitSecurityManager-1.patch
Install Junit by running the following commands:
mvn -DjdkVersion=1.6 install
The tests are run as part of the command above.
If you wish to generate the documentation, issue:
mvn site
Install the files in the final location as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/java/junit-4.12 && cp -v target/junit-4.12.jar /usr/share/java/junit-4.12 && cp -v lib/hamcrest-core-1.3.jar /usr/share/java/junit-4.12
if the documentation was built, install it as the
root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/junit-4.12 && cp -v -R target/site/* /usr/share/doc/junit-4.12
If you have followed the instructions in Configuring the JAVA
environment, there is nothing more to do: the
CLASSPATH variable would be
automatically updated.
Last updated on 2018-08-27 21:20:16 -0700
The LFS book covers setting up networking by connecting to a LAN with a static IP address. There are other methods used to obtain an IP address and connect to a LAN and other networks (such as the Internet). The most popular methods (DHCP and PPP) are covered in this chapter.
DHCP stands for Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol. It is a protocol used by many sites to automatically provide information such as IP addresses, subnet masks and routing information to computers. If your network uses DHCP, you will need a DHCP client in order to connect to it.
PPP stands for Point-to-Point Protocol. It is a data link protocol commonly used for establishing authenticated IP connections over a phone line with a modem, or over radio waves with a cellular phone. There is also a variant (PPPoE) that works over Ethernet and is used by cable providers to authenticate the Internet connections.
dhcpcd is an implementation of the DHCP client specified in RFC2131. A DHCP client is useful for connecting your computer to a network which uses DHCP to assign network addresses. dhcpcd strives to be a fully featured, yet very lightweight DHCP client.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://roy.marples.name/downloads/dhcpcd/dhcpcd-7.0.7.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://roy.marples.name/pub/dhcpcd/dhcpcd-7.0.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7c9e7fcecd8c678460f92956f558e5fd
Download size: 206 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
LLVM-6.0.1 (with Clang)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dhcpcd
Install dhcpcd by running the following commands:
./configure --libexecdir=/lib/dhcpcd \
--dbdir=/var/lib/dhcpcd &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--libexecdir=/lib/dhcpcd: The
default /libexec is not
FHS-compliant. Since this directory may need to be available
early in the boot, /usr/libexec
cannot be used either.
--dbdir=/var/lib/dhcpcd: The
default /var/db is not
FHS-compliant
--with-hook=...: You can
optionally install more hooks, for example to install some
configuration files such as ntp.conf. The set of hooks is in the
dhcpcd-hooks directory in the
build tree.
To configure dhcpcd, you need to first
install the network service script, /lib/services/dhcpcd included in the
blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package
(as user root):
make install-service-dhcpcd
Whenever dhcpcd configures or shuts down a network interface, it executes hook scripts. For more details about those scripts, see the dhcpcd-run-hooks and dhcpcd man pages.
Finally,
as the root user create the
/etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0
configuration file using the following commands. Adjust
appropriately for additional interfaces:
cat > /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0 << "EOF"
ONBOOT="yes"
IFACE="eth0"
SERVICE="dhcpcd"
DHCP_START="-b -q <insert appropriate start options here>"
DHCP_STOP="-k <insert additional stop options here>"
EOF
For more information on the appropriate DHCP_START and DHCP_STOP values, examine the man page for
dhcpcd.
The
default behavior of dhcpcd sets the
hostname and mtu settings. It also overwrites
/etc/resolv.conf and
/etc/ntp.conf. These
modifications to system files and settings on system
configuration files are done by hooks which are stored in
/lib/dhcpcd/dhcpcd-hooks.
Setup dhcpcd by removing or
adding hooks from/to that directory. The execution of
hooks can be disabled by using the --nohook (-C)
command line option or by the nohook option in the /etc/dhcpcd.conf file.
Review the dhcpcd man page for
switches to add to the DHCP_START value.
Although
not usual, it is possible that you need to configure
dhcpcd to use a fixed ip.
Here, we give an example. As the root user create the /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0
configuration file using the following commands. Adjust
appropriately for additional interfaces and for the actual
ip and router you need:
cat > /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0 << "EOF"
ONBOOT="yes"
IFACE="eth0"
SERVICE="dhcpcd"
DHCP_START="-b -q -S ip_address=192.168.0.10/24 -S routers=192.168.0.1"
DHCP_STOP="-k"
EOF
You can either use DNS servers in /etc/resolv.conf from another system,
your preferred servers, or just the example /etc/resolv.conf.head file below as is:
cat > /etc/resolv.conf.head << "EOF"
# OpenDNS servers
nameserver 208.67.222.222
nameserver 208.67.220.220
EOF
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
The ISC DHCP package contains both the client and server programs for DHCP. dhclient (the client) is used for connecting to a network which uses DHCP to assign network addresses. dhcpd (the server) is used for assigning network addresses on private networks.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isc.org/isc/dhcp/4.4.1/dhcp-4.4.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 18c7f4dcbb0a63df25098216d47b1ede
Download size: 10 MB
Estimated disk space required: 171 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dhcp
You must have Packet Socket support:
[*] Networking support ---> [CONFIG_NET]
Networking options --->
<*> Packet socket [CONFIG_PACKET]
If you do not have IPv6 support:
[*] Networking support ---> [CONFIG_NET]
Networking Options --->
<*> The IPv6 Protocol ---> [CONFIG_IPV6]
compiled in, then you must use the “missing_ipv6” patch.
This package does not support parallel build.
Be careful with the instructions below. The single and double quotes are important because the defined variables are used verbatim in the code.
Install ISC DHCP by running the following commands:
CFLAGS="-D_PATH_DHCLIENT_SCRIPT='\"/sbin/dhclient-script\"' \
-D_PATH_DHCPD_CONF='\"/etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf\"' \
-D_PATH_DHCLIENT_CONF='\"/etc/dhcp/dhclient.conf\"'" &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/dhcp \
--localstatedir=/var \
--with-srv-lease-file=/var/lib/dhcpd/dhcpd.leases \
--with-srv6-lease-file=/var/lib/dhcpd/dhcpd6.leases \
--with-cli-lease-file=/var/lib/dhclient/dhclient.leases \
--with-cli6-lease-file=/var/lib/dhclient/dhclient6.leases &&
make -j1
This package does not come with a test suite.
If you only want to install the ISC
DHCP client, issue the following commands as the
root user:
make -C client install && mv -v /usr/sbin/dhclient /sbin && install -v -m755 client/scripts/linux /sbin/dhclient-script
Skip to the section called “Client Configuration” in order to configure the client
If you only want to install the ISC
DHCP server, issue the following command as the
root user:
make -C server install
Skip to the section called “Server Configuration” in order to configure the server.
Alternatively, you can install whole package which includes
the client, server, relay, static libraries and development
headers by running the following commands as the root user:
make install && mv -v /usr/sbin/dhclient /sbin && install -v -m755 client/scripts/linux /sbin/dhclient-script
Create a basic /etc/dhcp/dhclient.conf by running the
following command as the root user:
install -vdm755 /etc/dhcp &&
cat > /etc/dhcp/dhclient.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/dhcp/dhclient.conf
#
# Basic dhclient.conf(5)
#prepend domain-name-servers 127.0.0.1;
request subnet-mask, broadcast-address, time-offset, routers,
domain-name, domain-name-servers, domain-search, host-name,
netbios-name-servers, netbios-scope, interface-mtu,
ntp-servers;
require subnet-mask, domain-name-servers;
#timeout 60;
#retry 60;
#reboot 10;
#select-timeout 5;
#initial-interval 2;
# End /etc/dhcp/dhclient.conf
EOF
See man 5 dhclient.conf for additional options.
Now create the /var/lib/dhclient directory which will
contain DHCP Client leases by running the following command
as the root user:
install -v -dm 755 /var/lib/dhclient
At this point you can test if dhclient is behaving as
expected by running the following command as the
root user:
dhclient <eth0>
Replace <eth0> with your
desired interface. If you want more verbose output, add the
-v parameter
to the command above.
If
you want to configure network interfaces at boot using
dhclient, you
need to install the /lib/services/dhclient script included in
blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package:
make install-service-dhclient
Next, create the /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0
configuration file with the following commands as the
root user:
cat > /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0 << "EOF"
ONBOOT="yes"
IFACE="eth0"
SERVICE="dhclient"
DHCP_START=""
DHCP_STOP=""
# Set PRINTIP="yes" to have the script print
# the DHCP assigned IP address
PRINTIP="no"
# Set PRINTALL="yes" to print the DHCP assigned values for
# IP, SM, DG, and 1st NS. This requires PRINTIP="yes".
PRINTALL="no"
EOF
Adjust the file to suit your needs.
For more information on the appropriate DHCP_START and DHCP_STOP values see man 8 dhclient.
Note that you only need the DHCP server if you want to issue LAN addresses over your network. The DHCP client doesn't need the server in order to function properly.
Start with creating /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf by running the
following command as the root user:
cat > /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf
#
# Example dhcpd.conf(5)
# Use this to enble / disable dynamic dns updates globally.
ddns-update-style none;
# option definitions common to all supported networks...
option domain-name "example.org";
option domain-name-servers ns1.example.org, ns2.example.org;
default-lease-time 600;
max-lease-time 7200;
# This is a very basic subnet declaration.
subnet 10.254.239.0 netmask 255.255.255.224 {
range 10.254.239.10 10.254.239.20;
option routers rtr-239-0-1.example.org, rtr-239-0-2.example.org;
}
# End /etc/dhcp/dhcpd.conf
EOF
Adjust the file to suit your needs. See man 5 dhcpd.conf for additional options.
Now create the /var/lib/dhcpd
directory which will contain DHCP Server leases by running
the following command as the root user:
install -v -dm 755 /var/lib/dhcpd
If you want to start the DHCP Server at boot, install the
/etc/rc.d/init.d/dhcpd
inti script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package:
make install-dhcpd
You will need to edit the /etc/sysconfig/dhcpd in order to
set the interface on which dhcpd will serve the DHCP
requests.
|
is the implementation of the DHCP client. |
|
|
is used by dhclient to (re)configure interfaces. It can make extra changes by invoking custom dhclient-{entry,exit}-hooks. |
|
|
implements Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) and Internet Bootstrap Protocol (BOOTP) requests for network addresses. |
|
|
provides a means to accept DHCP and BOOTP requests on a subnet without a DHCP server and relay them to a DHCP server on another subnet. |
|
|
provides an interactive way to connect to, query and possibly change the ISC DHCP Server's state via OMAPI, the Object Management API. |
Last updated on 2018-08-27 15:41:22 -0700
These applications are generally client applications used to access the appropriate server across the building or across the world. Tcpwrappers and portmap are support programs for daemons that you may have running on your machine.
The bridge-utils package contains a utility needed to create and manage bridge devices. This is useful in setting up networks for a hosted virtual machine (VM).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/utils/net/bridge-utils/bridge-utils-1.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 541ae1c50cc268056693608920e6c908
Download size: 32 KB
Estimated disk space required: 916 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bridge
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
[*] Networking support ---> [CONFIG_NET]
Networking options --->
<*/M> 802.1d Ethernet Bridging [CONFIG_BRIDGE]
Install bridge-utils by running the following commands:
autoconf && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
Testing the results requires running the six shell scripts in
the tools/ directory. Two of
the tests require two ethernet ports. Some tests will not
preserve the current network configuration. See tests/README for details.
Now, as the root user:
make install
To automate bridge creation and configuration, install the
/lib/services/etc/bridge
service script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-service-bridge
The bridge script depends
on the commands /sbin/ifup and
/sbin/ifdown and the
service script ipv4-static from the
LFS bootscripts
dated January 27, 2012 or later.
The following configuration file will create a bridge device at boot time and attach the eth0 device to it. If more than one device is desired, use a space separated list of INTERFACE_COMPONENTS. This configuration is useful when planning to run a virtual machine such as kvm/qemu.
Other SERVICE combinations are possible, for example, SERVICES="bridge dhcp". In that case, the address parameters are not needed, but do not interfere if present. The bridge service may also be used alone, but will require additional subsequent configuration.
Do not run a parallel configuration for a device in the
INTERFACE_COMPONENTS list. For instance, in the example
below, do not configure /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.eth0 to run at
boot time. The command ifdown br0 followed by
command ifup
eth0 will work, but don't try to have
both up at the same time.
cat > /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.br0 << "EOF"
ONBOOT=yes
IFACE=br0
SERVICE="bridge ipv4-static" # Space separated
IP=192.168.1.32
GATEWAY=192.168.1.1
PREFIX=24
BROADCAST=192.168.1.255
CHECK_LINK=no # Don't check before bridge is created
STP=no # Spanning tree protocol, default no
INTERFACE_COMPONENTS="eth0" # Add to IFACE, space separated devices
IP_FORWARD=true
EOF
All addresses should be changed to meet your circumstance.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 19:24:18 -0700
The cifs-utils provides a means for mounting SMB/CIFS shares on a Linux system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.samba.org/ftp/linux-cifs/cifs-utils/cifs-utils-6.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a385d60293e6f9e4cb0d4ac2093990d8
Download size: 376 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
keyutils-1.5.10 (required to build PAM module), Linux-PAM-1.3.0, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, Samba-4.8.4, and libcap-ng or libcap-2.25 with PAM
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cifsutils
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
File systems --->
[*] Network File Systems ---> [CONFIG_NETWORK_FILESYSTEMS]
<*/M> CIFS support (advanced network filesystem, SMBFS successor) [CONFIG_CIFS]
Install cifs-utils by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-pam \
--disable-systemd &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-pam: Do not
build PAM support. Remove it and use --with-pamdir (see below), if Linux-PAM-1.3.0
is installed and you wish PAM support.
--disable-systemd:
Disable systemd specific behavior for mount.cifs. Remove it for
systems running with systemd.
--with-pamdir=/lib/security:
Install the PAM module in /lib/security.
|
is a userspace helper program for the linux CIFS client filesystem. There are a number of activities that the kernel cannot easily do itself. This program is a callout program that does these things for the kernel and then returns the result. It is not intended to be run from the command-line. |
|
|
is a userspace helper program for the linux CIFS client filesystem. It is intended to be run when the kernel calls request-key for a particular key type. It is not intended to be run from the command-line. |
|
|
is a tool for managing credentials (username and password) for the purpose of establishing sessions in multiuser mounts. |
|
|
is a userspace helper to display an ACL in a security descriptor for Common Internet File System (CIFS). |
|
|
mounts a Linux CIFS filesystem. It is usually invoked indirectly by the mount(8) command when using the "-t cifs" option. |
|
|
is intended to alter an ACL of a security descriptor for a file system object. |
Last updated on 2018-08-27 20:36:48 -0700
The NcFTP package contains a powerful and flexible interface to the Internet standard File Transfer Protocol. It is intended to replace or supplement the stock ftp program.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.ncftp.com/ncftp/ncftp-3.2.6-src.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 42d0f896d69a4d603ec097546444245f
Download size: 412 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ncftp
There are two ways to build NcFTP. The first (and optimal) way
builds most of the functionality as a shared library and then
builds and installs the program linked against this library.
The second method simply links all of the functionality into
the binary statically. This doesn't make the dynamic library
available for linking by other applications. You need to
choose which method best suits you. Note that the second
method does not create
an entirely statically linked binary; only the libncftp parts are statically linked in, in
this case. Be aware that building and using the shared
library is covered by the Clarified Artistic License;
however, developing applications that utilize the shared
library is subject to a different license.
To install NcFTP using the first (and optimal) method, run the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make -C libncftp shared && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make -C libncftp soinstall && make install
To install NcFTP using the
second method (with the libncftp functionality linked in
statically) run the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
make -C ... && make -C
...: These commands make and install the
dynamic library libncftp which
is then used to link against when compiling the main program.
Most NcFTP configuration
is done while in the program, and the configuration files
are dealt with automatically. One exception to this is
~/.ncftp/prefs_v3. There are
various options to alter in there, including:
yes-i-know-about-NcFTPd=yes
This disables the splash screen advertising the NcFTPd server.
There are other options in the prefs_v3 file. Most of these are
self-explanatory. Global defaults can be set in
/etc/ncftp.prefs_v3.
|
is a browser program for File Transfer Protocol. |
|
|
is an individual batch FTP job processor. |
|
|
is the NcFTP Bookmark Editor (NCurses-based). |
|
|
is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to retrieve files. |
|
|
is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to list files. |
|
|
is an internet file transfer program for scripts used to transfer files. |
|
|
is a global batch FTP job processor daemon. |
Last updated on 2018-08-27 15:41:22 -0700
The Net-tools package is a collection of programs for controlling the network subsystem of the Linux kernel.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/net-tools/net-tools-CVS_20101030.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/net-tools/net-tools-CVS_20101030.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6be14ed473cacdd68edeaa9605adc469
Download size: 222 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/net-tools
The instructions below automate the configuration process by piping yes to the make config command. If you wish to run the interactive configuration process (by changing the instruction to just make config), but you are not sure how to answer all the questions, then just accept the defaults. This will be just fine in the majority of cases. What you're asked here is a bunch of questions about which network protocols you've enabled in your kernel. The default answers will enable the tools from this package to work with the most common protocols: TCP, PPP, and several others. You still need to actually enable these protocols in the kernel—what you do here is merely tell the package to include support for those protocols in its programs, but it's up to the kernel to make the protocols available.
This package has several unneeded protocols and hardware device specific functions that are obsolete. To only build the minimum needed for your system, skip the yes command and answer each question interactively. The minimum needed options are 'UNIX protocol family' and 'INET (TCP/IP) protocol family'.
The patch below cleans up the installation so that it does not overwrite the ifconfig and hostname programs that were installed in LFS.
Install Net-tools by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../net-tools-CVS_20101030-remove_dups-1.patch && sed -i '/#include <netinet\/ip.h>/d' iptunnel.c && yes "" | make config && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make update
sed -i '/#include <netinet\/ip.h>/d' iptunnel.c: This fixes build breakage with linux-4.8 headers.
yes "" | make config: Piping yes to make config skips the interactive configuration and accepts the defaults.
|
is used to manipulate the kernel's ARP cache, usually to add or delete an entry, or to dump the entire cache. |
|
|
adds, deletes and shows an interface's multicast addresses. |
|
|
adds, changes, deletes and shows an interface's tunnels. |
|
|
checks or sets the status of a network interface's Media Independent Interface (MII) unit. |
|
|
names network interfaces based on MAC addresses. |
|
|
is used to report network connections, routing tables, and interface statistics. |
|
|
is used to fine tune the PLIP device parameters, to improve its performance. |
|
|
is used to manipulate the kernel's RARP table. |
|
|
is used to manipulate the IP routing table. |
|
|
attaches a network interface to a serial line. This allows you to use normal terminal lines for point-to-point links to other computers. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The NFS Utilities package contains the userspace server and client tools necessary to use the kernel's NFS abilities. NFS is a protocol that allows sharing file systems over the network.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/nfs/nfs-utils-2.3.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5f952810747674ef4737e4956c297808
Download size: 644 KB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
LVM2-2.02.177 (libdevmapper for NFSv4 support), libnfsidmap (for NFSv4 support), libnsl-1.2.0 (for NIS client support), SQLite-3.24.0, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1 or libgssapi, and librpcsecgss (for GSS and RPC security support) and libcap-2.25 with PAM
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nfs-utils
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration (choose client and/or server support as appropriate) and recompile the kernel if necessary:
File systems --->
[*] Network File Systems ---> [CONFIG_NETWORK_FILESYSTEMS]
<*/M> NFS client support [CONFIG_NFS_FS]
<*/M> NFS server support [CONFIG_NFSD]
Select the appropriate sub-options that appear when the above options are selected.
In BLFS we assume that nfs v3 will be used. If the
server offers nfs v4
(for linux, CONFIG_NFSD_V4) then auto-negotiation for v3
will fail and you will need to add nfsver=3 to the mount options. This also
applies if that option is enabled in the client's kernel, for example in
a distro trying to mount from a BLFS v3 server.
Even if neither end of the connection supports nfs v4,
adding nfsver=3 is still
beneficial because it prevents an error message "NFS: bad
mount option value specified: minorversion=1" being logged
on every mount.
Before you compile the program, ensure that the nobody user and nogroup group have been created as done
in the current LFS book. You can add them by running the
following commands as the root user:
groupadd -g 99 nogroup &&
useradd -c "Unprivileged Nobody" -d /dev/null -g nogroup \
-s /bin/false -u 99 nobody
The classic uid and gid values are 65534 which is also -2
when interpreted as a signed 16-bit number. These values
impact other files on some filesystems that do not have
support for sparse files. The nobody and nogroup values are relatively
arbitrary. The impact on a server is nil if the
exports file is configured
correctly. If it is misconfigured, an ls -l or ps listing will show a
uid or gid number of 65534 instead of a name. The client
uses nobody only as the
user running rpc.statd.
First, fix a build problem caused by gcc-8:
sed -i '/strict-prototypes/d' configure.ac && autoreconf -fiv
Install NFS Utilities by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--sbindir=/sbin \
--without-tcp-wrappers \
--disable-nfsv4 \
--disable-gss &&
make
This package does not come with a working test suite."
Now, as the root user:
make install && mv -v /sbin/start-statd /usr/sbin && chmod u+w,go+r /sbin/mount.nfs && chown nobody.nogroup /var/lib/nfs
--without-tcp-wrappers: This
option is needed because TCP Wrappers is not in BLFS.
--disable-nfsv4: This
allows the package to be built when libnfsidmap has not been
installed.
--disable-gss:
Disables support for RPCSEC GSS (RPC Security).
chown nobody.nogroup /var/lib/nfs: The rpc.statd program uses the ownership of this directory to set it's UID and GID. This command sets those to unprivileged entries.
/etc/exports contains the
exported directories on NFS servers. Refer to the
exports.5 manual page for the
syntax of this file. Also refer to the "NFS HowTo"
available at http://nfs.sourceforge.net/nfs-howto/
for information on how to configure the servers and clients
in a secure manner. For example, for sharing the
/home directory over the
local network, the following line may be added:
/home 192.168.0.0/24(rw,subtree_check,anonuid=99,anongid=99)
Be sure to replace the directory, network address. and prefix above to match your network. The only space in the line above should be between the directory and the network address.
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfs-server init
script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package
to start the server at boot.
make install-nfs-server
Now create the /etc/sysconfig/nfs-server configuration
file:
cat > /etc/sysconfig/nfs-server << "EOF"
PORT="2049"
PROCESSES="8"
KILLDELAY="10"
EOF
The above parameters may be optionally placed in
/etc/sysconfig/rc.site.
/etc/fstab contains the
directories that are to be mounted on the client.
Alternately the partitions can be mounted by using the
mount command
with the proper options. To mount the /home and /usr partitions, add the following to the
/etc/fstab:
<server-name>:/home /home nfs rw,_netdev 0 0<server-name>:/usr /usr nfs ro,_netdev 0 0
The options which can be used are specified in man 5 nfs. If both the
client and server are running recent versions of linux,
most of the options will be negotiated (but see the Note
above on nfsver=3). You can specify either rw or ro,
_netdev if the filesystem is
to be automatically mounted at boot, or noauto (and perhaps user) for other filesystems.
If the fileserver is not running a recent version of linux, you may need to specifiy other options.
If you are using systemd, you may need to enable autofs v4
in your kernel, and add the option comment=systemd.automount. Some machines
need this, because systemd tries to mount the external fs's
before the network is up, others do not need it. An
alternative is for root to
run mount -a.
The following boot script is not required if the nfs-server script is installed.
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/nfs-client init
script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package
to start the client services at boot.
make install-nfs-client
To automatically mount nfs filesystems, clients will also
need to install the netfs
bootscript as described in Configuring for
Network Filesystems.
|
maintains a list of NFS exported file systems. |
|
|
displays NFS client per-mount statistics. |
|
|
is used to mount a network share using NFS |
|
|
is used to mount a network share using NFSv4 |
|
|
reports input/output statistics for network filesystems. |
|
|
displays statistics kept about NFS client and server activity. |
|
|
is a script that is a part of the autologin feature mandated by the pnfs-objects standard. |
|
|
implements the NFS mount protocol on an NFS server. |
|
|
implements the user level part of the NFS service on the server. |
|
|
is used by the NFS file locking service. Run on both sides, client as well as server, when you want file locking enabled. |
|
|
sets or clears the kernel's NFS client and server debug flags. |
|
|
displays mount information for an NFS server. |
|
|
is used to send Network Status Monitor reboot messages. |
|
|
is a script called by nfsmount when mounting a filesystem with locking enabled, if statd does not appear to be running. It can be customised with whatever flags are appropriate for the site. |
|
|
is used to unmount a network share using NFS |
|
|
is used to unmount a network share using NFSv4 |
Last updated on 2018-08-14 15:05:25 -0700
While LFS is capable of mounting network file systems such as
NFS, these are not mounted by the mountfs init script. Network file systems
must be mounted after the networking is activated and unmounted
before the network goes down. The netfs bootscript was written to handle both
boot-time mounting of network filesystems, if the entry in
/etc/fstab contains the
_netdev option, and unmounting of
all network filesystems before the network is brought down.
As the root user, install the
/etc/rc.d/init.d/netfs bootscript
included with the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-netfs
Last updated on 2016-06-10 22:26:20 -0700
The ntp package contains a client and server to keep the time synchronized between various computers over a network. This package is the official reference implementation of the NTP protocol.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.eecis.udel.edu/~ntp/ntp_spool/ntp4/ntp-4.2/ntp-4.2.8p12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1522d66574bae14abb2622746dad2bdc
Download size: 6.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 114 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU (with tests)
libcap-2.25 with PAM, libevent-2.1.8, libedit, and libopts from AutoGen
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ntp
There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of
the ntpd daemon
after it is started. Issue the following commands as the
root user:
groupadd -g 87 ntp &&
useradd -c "Network Time Protocol" -d /var/lib/ntp -u 87 \
-g ntp -s /bin/false ntp
The update-leap command needs to be fixed in order to run properly:
sed -e 's/"(\\S+)"/"?([^\\s"]+)"?/' \
-i scripts/update-leap/update-leap.in
Install ntp by running the following commands:
./configure CFLAGS="-O2 -g -fPIC" \
--prefix=/usr \
--bindir=/usr/sbin \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-linuxcaps \
--with-lineeditlibs=readline \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/ntp-4.2.8p12 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -o ntp -g ntp -d /var/lib/ntp
CFLAGS="-O2 -g -fPIC": This
environment variable is necessary to generate Position
Independent Code needed for use in the package libraries.
--bindir=/usr/sbin:
This parameter places the administrative programs in
/usr/sbin.
--enable-linuxcaps:
ntpd is run as user ntp, so use Linux capabilities for
non-root clock control.
--with-lineeditlibs=readline:
This switch enables Readline
support for ntpdc and ntpq programs. If omitted,
libedit will be used if
installed, otherwise no readline capabilites will be
compiled.
The following configuration file first defines various ntp
servers with open access from different continents. Second,
it creates a drift file where ntpd stores the frequency
offset and a pid file to store the ntpd process ID. Third,
it defines the location for the leap-second definition file
/etc/ntp.leapseconds, that
the update-leap script checks
and updates, when necessary. This script can be run as a
cron job and the ntp
developers recommend a frequency of about three weeks for
the updates. Since the documentation included with the
package is sparse, visit the ntp website at http://www.ntp.org/
and http://www.pool.ntp.org/ for
more information.
cat > /etc/ntp.conf << "EOF"
# Asia
server 0.asia.pool.ntp.org
# Australia
server 0.oceania.pool.ntp.org
# Europe
server 0.europe.pool.ntp.org
# North America
server 0.north-america.pool.ntp.org
# South America
server 2.south-america.pool.ntp.org
driftfile /var/lib/ntp/ntp.drift
pidfile /var/run/ntpd.pid
leapfile /etc/ntp.leapseconds
EOF
You may wish to add a “Security session”. For explanations, see https://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/html/accopt.html#restrict.
cat >> /etc/ntp.conf << "EOF"
# Security session
restrict default limited kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery
restrict -6 default limited kod nomodify notrap nopeer noquery
restrict 127.0.0.1
restrict ::1
EOF
There are two options. Option one is to run ntpd continuously and allow it to synchronize the time in a gradual manner. The other option is to run ntpd periodically (using cron) and update the time each time ntpd is scheduled.
If you choose Option one, then install the
/etc/rc.d/init.d/ntp
init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-ntpd
If you prefer to run ntpd periodically, add
the following command to root's crontab:
ntpd -q
Execute the following command if you would like to set the hardware clock to the current system time at shutdown and reboot:
ln -v -sf ../init.d/setclock /etc/rc.d/rc0.d/K46setclock && ln -v -sf ../init.d/setclock /etc/rc.d/rc6.d/K46setclock
The other way around is already set up by LFS.
|
calculates optimal value for tick given ntp drift file. |
|
|
generates cryptographic data files used by the NTPv4 authentication and identification schemes. |
|
|
is useful at boot time, to delay the boot sequence until ntpd has set the time. |
|
|
is a ntp daemon that runs in the background and keeps the date and time synchronized based on response from configured ntp servers. It also functions as a ntp server. |
|
|
is a client program that sets the date and time based on the response from an ntp server. This command is deprecated. |
|
|
is used to query the ntp daemon about its current state and to request changes in that state. |
|
|
is a utility program used to monitor ntpd operations and determine performance. |
|
|
reads and displays time-related kernel variables. |
|
|
traces a chain of ntp servers back to the primary source. |
|
|
is a Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client. |
|
|
reads, and optionally modifies, several timekeeping-related variables in older kernels that do not have support for precision timekeeping. |
|
|
is a script to verify and, if necessary, update the leap-second definition file. |
Last updated on 2018-08-26 17:49:50 -0700
The rpcbind program is a replacement for portmap. It is required for import or export of Network File System (NFS) shared directories.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/rpcbind/rpcbind-0.2.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: cf10cd41ed8228fc54c316191c1f07fe
Download size: 120 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rpcbind
In order to get rpcbind to work properly, first fix the package to use correct service name:
sed -i "/servname/s:rpcbind:sunrpc:" src/rpcbind.c
Install rpcbind by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../rpcbind-0.2.4-vulnerability_fixes-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--bindir=/sbin \
--with-rpcuser=root \
--enable-warmstarts \
--without-systemdsystemunitdir &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-rpcuser=root: This works around an error in the configure script.
--without-systemdsystemunitdir: This version of BLFS does not support systemd.
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/rpcbind init
script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-rpcbind
Last updated on 2018-08-14 15:05:25 -0700
The rsync package contains the rsync utility. This is useful for synchronizing large file archives over a network.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.samba.org/ftp/rsync/src/rsync-3.1.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1581a588fde9d89f6bc6201e8129afaf
Download size: 884 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB (with tests - additional 45 MB for HTML API documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rsync
For security reasons, running the rsync server as an unprivileged user and
group is encouraged. If you intend to run rsync as a daemon, create
the rsyncd user and group
with the following commands issued by the root user:
groupadd -g 48 rsyncd &&
useradd -c "rsyncd Daemon" -d /home/rsync -g rsyncd \
-s /bin/false -u 48 rsyncd
Install rsync by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --without-included-zlib && make
If you have Doxygen-1.8.14 installed and wish to build HTML API documentation, issue doxygen.
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you built the documentation, install it using the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/rsync-3.1.3/api && install -v -m644 dox/html/* /usr/share/doc/rsync-3.1.3/api
--without-included-zlib: This
switch enables compilation with system-installed zlib
library.
For client access to remote files, you may need to install the OpenSSH-7.7p1 package to connect to the remote server.
This is a simple download-only configuration to set up running rsync as a server. See the rsyncd.conf(5) man-page for additional options (i.e., user authentication).
cat > /etc/rsyncd.conf << "EOF"
# This is a basic rsync configuration file
# It exports a single module without user authentication.
motd file = /home/rsync/welcome.msg
use chroot = yes
[localhost]
path = /home/rsync
comment = Default rsync module
read only = yes
list = yes
uid = rsyncd
gid = rsyncd
EOF
You can find additional configuration information and general documentation about rsync at http://rsync.samba.org/documentation.html.
Note that you only want to start the rsync server if you want to provide an rsync archive on your local machine. You don't need this script to run the rsync client.
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/rsyncd init
script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-rsyncd
|
is a replacement for rcp (and scp) that has many more features. It uses the “rsync algorithm” which provides a very fast method of syncing remote files. It does this by sending just the differences in the files across the link, without requiring that both sets of files are present at one end of the link beforehand. |
Last updated on 2018-08-21 15:38:20 -0700
The Samba package provides file and print services to SMB/CIFS clients and Windows networking to Linux clients. Samba can also be configured as a Windows Domain Controller replacement, a file/print server acting as a member of a Windows Active Directory domain and a NetBIOS (rfc1001/1002) nameserver (which among other things provides LAN browsing support).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.samba.org/ftp/samba/stable/samba-4.8.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ca5bfbebd8d9eb95506e16594b2bbee2
Download size: 17 MB
Estimated disk space required: 588 MB (add 373 MB for quicktest)
Estimated build time: 4.4 SBU (add 4.4 SBU for quicktest)
libtirpc-1.0.3, Python-2.7.15, and rpcsvc-proto-1.4
GPGME-1.11.1, libxslt-1.1.32 (for documentation), PyCrypto-2.6.1, and OpenLDAP-2.4.46
Avahi-0.7, Cups-2.2.8, Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, GDB-8.1.1, git-2.18.0, GnuPG-2.2.9 (required for ADS and testsuite), GnuTLS-3.5.19, libarchive-3.3.2, libcap-2.25 with PAM, libgcrypt-1.8.3, libnsl-1.2.0, Linux-PAM-1.3.0, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, NSS-3.38, popt-1.16, Talloc-2.1.14 (included), Vala-0.40.8, Valgrind-3.13.0 (optionally used by the test suite), xfsprogs-4.17.0, ctdb (included), Gamin, Heimdal (included), libaio, libunwind, ldb (included), M2Crypto (required for ADS), OpenAFS, PyGPGME (recommended for ADS), tevent (included), and tdb (included)
Install in listed order: six-1.11.0, argparse, extras, py, enum34, hypothesis, pytest, coverage, pytest-cov, doctools, unittest2, testtools, fixtures, python-mimeparse, contextlib2, traceback2, linecache2, testscenarios, testresources, virtualenv, pbr, and python-subunit
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/samba4
Fix a test that always fails:
echo "^samba4.rpc.echo.*on.*ncacn_np.*with.*object.*nt4_dc" >> selftest/knownfail
Install Samba by running the following commands:
CFLAGS="-I/usr/include/tirpc" \
LDFLAGS="-ltirpc" \
./configure \
--prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--with-piddir=/run/samba \
--with-pammodulesdir=/lib/security \
--enable-fhs \
--without-ad-dc \
--without-systemd \
--enable-selftest &&
make
To test the results, as the root user, issue: make quicktest. The test
suite will produce lines that look like failures, but these
are innocuous. The last few lines of output should report
"ALL OK" for a good
test run. A summary of any failures can be found in
./st/summary.
Additionally, developer test suites are available. If you've installed the optional python modules above, you can run these tests with make test. It is not recommended for the average builder at nearly 100 SBU and over a gigabyte of disk space, and you should expect ~80 errors and ~30 failures from the 3000+ tests.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
mv -v /usr/lib/libnss_win{s,bind}.so* /lib &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libnss_winbind.so.2 /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so &&
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libnss_wins.so.2 /usr/lib/libnss_wins.so &&
install -v -m644 examples/smb.conf.default /etc/samba &&
mkdir -pv /etc/openldap/schema &&
install -v -m644 examples/LDAP/README \
/etc/openldap/schema/README.LDAP &&
install -v -m644 examples/LDAP/samba* \
/etc/openldap/schema &&
install -v -m755 examples/LDAP/{get*,ol*} \
/etc/openldap/schema
--enable-fhs: Assigns
all other file paths in a manner compliant with the
Filesystem Hierarchy Standard (FHS).
--without-systemd:
Disable systemd integration,
since it is not built in the SYS V version of LFS/BLFS.
--without-ad-dc:
Disable Active Directory Domain Controller functionality. See
Setup a Samba Active Directory Domain Controller for
detailed information. Remove this switch if you've installed
the Python modules needed for ADS support. Note that BLFS
does not provide a samba bootscript for an Active Directory
domain controller.
--with-selftest-prefix=SELFTEST_PREFIX: This
option specifies the test suite work directory
(default=./st).
mv -v /usr/lib/libnss_win{s,bind}.so* /lib: The nss libraries are installed in /usr/lib by default. Move them to /lib.
ln -v -sf ../../lib/libnss_winbind.so.2 /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so and ln -v -sf ../../lib/libnss_wins.so.2 /usr/lib/libnss_wins.so: These symlinks are required when applications build against these libraries.
install -v -m644
examples/LDAP/* /etc/openldap/schema: These
commands are used to copy sample Samba schemas to the
OpenLDAP schema directory.
install -v -m644
../examples/smb.conf.default /etc/samba: This
copies a default smb.conf file
into /etc/samba. This sample
configuration will not work until you copy it to /etc/samba/smb.conf and make the
appropriate changes for your installation. See the
configuration section for minimum values which must be set.
If you use CUPS for print
services, and you wish to print to a printer attached to an
SMB client, you need to create an SMB backend device. To
create the device, issue the following command as the
root user:
ln -v -sf /usr/bin/smbspool /usr/lib/cups/backend/smb
Due to the complexity and the many various uses for
Samba, complete
configuration for all the package's capabilities is well
beyond the scope of the BLFS book. This section provides
instructions to configure the /etc/samba/smb.conf file for two common
scenarios. The complete contents of /etc/samba/smb.conf will depend on the
purpose of Samba
installation.
You may find it easier to copy the configuration
parameters shown below into an empty /etc/samba/smb.conf file instead of
copying and editing the default file as mentioned in the
“Command
Explanations” section. How you create/edit
the /etc/samba/smb.conf
file will be left up to you. Do ensure the file is only
writeable by the root
user (mode 644).
Choose this variant if you only want to transfer files using smbclient, mount Windows shares and print to Windows printers, and don't want to share your files and printers to Windows machines.
A /etc/samba/smb.conf file
with the following three parameters is sufficient:
[global]
workgroup = MYGROUP
dos charset = cp850
unix charset = ISO-8859-1
The values in this example specify that the computer
belongs to a Windows workgroup named “MYGROUP”,
uses the “cp850”
character set on the wire when talking to MS-DOS and MS
Windows 9x, and that the filenames are stored in the
“ISO-8859-1”
encoding on the disk. Adjust these values appropriately
for your installation. The “unix charset” value must be the same
as the output of locale
charmap when executed with the
LANG variable set to your
preferred locale, otherwise the ls command may not
display correct filenames of downloaded files.
There is no need to run any Samba servers in this scenario, thus you don't need to install the provided bootscripts.
Choose this variant if you want to share your files and printers to Windows machines in your workgroup in addition to the capabilities described in Scenario 1.
In this case, the /etc/samba/smb.conf.default file may be
a good template to start from. Also add
“dos charset” and
“unix charset”
parameters to the “[global]” section as described in
Scenario 1 in order to prevent filename corruption. For
security reasons, you may wish to define path =
/home/alice/shared-files, assuming your user
name is alice
and you only want to share the files in that directory,
instead of your entire home. Then, replace homes by shared-files and change
also the “comment” if used the
configuration file below or the /etc/samba/smb.conf.default to create
yours.
The following configuration file creates a separate share for each user's home directory and also makes all printers available to Windows machines:
[global]
workgroup = MYGROUP
dos charset = cp850
unix charset = ISO-8859-1
[homes]
comment = Home Directories
browseable = no
writable = yes
[printers]
comment = All Printers
path = /var/spool/samba
browseable = no
guest ok = no
printable = yes
Other parameters you may wish to customize in the “[global]” section include:
server string =
security =
hosts allow =
load printers =
log file =
max log size =
socket options =
local master =
Reference the comments in the /etc/samba/smb.conf.default file for
information regarding these parameters.
Since the smbd and nmbd daemons are needed
in this case, install the samba bootscript. Be sure to run
smbpasswd
(with the -a option to add
users) to enable and set passwords for all accounts that
need Samba access. Using
the default Samba passdb
backend, any user you attempt to add will also be
required to exist in the /etc/passwd file.
More complex scenarios involving domain control or membership are possible. Such setups are advanced topics and cannot be adequately covered in BLFS. Many complete books have been written on these topics alone. Note that in some domain membership scenarios, the winbindd daemon and the corresponding bootscript are needed.
There is quite a bit of documentation available which covers many of these advanced configurations. Point your web browser to the links below to view some of the documentation included with the Samba package:
Using Samba, 2nd Edition; a popular book published by O'Reilly http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/using_samba/toc.html
The Official Samba HOWTO and Reference Guide http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/
Samba-3 by Example http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-Guide/
The default Samba
installation uses the nobody user for guest access to the
server. This can be overridden by setting the
guest account = parameter in
the /etc/samba/smb.conf
file. If you utilize the guest
account = parameter, ensure this user exists in
the /etc/passwd file.
For your convenience, boot scripts have been provided for
Samba. There are two
included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105
package. The first, samba,
will start the smbd and nmbd daemons needed to
provide SMB/CIFS services. The second script,
winbind, starts the
winbindd
daemon, used for providing Windows domain services to
Linux clients.
make install-samba
make install-winbindd
|
is the dd command for SMB. |
|
|
is used to read and manipulate TDB/CTDB databases using the dbwrap interface. |
|
|
is used to write records to eventlogs from STDIN,
add the specified source and DLL eventlog registry
entries and display the active eventlog names (from
|
|
|
is used to list info about machines that respond to SMB name queries on a subnet. |
|
|
is used to run random generic SMB operations against two SMB servers and show the differences in behavior. |
|
|
is a command-line utility for adding records to an LDB database. |
|
|
is a command-line program for deleting LDB database records. |
|
|
allows you to edit LDB databases using your preferred editor. |
|
|
allows you to modify records in an LDB database. |
|
|
allows you to edit LDB databases using your preferred editor. |
|
|
searches an LDB database for records matching a specified expression. |
|
|
is used to find differences in locking between two SMB servers. |
|
|
is used to find differences in wildcard matching between Samba's implementation and that of a remote server. |
|
|
is used to recursively rename extended attributes. |
|
|
is a DCE/RPC Packet Parser and Dumper. |
|
|
is a tool for administration of Samba and remote CIFS servers, similar to the net utility for DOS/Windows. |
|
|
is the Samba NetBIOS name server. |
|
|
is used to query NetBIOS names and map them to IP addresses. |
|
|
is a tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function. |
|
|
converts LDAP schema's to LDB-compatible LDIF. |
|
|
is a tool used to manage the SAM database. |
|
|
is an IDL (Interface Definition Language) compiler written in Perl. |
|
|
is a utility that reports and changes SIDs in Windows registry files. It currently only supports Windows NT. |
|
|
is a Diff program for Windows registry files. |
|
|
applies registry patches to registry files. |
|
|
is a Windows registry file browser using readline. |
|
|
is a text-mode registry viewer. |
|
|
is used to execute MS-RPC client side functions. |
|
|
is a server to provide AD and SMB/CIFS services to clients. |
|
|
is used to update our DNS names using TSIG-GSS. |
|
|
is a script used to compute your KCC (Knowledge Consistency Checker) topology. |
|
|
is a ncurses based tool to manage the Samba registry. |
|
|
is a script to update the servicePrincipalName names from spn_update_list. |
|
|
is the main Samba administration tool. |
|
|
is a Unix SMB/CIFS implementation. |
|
|
manipulates share ACL permissions on SMB file shares. |
|
|
is used to manipulate Windows NT access control lists. |
|
|
is a SMB/CIFS access utility, similar to FTP. |
|
|
is used to control running smbd, nmbd and winbindd daemons. |
|
|
is used to manipulate Windows NT quotas on SMB file shares. |
|
|
is the main Samba daemon which provides SMB/CIFS services to clients. |
|
|
is a simple utility with wget-like semantics, that can download files from SMB servers. You can specify the files you would like to download on the command-line. |
|
|
changes a user's Samba password. |
|
|
sends a print job to an SMB printer. |
|
|
reports current Samba connections. |
|
|
is a shell script used for backing up SMB/CIFS shares directly to Linux tape drives or a file. |
|
|
is a testsuite that runs several tests against a SMB server. |
|
|
is a text-based SMB network browser. |
|
|
is a tool for backing up or validating the
integrity of Samba
|
|
|
is a tool used to print the contents of a
Samba |
|
|
is a tool for creating a Samba |
|
|
is a tool which allows simple database manipulation from the command line. |
|
|
checks an |
|
|
queries a running winbindd daemon. |
|
|
resolves names from Windows NT servers. |
|
|
provides Name Service Switch API functions for resolving names from NT servers. |
|
|
provides API functions for Samba's implementation of the Windows Internet Naming Service. |
|
|
provides the API functions for the administration tools used for Samba and remote CIFS servers. |
|
|
provides the API functions for the Samba SMB client tools. |
|
|
provides API functions for Windows domain client services. |
Last updated on 2018-08-30 16:17:00 -0700
The Wget package contains a utility useful for non-interactive downloading of files from the Web.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/wget/wget-1.19.5.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/wget/wget-1.19.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2db6f03d655041f82eb64b8c8a1fa7da
Download size: 4.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB (add 8 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (add 0.2 SBU for tests)
make-ca-0.8 (runtime)
GnuTLS-3.5.19, GPGME-1.11.1, HTTP::Daemon-6.01 (for the test suite), IO::Socket::SSL-2.059 (for the test suite), libidn2-2.0.5, PCRE-8.42, Python-2.7.15 (built with ssl; for the test suite), Valgrind-3.13.0 (for the test suite), and libpsl
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/wget
Install Wget by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-ssl=openssl &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. Nine tests fail if python2 was not built with SSL support.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--sysconfdir=/etc:
This relocates the configuration file from /usr/etc to /etc.
--with-ssl=openssl:
This allows the program to use openssl instead of GnuTLS-3.5.19.
--enable-valgrind-tests: This
allows the tests to be run under valgrind.
Last updated on 2018-08-26 19:11:51 -0700
The Wireless Extension (WE) is a generic API in the Linux kernel allowing a driver to expose configuration and statistics specific to common Wireless LANs to user space. A single set of tools can support all the variations of Wireless LANs, regardless of their type as long as the driver supports Wireless Extensions. WE parameters may also be changed on the fly without restarting the driver (or Linux).
The Wireless Tools (WT) package is a set of tools allowing manipulation of the Wireless Extensions. They use a textual interface to support the full Wireless Extension.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://hewlettpackard.github.io/wireless-tools/wireless_tools.29.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e06c222e186f7cc013fd272d023710cb
Download size: 288 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/WirelessTools
To use Wireless Tools, the kernel must have the appropriate drivers and other support available. The appropriate bus must also be available. For many laptops, the PCMCIA bus (CONFIG_PCCARD) needs to be built. In some cases, this bus support will also need to be built for embedded wireless cards. The appropriate bridge support also needs to be built. For many modern laptops, the CardBus host bridge (CONFIG_YENTA) will be needed.
In addition to the bus, the actual driver for the specific wireless card must also be available. There are many wireless cards and they don't all work with Linux. The first place to look for card support is the kernel. The drivers are located in Device Drivers → Network Device Support → Wireless LAN (non-hamradio). There are also external drivers available for some very common cards. For more information, look at the user notes.
After the correct drivers are loaded, the interface will
appear in /proc/net/wireless.
First, apply a patch that fixes a problem when numerous networks available:
patch -Np1 -i ../wireless_tools-29-fix_iwlist_scanning-1.patch
To install Wireless Tools, use the following commands:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make PREFIX=/usr INSTALL_MAN=/usr/share/man install
INSTALL_MAN=/usr/share/man: Install manual pages in /usr/share/man instead of /usr/man
|
renames network interfaces based on various static criteria. |
|
|
configures a wireless network interface. |
|
|
displays wireless events generated by drivers and setting changes. |
|
|
reports ESSID, NWID or AP/Cell Address of wireless networks. |
|
|
gets detailed wireless information from a wireless interface. |
|
|
configures optional (private) parameters of a wireless network interface. |
|
|
gets wireless statistics from specific node. |
|
|
contains functions required by the wireless programs and provides an API for other programs. |
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
WPA Supplicant is a Wi-Fi Protected Access (WPA) client and IEEE 802.1X supplicant. It implements WPA key negotiation with a WPA Authenticator and Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP) authentication with an Authentication Server. In addition, it controls the roaming and IEEE 802.11 authentication/association of the wireless LAN driver. This is useful for connecting to a password protected wireless access point.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://w1.fi/releases/wpa_supplicant-2.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 091569eb4440b7d7f2b4276dbfc03c3c
Download size: 2.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 36 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (includes optional gui)
dbus-1.12.10, libxml2-2.9.8, and Qt-5.11.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/wpa_supplicant
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration as well as specific device drivers for your hardware and recompile the kernel if necessary:
[*] Networking support ---> [CONFIG_NET]
[*] Wireless ---> [CONFIG_WIRELESS]
<*/M> cfg80211 - wireless configuration API [CONFIG_CFG80211]
[*] cfg80211 wireless extensions compatibility [CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT]
<*/M> Generic IEEE 802.11 Networking Stack (mac80211) [CONFIG_MAC80211]
Device Drivers --->
[*] Network device support ---> [CONFIG_NETDEVICES]
[*] Wireless LAN ---> [CONFIG_WLAN]
Open the submenu and select the options that support your hardware: lspci from pciutils-3.6.2 can be used to view your hardware configuration.
First you will need to create an initial configuration file
for the build process. You can read wpa_supplicant/README and wpa_supplicant/defconfig for the
explanation of the following options as well as other options
that can be used. Create a build configuration file that
should work for standard WiFi setups by running the following
command:
cat > wpa_supplicant/.config << "EOF"
CONFIG_BACKEND=file
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_FILE=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG=y
CONFIG_DEBUG_SYSLOG_FACILITY=LOG_DAEMON
CONFIG_DRIVER_NL80211=y
CONFIG_DRIVER_WEXT=y
CONFIG_DRIVER_WIRED=y
CONFIG_EAP_GTC=y
CONFIG_EAP_LEAP=y
CONFIG_EAP_MD5=y
CONFIG_EAP_MSCHAPV2=y
CONFIG_EAP_OTP=y
CONFIG_EAP_PEAP=y
CONFIG_EAP_TLS=y
CONFIG_EAP_TTLS=y
CONFIG_IEEE8021X_EAPOL=y
CONFIG_IPV6=y
CONFIG_LIBNL32=y
CONFIG_PEERKEY=y
CONFIG_PKCS12=y
CONFIG_READLINE=y
CONFIG_SMARTCARD=y
CONFIG_WPS=y
CFLAGS += -I/usr/include/libnl3
EOF
If you wish to use WPA Supplicant with NetworkManager-1.12.2, make sure that you have installed dbus-1.12.10 and libxml2-2.9.8, then add the following options to the WPA Supplicant build configuration file by running the following command:
cat >> wpa_supplicant/.config << "EOF"
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_DBUS=y
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_DBUS_NEW=y
CONFIG_CTRL_IFACE_DBUS_INTRO=y
EOF
Install WPA Supplicant by running the following commands:
patch -p1 -i ../wpa_supplicant-2.6-upstream_fixes-2.patch && cd wpa_supplicant && make BINDIR=/sbin LIBDIR=/lib
If you have installed Qt-5.11.1 and wish to build the WPA Supplicant GUI program, run the following commands:
The following directory name is labelled qt4, but is compatible with Qt-5.11.1.
pushd wpa_gui-qt4 && qmake wpa_gui.pro && make && popd
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -m755 wpa_{cli,passphrase,supplicant} /sbin/ &&
install -v -m644 doc/docbook/wpa_supplicant.conf.5 /usr/share/man/man5/ &&
install -v -m644 doc/docbook/wpa_{cli,passphrase,supplicant}.8 /usr/share/man/man8/
If you have built WPA
Supplicant with D-Bus
support, you will need to install D-Bus configuration files. Install them
by running the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m644 dbus/fi.{epitest.hostap.WPASupplicant,w1.wpa_supplicant1}.service \
/usr/share/dbus-1/system-services/ &&
install -v -d -m755 /etc/dbus-1/system.d &&
install -v -m644 dbus/dbus-wpa_supplicant.conf \
/etc/dbus-1/system.d/wpa_supplicant.conf
If you have built the WPA
Supplicant GUI program, install it by running the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 wpa_gui-qt4/wpa_gui /usr/bin/ && install -v -m644 doc/docbook/wpa_gui.8 /usr/share/man/man8/ && install -v -m644 wpa_gui-qt4/wpa_gui.desktop /usr/share/applications/ && install -v -m644 wpa_gui-qt4/icons/wpa_gui.svg /usr/share/pixmaps/
You will need to restart the system D-Bus daemon before you can use the WPA Supplicant D-Bus interface.
This package installs desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy and you
can improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have desktop-file-utils-0.23
installed and issue the following command as the
root user:
update-desktop-database
To connect to an access point that uses a password, you
need to put the pre-shared key in /etc/sysconfig/wpa_supplicant-.
SSID is the string that the access point/router transmits
to identify itself. Run the following command as the
wifi0.confroot user:
wpa_passphraseSSIDSECRET_PASSWORD> /etc/sysconfig/wpa_supplicant-wifi0.conf
/etc/sysconfig/wpa_supplicant-
can hold the details of several access points. When
wpa_supplicant is
started, it will scan for the SSIDs it can see and choose
the appropriate password to connect.
wifi0.conf
If you want to connect to an access point that isn't
password protected, put an entry like this in
/etc/sysconfig/wpa_supplicant- .
Replace "Some-SSID" with the SSID of the access
point/router.
wifi0.conf
network={
ssid="Some-SSID"
key_mgmt=NONE
}
Connecting to a new access point that is not in the configuration file can be accomplished manually via the command line or GUI, but it must be done via a privileged user. To do that, add the following to the configuration file:
ctrl_interface=DIR=/run/wpa_supplicant GROUP=<privileged group> update_config=1
Replace the <privileged group> above with a system group where members have the ability to connect to a wireless access point.
There are many options that you could use to tweak how you
connect to each access point. They are described in some
detail in the wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant.conf file
in the source tree.
If you want to
configure network interfaces at boot using wpa_supplicant, you need
to install the /lib/services/wpa script included in
blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package:
make install-service-wpa
If your router/access point uses DHCP to allocate IP
addresses, you can install DHCP-4.4.1 client and use it to
automatically obtain network addresses. Create the
/etc/sysconfig/ifconfig- by running the
following command as the wifi0root user:
cat > /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.wifi0<< "EOF"ONBOOT="yes" IFACE="EOFwlan0" SERVICE="wpa" # Additional arguments to wpa_supplicant WPA_ARGS="" WPA_SERVICE="dhclient" DHCP_START="" DHCP_STOP="" # Set PRINTIP="yes" to have the script print # the DHCP assigned IP address PRINTIP="no" # Set PRINTALL="yes" to print the DHCP assigned values for # IP, SM, DG, and 1st NS. This requires PRINTIP="yes". PRINTALL="no"
If you prefer dhcpcd-7.0.7 instead of DHCP-4.4.1 client, then
create the /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig- by running the
following command as the wifi0root user:
cat > /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.wifi0<< "EOF"ONBOOT="yes" IFACE="EOFwlan0" SERVICE="wpa" # Additional arguments to wpa_supplicant WPA_ARGS="" WPA_SERVICE="dhcpcd" DHCP_START="-b -q<insert appropriate start options here>" DHCP_STOP="-k<insert additional stop options here>"
Alternatively, if you use static addresses on your local
network, then create the /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig- by running the
following command as the wifi0root user:
cat > /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.wifi0<< "EOF"ONBOOT="yes" IFACE="EOFwlan0" SERVICE="wpa" # Additional arguments to wpa_supplicant WPA_ARGS="" WPA_SERVICE="ipv4-static" IP="192.168.1.1" GATEWAY="192.168.1.2" PREFIX="24" BROADCAST="192.168.1.255"
You can connect to the wireless access point by running the
following command as the root user:
ifup wifi0
Replace wlan0
with the correct wireless interface and wifi0 with desired name for
the configuration file. Please note that wpa_supplicant-*.conf and ifconfig.* configuration files need to
have identical names, ie both contain wifi0 in their name.
|
is a graphical frontend program for interacting with wpa_supplicant. |
|
|
is a daemon that can connect to a password protected wireless access point. |
|
|
takes an SSID and a password and generates a simple configuration that wpa_supplicant can understand. |
|
|
is a command line interface used to control a running wpa_supplicant daemon. |
Last updated on 2018-08-23 14:52:47 -0700
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/othernetprogs
NCPFS contains client and administration tools for use with Novell networks. See the User Notes for details.
Last updated on 2007-04-04 12:42:53 -0700
This chapter contains some tools that come in handy when the network needs investigating.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/basicnetworkingutilities
The Avahi package is a system which facilitates service discovery on a local network.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/lathiat/avahi/releases/download/v0.7/avahi-0.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d76c59d0882ac6c256d70a2a585362a6
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.56.1, GTK+-2.24.32, GTK+-3.22.30, libdaemon-0.14 and libglade-2.6.4
D-Bus Python-1.2.8 and PyGTK-2.24.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/avahi
There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of
the avahi-daemon daemon after
it is started. Issue the following commands as the
root user:
groupadd -fg 84 avahi &&
useradd -c "Avahi Daemon Owner" -d /var/run/avahi-daemon -u 84 \
-g avahi -s /bin/false avahi
There should also be a dedicated priviliged access group for
Avahi clients. Issue the
following command as the root
user:
groupadd -fg 86 netdev
Install Avahi by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--disable-static \
--disable-mono \
--disable-monodoc \
--disable-python \
--disable-qt3 \
--disable-qt4 \
--enable-core-docs \
--with-distro=none \
--with-systemdsystemunitdir=no &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-mono: This
parameter disables the Mono
bindings.
--disable-monodoc:
This parameter disables documentation for the Mono bindings.
--disable-python:
This parameter disables the scripts that depend on
Python. It also allows a
regular install to complete successfully.
--disable-qt3: This
parameter disables the attempt to build the obsolete
Qt3 portions of the package.
--disable-qt4: This
parameter disables the attempt to build the obsolete
Qt4Core portions of the
package.
--enable-core-docs:
This parameter enables the building of documentation.
--with-distro=none:
There is an obsolete boot script in the distribution for LFS.
This option disables it.
--with-systemdsystemunitdir=no:
Without it, the daemon fails to start in BLFS, which does not
support systemd.
--disable-dbus: This parameter
disables the use of D-Bus.
--disable-gtk: This parameter
disables the use of GTK+2.
--disable-gtk3: This parameter
disables the use of GTK+3.
--disable-libdaemon: This
parameter disables the use of libdaemon. If you use this option,
avahi-daemon
won't be built.
--enable-tests: This option
enables the building of tests and examples.
--enable-compat-howl: This option
enables the compatibility layer for HOWL.
--enable-compat-libdns_sd: This
option enables the compatibility layer for libdns_sd.
To automatically start the avahi-daemon when the
system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/avahi bootscript from
the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-avahi
|
is a IPv4LL network address configuration daemon. |
|
|
is a Web service showing mDNS/DNS-SD announced HTTP services using the Avahi daemon. |
|
|
browses for mDNS/DNS-SD services using the Avahi daemon. |
|
|
browses for mDNS/DNS-SD services using the Avahi daemon. |
|
|
is the Avahi mDNS/DNS-SD daemon. |
|
|
browses for mDNS/DNS-SD services using the Avahi daemon. |
|
|
browses for mDNS/DNS-SD services using the Avahi daemon. |
|
|
is a Unicast DNS server from mDNS/DNS-SD configuration daemon. |
|
|
registers a mDNS/DNS-SD service or host name or address mapping using the Avahi daemon. |
|
|
registers a mDNS/DNS-SD service or host name or address mapping using the Avahi daemon. |
|
|
registers a mDNS/DNS-SD service or host name or address mapping using the Avahi daemon. |
|
|
resolves one or more mDNS/DNS host name(s) to IP address(es) (and vice versa) using the Avahi daemon. |
|
|
resolves one or more mDNS/DNS host name(s) to IP address(es) (and vice versa) using the Avahi daemon. |
|
|
resolves one or more mDNS/DNS host name(s) to IP address(es) (and vice versa) using the Avahi daemon. |
|
|
changes the mDNS host name. |
|
|
browses for SSH servers on the local network. |
|
|
browses for VNC servers on the local network. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
BIND Utilities is not a separate package, it is a collection of the client side programs that are included with BIND-9.13.2. The BIND package includes the client side programs nslookup, dig and host. If you install BIND server, these programs will be installed automatically. This section is for those users who don't need the complete BIND server, but need these client side applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isc.org/isc/bind9/9.13.2/bind-9.13.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 01d0524016ac15ea3f4b6c77d99db0b2
Download size: 8.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 113 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU
libcap-2.25 with PAM and libxml2-2.9.8
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bind-utils
Install BIND Utilities by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make -C lib/dns && make -C lib/isc && make -C lib/bind9 && make -C lib/isccfg && make -C lib/irs && make -C bin/dig
This portion of the package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make -C bin/dig install
make -C lib/...: These commands build the libraries that are needed for the client programs.
make -C bin/dig: This command builds the client programs.
See the program descriptions in the BIND-9.13.2 section.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
NetworkManager is a set of co-operative tools that make networking simple and straightforward. Whether WiFi, wired, 3G, or Bluetooth, NetworkManager allows you to quickly move from one network to another: Once a network has been configured and joined once, it can be detected and re-joined automatically the next time it's available.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/NetworkManager/1.12/NetworkManager-1.12.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/NetworkManager/1.12/NetworkManager-1.12.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 94d02b80b120f166927e6ef242b29a9b
Download size: 4.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 648 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 2.2 SBU (with tests)
dbus-glib-0.110, libndp-1.7, libnl-3.4.0, and NSS-3.38
ConsoleKit2-1.0.2, cURL-7.61.0, dhcpcd-7.0.7 or DHCP-4.4.1 (client only), gobject-introspection-1.56.1, Iptables-1.8.0, newt-0.52.20 (for nmtui), Polkit-0.114, PyGObject-3.28.3, UPower-0.99.7, Vala-0.40.8, and wpa_supplicant-2.6 (built with D-Bus support),
BlueZ-5.50, GTK-Doc-1.28, Qt-5.11.1 (for examples), ModemManager-1.8.0, Valgrind-3.13.0, dnsmasq, Jansson, libaudit, libteam, libpsl, PPP, and RP-PPPoE
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/NetworkManager
If Qt-5.11.1 is installed and the Qt based examples are desired, fix the configure script:
sed -e '/Qt[CDN]/s/Qt/Qt5/g' \
-e 's/moc_location/host_bins/' \
-i configure
Install NetworkManager by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/1,12,2/1,12.2/' libnm-core/nm-version.h &&
CXXFLAGS="-O2 -fPIC" \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--with-nmtui \
--with-libnm-glib \
--disable-ppp \
--disable-json-validation \
--disable-ovs \
--with-udev-dir=/lib/udev \
--with-systemdsystemunitdir=no \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/network-manager-1.12.2 &&
make
An already active graphical session with bus address is necessary to run the tests. To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
CXXFLAGS="-O2 -fPIC": These
compiler options are necessary to build the Qt5 based
examples.
--with-nmtui: This
parameter enables building nmtui.
--with-systemdsystemunitdir=no:
systemd is not used for sysv init systems.
--disable-ppp: This
parameter disables PPP
support in NetworkManager.
--disable-json-validation: This
parameter allows building without Jansson, which is needed for
“team” configuration
validation (team is one way of bonding network interfaces for
increased throughput).
--disable-ovs: This
paramenter disables Open Virtual
Switch support because it requires Jansson which is not available in BLFS.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this switch
if you have installed GTK-Doc-1.28 and wish to build the API
manuals.
--without-iptables: Use this
switch if you don't have Iptables installed.
--disable-introspection: Use this
switch if gobject-introspection-1.56.1
is installed and you want to build without introspection
support. This also removes the need for PyGObject-3.28.3.
For NetworkManager to
work, at least a minimal configuration file must be
present. Such file is not installed with make install. Issue the
following command as the root user to create minimal
NetworkManager.conf file:
cat >> /etc/NetworkManager/NetworkManager.conf << "EOF"
[main]
plugins=keyfile
EOF
You can add dns=none to
suppress changes to /etc/resolv.conf. See man 5 NetworkManager.conf
for any additional options.
To allow regular users permission to configure network
connections, you should add them to the netdev group, and create a polkit rule that grants access. Run
the following commands as the root user:
groupadd -fg 86 netdev && /usr/sbin/usermod -a -G netdev<username>cat > /usr/share/polkit-1/rules.d/org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.rules << "EOF"polkit.addRule(function(action, subject) { if (action.id.indexOf("org.freedesktop.NetworkManager.") == 0 && subject.isInGroup("netdev")) { return polkit.Result.YES; } });EOF
To automatically start the NetworkManager daemon
when the system is rebooted, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/networkmanagerbootscript
from the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
If using Network Manager to manage an interface, any previous configuration for that interface should be removed, and the interface brought down prior to starting Network Manager.
make install-networkmanager
|
is a command-line tool for controlling NetworkManager and getting its status. |
|
|
is a utility to find out whether you are online. |
|
|
is an interactive ncurses based interface for nmcli. |
|
|
is an interactive ncurses based interface connection to activate/deactivate connections. |
|
|
is an interactive ncurses based interface connection editor. |
|
|
is an interactive ncurses based interface hostname editor. |
|
|
is the network management daemon. |
|
|
contains functions used by NetworkManager. |
Last updated on 2018-08-30 16:17:00 -0700
Nmap is a utility for network exploration and security auditing. It supports ping scanning, port scanning and TCP/IP fingerprinting.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://nmap.org/dist/nmap-7.70.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 84eb6fbe788e0d4918c2b1e39421bf79
Download size: 10 MB
Estimated disk space required: 116 MB (add 21 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (add 0.2 SBU for tests)
These packages are recommended because if they're not installed, the build process will compile and link against its own (often older) version.
libpcap-1.9.0, PCRE-8.42 and liblinear-220
PyGTK-2.24.0 (required for zenmap), Python-2.7.15 (required for ndiff) and Subversion-1.10.2 (required for nmap-update)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nmap
Install Nmap by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-liblua=included && make
If you wish to run the test suite, run the following command:
sed -i 's/lib./lib/' zenmap/test/run_tests.py
To test the results, issue: make check as the
root user. Tests need a
graphical session.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-liblua=included: This
switch is required to fix compilation with lua 5.3.
|
is a utility for reading and writing data across networks from the command line. |
|
|
is a tool to aid in the comparison of Nmap scans. |
|
|
is a utility for network exploration and security auditing. It supports ping scanning, port scanning and TCP/IP fingerprinting. |
|
|
is a symbolic link to zenmap. |
|
|
is an updater for Nmap architecture-independent files. |
|
|
is an open-source tool for network packet generation, response analysis and response time measurement. |
|
|
is a Python script to uninstall ndiff. |
|
|
is a Python script to uninstall zenmap. |
|
|
is a symbolic link to zenmap. |
|
|
is a Python based graphical nmap frontend viewer. |
Last updated on 2018-08-25 21:43:33 -0700
The Traceroute package contains a program which is used to display the network route that packets take to reach a specified host. This is a standard network troubleshooting tool. If you find yourself unable to connect to another system, traceroute can help pinpoint the problem.
This package overwrites the version of traceroute that was installed in the inetutils package in LFS. This version is more powerful and allows many more options than the standard version.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/traceroute/traceroute-2.1.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 84d329d67abc3fb83fc8cb12aeaddaba
Download size: 72 KB
Estimated disk space required: 588 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/traceroute
Install Traceroute by running the following commands:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make prefix=/usr install && mv /usr/bin/traceroute /bin && ln -sv -f traceroute /bin/traceroute6 && ln -sv -f traceroute.8 /usr/share/man/man8/traceroute6.8 && rm -fv /usr/share/man/man1/traceroute.1
The traceroute.1 file that was installed in LFS by inetutils is no longer relevant. This package overwrites that version of traceroute and installs the man page in man chapter 8.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 21:43:33 -0700
Whois is a client-side application which queries the whois directory service for information pertaining to a particular domain name. This package will install two programs by default: whois and mkpasswd. The mkpasswd command is also installed by the Expect-5.45.4 package.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/rfc1036/whois/archive/v5.2.20/whois-5.2.20.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8a9ba852c5210b079b0058d95c73d345
Download size: 100 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/whois
Build the application with:
make
You can install the whois program, the
mkpasswd
program, and the locale files independently. Control your
choice of what is installed with the following commands
issued as the root user:
Installing this version of mkpasswd will overwrite the same command installed by Expect-5.45.4.
make prefix=/usr install-whois make prefix=/usr install-mkpasswd make prefix=/usr install-pos
HAVE_LIBIDN=1: This make variable
adds internationalized string handling support to
whois.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 21:43:33 -0700
Wicd is a network manager written in Python. It simplifies network setup by automatically detecting and connecting to wireless and wired networks. Wicd includes support for WPA authentication and DHCP configuration. It provides Curses- and GTK-based graphical frontends for user-friendly control. An excellent KDE-based frontend is also available http://projects.kde.org/projects/extragear/network/wicd-kde.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://launchpad.net/wicd/1.7/1.7.4/+download/wicd-1.7.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: aaa2e9f5320849e0b5d053099a6f0007
Download size: 536 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Python-2.7.15, D-Bus Python-1.2.8, Wireless Tools-29, and Net-tools-CVS_20101030 (Wicd needs mii-tool from this package)
PyGTK-2.24.0 (for the GTK frontend), wpa_supplicant-2.6 (for WPA support), and dhcpcd-7.0.7 or DHCP-4.4.1 (for DHCP support)
pm-utils-1.4.1 (for suspend/resume integration), Urwid (for the Curses-based frontend), and Babel (for internationalization)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/wicd
Install Wicd by running the following commands:
sed -e "/wpath.logrotate\|wpath.systemd/d" \
-e "/detection failed/ a\ self.init='init/default/wicd'" \
-i.orig setup.py &&
rm po/*.po &&
python setup.py configure --no-install-kde \
--no-install-acpi \
--no-install-pmutils \
--no-install-init \
--no-install-gnome-shell-extensions \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/wicd-1.7.4
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user,
install the package:
python setup.py install
sed -e ... -i setup.py: The first expression in this sed command prevents installation of logrotate and systemd configuration files. You may omit it if you use these utilities. The second one fixes building with BLFS.
rm po/*.po: This command removes the international messages associated with this package. The command is required unless Babel is installed. If it is installed, po/ast.po still needs to be removed in order for the build to complete.
--no-install-kde:
Prevent installation of an autostart desktop file for KDE. If
you use KDE, you should instead install the
Wicd KDE Client.
--no-install-acpi:
Prevent installation of suspend and resume scripts for acpid.
Omit this option if you use acpid.
--no-install-pmutils:
Prevent installation of hooks for pm-utils. Omit this option
if you use pm-utils.
--no-install-init:
Prevent installation of any init scripts, as a bootscript is
installed later in the instructions.
--no-install-gnome-shell-extensions:
Prevent installation of the respective extensions. Remove
this switch, if you are using Gnome Shell.
--wicdgroup=: The
group that will have permission to use the Wicd client
(default is the <group>users group).
/etc/wicd/manager-settings.conf,
/etc/wicd/wired-settings.conf
and /etc/wicd/wireless-settings.conf
To automatically start Wicd at boot time, you need to first
install the Wicd bootscript, /etc/rc.d/init.d/wicd included in the
blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package
(as user root):
make install-wicd
Since Wicd will now handle all configuration of network
devices, the network bootscript installed by LFS should be
disabled. This can be achieved by either removing any
S*network and K*network symlinks in the /etc/rc*.d directories or by setting
ONBOOT=no in any /etc/sysconfig/ifconfig.* files.
No manual configuration of Wicd is needed if you use the
graphical frontends. If you are only going to use Wicd from
command-line, you can configure it using the configuration
files in /etc/wicd. For a
list of available options, look at the man-pages for:
wicd-manager-settings.conf, wicd-wired-settings.conf and
wicd-wireless-settings.conf.
Be sure to add all users who are to have rights to open and
close network connections with Wicd to the users group (or the group specified
with the --wicdgroup
configuration option).
|
is the wicd daemon. |
|
|
is a command line interface for configuring the wicd daemon. |
|
|
is the wicd client. This script attempts to automatically choose the relevant configuration interface. |
|
|
is a curses interface for configuring the wicd daemon. |
|
|
is a GTK interface for configuring the wicd daemon |
Last updated on 2018-08-25 21:43:33 -0700
The Wireshark package contains a network protocol analyzer, also known as a “sniffer”. This is useful for analyzing data captured “off the wire” from a live network connection, or data read from a capture file.
Wireshark provides both a graphical and a TTY-mode front-end for examining captured network packets from over 500 protocols, as well as the capability to read capture files from many other popular network analyzers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.wireshark.org/download/src/all-versions/wireshark-2.6.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 086d235509717190d06554b2ab870209
Download size: 27 MB
Estimated disk space required: 2.0 GB (with default GUI front-end, and all optional dependencies available in the BLFS book)
Estimated build time: 4.0 SBU (with parallelism=4, default GUI front-end, and all optional dependencies available in the BLFS book)
Optional patch:
http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/8.3/wireshark-2.6.2-lua_5_3-1.patch
(allows building the LUA bindings if Lua-5.3.5 is
installed and LUA is not disabled by passing
--without-lua to
configure)
Additional Documentation: https://www.wireshark.org/download/docs/ (contains links to several different docs in a variety of formats)
GLib-2.56.1 and libgcrypt-1.8.3
libpcap-1.9.0 (required to capture data), and Qt-5.11.1 (for the Qt5 GUI)
c-ares-1.14.0, GnuTLS-3.5.19, GTK+-3.22.30 or GTK+-2.24.32 (for the legacy GTK GUI), libnl-3.4.0, Lua-5.3.5, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, nghttp2-1.32.0, SBC-1.3, libsmi, lz4, GeoIP, libssh, PortAudio (for GTK+ RTP player), Snappy, and Spandsp
The Qt GUI front-end is built by default, if Qt-5.11.1 is found. If you want to build the GTK+ GUI front-end, some configure switches have to be set (see “Command Explanations”).
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/wireshark
The kernel must have the Packet protocol enabled for Wireshark to capture live packets from the network:
[*] Networking support ---> [CONFIG_NET]
Networking options --->
<*/M> Packet socket [CONFIG_PACKET]
If built as a module, the name is af_packet.ko.
Wireshark is a very large
and complex application. These instructions provide
additional security measures to ensure that only trusted
users are allowed to view network traffic. First, set up a
system group for wireshark. As the root user:
groupadd -g 62 wireshark
Continue to install Wireshark by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../wireshark-2.6.2-lua_5_3-1.patch && ./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/wireshark-2.6.2 &&
install -v -m644 README.linux doc/README.* doc/*.{pod,txt} \
/usr/share/doc/wireshark-2.6.2 &&
pushd /usr/share/doc/wireshark-2.6.2 &&
for FILENAME in ../../wireshark/*.html; do
ln -s -v -f $FILENAME .
done &&
popd
unset FILENAME
If you downloaded any of the documentation files from the
page listed in the 'Additional Downloads', install them by
issuing the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m644 <Downloaded_Files> \
/usr/share/doc/wireshark-2.6.2
Now, set ownership and permissions of sensitive applications
to only allow authorized users. As the root user:
chown -v root:wireshark /usr/bin/{tshark,dumpcap} &&
chmod -v 6550 /usr/bin/{tshark,dumpcap}
Finally, add any users to the wireshark group (as
root user):
usermod -a -G wireshark <username>
If you are installing wireshark for the first time, it will be necessary to leave the session and login again, thus you will now have wireshark between your groups, otherwise, it will not run properly.
--with-gtk=[yes/no/2/3]: For the
Gtk+ GUI. Default is no. If both Gtk+2 and 3 are installed,
and “yes” is selected,
default is 3. Obviously, GTK+-2.24.32 or GTK+-3.22.30 must have been
built for this to work.
--with-qt=[yes/no/4/5]: For the
Qt GUI. Default is yes, if Qt-5.11.1 is found on the system.
--disable-wireshark: Use this
switch if you have Qt
installed but do not want to build any of the GUIs.
/etc/wireshark.conf and
~/.config/wireshark/* (unless
there is already ~/.wireshark/* in the system)
Though the default configuration parameters are very sane, reference the configuration section of the Wireshark User's Guide for configuration information. Most of Wireshark's configuration can be accomplished using the menu options of the wireshark graphical interfaces.
If you want to look at packets, make sure you don't filter them out with Iptables-1.8.0. If you want to exclude certain classes of packets, it is more efficient to do it with iptables than it is with Wireshark.
|
reads a saved capture file and returns any or all of several statistics about that file. It is able to detect and read any capture supported by the Wireshark package. |
|
|
prints the file types of capture files. |
|
|
is a display-filter-compiler test program. |
|
|
is a network traffic dump tool. It lets you capture packet data from a live network and write the packets to a file. |
|
|
edits and/or translates the format of capture files. It knows how to read libpcap capture files, including those of tcpdump, Wireshark and other tools that write captures in that format. |
|
|
is a program that takes a user specified CORBA IDL
file and generates “C” source code for a
Wireshark
“plugin”. It
relies on two Python programs wireshark_be.py
and wireshark_gen.py,
which are not installed by default. They have to be
copied manually from the |
|
|
combines multiple saved capture files into a single output file. |
|
|
creates random-packet capture files. |
|
|
dump and analyze raw libpcap data. |
|
|
reorder timestamps of input file frames into output file. |
|
|
is a daemon that listens on UNIX sockets. |
|
|
reads in an ASCII hex dump and writes the data described into a libpcap-style capture file. |
|
|
is a TTY-mode network protocol analyzer. It lets you capture packet data from a live network or read packets from a previously saved capture file. |
|
|
is the Qt GUI network protocol analyzer. It lets you interactively browse packet data from a live network or from a previously saved capture file. |
|
|
is the Gtk+ GUI network protocol analyzer. It lets you interactively browse packet data from a live network or from a previously saved capture file (optional). |
|
|
contains functions used by the Wireshark programs to perform filtering and packet capturing. |
|
|
is a library being developed as a future
replacement for |
Last updated on 2018-08-22 15:55:27 -0700
These applications are support libraries for other applications in the book. It is unlikely that you would just install these libraries, you will generally find that you will be referred to this chapter to satisfy a dependency of other applications.
c-ares is a C library for asynchronous DNS requests.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://c-ares.haxx.se/download/c-ares-1.14.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e57b37a7c46283e83c21cde234df10c7
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
Install c-ares by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not include a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on $
The cURL package contains an utility and a library used for transferring files with URL syntax to any of the following protocols: FTP, FTPS, HTTP, HTTPS, SCP, SFTP, TFTP, TELNET, DICT, LDAP, LDAPS and FILE. Its ability to both download and upload files can be incorporated into other programs to support functions like streaming media.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://curl.haxx.se/download/curl-7.61.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7ed6a932de56c870c42c33906a3eb69c
Download size: 2.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 43 MB (add 14 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (add 3.2 SBU for tests)
make-ca-0.8 (runtime)
c-ares-1.14.0, GnuTLS-3.5.19, libidn2-2.0.5, libssh2-1.8.0, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, nghttp2-1.32.0, OpenLDAP-2.4.46, Samba-4.8.4, libmetalink, libpsl, librtmp, mbed TLS (formerly known as PolarSSL), and SPNEGO
stunnel-5.48 (for the HTTPS and FTPS tests) and Valgrind-3.13.0 (this will slow the tests down)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/curl
Install cURL by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--enable-threaded-resolver \
--with-ca-path=/etc/ssl/certs &&
make
To run the test suite, issue: make test. Two (of 857) tests fail for unknown reasons.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
rm -rf docs/examples/.deps &&
find docs \( -name Makefile\* -o -name \*.1 -o -name \*.3 \) -exec rm {} \; &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/curl-7.61.0 &&
cp -v -R docs/* /usr/share/doc/curl-7.61.0
Simple tests to the new installed curl: curl --trace-ascii debugdump.txt
http://www.example.com/ and curl --trace-ascii d.txt --trace-time
http://example.com/. Inspect the locally
created trace files debugdump.txt and d.txt, which contain version downloaded
files information, etc. One file has the time for each action
logged.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-threaded-resolver:
This switch enables cURL's
builtin threaded DNS resolver.
--with-ca-path=/etc/ssl/certs:
This switch sets the location of the BLFS Certificate
Authority store.
--with-gssapi: This parameter
adds Kerberos 5 support to
libcurl.
--without-ssl --with-gnutls: Use
to build with GnuTLS support
instead of OpenSSL for
SSL/TLS.
--with-ca-bundle=/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.crt: Use
this switch instead of --with-ca-path if building with
GnuTLS support instead of
OpenSSL for SSL/TLS.
find docs ... -exec rm {}
\;: This command removes Makefiles and man files from the
documentation directory that would otherwise be installed by
the commands that follow.
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
GeoClue is a modular geoinformation service built on top of the D-Bus messaging system. The goal of the GeoClue project is to make creating location-aware applications as simple as possible.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/geoclue/releases/2.4/geoclue-2.4.11.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8bc64e7b9a18c7bf12c48b1c4323cf14
Download size: 368 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
JSON-GLib-1.4.2 and libsoup-2.62.3
ModemManager-1.8.0, Vala-0.40.8, and Avahi-0.7
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/geoclue2
Install GeoClue by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-3g-source: This switch
disables the 3G backend. Use it if you have not installed the
ModemManager package.
--disable-modem-gps-source: This
switch disables the modem GPS backend. Use it if you have not
installed the ModemManager
package.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 21:43:33 -0700
The GLib Networking package contains Network related gio modules for GLib.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/glib-networking/2.56/glib-networking-2.56.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/glib-networking/2.56/glib-networking-2.56.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 456572f1e8fea32ef747541d64508a8e
Download size: 164 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.8 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
GLib-2.56.1, GnuTLS-3.5.19, and gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.28.0
make-ca-0.8 and p11-kit-0.23.13
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/glib-networking
Install GLib Networking by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson --prefix=/usr \
-Dlibproxy_support=false \
-Dca_certificates_path=/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.crt .. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
/usr/lib/gio/modules)
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
ldns is a fast DNS library with the goal to simplify DNS programming and to allow developers to easily create software conforming to current RFCs and Internet drafts. This packages also includes the drill tool.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.nlnetlabs.nl/downloads/ldns/ldns-1.7.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 74b75c9ba69fb3af2a0c26244ecfd9f6
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 28 MB (with docs)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with docs)
make-ca-0.8 and libpcap-1.9.0 (for example programs), Python-2.7.15 and SWIG-3.0.12 (for Python bindings), and Doxygen-1.8.14 (for html documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ldns
Install ldns by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static \
--with-drill &&
make
If you have Doxygen-1.8.14 installed and want to build html documentation, run the following command:
make doc
This package does not come with a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you built html documentation, install it by running the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ldns-1.7.0 && install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/ldns-1.7.0
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-drill: This
option enables building of the drill tool (used for
obtaining debug information from DNS(SEC))
--disable-dane-ta-usage: This
option disables DANE-TA (DNS-Based Authentication of Named
Entities) support. It is only needed if OpenSSL-1.1.0 or
later is not installed.
--with-examples: This option
enables building of the example programs.
--with-pyldns: This option
enables building of the Python bindings.
|
is a tool like dig from BIND Utilities-9.13.2 designed to get all sorts of information out of the DNS. |
|
|
shows compiler and linker flags for ldns usage. |
|
|
provides the ldns API functions to programs. |
Last updated on 2018-08-25 21:43:33 -0700
libevent is an asynchronous event notification software library. The libevent API provides a mechanism to execute a callback function when a specific event occurs on a file descriptor or after a timeout has been reached. Furthermore, libevent also supports callbacks due to signals or regular timeouts.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libevent/libevent/releases/download/release-2.1.8-stable/libevent-2.1.8-stable.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f3eeaed018542963b7d2416ef1135ecc
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB (add 1 MB for the tests and 6 MB for the API docs)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (add 10 SBU for the tests)
Doxygen-1.8.14 (for API documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libevent
Install libevent by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
If you have Doxygen-1.8.14 installed and wish to build API documentation, issue doxygen Doxyfile.
To test the results, issue: make verify.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you built the API documentation, install it by issuing the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libevent-2.1.8/api &&
cp -v -R doxygen/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/libevent-2.1.8/api
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
The libnl suite is a collection of libraries providing APIs to netlink protocol based Linux kernel interfaces.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/thom311/libnl/releases/download/libnl3_4_0/libnl-3.4.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8f71910c03db363b41e2ea62057a4311
Download size: 912 KB
Estimated disk space required: 29 MB (with tests and API documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with tests and API documentation)
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/thom311/libnl/releases/download/libnl3_4_0/libnl-doc-3.4.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2255846ccf58875529f84898df325dea
Download size: 11 MB
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libnl
Install libnl by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you wish to install the API documentation, as the
root user:
mkdir -vp /usr/share/doc/libnl-3.4.0 &&
tar -xf ../libnl-doc-3.4.0.tar.gz --strip-components=1 --no-same-owner \
-C /usr/share/doc/libnl-3.4.0
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-cli: Use this parameter
if you don't want to install cli tools provided by the
package.
|
queries the Generic Netlink controller in the kernel and prints a list of all registered Generic Netlink families including the version of the interface that has been registered. |
|
|
adds, updates, or replaces Traffic Classes |
|
|
deletes Traffic Classes |
|
|
is used to resolve qdisc/class names to classid values and vice versa. |
|
|
lists Traffic Classes. |
|
|
adds a classifier. |
|
|
deletes a classifier. |
|
|
lists classifiers. |
|
|
dumps link attributes. |
|
|
allows the lookup of packet location definitions. |
|
|
adds queueing disciplines (qdiscs) in the kernel. |
|
|
deletes queueing disciplines (qdiscs) in the kernel. |
|
|
lists queueing disciplines (qdiscs) in the kernel. |
|
|
These libraries contain API functions used to access Netlink interfaces in Linux kernel. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 16:41:06 -0700
The libnsl package contains the public client interface for NIS(YP) and NIS+. It replaces the NIS library that used to be in glibc.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/thkukuk/libnsl/archive/v1.2.0/libnsl-1.2.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 05222024777e12e2f6d48f2e7d067ac7
Download size: 208 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
rpcsvc-proto-1.4 and libtirpc-1.0.3
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libnsl
Install libnsl by running the following commands:
autoreconf -fi && ./configure --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && mv /usr/lib/libnsl.so.2* /lib && ln -sfv ../../lib/libnsl.so.2.0.0 /usr/lib/libnsl.so
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
mv -v /usr/lib/libnsl.so.2* ...: Move shared libraries into /lib so they are available before /usr is mounted.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
libpcap provides functions for user-level packet capture, used in low-level network monitoring.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.tcpdump.org/release/libpcap-1.9.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dffd65cb14406ab9841f421732eb0f33
Download size: 816 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Recommended patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/8.3/libpcap-1.9.0-enable_bluetooth-1.patch (Needed for bluez-5.21)
BlueZ-5.50, libnl-3.4.0, libusb-1.0.22, Software distribution for the DAG, and Septel range of passive network monitoring cards.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libpcap
Install libpcap by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../libpcap-1.9.0-enable_bluetooth-1.patch && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
If you want to disable installing the static library, use this sed:
sed -i '/INSTALL_DATA.*libpcap.a\|RANLIB.*libpcap.a/ s/^/#/' Makefile
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-bluetooth=no: Necessary,
if the recommended patch is not applied, because since 1.6.1
this application needs a fix, in order to build with
bluez-5.21.
Last updated on 2018-08-18 16:41:06 -0700
The libndp package provides a wrapper for IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Protocol. It also provides a tool named ndptool for sending and receiving NDP messages.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://libndp.org/files/libndp-1.7.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ea4a2a3351991c1d561623772364ae14
Download size: 356 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libndp
Install libndp by running the following command:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
The libsoup is a HTTP client/server library for GNOME. It uses GObject and the GLib main loop to integrate with GNOME applications and it also has an asynchronous API for use in threaded applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libsoup/2.62/libsoup-2.62.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libsoup/2.62/libsoup-2.62.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: dfbf30af5fb6190bfafc5aa6abcc9dce
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 32 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
glib-networking-2.56.1, libxml2-2.9.8 and SQLite-3.24.0
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and Vala-0.40.8
Apache-2.4.34 (required to run the test suite), cURL-7.61.0 (required to run the test suite), MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1 (required to run the test suite), GTK-Doc-1.28, PHP-7.2.9 compiled with XMLRPC-EPI support (only used for the XMLRPC regression tests) and Samba-4.8.4 (ntlm_auth is required to run the test suite).
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libsoup
Install libsoup by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-vala: use this if you
have not installed Vala,
e.g. because you are not building GNOME.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
The libtirpc package contains libraries that support programs that use the Remote Procedure Call (RPC) API. It replaces the RPC, but not the NIS library entries that used to be in glibc.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/libtirpc/libtirpc-1.0.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f8403a10695348854e71d525c4db5931
Download size: 500 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1 for the GSSAPI
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libtirpc
If updating this package, you will also need to update any existing version of rpcbind-0.2.4
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static \
--disable-gssapi &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && mv -v /usr/lib/libtirpc.so.* /lib && ln -sfv ../../lib/libtirpc.so.3.0.0 /usr/lib/libtirpc.so
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-gssapi:
This switch is needed if no GSSAPI is installed. Remove this
switch if you have one installed (for example MIT Kerberos
V5-1.16.1) and you wish to use it.
mv -v /usr/lib/libtirpc.so.* ...: Move shared libraries into /lib so they are available before /usr is mounted.
Last updated on 2018-08-14 15:05:25 -0700
neon is an HTTP and WebDAV client library, with a C interface.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://fossies.org/linux/www/neon-0.30.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e28d77bf14032d7f5046b3930704ef41
Download size: 911 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.5 MB (additional 18 MB for the tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (additional 0.3 SBU for the tests)
GnuTLS-3.5.19, libxml2-2.9.8, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, libproxy, and pakchois
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/neon
Fix some code when building with gnutls-3.4 and later:
sed -e 's/client_set/set/' \
-e 's/gnutls_retr/&2/' \
-e 's/type = t/cert_&/' \
-i src/ne_gnutls.c
Install neon by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-ssl \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. Most of the
ssl tests fail, using
--with-ssl=gnutls.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-ssl: This
switch enables SSL support using OpenSSL or GnuTLS respectively. Remove it if you
don't have any of these installed. To force GnuTLS usage when both are present,
simply pass --with-ssl=gnutls and
--with-ca-bundle=/etc/ssl/ca-bundle.crt to
the configure
script.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-libxml2: This switch
forces the use of libxml2
instead of Expat.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 15:41:43 -0700
nghttp2 is an implementation of HTTP/2 and its header compression algorithm, HPACK.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/nghttp2/nghttp2/releases/download/v1.32.0/nghttp2-1.32.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d4064a5aee291c9286f73c295b105242
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Boost-1.68.0, libevent-2.1.8, Python-2.7.15, CUnit (required for the testsuite), Cython, Jansson, jemalloc, libev, mruby, Spdylay, and Sphinx.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nghttp2
Install nghttp2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--enable-lib-only \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/nghttp2-1.32.0 &&
make
This package does not come with a usable test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-lib-only:
only build libnghttp2. Omit this switch if you'd like to
build the example applications, Python bindings, or the C++
asio library.
Last updated on 2018-08-22 15:55:27 -0700
The rpcsvc-proto package contains the rcpsvc protocol.x files and headers, formerly included with glibc, that are not included in replacement libtirpc-1.0.3, along with the rpcgen program.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/thkukuk/rpcsvc-proto/releases/download/v1.4/rpcsvc-proto-1.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3b2724bb7d6560ddcb4dbcdb5465de10
Download size: 60 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rpcsvc-proto
Install rpcsvc-proto by running the following commands:
autoreconf -fi && ./configure --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
The Serf package contains a C-based HTTP client library built upon the Apache Portable Runtime (APR) library. It multiplexes connections, running the read/write communication asynchronously. Memory copies and transformations are kept to a minimum to provide high performance operation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.apache.org/dist/serf/serf-1.3.9.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 370a6340ff20366ab088012cd13f2b57
Download size: 144 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB (additional 3 MB for the tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (additional 0.5 SBU for the tests)
Apr-Util-1.6.1 and SCons-3.0.0
MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, for the GSSAPI
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/serf
Install Serf by running the following commands:
sed -i "/Append/s:RPATH=libdir,::" SConstruct &&
sed -i "/Default/s:lib_static,::" SConstruct &&
sed -i "/Alias/s:install_static,::" SConstruct &&
sed -i "/ print/{s/print/print(/; s/$/)/}" SConstruct &&
scons PREFIX=/usr
To test the results, issue: scons check. The tests currently will cause a hang.
Now, as the root user:
scons PREFIX=/usr install
sed -i "...": The first command removes the runtime path from a shared library and the next two commands disable building and installing of the static library. The last command corrects for changes in scons-3.x.
GSSAPI=/usr: Use this switch if
you have installed a GSSAPI library and you want serf to use it.
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
People who are new to Unix-based systems tend to ask the question "Why on earth would I want a text-mode browser? I'm going to compile X and use Konqueror/Mozilla/Whatever!". Those who have been around systems for a while know that when (not if) you manage to mess up your graphical browser install and you need to look up some information on the web, a console based browser will save you. Also, there are quite a few people who prefer to use one of these browsers as their primary method of browsing; either to avoid the clutter and bandwidth which accompanies images or because they may use a text-to-speech synthesizer which can read the page to them (of use for instance to partially sighted or blind users). In this chapter you will find installation instructions for three console web browsers:
Links is a text and graphics mode WWW browser. It includes support for rendering tables and frames, features background downloads, can display colors and has many other features.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://links.twibright.com/download/links-2.16.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 645fb0c0294e4c3268f94d307d394ffb
Download size: 6.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 47 MB (with --enable-graphics)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with --enable-graphics)
Graphics mode requires at least one of GPM-1.20.7 (mouse support to be used with a framebuffer-based console), SVGAlib, DirectFB, and X Window System
For decoding various image formats Links can utilize libpng-1.6.35, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, librsvg-2.42.2, and LibTIFF-4.0.9
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/LinksBrowser
Install Links by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/links-2.16 &&
install -v -m644 doc/links_cal/* KEYS BRAILLE_HOWTO \
/usr/share/doc/links-2.16
--enable-graphics: This switch
enables support for graphics mode.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
Lynx is a text based web browser.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://invisible-mirror.net/archives/lynx/tarballs/lynx2.8.9rel.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 44316f1b8a857b59099927edc26bef79
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 31 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
GnuTLS-3.5.19 (experimental, to replace openssl), Zip-3.0, UnZip-6.0, an MTA (that provides a sendmail command), and Sharutils-4.15.2 (for a uudecode program)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Lynx
Install Lynx by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/lynx \
--datadir=/usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.9rel.1 \
--with-zlib \
--with-bzlib \
--with-ssl \
--with-screen=ncursesw \
--enable-locale-charset &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install-full && chgrp -v -R root /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.9rel.1/lynx_doc
--sysconfdir=/etc/lynx: This
parameter is used so that the configuration files are located
in /etc/lynx instead of
/usr/etc.
--datadir=/usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.9rel.1:
This parameter is used so that the documentation files are
installed into /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.9rel.1 instead of
/usr/share/lynx_{doc,help}.
--with-zlib: This
enables support for linking libz into Lynx.
--with-bzlib: This
enables support for linking libbz2 into Lynx.
--with-ssl: This
enables support for linking SSL into Lynx.
--with-screen=ncursesw: This
switch enables the use of advanced wide-character support
present in the system NCurses library. This is needed for
proper display of characters and line wrapping in multibyte
locales.
--enable-locale-charset: This
switch allows Lynx to deduce
the proper character encoding for terminal output from the
current locale. A configuration step is still needed (see
below), but unlike the situation without this switch, the
configuration step becomes the same for all users (without
the switch one must specify the display character set
explicitly). This is important for environments such as a
LiveCD, where the amount of system-specific configuration
steps has to be reduced to the minimum.
--enable-nls: This switch allows
Lynx to print translated
messages (such as questions about cookies and SSL
certificates).
--with-gnutls: This enables
experimental support for linking GnuTLS into Lynx. Remove the --with-ssl switch if you want
to use gnutls.
make install-full: In addition to the standard installation, this target installs the documentation and help files.
chgrp -v -R root /usr/share/doc/lynx-2.8.9rel.1/lynx_doc: This command corrects the improper group ownership of installed documentation files.
The proper way to get the display character set is to
examine the current locale. However, Lynx does not do this by default. As
the root user, change this
setting:
sed -e '/#LOCALE/ a LOCALE_CHARSET:TRUE' \
-i /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
The built-in editor in Lynx
Breaks Multibyte Characters. This issue manifests
itself in multibyte locales, e.g., as the Backspace key not
erasing non-ASCII characters properly, and as incorrect
data being sent to the network when one edits the contents
of text areas. The only solution to this problem is to
configure Lynx to use an
external editor (bound to the “Ctrl+X e” key combination by default).
Still as the root user:
sed -e '/#DEFAULT_ED/ a DEFAULT_EDITOR:vi' \
-i /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
Lynx handles the following values of the DEFAULT_EDITOR option specially by adding cursor-positioning arguments: “emacs”, “jed”, “jmacs”, “joe”, “jove”, “jpico”, “jstar”, “nano”, “pico”, “rjoe”, “vi” (but not “vim”: in order to position the cursor in Vim-8.1, set this option to “vi”).
By default, Lynx doesn't
save cookies between sessions. Again as the root user, change this setting:
sed -e '/#PERSIST/ a PERSISTENT_COOKIES:TRUE' \
-i /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
Many other system-wide settings such as proxies can also be
set in the /etc/lynx/lynx.cfg
file.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
w3m is primarily a pager but it can also be used as a text-mode WWW browser.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/w3m/w3m-0.5.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1b845a983a50b8dec0169ac48479eacc
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 26 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
GPM-1.20.7, imlib2-1.5.1, GTK+-2.24.32, Imlib (not recommended: obsolete, abandoned upstream, buggy, and gives no additional functionality as compared to other image loading libraries), gdk-pixbuf-2.36.12, Compface-1.5.2, and nkf, a Mail User Agent, and an External Browser
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/W3M
Install w3m by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../w3m-0.5.3-bdwgc72-1.patch &&
sed -i 's/file_handle/file_foo/' istream.{c,h} &&
sed -i 's#gdk-pixbuf-xlib-2.0#& x11#' configure &&
sed -i '/USE_EGD/s/define/undef/' config.h.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/keymap.default /etc/w3m/keymap &&
install -v -m644 doc/menu.default /etc/w3m/menu &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/w3m-0.5.3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{HISTORY,READ*,keymap.*,menu.*,*.html} \
/usr/share/doc/w3m-0.5.3
patch -p1 < ../w3m-0.5.3-bdwgc72-1.patch: This patch fixes compiling w3m with GC-7.2 installed.
sed -i 's/file_handle/file_foo/' istream.{c,h}: This sed renames the file_handle function to avoid a clash with a glibc function that has the same name, defined in /usr/include/bits/fcntl.h.
sed -i 's#gdk-pixbuf-xlib-2.0#& x11#' configure: This sed fixes compiling w3m using GTK+-2.24.32 as its image library. It has no impact if GTK+-2.24.32 is not installed.
sed -i '/USE_EGD/s/define/undef/' config.h.in: Allows building against openssl-1.1.
--sysconfdir=/etc:
This option puts the configuration files in /etc.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 21:43:33 -0700
Mail Clients help you retrieve (Fetchmail), sort (Procmail), read and compose responses (Heirloom mailx, Mutt, Pine, Kmail, Balsa, Evolution, SeaMonkey) to email.
News clients also help you retrieve, sort, read and compose responses, but these messages travel through USENET (a worldwide bulletin board system) using the Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP).
Alpine is a text-based email client developed by the University of Washington.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/alpine/alpine-2.21.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 02dad85c1be80ce020206f222ecf5ac8
Download size: 4.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 122 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU
OpenLDAP-2.4.46, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, Aspell-0.60.6.1, Tcl-8.6.8, and Linux-PAM-1.3.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alpine
Install Alpine by running the following commands:
LIBS+="-lcrypto" ./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--without-ldap \
--without-krb5 \
--without-pam \
--without-tcl \
--with-ssl-dir=/usr \
--with-passfile=.pine-passfile &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
LIBS+="-lcrypto": Enable
linking to openssl. Additional linker flags are required for
Linux-PAM-1.3.0, -lpam, and for MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1,
-lkrb5.
--without-ldap:
Disables LDAP support.
--without-krb5:
Disables Kerberos support.
--without-pam:
Disables Linux-PAM support.
--without-tcl:
Disables TCL support.
--with-ssl-dir=/usr:
Sets the root path to OpenSSL libraries and include files.
--with-passfile=.pine-passfile:
Sets the password cache file.
--without-ssl: Disables OpenSSL
support.
|
is the Alpine mailer. |
|
|
is a standalone text editor similar to the Alpine message composer. |
|
|
is a standalone file system navigator. |
|
|
is a utility for downloading a pinerc or address book to the local machine. |
|
|
is a utility for uploading a local pinerc or address book to an IMAP server. |
Last updated on 2018-08-27 15:41:22 -0700
The Fetchmail package contains a mail retrieval program. It retrieves mail from remote mail servers and forwards it to the local (client) machine's delivery system, so it can then be read by normal mail user agents.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/fetchmail/fetchmail-6.3.26.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 61b66faad044afa26e142bb1791aa2b3
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
a local MDA (Procmail-3.22)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fetchmail
Install Fetchmail by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../fetchmail-6.3.26-disable_sslv3-1.patch && ./configure --prefix=/usr --with-ssl --enable-fallback=procmail && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-ssl: This
enables SSL support, so that you can handle connections to
secure POP3 and IMAP servers.
--enable-fallback=procmail:
This tells Fetchmail to hand
incoming mail to Procmail
for delivery, if the port 25 mail server is not present or
not responding.
cat > ~/.fetchmailrc << "EOF"
set logfile /var/log/fetchmail.log
set no bouncemail
set postmaster root
poll SERVERNAME :
user <username> pass <password>;
mda "/usr/bin/procmail -f %F -d %T";
EOF
chmod -v 0600 ~/.fetchmailrc
This is an example configuration that should suffice for most people. You can add as many users and servers as you need using the same syntax.
man fetchmail: Look for the section near the bottom named CONFIGURATION EXAMPLES. It gives some quick examples. There are countless other configuration options once you get used to it.
Last updated on 2018-08-27 15:41:22 -0700
The Heirloom mailx package (formerly known as the Nail package) contains mailx, a command-line Mail User Agent derived from Berkeley Mail. It is intended to provide the functionality of the POSIX mailx command with additional support for MIME messages, IMAP (including caching), POP3, SMTP, S/MIME, message threading/sorting, scoring, and filtering. Heirloom mailx is especially useful for writing scripts and batch processing.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.debian.org/debian/pool/main/h/heirloom-mailx/heirloom-mailx_12.5.orig.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 29a6033ef1412824d02eb9d9213cb1f2
Download size: 317 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
OpenSSL-1.0.2p Libraries or NSS-3.38, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1 (for IMAP GSSAPI authentication), and an MTA
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mailx
This package does not support parallel build.
Install Heirloom mailx by running the following commands.
patch -Np1 -i ../heirloom-mailx-12.5-fixes-1.patch &&
sed 's@<openssl@<openssl-1.0/openssl@' \
-i openssl.c fio.c makeconfig &&
make -j1 LDFLAGS+="-L /usr/lib/openssl-1.0/" \
SENDMAIL=/usr/sbin/sendmail
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make PREFIX=/usr UCBINSTALL=/usr/bin/install install && ln -v -sf mailx /usr/bin/mail && ln -v -sf mailx /usr/bin/nail && install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/heirloom-mailx-12.5 && install -v -m644 README /usr/share/doc/heirloom-mailx-12.5
make SENDMAIL=/usr/sbin/sendmail: This changes the default MTA path of /usr/lib/sendmail.
make PREFIX=/usr
UCBINSTALL=/usr/bin/install install: This
changes the default installation path of /usr/local and the default install command path of
/usr/ucb.
Last updated on 2018-08-26 16:26:34 -0700
The Mutt package contains a Mail User Agent. This is useful for reading, writing, replying to, saving, and deleting your email.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.mutt.org/pub/mutt/mutt-1.10.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mutt.org/pub/mutt/mutt-1.10.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f1564f81ed5f8bacb7e041edc71d5347
Download size: 4.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 42 MB (plus a further 6MB for the PDF manual)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (plus a further 0.2 SBU to build the PDF manual)
Aspell-0.60.6.1, Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, GDB-8.1.1, GnuPG-2.2.9, GPGME-1.11.1, libgssapi, libidn-1.35, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, Mixmaster, an MTA (that provides a sendmail command), slang-2.3.2, GnuTLS-3.5.19, Berkeley DB-5.3.28 or QDBM or Tokyo Cabinet
libxslt-1.1.32 and either Lynx-2.8.9rel.1, w3m-0.5.3, or ELinks
docbook-dsssl-1.79, OpenJade-1.3.2, and texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx with pdfjadetex installed)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mutt
Mutt requires a group named
mail. You can add this group,
if it does not exist, with this command:
groupadd -g 34 mail
If you did not install an MTA,
you need to modify the ownership of /var/mail with this command:
chgrp -v mail /var/mail
Mutt will rebuild the html documentation if libxslt is present, then use that to update the text manual - even if none of the specified browsers are present. That will create an empty text file, so we will save the shipped file.
If you intend to create the PDF version of the manual, apply the following sed:
sed -i 's/\(pdfjadetex manual.tex;\)/\1 \1 \1/' doc/Makefile.in
Install Mutt by running the following commands:
cp -v doc/manual.txt{,.shipped} &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-docdir=/usr/share/doc/mutt-1.10.1 \
--with-ssl \
--enable-external-dotlock \
--enable-pop \
--enable-imap \
--enable-hcache \
--enable-sidebar &&
make &&
To generate the PDF manual with texlive-20180414, run the following command:
make -C doc manual.pdf
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && test -s doc/manual.txt || install -v -m644 doc/manual.txt.shipped \ /usr/share/doc/mutt-1.10.1/manual.txt
If you generated the PDF manual, install it by issuing the
following command as the root
user:
install -v -m644 doc/manual.pdf \
/usr/share/doc/mutt-1.10.1
If you used a DESTDIR method to only install to a temporary
location as a regular user (as part of a package menagement
process), you will need to run the following as the
root user after completing
the real install:
chown root:mail /usr/bin/mutt_dotlock && chmod -v 2755 /usr/bin/mutt_dotlock
sed -i 's/\(pdfjadetex
manual.tex;\)/\1 \1 \1/' doc/Makefile.in: TeX
engines sometimes need to be run multiple times to fix up
references. In this case the engine has to run three times to
fix page references in the Table of Contents and the List of
Tables.
--enable-external-dotlock: In
some circumstances the mutt-dotlock program is not created.
This switch ensures it is always created.
--enable-pop: This
switch enables POP3 support.
--enable-imap: This
switch enables IMAP support.
--enable-hcache: This
switch enables header caching.
--enable-sidebar:
This switch enables support for the sidebar (a list of
mailboxes). It is off by default, but can be turned on by
:set
sidebar_visible in mutt (and off again with
':unset'), or it can be enabled in ~/.muttrc.
--with-ssl: This
parameter adds SSL/TLS support from openssl in
POP3/IMAP/SMTP.
--enable-smtp: This switch
enables SMTP relay support.
--with-idn2: Use this parameter
if both libidn and libidn2 have been installed, and you wish
to use libidn2 here.
--with-sasl: This parameter adds
authentication support from Cyrus SASL-2.1.26
in POP3/IMAP/SMTP if they are enabled. Depending on the
server configuration, this may not be needed for POP3 or
IMAP. However, it is needed for SMTP authentication.
test -s doc/manual.txt || install -v -m644 doc/manual.txt.shipped ...: if the text manual is now empty (libxslt is installed, but without any of the specified text browsers), install the saved copy after running 'make install' (which would itself empty manual.txt if the shipped file had already been copied back).
|
is a script showing where to report bugs. |
|
|
is a Mail User Agent (MUA) which enables you to read, write and delete your email. |
|
|
implements the mail spool file lock. |
|
|
is a script identical to flea. |
|
|
prepares a command line for the GnuPG-2.2.9 utilities. |
|
|
is a key ring dumper for PGP. It is not needed for GnuPG-2.2.9. |
|
|
manages a keystore for S/MIME certificates. |
Last updated on 2018-08-27 15:41:22 -0700
The Procmail package contains an autonomous mail processor. This is useful for filtering and sorting incoming mail.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.ring.gr.jp/archives/net/mail/procmail/procmail-3.22.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.informatik.rwth-aachen.de/pub/packages/procmail/procmail-3.22.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1678ea99b973eb77eda4ecf6acae53f1
Download size: 226 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
A MTA that installs sendmail
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/procmail
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install Procmail by running
the following commands as the root user:
sed -i 's/getline/get_line/' src/*.[ch] && patch -Np1 -i ../procmail-3.22-consolidated_fixes-1.patch && make LOCKINGTEST=/tmp MANDIR=/usr/share/man install && make install-suid
sed -i 's/getline/get_line/' src/*.[ch]: This renames procmail's getline function to avoid conflict with the getline function from glibc.
make LOCKINGTEST=/tmp install: This prevents make from asking you where to test file-locking patterns.
make install-suid: Modifies permissions of the installed files.
Recipes have to be written and placed in ~/.procmailrc for execution. The
procmailex man page is the starting place to learn how to
write recipes. For additional information, see also
http://pm-doc.sourceforge.net/.
|
is a filter that can be used to format mail into mailbox format. |
|
|
is a utility that can lock a file for single use interactively or in a script. |
|
|
prints a summary report of mail that has been filtered by procmail since the last time mailstat was ran. |
|
|
is an autonomous mail processor. It performs all the functions of an MDA (Mail Delivery Agent). |
Last updated on 2018-08-27 13:32:58 -0700
Balsa-2.5.6 is a GTK2 based mail client.
SeaMonkey-2.49.4 includes both a mail client and newsreader in its installation.
Thunderbird-60.0 is a mail/news client based on the Mozilla code base.
Last updated on 2013-06-01 05:20:39 -0700
Major servers are the programs that provide content or services to users or other programs.
The Apache HTTPD package contains an open-source HTTP server. It is useful for creating local intranet web sites or running huge web serving operations.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.apache.org/dist/httpd/httpd-2.4.34.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 818adca52f3be187fe45d6822755be95
Download size: 6.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 115 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU
Berkeley DB-5.3.28, Doxygen-1.8.14, libxml2-2.9.8, Lua-5.3.5, Lynx-2.8.9rel.1 or Links-2.16 or ELinks, nghttp2-1.32.0, OpenLDAP-2.4.46 (Apr-Util-1.6.1 needs to be installed with ldap suport), rsync-3.1.3, and Distcache
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/apache
For security reasons, running the server as an unprivileged
user and group is strongly encouraged. Create the following
group and user using the following commands as root:
groupadd -g 25 apache &&
useradd -c "Apache Server" -d /srv/www -g apache \
-s /bin/false -u 25 apache
Build and install Apache HTTPD by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../httpd-2.4.34-blfs_layout-1.patch &&
sed '/dir.*CFG_PREFIX/s@^@#@' -i support/apxs.in &&
./configure --enable-authnz-fcgi \
--enable-layout=BLFS \
--enable-mods-shared="all cgi" \
--enable-mpms-shared=all \
--enable-suexec=shared \
--with-apr=/usr/bin/apr-1-config \
--with-apr-util=/usr/bin/apu-1-config \
--with-suexec-bin=/usr/lib/httpd/suexec \
--with-suexec-caller=apache \
--with-suexec-docroot=/srv/www \
--with-suexec-logfile=/var/log/httpd/suexec.log \
--with-suexec-uidmin=100 \
--with-suexec-userdir=public_html &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
This package does not install properly using DESTDIR techniques as an unpriviledged user.
make install && mv -v /usr/sbin/suexec /usr/lib/httpd/suexec && chgrp apache /usr/lib/httpd/suexec && chmod 4754 /usr/lib/httpd/suexec && chown -v -R apache:apache /srv/www
sed '/dir.*CFG_PREFIX/s@^@#@'...: Forces the apxs utility to use absolute pathnames for modules, when instructed to do so.
--enable-authnz-fcgi:
Build FastCGI authorizer-based authentication and
authorization (mod_authnz_fcgi.so fast CGI module).
--enable-mods-shared="all
cgi": The modules should be compiled and used as
Dynamic Shared Objects (DSOs) so they can be included and
excluded from the server using the run-time configuration
directives.
--enable-mpms-shared=all: This
switch ensures that all MPM (Multi Processing Modules) are
built as Dynamic Shared Objects (DSOs), so the user can
choose which one to use at runtime.
--enable-suexec: This
switch enables building of the Apache suEXEC module which can be used
to allow users to run CGI and SSI scripts under user IDs
different from the user ID of the calling web server.
--with-suexec-*:
These switches control suEXEC module behavior, such as
default document root, minimal UID that can be used to run
the script under the suEXEC. Please note that with minimal
UID 100, you can't run CGI or SSI scripts under suEXEC as the
apache user.
...
/usr/lib/httpd/suexec: These commands put
suexec wrapper
into proper location, since it is not meant to be run
directly. They also adjust proper permissions of the binary,
making it setgid apache.
chown -R apache:apache
/srv/www: By default, the installation
process installs files (documentation, error messages,
default icons, etc.) with the ownership of the user that
extracted the files from the tar file. If you want to change
the ownership to another user, you should do so at this
point. The only requirement is that the document directories
need to be accessible by the httpd process with (r-x)
permissions and files need to be readable (r--) by the
apache user.
See file:///usr/share/httpd/manual/configuring.html for detailed instructions on customising your Apache HTTP server configuration file.
If you want the Apache
server to start automatically when the system is booted,
install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/httpd init script
included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-httpd
|
is a tool for benchmarking your Apache HTTP server. |
|
|
is a front end to the Apache HTTP server which is designed to help the administrator control the functioning of the Apache httpd daemon. |
|
|
is a tool for building and installing extension modules for the Apache HTTP server. |
|
|
is a program that checks whether it can setgid to the group specified. This is to see if it is a valid group for Apache2 to use at runtime. If the user (should be run as superuser) is in that group, or can setgid to it, it will return 0. |
|
|
is used to create and update the DBM format files used to store usernames and passwords for basic authentication of HTTP users. |
|
|
is a tool to start a FastCGI program. |
|
|
is used to clean up the disk cache. |
|
|
is used to manipulate the DBM password databases. |
|
|
is used to create and update the flat-files used to store usernames, realms and passwords for digest authentication of HTTP users. |
|
|
is used to create and update the flat-files used to store usernames and passwords for basic authentication of HTTP users. |
|
|
is the Apache HTTP server program. |
|
|
is used to generate DBM files from text, for use in RewriteMap. |
|
|
is a post-processing program to resolve IP-addresses in Apache's access log files. |
|
|
is a simple program for use in conjunction with Apache's piped log file feature. |
|
|
allows users to run CGI and SSI applications as a different user. |
Last updated on 2018-08-30 16:17:00 -0700
The BIND package provides a DNS server and client utilities. If you are only interested in the utilities, refer to the BIND Utilities-9.13.2.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.isc.org/isc/bind9/9.13.2/bind-9.13.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 01d0524016ac15ea3f4b6c77d99db0b2
Download size: 8.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 103 MB (add 12 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU (with parallelism=4; add 30+ minutes, processor independent, to run the complete test suite)
libidn2-2.0.5, libxml2-2.9.8, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, and geoip
Berkeley DB-5.3.28, MariaDB-10.3.9 or MySQL, OpenLDAP-2.4.46, PostgreSQL-10.5, and unixODBC-2.3.7
Doxygen-1.8.14, libxslt-1.1.32, and texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/bind
Install BIND by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
--enable-threads \
--with-libtool \
--disable-static &&
make
Issue the following commands to run the complete suite of
tests. First, as the root
user, set up some test interfaces:
If IPv6 is not enabled in the kernel, there will be several error messages: "RTNETLINK answers: Operation not permitted". These messages do not afffect the tests.
bin/tests/system/ifconfig.sh up
The test suite may indicate some skipped tests depending on what configuration options are used. Some tests are marked “UNTESTED ” if Net::DNS-1.17 is not installed. To run the tests, as an unprivileged user, execute:
make -k check
Again as root, clean up the
test interfaces:
bin/tests/system/ifconfig.sh down
Finally, install the package as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/bind-9.13.2/{arm,misc} &&
install -v -m644 doc/arm/*.html \
/usr/share/doc/bind-9.13.2/arm &&
install -v -m644 doc/misc/{dnssec,ipv6,migrat*,options,rfc-compliance,roadmap,sdb} \
/usr/share/doc/bind-9.13.2/misc
--sysconfdir=/etc:
This parameter forces BIND
to look for configuration files in /etc instead of /usr/etc.
--enable-threads:
This parameter enables multi-threading capability.
--with-libtool: This
parameter forces the building of dynamic libraries and links
the installed binaries to these libraries.
--with-libidn2: This
parameter enables the IDNA2008 (Internationalized Domain
Names in Applications) support.
--enable-fetchlimit: Use this
option if you want to be able to limit the rate of recursive
client queries. This may be useful on servers which receive a
large number of queries.
--disable-linux-capsBIND can also
be built without capability support by using this option, at
the cost of some loss of security.
--with-dlz-{mysql,bdb,filesystem,ldap,odbc,stub}:
Use one (or more) of those options to add Dynamically
Loadable Zones support. For more information refer to
bind-dlz.sourceforge.net.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
cd doc; install ...: These commands install additional package documentation. Omit any or all of these commands if desired.
BIND will be configured to
run in a chroot jail as an
unprivileged user (named).
This configuration is more secure in that a DNS compromise
can only affect a few files in the named user's HOME directory.
Create the unprivileged user and group named:
groupadd -g 20 named && useradd -c "BIND Owner" -g named -s /bin/false -u 20 named && install -d -m770 -o named -g named /srv/named
Set up some files, directories and devices needed by BIND:
mkdir -p /srv/named &&
cd /srv/named &&
mkdir -p dev etc/namedb/{slave,pz} usr/lib/engines var/run/named &&
mknod /srv/named/dev/null c 1 3 &&
mknod /srv/named/dev/urandom c 1 9 &&
chmod 666 /srv/named/dev/{null,urandom} &&
cp /etc/localtime etc &&
touch /srv/named/managed-keys.bind
The rndc.conf file contains
information for controlling named operations with the
rndc utility.
Generate a key for use in the named.conf and rdnc.conf with the rndc-confgen command:
rndc-confgen -r /dev/urandom -b 512 > /etc/rndc.conf && sed '/conf/d;/^#/!d;s:^# ::' /etc/rndc.conf > /srv/named/etc/named.conf
Complete the named.conf file
from which named will read the
location of zone files, root name servers and secure DNS
keys:
cat >> /srv/named/etc/named.conf << "EOF"
options {
directory "/etc/namedb";
pid-file "/var/run/named.pid";
statistics-file "/var/run/named.stats";
};
zone "." {
type hint;
file "root.hints";
};
zone "0.0.127.in-addr.arpa" {
type master;
file "pz/127.0.0";
};
// Bind 9 now logs by default through syslog (except debug).
// These are the default logging rules.
logging {
category default { default_syslog; default_debug; };
category unmatched { null; };
channel default_syslog {
syslog daemon; // send to syslog's daemon
// facility
severity info; // only send priority info
// and higher
};
channel default_debug {
file "named.run"; // write to named.run in
// the working directory
// Note: stderr is used instead
// of "named.run"
// if the server is started
// with the '-f' option.
severity dynamic; // log at the server's
// current debug level
};
channel default_stderr {
stderr; // writes to stderr
severity info; // only send priority info
// and higher
};
channel null {
null; // toss anything sent to
// this channel
};
};
EOF
Create a zone file with the following contents:
cat > /srv/named/etc/namedb/pz/127.0.0 << "EOF"
$TTL 3D
@ IN SOA ns.local.domain. hostmaster.local.domain. (
1 ; Serial
8H ; Refresh
2H ; Retry
4W ; Expire
1D) ; Minimum TTL
NS ns.local.domain.
1 PTR localhost.
EOF
Create the root.hints file
with the following commands:
Caution must be used to ensure there are no leading spaces in this file.
cat > /srv/named/etc/namedb/root.hints << "EOF"
. 6D IN NS A.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS B.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS C.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS D.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS E.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS G.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS H.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS I.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS J.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS K.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS L.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
. 6D IN NS M.ROOT-SERVERS.NET.
A.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 198.41.0.4
A.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:503:ba3e::2:30
B.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.228.79.201
B.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:500:200::b
C.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.33.4.12
C.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:500:2::c
D.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 199.7.91.13
D.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:500:2d::d
E.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.203.230.10
E.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:500:a8::e
F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.5.5.241
F.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:500:2f::f
G.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.112.36.4
G.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:500:12::d0d
H.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 198.97.190.53
H.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:500:1::53
I.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.36.148.17
I.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:7fe::53
J.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 192.58.128.30
J.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:503:c27::2:30
K.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 193.0.14.129
K.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:7fd::1
L.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 199.7.83.42
L.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:500:9f::42
M.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN A 202.12.27.33
M.ROOT-SERVERS.NET. 6D IN AAAA 2001:dc3::35
EOF
The root.hints file is a list
of root name servers. This file must be updated
periodically with the dig utility. A current
copy of root.hints can be obtained from ftp://rs.internic.net/domain/named.root.
For details, consult the "BIND 9 Administrator Reference
Manual", included in every source archive of BIND 9
distributed by ISC, in HTML and PDF formats, also available
at BIND
9 Administrator Reference Manual.
Create or modify resolv.conf
to use the new name server with the following commands:
Replace <yourdomain.com>
with your own valid domain name.
cp /etc/resolv.conf /etc/resolv.conf.bak &&
cat > /etc/resolv.conf << "EOF"
search <yourdomain.com>
nameserver 127.0.0.1
EOF
Set permissions on the chroot jail with the following command:
chown -R named:named /srv/named
To start the DNS server at boot, install the
/etc/rc.d/init.d/bind
init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-bind
Now start BIND with the following command:
/etc/rc.d/init.d/bind start
Test out the new BIND 9 installation. First query the local host address with dig:
dig -x 127.0.0.1
Now try an external name lookup, taking note of the speed difference in repeated lookups due to the caching. Run the dig command twice on the same address:
dig www.linuxfromscratch.org && dig www.linuxfromscratch.org
You can see almost instantaneous results with the named
caching lookups. Consult the BIND Administrator Reference Manual
located at doc/arm/Bv9ARM.html in the package source
tree, for further configuration options.
|
translates IP addresses to the corresponding ARPA names. |
|
|
is hardlinked to isc-config.sh. |
|
|
generates a key for use by nsupdate and named. |
|
|
is a new debugging tool that is a successor to dig. |
|
|
interrogates DNS servers. |
|
|
outputs the Delegation Signer (DS) resource record (RR). |
|
|
reads a public DNSKEY record and generates a pair of .key/.private files. |
|
|
gets keys with the given label from a crypto hardware and builds key files for DNSSEC. |
|
|
is a key generator for secure DNS. |
|
|
sets the REVOKED bit on a DNSSEC key. |
|
|
sets the key timing metadata for a DNSSEC key. |
|
|
generates signed versions of zone files. |
|
|
verifies that a zone is fully signed for each algorithm found in the DNSKEY RRset for the zone, and that the NSEC / NSEC3 chains are complete. |
|
|
generates a file containing random data. |
|
|
is a utility for DNS lookups. |
|
|
prints information related to the installed version of ISC BIND. |
|
|
fixes HMAC keys generated by older versions of BIND. |
|
|
is a caching-only name server for local process use. |
|
|
is the name server daemon. |
|
|
checks the syntax of |
|
|
checks zone file validity. |
|
|
is similar to named-checkzone, but it always dumps the zone contents to a specified file in a specified format. |
|
|
prints the zone journal in human-readable form. |
|
|
reads an individual DNS resource record from standard input and checks if it is syntactically correct. |
|
|
generates an NSEC3 hash based on a set of NSEC3 parameters. |
|
|
is a program used to query Internet domain nameservers. |
|
|
is used to submit DNS update requests. |
|
|
controls the operation of BIND. |
|
|
generates |
|
|
is a symlink to ddns-confgen. |
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
The ProFTPD package contains a secure and highly configurable FTP daemon. This is useful for serving large file archives over a network.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.proftpd.org/distrib/source/proftpd-1.3.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 13270911c42aac842435f18205546a1b
Download size: 19 MB
Estimated disk space required: 65 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
libcap-2.25 with PAM, Linux-PAM-1.3.0, MariaDB-10.3.9 or MySQL, PCRE-8.42, and PostgreSQL-10.5
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/proftpd
For security reasons, you should install ProFTPD using an unprivileged user and
group. As the root user:
groupadd -g 46 proftpd &&
useradd -c proftpd -d /srv/ftp -g proftpd \
-s /usr/bin/proftpdshell -u 46 proftpd &&
install -v -d -m775 -o proftpd -g proftpd /srv/ftp &&
ln -v -s /bin/false /usr/bin/proftpdshell &&
echo /usr/bin/proftpdshell >> /etc/shells
Install ProFTPD as an unprivileged user by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc --localstatedir=/var/run && make
This packages does not come with a usable test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/proftpd-1.3.6 && cp -Rv doc/* /usr/share/doc/proftpd-1.3.6
install -v -d -m775 -o proftpd -g proftpd /srv/ftp: Create the home directory for ProFTPD.
ln -v -s /bin/false /usr/bin/proftpdshell: Set the default shell as a link to an invalid shell.
echo /usr/bin/proftpdshell >> /etc/shells: Fake a valid shell for compatibility purposes.
The above two commands can be omitted if the following directive is placed in the configuration file:
RequireValidShell off
By default, proftpd will require that users logging in have valid shells. The RequireValidShell directive turns off this requirement. This is only recommended if you are setting up your FTP server exclusively for anonymous downloads.
Support for most of the dependency packages requires using options passed to the configure script. View the output from ./configure --help for complete information about enabling dependency packages.
This is a simple, download-only sample configuration. See
the ProFTPD documentation
in /usr/share/doc/proftpd and
consult the website at http://www.proftpd.org/ for
example configurations.
cat > /etc/proftpd.conf << "EOF"
# This is a basic ProFTPD configuration file
# It establishes a single server and a single anonymous login.
ServerName "ProFTPD Default Installation"
ServerType standalone
DefaultServer on
# Port 21 is the standard FTP port.
Port 21
# Umask 022 is a good standard umask to prevent new dirs and files
# from being group and world writable.
Umask 022
# To prevent DoS attacks, set the maximum number of child processes
# to 30. If you need to allow more than 30 concurrent connections
# at once, simply increase this value. Note that this ONLY works
# in standalone mode, in inetd mode you should use an inetd server
# that allows you to limit maximum number of processes per service
MaxInstances 30
# Set the user and group that the server normally runs at.
User proftpd
Group proftpd
# To cause every FTP user to be "jailed" (chrooted) into their home
# directory, uncomment this line.
#DefaultRoot ~
# Normally, files should be overwritable.
<Directory /*>
AllowOverwrite on
</Directory>
# A basic anonymous configuration, no upload directories.
<Anonymous ~proftpd>
User proftpd
Group proftpd
# Clients should be able to login with "anonymous" as well as "proftpd"
UserAlias anonymous proftpd
# Limit the maximum number of anonymous logins
MaxClients 10
# 'welcome.msg' should be displayed at login, and '.message' displayed
# in each newly chdired directory.
DisplayLogin welcome.msg
DisplayChdir .message
# Limit WRITE everywhere in the anonymous chroot
<Limit WRITE>
DenyAll
</Limit>
</Anonymous>
EOF
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/proftpd init
script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-proftpd
|
is the FTP daemon. |
|
|
shows the current number of connections. |
|
|
is used to control the proftpd daemon while it is running. |
|
|
is a Perl script designed to create and manage AuthUserFiles and AuthGroupFiles of the correct format for proftpd. |
|
|
is a Perl script for sending email based on the proftpd TransferLog. |
|
|
is a Perl script designed to create and manage limits and tally files for the mod_quotatab + mod_quotatab_file module combination for proftpd. |
|
|
provides a way to scrub the scoreboard file on demand. |
|
|
shuts down all proftpd servers at a given time. |
|
|
displays running status on connections. |
|
|
shows current process information for each session. |
|
|
is a Perl script designed to compile and install third-party modules, from source code, as DSO modules for the installed proftpd. |
Last updated on 2018-08-27 15:41:22 -0700
The vsftpd package contains a very secure and very small FTP daemon. This is useful for serving files over a network.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://security.appspot.com/downloads/vsftpd-3.0.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: da119d084bd3f98664636ea05b5bb398
Download size: 196 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libcap-2.25 with PAM, and Linux-PAM-1.3.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vsftpd
For security reasons, running vsftpd as an unprivileged user and group
is encouraged. Also, a user should be created to map
anonymous users. As the root
user, create the needed directories, users, and groups with
the following commands:
install -v -d -m 0755 /usr/share/vsftpd/empty && install -v -d -m 0755 /home/ftp && groupadd -g 47 vsftpd && groupadd -g 45 ftp && useradd -c "vsftpd User" -d /dev/null -g vsftpd -s /bin/false -u 47 vsftpd && useradd -c anonymous_user -d /home/ftp -g ftp -s /bin/false -u 45 ftp
Build vsftpd as an unprivileged user using the following command:
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Once again, become the root
user and install vsftpd with
the following commands:
install -v -m 755 vsftpd /usr/sbin/vsftpd && install -v -m 644 vsftpd.8 /usr/share/man/man8 && install -v -m 644 vsftpd.conf.5 /usr/share/man/man5 && install -v -m 644 vsftpd.conf /etc
install -v -d
...: This creates the directory that
anonymous users will use (/home/ftp) and the directory the daemon
will chroot into (/usr/share/vsftpd/empty).
/home/ftp should not be owned
by the user vsftpd, or the
user ftp.
echo "#define VSF_BUILD_TCPWRAPPERS" >>builddefs.h: Use this prior to make to add support for tcpwrappers.
echo "#define VSF_BUILD_SSL" >>builddefs.h: Use this prior to make to add support for SSL.
install -v -m
...: The Makefile uses non-standard installation
paths. These commands install the files in /usr and /etc.
vsftpd comes with a basic
anonymous-only configuration file that was copied to
/etc above. While still as
root, this file should be
modified because it is now recommended to run vsftpd in standalone
mode. Also, you should specify the privilege separation
user created above. Finally, you should specify the
chroot
directory. man
vsftpd.conf will give you all the details.
cat >> /etc/vsftpd.conf << "EOF"
background=YES
listen=YES
nopriv_user=vsftpd
secure_chroot_dir=/usr/share/vsftpd/empty
EOF
To enable local logins, append the following to the
/etc/vsftpd.conf file (as the
root user):
cat >> /etc/vsftpd.conf << "EOF"
local_enable=YES
EOF
In addition, if using Linux-PAM and vsftpd with local user logins, you
will need a Linux-PAM
configuration file. As the root user, create the /etc/pam.d/vsftpd file, and add the
needed configuration changes for Linux-PAM session support using the
following commands:
cat > /etc/pam.d/vsftpd << "EOF" &&# Begin /etc/pam.d/vsftpd auth required /lib/security/pam_listfile.so item=user sense=deny \ file=/etc/ftpusers \ onerr=succeed auth required pam_shells.so auth include system-auth account include system-account session include system-sessionEOF cat >> /etc/vsftpd.conf << "EOF"session_support=YES pam_service_name=vsftpdEOF
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/vsftpd init
script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-vsftpd
Last updated on 2018-08-27 15:41:22 -0700
MTAs are the programs which transport mail from one machine to the other. The traditional MTA is Sendmail, however there are several other choices.
As well as SMTP servers there is a POP server (qpopper) and an IMAP server (Courier-IMAP).
Dovecot is an Internet Message Access Protocol (IMAP) and Post Office Protocol (POP) server, written primarily with security in mind. Dovecot aims to be lightweight, fast and easy to set up as well as highly configurable and easily extensible with plugins.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.dovecot.org/releases/2.3/dovecot-2.3.2.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 77a7fa95b38bd6686e6191b2b3f2b87b
Download size: 6.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 158 MB (add 6.8 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU (add 0.2 SBU for tests)
CLucene-2.3.3.4, ICU-62.1, libcap-2.25 with PAM, Linux-PAM-1.3.0, Lua-5.3.5, MariaDB-10.3.9 or MySQL, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1 (for GSSAPI support), OpenLDAP-2.4.46, PostgreSQL-10.5, SQLite-3.24.0, Valgrind-3.13.0, Cassandra, lz4, and stemmer
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dovecot
There should be dedicated users and groups for unprivileged
Dovecot processes and for processing users' logins. Issue the
following commands as the root user:
groupadd -g 42 dovecot &&
useradd -c "Dovecot unprivileged user" -d /dev/null -u 42 \
-g dovecot -s /bin/false dovecot &&
groupadd -g 43 dovenull &&
useradd -c "Dovecot login user" -d /dev/null -u 43 \
-g dovenull -s /bin/false dovenull
First, fix an issue causing a segfault in the test suite by applying a sed:
sed -e "s;#include <unistd.h>;&\n#include <crypt.h>;" \
-i src/auth/mycrypt.c
Install Dovecot by running the following commands:
CFLAGS+=" -I/usr/include/tirpc" \
LDFLAGS+=" -ltirpc" \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/dovecot-2.3.2.1 \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue make -k check. An error may be reported if Valgrind-3.13.0 is present when running the test.
Now, as the root user:
make install
CFLAGS+=...LDFLAGS+=...: build with libtirpc instead of the recently removed RPC code provided by GlibC.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-ldap: This switch enables
OpenLDAP authentication
support.
--with-pgsql: This switch enables
PostgreSQL authentication
support.
--with-mysql: This switch enables
MySQL authentication
support.
--with-sqlite: This switch
enables SQLite
authentication support.
--with-lucene: This switch
enables CLucene full text
search support.
--with-krb5: This switch enables
GSSAPI authentication support.
Copy an example configuration, which you can use as a starting point:
cp -rv /usr/share/doc/dovecot-2.3.2.1/example-config/* /etc/dovecot
The following configuration is a simple proof of concept
with IMAP service using local users for authentication and
mailbox location. Reading files from the conf.d directory is commented out since
the included example configuration requires OpenSSL and Linux PAM.
sed -i '/^\!include / s/^/#/' /etc/dovecot/dovecot.conf &&
chmod -v 1777 /var/mail &&
cat > /etc/dovecot/local.conf << "EOF"
protocols = imap
ssl = no
# The next line is only needed if you have no IPv6 network interfaces
listen = *
mail_location = mbox:~/Mail:INBOX=/var/mail/%u
userdb {
driver = passwd
}
passdb {
driver = shadow
}
EOF
You will definitely want to read the official documentation at http://wiki2.dovecot.org/ if you plan to use Dovecot in production environment.
If you want the Dovecot
server to start automatically when the system is booted,
install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/dovecot init script
included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-dovecot
/usr/lib/dovecot
Last updated on 2018-08-27 02:56:52 -0700
The Exim package contains a Mail Transport Agent written by the University of Cambridge, released under the GNU Public License.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://mirrors-usa.go-parts.com/eximftp/exim/exim4/exim-4.91.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.exim.org/pub/exim/exim4/exim-4.91.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d10144ed96314eb12a2ab40bc70d1ef2
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Additional formats of the documentation (text-based docs are shipped with the sources) can be downloaded by following the links shown at http://exim.org/docs.html.
TDB (alternative to GDBM, built in LFS), Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, libidn-1.35, Linux-PAM-1.3.0, MariaDB-10.3.9 or MySQL, OpenLDAP-2.4.46, GnuTLS-3.5.19, PostgreSQL-10.5, SQLite-3.24.0, X Window System, Heimdal GSSAPI, and OpenDMARC
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/exim
Before building Exim, as the
root user you should create
the group and user exim which
will run the exim daemon:
groupadd -g 31 exim && useradd -d /dev/null -c "Exim Daemon" -g exim -s /bin/false -u 31 exim
Install Exim with the following commands:
sed -e 's,^BIN_DIR.*$,BIN_DIRECTORY=/usr/sbin,' \
-e 's,^CONF.*$,CONFIGURE_FILE=/etc/exim.conf,' \
-e 's,^EXIM_USER.*$,EXIM_USER=exim,' \
-e '/SUPPORT_TLS/s,^#,,' \
-e '/USE_OPENSSL/s,^#,,' \
-e 's,^EXIM_MONITOR,#EXIM_MONITOR,' src/EDITME > Local/Makefile &&
printf "USE_GDBM = yes\nDBMLIB = -lgdbm\n" >> Local/Makefile &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m644 doc/exim.8 /usr/share/man/man8 && install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/exim-4.91 && install -v -m644 doc/* /usr/share/doc/exim-4.91 && ln -sfv exim /usr/sbin/sendmail && install -v -d -m750 -o exim -g exim /var/spool/exim
sed -e ... >
Local/Makefile: Most of Exim's configuration options are defined
in Local/Makefile, which is
created from the src/EDITME
file. This command specifies the minimum set of options.
Descriptions for the options are listed below.
printf ... > Local/Makefile: Setting those variables allows to use GDBM instead of the default Berkeley DB. Remove this command if you have installed Berkeley DB-5.3.28.
BIN_DIRECTORY=/usr/sbin: This
installs all of Exim's
binaries and scripts in /usr/sbin.
CONFIGURE_FILE=/etc/exim.conf:
This installs Exim's main
configuration file in /etc.
EXIM_USER=exim: This
tells Exim that after the
daemon no longer needs root
privileges, the process hands off the daemon to the
exim user.
SUPPORT_TLS=yes: This
allows to support STARTTLS connections. If you use this
option, you need to select whether OpenSSL or GnuTLS is used (see src/EDITME).
USE_OPENSSL_PC=openssl: This
tells the build system to use OpenSSL, and to find the needed
libraries with pkg-config.
#EXIM_MONITOR: This
defers building the Exim
monitor program, as it requires X
Window System support, by commenting out the
EXIM_MONITOR line in
the Makefile. If you wish to
build the monitor program, omit this sed command and issue the
following command before building the package (modify
Local/eximon.conf, if
necessary): cp
exim_monitor/EDITME Local/eximon.conf.
ln -sfv exim /usr/sbin/sendmail: Creates a link to sendmail for applications which need it. Exim will accept most Sendmail command-line options.
install -v -m750 -o exim -g
exim /var/spool/exim: Since /var/spool is
owned by root and this version of exim drops root privileges early, to run as user
exim, it cannot create the
/var/spool/exim directory. As a
work around, it is created manually.
To utilize some or all of the dependency packages, you'll
need to modify Local/Makefile
to include the appropriate directives and parameters to link
additional libraries before you build Exim. Local/Makefile is heavily commented with
instructions on how to do this. Listed below is additional
information to help you link these dependency packages or add
additional functionality.
If you wish to build and install the .info documentation, refer to
http://exim.org/exim-html-4.91/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.html#SECTinsinfdoc.
If you wish to build in Exim's interfaces for calling virus
and spam scanning software directly from access control
lists, uncomment the WITH_CONTENT_SCAN=yes parameter and review
the information found at
http://exim.org/exim-html-4.91/doc/html/spec_html/ch45.html.
To use a backend database other than Berkeley DB, see the instructions at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.91/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.html#SECTdb.
For SSL functionality, see the instructions at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.91/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.html#SECTinctlsssl and http://exim.org/exim-html-4.91/doc/html/spec_html/ch42.html.
For tcpwrappers functionality, see the instructions at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.91/doc/html/spec_html/ch04.html#SECID27.
For information about adding authentication mechanisms to the build, see chapters 33—41 of http://exim.org/exim-html-4.91/doc/html/spec_html/index.html.
For information about linking Linux-PAM, refer to the instructions http://exim.org/exim-html-4.91/doc/html/spec_html/ch11.html#SECTexpcond.
For information about linking database engine libraries used for Exim name lookups, see the instructions at http://exim.org/exim-html-4.91/doc/html/spec_html/ch09.html.
If you wish to add Readline
support to Exim when invoked
in “test expansion”
(-be) mode, see the information
in the -be section of
http://exim.org/exim-html-4.91/doc/html/spec_html/ch05.html#id2525974.
You may wish to modify the default configuration and send log
files to syslog instead of the default /var/spool/exim/log directory. See the
information at
http://exim.org/exim-html-4.91/doc/html/spec_html/ch52.html.
A wealth of information can be also found at the Exim Wiki.
Review the file /etc/exim.conf, and modify any settings
to suit your needs. Note that the default configuration
assumes that the /var/mail
directory is world writable, but has the sticky bit set. If
you want to use the default configuration, issue as the
root user:
chmod -v a+wt /var/mail
A default (nothing but comments) /etc/aliases file is installed during the
package installation if this file did not exist on your
system. Create the necessary aliases and start the
Exim daemon using the
following commands:
cat >> /etc/aliases << "EOF"
postmaster: root
MAILER-DAEMON: root
EOF
exim -v -bi &&
/usr/sbin/exim -bd -q15m
To protect an existing /etc/aliases file, the command above
appends these aliases to it. This file should be checked
and duplicate aliases removed, if present.
The /usr/sbin/exim -bd -q15m command starts the Exim daemon with a 15 minute interval in processing the mail queue. Adjust this parameter to suit your desires.
To automatically start exim at boot, install the
/etc/rc.d/init.d/exim
init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-exim
The bootscript also starts the Exim daemon and dispatches a queue
runner process every 15 minutes. Modify the -q parameter in <time
interval>/etc/rc.d/init.d/exim, if necessary for
your installation.
|
cycles Exim log files. |
|
|
searches Exim log files. |
|
|
is a symlink to the exim-4.91-3 MTA daemon. |
|
|
is the Exim mail transport agent daemon. |
|
|
states whether a given recipient address from a given host is acceptable or not. |
|
|
creates and rebuilds Exim databases. |
|
|
writes the contents of Exim databases to the standard output. |
|
|
modifies data in Exim databases. |
|
|
locks a mailbox file. |
|
|
removes old records from Exim databases. |
|
|
generates mail statistics from Exim log files. |
|
|
queries remote host retry times. |
|
|
selects messages based on various criteria. |
|
|
is a utility for selective queue listing. |
|
|
produces a summary of the messages in the mail queue. |
|
|
queries running Exim processes. |
|
|
is a start-up shell script for eximon.bin used to set the required environment variables before running the program. |
|
|
is a monitor program which displays current information in an X window, and also contains a menu interface to Exim's command line administration options. |
Last updated on 2018-08-27 15:41:22 -0700
The Postfix package contains a Mail Transport Agent (MTA). This is useful for sending email to other users of your host machine. It can also be configured to be a central mail server for your domain, a mail relay agent or simply a mail delivery agent to your local Internet Service Provider.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.porcupine.org/mirrors/postfix-release/official/postfix-3.3.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4381c6492f415e4a69cf5099d4acea76
Download size: 4.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 186 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
Berkeley DB-5.3.28, Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, and libnsl-1.2.0
ICU-62.1 for Email Address Internationalization (SMTPUTF8) support, MariaDB-10.3.9 or MySQL, OpenLDAP-2.4.46, PCRE-8.42, PostgreSQL-10.5, SQLite-3.24.0, and CDB or TinyCDB
Note that SQLite, MySQL, PostgreSQL and CDB are only useful if there is a known need for them.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/postfix
Before you compile the program, you need to create users
and groups that will be expected to be in place during the
installation. Add the users and groups with the following
commands issued by the root
user:
groupadd -g 32 postfix &&
groupadd -g 33 postdrop &&
useradd -c "Postfix Daemon User" -d /var/spool/postfix -g postfix \
-s /bin/false -u 32 postfix &&
chown -v postfix:postfix /var/mail
The README files are formatted to be read with a pager like Less or More. If you want to use a text editor, make them legible with the following sed:
sed -i 's/.\x08//g' README_FILES/*
The Postfix source tree
does not contain a configure
script, rather the makefile in the top-level directory
contains a makefiles target
that regenerates all the other makefiles in the build tree.
If you wish to use additional software such as a database
back-end for virtual users, or TLS/SSL authentication, you
will need to regenerate the makefiles using one or more of
the appropriate CCARGS and
AUXLIBS settings listed below.
For more details read the readme files.
The current version of Berkeley DB-5.3.28 is not recognised by a hard-coded test for known versions. To build with this version use the following sed:
sed -i 's/DB_VERSION_MAJOR == 6 .*||/DB_VERSION_MAJOR > 4 ||/' \ src/util/dict_db.c
To use Cyrus-SASL with Postfix, use the following arguments:
CCARGS='-DUSE_SASL_AUTH -DUSE_CYRUS_SASL -I/usr/include/sasl'
AUXLIBS='-lsasl2'
To use OpenLDAP with Postfix, use the following arguments:
CCARGS='-DHAS_LDAP'
AUXLIBS='-lldap -llber'
To use Sqlite with Postfix, use the following arguments:
CCARGS='-DHAS_SQLITE'
AUXLIBS='-lsqlite3 -lpthread'
To use MySQL with Postfix, use the following arguments:
CCARGS='-DHAS_MYSQL -I/usr/include/mysql'
AUXLIBS='-lmysqlclient -lz -lm'
To use PostgreSQL with Postfix, use the following arguments:
CCARGS='-DHAS_PGSQL -I/usr/include/postgresql'
AUXLIBS='-lpq -lz -lm'
To use CDB or TinyCDB with Postfix, use the following arguments:
CCARGS='-DHAS_CDB'
AUXLIBS='</path/to/CDB>/libcdb.a'
If you have Cyrus SASL and OpenSSL installed, install Postfix by running the following commands:
make CCARGS="-DUSE_TLS -I/usr/include/openssl/ \
-DUSE_SASL_AUTH -DUSE_CYRUS_SASL -I/usr/include/sasl" \
AUXLIBS="-lssl -lcrypto -lsasl2" \
makefiles &&
make
This package does not come with a useful test suite.
Now, as the root user:
sh postfix-install -non-interactive \ daemon_directory=/usr/lib/postfix \ manpage_directory=/usr/share/man \ html_directory=/usr/share/doc/postfix-3.3.1/html \ readme_directory=/usr/share/doc/postfix-3.3.1/readme
make makefiles:
This command rebuilds the makefiles throughout the source
tree to use the options contained in the CCARGS and AUXLIBS
variables.
sh postfix-install
-non-interactive: This keeps the install
script from asking any questions, thereby accepting default
destination directories in all but the few cases. If the
html_directory and readme_directory options are not set then the
documentation will not be installed.
CCARGS="-DNO_EAI ...": this will
turn off SMTPUTF8 support, for example if the rest of your
email address infrastructure cannot handle UTF-8 email
addresses and message header values.
Create (or append to an existing) /etc/aliases with the following command.
Change <LOGIN> for your
non-root login identity so mail addressed to root can be forwarded to you. As the
root user:
cat >> /etc/aliases << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/aliases
MAILER-DAEMON: postmaster
postmaster: root
root: <LOGIN>
# End /etc/aliases
EOF
To protect an existing /etc/aliases file, the above command
appends these aliases to it if it exists. This file should
be checked and duplicate aliases removed, if present.
The /etc/postfix/main.cf
and /etc/postfix/master.cf
files must be personalized for your system. The
main.cf file needs your
fully qualified hostname. You will find that main.cf is self documenting, so load it
into your editor to make the changes you need for your
situation.
Postfix can also be set
up to run in a chroot jail. See the file in the source
examples/chroot-setup/LINUX2 for
details.
If you have an existing configuration, you can run the
postfix
utility to add any necessary definitions to your existing
files. As the root user:
/usr/sbin/postfix upgrade-configuration
Before starting Postfix,
you should check that your configuration and file
permissions will work properly. Run the following commands
as the root user to check
and start your Postfix
server:
/usr/sbin/postfix check && /usr/sbin/postfix start
To automate the running of Postfix at startup, install the
/etc/rc.d/init.d/postfix init
script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-postfix
|
A symlink to |
|
|
A symlink to |
|
|
is a utility for Postfix alias database maintenance |
|
|
Prints the contents of files from the Postfix queue in human readable format. |
|
|
Displays or changes the value of Postfix configuration parameters. |
|
|
Creates a file in the maildrop directory and copies its standard input to the file. |
|
|
is the Postfix control program. |
|
|
Sends requests to the specified service over a local transport channel. |
|
|
Locks a mail folder for exclusive use, and executes commands passed to it. |
|
|
A Postfix-compatible logging interface for use in, for example, shell scripts. |
|
|
Creates or queries one or more Postfix lookup tables, or updates an existing one. |
|
|
is the Postfix multi-instance manager. It allows a system administrator to manage multiple Postfix instances on a single host. |
|
|
The Postfix user interface for queue management. |
|
|
The Postfix user interface for superuser queue management. |
|
|
is the Postfix to Sendmail compatibility interface. |
Last updated on 2018-08-26 16:26:34 -0700
The sendmail package contains a Mail Transport Agent (MTA).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.sendmail.org/pub/sendmail/sendmail.8.15.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a824fa7dea4d3341efb6462ccd816f00
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
OpenLDAP-2.4.46 (client)
OpenSSL-1.0.2p Libraries and Cyrus SASL-2.1.26
ghostscript-9.23 (for creating PDF documentation), Procmail-3.22 (the configuration proposed below requires that procmail be present at run-time), and nph
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sendmail
Before building sendmail,
create the required user, group and directory with the
following commands issued as the root user:
groupadd -g 26 smmsp &&
useradd -c "Sendmail Daemon" -g smmsp -d /dev/null \
-s /bin/false -u 26 smmsp &&
chmod -v 1777 /var/mail &&
install -v -m700 -d /var/spool/mqueue
See the source tree sendmail/README file for information on
linking optional packages into the build. Use the example
below, which adds support for SASL, StartTLS (OpenSSL) and OpenLDAP, as a starting point. Of
course, modify it to suit your particular needs.
cat >> devtools/Site/site.config.m4 << "EOF"
APPENDDEF(`confENVDEF',`-DSTARTTLS -DSASL -DLDAPMAP')
APPENDDEF(`confLIBS', `-L/usr/lib/openssl-1.0 -lssl -lcrypto -lsasl2 -lldap -llber -ldb')
APPENDDEF(`confINCDIRS', `-I/usr/include/sasl -I/usr/include/openssl-1.0')
EOF
Install sendmail with the following commands:
cat >> devtools/Site/site.config.m4 << "EOF"
define(`confMANGRP',`root')
define(`confMANOWN',`root')
define(`confSBINGRP',`root')
define(`confUBINGRP',`root')
define(`confUBINOWN',`root')
EOF
sed -i 's|/usr/man/man|/usr/share/man/man|' \
devtools/OS/Linux &&
cd sendmail &&
sh Build &&
cd ../cf/cf &&
cp generic-linux.mc sendmail.mc &&
sh Build sendmail.cf
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /etc/mail &&
sh Build install-cf &&
cd ../.. &&
sh Build install &&
install -v -m644 cf/cf/{submit,sendmail}.mc /etc/mail &&
cp -v -R cf/* /etc/mail &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.15.2/{cf,sendmail} &&
install -v -m644 CACerts FAQ KNOWNBUGS LICENSE PGPKEYS README RELEASE_NOTES \
/usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.15.2 &&
install -v -m644 sendmail/{README,SECURITY,TRACEFLAGS,TUNING} \
/usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.15.2/sendmail &&
install -v -m644 cf/README /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.15.2/cf &&
for manpage in sendmail editmap mailstats makemap praliases smrsh
do
install -v -m644 $manpage/$manpage.8 /usr/share/man/man8
done &&
install -v -m644 sendmail/aliases.5 /usr/share/man/man5 &&
install -v -m644 sendmail/mailq.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m644 sendmail/newaliases.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m644 vacation/vacation.1 /usr/share/man/man1
Install the sendmail Installation and Operations Guide with the following commands:
Remove op.pdf from the
make and
install
commands below if you don't have Ghostscript installed.
cd doc/op && sed -i 's/groff/GROFF_NO_SGR=1 groff/' Makefile && make op.txt op.pdf
Now, as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.15.2 && install -v -m644 op.ps op.txt op.pdf /usr/share/doc/sendmail-8.15.2 && cd ../..
cat > devtools/Site/site.config.m4 << "EOF": This creates a configuration file changing some of the default settings.
sed ... devtools/OS/Linux: The site.config.m4 does not honor a change to the man directory, so fix it in the OS definitions.
sed ... include/sm/bdb.h: This allows sendmail to build properly with Berkeley DB-5.3.28 versions 5 and above.
sh Build; sh Build sendmail.cf;
sh Build install-cf; sh Build install:
sendmail uses an
m4 based build script to
create the various Makefiles.
These commands build and install the package.
for manpage in...;do...;done; install ...: The man pages are installed already formatted and man displays them somewhat garbled. These commands replace the formatted pages with pages man can display properly.
Ensure you have a fully qualified domain name defined in
/etc/hosts for your system
before proceeding.
Create the /etc/mail/local-host-names and
/etc/mail/aliases files using
the following commands as the root user:
echo $(hostname) > /etc/mail/local-host-names
cat > /etc/mail/aliases << "EOF"
postmaster: root
MAILER-DAEMON: root
EOF
newaliases
sendmail's primary
configuration file, /etc/mail/sendmail.cf, is complex and not
meant to be directly edited. The recommended method for
changing it is to modify /etc/mail/sendmail.mc and various
m4 files, then run the
m4 macro
processor from within /etc/mail as follows:
cd /etc/mail && m4 m4/cf.m4 sendmail.mc > sendmail.cf
A full explanation of the files to modify, and the
available parameters can be found in /etc/mail/README.
To automate the running of sendmail at startup, install the
/etc/rc.d/init.d/sendmail init
script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-sendmail
The -qNm option to sendmail, where N is number of minutes, controls how often sendmail will process the mail queue. A default of 5 minutes is used in the init script. Individual workstation users may want to set this as low as 1 minute, large installations handling more mail may want to set it higher.
|
queries and edits sendmail map files. |
|
|
prints sendmail's persistent host status. |
|
|
displays sendmail statistics. |
|
|
prints a summary of outbound mail messages waiting for delivery. |
|
|
creates sendmail map files. |
|
|
rebuilds |
|
|
displays current sendmail aliases. |
|
|
causes sendmail to clear (purge) all its host-status information. |
|
|
is the sendmail mail transport agent. |
|
|
is a restricted shell for sendmail. |
|
|
is an email auto responder. |
Last updated on 2018-08-27 13:32:58 -0700
This chapter includes databases that range from single-user read/write to industrial database servers with transaction support. Generally, you will be sent here to satisfy dependencies to other applications although building a SQL server on a base LFS system is entirely possible.
The Berkeley DB package contains programs and utilities used by many other applications for database related functions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/bdb/db-5.3.28.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b99454564d5b4479750567031d66fe24
Download size: 34 MB
Estimated disk space required: 265 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU
Tcl-8.6.8 and Sharutils-4.15.2 (for the uudecode command)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/db
First apply a fix so that this will compile with current versions of g++:
sed -i 's/\(__atomic_compare_exchange\)/\1_db/' src/dbinc/atomic.h
Install Berkeley DB by running the following commands:
cd build_unix &&
../dist/configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-compat185 \
--enable-dbm \
--disable-static \
--enable-cxx &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc/db-5.3.28 install &&
chown -v -R root:root \
/usr/bin/db_* \
/usr/include/db{,_185,_cxx}.h \
/usr/lib/libdb*.{so,la} \
/usr/share/doc/db-5.3.28
cd build_unix && ../dist/configure --prefix=/usr...: This replaces the normal ./configure command, as Berkeley DB comes with various build directories for different platforms.
--enable-compat185:
This switch enables building the DB-1.85 compatibility API.
--enable-cxx: This
switch enables building C++ API libraries.
--enable-dbm: Enables
legacy interface support needed by some older packages.
make
docdir=/usr/share/doc/db-5.3.28 install: This
installs the documentation in the standard location instead
of /usr/docs.
chown -v -R root:root ...:This command changes the ownership of various installed files from the uid:gid of the builder to root:root.
--enable-tcl --with-tcl=/usr/lib:
Enables Tcl support in DB
and creates the libdb_tcl
libraries.
--enable-java: Enables
Java support in DB and
creates the libdb_java
libraries. Support is currently broken with Java-13.x.
|
prints the pathnames of log files that are no longer in use. |
|
|
is a daemon process used to monitor and checkpoint database logs. |
|
|
is used to abort lock requests when deadlocks are detected. |
|
|
converts database files to a flat file format readable by db_load. |
|
|
creates "hot backup" or "hot failover" snapshots of Berkeley DB databases. |
|
|
is used to create database files from flat files created with db_dump. |
|
|
verifies the log files of a database. |
|
|
converts database log files to human readable text. |
|
|
is used to restore a database to a consistent state after a failure. |
|
|
is a daemon process that provides replication/HA services on a transactional environment. |
|
|
displays database environment statistics. |
|
|
analyzes the data in a btree database, and suggests a page size that is likely to deliver optimal operation. |
|
|
is used to upgrade database files to a newer version of Berkeley DB. |
|
|
is used to run consistency checks on database files. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 14:53:19 -0700
The lmdb package is a fast, compact, key-value embedded data store. It uses memory-mapped files, so it has the read performance of a pure in-memory database while still offering the persistence of standard disk-based databases, and is only limited to the size of the virtual address space
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/LMDB/lmdb/archive/LMDB_0.9.22.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 64c6132f481281b7b2ad746ecbfb8423
Download size: 144 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lmdb
This package extracts to lmdb-LMDB_0.9.22.
Install lmdb by running the following commands:
cd libraries/liblmdb && make && sed -i 's| liblmdb.a||' Makefile
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make prefix=/usr install
sed ... prefix ... Makefile: The Makefile creates the man pages directory during install if it is not present. This fixes the directory location.
sed ... liblmdb.a ... Makefile: The package executables use a static library so it must be created. This command suppresses installation of the static library.
Last updated on 2015-10-18 13:08:53 -0500
MariaDB is a community-developed fork and a drop-in replacement for the MySQL relational database management system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.mariadb.org/interstitial/mariadb-10.3.9/source/mariadb-10.3.9.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://mirrors.fe.up.pt/pub/mariadb/mariadb-10.3.9/source/mariadb-10.3.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 39c871e65134aabbc12c856691912435
Download size: 69 MB
Estimated disk space required: 1.4 GB
Estimated build time: 12 SBU (with parallelism=4, add 0.5 SBU for tests)
The installed size of MariaDB is 473 MB, but this can be reduced by about 200 MB, if desired, by removing the /usr/share/mysql/test directory after installation.
Boost-1.68.0, libxml2-2.9.8, Linux-PAM-1.3.0, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, PCRE-8.42, Ruby-2.5.1, unixODBC-2.3.7, Valgrind-3.13.0, Groonga, KyTea, Judy, libaio, lz4, MeCab, MessagePack, mruby, Sphinx, TokuDB, and ZeroMQ
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mariadb
MariaDB and MySQL cannot be installed on the same system without extensive changes to the build configuration of one of the two applications.
For security reasons, running the server as an unprivileged
user and group is strongly encouraged. Issue the following
(as root) to create the user
and group:
groupadd -g 40 mysql && useradd -c "MySQL Server" -d /srv/mysql -g mysql -s /bin/false -u 40 mysql
Install MariaDB by running the following commands:
sed -i "s@data/test@\${INSTALL_MYSQLTESTDIR}@g" sql/CMakeLists.txt &&
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DINSTALL_DOCDIR=share/doc/mariadb-10.3.9 \
-DINSTALL_DOCREADMEDIR=share/doc/mariadb-10.3.9 \
-DINSTALL_MANDIR=share/man \
-DINSTALL_MYSQLSHAREDIR=share/mysql \
-DINSTALL_MYSQLTESTDIR=share/mysql/test \
-DINSTALL_PLUGINDIR=lib/mysql/plugin \
-DINSTALL_SBINDIR=sbin \
-DINSTALL_SCRIPTDIR=bin \
-DINSTALL_SQLBENCHDIR=share/mysql/bench \
-DINSTALL_SUPPORTFILESDIR=share/mysql \
-DMYSQL_DATADIR=/srv/mysql \
-DMYSQL_UNIX_ADDR=/run/mysqld/mysqld.sock \
-DWITH_EXTRA_CHARSETS=complex \
-DWITH_EMBEDDED_SERVER=ON \
-DSKIP_TESTS=ON \
-DTOKUDB_OK=0 \
.. &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test.
A more extensive set of tests can be run with the following:
pushd mysql-test ./mtr --parallel <N> --mem --force popd
Where N is the number of tests to run in parallel. A little over 3700 tests are run in about 14 SBU with N=4. Three tests are known to fail due to character set issues.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -i ... sql/CMakeLists.txt: Set correct installation directory for some components.
-DWITH_EMBEDDED_SERVER=ON: This
switch enables compiling the embedded server library needed
by certain applications, such as Amarok..
-DWITH_EXTRA_CHARSETS=complex:
This switch enables support for the complex character sets.
-DSKIP_TESTS=ON: This
switch disables tests for MariaDB Connector/C which are not
supported without additional setup.
-DWITHOUT_SERVER=ON: Use this
switch if you don't want the server and would like to build
the client only.
There are numerous options available to cmake. Check the output of the cmake . -LH for additional customization options.
Create basic /etc/mysql/my.cnf using the following
command as the root user:
install -v -dm 755 /etc/mysql &&
cat > /etc/mysql/my.cnf << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/mysql/my.cnf
# The following options will be passed to all MySQL clients
[client]
#password = your_password
port = 3306
socket = /run/mysqld/mysqld.sock
# The MySQL server
[mysqld]
port = 3306
socket = /run/mysqld/mysqld.sock
datadir = /srv/mysql
skip-external-locking
key_buffer_size = 16M
max_allowed_packet = 1M
sort_buffer_size = 512K
net_buffer_length = 16K
myisam_sort_buffer_size = 8M
# Don't listen on a TCP/IP port at all.
skip-networking
# required unique id between 1 and 2^32 - 1
server-id = 1
# Uncomment the following if you are using BDB tables
#bdb_cache_size = 4M
#bdb_max_lock = 10000
# InnoDB tables are now used by default
innodb_data_home_dir = /srv/mysql
innodb_log_group_home_dir = /srv/mysql
# All the innodb_xxx values below are the default ones:
innodb_data_file_path = ibdata1:12M:autoextend
# You can set .._buffer_pool_size up to 50 - 80 %
# of RAM but beware of setting memory usage too high
innodb_buffer_pool_size = 128M
innodb_log_file_size = 48M
innodb_log_buffer_size = 16M
innodb_flush_log_at_trx_commit = 1
innodb_lock_wait_timeout = 50
[mysqldump]
quick
max_allowed_packet = 16M
[mysql]
no-auto-rehash
# Remove the next comment character if you are not familiar with SQL
#safe-updates
[isamchk]
key_buffer = 20M
sort_buffer_size = 20M
read_buffer = 2M
write_buffer = 2M
[myisamchk]
key_buffer_size = 20M
sort_buffer_size = 20M
read_buffer = 2M
write_buffer = 2M
[mysqlhotcopy]
interactive-timeout
# End /etc/mysql/my.cnf
EOF
You can now install a database and change the ownership to
the unprivileged user and group (perform as the
root user):
mysql_install_db --basedir=/usr --datadir=/srv/mysql --user=mysql && chown -R mysql:mysql /srv/mysql
Further configuration requires that the MariaDB server is running. Start the
server using the following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -o mysql -g mysql -d /run/mysqld && mysqld_safe --user=mysql 2>&1 >/dev/null &
A default installation does not set up a password for the
administrator, so use the following command as the
root user to set one.
mysqladmin -u root password
Configuration of the server is now finished. Shut the
server down using the following command as the root user:
mysqladmin -p shutdown
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/mysql init script
included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package
as the root user to start
the MariaDB server during
system boot-up.
make install-mysql
The Perl DBI modules must be installed for some of the MariaDB support programs to function properly.
|
is used to check, repair, optimize, sort and get information about Aria tables. |
|
|
is a tool to dump content of Aria log pages. |
|
|
displays full-text index information. |
|
|
is a tool to generate compressed, read-only Aria tables. |
|
|
displays Aria log file contents. |
|
|
prints checksums for InnoDB files. |
|
|
is an open source backup tool for InnoDB and XtraDB. |
|
|
gets compiler flags for using the MariaDB Connector/C. |
|
|
is an utility for sending InnoDB and XTraDB backups over a stream |
|
|
is a tool to convert mSQL programs for use with MySQL. |
|
|
displays the options from option groups of option files. |
|
|
displays information about FULLTEXT indexes in MyISAM tables. |
|
|
gets information about your database tables or checks, repairs, or optimizes them. |
|
|
displays MyISAM log file contents. |
|
|
is a tool for compressing MyISAM tables. |
|
|
is a simple SQL shell with input line editing capabilities. |
|
|
is used for testing aspects of the MySQL client API that cannot be tested using mysqltest and its test language. |
|
|
is a tool to test client API for embedded server. |
|
|
provides you with useful information for compiling your MySQL client and connecting it to MySQL. |
|
|
converts the tables in a database to use a particular storage engine. |
|
|
is a MySQL client statically linked to libmysqld. |
|
|
reads files containing SQL statements and extracts statements that match a given regular expression or that contain USE db_name or SET statements. |
|
|
converts the extensions for MyISAM (or ISAM ) table files to their canonical forms. |
|
|
initializes the MySQL data directory and creates the system tables that it contains, if they do not exist. |
|
|
is the RocksDB tool. |
|
|
is a utility that enable MySQL administrators to manage which plugins a MySQL server loads. |
|
|
is a tool to improve MySQL installation security. |
|
|
sets permissions in the MySQL grant tables. |
|
|
loads the time zone tables in the mysql database. |
|
|
examines all tables in all databases for incompatibilities with the current version of MySQL Server. |
|
|
signals a process to terminate and waits for the process to exit. |
|
|
checks the access privileges for a host name, user name, and database combination. |
|
|
is a client for performing administrative operations. |
|
|
read binary log files. |
|
|
performs table maintenance: It checks, repairs, optimizes, or analyzes tables. |
|
|
is the MySQL server daemon. |
|
|
is designed to manage several mysqld processes that listen for connections on different Unix socket files and TCP/IP ports. |
|
|
is the recommended way to start a mysqld server on Unix and NetWare. |
|
|
is a backup program. |
|
|
parses MySQL slow query log files and prints a summary of their contents. |
|
|
locks the table, flush the table and then performs a copy of the database. |
|
|
reads a range of data formats, and inserts the data into a database. |
|
|
shows the structure of a MariaDB database. |
|
|
is a diagnostic program designed to emulate client load for a MySQL server and to report the timing of each stage. |
|
|
runs a test case against a MySQL server and optionally compares the output with a result file. |
|
|
is similar to the mysqltest command but is built with support for the libmysqld embedded server. |
|
|
is a console-based tool for monitoring the threads and overall performance of a MySQL server. |
|
|
is a utility that displays descriptions for system or storage engine error codes. |
|
|
is a MariaDB/MySQL extension to the SQL standard. |
|
|
resolves a numeric stack dump to symbols. |
|
|
is a utility for resolving IP addresses to host names and vice versa. |
|
|
dumps the content of sst files (the format used by RocksDB). |
Last updated on 2018-08-21 07:07:51 -0700
PostgreSQL is an advanced object-relational database management system (ORDBMS), derived from the Berkeley Postgres database management system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.postgresql.org/pub/source/v10.5/postgresql-10.5.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.postgresql.org/pub/source/v10.5/postgresql-10.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: a5fe5fdff2d6c28f65601398be0950df
Download size: 20 MB
Estimated disk space required: 224 MB (add 32 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (with parallelism=4, add 0.1 SBU for tests)
Python-2.7.15, Tcl-8.6.8, libxml2-2.9.8, libxslt-1.1.32, OpenLDAP-2.4.46, Linux-PAM-1.3.0, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1 and Bonjour
docbook-4.5, docbook-dsssl-1.79, OpenJade-1.3.2, and SGMLSpm-1.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/postgresql
For enhanced security, it is better to have a dedicated group
and user for running the PostgreSQL server. First, issue as
the root user:
groupadd -g 41 postgres &&
useradd -c "PostgreSQL Server" -g postgres -d /srv/pgsql/data \
-u 41 postgres
There are several configuration items that add additional
functionality with optional packages to PostgreSQL. Use ./configure --help to see
a list.
Install PostgreSQL with the following commands:
sed -i '/DEFAULT_PGSOCKET_DIR/s@/tmp@/run/postgresql@' src/include/pg_config_manual.h &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-thread-safety \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/postgresql-10.5 &&
make
There are a number of programs in the contrib/ directory. If you are going to run
this installation as a server and wish to build some of them,
enter make -C
contrib or make
-C contrib/<SUBDIR-NAME>
for each subdirectory.
Tests must be run as an unprivileged user because they need to start a temporary server and this is prevented as the root user. For the same reason, you need to stop all PostgreSQL servers if any are running. If a previous version of PostgreSQL is installed, it may be necessary to use --disable-rpath with configure to avoid failures, but installing the binaries created using this switch is not recommended. To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && make install-docs
If you made any of the contrib/
programs, as the root user:
make -C contrib/<SUBDIR-NAME> install
If you only intend to use PostgreSQL as a client to connect to a server on another machine, your installation is complete and you should not run the remaining commands.
Initialize a database cluster with the following commands
issued by the root user:
install -v -dm700 /srv/pgsql/data && install -v -dm755 /run/postgresql && chown -Rv postgres:postgres /srv/pgsql /run/postgresql
Now, initialize the database as the root user:
su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/initdb -D /srv/pgsql/data'
sed -i ...:
This sed changes server socket location from /tmp to /run/postgresql.
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/postgresql-10.5:
This switch puts the documentation in a versioned directory.
--enable-thread-safety: This
switch makes the client libraries thread-safe by allowing
concurrent threads in libpq and
ECPG programs to safely control their private connection
handles.
--with-openssl: builds the
package with support for OpenSSL encrypted connections.
--with-perl: builds the PL/Perl
server-side language.
--with-python: builds the
PL/Python server-side language. Add PYTHON=/usr/bin/python2
for Python2 support, otherwise Python3 is used by default.
--with-tcl: builds the PL/Tcl
server-side language.
$PGDATA/pg_ident.con,
$PGDATA/pg_hba.conf and
$PGDATA/postgresql.conf
The PGDATA environment variable
is used to distinguish database clusters from one another
by setting it to the value of the directory which contains
the cluster desired. The three configuration files exist in
every PGDATA/ directory.
Details on the format of the files and the options that can
be set in each can be found in file:///usr/share/doc/postgresql-10.5/html/index.html.
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/postgresql init
script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-postgresql
The database server can be manually started with the
following command (as the root user):
su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/postgres -D /srv/pgsql/data > \
/srv/pgsql/data/logfile 2>&1 &'
If you are scripting this part, you should wait for the server to start before going on, by adding for example sleep 2 after the above command.
The instructions below show how to create a database, add a
table to it, insert some rows into the table and select
them, to verify that the installation is working properly.
Still as user root, issue:
su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/createdb test' &&
echo "create table t1 ( name varchar(20), state_province varchar(20) );" \
| (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "insert into t1 values ('Billy', 'NewYork');" \
| (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "insert into t1 values ('Evanidus', 'Quebec');" \
| (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "insert into t1 values ('Jesse', 'Ontario');" \
| (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test ') &&
echo "select * from t1;" | (su - postgres -c '/usr/bin/psql test')
When you are done with testing, you can shut down the
server, by issuing as root:
su - postgres -c "/usr/bin/pg_ctl stop -D /srv/pgsql/data"
|
is a utility for reclustering tables in a PostgreSQL database. |
|
|
creates a new PostgreSQL database. |
|
|
defines a new PostgreSQL user account. |
|
|
removes a PostgreSQL database. |
|
|
removes a PostgreSQL user account. |
|
|
is the embedded SQL preprocessor. |
|
|
creates a new database cluster. |
|
|
resolves OIDs (Object IDs) and file nodes in a PostgreSQL data directory. |
|
|
cleans up PostgreSQL WAL (write-ahead log) archive files. |
|
|
takes base backups of a running PostgreSQL cluster. |
|
|
retrieves PostgreSQL version information. |
|
|
returns information initialized during initdb, such as the catalog version and server locale. |
|
|
controls stopping and starting the database server. |
|
|
dumps database data and metadata into scripts which are used to recreate the database. |
|
|
recursively calls pg_dump for each database in a cluster. |
|
|
check the connection status of a PostgreSQL server. |
|
|
is used to stream write-ahead logs from a PostgreSQL server. |
|
|
controls PostgreSQL logical decoding streams. |
|
|
resets the write-ahead log and other control information of a PostgreSQL database cluseter. |
|
|
creates databases from dump files created by pg_dump. |
|
|
synchronizes a PostgreSQL data directory with another data directory that was forked from the first one. |
|
|
supports the creation of a PostgreSQL warm standby server. |
|
|
determine fastest wal_sync method for PostgreSQL. |
|
|
measure timing overhead. |
|
|
upgrade a PostgreSQL server instance. |
|
|
display a human-readable rendering of the write-ahead log of a PostgreSQL database cluster. |
|
|
run a benchmark test on PostgreSQL. |
|
|
is a support script used to delete a module from a PL/Tcl table. The command requires the Pgtcl package to be installed also. |
|
|
is a support script used to list the modules in a PL/Tcl table. The command requires the Pgtcl package to be installed also. |
|
|
is a support script used to load a module into a PL/Tcl table. The command requires the Pgtcl package to be installed also. |
|
|
is the PostgreSQL database server. |
|
|
(deprecated, a symlink to postgres) is a multi-user database daemon. |
|
|
is a console based database shell. |
|
|
is a utility for rebuilding indexes in a database. |
|
|
compacts databases and generates statistics for the query analyzer. |
|
|
remove orphaned large objects from a PostgreSQL database. |
|
|
contains functions to support embedded SQL in C programs. |
|
|
is the ecpg compatibility library. |
|
|
is the port-specific subsystem of the Postgres backend. |
|
|
contains functions for dealing with Postgres data types. |
|
|
is the C programmer's API to Postgres. |
Last updated on 2018-08-26 16:26:34 -0700
The SQLite package is a software library that implements a self-contained, serverless, zero-configuration, transactional SQL database engine.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://sqlite.org/2018/sqlite-autoconf-3240000.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: dcd96fb9bbb603d29f6b0ad9554932ee
Download size: 2.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 59 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU
Optional Documentation
Download (HTTP): https://sqlite.org/2018/sqlite-doc-3240000.zip
Download MD5 sum: 31da6e4699a11105b637485af83edf4f
Download size: 8.7 MB
libedit and UnZip-6.0 (required to unzip the documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sqlite
If you downloaded the optional documentation, issue the following command to install the documentation into the source tree:
unzip -q ../sqlite-doc-3240000.zip
Install SQLite by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--enable-fts5 \
CFLAGS="-g -O2 \
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4=1 \
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA=1 \
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY=1 \
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB=1 \
-DSQLITE_SECURE_DELETE=1 \
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS3_TOKENIZER=1" &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you downloaded the optional documentation, issue the
following commands as the root user to install it:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/sqlite-3.24.0 && cp -v -R sqlite-doc-3240000/* /usr/share/doc/sqlite-3.24.0
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-fts5: enable
version 5 of the full text search extension.
CFLAGS="-g -O2
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_FTS4=1 -DSQLITE_ENABLE_COLUMN_METADATA=1
-DSQLITE_SECURE_DELETE -DSQLITE_ENABLE_UNLOCK_NOTIFY=1
-DSQLITE_ENABLE_DBSTAT_VTAB=1": Applications such
as Firefox require secure
delete and enable unlock notify to be turned on. Since
firefox-41 the dbstat
virtual table and FTS3/4 are also required. The only way to
do this is to include them in the CFLAGS. By default, these
are set to "-g -O2" so we
specify that to preserve those settings. You may, of course,
wish to omit the '-g' if you do
not wish to create debugging information. For further
information on what can be specified see http://www.sqlite.org/compile.html.
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
Here you will find many ways to share your machine with the rest of the world or your local network. Before installing any packages in this chapter, you need to be sure you understand what the package does and how to set it up correctly. It might also be helpful to learn about the consequences of an improper setup so that you can analyze the risks.
The OpenLDAP package provides an open source implementation of the Lightweight Directory Access Protocol.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.openldap.org/pub/OpenLDAP/openldap-release/openldap-2.4.46.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 829016c5a9f45c51adc50073ac6f9fd7
Download size: 5.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 52 MB (client), 107 MB (server)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (client), 1.3 SBU (server)
ICU-62.1, GnuTLS-3.5.19, Pth-2.0.7, unixODBC-2.3.7, MariaDB-10.3.9 or PostgreSQL-10.5 or MySQL, OpenSLP, and Berkeley DB-5.3.28 (for slapd, but deprecated)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/openldap
If you only need to install the client side ldap* binaries, corresponding man pages, libraries and header files (referred to as a “client-only” install), issue these commands instead of the following ones (no test suite available):
patch -Np1 -i ../openldap-2.4.46-consolidated-1.patch &&
autoconf &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static \
--enable-dynamic \
--disable-debug \
--disable-slapd &&
make depend &&
make
Then, as the root user:
make install
If upgrading from a previous installation that used
Berkeley DB as the backend, you will need to dump the
database(s) using the slapcat utility, relocate
all files in /var/lib/openldap, change all instances
of bdb to mdb in /etc/openldap/slapd.conf and any files in
/etc/openldap/slapd.d, and
import using the slapadd utility after the
installation is completed.
There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of
the slapd
daemon after it is started. Issue the following commands as
the root user:
groupadd -g 83 ldap &&
useradd -c "OpenLDAP Daemon Owner" \
-d /var/lib/openldap -u 83 \
-g ldap -s /bin/false ldap
Install OpenLDAP by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../openldap-2.4.46-consolidated-1.patch &&
autoconf &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib \
--disable-static \
--disable-debug \
--with-tls=openssl \
--with-cyrus-sasl \
--enable-dynamic \
--enable-crypt \
--enable-spasswd \
--enable-slapd \
--enable-modules \
--enable-rlookups \
--enable-backends=mod \
--disable-ndb \
--disable-sql \
--disable-shell \
--disable-bdb \
--disable-hdb \
--enable-overlays=mod &&
make depend &&
make
The tests appear to be fragile. Errors may cause the tests to abort prior to finishing, apparently due to timing issues. The tests take about 65 minutes and are processor independent. To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -dm700 -o ldap -g ldap /var/lib/openldap &&
install -v -dm700 -o ldap -g ldap /etc/openldap/slapd.d &&
chmod -v 640 /etc/openldap/slapd.{conf,ldif} &&
chown -v root:ldap /etc/openldap/slapd.{conf,ldif} &&
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/openldap-2.4.46 &&
cp -vfr doc/{drafts,rfc,guide} \
/usr/share/doc/openldap-2.4.46
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-debug: This
switch disables the debugging code in OpenLDAP.
--enable-dynamic:
This switch forces the OpenLDAP libraries to be dynamically
linked to the executable programs.
--enable-crypt: This
switch enables using of crypt(3) passwords.
--enable-spasswd:
This switch enables SASL
password verification.
--enable-modules:
This switch enables dynamic module support.
--enable-rlookups:
This switch enables reverse lookups of client hostnames.
--enable-backends:
This switch enables all available backends.
--enable-overlays:
This switch enables all available overlays.
--disable-ndb: This
switch disables MySQL NDB
Cluster backend which causes configure to fail if
MySQL is present.
--disable-sql: This
switch explicitly disables the SQL backend. Omit this switch
if a SQL server is installed and you are going to use a SQL
backend.
--libexecdir=/usr/lib: This
switch controls where the /usr/lib/openldap directory is installed.
Everything in that directory is a library, so it belongs
under /usr/lib instead of
/usr/libexec.
--enable-slp: This switch enables
SLPv2 support. Use it if you have installed OpenSLP.
You can run ./configure --help to see if there are other switch you can pass to the configure command to enable other options or dependency packages.
install ..., chown ..., and chmod ...: Having slapd configuration files and ldap databases in /var/lib/openldap readable by anyone is a SECURITY ISSUE, especially since a file stores the admin password in PLAIN TEXT. That's why mode 640 and root:ldap ownership were used. The owner is root, so only root can modify the file, and group is ldap, so that the group which owns slapd daemon could read but not modify the file in case of a security breach.
For LDAP client: /etc/openldap/ldap.conf and
~/.ldaprc
For LDAP server, two configuration mechanisms are
used: a legacy /etc/openldap/slapd.conf
configuration file and the recommended slapd-config system, using
an LDIF database stored in /etc/openldap/slapd.d.
Configuring the slapd servers can be
complex. Securing the LDAP directory, especially if you are
storing non-public data such as password databases, can
also be a challenging task. In order to set up OpenLDAP, you'll need to modify either
the /etc/openldap/slapd.conf
file (old method), or the /etc/openldap/slapd.ldif file and then
use ldapadd
to create de LDAP configuration database in /etc/openldap/slapd.d (recommended by the
OpenLDAP documentation).
The shipped configuration files suppose the loadable
modules are installed with their .la files, which may not be true if you
remove those files as instructed in the section called
“Libtool files”. If this is the case,
issue, as the root user:
sed 's/\.la$/.so/' -i /etc/openldap/slapd.{conf,ldif}{,.default}
The instructions above install an empty LDAP structure
and a default /etc/openldap/slapd.conf file, which
are suitable for testing the build and other packages
using LDAP. Do not use them on a production server.
Resources to assist you with topics such as choosing a
directory configuration, backend and database definitions,
access control settings, running as a user other than
root and setting a
chroot
environment include:
The slapd(8) man page.
The slapd.conf(5) and slapd-config(5) man pages.
The OpenLDAP 2.4
Administrator's Guide (also installed locally in
/usr/share/doc/openldap-2.4.46/guide/admin).
Documents located at http://www.openldap.org/pub/.
By default, LDAPv2 support is disabled in the slapd.conf file. Once the database is
properly set up and Mozilla is configured to use the
directory, you must add allow
bind_v2 to the slapd.conf file.
To automate the startup of the LDAP server at system
bootup, install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/slapd init script
included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package
using the following command:
make install-slapd
You'll need to modify the /etc/sysconfig/slapd to include
the parameters needed for your specific configuration.
See the slapd man page for
parameter information.
Start the LDAP server using the init script:
/etc/rc.d/init.d/slapd start
Verify access to the LDAP server with the following command:
ldapsearch -x -b '' -s base '(objectclass=*)' namingContexts
The expected result is:
# extended LDIF
#
# LDAPv3
# base <> with scope baseObject
# filter: (objectclass=*)
# requesting: namingContexts
#
#
dn:
namingContexts: dc=my-domain,dc=com
# search result
search: 2
result: 0 Success
# numResponses: 2
# numEntries: 1
|
opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and adds entries. |
|
|
opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and performs a compare using specified parameters. |
|
|
opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and deletes one or more entries. |
|
|
issues the LDAP extended operation specified by oid or one of the special keywords whoami, cancel, or refresh. |
|
|
opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and modifies entries. |
|
|
opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and modifies the RDN of entries. |
|
|
is a tool used to set the password of an LDAP user. |
|
|
opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and performs a search using specified parameters. |
|
|
is a command that allows to either compose or decompose LDAP URIs. |
|
|
opens a connection to an LDAP server, binds and displays whoami information. |
|
|
is used to check the behavior of slapd by verifying access to directory data according to the access control list directives defined in its configuration. |
|
|
is used to add entries specified in LDAP Directory Interchange Format (LDIF) to an LDAP database. |
|
|
is used to check the behavior of the slapd in mapping identities for authentication and authorization purposes, as specified in slapd.conf. |
|
|
is used to generate an LDAP LDIF output based upon the contents of a slapd database. |
|
|
is the standalone LDAP server. |
|
|
checks a list of string-represented DNs based on schema syntax. |
|
|
is used to regenerate slapd indexes based upon the current contents of a database. |
|
|
is an OpenLDAP password utility. |
|
|
is used to check schema compliance of the contents of a slapd database. |
|
|
checks the sanity of the |
|
|
is a set of Lightweight Basic Encoding Rules routines. These routines are used by the LDAP library routines to encode and decode LDAP protocol elements using the (slightly simplified) Basic Encoding Rules defined by LDAP. They are not normally used directly by an LDAP application program except in the handling of controls and extended operations. |
|
|
supports the LDAP programs and provide functionality for other programs interacting with LDAP. |
|
|
contains the functions required by the LDAP programs to produce the results from LDAP requests. |
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
Unbound is a validating, recursive, and caching DNS resolver. It is designed as a set of modular components that incorporate modern features, such as enhanced security (DNSSEC) validation, Internet Protocol Version 6 (IPv6), and a client resolver library API as an integral part of the architecture.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.unbound.net/downloads/unbound-1.7.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: ea45068fb27ef358f581227b99645525
Download size: 5.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 66 MB (add 9 MB for tests and 60 MB for documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (add 0.5 SBU for tests)
libevent-2.1.8, Nettle-3.4, Python-2.7.15, SWIG-3.0.12 (for Python bindings), Doxygen-1.8.14 (for html documentation), dnstap, and Sphinx (for Python bindings documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/unbound
There should be a dedicated user and group to take control of
the unbound
daemon after it is started. Issue the following commands as
the root user:
groupadd -g 88 unbound &&
useradd -c "Unbound DNS resolver" -d /var/lib/unbound -u 88 \
-g unbound -s /bin/false unbound
Install Unbound by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static \
--with-pidfile=/run/unbound.pid &&
make
If you have Doxygen-1.8.14 package installed and want to build html documentation, run the following command:
make doc
To test the results, issue make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && mv -v /usr/sbin/unbound-host /usr/bin/
If you built the documentation, install it by running the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/unbound-1.7.3 && install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/unbound-1.7.3
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--with-libevent: This option
enables libevent support allowing use of large outgoing port
ranges.
--with-pyunbound: This option
enables building of the Python bindings.
In the default configuration, unbound will bind to
localhost (127.0.0.1 IP address) and allow recursive
queries only from localhost clients. If you want to use
unbound for
local DNS resolution, run the following command as the
root user:
echo "nameserver 127.0.0.1" > /etc/resolv.conf
If you are using a DHCP client for connecting to a network,
/etc/resolv.conf gets
overwritten with values provided by DHCP server. You can
override this, for example in DHCP-4.4.1, by running the following
command as the root user:
sed -i '/request /i\supersede domain-name-servers 127.0.0.1;' \
/etc/dhcp/dhclient.conf
For advanced configuration see /etc/unbound/unbound.conf file and the
documentation.
When Unbound is installed,
some package builds fail if the file /etc/unbound/root.key is not found. This
file is created by running the boot script (install
instructions below). Alternatively, it can be created by
running the following command as the root user:
unbound-anchor
If you want the Unbound
server to start automatically when the system is booted,
install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/unbound init
script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-unbound
|
is a DNS resolver daemon. |
|
|
performs setup or update of the root trust anchor for DNSSEC validation. |
|
|
checks unbound configuration file for syntax and other errors. |
|
|
performs remote administration on the unbound DNS resolver. |
|
|
generates self-signed certificate and private keys for the server and client. |
|
|
is a DNS lookup utility similar to host from BIND Utilities-9.13.2. |
|
|
provides the Unbound API functions to programs. |
Last updated on 2018-08-21 15:38:20 -0700
This chapter contains instructions to build and configure a graphical user environment.
Xorg, in addition to clearing up some licensing issues with XFree86, introduced a completely auto-tooled build for the X Window system. This means that the packages build and install using the conventional configure, make, and make install commands, as opposed to a proprietary build system that required hand editing of configuration parameters in a C-like syntax.
Xorg also brought with it a modular build system. While this separation into modules resulted in full control of the features available to the X server on any given installation, it also made the installation more tedious as it requires installing more than 100 different packages to obtain a functional X Window environment. Most large commercial distributions have elected to use Xorg over the XFree86 distribution due to both licensing issues and the increased functionality provided by it over XFree86. With the modular build system, also came incremental updates to individual packages. The distribution of Xorg is given a release number by the developers, in this case Xorg-7, and is referred to as the "katamari" by the upstream developers.
Xorg is a freely redistributable, open-source implementation of the X Window System. This system provides a client/server interface between display hardware (the mouse, keyboard, and video displays) and the desktop environment, while also providing both the windowing infrastructure and a standardized application interface (API).
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7
Xorg-7.0 introduced a completely auto-tooled, modular build system. With the new modular build system, it is no longer possible to download the entire package in a single file. In fact, there will be well over 100 packages that need to be fetched from the download location. To assist with such a large task, installing Wget-1.19.5 is strongly recommended for downloading the needed files. A complete wget file list is provided for each page that includes multiple packages.
Given the number of packages available, deciding which packages you need to install for your particular setup may seem a bit overwhelming at first. Take a look at this page and this thread to get an idea of what you will need. If you are unsure, you should install all packages at the cost of extra disk space.
Even if you intend to download only the necessary packages, you should download the wget file lists. The list of files are ordered by dependency, and the package versions listed in the files are known to work well with each other. Further, the wget file lists contain comments for specific packages that are deprecated or are not recommended to install. Newer packages are likely intended for the next release of Xorg and have already proved to be incompatible with current versions of software installed in BLFS. The installed size of Xorg can be reduced considerably by installing only the packages that you will need and use, however, the BLFS book cannot account for all dependencies and build options for the individual Xorg packages. The instructions assume that all packages have been built. A wiki page containing dependency information is under development. You are encouraged to add to these pages if you discover additional information that may be helpful to other users who selectively install individual packages.
Additionally, because of the large number of repetitive
commands, you are encouraged to partially automate the build.
Instructions have been given that utilize the Sudo-1.8.23 package. It is
recommended that you use the :NOPASSWD configuration option
for the user that will be building the xorg packages.
The following instructions assume that the shell startup files have been set up as described in The Bash Shell Startup Files.
First, you'll need to create a working directory:
mkdir xc && cd xc
As with previous releases of the X Window System, it may be
desirable to install Xorg
into an alternate prefix. This is no longer common practice
among Linux distributions. The common installation prefix for
Xorg on Linux is
/usr. There is no standard
alternate prefix, nor is there any exception in the current
revision of the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard for Release 7
of the X Window System. Alan Coopersmith of Sun Microsystems,
has recently stated "At Sun, we were using /usr/X11 and plan to stick with it." Only
the /opt/* prefix or the
/usr prefix adhere to the
current FHS guidelines.
Choose your installation prefix, and set the XORG_PREFIX variable with the following
command:
export XORG_PREFIX="<PREFIX>"
Throughout these instructions, you will use the following
configure
switches for all of the packages. Create the XORG_CONFIG variable to use for this parameter
substitution:
export XORG_CONFIG="--prefix=$XORG_PREFIX --sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var --disable-static"
Create an /etc/profile.d/xorg.sh configuration file
containing these variables as the root user:
cat > /etc/profile.d/xorg.sh << EOF XORG_PREFIX="$XORG_PREFIX" XORG_CONFIG="--prefix=\$XORG_PREFIX --sysconfdir=/etc --localstatedir=/var --disable-static" export XORG_PREFIX XORG_CONFIG EOF chmod 644 /etc/profile.d/xorg.sh
There is some confustion about the above 'here' document. The backslash in front of the dollar sign is correct. Bash will remove it when creating /etc/profile.d/xorg.sh. However, if you are creating the file with an editor, a copy and paste operation will not remove the baskslash. It must then be removed manually.
If you've decided to use the standard /usr prefix, you can omit the remainder
of this page and continue at util-macros-1.19.2.
If you've decided to not use the standard prefix, be
sure to add $XORG_PREFIX/bin to
your PATH environment variable,
and $XORG_PREFIX/lib/pkgconfig
and $XORG_PREFIX/share/pkgconfig to your
PKG_CONFIG_PATH variable. It is
also helpful to specify additional search paths for
gcc and an
include directory for the aclocal program. Issue the
following commands as the root user:
cat >> /etc/profile.d/xorg.sh << "EOF" pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/bin PATH pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/lib/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/share/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/lib LIBRARY_PATH pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/include C_INCLUDE_PATH pathappend $XORG_PREFIX/include CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH ACLOCAL="aclocal -I $XORG_PREFIX/share/aclocal" export PATH PKG_CONFIG_PATH ACLOCAL LIBRARY_PATH C_INCLUDE_PATH CPLUS_INCLUDE_PATH EOF
You should also add $XORG_PREFIX/lib to the /etc/ld.so.conf file. Again, as the
root user, issue the
following command:
echo "$XORG_PREFIX/lib" >> /etc/ld.so.conf
You should also modify /etc/man_db.conf, adding appropriate
MANDATORY_MANPATH, MANPATH_MAP, and MANDB_MAP entries
following the examples for /usr/X11R6. Issue the following command as
the root user:
sed "s@/usr/X11R6@$XORG_PREFIX@g" -i /etc/man_db.conf
Some applications look for shared files in /usr/share/X11. Create a symbolic link to
the proper location as the root user:
ln -sf $XORG_PREFIX/share/X11 /usr/share/X11
If building KDE, some cmake files look for Xorg in places other than $XORG_PREFIX. Allow cmake to find Xorg with:
ln -sf $XORG_PREFIX /usr/X11R6
Last updated on 2017-05-21 15:15:27 -0700
The util-macros package contains the m4 macros used by all of the Xorg packages.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/util/util-macros-1.19.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/util/util-macros-1.19.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 58edef899364f78fbde9479ded20211e
Download size: 88 KB
Estimated disk space required: 508 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Xorg build environment (should be set for the following instructions to work)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/util-macros
Install util-macros by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
$XORG_PREFIX/share/pkgconfig and
$XORG_PREFIX/share/util-macros
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The xorgproto package provides the header files required to build the X Window system, and to allow other applications to build against the installed X Window system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xorg.freedesktop.org/archive/individual/proto/xorgproto-2018.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 81557ca47ee66a4e54590fcdadd28114
Download size: 381 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
fop-2.3, libxslt-1.1.32, xmlto-0.0.28 and asciidoc-8.6.9 (to build additional documentation)
There is a reciprocal dependency with fop-2.3. If you wish to build the documentation, you'll need to re-install the Protocol Headers after the installation is complete and fop-2.3 has been installed.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7ProtocolHeaders
Install xorgproto by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=$XORG_PREFIX .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install && install -vdm 755 $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/xorgproto-2018.4 && install -vm 644 ../[^m]*.txt ../PM_spec $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/xorgproto-2018.4
install -vm 644 ../[^m]*.txt
../PM_spec ...: The meson build system does
not install the text files into /usr/share/doc. The [^m] part prevents copying
the meson_config.txt file.
$XORG_PREFIX/include/GL, $XORG_PREFIX/include/X11, and $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/xorgproto-2018.4
Last updated on 2018-02-18 22:04:14 +0100
The libXau package contains a library implementing the X11 Authorization Protocol. This is useful for restricting client access to the display.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/lib/libXau-1.0.8.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/lib/libXau-1.0.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 685f8abbffa6d145c0f930f00703b21b
Download size: 289 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libXau
Install libXau by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The libXdmcp package contains a library implementing the X Display Manager Control Protocol. This is useful for allowing clients to interact with the X Display Manager.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/lib/libXdmcp-1.1.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/lib/libXdmcp-1.1.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 18aa5c1279b01f9d18e3299969665b2e
Download size: 324 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
xmlto-0.0.28, fop-2.3, and libxslt-1.1.32 (for documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libXdmcp
Install libXdmcp by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXdmcp
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The xcb-proto package provides the XML-XCB protocol descriptions that libxcb uses to generate the majority of its code and API.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-proto-1.13.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: abe9aa4886138150bbc04ae4f29b90e3
Download size: 148 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Xorg build environment (should be set for the following instructions to work)
Python-2.7.15 and libxml2-2.9.8 (required to run the tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xcb-proto
Install xcb-proto by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
$XORG_PREFIX/share/xcb and $XORG_PREFIX/lib/python2.7/site-packages/xcbgen
or $XORG_PREFIX/lib/python3.7/site-packages/xcbgen
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The libxcb package provides an interface to the X Window System protocol, which replaces the current Xlib interface. Xlib can also use XCB as a transport layer, allowing software to make requests and receive responses with both.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/libxcb-1.13.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c2b6cf928afa16b0047c974e7aaa783f
Download size: 498 KB
Estimated disk space required: 41 MB (with tests, add 62 MB for doxygen docs)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests, add 1.4 SBU for doxygen docs)
libXau-1.0.8 and xcb-proto-1.13
Doxygen-1.8.14 (to generate API documentation) and libxslt-1.1.32
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxcb
Install libxcb by running the following commands:
sed -i "s/pthread-stubs//" configure &&
./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
--without-doxygen \
--docdir='${datadir}'/doc/libxcb-1.13 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed "s/pthread-stubs//" -i configure: This sed removes dependency on libpthread-stubs package which is useless on Linux.
--without-doxygen: Do
not use doxygen to generate API documentation (default:
auto). Without it, if Doxygen-1.8.14 is installed, the API
documentation will be generated and installed.
$XORG_PREFIX/include/xcb and $XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libxcb-1.13
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The Xorg libraries provide library routines that are used within all X Window applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/lib/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/lib/
Download size: 13 MB
Estimated disk space required: 215 MB (34 MB installed) - if source directories not deleted
Estimated build time: 2.3 SBU
Fontconfig-2.13.0 and libxcb-1.13
xmlto-0.0.28 with one or more of the following: fop-2.3, Links-2.16, Lynx-2.8.9rel.1, and w3m-0.5.3 (to generate additional PDF or text documentation for the libXfont package).
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7Libraries
First, create a list of files to be downloaded. This file will also be used to verify the integrity of the downloads when complete:
cat > lib-7.md5 << "EOF"
c5ba432dd1514d858053ffe9f4737dd8 xtrans-1.3.5.tar.bz2
6b0f83e851b3b469dd660f3a95ac3e42 libX11-1.6.6.tar.bz2
52df7c4c1f0badd9f82ab124fb32eb97 libXext-1.3.3.tar.bz2
d79d9fe2aa55eb0f69b1a4351e1368f7 libFS-1.0.7.tar.bz2
addfb1e897ca8079531669c7c7711726 libICE-1.0.9.tar.bz2
499a7773c65aba513609fe651853c5f3 libSM-1.2.2.tar.bz2
eeea9d5af3e6c143d0ea1721d27a5e49 libXScrnSaver-1.2.3.tar.bz2
8f5b5576fbabba29a05f3ca2226f74d3 libXt-1.1.5.tar.bz2
41d92ab627dfa06568076043f3e089e4 libXmu-1.1.2.tar.bz2
20f4627672edb2bd06a749f11aa97302 libXpm-3.5.12.tar.bz2
e5e06eb14a608b58746bdd1c0bd7b8e3 libXaw-1.0.13.tar.bz2
07e01e046a0215574f36a3aacb148be0 libXfixes-5.0.3.tar.bz2
f7a218dcbf6f0848599c6c36fc65c51a libXcomposite-0.4.4.tar.bz2
802179a76bded0b658f4e9ec5e1830a4 libXrender-0.9.10.tar.bz2
58fe3514e1e7135cf364101e714d1a14 libXcursor-1.1.15.tar.bz2
0cf292de2a9fa2e9a939aefde68fd34f libXdamage-1.1.4.tar.bz2
0920924c3a9ebc1265517bdd2f9fde50 libfontenc-1.1.3.tar.bz2
b7ca87dfafeb5205b28a1e91ac3efe85 libXfont2-2.0.3.tar.bz2
331b3a2a3a1a78b5b44cfbd43f86fcfe libXft-2.3.2.tar.bz2
1f0f2719c020655a60aee334ddd26d67 libXi-1.7.9.tar.bz2
0d5f826a197dae74da67af4a9ef35885 libXinerama-1.1.4.tar.bz2
28e486f1d491b757173dd85ba34ee884 libXrandr-1.5.1.tar.bz2
5d6d443d1abc8e1f6fc1c57fb27729bb libXres-1.2.0.tar.bz2
ef8c2c1d16a00bd95b9fdcef63b8a2ca libXtst-1.2.3.tar.bz2
210b6ef30dda2256d54763136faa37b9 libXv-1.0.11.tar.bz2
4cbe1c1def7a5e1b0ed5fce8e512f4c6 libXvMC-1.0.10.tar.bz2
d7dd9b9df336b7dd4028b6b56542ff2c libXxf86dga-1.1.4.tar.bz2
298b8fff82df17304dfdb5fe4066fe3a libXxf86vm-1.1.4.tar.bz2
d2f1f0ec68ac3932dd7f1d9aa0a7a11c libdmx-1.1.4.tar.bz2
8f436e151d5106a9cfaa71857a066d33 libpciaccess-0.14.tar.bz2
4a4cfeaf24dab1b991903455d6d7d404 libxkbfile-1.0.9.tar.bz2
42dda8016943dc12aff2c03a036e0937 libxshmfence-1.3.tar.bz2
EOF
To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:
mkdir lib &&
cd lib &&
grep -v '^#' ../lib-7.md5 | awk '{print $2}' | wget -i- -c \
-B https://www.x.org/pub/individual/lib/ &&
md5sum -c ../lib-7.md5
When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:
Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.8.23 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.
One way to handle this situation is to create a short bash function that automatically selects the appropriate method. Once the command is set in the environment, it does not need to be set again.
as_root()
{
if [ $EUID = 0 ]; then $*
elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
else su -c \\"$*\\"
fi
}
export -f as_root
Some libraries come with a test suite. If you wish to execute them, either comment out the rm -rf ... below, so that, after all libraries are installed, you can come back to the corresponding directory and run make check, or do individual builds, running the tests for each of those distributed with working test suites. Alternatively, you can uncomment the line #make check ..., and at the end, check the test results with:
grep -A9 summary *make_check.log
BLFS developers have confirmed that libX11, libXt and libxshmfence are distributed with working test suites.
First, start a subshell that will exit on error:
bash -e
Install all of the packages by running the following commands:
for package in $(grep -v '^#' ../lib-7.md5 | awk '{print $2}')
do
packagedir=${package%.tar.bz2}
tar -xf $package
pushd $packagedir
case $packagedir in
libICE* )
./configure $XORG_CONFIG ICE_LIBS=-lpthread
;;
libXfont2-[0-9]* )
./configure $XORG_CONFIG --disable-devel-docs
;;
libXt-[0-9]* )
./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
--with-appdefaultdir=/etc/X11/app-defaults
;;
* )
./configure $XORG_CONFIG
;;
esac
make
#make check 2>&1 | tee ../$packagedir-make_check.log
as_root make install
popd
rm -rf $packagedir
as_root /sbin/ldconfig
done
Finally, exit the shell that was started earlier:
exit
./configure $XORG_CONFIG ICE_LIBS=-lpthread: This fixes a change in glibc which breaks pulseaudio at runtime.
--disable-devel-docs:
Disable generation of text documentation in the libXfont2
package if xmlto-0.0.28 is installed without a text
browser. Omit this parameter (or the entire case statement) if a text
browser is installed.
--with-fop: Use fop-2.3 to generate PDF
documentation (only for the libXfont package).
If you've chosen to install Xorg into /usr, then no further configuration is
necessary and you can skip the rest of this section. If
you've opted for an alternate prefix, you should create two
symlinks to satisfy the expected environment of several
packages. Execute the following commands as the root user:
ln -sv $XORG_PREFIX/lib/X11 /usr/lib/X11 && ln -sv $XORG_PREFIX/include/X11 /usr/include/X11
$XORG_PREFIX/include/X11/fonts,
$XORG_PREFIX/include/X11/Xtrans,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libFS,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libICE,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libSM,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libX11,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXaw,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXext,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXi,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXmu,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXrender,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXt,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXtst,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/libXvMC,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/doc/xtrans
and $XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/locale
|
checks the format of an XPM file. |
|
|
shows an XPM file and/or converts XPM 1 or 2 files to XPM 3. |
|
|
is the X Window System DMX (Distributed Multihead X) extension library. |
|
|
is the X11 font encoding library. |
|
|
is the library interface to the X Font Server. |
|
|
is the X Inter Client Exchange Library. |
|
|
is the generic PCI Access library for X. |
|
|
is the X Session Management Library. |
|
|
is the Xlib Library. |
|
|
is the X Athena Widgets Library, version 6. |
|
|
is the X Athena Widgets Library, version 7. |
|
|
are symbolic links to the current X Athena Widgets Library, version 7. |
|
|
is the X Composite Library. |
|
|
is the X Cursor management library. |
|
|
is the X Damage Library. |
|
|
is the Misc X Extension Library. |
|
|
provides augmented versions of core protocol requests. |
|
|
is the X font library. |
|
|
is the X FreeType interface library. |
|
|
is the Xinerama Library. |
|
|
is the X Input Extension Library. |
|
|
is the xkbfile Library. |
|
|
is the X interface library for miscellaneous utilities not part of the Xlib standard. |
|
|
is the Mini Xmu Library. |
|
|
is the X Pixmap Library. |
|
|
is the X Resize, Rotate and Reflection extension library. |
|
|
is the X Render Library. |
|
|
is the X-Resource extension client library. |
|
|
exposes an event API on top of Linux futexes. |
|
|
is the X11 Screen Saver extension client library. |
|
|
is the X Toolkit Library. |
|
|
is the Xtst Library. |
|
|
is the X-Video Motion Compensation Library. |
|
|
is the XvMC Wrapper including the Nonstandard VLD extension. |
|
|
is the X Window System video extension library. |
|
|
is the client library for the XFree86-DGA extension. |
|
|
is the client library for the XFree86-VidMode X extension. |
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
The xcb-util package provides additional extensions to the XCB library, many that were previously found in Xlib, but are not part of core X protocol.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-util-0.4.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2e97feed81919465a04ccc71e4073313
Download size: 292 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xcb-util
Install xcb-util by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The xcb-util-image package provides additional extensions to the XCB library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-util-image-0.4.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 08fe8ffecc8d4e37c0ade7906b3f4c87
Download size: 324 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xcb-util-image
Install xcb-util-image by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
To test the results, issue: LD_LIBRARY_PATH=$XORG_PREFIX/lib make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The xcb-util-keysyms package contains a library for handling standard X key constants and conversion to/from keycodes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-util-keysyms-0.4.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 1022293083eec9e62d5659261c29e367
Download size: 284 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xcb-util-keysyms
Install xcb-util-keysyms by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The xcb-util-renderutil package provides additional extensions to the XCB library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-util-renderutil-0.3.9.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 468b119c94da910e1291f3ffab91019a
Download size: 288 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Doxygen-1.8.14 (for documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xcb-util-renderutil
Install xcb-util-renderutil by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The xcb-util-wm package contains libraries which provide client and window-manager helpers for EWMH and ICCCM.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-util-wm-0.4.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 87b19a1cd7bfcb65a24e36c300e03129
Download size: 316 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xcb-util-wm
Install xcb-util-wm by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The xcb-util-cursor package provides a module that implements the XCB cursor library. It is a the XCB replacement for libXcursor.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://xcb.freedesktop.org/dist/xcb-util-cursor-0.1.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6ac3b17cba51aaaa36ba035a53527214
Download size: 292 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xcb-util-cursor
Install xcb-util-cursor by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2015-09-20 17:38:20 -0500
Mesa is an OpenGL compatible 3D graphics library.
Mesa is updated relatively often. You may want to use the latest available 18.1.x mesa version.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://mesa.freedesktop.org/archive/mesa-18.1.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.freedesktop.org/pub/mesa/mesa-18.1.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f798814c0b93ca3c1cf395bb936db3e0
Download size: 11 MB
Estimated disk space required: 382 MB (with demos and docs, add 40 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 3.5 SBU (with parallelism=4, demos, and docs; add 1.0 SBU for tests)
Recommended patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/8.3/mesa-18.1.6-add_xdemos-1.patch (installs 2 demo programs for testing Mesa - not needed if you install the mesa-demos package)
Xorg Libraries, libdrm-2.4.93, Mako-1.0.4, and Python-2.7.15
libvdpau-1.1.1 (to build VDPAU drivers), LLVM-6.0.1 (required for Gallium3D, r300, and radeonsi drivers and for the llvmpipe software rasterizer. See http://www.mesa3d.org/systems.html for more information), and wayland-protocols-1.15 (required for Plasma-5.13.4, GNOME, and recommended for GTK+-3.22.30)
libgcrypt-1.8.3, Nettle-3.4, mesa-demos (provides more than 300 extra demos to test Mesa; this includes the same programs added by the patch above), and Bellagio OpenMAX Integration Layer (for mobile platforms)
The instructions below assume that LLVM with the r600/amdgpu and host backends are installed. You will need to modify the instructions if you choose not to install it. For an explanation of Gallium3D see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gallium3D.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mesa
If you have downloaded the xdemos patch (needed if testing the Xorg installation per BLFS instructions), apply it by running the following command:
patch -Np1 -i ../mesa-18.1.6-add_xdemos-1.patch
Now, select the drivers you wish to install. The available drivers are i915, nouveau, r300, r600, radeonsi, freedreno, svga, swrast, vc4, and virgl. If the Gallium drivers are not specified, the default is 'r300,r600,svga,swrast'. Modify the command below for any desired drivers. The listed drivers below will cover most modern video cards. For help in selecting drivers see http://www.mesa3d.org/systems.html.
GLL_DRV="i915,r600,nouveau,radeonsi,svga,swrast"
Install Mesa by running the following commands:
./configure CFLAGS='-O2' CXXFLAGS='-O2' LDFLAGS=-lLLVM \
--prefix=$XORG_PREFIX \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-texture-float \
--enable-osmesa \
--enable-xa \
--enable-glx-tls \
--with-platforms="drm,x11,wayland" \
--with-gallium-drivers=$GLL_DRV &&
unset GLL_DRV &&
make
If you have applied the xdemos patch, build the demo programs by running the following command:
make -C xdemos DEMOS_PREFIX=$XORG_PREFIX
To test the results, issue: make -k check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have built the demo programs, install them by running
the following command as the root user:
make -C xdemos DEMOS_PREFIX=$XORG_PREFIX install
If desired, install the optional documentation by running the
following commands as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/mesa-18.1.6 && cp -rfv docs/* /usr/share/doc/mesa-18.1.6
CFLAGS="-O2"
CXXFLAGS="-O2": By default, Autoconf sets CFLAGS and CXXFLAGS to "-g
-O2". That results in binaries and libraries being built with
debugging symbols which make them bigger. Override the
default flags to omit the -g compiler flag so the final
libraries are smaller.
LDFLAGS=-lLLVM: This
environment variable specifies the LLVM libraries that are
not automatically included for some of the package
components.
--enable-texture-float: This
switch enables floating-point textures and render buffers.
Please consult docs/patents.txt
to see if there are any legal issues if you use this feature.
--enable-osmesa: This
switch enables building the libOSMesa library.
--enable-xa: This
switch enables building the XA X Acceleration API (Required
for VMware 3D Driver).
--enable-gbm: This
switch enables building the Mesa Graphics Buffer Manager library.
--enable-glx-tls:
This switch enables TLS (Thread Local Storage) support in
GLX.
--with-platforms="...": This
parameter controls which platforms EGL will be built for.
Available platforms are drm, x11 and wayland.
--with-gallium-drivers="...":
This parameter controls which Gallium3D drivers should be
built.
--enable-sysfs: Use this switch
to enable simple PCI identification method, required for
building DRI on systems without udev.
|
is a GL demo useful for troubleshooting graphics problems. |
|
|
is a diagnostic program that displays information about the graphics hardware and installed GL libraries. |
|
|
provides a native platform graphics interface as defined by the EGL-1.4 specification. |
|
|
is the Mesa Graphics Buffer Manager library. |
|
|
is the Mesa OpenGL ES 1.1 library. |
|
|
is the Mesa OpenGL ES 2.0 library. |
|
|
is the main Mesa OpenGL library. |
|
|
is the Mesa Off-screen Rendering library. |
|
|
is the Xorg Gallium3D acceleration library. |
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The xbitmaps package contains bitmap images used by multiple applications built in Xorg chapter.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/data/xbitmaps-1.1.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/data/xbitmaps-1.1.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: cedeef095918aca86da79a2934e03daf
Download size: 126 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xbitmaps
Install xbitmaps by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
$XORG_PREFIX/include/X11/bitmaps
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The Xorg applications provide the expected applications available in previous X Window implementations.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/app/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/app/
Download size: 4.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (ignoring the time to download)
libpng-1.6.35, Mesa-18.1.6, xbitmaps-1.1.2, and xcb-util-0.4.0
Linux-PAM-1.3.0 and both cairo-5c and Nickle (only if you wish to try to run the undocumented xkeyhost script).
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7Applications
First, create a list of files to be downloaded. This file will also be used to verify the integrity of the downloads when complete:
cat > app-7.md5 << "EOF"
3b9b79fa0f9928161f4bad94273de7ae iceauth-1.0.8.tar.bz2
c4a3664e08e5a47c120ff9263ee2f20c luit-1.1.1.tar.bz2
18c429148c96c2079edda922a2b67632 mkfontdir-1.0.7.tar.bz2
987c438e79f5ddb84a9c5726a1610819 mkfontscale-1.1.3.tar.bz2
e475167a892b589da23edf8edf8c942d sessreg-1.1.1.tar.bz2
2c47a1b8e268df73963c4eb2316b1a89 setxkbmap-1.3.1.tar.bz2
3a93d9f0859de5d8b65a68a125d48f6a smproxy-1.0.6.tar.bz2
f0b24e4d8beb622a419e8431e1c03cd7 x11perf-1.6.0.tar.bz2
f3f76cb10f69b571c43893ea6a634aa4 xauth-1.0.10.tar.bz2
d50cf135af04436b9456a5ab7dcf7971 xbacklight-1.2.2.tar.bz2
9956d751ea3ae4538c3ebd07f70736a0 xcmsdb-1.0.5.tar.bz2
b58a87e6cd7145c70346adad551dba48 xcursorgen-1.0.6.tar.bz2
8809037bd48599af55dad81c508b6b39 xdpyinfo-1.3.2.tar.bz2
480e63cd365f03eb2515a6527d5f4ca6 xdriinfo-1.0.6.tar.bz2
249bdde90f01c0d861af52dc8fec379e xev-1.2.2.tar.bz2
90b4305157c2b966d5180e2ee61262be xgamma-1.0.6.tar.bz2
f5d490738b148cb7f2fe760f40f92516 xhost-1.0.7.tar.bz2
6a889412eff2e3c1c6bb19146f6fe84c xinput-1.6.2.tar.bz2
12610df19df2af3797f2c130ee2bce97 xkbcomp-1.4.2.tar.bz2
c747faf1f78f5a5962419f8bdd066501 xkbevd-1.1.4.tar.bz2
502b14843f610af977dffc6cbf2102d5 xkbutils-1.0.4.tar.bz2
938177e4472c346cf031c1aefd8934fc xkill-1.0.5.tar.bz2
5dcb6e6c4b28c8d7aeb45257f5a72a7d xlsatoms-1.1.2.tar.bz2
4fa92377e0ddc137cd226a7a87b6b29a xlsclients-1.1.4.tar.bz2
e50ffae17eeb3943079620cb78f5ce0b xmessage-1.0.5.tar.bz2
723f02d3a5f98450554556205f0a9497 xmodmap-1.0.9.tar.bz2
eaac255076ea351fd08d76025788d9f9 xpr-1.0.5.tar.bz2
4becb3ddc4674d741487189e4ce3d0b6 xprop-1.2.3.tar.bz2
ebffac98021b8f1dc71da0c1918e9b57 xrandr-1.5.0.tar.bz2
96f9423eab4d0641c70848d665737d2e xrdb-1.1.1.tar.bz2
c56fa4adbeed1ee5173f464a4c4a61a6 xrefresh-1.0.6.tar.bz2
70ea7bc7bacf1a124b1692605883f620 xset-1.2.4.tar.bz2
5fe769c8777a6e873ed1305e4ce2c353 xsetroot-1.1.2.tar.bz2
558360176b718dee3c39bc0648c0d10c xvinfo-1.1.3.tar.bz2
11794a8eba6d295a192a8975287fd947 xwd-1.0.7.tar.bz2
9a505b91ae7160bbdec360968d060c83 xwininfo-1.1.4.tar.bz2
79972093bb0766fcd0223b2bd6d11932 xwud-1.0.5.tar.bz2
EOF
To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:
mkdir app &&
cd app &&
grep -v '^#' ../app-7.md5 | awk '{print $2}' | wget -i- -c \
-B https://www.x.org/pub/individual/app/ &&
md5sum -c ../app-7.md5
When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:
Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.8.23 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.
One way to handle this situation is to create a short bash function that automatically selects the appropriate method. Once the command is set in the environment, it does not need to be set again.
as_root()
{
if [ $EUID = 0 ]; then $*
elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
else su -c \\"$*\\"
fi
}
export -f as_root
First, start a subshell that will exit on error:
bash -e
Install all of the packages by running the following commands:
for package in $(grep -v '^#' ../app-7.md5 | awk '{print $2}')
do
packagedir=${package%.tar.bz2}
tar -xf $package
pushd $packagedir
case $packagedir in
luit-[0-9]* )
sed -i -e "/D_XOPEN/s/5/6/" configure
;;
esac
./configure $XORG_CONFIG
make
as_root make install
popd
rm -rf $packagedir
done
Finally, exit the shell that was started earlier:
exit
Unless you installed the optional dependencies, remove an undocumented script which is reported to be broken (xkeystone provided by the xrandr package).
as_root rm -f $XORG_PREFIX/bin/xkeystone
|
is the ICE authority file utility. |
|
|
provides locale and ISO 2022 support for Unicode terminals. |
|
|
creates an index of X font files in a directory. |
|
|
creates an index of scalable font files for X. |
|
|
manages utmp/wtmp entries for non-init clients. |
|
|
sets the keyboard using the X Keyboard Extension. |
|
|
is the Session Manager Proxy. |
|
|
is an X11 server performance test program. |
|
|
is an X11 server performance comparison program. |
|
|
is the X authority file utility. |
|
|
adjusts backlight brightness using RandR extension. |
|
|
is the Device Color Characterization utility for the X Color Management System. |
|
|
creates an X cursor file from a collection of PNG images. |
|
|
dumps an X window directly to a printer. |
|
|
is a display information utility for X. |
|
|
queries configuration information of DRI drivers. |
|
|
prints contents of X events. |
|
|
alters a monitor's gamma correction through the X server. |
|
|
is a server access control program for X. |
|
|
is a utility to configure and test X input devices. |
|
|
is an XKB utility program that raises a bell event. |
|
|
compiles an XKB keyboard description. |
|
|
is the XKB event daemon. |
|
|
shows the XKB status of keyboard LEDs. |
|
|
monitors modifier keys and LEDs. |
|
|
kills a client by its X resource. |
|
|
lists interned atoms defined on the server. |
|
|
lists client applications running on a display. |
|
|
displays a message or query in a window. |
|
|
is a utility for modifying keymaps and pointer button mappings in X. |
|
|
prints an X window dump. |
|
|
is a property displayer for X. |
|
|
is a primitive command line interface to RandR extension. |
|
|
is the X server resource database utility. |
|
|
refreshes all or part of an X screen. |
|
|
is the user preference utility for X. |
|
|
is the root window parameter setting utility for X. |
|
|
prints out X-Video extension adaptor information. |
|
|
dumps an image of an X window. |
|
|
is a window information utility for X. |
|
|
is an image displayer for X. |
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The xcursor-themes package contains the redglass and whiteglass animated cursor themes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/data/xcursor-themes-1.0.5.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/data/xcursor-themes-1.0.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 34a93df23e4aa9ee2832a4af33da3ceb
Download size: 2.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 11.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xcursor-themes
Install xcursor-themes by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
$XORG_PREFIX/share/icons/handhelds,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/icons/redglass and
$XORG_PREFIX/share/icons/whiteglass
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The Xorg font packages provide some scalable fonts and supporting packages for Xorg applications. Many people will want to install other TTF or OTF fonts in addition to, or instead of, these. Some are listed at the section called “TTF and OTF fonts”.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/font/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/font/
Download size: 3.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 8.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7Fonts
First, create a list of files to be downloaded. This file will also be used to verify the integrity of the downloads when complete:
cat > font-7.md5 << "EOF"
23756dab809f9ec5011bb27fb2c3c7d6 font-util-1.3.1.tar.bz2
0f2d6546d514c5cc4ecf78a60657a5c1 encodings-1.0.4.tar.bz2
6d25f64796fef34b53b439c2e9efa562 font-alias-1.0.3.tar.bz2
fcf24554c348df3c689b91596d7f9971 font-adobe-utopia-type1-1.0.4.tar.bz2
e8ca58ea0d3726b94fe9f2c17344be60 font-bh-ttf-1.0.3.tar.bz2
53ed9a42388b7ebb689bdfc374f96a22 font-bh-type1-1.0.3.tar.bz2
bfb2593d2102585f45daa960f43cb3c4 font-ibm-type1-1.0.3.tar.bz2
6306c808f7d7e7d660dfb3859f9091d2 font-misc-ethiopic-1.0.3.tar.bz2
3eeb3fb44690b477d510bbd8f86cf5aa font-xfree86-type1-1.0.4.tar.bz2
EOF
To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:
mkdir font &&
cd font &&
grep -v '^#' ../font-7.md5 | awk '{print $2}' | wget -i- -c \
-B https://www.x.org/pub/individual/font/ &&
md5sum -c ../font-7.md5
When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:
Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.8.23 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.
One way to handle this situation is to create a short bash function that automatically selects the appropriate method. Once the command is set in the environment, it does not need to be set again.
as_root()
{
if [ $EUID = 0 ]; then $*
elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
else su -c \\"$*\\"
fi
}
export -f as_root
First, start a subshell that will exit on error:
bash -e
Install all of the packages by running the following commands:
for package in $(grep -v '^#' ../font-7.md5 | awk '{print $2}')
do
packagedir=${package%.tar.bz2}
tar -xf $package
pushd $packagedir
./configure $XORG_CONFIG
make
as_root make install
popd
as_root rm -rf $packagedir
done
Finally, exit the shell that was started earlier:
exit
When all of the fonts have been installed, the system must be
configured so that Fontconfig can find the TrueType fonts
since they are outside of the default search path of
/usr/share/fonts. Make symlinks
to the Xorg TrueType font
directories by running the following commands as the
root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/fonts && ln -svfn $XORG_PREFIX/share/fonts/X11/OTF /usr/share/fonts/X11-OTF && ln -svfn $XORG_PREFIX/share/fonts/X11/TTF /usr/share/fonts/X11-TTF
$XORG_PREFIX/share/fonts
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The XKeyboardConfig package contains the keyboard configuration database for the X Window System.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/data/xkeyboard-config/xkeyboard-config-2.24.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/data/xkeyboard-config/xkeyboard-config-2.24.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 74c4bdf52382127cb5802c3f2ab441e0
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xkeyboard-config
Install XKeyboardConfig by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG --with-xkb-rules-symlink=xorg && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-xkb-rules-symlink=xorg:
By default, the XKB rules installed are named "base". This
creates symlinks named "xorg" to those rules, which is the
default name used by Xorg.
$XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/xkb
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The Xorg Server is the core of the X Window system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/xserver/xorg-server-1.20.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/xserver/xorg-server-1.20.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e525846d1d0af5732ba835f2e2ec066d
Download size: 5.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 426 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU (using parallelism=4)
Pixman-0.34.0 and Xorg Fonts (for the font-util package), and at runtime: xkeyboard-config-2.24
libepoxy-1.5.2 (required for glamor, see command explanations below)
acpid-2.0.30 (runtime), Doxygen-1.8.14 (to build API documentation), fop-2.3 (to build documentation), Nettle-3.4, libgcrypt-1.8.3, xcb-util-keysyms-0.4.0, xcb-util-image-0.4.0, xcb-util-renderutil-0.3.9, xcb-util-wm-0.4.1 (all three to build Xephyr), xmlto-0.0.28 (to build documentation), Wayland-1.15.0 (needed for Xwayland), wayland-protocols-1.15, libunwind, and xorg-sgml-doctools (to build documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7Server
Install the server by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
--enable-glamor \
--enable-install-setuid \
--enable-suid-wrapper \
--disable-systemd-logind \
--with-xkb-output=/var/lib/xkb &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. You will need
to run ldconfig
as the root user first or
some tests may fail.
Now as the root user:
make install &&
mkdir -pv /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d &&
cat >> /etc/sysconfig/createfiles << "EOF"
/tmp/.ICE-unix dir 1777 root root
/tmp/.X11-unix dir 1777 root root
EOF
--enable-glamor:
Build the Glamor DIX (Device Independent X) module which is
currently used by: R600 or later radeon video chipsets, the
modesetting driver (which is part of this package) for
hardware using KMS which offers acceleration, and
(optionally) the intel driver.
--enable-install-setuid: The
Xorg binary must run as the root user. This switch ensures
that the binary is installed setuid when make is run by an
unprivileged user.
--enable-suid-wrapper: Build
suid-root wrapper for legacy driver support on rootless
xserver systems.
--disable-systemd-logind: Do
not build systemd-logind support, otherwise, an error (EE),
logged in /var/log/Xorg.0.log,
occurs when starting the X server. Systemd is not supported
by this (sysv) version of BLFS.
cat >>
/etc/sysconfig/createfiles...: This command
creates the /tmp/.ICE-unix and
/tmp/.X11-unix directories at
startup, and ensures that the permissions and ownership are
correct as required by the server.
--enable-dmx: Build DMX
(Distributed Multihead X) server.
--enable-kdrive: this option
allows the configure script to enable
Xephyr if its dependencies are met.
|
calculates VESA CVT mode lines. |
|
|
are various tools used for manipulating the dmx server. |
|
|
calculates VESA GTF mode lines. |
|
|
is a tool used to convert VDL config files to DMX config files. |
|
|
is a symbolic link to Xorg. |
|
|
is a proxy X server that uses one or more other X servers as its display devices. |
|
|
is a nested X server which supports modern X extensions. |
|
|
is a nested X server. |
|
|
is the X11R7 X Server. |
|
|
is the virtual framebuffer X server for X Version 11. |
|
|
is a graphical configuration utility for the dmx server. |
|
|
allows the X server to run X clients under wayland (i.e. wayland provides the input devices and handles the presentation of the windows). |
|
|
provides a video driver for machines using Kernel Mode Setting (KMS). This will use glamor if that has been enabled and the hardware offers acceleration. |
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The Xorg Drivers page contains the instructions for building Xorg drivers that are necessary in order for Xorg Server to take advantage of the hardware that it is running on. At least one input and one video driver are required for Xorg Server to start.
On machines using KMS, the modesetting driver is provided by xorg-server and can be used instead of the video driver for the specific hardware, but with reduced performance. It can also be used (without hardware acceleration) in virtual machines running under qemu.
If you are unsure which video hardware you have, you can use lspci from pciutils-3.6.2 to find out which video hardware you have and then look at the descriptions of the packages in order to find out which driver you need.
In addition to the drivers listed below, there are several other drivers for very old hardware that may still be relevant. The latest versions of these drivers may be downloaded from https://www.x.org/archive/individual/driver. Instructions for building these now intermittently maintained drivers may be found in a prior version of BLFS: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/7.6/x/x7driver.html
The libevdev package contains common functions for Xorg input drivers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/libevdev/libevdev-1.5.9.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a1ca11e961c1efed720fac4130881904
Download size: 400 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.0 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
Doxygen-1.8.14, Python-2.7.15, and Valgrind-3.13.0 (optional for tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libevdev
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
Device Drivers --->
Input device support --->
<*> Generic input layer (needed for...) [CONFIG_INPUT]
<*> Event interface [CONFIG_INPUT_EVDEV]
[*] Miscellaneous devices ---> [CONFIG_INPUT_MISC]
<*> User level driver support [CONFIG_INPUT_UINPUT]
Install libevdev by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
The regression tests can be run as the root user with make check, in a
graphical session. Note that on some systems, the tests may
cause a hard lockup and require a reboot.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
is a tool to change some kernel device properties. |
|
|
is a tool to estimate the resolution of a mouse. |
|
|
touchpad-edge-detector is a tool that reads the touchpad events from the kernel and calculates the minimum and maximum for the x and y coordinates, respectively. |
|
|
is a library of Xorg driver input functions. |
The Xorg Evdev Driver package contains a Generic Linux input driver for the Xorg X server. It handles keyboard, mouse, touchpads and wacom devices, though for touchpad and wacom advanced handling, additional drivers are required.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-input-evdev-2.10.6.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-input-evdev-2.10.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e8bd1edc6751f92e425cae7eba3c61eb
Download size: 400 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libevdev-1.5.9, mtdev-1.1.5, and Xorg-Server-1.20.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-evdev-driver
Install Xorg Evdev Driver by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
libinput is a library that handles input devices for display servers and other applications that need to directly deal with input devices.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/libinput/libinput-1.11.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: df6e877f11de4a9793511e9abfe7ef01
Download size: 476 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libevdev-1.5.9 and mtdev-1.1.5
Valgrind-3.13.0 (to run the tests), Doxygen-1.8.14 and Graphviz-2.40.1 (to build the documentation) GTK+-3.22.30 (to build the GUI event viewer), libunwind (required for tests), libwacom , and PyParsing (for one non-root test)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libinput
Although libinput works with the same kernel configuration
used by libevdev-1.5.9, its extensive
testsuite requires the presence of /dev/uinput (as well as both Valgrind-3.13.0 and libunwind).
If you wish to run the full tests, enable the following option in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
Device Drivers --->
Input device support --->
Miscellaneous Devices --->
<*/M> User level driver support [CONFIG_INPUT_UINPUT]
If you build this as a module, it needs to be inserted before the testsuite runs.
On an Xorg system you will also need to prevent the events
generated during the testsuite from interfering with your
desktop. Copy the file test/50-litest.conf into ${XORG_PREFIX}/share/X11/xorg.conf.d and
restart X. For further information see
libinput test suite.
Install libinput by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson --prefix=$XORG_PREFIX \
-Dudev-dir=/lib/udev \
-Ddebug-gui=false \
-Dtests=false \
-Ddocumentation=false \
-Dlibwacom=false \
.. &&
ninja
If you want to run the full tests, remove -Dtests from the meson command above. Please read "kernel configuration for running the libinput testsuite" (above).
If you have enabled the full tests, you can run the main tests as the root user by executing: ninja test. A very large number of tests will be run, about 20 fail (at least on an Xorg system).
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
If Doxygen-1.8.14 and Graphviz-2.40.1 were present during
the build, you can install the generated documentation by
running the following commands as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/libinput-1.11.3 && cp -rv html/* /usr/share/doc/libinput-1.11.3
-Dudev-dir=/lib/udev: This
switch specifies where UDev rules and hwdb files will be
installed.
-Ddebug-gui=false: This switch
disables creation of a visual debug helper for libinput.
Remove if you want it, and you have GTK+-3.22.30 installed.
-Dtests=false: This switch
disables compilation of the main tests. Even with the tests
defined as false, you can still run the first four minor
tests, as a regular user, but one will be skipped if
https://pypi.org/project/pyparsing
is not installed.
-Ddocumentation=false: This
switch disables generation of the documentation. Remove if
you want to generate it, and you have Doxygen-1.8.14 and
Graphviz-2.40.1 installed.
-Dlibwacom=false: Remove this
option if you have the external library libwacom installed.
|
is a set of tools to interface with the libinput library. |
|
|
is a debug helper for libinput. |
|
|
lists local devices as recognized by libinput. |
|
|
is the entry to a set of debugging programs to measure the properties of one or more devices. |
|
|
records kernel events from a device in a form that can later be replayed by libinput-replay. |
|
|
replays kernel events from a recording made by libinput-record. |
|
|
contains API functions for handling input devices. |
The X.Org Libinput Driver is a thin wrapper around libinput and allows for libinput to be used for input devices in X. This driver can be used as as drop-in replacement for evdev and synaptics.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-input-libinput-0.28.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-input-libinput-0.28.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2d7519ac0e39d4c88f3be32e81a637aa
Download size: 448 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.6 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
libinput-1.11.3 and Xorg-Server-1.20.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-libinput-driver
Install Xorg Libinput Driver by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
To test the results, issue make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Xorg Synaptics Driver package contains the X.Org Input Driver, support programs and SDK for Synaptics touchpads. Even though the evdev driver can handle touchpads very well, this driver is required if you want to use advanced features like multi tapping, scrolling with touchpad, turning the touchpad off while typing, etc.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-input-synaptics-1.9.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-input-synaptics-1.9.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: cfb79d3c975151f9bbf30b727c260cb9
Download size: 492 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libevdev-1.5.9 and Xorg-Server-1.20.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-synaptics-driver
Install Xorg Synaptics Driver by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Xorg VMMouse Driver package contains the VMMouse input driver for the Xorg X server. The VMMouse driver enables support for the special VMMouse protocol that is provided by VMware virtual machines to give absolute pointer positioning. It can be used with Qemu, too.
Starting with version 4.1, the linux kernel supports the VMMouse protocol so that this driver is not needed anymore. Furthermore, kernel support conflicts with earlier versions of this driver (before 13.1), so it is advisable to either remove this driver if you plan to always use kernels with versions greater or equal to 4.1, or update this driver to 13.1 or above if you want to be able to use both old and recent kernels.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-input-vmmouse-13.1.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-input-vmmouse-13.1.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 85e2e464b7219c495ad3a16465c226ed
Download size: 312 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-vmmouse-driver
To get kernel support for the VMMouse, enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
Processor type and features --->
[*] Symmetric multi-processing support [CONFIG_SMP]
[*] Support for extended (non-PC) x86 platforms [CONFIG_X86_EXTENDED_PLATFORM]
[*] ScaleMP vSMP [CONFIG_X86_VSMP]
Device Drivers --->
Input device support --->
[*] Mice ---> [CONFIG_INPUT_MOUSE]
<*/M> PS/2 mouse [CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2]
[*] Virtual mouse (vmmouse) [CONFIG_MOUSE_PS2_VMMOUSE]
Install Xorg VMMouse Driver by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
--without-hal-fdi-dir \
--without-hal-callouts-dir \
--with-udev-rules-dir=/lib/udev/rules.d &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-udev-rules-dir=/lib/udev/rules.d:
This switch specifies where udev rules should be installed.
--without-hal-*-dir: These
switches disable installation of the HAL components which are not needed on
Linux.
The Xorg Wacom Driver package contains the X.Org X11 driver and SDK for Wacom and Wacom-like tablets. It is not required to use a Wacom tablet, the xf86-input-evdev driver can handle these devices without problems.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/linuxwacom/xf86-input-wacom-0.36.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d1d45f05cf1877b181dc324ce1deb7e9
Download size: 600 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Doxygen-1.8.14 and Graphviz-2.40.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-wacom-driver
To use a Wacom tablet with USB interface, enable the following options in your kernel configuration and recompile. Note that other configuration options could be required for tablet with a serial or bluetooth interface:
Device Drivers --->
HID support --->
<*/M> HID bus support [CONFIG_HID]
Special HID drivers --->
<*/M> Wacom Intuos/Graphire tablet support (USB) [CONFIG_HID_WACOM]
Install Xorg Wacom Driver by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG --with-systemd-unit-dir=no && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Xorg AMDGPU Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for newer AMD Radeon video cards starting from Volcanic Islands. It can also be used for Southern and Sea Islands if the experimental support was enabled in the kernel.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
For Direct Rendering to work, you need to enable the radeonsi Gallium driver at Mesa-18.1.6 build time. Also, all cards require Firmware to be available when the kernel driver is loaded. Firmware can be obtained from http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/linux-firmware/. See the section called “Kernel Configuration for additional firmware” below for additional firmware.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-amdgpu-18.0.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-amdgpu-18.0.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d8368d204cb98d4387c8890562db1143
Download size: 408 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Xorg-Server-1.20.1 (must be built with glamor enabled)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-amdgpu-driver
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
Device Drivers --->
Graphics support --->
<*> Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 ... support) ---> [CONFIG_DRM]
<*/M> AMD GPU [CONFIG_DRM_AMDGPU]
[ /*] Enable amdgpu support for SI parts [CONFIG_DRM_AMDGPU_SI]
[ /*] Enable amdgpu support for CIK parts [CONFIG_DRM_AMDGPU_CIK]
The last two options enable experimental support for Southern and Sea Islands AMD GPUs so they can be used with this driver. Note that the support is marked experimental and disabled by default. Xorg ATI Driver-18.0.1 should be used for those GPUs.
If you need to add firmware, install the file(s) and then
point to them in the kernel configuration and recompile the
kernel if necessary. To find out which firmware you need,
consult the
Decoder ring for engineering vs marketing names.
Download any firmware for your card which is named like:
<ENGINEERING_NAME>_rlc.bin
CONFIG_EXTRA_FIRMWARE="amdgpu/topaz_ce.bin amdgpu/topaz_k_smc.bin amdgpu/topaz_mc.bin
amdgpu/topaz_me.bin amdgpu/topaz_mec2.bin amdgpu/topaz_mec.bin
amdgpu/topaz_pfp.bin amdgpu/topaz_rlc.bin amdgpu/topaz_sdma1.bin
amdgpu/topaz_sdma.bin amdgpu/topaz_smc.bin rtl_nic/rtl8168e-3.fw"
CONFIG_EXTRA_FIRMWARE_DIR="/lib/firmware"
CONFIG_EXTRA_FIRMWARE should all be on one line. It is shown above as multiple lines for presentation only.
You can check dmesg output after boot to see which firmware is missing.
Alternatively, if you change CONFIG_DRM_AMDGPU to '=m' in your linux kernel .config the firmware can be loaded automatically from /lib/firmware/amdgpu/ when it installs the module. This offers a tiny space saving, but also means that the screen will be blank for a longer time before the framebuffer appears. Distros take this approach because it is not practical to specify every possible firmware and the kernel would be excessively big.
Install Xorg AMDGPU Driver by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Xorg ATI Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for ATI Radeon video cards including all chipsets ranging from R100 to the "Volcanic Islands" chipsets.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
For Direct Rendering to work with newer Radeon Cards (R300 and later chipsets), you need to enable the r300, r600 and radeonsi Gallium drivers at Mesa-18.1.6 build time. Also, some cards require Firmware to be available when the kernel driver is loaded. Firmware can be obtained from http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/linux-firmware/. See the section called “Kernel Configuration for additional firmware” below for additional firmware.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-ati-18.0.1.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-ati-18.0.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 40e7c0a5a69aba3d84e0958f58705ea7
Download size: 861 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Xorg-Server-1.20.1 (recommended to be built with glamor enabled)
Glamor is required for Southern, Sea or Volcanic Islands GPUs, and used by default in all other R600 or later radeon GPUs. To see which GPUs are in these categories, read the Decoder ring for engineering vs marketing names.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-ati-driver
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
Device Drivers --->
Graphics support --->
<*> Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 ... support) ---> [CONFIG_DRM]
<*> ATI Radeon [CONFIG_DRM_RADEON]
If you need to add firmware, install the file(s) and then
point to them in the kernel configuration and recompile the
kernel if necessary. To find out which firmware you need,
consult the
Decoder ring for engineering vs marketing names.
Download any firmware for your card which is named like:
<ENGINEERING_NAME>_rlc.binR600_rlc.bin and R700_rlc.bin are necessary in addition to
the model specific firmware, while for later generations
you need the BTC_rlc.bin in
addition to the model specific firmware. Below is an
example for a Radeon HD6470 which is a "Northern Islands"
GPU, plus an RTL network chip that also requests extra
firmware:
CONFIG_EXTRA_FIRMWARE="radeon/BTC_rlc.bin radeon/CAICOS_mc.bin radeon/CAICOS_me.bin
radeon/CAICOS_pfp.bin radeon/CAICOS_smc.bin rtl_nic/rtl8168e-3.fw"
CONFIG_EXTRA_FIRMWARE_DIR="/lib/firmware"
CONFIG_EXTRA_FIRMWARE should all be on one line. It is shown above as two lines for presentation only.
You can check dmesg output after boot to see which firmware is missing.
Alternatively, if you change CONFIG_DRM_RADEON to '=m' in your .config the firmware can be loaded automatically from /lib/firmware/radeon when it installs the module. This offers a tiny space saving, but also means that the screen will be blank for a longer time before the framebuffer appears. Distros take this approach because it is not practical to specify every possible firmware and the kernel would be excessively big.
Install Xorg ATI Driver by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Xorg Fbdev Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for framebuffer devices. This driver is often used as fallback driver if the hardware specific and VESA drivers fail to load or are not present. If this driver is not installed, Xorg Server will print a warning on startup, but it can be safely ignored if hardware specific driver works well.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-fbdev-0.5.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-fbdev-0.5.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f07475655376be5a124d8187aacd87b6
Download size: 292 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-fbdev-driver
Install Xorg Fbdev Driver by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The Xorg Intel Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for Intel integrated video chips including 8xx, 9xx, Gxx, Qxx, HD, Iris, and Iris Pro graphics processors.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
This is a development version of the Intel driver which is needed to work properly with the latest hardware.
Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/xf86-video-intel/xf86-video-intel-20180223.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/xf86-video-intel/xf86-video-intel-20180223.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: bca9c6bbada7dc5a19252e930c1bc587
Download size: 940 KB
Estimated disk space required: 64 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU
xcb-util-0.4.0 and Xorg-Server-1.20.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-intel-driver
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration. Only one of the lines “Intel I810” or “Intel 8xx/9xx...” needs to be selected. If you select the latter, “Enable modesetting...” is needed too. Recompile the kernel if necessary:
Device Drivers --->
Graphics support --->
<*> Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 ... support) ---> [CONFIG_DRM]
<*> Intel 8xx/9xx/G3x/G4x/HD Graphics [CONFIG_DRM_I915]
Install Xorg Intel Driver by running the following commands:
./autogen.sh $XORG_CONFIG \
--enable-kms-only \
--enable-uxa \
--mandir=/usr/share/man &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
mv -v /usr/share/man/man4/intel-virtual-output.4 \
/usr/share/man/man1/intel-virtual-output.1 &&
sed -i '/\.TH/s/4/1/' /usr/share/man/man1/intel-virtual-output.1
The SandyBridge New Acceleration (SNA) code is intended to replace the old UXA (UMA Acceleration Architecture), but it is a large body of code and may cause problems. However, the version of the code in the version control system listed above has been tested successfully with both SNA and UXA capabilities.
To work around this problem, as well as enabling support
for UXA, it is necessary to force UXA to be used by
creating a configuration file. If this problem applies to
you, create the following file as the root user and modify it as needed:
cat >> /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/20-intel.conf << "EOF"
Section "Device"
Identifier "Intel Graphics"
Driver "intel"
#Option "DRI" "2" # DRI3 is default
#Option "AccelMethod" "sna" # default
#Option "AccelMethod" "uxa" # fallback
EndSection
EOF
--enable-kms-only:
This switch omits the UMS (User Mode Setting) code.
--enable-uxa: This
switch allows the old UXA code to be compiled in addition
to the default SNA.
The Xorg Nouveau Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for NVidia Cards including RIVA TNT, RIVA TNT2, GeForce 256, QUADRO, GeForce2, QUADRO2, GeForce3, QUADRO DDC, nForce, nForce2, GeForce4, QUADRO4, GeForce FX, QUADRO FX, GeForce 6XXX and GeForce 7xxx chipsets.
This is a development version of the Nouveau driver which is needed to build properly with the latest xorg-server.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-nouveau-1.0.15.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-nouveau-1.0.15.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 717203cb87029cddcbccf7398f9ad8c3
Download size: 572 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Xorg-Server-1.20.1 (recommended to be built with glamor enabled)
The new “Maxwell” and “Pascal” GPUs require Glamor to be built with the Xorg server.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-nouveau-driver
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
Device Drivers --->
Graphics support --->
<*> Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 ... support) ---> [CONFIG_DRM]
<*> Nouveau (NVIDIA) cards [CONFIG_DRM_NOUVEAU]
[*] Support for backlight control [CONFIG_DRM_NOUVEAU_BACKLIGHT]
Install Xorg Nouveau Driver by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Glamor is an acceleration library which uses cards' 3D capabilities to accelerate 2D rendering. Glamor acceleration is enabled by default for the new “Maxwell” GPU's. According to the documentation, Glamor acceleration can be used with other chips as well, but that does not seem functional yet.
If you want anyway to try to enable Glamor for GPU's other
than the new “Maxwell” ones, create the following
file as the root user:
cat >> /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/nvidia.conf << "EOF"
Section "Device"
Identifier "nvidia"
Driver "nouveau"
Option "AccelMethod" "glamor"
EndSection
EOF
The Xorg VMware Driver package contains the X.Org Video Driver for VMware SVGA virtual video cards.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-vmware-13.3.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/driver/xf86-video-vmware-13.3.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 08d66d062055080ff699ab4869726ea2
Download size: 464 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xorg-vmware-driver
Enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel if necessary:
Device Drivers --->
Graphics support --->
<*> Direct Rendering Manager (XFree86 ... support) ---> [CONFIG_DRM]
<*> DRM driver for VMware Virtual GPU [CONFIG_DRM_VMWGFX]
[*] Enable framebuffer console under vmwgfx by default [CONFIG_DRM_VMWGFX_FBCON]
Install Xorg VMware Driver by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libva package contains a library which provides access to hardware accelerated video processing, using hardware to accelerate video processing in order to offload the central processing unit (CPU) to decode and encode compressed digital video. The VA API video decode/encode interface is platform and window system independent targeted at Direct Rendering Infrastructure (DRI) in the X Window System however it can potentially also be used with direct framebuffer and graphics sub-systems for video output. Accelerated processing includes support for video decoding, video encoding, subpicture blending, and rendering.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/intel/libva/releases/download/2.2.0/libva-2.2.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 92d04ad1700136dc75b1e5f47516e704
Download size: 476 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Intel Driver Download (HTTP): https://github.com/intel/intel-vaapi-driver/releases/download/2.2.0/intel-vaapi-driver-2.2.0.tar.bz2
Intel Driver Download MD5 sum: e296c52fa1cb5c3d53a6cc994ce0a66c
Intel Driver Download size: 2.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 99 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
Doxygen-1.8.14 and Wayland-1.15.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libva
If you are reinstalling this package, you will need to remove the older versions of the libraries. These are in the form of libva*.so.1 and any symbolic links pointing to them. In addition, any packages that use these files need to be rebuilt.
Install libva by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The intel-vaapi-driver is designed specifically for video cards based on an Intel GPU. Unpack the intel-vaapi tarball using the normal procedures and install the driver by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libvdpau package contains a library which implements the VDPAU library.
VDPAU (Video Decode and Presentation API for Unix) is an open source library (libvdpau) and API originally designed by Nvidia for its GeForce 8 series and later GPU hardware targeted at the X Window System This VDPAU API allows video programs to offload portions of the video decoding process and video post-processing to the GPU video-hardware.
Currently, the portions capable of being offloaded by VDPAU onto the GPU are motion compensation (mo comp), inverse discrete cosine transform (iDCT), VLD (variable-length decoding) and deblocking for MPEG-1, MPEG-2, MPEG-4 ASP (MPEG-4 Part 2), H.264/MPEG-4 AVC and VC-1, WMV3/WMV9 encoded videos. Which specific codecs of these that can be offloaded to the GPU depends on the version of the GPU hardware; specifically, to also decode MPEG-4 ASP (MPEG-4 Part 2), Xvid/OpenDivX (DivX 4), and DivX 5 formats, a GeForce 200M (2xxM) Series (the eleventh generation of Nvidia's GeForce graphics processing units) or newer GPU hardware is required.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://people.freedesktop.org/~aplattner/vdpau/libvdpau-1.1.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2fa0b05a4f4d06791eec83bc9c854d14
Download size: 420 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.3 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Doxygen-1.8.14, Graphviz-2.40.1, and texlive-20180414 or install-tl-unx
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libvdpau
Install libvdpau by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libvdpau-1.1.1 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
The libvdpau-va-gl package contains a library which implements the VDPAU library. Libvdpau_va_gl uses OpenGL under the hood to accelerate drawing and scaling and the VA-API (if available) to accelerate video decoding. For now VA-API is available on some Intel chips, and on some AMD video adapters with the help of the libvdpau driver.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Libvdpau-va-gl Driver Download (HTTP): https://github.com/i-rinat/libvdpau-va-gl/archive/v0.4.0/libvdpau-va-gl-0.4.0.tar.gz
Libvdpau-va-gl Driver Download MD5 sum: 638244652a702d0262039890904f37ce
Libvdpau-va-gl Driver Download size: 120 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
CMake-3.12.1, FFmpeg-4.0.2, libvdpau-1.1.1, and libva-2.2.0
Doxygen-1.8.14, Graphviz-2.40.1, and texlive-20180414 or install-tl-unx
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libvdpau
Install libvdpau-va-gl by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$XORG_PREFIX .. && make
To test the results, issue: make check. The tests must be run from an Xorg environment.
Now, as the root user:
make install
To allow libvdpau to find libvdpau-va-gl, set an
environment variable. As the root user:
echo "export VDPAU_DRIVER=va_gl" >> /etc/profile.d/xorg.sh
Last updated on 2017-05-19 11:30:22 -0700
The twm package contains a very minimal window manager.
This package is not a part of the Xorg katamari and is provided only as a dependency to other packages or for testing the completed Xorg installation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/app/twm-1.0.10.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/app/twm-1.0.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e322c08eeb635f924ede5b8eba3db54e
Download size: 284 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/twm
Install twm by running the following commands:
sed -i -e '/^rcdir =/s,^\(rcdir = \).*,\1/etc/X11/app-defaults,' src/Makefile.in && ./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -i -e '/^rcdir =/s...: This command ensures the twm configuration file gets installed in the proper location.
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
xterm is a terminal emulator for the X Window System.
This package is not a part of the Xorg katamari and is provided only as a dependency to other packages or for testing the completed Xorg installation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://invisible-mirror.net/archives/xterm/xterm-335.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 635a0975e1bad9634af1d59c380b541d
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
A monospace TTF or OTF font such as Dejavu fonts
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xterm
Install xterm by running the following commands:
sed -i '/v0/{n;s/new:/new:kb=^?:/}' termcap &&
printf '\tkbs=\\177,\n' >> terminfo &&
TERMINFO=/usr/share/terminfo \
./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
--with-app-defaults=/etc/X11/app-defaults &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && make install-ti && mkdir -pv /usr/share/applications && cp -v *.desktop /usr/share/applications/
sed -i ... termcap, printf ... >> terminfo: These commands modify the terminal description so that the Backspace key is expected to send the character with ASCII code 127. This is done for consistency with the Linux console.
TERMINFO=/usr/share/terminfo: This
ensures that the xterm terminfo files are
installed to the system terminfo database.
--with-app-defaults=...: Sets
the location for the app-defaults directory.
make install-ti: This command installs corrected terminfo description files for use with xterm.
There are two ways to configure xterm. You can add the X
resource definitions to the user's ~/.Xresources file, or add them to the
system-wide $XORG_PREFIX/share/X11/app-defaults/Xterm
file.
In order for xterm to follow the locale settings in the
environment, use TrueType fonts, and follow the Linux
convention about the code sent by the Backspace key, add the
following definitions as the root user:
cat >> /etc/X11/app-defaults/XTerm << "EOF"
*VT100*locale: true
*VT100*faceName: Monospace
*VT100*faceSize: 10
*backarrowKeyIsErase: true
*ptyInitialErase: true
EOF
|
is a wrapper script to set up xterm with a KOI8-R locale. |
|
|
prints a shell command for setting the TERM and TERMCAP environment variables to indicate the current size of xterm window. |
|
|
is a wrapper script that modifies the current locale to use UTF-8 and starts xterm with the proper settings. |
|
|
is a terminal emulator for the X Window System. |
Last updated on 2018-08-30 16:17:00 -0700
The xclock package contains a simple clock application which is used in the default xinit configuration.
This package is not a part of the Xorg katamari and is provided only as a dependency to other packages or for testing the completed Xorg installation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/app/xclock-1.0.7.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/app/xclock-1.0.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6f150d063b20d08030b98c45b9bee7af
Download size: 161 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xclock
Install xclock by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The xinit package contains a usable script to start the xserver.
This package is not a part of the Xorg katamari and is provided only as a dependency to other packages or for testing the completed Xorg installation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/app/xinit-1.4.0.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/app/xinit-1.4.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2da154b2f80ca9637b1a17b13af0880c
Download size: 172 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
twm-1.0.10, xclock-1.0.7, and xterm-335 (used in the
default xinitrc file)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xinit
First, modify startx, hence the X session starts on the first unused virtual terminal, which normally is vt7:
sed -e '/$serverargs $vtarg/ s/serverargs/: #&/' \
-i startx.cpp
If you have already installed this package without the sed
above, there is no need to reinstall. Just modify the
installed startx, issuing, as the
root user: sed -i '/$serverargs $vtarg/
s/serverargs/: #&/'
$XORG_PREFIX/bin/startx
Install xinit by running the following commands:
./configure $XORG_CONFIG --with-xinitdir=/etc/X11/app-defaults && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && ldconfig
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
Before starting Xorg for the first time, is is useful to
rebuild the library cache by running ldconfig as the
root user.
To test the Xorg installation, issue startx. This command brings up a rudimentary window manager called twm with three xterm windows and one xclock window. The xterm window in the upper left is a login terminal and running exit from this terminal will exit the X Window session. The third xterm window may be obscured on your system by the other two xterms.
When testing Xorg with the
twm window manager, there
will be several warnings in the Xorg log file, /var/log/Xorg.0.log, about missing font
files. In addition, there will be several warnings on the
text mode terminal (usually tty1) about missing fonts.
These warnings do not affect functionality, but can be
removed if desired by installing the Xorg Legacy Fonts.
Generally, there is no specific configuration required for Xorg, but customization is possible. For details, see the section called “Setting up Xorg Devices” below.
DRI is a framework for allowing software to access graphics hardware in a safe and efficient manner. It is installed in X by default (using Mesa) if you have a supported video card.
To check if DRI drivers are installed properly, check the log
file /var/log/Xorg.0.log for
statements such as:
(II) intel(0): direct rendering: DRI2 Enabled
or
(II) NOUVEAU(0): Loaded DRI module
DRI configuration may differ if you are using alternate drivers, such as those from NVIDIA or AMD.
Although all users can use software acceleration, any
hardware acceleration (DRI2) is only available to
root and members of the
video group, but
ConsoleKit2 takes care of
adding any logged in user to the user ACL's of /dev/dri/card*, the special file(s)
allowing access to hardware acceleration.
If your driver is supported and ConsoleKit2 is not installed, add
any users that might use X to the video group:
usermod -a -G video <username>
Another way to determine if DRI is working properly is to use one of the two optionally installed OpenGL demo programs in Mesa-18.1.6. From an X terminal, run glxinfo and look for the phrase:
name of display: :0
display: :0 screen: 0
direct rendering: Yes
If direct rendering is enabled, you can add verbosity by running LIBGL_DEBUG=verbose glxinfo. This will show the drivers, device nodes and files used by the DRI system.
To confirm that DRI2 hardware acceleration is working, you
can (still in the X terminal) run the command glxinfo | egrep "(OpenGL vendor|OpenGL
renderer|OpenGL version)". If that reports
something other than
Software Rasterizer then you
have working acceleration for the user who ran the command.
If your hardware does not have any DRI2 driver available, it will use a Software Rasterizer for Direct Rendering. In such cases, you can use a new, LLVM-accelerated, Software Rasterizer called LLVMPipe. In order to build LLVMPipe just make sure that LLVM-6.0.1 is present at Mesa build time. Note that all decoding is done on the CPU instead of the GPU, so the display will run slower than with hardware acceleration. To check if you are using LLVMpipe, review the output of the glxinfo command above. An example of the output using the Software Rasterizer is shown below:
OpenGL vendor string: VMware, Inc.
OpenGL renderer string: Gallium 0.4 on llvmpipe (LLVM 3.5, 256 bits)
OpenGL version string: 3.0 Mesa 10.4.5
You can also force LLVMPipe by exporting the LIBGL_ALWAYS_SOFTWARE=1 environment variable
when starting Xorg.
Again, if you have built the Mesa OpenGL demos, you can also run the test program glxgears. This program brings up a window with three gears turning. The X terminal will display how many frames were drawn every five seconds, so this will give a rough benchmark. The window is scalable, and the frames drawn per second is highly dependent on the size of the window. On some hardware, glxgears will run synchronized with the vertical refresh signal and the frame rate will be approximately the same as the monitor refresh rate.
Hybrid Graphics is still in experimental state for Linux. Xorg Developers have developed a technology called PRIME that can be used for switching between integrated and muxless discrete GPU at will. Automatic switching is not possible at the moment.
In order to use PRIME for GPU switching, make sure that you are using Linux Kernel 3.4 or later (recommended). You will need latest DRI and DDX drivers for your hardware and Xorg Server 1.13 or later.
Xorg Server should load both GPU drivers automaticaly. You can check that by running:
xrandr --listproviders
There should be two (or more) providers listed, for example:
Providers: number : 2
Provider 0: id: 0x7d cap: 0xb, Source Output, Sink Output, Sink Offload crtcs: 3 outputs: 4 associated providers: 1 name:Intel
Provider 1: id: 0x56 cap: 0xf, Source Output, Sink Output, Source Offload, Sink Offload crtcs: 6 outputs: 1 associated providers: 1 name:radeon
In order to be able to run a GLX application on a discrete GPU, you will need to run the following command, where <provider> is the more powerful discrete card, and <sink> is the card which has a display connected:
xrandr --setprovideroffloadsink <provider> <sink>
With newer Xorg drivers, such as modesetting or intel, which are DRI3 capable, the above command is no longer necessary. It does no harm however.
Then, you will need to export the DRI_PRIME=1 environment variable each time you
want the powerful GPU to be used. For example,
DRI_PRIME=1 glxinfo | egrep "(OpenGL vendor|OpenGL renderer|OpenGL version)"
will show OpenGL vendor, renderer and version for the discrete GPU.
If the last command reports same OpenGL renderer with and
without DRI_PRIME=1, you will need
to check your installation.
For most hardware configurations, modern Xorg will automatically get the server configuration correct without any user intervention. There are, however, some cases where auto-configuration will be incorrect. Following are some example manual configuration items that may be of use in these instances.
For most input devices, no additional configuration will be necessary. This section is provided for informational purposes only.
A sample default XKB setup could look like the following
(executed as the root
user):
cat > /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/xkb-defaults.conf << "EOF"
Section "InputClass"
Identifier "XKB Defaults"
MatchIsKeyboard "yes"
Option "XkbLayout" "fr"
Option "XkbOptions" "terminate:ctrl_alt_bksp"
EndSection
EOF
The “XkbLayout” line is an example for a French (AZERTY) keyboard. Change it to your keyboard model. That line is not needed for a QWERTY (US) keyboard.
Again, with modern Xorg, little or no additional
configuration is necessary. If you should need extra
options passed to your video driver, for instance, you
could use something like the following (again, executed as
the root user):
cat > /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/videocard-0.conf << "EOF"
Section "Device"
Identifier "Videocard0"
Driver "radeon"
VendorName "Videocard vendor"
BoardName "ATI Radeon 7500"
Option "NoAccel" "true"
EndSection
EOF
Another common setup is having multiple server layouts for use in different environments. Though the server will automatically detect the presence of another monitor, it may get the order incorrect:
cat > /etc/X11/xorg.conf.d/server-layout.conf << "EOF"
Section "ServerLayout"
Identifier "DefaultLayout"
Screen 0 "Screen0" 0 0
Screen 1 "Screen1" LeftOf "Screen0"
Option "Xinerama"
EndSection
EOF
Last updated on 2017-08-27 04:41:00 -0700
If you only read text in English, and are happy with the common libre fonts listed on the next page, you may never need to worry about the details of how fontconfig works. But there are many things which can be altered if they do not suit your needs.
Although this page is long, it barely scratches the surface and you will be able to find many alternative views on the web (but please remember that some things have changed over the years, for example the autohinter is no longer the default). The aim here is to give you enough information to understand the changes you are making.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Fontconfig
The Xft font protocol provides antialiased font rendering
through freetype, and fonts
are controlled from the client side using fontconfig (except for rxvt-unicode-9.22 which can use fonts
listed in ~/.Xresources, and
AbiWord-3.0.2 which only uses the
specified font). The default search path is /usr/share/fonts and ~/.local/share/fonts although for the
moment the old and deprecated location ~/.fonts still works. Fontconfig searches directories in its
path recursively and maintains a cache of the font
characteristics in each directory. If the cache appears to be
out of date, it is ignored, and information is fetched from
the fonts themselves (that can take a few seconds if you
installed a lot of fonts).
If you've installed Xorg in
any prefix other than /usr, any
X fonts were not installed
in a location known to Fontconfig. Symlinks were created from
the OTF and TTF X font
directories to /usr/share/fonts/X11-{OTF,TTF}. This allows
Fontconfig to use the
OpenType and TrueType fonts provided by X, although many people will prefer to
use more modern fonts.
Fontconfig uses names to define fonts. Applications generally use generic font names such as "Monospace", "Sans" and "Serif". Fontconfig resolves these names to a font that has all characters that cover the orthography of the language indicated by the locale settings.
The following commands may be helpful when working with fontconfig:
fc-list | less : show a list of all available fonts (/path/to/filename: Font Name:style). If you installed a font more than 30 seconds ago but it does not show, then it or one of its directories is not readable by your user.
fc-match 'Font Name' : will tell you which font will be used if the named font is requested. Typically you would use this to see what happens if a font you have not installed is requested, but you can also use it if the system is giving you a different font from what you expected (perhaps because fontconfig does not agree that the font supports your language).
fc-match -a 'Type' | less : will provide a list of all fonts which can be used for that type (Monospace, Sans, Serif). Note that in-extremis fontconfig will take a glyph from any available font, even if it is not of the specified type, and unless it knows about the font's type it will assume it is Sans.
If you wish to know which font will be used for a string of
text (i.e. one or more glyphs, preceded by a space), paste
the following command and replace the xyz by the text you care about:
FC_DEBUG=4 pango-view --font=monospace -t xyz | grep family : this requires Pango-1.42.3 and ImageMagick-7.0.8-10 - it will invoke display to show the text in a tiny window, and after closing that the last line of the output will show which font was chosen. This is particularly useful for CJK languages, and you can also pass a language, e.g. PANGO_LANGUAGE=en;ja (English, then assume Japanese) or just zh-cn (or other variants - 'zh' on its own is not valid).
The main files are in /etc/fonts/conf.d/, which was intended to
be a directory populated by symlinks to some of the files in
/usr/share/fontconfig/conf.avail/. But many
people, and some packages, create the files directly. Each
file name must be in the form of two digits, a dash,
somename.conf and they are read in sequence.
By convention, the numbers are assigned as follows:
00-09 extra font directories
10-19 system rendering defaults (antialising etc)
20-29 font rendering options
30-39 family substitution
40-49 map family to generic type
50-59 load alternate config files
60-69 generic aliases, map generic to family
70-79 adjust which fonts are available
80-89 match target scan (modify scanned patterns)
90-99 font synthesis
You can also have a personal fonts.conf in $XDG_CONFIG_HOME which is
~/.config/fontconfig/.
If the requested font is installed, and provided it contains
the codepoints required for the current language
(in the source, see the .orth files in the fc-lang/ directory), it will be used.
But if the document or page requested a font which is not
installed (or, occasionally, does not contain all the
required codepoints) the following rules come into play:
First, 30-metric-aliases.conf
is used to map aliases for some fonts with the same metrics
(same size, etc). After that, an unknown font will be
searched for in 45-latin.conf -
if it is found it will be mapped as Serif or Monospace or
Sans, otherwise it will be assumed to be Sans. Then
50-latin.conf provides ordered
lists of the fallbacks - Dejavu fonts will be used if you
installed them. Cyrillic and Greek appear to be treated in
the same way. There are similar files with a 65- prefix for
Persian and other non-latin writing systems. All of these
files prefer commercial fonts if they are present, although
modern libre fonts are often at least their equals.
Since fontconfig-2.12.5 there is also generic family matching for some emoji and math fonts, see {45,60}-generic.conf.
In the rare cases where a font does not contain all the expected codepoints, see 'Trial the First:' at I stared into the fontconfig for the long details.
It is possible to change how, or if, fonts are hinted. The
following example file contains the default settings, but
with comments. The settings are very much down to the user's
preferences and to the choice of fonts, so a change which
improves some pages may worsen others. The preferred location
for this file is: ~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf
To try out different settings, you may need to exit from Xorg and then rerun startx so that all applications use the new settings. And if you use Gnome or KDE their desktops can override these changes. To explore the possibilities, create a file for your user:
mkdir -pv ~/.config/fontconfig &&
cat > ~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf << "EOF"
<?xml version='1.0'?>
<!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM 'fonts.dtd'>
<fontconfig>
<match target="font" >
<!-- autohint was the old automatic hinter when hinting was patent
protected, so turn it off to ensure any hinting information in the font
itself is used, this is the default -->
<edit mode="assign" name="autohint"> <bool>false</bool></edit>
<!-- hinting is enabled by default -->
<edit mode="assign" name="hinting"> <bool>true</bool></edit>
<!-- for the lcdfilter see http://www.spasche.net/files/lcdfiltering/ -->
<edit mode="assign" name="lcdfilter"> <const>lcddefault</const></edit>
<!-- options for hintstyle:
hintfull: is supposed to give a crisp font that aligns well to the
character-cell grid but at the cost of its proper shape.
hintmedium: poorly documented, maybe a synonym for hintfull.
hintslight is the default: - supposed to be more fuzzy but retains shape.
hintnone: seems to turn hinting off.
The variations are marginal and results vary with different fonts -->
<edit mode="assign" name="hintstyle"> <const>hintslight</const></edit>
<!-- antialiasing is on by default and really helps for faint characters
and also for 'xft:' fonts used in rxvt-unicode -->
<edit mode="assign" name="antialias"> <bool>true</bool></edit>
<!-- subpixels are usually rgb, see
http://www.lagom.nl/lcd-test/subpixel.php -->
<edit mode="assign" name="rgba"> <const>rgb</const></edit>
<!-- thanks to the Arch wiki for the lcd and subpixel links -->
</match>
</fontconfig>
EOF
You will now need to edit the file in your preferred editor.
For more examples see the blfs-support thread which started at /2016-September/078422, particularly 2016-September/078425, and the original poster's preferred solution at 2016-November/078658. There are other examples in Fontconfig in the Arch wiki and Fontconfig in the Gentoo wiki.
In previous versions of BLFS, the ugly old Xorg bitmap fonts
were installed. Now, many people will not need to install any
of them. But if for some reason you have installed one or
more bitmap fonts, you can prevent them being used by
fontconfig by creating the
following file as the root
user :
cat > /etc/fonts/conf.d/70-no-bitmaps.conf << "EOF"
<?xml version='1.0'?>
<!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM 'fonts.dtd'>
<fontconfig>
<!-- Reject bitmap fonts -->
<selectfont>
<rejectfont>
<pattern>
<patelt name="scalable"><bool>false</bool></patelt>
</pattern>
</rejectfont>
</selectfont>
</fontconfig>
EOF
Normally, system fonts and user fonts are installed in
directories beneath the locations specified in The Xft Font Protocol and there
is no obvious reason to put them elsewhere. However, a full
BLFS install of texlive-20180414 puts many
fonts in /opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist/fonts/ in the
opentype/ and truetype/ subdirectories. Although pulling
in all of these files may appear useful (it allows you to use
them in non TeX programs),
there are several problems with such an approach:
There are hundreds of files, which makes selecting the font hard.
Some of the files do odd things, such as displaying semaphore flags instead of ASCII letters, or mapping cyrillic codepoints to character forms appropriate to Old Church Slavonic instead of the expected current shapes: fine if that is what you need, but painful for normal use.
Several fonts have multiple sizes and impenetrable short names, which both make selecting the correct font even harder.
When a font is added to CTAN, it is accompanied by TeX packages to use it in the old engines (xelatex does not normally need this), and then the version is often frozen whilst the font is separately maintained. Some of these fonts such as Dejavu fonts are probably already installed on your BLFS system in a newer version, and if you have multiple versions of a font it is unclear which one will be used by fontconfig.
However, it is sometimes useful to look at these fonts in
non-TeX applications, if only to see whether you wish to
install a current version. If you have installed all of
texlive, the following
example will make one of the Arkandis Open Type fonts
available to other applications, and all three of the
ParaType TrueType fonts. Adjust or repeat the lines as
desired, to either make all the opentype/ or truetypefonts available, or to select
different font directories. As the root user:
cat > /etc/fonts/conf.d/09-texlive.conf << "EOF"
<?xml version='1.0'?>
<!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM 'fonts.dtd'>
<fontconfig>
<dir>/opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist/fonts/opentype/arkandis/berenisadf</dir>
<dir>/opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist/fonts/truetype/paratype</dir>
</fontconfig>
EOF
If you do this, remember to change all instances of the year in that file when you upgrade texlive to a later release.
There are many reasons why people may wish to have pages which specify a particular font use a different font, or prefer specific fonts in Monospace or Sans or Serif. As you will expect, there a number of different ways of achieving this.
Fontconfig installs user
documentation that includes an example 'User configuration
file' which among other things prefers WenQuanYi
ZenHei (a Sans font) if a Serif font is requested for
Chinese (this part might be anachronistic unless you have
non-free Chinese fonts, because in 65-nonlatin.conf this font is already among
the preferred fonts when Serif is specified for Chinese) and
to prefer the modern VL Gothic font if a Sans font is specified on
a Japanese page (otherwise a couple of other fonts would be
preferred if they have been installed).
If you have installed the current version, the user
documentation is available in html, PDF and text versions at
/usr/share/doc/fontconfig-2.13.0/ : change
the version if you installed a different one.
As an example, if for some reason you wished to use the Nimbus Roman No9 L font wherever Times New Roman is referenced (it is metrically similar, and preferred for Times Roman, but the Serif font from Liberation fonts will be preferred for the Times New Roman font if installed), as an individual user you could install the font and then create the following file:
mkdir -pv ~/.config/fontconfig/conf.d &&
cat > ~/.config/fontconfig/conf.d/35-prefer-nimbus-for-timesnew.conf << "EOF"
<?xml version='1.0'?>
<!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM 'fonts.dtd'>
<fontconfig>
<!-- prefer Nimbus Roman No9 L for Times New Roman as well as for Times,
without this Tinos and Liberation Serif take precedence for Times New Roman
before fontconfig falls back to whatever matches Times -->
<alias binding="same">
<family>Times New Roman</family>
<accept>
<family>Nimbus Roman No9 L</family>
</accept>
</alias>
</fontconfig>
EOF
This is something you would normally do in an individual
user's settings, but the file in this case has been prefixed
'35-' so that it could, if desired, be used system-wide in
/etc/fonts/conf.d/.
The following example of a local configuration (i.e. one that applies for all users of the machine) does several things:
If a Serif font is specified, it will prefer the UMing variants, so that in the zh-cn, zh-hk and zh-tw languages things should look good (also zh-sg which actually uses the same settings as zh-cn) without affecting Japanese.
It prefers the Japanese IPAex fonts if they have been installed (although VL Gothic will take precedence for (Japanese) Sans if it has also been installed.
Because WenQuanYi ZenHei covers Korean
Hangul glyphs and is also preferred for Serif in
65-nonlatin.conf, if
installed it will be used by default for Korean Serif.
To get a proper Serif font, the UnBatang font is
specified here - change that line if you installed a
different Serif font from the choice of Korean
fonts.
The Monospace fonts are forced to the preferred Sans fonts. If the text is in Korean then WenQuanYi ZenHei will be used.
In a non-CJK locale, the result is that suitable fonts will
be used for all variants of Chinese, Japanese and Hangul
Korean. All other languages should already work if a font is
present. As the root user:
cat > /etc/fonts/local.conf << "EOF"
<?xml version='1.0'?>
<!DOCTYPE fontconfig SYSTEM 'fonts.dtd'>
<fontconfig>
<alias>
<family>serif</family>
<prefer>
<family>AR PL UMing</family>
<family>IPAexMincho</family>
<!-- WenQuanYi is preferred as Serif in 65-nonlatin.conf,
override that so a real Korean font can be used for Serif -->
<family>UnBatang</family>
</prefer>
</alias>
<alias>
<family>sans-serif</family>
<prefer>
<family>WenQuanYi Zen Hei</family>
<family>VL Gothic</family>
<family>IPAexGothic</family>
</prefer>
</alias>
<alias>
<family>monospace</family>
<prefer>
<family>VL Gothic</family>
<family>IPAexGothic</family>
<family>WenQuanYi Zen Hei</family>
</prefer>
</alias>
</fontconfig>
EOF
Some fonts, particularly Chinese fonts, ship with conf files
which can be installed in /etc/fonts/conf.d. However, if you do that
and then use a terminal to run any command which uses
fontconfig you may see error
messages such as :
Fontconfig warning:
"/etc/fonts/conf.d/69-odofonts.conf", line 14: Having
multiple <family> in <alias> isn't supported and
may not work as expected.
In practice, these old rules do not work. For non-CJK users, fontconfig will usually do a good job without these rules. Their origin dates back to when CJK users needed handcrafted bitmaps to be legible at small sizes, and those looked ugly next to antialiased Latin glyphs - they preferred to use the same CJK font for the Latin glyphs. There is a side-effect of doing this : the (Serif) font is often also used for Sans, and in such a situation the (English) text in Gtk menus will use this font - compared to system fonts, as well as being serif it is both faint and rather small. That can make it uncomfortable to read.
Nevertheless, these old conf files can be fixed if you wish
to use them. The following example is the first part of
64-arphic-uming.conf from
UMing - there
are a lot more similar items which also need changing :
<match target="pattern">
<test qual="any" name="lang" compare="contains">
<string>zh-cn</string>
<string>zh-sg</string>
</test>
<test qual="any" name="family">
<string>serif</string>
</test>
<edit name="family" mode="prepend" binding="strong">
<string>AR PL UMing CN</string>
</edit>
</match>
The process to correct this is straightforward but tedious -
for every item which produces an error message, using your
editor (as the root user)
edit the installed file to repeat the whole block as many
times as there are multiple variables, then reduce each
example to have only one of them. You may wish to work on one
error at a time, save the file after each fix, and from a
separate term run a command such as fc-list 2>&1 | less
to see that the fix worked. For the block above, the fixed
version will be :
<match target="pattern">
<test qual="any" name="lang" compare="contains">
<string>zh-cn</string>
</test>
<test qual="any" name="family">
<string>serif</string>
</test>
<edit name="family" mode="prepend" binding="strong">
<string>AR PL UMing CN</string>
</edit>
</match>
<match target="pattern">
<test qual="any" name="lang" compare="contains">
<string>zh-sg</string>
</test>
<test qual="any" name="family">
<string>serif</string>
</test>
<edit name="family" mode="prepend" binding="strong">
<string>AR PL UMing CN</string>
</edit>
</match>
The blog entries by Eevee are particularly useful if fontconfig does not think your chosen font supports your language, and for preferring some non-MS Japanese fonts when an ugly MS font is already installed.
Arch has a lot of information in its wiki at font_configuration.
Gentoo has some information in its wiki at Fontconfig although a lot of the details (what to enable, and Infinality) are specific to Gentoo.
Last updated on 2018-08-09 14:49:29 -0700
Originally, Xorg provided only bitmap fonts. Later, some scalable Type1 fonts were added, but the desktop world moved on to using TrueType and Open Type fonts. To support these, Xorg uses Xft, the X FreeType interface library.
These fonts can provide hints, which fontconfig uses to adjust them for maximum readability on computer monitors. On linux you should always prefer the hinted versions, if available (in general the latin, cyrillic and greek alphabets can use hints, most other writing systems do not use hinting).
A few fonts are provided as collections (TTC or OTC) where font data is shared between different fonts, thus saving disk space. Treat these in exactly the same way as individual TTF or OTF files.
If a font provides both TTF and OTF forms, prefer the OTF form in linux, it may provide more features for programs which know how to use them (such as xelatex).
For some scripts pango is required to render things correctly, either by selecting different glyph forms, or by combining glyphs - in both cases, according to the context. This applies particularly to arabic and indic scripts.
Standard scalable fonts that come with X provide very poor Unicode coverage. You may notice in applications that use Xft that some characters appear as a box with four binary digits inside. In this case, a font with the required glyphs has not been found. Other times, applications that don't use other font families by default and don't accept substitutions from Fontconfig will display blank lines when the default font doesn't cover the orthography of the user's language.
The fonts available to a program are those which were present when it was started, so if you add an extra font and wish to use it in a program which is currently running, then you will have to close and restart that program.
Some people are happy to have dozens, or even hundreds, of font files available, but if you ever wish to select a specific font in a desktop application (for example in a word processor) then scrolling through a lot of fonts to find the right one is slow and awkward - fewer is better. So, for some font packages you might decide to install only one of the fonts - but nevertheless install the different variants (italic, bold, etc) as these are all variations for the same font name.
In the past, everybody recommended running fc-cache as the
root user after installing or
removing fonts, but this is no-longer necessary on linux,
fontconfig will do it
automatically if needed and if its caches are more than 30
seconds old. But if you add a font and want to immediately
use it then you can run that command (as a normal user).
There are several references below to CJK characters. This stands for Chinese, Japanese and Korean, although modern Korean is now almost all written using the phonetic Hangul glyphs (it used to sometimes use Hanja glyphs which are similar to Chinese and Japanese). Unicode decided to go for Han Unification and to map some Chinese and Japanese glyphs to the same codepoints. This was very unpopular in Japan, and the result is that different fonts will render some codepoints in quite different shapes. In addition, Simplified Chinese will sometimes use the same codepoint as Traditional Chinese but will show it differently, somewhat analogous to the different shapes used for the letters 'a' and 'g' in English (single-storey and two-storey), except that in a language context one will look "wrong" rather than just "different".
Unlike most other packages in this book, the BLFS editors do not monitor the versions of the fonts on this page - once a font is good enough for general use, the typical additions in a new version are minor (e.g. new currency symbols, or glyphs not for a modern language, such as emojis or playing cards). Therefore, none of these fonts show version or md5 information.
The list below will not provide complete Unicode coverage. Unicode is updated every year, and most additions are now for historic writing systems. For almost-complete coverage you can install Noto fonts (about 180 fonts when last checked) but that number of fonts makes it much less convenient to select a specific font in a document, and most people will regard many of them as a waste of space. We used to recommend the Unicode Font Guide, but that has not been updated since 2008 and many of its links are dead.
Rendered examples of most of these fonts, and many others, with details of what languages they cover, some examples of latin fonts with the same metrics (listed as "Substitute latin fonts") and various files of dummy text to compare fonts of similar types, can be found at this font comparison page. That site also covers other current writing systems.
Fonts are often supplied in zip files, requiring UnZip-6.0 to list and extract them, but even if the current release is a tarball you should still check to see if it will create a directory (scatterring the contents of a zipfile or tarball across the current directory can be very messy, and a few fonts create odd __MACOSX/ directories. In addition, many fonts are supplied with permissions which do not let 'other' read them - if a font is to be installed for system-wide use, any directories must be mode 755 and all the files mode 644, so change them if necessary. If you forget, the root user may be able to see a particular font in fc-list but a normal user will not.
As a font installation example, consider the installation of
the Dejavu fonts. In this particular package,
the TTF files are in a subdirectory. From the unpacked source
directory, run the following commands as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/fonts/dejavu && install -v -m644 ttf/*.ttf /usr/share/fonts/dejavu && fc-cache -v /usr/share/fonts/dejavu
If you wish, you can also install any licenses or other
documentation, either alongside the font or in a
corresponding directory under /usr/share/doc/.
A few fonts ship with source as well as with the completed TTF or OTF file(s). Unless you intend to modify the font, and have the correct tools (sometimes FontForge-20170731, but often commercial tools), the source will provide no benefit, so do not install it. One or two fonts even ship with Web Open Font Format (WOFF) files - useful if you run a webserver and want to use that font on it, but not useful for desktops.
To provide greater Unicode coverage, you are recommended to install some of the following fonts, depending on what webistes and languages you wish to read. The next part of this page details some fonts which cover at least latin alphabets, the final part deals with come CJK issues.
You are strongly recommended to install the Dejavu fonts.
Caladea (created as a Chrome OS extra font, hence the 'crosextrafonts' tarball name) is metrically compatible with MS Cambria and can be used if you have to edit a document which somebody started in Microsoft Office using Cambria and then return it to them.
Cantarell fonts - The Cantarell typeface family provides a contemporary Humanist sans serif. It is particularly optimised for legibility at small sizes and is the preferred font family for the GNOME-3 user interface.
Carlito (created as another Chrome OS extra font, again the 'crosextrafonts-' prefix in the tarball name) is metrically compatible with MS Calibri and can be used if you have to edit a document which somebody started in Microsoft Office using Calibri and then return it to them.
DejaVu fonts - These fonts are an extension of, and replacement for, the Bitstream Vera fonts and provide Latin-based scripts with accents and punctuation such as "smart-quotes" and variant spacing characters, as well as Cyrillic, Greek, Arabic, Hebrew, Armenian, Georgian and some other glyphs. In the absence of the Bitstream Vera fonts (which had much less coverage), these are the default fallback fonts.
GNU FreeFont - This set of fonts covers many non-CJK characters, in particular some of the variants of latin and cyrillic letters used in minority languages, but the glyphs are comparatively small (unlike DejaVu fonts which are comparatively large) and rather light weight ("less black" when black on white is used) which means that in some contexts such as terminals they are not visually pleasing, for example when most other glyphs are provided by another font. On the other hand, some fonts used primarily for printed output, and many CJK fonts, are also light weight.
Gelasio is metrically compatible with MS Georgia and fontconfig will use it if ever Georgia is requested but not installed.
The Liberation fonts provide libre substitutes for Arial, Courier New, and Times New Roman. Fontconfig will use them as substitutes for those fonts, and also for the similar Helvetica, Courier, Times Roman although for these latter it can prefer a different font (see the examples in the 'Substitutes' PDFs at zarniwhoop.uk).
Many people will find the Liberation fonts useful for pages where one of those fonts is requested.
The Microsoft Core fonts date from 2002. They were supplied with old versions of Microsoft Windows and were apparently made available for general use. You can extract them from the 'exe' files using bsd-tar from libarchive-3.3.2. Be sure to read the license before using them. At one time some of these fonts (particularly Arial, Times New Roman, and to a lesser extent Courier New) were widely specified on web pages. The full set contains Andale Mono, Arial, Arial Black, Comic Sans MS, Courier New, Georgia, Impact, Times New Roman, Trebuchet MS, Verdana and Webdings.
Please note that if you only want to use a font with the same metrics (character size, etc) as Arial, Courier New, or Times New Roman you can use the libre Liberation Fonts (above), and similarly you can replace Georgia with Gelasio.
Although many old posts recommend installing these fonts for better-looking output, there are more recent posts that these are ugly or 'broken'. One suggestion is that they do not support anti-aliasing.
The newer fonts which Microsoft made their defaults in later releases of MS Windows or MS Office (Calibri and Cambria) have never been freely available. But if you do not have them installed you can find metric equivalents (Carlito, Caladea) above.
The Noto fonts ('No Tofu', i.e. avoiding boxes with dots [hex digits] when a glyph cannot be found) is a set of fonts which aim to cover every glyph in unicode, no matter how obscure. These fonts, or at least the Sans Serif fonts, are used by KF5 (initially only for gtk applications). If you want to cover historic languages, you can download all the fonts by clicking on the link at the top of that page.
People using languages written in Latin, Greek or Cyrillic alphabets need only install Noto Sans itself, and perhaps Noto Sans Symbols for currency symbols. For more details on the CJK fonts see Noto Sans CJK below. There are also separate fonts for every other current writing system, but these too will also require Noto Sans (or Noto Serif) and perhaps Noto Symbols.
However, you should be aware that fontconfig knows nothing about Noto fonts. The 'Noto Sans Something' fonts are each treated as separate fonts (and for Arabic there is not a specifically Sans name), so if you have other fonts installed then the choice of which font to use for missing glyphs where 'Noto Sans' is specified will be random, except that Sans fonts will be preferred over known Serif and Monospace fonts because Sans is the fallback for unknown fonts.
When KDE Frameworks 5 was first released, it used the Oxygen fonts which were designed for integrated use with the KDE desktop. Those fonts are no-longer actively maintained, so KDE made a decision to switch to Noto fonts, but for the moment they are still required by 'startkde'.
Originally these fonts were only supplied as source, needing
CMake-3.12.1 and FontForge-20170731 to create the TTF
files. But for a while the source has also included the
prepared TTF. The only unusual feature is that each TTF file
is in its own subdirectory (oxygen-fonts/{*-?00}/) with the source in
further subdirectories. You could just install the whole
tarball if you prefer, although that will waste space.
As indicated earlier, usage of a combination of Chinese, Japanese and Korean can be tricky - each font only covers a subset of the available codepoints, the preferred shapes of the glyphs can differ between the languages, and many of the CJK fonts do not actually support modern Korean.
Also, by default fontconfig prefers Chinese to Japanese. Tuning that is covered at Prefer chosen CJK fonts.
Although Unicode has been extended to allow a very large number of CJK codepoints, those outside the Base Plane (greater than U+0xFFFF) are not commonly used in Mandarin (the normal form of written Chinese, whether Simplified (PRC) or Traditional (Taiwan)), or Japanese.
For Hong Kong, which uses Traditional Chinese and where Cantonese is the dominant language, the Hong Kong Supplementary Character Set was added to Unicode in 2005 and revised in 2009 (it is part of CJK Extension B and contains more than 1900 characters). Earlier fonts will not be able to support either Cantonese or use of these characters where local names are written in Mandarin. The UMing HK, Noto Sans CJK HK and WenQuanYi Zen Hei fonts all seem to cover Hong Kong usage (fontconfig disagrees about Noto Sans CJK HK).
The Han glyphs are double-width, other glyphs in the same font may be narrower. For their CJK content, all of these fonts can be regarded as monospaced (i.e. fixed width).
If all you wish to do is to be able to render CJK glyphs, installing WenQuanYi ZenHei may be a good place to start if you do not already have a preference.
In Chinese, there are three font styles in common use: Sung (also known as Song or Ming) which is the most-common ornamented ("serif") form, Kai ("brush strokes") which is an earlier ornamented style that looks quite different, and modern Hei ("sans"). Unless you appreciate the differences, you probably do not want to install Kai fonts.
Noto Sans CJK - Sans-Serif sets of all CJK fonts in a ttc - as the link says, you can choose to install the TTC and cover all the languages in all weights in a 110MB file, or you can download subsets. There are also Monospace versions.
A copy of version 1.4.2 of the opendesktop-fonts is preserved at Arch. This was a later development of fireflysung which BLFS used to recommend, adding Kai and Mono fonts. The name of the Sung font remains 'AR PL New Sung' so they cannot both be installed together.
At one time there was a 1.6 release, and more recently some versions at github, which also included a Sans font (Odohei), but those have dropped off the web and it is unclear if there was a problem. Fontconfig does not know anything about the later fonts (AR PL New Kai, AR PL New Sung Mono) and will default to treating them as Sans.
UMing
fonts - sets of Chinese Ming fonts (from Debian, use the
'.orig' tarball) in a ttc which contain variations of
Simplified and Traditional Chinese (Taiwanese, with second
variant for different bopomofo, and
Cantonese for Hong Kong). This ships with old-syntax files
which you can install to /etc/fonts/conf.d/ but see Editing Old-Style conf
files.
WenQuanYi Zen Hei provides a Sans-Serif font which covers all CJK scripts including Korean. Although it includes old-style conf files, these are not required: fontconfig will already treat these fonts (the 'sharp' contains bitmaps, the monospace appears not to be Mono in its ASCII part) as Sans, Serif, and Monospace. If all you wish to do is to be able to render Han and Korean text without worrying about the niceties of the shapes used, the main font from this package is a good font to use.
In Japanese, Gothic fonts are Sans, Mincho are Serif. BLFS used to only mention the Kochi fonts, but those appear to now be the least-preferred of the Japanese fonts.
Apart from the fonts detailed below, also consider Noto Sans CJK.
The IPAex fonts are the current version of the IPA fonts. Click on 'English' at the link and then click on the Download icon to find IPAex Font Ver.003.01. Unfortunately, fontconfig only knows about the older IPAfonts and the forked IPA Mona font (which is not easily available and which apparently does not meet Debian's Free Software guidelines). Therefore if you install the IPAex fonts you may wish to make it known to fontconfig, see Prefer chosen CJK fonts for one possible way to do this.
The Kochi Substitute fonts were the first truly libre Japanese fonts (the earlier Kochi fonts were allegedly plagiarized from a commercial font).
The VL Gothic font is a modern Japanese font in two variants with monotonic or proportional spacing for the non-Japanese characters.
In Korean, Batang or Myeongjo (the older name) are Serif, Dotum or Gothic are the main Sans fonts. BLFS previously recommended the Baekmuk fonts, but the Nanum and Un fonts are now preferred to Baekmuk by fontconfig because of user requests.
A convenient place to see examples of these and many other
Korean fonts is Free Korean Fonts. Click
on 'Gothic Fonts' or 'All Categories -> Myeongjo Fonts',
then click on the font example to see more details including
the License, and click on the link to download it. For Nanum,
you will need to be able to read Korean to find the download
link on the page you get to. For Un there are direct links
and you can find the un-fonts-core tarball in the
releases/ directory.
Alternatively, consider Noto Sans CJK (a11 of the variants cover Hangul) or WenQuanYi ZenHei.
Last updated on 2018-02-07 16:13:17 -0800
Xorg's ancestor (X11R1, in 1987) at first only provided bitmap fonts, with a tool (bdftopcf) to assist in their installation. With the introduction of xorg-server-1.19.0 and libXfont2 many people will not need them. There are still a few old packages which might require, or benefit from, these deprecated fonts and so the following packages are shown here.
The font-adobe-100dpi package installs 100 dots per inch versions of Courier, Helvetica, New Century Schoolbook and Times fonts.
The remaining font packages here provide 75dpi versions of those fonts, and various miscellaneous fonts - mostly for legacy encodings. Those are primarily to silence warnings when testing Xorg. In previous versions of BLFS a lot more legacy fonts were installed.
Please consult the BLFS-7.10 book at http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/7.10/x/x7font.html if you wish to install any of those other fonts.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.x.org/pub/individual/
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.x.org/pub/individual/
Download size: 4.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Xorg7Legacy
First, create a list of files to be downloaded. This file will also be used to verify the integrity of the downloads when complete:
cat > legacy.dat << "EOF"
2a455d3c02390597feb9cefb3fe97a45 app/ bdftopcf-1.1.tar.bz2
1347c3031b74c9e91dc4dfa53b12f143 font/ font-adobe-100dpi-1.0.3.tar.bz2
6c9f26c92393c0756f3e8d614713495b font/ font-adobe-75dpi-1.0.3.tar.bz2
cb7b57d7800fd9e28ec35d85761ed278 font/ font-jis-misc-1.0.3.tar.bz2
0571bf77f8fab465a5454569d9989506 font/ font-daewoo-misc-1.0.3.tar.bz2
a2401caccbdcf5698e001784dbd43f1a font/ font-isas-misc-1.0.3.tar.bz2
EOF
To download the needed files using wget, use the following commands:
mkdir legacy &&
cd legacy &&
grep -v '^#' ../legacy.dat | awk '{print $2$3}' | wget -i- -c \
-B https://www.x.org/pub/individual/ &&
grep -v '^#' ../legacy.dat | awk '{print $1 " " $3}' > ../legacy.md5 &&
md5sum -c ../legacy.md5
When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:
Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.8.23 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.
One way to handle this situation is to create a short bash function that automatically selects the appropriate method. Once the command is set in the environment, it does not need to be set again.
as_root()
{
if [ $EUID = 0 ]; then $*
elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
else su -c \\"$*\\"
fi
}
export -f as_root
First, start a subshell that will exit on error:
bash -e
Install all of the packages by running the following commands:
for package in $(grep -v '^#' ../legacy.md5 | awk '{print $2}')
do
packagedir=${package%.tar.bz2}
tar -xf $package
pushd $packagedir
./configure $XORG_CONFIG
make
as_root make install
popd
rm -rf $packagedir
as_root /sbin/ldconfig
done
Finally, exit the shell that was started earlier:
exit
$XORG_PREFIX/share/fonts/100dpi,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/fonts/75dpi,
$XORG_PREFIX/share/fonts/misc
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
This chapter does not contain libraries that are required to run X. It does contain libraries that enhance X. In some cases the enhancement is as simple as font support. In others it is as complex as libraries that sit between X and applications that run on X whose purpose is to standardize the look and feel and inter-process communications for different applications. They also assist programmers by supplying common elements.
ATK provides the set of accessibility interfaces that are implemented by other toolkits and applications. Using the ATK interfaces, accessibility tools have full access to view and control running applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/atk/2.29/atk-2.29.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/atk/2.29/atk-2.29.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5bbf717d2534251dc72736704148da30
Download size: 284 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/atk
Install ATK by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=/usr && ninja
This package does not come with a testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
Atkmm is the official C++ interface for the ATK accessibility toolkit library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/atkmm/2.24/atkmm-2.24.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/atkmm/2.24/atkmm-2.24.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d53b60b0f1be597e86070954a49cf0c3
Download size: 832 KB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/atkmm
First, fix the documents directory name:
sed -e '/^libdocdir =/ s/$(book_name)/atkmm-2.24.2/' \
-i doc/Makefile.in
Install Atkmm by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-24 13:13:05 -0700
The At-Spi2 Core package is a part of the GNOME Accessibility Project. It provides a Service Provider Interface for the Assistive Technologies available on the GNOME platform and a library against which applications can be linked.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/at-spi2-core/2.28/at-spi2-core-2.28.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/at-spi2-core/2.28/at-spi2-core-2.28.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9c42f79636ed1c0e908b7483d789b32e
Download size: 184 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.2 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
dbus-1.12.10, GLib-2.56.1, and Xorg Libraries
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/at-spi2-core
Install At-Spi2 Core by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc .. && ninja
A session bus address, normally available in an Xorg terminal, is necessary to run the tests. To test the results, issue: ninja test. One test, "memory", is known to fail under an LFS environment.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The At-Spi2 Atk package contains a library that bridges ATK to At-Spi2 D-Bus service.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/at-spi2-atk/2.26/at-spi2-atk-2.26.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/at-spi2-atk/2.26/at-spi2-atk-2.26.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 355c7916a69513490cb83ad34016b169
Download size: 316 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.4 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
at-spi2-core-2.28.0 and ATK-2.29.2
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/at-spi2-atk
Install At-Spi2 Atk by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check. An already active graphical session with bus address is necessary to run the tests.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you installed the package to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method,
/usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas/gschemas.compiled
was not updated/created. Create (or update) the file using
the following command as the root user:
glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
Cairo is a 2D graphics library with support for multiple output devices. Currently supported output targets include the X Window System, win32, image buffers, PostScript, PDF and SVG. Experimental backends include OpenGL, Quartz and XCB file output. Cairo is designed to produce consistent output on all output media while taking advantage of display hardware acceleration when available (e.g., through the X Render Extension). The Cairo API provides operations similar to the drawing operators of PostScript and PDF. Operations in Cairo include stroking and filling cubic Bézier splines, transforming and compositing translucent images, and antialiased text rendering. All drawing operations can be transformed by any affine transformation (scale, rotation, shear, etc.).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cairographics.org/releases/cairo-1.14.12.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9f0db9dbfca0966be8acd682e636d165
Download size: 35 MB
Estimated disk space required: 129 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (using parallelism=4)
libpng-1.6.35 and Pixman-0.34.0
Fontconfig-2.13.0, GLib-2.56.1 (required for most GUIs) and Xorg Libraries
Cogl-1.22.2, ghostscript-9.23, GTK+-3.22.30 and GTK+-2.24.32, GTK-Doc-1.28, libdrm-2.4.93, librsvg-2.42.2, LZO-2.10, Mesa-18.1.6, Poppler-0.67.0, Valgrind-3.13.0, DirectFB, jbig2dec, libspectre, Skia, and Qt4.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cairo
Install Cairo by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--enable-tee &&
make
This package does not have a working testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-tee: This
switch enables the experimental tee surface backend which is
required if using system-installed Cairo with Mozilla applications.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-xlib-xcb: This switch
enables several experimental Xlib/XCB functions used by some
window managers.
--enable-gl: This switch enables
Cairo's experimental
OpenGL surface which is
required for Wayland
compositor and some other packages that are not part of BLFS.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
|
is an internal utility for regression analysis. |
|
|
generates a log of all calls made by an application to Cairo. |
|
|
contains the 2D graphics functions required for rendering to the various output targets. |
|
|
contains functions that integrate Cairo with Glib's GObject type system. |
|
|
contains the script interpreter functions for executing and manipulating Cairo execution traces. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
The Cairomm package provides a C++ interface to Cairo.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.cairographics.org/releases/cairomm-1.12.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9d2282ea34cf9aaa89208bb4bb911909
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Cairo-1.14.12 and libsigc++-2.10.0
Boost-1.68.0 and Doxygen-1.8.14
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cairomm
First, fix the documentation directory name:
sed -e '/^libdocdir =/ s/$(book_name)/cairomm-1.12.2/' \
-i docs/Makefile.in
Install Cairomm by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-24 13:13:05 -0700
Cogl is a modern 3D graphics API with associated utility APIs designed to expose the features of 3D graphics hardware using a direct state access API design, as opposed to the state-machine style of OpenGL.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/cogl/1.22/cogl-1.22.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/cogl/1.22/cogl-1.22.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d53b708ca7c4af03d7254e46945d6b33
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 64 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU (additional 0.4 SBU for tests)
Cairo-1.14.12, gdk-pixbuf-2.36.12, GLU-9.0.0, Mesa-18.1.6, and Pango-1.42.3
gst-plugins-base-1.14.2, GTK-Doc-1.28, SDL-1.2.15, SDL2-2.0.8, and Wayland-1.15.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cogl
Install Cogl by running the following commands:
This package may occasionally fail when building with multiple processors. See Using Multiple Processors for more information.
sed -i 's/^#if COGL/#ifdef COGL/' cogl/winsys/cogl-winsys-egl.c && ./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-gles1 --enable-gles2 && make
To test the results, issue: make check. The tests should be run from an X terminal on the hardware accelerated Xorg Server.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gles1: This
switch enables support for OpenGL ES 1.1.
--enable-gles2: This
switch enables support for OpenGL ES 2.0.
--enable-{kms,wayland,xlib}-egl-platform:
These switches enable support for KMS, Wayland and Xlib EGL
platforms. They are required for GNOME Wayland support.
--enable-wayland-egl-server: This
switch enables Cogl's
Wayland Server API which is required for GNOME Wayland support.
--enable-cogl-gst: This switch
enables gstreamer support.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 15:41:43 -0700
The Clutter package contains an open source software library used for creating fast, visually rich and animated graphical user interfaces.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Anything built with this toolkit needs hardware 3D acceleration from the graphics driver at runtime. This is provided by Mesa (or by proprietary graphics drivers), but is not available for every graphics card nor for all virtual machines. You may wish to review Checking the DRI installation.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/clutter/1.26/clutter-1.26.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/clutter/1.26/clutter-1.26.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a03482cbacf735eca8c996f210a21ee5
Download size: 5.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 85 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU (with tests)
ATK-2.29.2, Cogl-1.22.2, and JSON-GLib-1.4.2
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and GTK+-3.22.30
GTK-Doc-1.28, libgudev-232, libinput-1.11.3, libxkbcommon-0.8.2, Tslib, and Wayland-1.15.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/clutter
Install Clutter by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc --enable-egl-backend && make
To test the results, issue: make -k check (you must be in an xterm or similar to do this, because it launches some windows). Two tests have been observed to indicate ERROR, but each is flagged twice.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-egl-backend:
This switch enables the experimental EGL windowing backend.
--enable-evdev-input: This switch
enables the experimental Evdev input backend which is
required for GNOME Wayland
support.
--enable-wayland and --enable-wayland-compositor: These switches
enable the experimental Wayland API in Clutter which is required for
GNOME Wayland support.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 15:41:43 -0700
The Clutter Gst package contains an integration library for using GStreamer with Clutter. Its purpose is to implement the ClutterMedia interface using GStreamer.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/clutter-gst/3.0/clutter-gst-3.0.26.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/clutter-gst/3.0/clutter-gst-3.0.26.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7809ca6ce9d1a3490597fd4a7375c389
Download size: 396 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Clutter-1.26.2, gst-plugins-base-1.14.2, and libgudev-232
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and gst-plugins-bad-1.14.2
GTK-Doc-1.28 and Cgc
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/clutter-gst
Install Clutter Gst by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-26 12:11:33 -0700
The Clutter Gtk package is a library providing facilities to integrate Clutter into GTK+ applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/clutter-gtk/1.8/clutter-gtk-1.8.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/clutter-gtk/1.8/clutter-gtk-1.8.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b363ac9878e2337be887b8ee9e1da00e
Download size: 324 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Clutter-1.26.2 and GTK+-3.22.30
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/clutter-gtk
Install Clutter Gtk by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-26 12:11:33 -0700
The Colord GTK package contains GTK+ bindings for Colord.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/colord/releases/colord-gtk-0.1.26.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: bb9d6f3c037152ad791003375aa6c16c
Download size: 276 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and Vala-0.40.8
DocBook-utils-0.6.14, GTK+-2.24.32 and GTK-Doc-1.28
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/colord-gtk
If building the documentation make -j1 must be used.
Install Colord GTK by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-vala \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-vala: This
switch enables building of the Vala bindings. Remove if you
don't have Vala-0.40.8 installed.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-26 12:11:33 -0700
FLTK (pronounced "fulltick") is a cross-platform C++ GUI toolkit. FLTK provides modern GUI functionality and supports 3D graphics via OpenGL and its built-in GLUT emulation libraries used for creating graphical user interfaces for applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://fltk.org/pub/fltk/1.3.4/fltk-1.3.4-source.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c0e43ac259ac8c5d0f7634566e21e3f8
Download size: 5.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 117 MB (with documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
hicolor-icon-theme-0.17, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, and libpng-1.6.35
alsa-lib-1.1.6, desktop-file-utils-0.23, Doxygen-1.8.14, GLU-9.0.0, Mesa-18.1.6, and texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fltk
The tar extraction directory is fltk-1.3.4 and not fltk-1.3.4-source as indicated by the tarball name.
Install FLTK by running the following commands:
sed -i -e '/cat./d' documentation/Makefile &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared &&
make
If you wish to create the API documentation, issue:
make -C documentation html
The tests for the package are interactive. To execute the
tests, run test/unittests. In
addition, there are 70 other executable test programs in the
test directory that can be run
individually.
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc/fltk-1.3.4 install
If desired, install some example games built as a part of the
tests, extra documentation and example programs. As the
root user:
make -C test docdir=/usr/share/doc/fltk-1.3.4 install-linux && make -C documentation docdir=/usr/share/doc/fltk-1.3.4 install-linux
sed ...
documentation/Makefile: Avoid installing
pages in /usr/share/man/cat*.
|
is a FLTK-based block elimination game. |
|
|
is a FLTK-based version of the game of checkers. |
|
|
is a utility script that can be used to get information about the current version of FLTK that is installed on the system. |
|
|
is an interactive GUI designer for FLTK. |
|
|
is an implementation of the popular Sudoku game. |
|
|
contains functions that provide an API to implement graphical user interfaces. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
Freeglut is intended to be a 100% compatible, completely opensourced clone of the GLUT library. GLUT is a window system independent toolkit for writing OpenGL programs, implementing a simple windowing API, which makes learning about and exploring OpenGL programming very easy.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/freeglut/freeglut-3.0.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 90c3ca4dd9d51cf32276bc5344ec9754
Download size: 412 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/freeglut
Install Freeglut by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
CMAKE_LIBRARY_PATH=$XORG_PREFIX/lib \
CMAKE_INCLUDE_PATH=$XORG_PREFIX/include \
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DFREEGLUT_BUILD_DEMOS=OFF \
-DFREEGLUT_BUILD_STATIC_LIBS=OFF \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DFREEGLUT_BUILD_DEMOS=OFF:
Disable building optional demo programs. Note that if you
choose to build them, their installation must be done
manually. The demo programs are limited and installation is
not recommended.
-DFREEGLUT_BUILD_STATIC_LIBS=OFF:
Do not build the static library.
Last updated on 2018-08-18 16:41:06 -0700
The Gdk Pixbuf package is a toolkit for image loading and pixel buffer manipulation. It is used by GTK+ 2 and GTK+ 3 to load and manipulate images. In the past it was distributed as part of GTK+ 2 but it was split off into a separate package in preparation for the change to GTK+ 3.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gdk-pixbuf/2.36/gdk-pixbuf-2.36.12.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gdk-pixbuf/2.36/gdk-pixbuf-2.36.12.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7305ab43d741270ffa53ad2896d7f530
Download size: 5.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 43 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (with tests)
GLib-2.56.1, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libpng-1.6.35, and shared-mime-info-1.10
librsvg-2.42.2 (runtime dependency, needed for loading symbolic icons), LibTIFF-4.0.9, and Xorg Libraries (Many GTK+ applications require gdk-pixbuf-xlib).
JasPer-2.0.14, GTK-Doc-1.28, and six-1.11.0(required for tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gdk-pixbuf
Install Gdk Pixbuf by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-x11 && make
To test the results, issue: make check. The tests make a heavy use of disk.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you installed the package on to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method, an
important file was not installed and should be copied
and/or generated. Generate it using the following command
as the root user:
gdk-pixbuf-query-loaders --update-cache
--with-x11: This
switch enables building of the Gdk
Pixbuf X11 library
which is needed for many packages.
--with-libjasper: If you've
installed JasPer-2.0.14 and you want Gdk Pixbuf to use it to compile a
JPEG2000 image loader, pass this switch to configure.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
|
is a small utility that generates C code containing images, used for compiling images directly into programs. |
|
|
is a tool used to convert GdkPixbuf to GdkPixdata. |
|
|
collects information about loadable modules for Gdk Pixbuf and writes it to the default cache file location, or to stdout. |
|
|
creates thumbnails of pictures for use in other applications. |
|
|
contains functions used to load and render images. |
|
|
contains functions used to manipulate images and interfaces with Xlib. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
This package provides the Mesa OpenGL Utility library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
GLU Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.freedesktop.org/pub/mesa/glu/glu-9.0.0.tar.bz2
GLU Download MD5 sum: be9249132ff49275461cf92039083030
GLU Download size: 484 KB
Estimated GLU disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated GLU build time: 0.2 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/glu
Install GLU by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=$XORG_PREFIX --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-18 16:41:06 -0700
The GOffice package contains a library of GLib/GTK document centric objects and utilities. This is useful for performing common operations for document centric applications that are conceptually simple, but complex to implement fully. Some of the operations provided by the GOffice library include support for plugins, load/save routines for application documents and undo/redo functions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/goffice/0.10/goffice-0.10.43.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/goffice/0.10/goffice-0.10.43.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c5827f965a42a55d5e72518ecc9e9d3e
Download size: 2.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 103 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU (with tests)
GTK+-3.22.30, libgsf-1.14.44, librsvg-2.42.2, libxslt-1.1.32, and Which-2.21
gobject-introspection-1.56.1, ghostscript-9.23, gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.28.0, GTK-Doc-1.28, Lasem, and libspectre
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/goffice010
Install GOffice by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
If you wish to run the tests, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-26 12:11:33 -0700
The GTK+ 2 package contains libraries used for creating graphical user interfaces for applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk+/2.24/gtk+-2.24.32.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk+/2.24/gtk+-2.24.32.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d5742aa42275203a499b59b4c382a784
Download size: 12 MB
Estimated disk space required: 275 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 0.1 SBU for tests)
ATK-2.29.2, gdk-pixbuf-2.36.12 and Pango-1.42.3
Cups-2.2.8, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and GTK-Doc-1.28
If gobject-introspection-1.56.1 was installed after ATK-2.29.2, gdk-pixbuf-2.36.12, and/or Pango-1.42.3, those packages will have to be rebuilt before this package can be built.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtk+2
Install GTK+ 2 by running the following commands:
sed -e 's#l \(gtk-.*\).sgml#& -o \1#' \
-i docs/{faq,tutorial}/Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that you must run the tests from a session with X Window Display capability (i.e., not a text-based terminal/console) as the tests attempt to open an X window, and the tests can take an excessively long time. Using an X Window, the tests should take less than 0.3 SBU.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you installed the package on to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method, an
important file was not installed and must be copied and/or
generated. Generate it using the following command as the
root user:
gtk-query-immodules-2.0 --update-cache
sed -i 's#l
\(gtk-.*\).sgml#& -o \1#'
docs/{faq,tutorial}/Makefile.in: If you have
DocBook-utils-0.6.14 installed
(specifically, if configure finds db2html) then it will try
to use it to rebuild some of its HTML documentation and fail
due to bugs in some of the Makefiles. This sed fixes the Makefiles.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
GTK+ 2 themes change the
way a GTK+ 2 application
looks. A GTK+ 2 icon theme
can be used to change the icons that appear on the
application's toolbar. If you have installed a GTK+ 2 theme (such as
gnome-themes or GTK Engines-2.20.2), a
GTK+ icon theme (such as
adwaita-icon-theme-3.26.1)
you can set your preferences in ~/.gtkrc-2.0:
cat > ~/.gtkrc-2.0 << "EOF" include "/usr/share/themes/Glider/gtk-2.0/gtkrc" gtk-icon-theme-name = "hicolor" EOF
There are many more themes available at Gnome-Look.org and other places.
Once you've settled on themes you like, you can (as the
root user) make them the
default system wide:
cat > /etc/gtk-2.0/gtkrc << "EOF" include "/usr/share/themes/Clearlooks/gtk-2.0/gtkrc" gtk-icon-theme-name = "elementary" EOF
LXAppearance-0.6.3 is a GTK+ 2 application that can help you choose the themes you like.
|
converts glade files into XML files which can be loaded with GtkBuilder. |
|
|
demonstrates GTK+ 2 functionality and provides code for the examples. |
|
|
collects information about loadable input method modules for GTK+ 2 and writes it to standard output. |
|
|
creates mmap()able cache files for icon themes. Starting with gtk+-2.24.24, add the flag “--include-image-data” to this command, if you wish previous behavior, with image data in the cache. |
|
|
contains functions that act as a wrapper around the low-level drawing and windowing functions provided by the underlying graphics system. |
|
|
contains functions that provide an API to implement graphical user interfaces. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
The GTK+ 3 package contains libraries used for creating graphical user interfaces for applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk+/3.22/gtk+-3.22.30.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk+/3.22/gtk+-3.22.30.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 61e60dc073e0a6893c72043d20579dc0
Download size: 18 MB
Estimated disk space required: 434 MB (add 9 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 2.3 SBU (using parallelism=4, add 0.7 SBU for tests)
at-spi2-atk-2.26.2, gdk-pixbuf-2.36.12, libepoxy-1.5.2, Pango-1.42.3, and six-1.11.0
adwaita-icon-theme-3.26.1 (default for some gtk+3 settings keys, also needed for tests), hicolor-icon-theme-0.17 (needed for tests), libxkbcommon-0.8.2, Wayland-1.15.0, and wayland-protocols-1.15
colord-1.4.3, Cups-2.2.8, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, GTK-Doc-1.28, JSON-GLib-1.4.2, PAPI, and rest
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtk3
Install GTK+ 3 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--enable-broadway-backend \
--enable-x11-backend \
--enable-wayland-backend &&
make
Some tests fail if /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas/gschemas.compiled
is not found. If you wish to run the test suite, create (or
update) the file using the following command as the
root user: glib-compile-schemas
/usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas.
To test the results you need a graphical session, then issue make -k check. Several tests are known to fail. At times there will be many failures depending on the current GTK Theme.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you installed the package on to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method, an
important file was not installed and must be copied and/or
generated. Generate it using the following command as the
root user:
gtk-query-immodules-3.0 --update-cache
If you installed the package to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method,
/usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas/gschemas.compiled
was not updated/created. Create (or update) the file using
the following command as the root user:
glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas
--enable-broadway-backend: This
switch enables the HTML5 GTK backend.
--enable-x11-backend:
This switch enables the X11 GDK backend.
--enable-wayland-backend: This
switch enables the Wayland GDK backend. Replace with
--disable-wayland-backend if you
do not have Wayland-1.15.0 and wayland-protocols-1.15 or you do
not wish to build GNOME with
Wayland support. Other changes may be needed to allow the
build to complete without the wayland-backend enabled.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
GTK+ 3 themes change the
way a GTK+ 3 application
looks. An icon theme can be used to change the icons that
appear on the application's toolbar. If you have installed
a GTK+ 3 theme (e.g.
gnome-themes-standard-3.22.3),
an icon theme (such as oxygen-icons5-5.49.0) and/or a
font (such as DejaVu fonts), you can
set your prefences in ~/.config/gtk-3.0/settings.ini or the
default system wide configuration file (as the root user), in /etc/gtk-3.0/settings.ini. For the local
user an example is:
mkdir -vp ~/.config/gtk-3.0
cat > ~/.config/gtk-3.0/settings.ini << "EOF"
[Settings]
gtk-theme-name = Adwaita
gtk-icon-theme-name = oxygen
gtk-font-name = DejaVu Sans 12
gtk-cursor-theme-size = 18
gtk-toolbar-style = GTK_TOOLBAR_BOTH_HORIZ
gtk-xft-antialias = 1
gtk-xft-hinting = 1
gtk-xft-hintstyle = hintslight
gtk-xft-rgba = rgb
gtk-cursor-theme-name = Adwaita
EOF
There are many settings keys, some with default values. You can find them at Settings: GTK+ 3 Reference Manual. There are many more themes available at http://gnome-look.org/ and other places.
|
provides support for displaying GTK+ 3 applications in a web browser, using HTML5 and web sockets. |
|
|
is a simple program that demonstrates some of the tasks that can be done with GTK+ 3 |
|
|
is a simple GTK+ 3 application. |
|
|
is a utility to explore the icons in the current icon theme. It shows icons in various sizes, their symbolic variants where available, as well as a description of the icon and its context. |
|
|
is a program to view GTK+ 3 themes and widgets. |
|
|
can perform various operations on GtkBuilder .ui files. |
|
|
converts symbolic svg icons into specially prepared png files. GTK+ 3 can load and recolor these pngs, just like original svgs, but loading them is much faster. |
|
|
launches an application using the given name. The
name should match the application desktop file
name, as residing in |
|
|
collects information about loadable input method modules for GTK+ 3 and writes it to the default cache file location, or to standard output. |
|
|
provides a complete listing of all settings related to GTK+ 3 |
|
|
is an icon theme caching utility that creates mmap()able cache files for icon themes. |
|
|
contains functions that implement the accessibility interfaces defined by the GNOME Accessibility Toolkit. |
|
|
contains functions that act as a wrapper around the low-level drawing and windowing functions provided by the underlying graphics system. |
|
|
contains functions that provide an API to implement graphical user interfaces. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The GTK Engines package contains eight themes/engines and two additional engines for GTK2.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-engines/2.20/gtk-engines-2.20.2.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtk-engines/2.20/gtk-engines-2.20.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 5deb287bc6075dc21812130604c7dc4f
Download size: 676 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
Lua-5.3.5 and Which-2.21 (required for test suite)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtk-engines
Install GTK Engines by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-lua --with-system-lua:
Use these switches if you installed Lua and want to build Lua theming
engine.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
The Gtkmm package provides a C++ interface to GTK+ 2. It can be installed alongside Gtkmm-3.22.2 (the GTK+ 3 version) with no namespace conflicts.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtkmm/2.24/gtkmm-2.24.5.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtkmm/2.24/gtkmm-2.24.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 6c59ae8bbff48fad9132f23af347acf1
Download size: 11 MB
Estimated disk space required: 426 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 3.4 SBU (with tests)
Atkmm-2.24.2, GTK+-2.24.32 and Pangomm-2.40.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtkmm2
First, fix the documents directory name:
sed -e '/^libdocdir =/ s/$(book_name)/gtkmm-2.24.5/' \
-i docs/Makefile.in
Install Gtkmm by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-24 13:13:05 -0700
The Gtkmm package provides a C++ interface to GTK+ 3.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtkmm/3.22/gtkmm-3.22.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtkmm/3.22/gtkmm-3.22.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 883e9046768b3a5afc8e365988823e77
Download size: 12 MB
Estimated disk space required: 549 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 3.6 SBU (with tests)
Atkmm-2.24.2, GTK+-3.22.30, and Pangomm-2.40.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtkmm3
First, fix the documentation directory name:
sed -e '/^libdocdir =/ s/$(book_name)/gtkmm-3.22.2/' \
-i docs/Makefile.in
Install Gtkmm by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that you must be in a graphical environment, as the tests try to open some windows.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-24 13:13:05 -0700
The GtkSourceView package contains libraries used for extending the GTK+ text functions to include syntax highlighting.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtksourceview/3.24/gtksourceview-3.24.8.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gtksourceview/3.24/gtksourceview-3.24.8.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 52f8c83ad21ad75e9ee6cca03ce2e63f
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 90 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU (with tests)
Vala-0.40.8, Valgrind-3.13.0, GTK-Doc-1.28, itstool-2.0.4, fop-2.3 (or dblatex), and Glade
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtksourceview
Install GtkSourceView by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue make check. The tests need to be run in a graphical environment.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
imlib2 is a graphics library for fast file loading, saving, rendering and manipulation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/enlightenment/imlib2-1.5.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 390aa207693e051bb692f2db650c694b
Download size: 900 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
libpng-1.6.35, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, LibTIFF-4.0.9, giflib-5.1.4, and libid3tag
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/imlib2
Install imlib2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/imlib2-1.5.1 &&
install -v -m644 doc/{*.gif,index.html} \
/usr/share/doc/imlib2-1.5.1
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
is to test the imlib2 bumpmap function. |
|
|
is to test the imlib2 colorspace function. |
|
|
is a script used to obtain imlib2 building informations. |
|
|
is to test the imlib2 poly function. |
|
|
converts images between formats. |
|
|
take screenshots. |
|
|
is an imlib2 program test. |
|
|
is an imlib2 program test. |
|
|
diplays images files. |
|
|
provides the functions for programs to deal with various image data formats. |
Last updated on 2018-08-18 16:41:06 -0700
The keybinder package contains a utility library registering global X keyboard shortcuts.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://pkgs.fedoraproject.org/repo/pkgs/keybinder/keybinder-0.3.0.tar.gz/2a0aed62ba14d1bf5c79707e20cb4059/keybinder-0.3.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2a0aed62ba14d1bf5c79707e20cb4059
Download size: 372 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and PyGTK-2.24.0
GTK-Doc-1.28 and Lua-5.3.5 (currently broken, because older lua version is required)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/keybinder
Install keybinder by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-lua && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-lua: Use
this switch to disable Lua-5.3.5 bindings (currently broken, because
older lua version is required).
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
libdrm provides a user space library for accessing the DRM, direct rendering manager, on operating systems that support the ioctl interface. libdrm is a low-level library, typically used by graphics drivers such as the Mesa DRI drivers, the X drivers, libva and similar projects.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://dri.freedesktop.org/libdrm/libdrm-2.4.93.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0ba45ad1551b2c1b6df0797a3e65f827
Download size: 808 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (add 0.8 SBU for tests)
Xorg Libraries (for Intel KMS API support required by Mesa)
Cairo-1.14.12 (for tests), docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.79.2 and libxslt-1.1.32 (to build manual pages), Valgrind-3.13.0, and CUNIT (for AMDGPU tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdrm
Install libdrm by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=$XORG_PREFIX -Dudev=true && ninja
To check the results, issue ninja test. Tests may hang for unknown reasons.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Dudev=true: This
parameter enables support for using Udev instead of mknod.
|
contains the AMDGPU specific Direct Rendering Manager functions. |
|
|
contains the Intel specific Direct Rendering Manager functions. |
|
|
contains the open source nVidia (Nouveau) specific Direct Rendering Manager functions. |
|
|
contains the AMD Radeon specific Direct Rendering Manager functions. |
|
|
contains the Direct Rendering Manager API functions. |
|
|
contains API functions for kernel mode setting abstraction. |
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
libepoxy is a library for handling OpenGL function pointer management.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/anholt/libepoxy/releases/download/1.5.2/libepoxy-1.5.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 4a6b9e581da229dee74c2263c84b1eca
Download size: 792 KB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libepoxy
Install libepoxy by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-17 18:17:43 -0700
The libglade package
contains libglade libraries.
These are useful for loading Glade interface files in a
program at runtime.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libglade/2.6/libglade-2.6.4.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libglade/2.6/libglade-2.6.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: d1776b40f4e166b5e9c107f1c8fe4139
Download size: 348 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libxml2-2.9.8 and GTK+-2.24.32
Python-2.7.15 and GTK-Doc-1.28
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libglade
Install libglade by running the following commands:
sed -i '/DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED/d' glade/Makefile.in && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check. One of the tests, test-convert, is known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -i '/DG_DISABLE_DEPRECATED/d': Some of the glib functions that libglade uses were declared deprecated in glib-2.30. This sed removes the G_DISABLE_DEPRECATED CFLAG.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The libnotify library is used to send desktop notifications to a notification daemon, as defined in the Desktop Notifications spec. These notifications can be used to inform the user about an event or display some form of information without getting in the user's way.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libnotify/0.7/libnotify-0.7.7.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libnotify/0.7/libnotify-0.7.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e9d911f6a22435e0b922f2fe71212b59
Download size: 280 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
notification-daemon-3.20.0 or xfce4-notifyd-0.4.2
GNOME Shell and KDE KWin provide their own notification daemons.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libnotify
Install libnotify by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
The libxklavier package contains a utility library for X keyboard.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://people.freedesktop.org/~svu/libxklavier-5.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 13af74dcb6011ecedf1e3ed122bd31fa
Download size: 384 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GLib-2.56.1, ISO Codes-3.79, libxml2-2.9.8 and Xorg Libraries
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxklavier
Install libxklavier by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: This parameter
is normally used if GTK-Doc
is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation. It is broken for this package due to the use
of a long deprecated gtk-doc program that is no longer
available.
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
Pango is a library for laying out and rendering of text, with an emphasis on internationalization. It can be used anywhere that text layout is needed, though most of the work on Pango so far has been done in the context of the GTK+ widget toolkit.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pango/1.42/pango-1.42.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pango/1.42/pango-1.42.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b281b95bca4591c28b3b784aadaa6f81
Download size: 816 KB
Estimated disk space required: 29 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
Fontconfig-2.13.0 (must be built with FreeType-2.9.1 using HarfBuzz-1.8.8), FriBidi-1.0.5, and GLib-2.56.1
Cairo-1.14.12 and Xorg Libraries
Cantarell fonts (for tests), GTK-Doc-1.28, help2man, and libthai
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pango
Install Pango by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. One test, test-layout, is known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Denable-docs: Use this switch if
gtk-doc is installed and you wish to rebuild and install the
API documentation.
|
displays a list of fonts that Pango can use that are currently installed on the system. |
|
|
renders a given text file through Pango for viewing purposes. |
|
|
contains low level layout rendering routines, a high level driver for laying out entire blocks of text, and routines to assist in editing internationalized text. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
The Pangomm package provides a C++ interface to Pango.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pangomm/2.40/pangomm-2.40.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/pangomm/2.40/pangomm-2.40.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 874eadd9434613dbacf0272c82c3ac23
Download size: 792 KB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
Cairomm-1.12.2, GLibmm-2.56.0 and Pango-1.42.3
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pangomm
First, fix the documentation directory name:
sed -e '/^libdocdir =/ s/$(book_name)/pangomm-2.40.1/' \
-i docs/Makefile.in
Install Pangomm by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-24 13:13:05 -0700
Qt5 is a cross-platform application framework that is widely used for developing application software with a graphical user interface (GUI) (in which cases Qt5 is classified as a widget toolkit), and also used for developing non-GUI programs such as command-line tools and consoles for servers. One of the major users of Qt is KDE Frameworks 5 (KF5).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.qt.io/archive/qt/5.11/5.11.1/single/qt-everywhere-src-5.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c6f0854d7de7bde80cfd8cc85bb7152b
Download size: 467 MB
Estimated disk space required: 10.4 GB (234 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 51 SBU (using parallelism=4)
alsa-lib-1.1.6, make-ca-0.8, Cups-2.2.8, GLib-2.56.1, gst-plugins-base-1.14.2 (QtMultimedia backend), HarfBuzz-1.8.8, ICU-62.1, JasPer-2.0.14, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libmng-2.0.3, libpng-1.6.35, LibTIFF-4.0.9, libxkbcommon-0.8.2, Mesa-18.1.6, mtdev-1.1.5, pcre2-10.31, SQLite-3.24.0, Wayland-1.15.0 (Mesa must be built with Wayland EGL backend), xcb-util-image-0.4.0, xcb-util-keysyms-0.4.0, xcb-util-renderutil-0.3.9, and xcb-util-wm-0.4.1
BlueZ-5.50 (runtime, used by QtConnectivity module), ibus-1.5.19, libinput-1.11.3, MariaDB-10.3.9 or MySQL, pciutils-3.6.2 (required for QtWebEngine), PostgreSQL-10.5, PulseAudio-12.2, unixODBC-2.3.7, and Firebird
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qt5
The BLFS editors recommend installing Qt5 in a directory other than
/usr, ie /opt/qt5. To do this, set the following
environment variable:
export QT5PREFIX=/opt/qt5
Sometimes, the installation paths are hardcoded into
installed files. This is the reason why /opt/qt5 is used as installation prefix
instead of /opt/qt-5.11.1. To
create a versioned Qt5
directory, you may rename the directory and create a
symlink:
mkdir /opt/qt-5.11.1 ln -sfnv qt-5.11.1 /opt/qt5
Later on, you may want to install other versions of
Qt5. To do that, just
remove the symlink and use /opt/qt5 as the prefix again. Which
version of Qt5 you use
depends only on where the symlink points.
If Qt5 is being
reinstalled into the same directory as an existing
instance, run the commands done by root, such as make install, from a
console or non-Qt5 based window manager. It overwrites
Qt5 libraries that should
not be in use during the install process.
If you did not install some of the recommended dependencies, examine ./configure --help output to check how to disable them or use internal versions bundled in the source tarball.
If your system is using glibc-2.28, apply the patch to exclude certain system headers and to avoid redefining two functions which are now in glibc :
patch -Np1 -i ../qt-5.11.1-glibc228-1.patch
The build time and space required for the full Qt5 is quite long. The instructions
below do not build the tutorials and examples. Removing the
-nomake line will
create a complete build.
The BLFS editors do not recommend installing Qt5 into the /usr hierarchy because it becomes difficult to find components and to update to a new version. If you do want to install Qt5 in /usr, the directories need to be specified explicitly. In this case, set QT5PREFIX=/usr and add the following to the configure arguments below:
-archdatadir /usr/lib/qt5 \
-bindir /usr/bin \
-plugindir /usr/lib/qt5/plugins \
-importdir /usr/lib/qt5/imports \
-headerdir /usr/include/qt5 \
-datadir /usr/share/qt5 \
-docdir /usr/share/doc/qt5 \
-translationdir /usr/share/qt5/translations \
-examplesdir /usr/share/doc/qt5/examples
Install Qt5 by running the following commands:
./configure -prefix $QT5PREFIX \
-sysconfdir /etc/xdg \
-confirm-license \
-opensource \
-dbus-linked \
-openssl-linked \
-system-harfbuzz \
-system-sqlite \
-nomake examples \
-no-rpath \
-skip qtwebengine &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Remove references to the build directory from installed
library dependency (prl) files by running the following
command as the root user:
find $QT5PREFIX/ -name \*.prl \
-exec sed -i -e '/^QMAKE_PRL_BUILD_DIR/d' {} \;
Install images and create the menu entries for installed
applications. The QT5BINDIR
variable is used here to point to the directory for the
executable programs. If you have changed the bindir above,
QT5BINDIR will need to be adjusted
below. Be sure that the QT5BINDIR
variable is defined in root's environment and as the
root user:
QT5BINDIR=$QT5PREFIX/bin
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/pixmaps/ &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/assistant/assistant/images/assistant-128.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/assistant-qt5.png &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/designer/src/designer/images/designer.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/designer-qt5.png &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/linguist/linguist/images/icons/linguist-128-32.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/linguist-qt5.png &&
install -v -Dm644 qttools/src/qdbus/qdbusviewer/images/qdbusviewer-128.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/qdbusviewer-qt5.png &&
install -dm755 /usr/share/applications &&
cat > /usr/share/applications/assistant-qt5.desktop << EOF
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt5 Assistant
Comment=Shows Qt5 documentation and examples
Exec=$QT5BINDIR/assistant
Icon=assistant-qt5.png
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;Documentation;
EOF
cat > /usr/share/applications/designer-qt5.desktop << EOF
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt5 Designer
GenericName=Interface Designer
Comment=Design GUIs for Qt5 applications
Exec=$QT5BINDIR/designer
Icon=designer-qt5.png
MimeType=application/x-designer;
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;
EOF
cat > /usr/share/applications/linguist-qt5.desktop << EOF
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt5 Linguist
Comment=Add translations to Qt5 applications
Exec=$QT5BINDIR/linguist
Icon=linguist-qt5.png
MimeType=text/vnd.trolltech.linguist;application/x-linguist;
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;
EOF
cat > /usr/share/applications/qdbusviewer-qt5.desktop << EOF
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Qt5 QDbusViewer
GenericName=D-Bus Debugger
Comment=Debug D-Bus applications
Exec=$QT5BINDIR/qdbusviewer
Icon=qdbusviewer-qt5.png
Terminal=false
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Categories=Qt;Development;Debugger;
EOF
Some packages such as VLC-3.0.3 look for certain executables with a
-qt5 suffix. Run the following command as the root user to create the necessary
symlinks:
for file in moc uic rcc qmake lconvert lrelease lupdate; do ln -sfrvn $QT5BINDIR/$file /usr/bin/$file-qt5 done
-confirm-license:
Accept license without prompting user during configuration.
-opensource: Install
the opensource version of Qt.
-nomake examples:
This switch disables building of the example programs
included in the source tarball. Remove it if you want to
build them.
-system-sqlite: This
switch enables use of the system version of SQLite.
-dbus-linked
-openssl-linked: These switches enable explicit
linking of the D-Bus and
OpenSSL libraries into
Qt5 libraries instead of
dlopen()-ing
them.
-skip qtwebengine:
This switch disables building the QtWebEngine. The BLFS
editors have chosen to build qtwebengine-5.11.1 separately.
-system-harfbuzz:
This switch enables use of the system version of Harfbuzz which fixes some font rendering
issues in Qt5 applications
but doesn't have all the features that the included one has.
If you installed Qt5 in
/usr, create an environment
variable needed by certain packages. As the root user:
cat > /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh
QT5DIR=/usr
export QT5DIR
pathappend $QT5DIR/bin
# End /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh
EOF
If you installed Qt5 in a
location other than /usr, you
need to update the following configuration files so that
Qt5 is correctly found by
other packages and system processes.
As the root user, update
the /etc/ld.so.conf file and
the dynamic linker's run-time cache file:
cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << EOF
# Begin Qt addition
/opt/qt5/lib
# End Qt addition
EOF
ldconfig
As the root user, create
the /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh
file:
cat > /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh
QT5DIR=/opt/qt5
pathappend $QT5DIR/bin PATH
pathappend $QT5DIR/lib/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH
export QT5DIR
# End /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh
EOF
|
is a tool for presenting on-line documentation. |
|
|
is a full-fledged GUI builder. It includes powerful features such as preview mode, automatic widget layout, support for custom widgets, and an advanced property editor. |
|
|
is part of Qt5's Linguist tool chain. It can be used as a standalone tool to convert and filter translation data files. |
|
|
provides support for translating applications into local languages. |
|
|
is a simple command line tool. It reads a Qt project file and produces message files used by the application. |
|
|
reads a Qt project file, finds the translatable strings in the specified source, header and Qt Designer interface files, and produces or updates the translation files listed in the project file. |
|
|
generates Qt meta object support code. |
|
|
is a desktop magnifier and as you move your mouse around the screen it will show the magnified contents in its window. |
|
|
is a tool used to create a Qt Help Collection. |
|
|
takes a C++ source file and generates a D-Bus XML definition of the interface. |
|
|
lists available services, object paths, methods, signals, and properties of objects on a bus. |
|
|
is a graphical D-Bus browser. |
|
|
is a tool that can be used to parse interface descriptions and produce static code representing those interfaces, |
|
|
is a tool used by Qt Developers to generate documentation for software projects. |
|
|
is a tool used to convert files to Qt help format. |
|
|
is a tool used to generate a Qt compressed help file. |
|
|
is a tool used to generate code from grammar specifications. |
|
|
uses information stored in project files to determine what should go in the makefiles it generates. |
|
|
is a tool used to manage QML bundle. |
|
|
is a tool used to define the easing curves using an interactive curve editor. |
|
|
is a tool used to import QML files from a directory. |
|
|
is a syntax checker for QML files. |
|
|
removes comments and layout characters from a QML file. |
|
|
is a tool to create a qmltypes file. |
|
|
is a tool used to analyze QML applications. |
|
|
is a utility that loads and displays QML documents even before the application is complete. |
|
|
is a tool used to make tests. |
|
|
is a tool for loading QML documents that makes it easy to quickly develop and debug QML applications. |
|
|
is a tool for reporting diagnostic information about Qt and its environment. |
|
|
is a tool to query Qt path information. |
|
|
is a resource compiler used in conjunction with designer. |
|
|
is a script to create the forwarding headers in the include directories. It is an internal development tool. |
|
|
is a Qt user interface compiler. |
|
|
provides support for XPath, XQuery, XSLT, and XML Schema validation. |
|
|
is a tool used to validate XML documents. |
Last updated on 2018-08-20 15:41:43 -0700
QtWebEngine integrates chromium"s web capabilities into Qt. It ships with its own copy of ninja which it uses for the build if it cannot find a system copy, and various copies of libraries from ffmpeg, icu, libvpx, and zlib (including libminizip) which have been forked by the chromium developers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
By default, ninja will use all online CPUs +2 (if at least 4 exist), even if they are not available to the current task because the build terminal has been restricted with 'taskset'. To work around this, see the Command Explanations below.
Download (HTTP): https://download.qt.io/archive/qt/5.11/5.11.1/submodules/qtwebengine-everywhere-src-5.11.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 75d2ff31addba4ec41981b0f459cc587
Download size: 223 MB
Estimated disk space required: 3.5 GB (142 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 52 SBU (using 4 cores)
NSS-3.38, PulseAudio-12.2, and Qt-5.11.1
If these packages are not installed, the build process will compile and install its own (perhaps older) version, with the side effect of increasing build and installed disk space and build time.
libwebp-1.0.0, libxslt-1.1.32, and Opus-1.2.1
libevent-2.1.8, jsoncpp, libsrtp, snappy
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/qtwebengine
Install qtwebengine by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && qmake .. && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Remove references to the build directory from installed
library dependency (prl) files by running the following
commands as the root user:
find $QT5DIR/ -name \*.prl \
-exec sed -i -e '/^QMAKE_PRL_BUILD_DIR/d' {} \;
qmake: This will build the included copy of ninja if it is not already installed and use it to configure the build.
NINJAJOBS=4 make: If you patched
system ninja in LFS to recognize the NINJAJOBS environment
variable, this command will run system ninja with the
specified number of jobs (i.e. 4). Among the reasons why you
might want to do this are: building on a subset of CPUs,
either to measure the build time for that number of
processors or to run other CPU-intensive tasks on other
cores, or to improve the build speed on a less-well endowed
4-core machine. On a machine with a powerful CPU and plenty
of RAM, running N+2 jobs (the ninja default for 4+ cores) for
the large working sets of the C++ compiles in this package is
typically only marginally slower than running 4 jobs at a
time. But for a machine with less memory it might be much
slower.
|
converts hunspell dictionaries ( |
|
|
is a libexec program which runs a zygote process (one that listens for spawn requests from a master process and will fork itself in response). |
|
|
provides QML types for rendering web content within a QML application. |
|
|
provides public API shared by both QtWebEngine and QtWebEngineWidgets. |
|
|
provides a web browser engine as well as C++ classes to render and interact with web content. |
Last updated on 2018-08-26 12:11:33 -0700
The startup-notification
package contains startup-notification libraries. These are
useful for building a consistent manner to notify the user
through the cursor that the application is loading.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/startup-notification/releases/startup-notification-0.12.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2cd77326d4dcaed9a5a23a1232fb38e9
Download size: 347 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Xorg Libraries and xcb-util-0.4.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/startup-notification
Install startup-notification by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/startup-notification.txt \
/usr/share/doc/startup-notification-0.12/startup-notification.txt
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The WebKitGTK+ package is a port of the portable web rendering engine WebKit to the GTK+ 3 and GTK+ 2 platforms.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://webkitgtk.org/releases/webkitgtk-2.20.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 72a05f6a4dc1c78b079590a8fd280401
Download size: 16 MB
Estimated disk space required: 963 MB (128 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 18 SBU (using parallelism=4, 49 SBUs using one core)
Cairo-1.14.12, CMake-3.12.1, gst-plugins-base-1.14.2, gst-plugins-bad-1.14.2, GTK+-2.24.32, GTK+-3.22.30, ICU-62.1, libgudev-232, libsecret-0.18.6, libsoup-2.62.3, libwebp-1.0.0, Mesa-18.1.6, Ruby-2.5.1, SQLite-3.24.0, and Which-2.21
enchant-2.2.3, GeoClue-2.4.11, gobject-introspection-1.56.1, hicolor-icon-theme-0.17, and libnotify-0.7.7
GTK-Doc-1.28, HarfBuzz-1.8.8, LLVM-6.0.1, Wayland-1.15.0, Hyphen, MathML, and woff2
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/webkitgtk
You must rebuild Perl with -Dusethreads if LFS was built without that option. LFS made this change in April 2017.
Install WebKitGTK+ by running the following commands:
mkdir -vp build &&
cd build &&
CFLAGS=-Wno-expansion-to-defined \
CXXFLAGS=-Wno-expansion-to-defined \
cmake -DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_SKIP_RPATH=ON \
-DPORT=GTK \
-DLIB_INSTALL_DIR=/usr/lib \
-DUSE_LIBHYPHEN=OFF \
-DENABLE_MINIBROWSER=ON \
-DUSE_WOFF2=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not have a working testsuite. However, there is a useable basic graphical web browser in the build directory, build/bin/MiniBrowser. If launching it fails, there is a problem with the build.
When installing, the Makefile does some additional compiling and linking. If you do not have Xorg in /usr, the LIBRARY_PATH and PKG_CONFIG_PATH variables need to be defined for the root user. If using sudo to assume root, use the -E option to pass your current environment variables for the install process.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -vdm755 /usr/share/gtk-doc/html/webkit{2,dom}gtk-4.0 &&
install -vm644 ../Documentation/webkit2gtk-4.0/html/* \
/usr/share/gtk-doc/html/webkit2gtk-4.0 &&
install -vm644 ../Documentation/webkitdomgtk-4.0/html/* \
/usr/share/gtk-doc/html/webkitdomgtk-4.0
-DUSE_LIBHYPHEN=OFF:
This switch disables default automatic hyphenation
implementation. You need to install Hyphen,
if you wish to enable it (replacing OFF with ON or just
removing the switch).
-DENABLE_MINIBROWSER=ON: This
switch enables the Mini
Browser compilation and install.
-DUSE_LIBNOTIFY=OFF: Use this
switch if you do not have libnotify installed.
-DUSE_SYSTEM_MALLOC=ON: This
switch enables building against the system installed
malloc.
-DENABLE_GEOLOCATION=OFF: Use
this switch if you don't want to install GeoClue-2.4.11.
-DENABLE_GTKDOC=ON: Use this
switch if GTK-Doc-1.28 is installed and you wish to
rebuild and install the API documentation.
-DUSE_WOFF2=ON: Use this switch
if the optional package woff2 is inatalled.
|
is a command-line utility that allows you to run JavaScript programs outside of the context of a web browser. |
|
|
is a very simple graphical browser. |
|
|
allows debugging and automation of web pages and browsers. |
|
|
contains core JavaScript API functions used by
jsc
and |
|
|
contains the WebKit2 API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-26 12:11:33 -0700
Display Managers are graphical programs used for starting the graphical display (currently, the X server) and providing a login capability for a Window Manager or Desktop Environment.
There are many Display Managers available. Some of the more well known include: GDM, KDM (deprecated), LightDM, LXDM, Slim, and SDDM.
Among the Desktop Environments available for Linux you find: Enlightenment, GNOME, KDE, LXDE, LXQt, and XFce.
Choosing a Display Manager or Desktop Environment is highly subjective. The choice depends on the look and feel of the packages, the resources (memory and disk space) required, and the utilities included.
In this chapter, the installation instructions of some Display Managers are presented. Later in the book, you will find other ones, which are provided as part of some Desktop Environments.
Last updated on 2018-01-05 14:14:37 -0800
The lightdm package contains a lightweight display manager based upon GTK.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://launchpad.net/lightdm/1.24/1.24.0/+download/lightdm-1.24.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 76d65ba5d1bc93e80b611771698739db
Download size: 508 KB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
The greeter is a program to present a graphical login screen. There are several alternative greeters, but the gtk+ package is the reference implementation. For a list of other greeters, see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/LightDM.
Download (HTTP): https://launchpad.net/lightdm-gtk-greeter/2.0/2.0.3/+download/lightdm-gtk-greeter-2.0.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 29f352906d200568cceb4d449b5619c6
Download size: 480 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK+-3.22.30, libgcrypt-1.8.3, Linux-PAM-1.3.0, and PCRE-8.42
gobject-introspection-1.56.1, libxklavier-5.4, and Vala-0.40.8
at-spi2-core-2.28.0, Exo-0.12.2, GTK-Doc-1.28, itstool-2.0.4, Qt-5.11.1, libido, and libindicator
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lightdm
First, create a dedicated user and group to take control of
the lightdm
daemon after it is started. Issue the following commands as
the root user:
groupadd -g 65 lightdm &&
useradd -c "Lightdm Daemon" \
-d /var/lib/lightdm \
-u 65 -g lightdm \
-s /bin/false lightdm
Install lightdm by running the following commands:
ITSTOOL=/bin/true \
./configure \
--prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/lightdm \
--localstatedir=/var \
--sbindir=/usr/bin \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static \
--disable-tests \
--with-greeter-user=lightdm \
--with-greeter-session=lightdm-gtk-greeter \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/lightdm-1.24.0 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
sed '\@/bin/sh@a\
\
. /etc/profile' tests/src/lightdm-session > /usr/bin/lightdm-session &&
chmod a+x /usr/bin/lightdm-session &&
rm -rf /etc/init &&
install -v -dm755 -o lightdm -g lightdm /var/lib/lightdm &&
install -v -dm755 -o lightdm -g lightdm /var/lib/lightdm-data &&
install -v -dm755 -o lightdm -g lightdm /var/cache/lightdm &&
install -v -dm770 -o lightdm -g lightdm /var/log/lightdm
Now build the greeter:
tar -xf ../lightdm-gtk-greeter-2.0.3.tar.gz &&
cd lightdm-gtk-greeter-2.0.3 &&
OUR_CFLAGS="-Wno-declaration-after-statement \
-Wno-error=deprecated-declarations" &&
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS $OUR_CFLAGS" \
HAVE_EXO_CSOURCE=yes \
./configure \
--prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/lightdm \
--sbindir=/usr/bin \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-libxklavier \
--enable-kill-on-sigterm \
--disable-libido \
--disable-libindicator \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/lightdm-gtk-greeter-2.0.3 &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make install
ITSTOOL=/bin/true:
although itstool-2.0.4 is not needed in a normal
build, configure throws an error
if it is not found on the system. This parameter prevents the
error.
CFLAGS=...: those two
switches ensures some warnings are not treated as errors.
HAVE_EXO_CSOURCE=yes:
although exo-csource is not needed
in a normal build, configure throws an error
if it is not found on the system. This parameter prevents the
error.
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/lightdm init script from
the blfs-bootscripts-20180105
make install-lightdm
If the lightdm bootscript has been installed, start lightdm
by running, as the root
user:
/etc/rc.d/init.d/lightdm start
By convention, X should be executed at runlevel 5,
consequently, the same is true for lightdm. However, LFS default runlevel
is 3. Changing to runlevel 5, from a console terminal, as
root user, starts the
lightdm
bootscript, bringing up the greeter screen:
init 5
In order to permanently set the default to 5, starting the
lightdm
greeter screen automatically, modify /etc/inittab. As the root user:
cp -v /etc/inittab{,-orig} &&
sed -i '/initdefault/ s/3/5/' /etc/inittab
The greeter offers a list of available sessions, depending
on the Window Managers and Desktop Environments installed.
The list includes sessions which have a corresponding
.desktop file installed under
/usr/share/xsessions. Most of
the Window Managers and Desktop Environments automatically
provide those files, but if necessary, you may include a
custom one.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The LXDM is a lightweight Display Manager for the LXDE desktop. It can also be used as an alternative to other Display Managers such as GNOME's GDM or LightDM.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxdm/lxdm-0.5.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 061caae432634e6db38bbdc84bc6ffa0
Download size: 236 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK+-2.24.32, ISO Codes-3.79, and librsvg-2.42.2 (runtime, for default theme background)
ConsoleKit2-1.0.2 and Linux-PAM-1.3.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lxdm
First, some fixes.
cat > pam/lxdm << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/lxdm
auth requisite pam_nologin.so
auth required pam_env.so
auth include system-auth
account include system-account
password include system-password
session required pam_limits.so
session include system-session
# End /etc/pam.d/lxdm
EOF
sed -i 's:sysconfig/i18n:profile.d/i18n.sh:g' data/lxdm.in &&
sed -i 's:/etc/xprofile:/etc/profile:g' data/Xsession &&
sed -e 's/^bg/#&/' \
-e '/reset=1/ s/# //' \
-e 's/logou$/logout/' \
-e "/arg=/a arg=$XORG_PREFIX/bin/X" \
-i data/lxdm.conf.in
Install LXDM by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-pam \
--with-systemdsystemunitdir=no &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
cat > pam/lxdm <<
"EOF" ...: Replace default /etc/pam.d/lxdm by another one appropriate
for BLFS.
sed -i ...
data/lxdm.conf.in: Modifications in the
default configuration: (1) fix the background to the default
one; (2) restart X when session is close; (3) typo; and (4)
include XORG_PREFIX, which may be
different from /usr.
sed -i ...
data/Xsession: Source /etc/profile, instead of other file,
according to BLFS standard.
sed -i ... data/lxdm.in: Fix greeter's locale for BLFS specification.
--with-pam: This
parameter enables use of pam authentication.
--with-systemdsystemunitdir=no:
BLFS does not support systemd.
Install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/lxdm init script from
the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-lxdm
The LXDM daemon configuration file (/etc/lxdm/lxdm.conf) specifies options
that include numlock on/off, background image (bg),
session, etc. You can set a default session by uncommenting
the line: session=/usr/bin/startlxde and replacing
startlxde
with your session of choice. For GNOME session=/usr/bin/gnome-session.
For OPENBOX
session=/usr/bin/openbox-session and for XFCE session=/usr/bin/startxfce4.
It is also possible to set the preferred session on a per-user basis by editing the ~/.dmrc file for each user and adding:
[Desktop]
Session=xfce
You can replace the default dummy face in the greeting
screen by another image representing your user. For that,
copy or symlink the desired image to your home directory
with the name .face.
You can manually start lxdm, e.g, if the
bootscript has been installed, by running, as root user:
/etc/rc.d/init.d/lxdm start
By convention, X should be executed at runlevel 5,
consequently, the same is true for lxdm. However, the LFS default
runlevel is 3. Changing to runlevel 5, from the console (as
root user) starts the
lxdm
bootscript and presents the greeter screen:
init 5
In order to permanently set the default to 5, starting the
lxdm greeter
screen automatically, you can modify /etc/inittab. As the root user:
cp -v /etc/inittab{,-orig} &&
sed -i '/initdefault/ s/3/5/' /etc/inittab
One important script, executed after login is
/etc/lxdm/Xsession which we
have fixed to fit BLFS specifications.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 21:43:33 -0700
Window Managers and Desktop Environments are the primary user interfaces into the X Window System. A window manager is a program that controls the appearance of windows and provides the means by which the user can interact with them. A Desktop Environment provides a more complete interface to the operating system, and provides a range of integrated utilities and applications.
There are many Window Managers available. Some of the more well known ones include fvwm2, Window Maker, AfterStep, Enlightenment, Sawfish, and Blackbox.
The Desktop Environments available for Linux are GNOME, KDE, and XFce.
Choosing a Window Manager or Desktop Environment is highly subjective. The choice depends on the look and feel of the packages, the resources (RAM, disk space) required, and the utilities included. One web site that provides a very good summary of what is available, screenshots, and their respective features is Window Managers for X.
In this chapter, the installation instructions of several Window Managers and one lightweight Desktop Environment are presented. Later in the book, both KDE and GNOME have their own sections.
Last updated on 2013-03-08 15:46:06 -0800
The Fluxbox package contains a window manager.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/fluxbox/fluxbox-1.3.7.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.jaist.ac.jp/pub//sourceforge/f/fl/fluxbox/fluxbox/1.3.7/fluxbox-1.3.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b44afd10ee1e64624c23115aa51dcd55
Download size: 772 KB
Estimated disk space required: 101 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU
dbus-1.12.10 (runtime), FriBidi-1.0.5, and imlib2-1.5.1 (if you wish to use other image formats in addition to XPM)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fluxbox
Install Fluxbox by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not have a working testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If Fluxbox is the only
Window Manager you want to use, you can start it with an
.xinitrc file in your home
folder. Be sure to backup your current .xinitrc before proceeding.
echo startfluxbox > ~/.xinitrc
Or alternatively, if you use a login manager like
GDM or KDM and would like to be able to
choose Fluxbox at the
login prompt, create a fluxbox.desktop file like this.
As root:
mkdir -pv /usr/share/xsessions &&
cat > /usr/share/xsessions/fluxbox.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Name=Fluxbox
Comment=This session logs you into Fluxbox
Exec=startfluxbox
Type=Application
EOF
If you didn't install GDM
or KDM in /usr, then change that command to fit the
prefix you chose.
Now create the Fluxbox configuration files:
mkdir -v ~/.fluxbox && cp -v /usr/share/fluxbox/init ~/.fluxbox/init && cp -v /usr/share/fluxbox/keys ~/.fluxbox/keys
To generate the application menu, first you may wish to run
fluxbox-generate_menu
-h, in order to choose any <user_options>, then
issue:
cd ~/.fluxbox &&
fluxbox-generate_menu <user_options>
Alternately, copy a pregenerated menu:
cp -v /usr/share/fluxbox/menu ~/.fluxbox/menu
Menu items are added by editing ~/.fluxbox/menu. The syntax is explained
on the fluxbox man page.
If you want to use an image as your desktop background,
copy the theme you like into ~/.fluxbox. Then add a line to make it
use the correct image. In the following command, change
<theme> for
the name of the theme you want and change </path/to/nice/image.ext>
to point to the actual image you want to use, where
ext must be
“xpm”, if imlib2-1.5.1
is not installed to allow other image formats.
cp /usr/share/fluxbox/styles/<theme> ~/.fluxbox/theme && sed -i 's,\(session.styleFile:\).*,\1 ~/.fluxbox/theme,' ~/.fluxbox/init && [ -f ~/.fluxbox/theme ] && echo "background.pixmap: </path/to/nice/image.ext>" >> ~/.fluxbox/theme || [ -d ~/.fluxbox/theme ] && echo "background.pixmap: </path/to/nice/image.ext>" >> ~/.fluxbox/theme/theme.cfg
In some locales the font specified in the theme may not
contain the needed characters. This results in menus with
blank items. You can fix this by editing ~/.fluxbox/theme with a text editor and
altering it so that it names a suitable font.
|
is a window manager for X11 based on Blackbox 0.61.0. |
|
|
is a utility that sets the background image. It requires one of the following at runtime: Esetroot, wmsetbg, feh, hsetroot, chbg, display, qiv, xv, xsri, xli, or xsetbg. It also requires which if Esetroot is found. |
|
|
is a utility to change root window appearance based on the Blackbox application bsetroot. |
|
|
is a utility that generates a menu by scanning your
|
|
|
is a session startup script that allows for command executions prior to fluxbox starting. |
|
|
displays a run dialog window. |
|
|
provides command line access to key commands for Fluxbox. |
|
|
use to manage config files (reload, update, test). |
Last updated on 2018-08-21 15:38:20 -0700
IceWM is a window manager with the goals of speed, simplicity, and not getting in the user's way.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/bbidulock/icewm/releases/download/1.4.2/icewm-1.4.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 3e7c3a95e7f8518346267f48a11966cd
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 57 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
X Window System and gdk-pixbuf-2.36.12
FriBidi-1.0.5 (for languages written right to left), libsndfile-1.0.28 and alsa-lib-1.1.6 (for the experimental icesound program)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/icewm
Install IceWM by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/icewm-1.4.2 &&
make
This package does not have a working testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && rm /usr/share/xsessions/icewm.desktop
rm /usr/share/xsessions/icewm.desktop: The package ships with both icewm.desktop and icewm-xsession.desktop. The former has apparently been used in the past, but it will hang if used with a modern desktop-manager such as lightdm-1.24.0.
--enable-guievents
--with-icesound=ALSA: these two switches permit
icesound to be
compiled.
--enable-corefonts: use this if
you wish to able to use the old X11 core fonts (instead of
the fonts selected by fontconfig) in your preferences file.
~/.icewm/keys, ~/.icewm/menu, and ~/.icewm/preferences, and ~/.icewm/toolbar, and ~/.icewm/winoptions. The default versions
are installed in /usr/share/icewm/ and will be used if you
have not copied them to ~/.icewm.
If IceWM is the only
Window Manager you want to use, you can start it with an
.xinitrc file in your home
folder. Be sure to backup your current .xinitrc before proceeding.
echo icewm-session > ~/.xinitrc
Now create the IceWM configuration files:
mkdir -v ~/.icewm && cp -v /usr/share/icewm/keys ~/.icewm/keys && cp -v /usr/share/icewm/menu ~/.icewm/menu && cp -v /usr/share/icewm/preferences ~/.icewm/preferences && cp -v /usr/share/icewm/toolbar ~/.icewm/toolbar && cp -v /usr/share/icewm/winoptions ~/.icewm/winoptions
You can now edit these files to meet your requirements. In
particular, review the preferences file. You can use
Logout ->
Restart-IceWM on the main menu to load your
changed preferences, but changes to the background only
take effect when IceWM is
started.
At this point you can either modify the traditional menu files to suit your requirements, or use the newer icewm-menu-fdo described later.
The syntax of the menus is explained in the help files, which you can access by running help from the menu, but some of the detail is out of date and the default selections in the menus (a few old applications on the main menu, everything else on the Programs menu) will benefit from being updated to meet your needs. The following examples are provided to encourage you to think about how you wish to organise your menus. Please note the following:
If a program listed in the menu has not been installed, it will not appear when the menu is displayed. Similarly, if the program exists but the specified icon does not, no icon will be displayed in the menu.
The icons can be either .xpm or .png files, and there is no need to
specify the extension. If the icon is located in the
"library" (/usr/share/icewm/icons) there is no
need to specifiy the path.
Most programs are in sub-menus, and the main menu
will always append entries for windows, help, settings, logout at
the bottom.
An icon for firefox
was copied to the library directory and given a
meaningful name. The icon for xine is xine.xpm which was installed to a
pixmap directory.
The default toolbar is not altered.
If you wish to use this traditional method, there are more examples in previous releases of this book (e.g. BLFS-7.8).
Alternatively, you can create a menu which conforms to the FDO Desktop Menu Specifications, where programs can be found because they have a .desktop file in the XDG_DATA_HOME or XDG_DATA_DIR directories. Unlike most windowmanagers, icewm does not search for programs when the menu is invoked, so if you take this route you will need to rerun the following command after installing or removing programs:
icewm-menu-fdo >~/.icewm/menu
If you wish to put icons on your desktop, you will need to install a program such as Rox-Filer-2.11 which provides a pinboard. If you do that you will no longer be able to access the menu by right-clicking on the desktop, you will have to use the IceWM button. To ensure that the rox pinboard is running, the following commands will put it in the startup file:
cat > ~/.icewm/startup << "EOF"
rox -p Default &
EOF &&
chmod +x ~/.icewm/startup
There are a number of keyboard shortcuts in IceWM:
Ctrl + Alt + FN : go to
tty.
N
Ctrl + Alt + N : go to desktop
number N
Ctrl + Alt + Space : open a box on the taskbar where you can key in the name of an application and run it.
|
is used to display the html manual. |
|
|
is a command-line window manager which can be used
in |
|
|
plays audio files on GUI events raised by IceWM. |
|
|
is the window manager. |
|
|
can create a file in a format suitable for an IceWM menu, which lists those programs currently installed in a layout conforming to the FDO Desktop Menu Specifications. |
|
|
runs icewmbg, icewm, icewmtray, startup, shutdown (i.e. startup and shutdown scripts are run if installed). |
|
|
is a script to set the GNOMEwindowmanager to icewm using gconftool. |
|
|
is used to set the background, according to the
various |
|
|
is used internally. |
|
|
provides the tray. |
Last updated on 2018-08-25 21:43:33 -0700
Openbox is a highly configurable desktop window manager with extensive standards support. It allows you to control almost every aspect of how you interact with your desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://openbox.org/dist/openbox/openbox-3.6.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b72794996c6a3ad94634727b95f9d204
Download size: 944 KB
Estimated disk space required: 21 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
X Window System and Pango-1.42.3 (compiled with support for libXft)
dbus-1.12.10 (runtime), imlib2-1.5.1 (to enable icons in the right click menu), PyXDG-0.25, startup-notification-0.12, and librsvg-2.42.2
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/openbox
If XORG_PREFIX is not /usr,
tell gcc
about it:
export LIBRARY_PATH=$XORG_PREFIX/lib
If you installed only Python 3 PyXDG module convert one of the scripts to Python 3:
2to3 -w data/autostart/openbox-xdg-autostart && sed 's/python/python3/' -i data/autostart/openbox-xdg-autostart
Install Openbox by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/openbox-3.6.1 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--sysconfdir=/etc:
This option puts Openbox's
configuration files in /etc/xdg/openbox instead of
/usr/etc/xdg/openbox.
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/openbox-3.6.1:
this puts a few files in a versioned directory in
/usr/share/doc.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
/etc/xdg/openbox/autostart, /etc/xdg/openbox/menu.xml, /etc/xdg/openbox/rc.xml, ~/.config/openbox/autostart, ~/.config/openbox/menu.xml and ~/.config/openbox/rc.xml
Openbox's right click menu
can be used to launch programs. The menu itself is
configured with 2 files, /etc/xdg/openbox/menu.xml and
~/.config/openbox/menu.xml.
To make changes to the menu, copy /etc/xdg/openbox/menu.xml
to ~/.config/openbox/menu.xml and edit it:
cp -rf /etc/xdg/openbox ~/.config
~/.config/openbox/menu.xml
can be edited with a text editor or you can install
Obmenu (requires
pyxml and
PyGTK-2.24.0).
To have icons in your right click menu requires installing
imlib2-1.5.1 before you install
Openbox. To set an icon
for an entry in the menu edit ~/.config/openbox/menu.xml and add an
icon to the <item> tag like this:
<item label="Mplayer" icon="/usr/share/pixmaps/mplayer.png">
Many other aspects of Openbox's behaviour are configured
with ~/.config/openbox/rc.xml
such as what keybindings are used to launch programs or
which mouse button launches the main menu.
Details of the theme that Openbox applies to window decorations
are configured in ~/.config/openbox/rc.xml. You can get a
list of the available themes with the command:
ls -d /usr/share/themes/*/openbox-3 | sed 's#.*es/##;s#/o.*##'
To automatically start openbox when you start Xorg:
echo openbox > ~/.xinitrc
If you want to set a background image to your desktop you can use display and launch it from ~/.xinitrc just before openbox:
cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
display -backdrop -window root /path/to/beautiful/picture.jpeg
exec openbox
EOF
Or if you like a bit of variety, put a selection of images in a folder (in this example, the directory ~/.config/backgrounds) and choose one at random each time you xinit:
cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
# make an array which lists the pictures:
picture_list=(~/.config/backgrounds/*)
# create a random integer between 0 and the number of pictures:
random_number=$(( ${RANDOM} % ${#picture_list[@]} ))
# display the chosen picture:
display -backdrop -window root "${picture_list[${random_number}]}"
exec openbox
EOF
If you like to have the numlock key set whan you start Xorg, install Numlockx and add that to your xinitrc. Another useful application is dbus-1.12.10:
cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
. /etc/profile
picture_list=(~/.config/backgrounds/*)
random_number=$(( ${RANDOM} % ${#picture_list[*]} ))
display -backdrop -window root "${picture_list[${random_number}]}"
numlockx
eval $(dbus-launch --auto-syntax --exit-with-session)
lxpanel &
exec openbox
EOF
|
is a command line tool to send signals to GDM. |
|
|
is a command line utility to invoke the Gnome Panel run dialog/menu. |
|
|
is a tool for displaying the properties on an x window. It has a similar functionality to xprop, but allows you to see UTF-8 strings as text. |
|
|
is a standards compliant, highly configurable, window manager. |
|
|
is a script to launch an Gnome session with
Openbox as your
window manager from your |
|
|
is a script to launch an KDE session with Openbox as your window manager
from your |
|
|
is a script to launch an Openbox session from your
|
|
|
contains the functions used by Openbox for theme rendering. |
|
|
is the Openbox toolkit library. |
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The sawfish package contains a window manager. This is useful for organizing and displaying windows where all window decorations are configurable and all user-interface policy is controlled through the extension language.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.tuxfamily.org/sawfish/sawfish_1.12.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 074446085b2518a07cf0e0c8c8b6df41
Download size: 2.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 53 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
rep-gtk-0.90.8.3 and Which-2.21
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sawfish
Install sawfish by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --with-pango && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Be sure to backup your current .xinitrc before proceeding.
cat >> ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
exec sawfish
EOF
Optionally, you can use a Display Manager, such as lxdm-0.5.3.
From the developers: “The default menu binding is somewhat obscure; you must middle-click on the background to bring up the menus. (If you have a two-button mouse, try clicking both buttons simultaneously)”. You can find this at sawfish's FAQ.
|
is the extensible window manager using a Lisp-based scripting language. |
|
|
is the sawfish about window. |
|
|
allows you to connect to a window manager process and evaluate arbitrary Lisp forms. |
|
|
is the sawfish configuration manager. |
|
|
is a script to run KDE4 using sawfish. |
|
|
is a script to run Plasma 5 using sawfish |
|
|
is a script to run mate using sawfish. |
|
|
is a script to run Lumina using sawfish. |
|
|
is a script to run xfce using sawfish. |
Last updated on 2018-08-25 21:43:33 -0700
twm is the Tab Window Manager. This is the default window manager installed by the X Window System packages.
mwm is the Motif® Window Manager. It is an OSF/Motif® clone packaged and installed with LessTif.
Last updated on 2012-05-06 08:26:39 -0700
Window Managers and Desktop Environments can use icons from
different sources. Generally icons are installed in
/usr/share/icons and are
independent of distribution.
Last updated on 2016-04-25 12:28:55 -0700
The Adwaita Icon Theme package contains an icon theme for Gtk+ 3 applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/adwaita-icon-theme/3.26/adwaita-icon-theme-3.26.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/adwaita-icon-theme/3.26/adwaita-icon-theme-3.26.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3ef87e789711e5130792d4b5366c005d
Download size: 20 MB
Estimated disk space required: 96 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (using parallelism=4)
git-2.18.0, GTK+-2.24.32 or GTK+-3.22.30 (if present, librsvg-2.42.2 is also required, and gtk-update-icon-cache and gtk-encode-symbolic-svg are run after installing), Inkscape-0.92.3 and Icon Tools
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/adwaita-icon-theme
Install Adwaita Icon Theme by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The Breeze Icons package contains the default icons for KDE Plasma 5 applications, but it can be used for other window environments.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/frameworks/5.49/breeze-icons-5.49.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: aa29fe929300b41c44be52b9ee8a9e9c
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 155 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
extra-cmake-modules-5.49.0 and Qt-5.11.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/breeze-icons
Install Breeze Icons by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev ..
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF:
This parameter disables building the testing framework, which
requires some modules from KDE
Frameworks-5.49.0.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
The GNOME Icon Theme package contains an assortment of non-scalable icons of different sizes and themes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme/3.12/gnome-icon-theme-3.12.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme/3.12/gnome-icon-theme-3.12.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f14bed7f804e843189ffa7021141addd
Download size: 17 MB
Estimated disk space required: 85 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
GTK+-3.22.30 or GTK+-2.24.32, hicolor-icon-theme-0.17, and icon-naming-utils-0.8.90
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-icon-theme
Install GNOME Icon Theme by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-23 18:49:51 -0700
The GNOME Icon Theme Extras package contains extra icons for the GNOME Desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme-extras/3.12/gnome-icon-theme-extras-3.12.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme-extras/3.12/gnome-icon-theme-extras-3.12.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 91f8f7e35a3d8d926716d88b8b1e9a29
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-icon-theme-extras
Install GNOME Icon Theme Extras by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-25 21:43:33 -0700
The GNOME Icon Theme Symbolic package contains symbolic icons for the default GNOME icon theme.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme-symbolic/3.12/gnome-icon-theme-symbolic-3.12.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-icon-theme-symbolic/3.12/gnome-icon-theme-symbolic-3.12.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3c9c0e6b9fa04b3cbbb84da825a26fd9
Download size: 228 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-icon-theme-symbolic
Install GNOME Icon Theme Symbolic by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-25 21:43:33 -0700
The GNOME Themes Standard package contains various components of the default GNOME theme.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-themes-standard/3.22/gnome-themes-standard-3.22.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-themes-standard/3.22/gnome-themes-standard-3.22.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b51c362b157b6407303d44f93c31ee11
Download size: 2.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 40 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
GTK+-2.24.32 or GTK+-3.22.30 with librsvg-2.42.2 or both
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-themes-standard
Install GNOME Themes Standard by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-gtk2-engine: This
switch disables the GTK+-2 theming engine.
--disable-gtk3-engine: This
switch disables the GTK+-3 theming engine.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 21:43:33 -0700
The hicolor-icon-theme package contains a default fallback theme for implementations of the icon theme specification.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://icon-theme.freedesktop.org/releases/hicolor-icon-theme-0.17.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 84eec8d6f810240a069c731f1870b474
Download size: 52 KB
Estimated disk space required: 340 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/hicolor-icon-theme
Install hicolor-icon-theme by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
The icon-naming-utils package contains a Perl script used for maintaining backwards compatibility with current desktop icon themes, while migrating to the names specified in the Icon Naming Specification.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://tango.freedesktop.org/releases/icon-naming-utils-0.8.90.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: dd8108b56130b9eedc4042df634efa66
Download size: 57 KB
Estimated disk space required: 440 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/icon-naming-utils
Install icon-naming-utils by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-25 21:43:33 -0700
The LXDE Icon Theme package contains nuoveXT 2.2 Icon Theme for LXDE.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxde-icon-theme-0.5.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7467133275edbbcc79349379235d4411
Download size: 4.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK+-2.24.32 or GTK+-3.22.30 (for gtk-update-icon-cache command)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lxde-icon-theme
Install LXDE Icon Theme by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have installed one of the optional dependencies, run
the following command as the root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache -qf /usr/share/icons/nuoveXT2
Last updated on 2018-08-25 21:43:33 -0700
The oxygen icons 5 theme is a photo-realistic icon style, with a high standard of graphics quality.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/frameworks/5.49/oxygen-icons5-5.49.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 48136fe0337c9e3a7f57324b9b943d59
Download size: 226 MB
Estimated disk space required: 443 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
extra-cmake-modules-5.49.0 and Qt-5.11.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/oxygen-icons5
First, enable scalable icons:
sed -i '/( oxygen/ s/)/scalable )/' CMakeLists.txt
Install oxygen-icons5 by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr -Wno-dev ..
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
KDE is a comprehensive desktop environment with a huge number of applications written for it and a huge amount of users. It is based on the Qt framework.
For more information visit the official KDE project site at http://www.kde.org/.
KDE is a comprehensive desktop environment with a huge number of applications written for it and a huge amount of users. It is based on the Qt framework.
The KDE5 system has two main blocks: the libraries, called KDE Frameworks 5 or KF5, which can be used in other environments, and the desktop environment called KDE Plasma 5. Most of the applications written by the KDE team only use KF5, and do not need the plasma environment.
For more information visit the official KDE project site at http://www.kde.org/.
Last updated on 2018-01-10 01:16:54 -0800
The Extra Cmake Modules package contains extra CMake modules used by KDE Frameworks 5 and other packages.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/frameworks/5.49/extra-cmake-modules-5.49.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 44d277d5df5aa806f8caf4b12541b15c
Download size: 312 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Sphinx (for building documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/extra-cmake-modules
Install Extra Cmake Modules by running the following commands:
sed -i '/"lib64"/s/64//' kde-modules/KDEInstallDirs.cmake && mkdir build && cd build && cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr .. && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Unlike other KF5 packages, this module is installed in /usr because it can be used by some non-KF5 packages.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed ...
Modules/KDEInstallDirs.cmake: This command
disables applications using cmake from attempting to install
files in a lib64 sub-directory.
Last updated on 2018-08-21 07:07:51 -0700
Phonon is the multimedia API for KDE. It replaces the old aRts package. Phonon needs either the GStreamer or VLC backend.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/phonon/4.10.1/phonon-4.10.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: edb9ab608c7b74b4f0f10ebcf53e050d
Download size: 316 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
CMake-3.12.1, extra-cmake-modules-5.49.0, GLib-2.56.1, and Qt-5.11.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/phonon
Install Phonon by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DPHONON_BUILD_PHONON4QT5=ON \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply higher level of the compiler
optimizations.
-DPHONON_BUILD_PHONON4QT5=ON:
This switch is used to ensure that Qt5 version of the library
is built even if Qt4 is present.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
This package provides a Phonon backend which utilizes the GStreamer media framework.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/phonon/phonon-backend-gstreamer/4.9.0/phonon-backend-gstreamer-4.9.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b2b0ca327908948ce8cdba117e31bf80
Download size: 76 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
gstreamer-1.14.2, libxml2-2.9.8, and phonon-4.10.1
gst-plugins-base-1.14.2 (needed for output to ALSA), gst-plugins-good-1.14.2 (needed for output to PulseAudio), gst-plugins-bad-1.14.2 (needed for AAC/M4A support), and gst-plugins-ugly-1.14.2 (needed for MP3 support)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/phonon-backend-gstreamer
This package unpacks to the directory phonon-gstreamer-4.9.0.
Install Phonon-backend-gstreamer by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DPHONON_BUILD_PHONON4QT5=ON \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply higher level of compiler
optimizations.
-DPHONON_BUILD_PHONON4QT5=ON:
This switch is used to ensure that Qt5 version of the backend
is built even if Qt4 is present.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
This package provides a Phonon backend which utilizes the VLC media framework.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/phonon/phonon-backend-vlc/0.10.1/phonon-backend-vlc-0.10.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d506a519e931b5fd22045336eee9c0fb
Download size: 60 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/phonon-backend-vlc
This package unpacks to the directory phonon-vlc-0.10.1.
Install Phonon-backend-vlc by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DPHONON_BUILD_PHONON4QT5=ON \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply higher level of compiler
optimizations.
-DPHONON_BUILD_PHONON4QT5=ON:
This switch is used to ensure that Qt5 version of the backend
is built even if Qt4 is present.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
Polkit-Qt provides an API to PolicyKit in the Qt environment.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/apps/KDE4.x/admin/polkit-qt-1-0.112.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bee71b71c12797e6fc498540a06c829b
Download size: 68 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
CMake-3.12.1, Polkit-0.114, and Qt-5.11.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/polkit-qt
Install Polkit-Qt by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply higher level of the compiler
optimizations.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
This library provides a Qt implementation of the DBusMenu specification that exposes menus via DBus.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://launchpad.net/ubuntu/+archive/primary/+files/libdbusmenu-qt_0.9.3+16.04.20160218.orig.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8b90312bd8654e026d814d4db986ce5e
Download size: 48 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
Doxygen-1.8.14 (for building the API documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdbusmenu-qt
Install libdbusmenu-qt by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DWITH_DOC=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This packages doe not come with a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to build without debugging symbols and
apply a higher level of compiler optimizations.
-DWITH_DOC=OFF: This
option is set to avoid building the API documentation. Omit
it if you have doxygen
installed and want the documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
KF5 can be installed in /usr or /opt/kf5. The BLFS editors recommend the latter in the BLFS environment.
One option is to install KDE
Frameworks 5 into the /usr hierarchy. This creates a simpler
setup but makes it more difficult to try multiple versions of
KDE Frameworks.
export KF5_PREFIX=/usr
It is a good idea to add the following variables to your system or personal profiles:
cat >> /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh << "EOF"# Begin kf5 extension for /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh pathappend /usr/lib/qt5/plugins QT_PLUGIN_PATH pathappend $QT5DIR/lib/plugins QT_PLUGIN_PATH pathappend /usr/lib/qt5/qml QML2_IMPORT_PATH pathappend $QT5DIR/lib/qml QML2_IMPORT_PATH # End extension for /etc/profile.d/qt5.shEOF cat > /etc/profile.d/kf5.sh << "EOF"# Begin /etc/profile.d/kf5.sh export KF5_PREFIX=/usr # End /etc/profile.d/kf5.shEOF
If qt5 was installed in /usr, the $QT5DIR/lib/ portions of the above paths may need to be changed to $QT5DIR/lib/qt5/.
If KDE4 is installed in
/usr, some packages from this
chapter might overwrite some programs installed by
KDE4 packages.
A method of building multiple versions installs KDE Frameworks 5 in the /opt hierarchy:
export KF5_PREFIX=/opt/kf5
If you are not installing KDE
Frameworks 5 in /usr,
you will need to make some additional configuration changes.
Best practice is to add those to your system or personal
profile:
cat > /etc/profile.d/kf5.sh << "EOF"# Begin /etc/profile.d/kf5.sh export KF5_PREFIX=/opt/kf5 pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/bin PATH pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/lib/pkgconfig PKG_CONFIG_PATH pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/etc/xdg XDG_CONFIG_DIRS pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/share XDG_DATA_DIRS pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/lib/plugins QT_PLUGIN_PATH pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/lib/qml QML2_IMPORT_PATH pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/lib/python2.7/site-packages PYTHONPATH pathappend $KF5_PREFIX/share/man MANPATH # End /etc/profile.d/kf5.shEOF cat >> /etc/profile.d/qt5.sh << "EOF"# Begin Qt5 changes for KF5 pathappend $QT5DIR/plugins QT_PLUGIN_PATH pathappend $QT5DIR/qml QML2_IMPORT_PATH # End Qt5 changes for KF5EOF
Expand your /etc/ld.so.conf
file:
cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << "EOF"
# Begin KF5 addition
/opt/kf5/lib
# End KF5 addition
EOF
Several KDE Frameworks 5
packages install files into D-Bus directories. When installing
KDE Frameworks 5 in a
location other than /usr,
D-Bus needs to be able to
find these files. The easiest way to achieve this is to
create the following symlinks (as the root user):
install -v -dm755 $KF5_PREFIX/{etc,share} &&
ln -sfv /etc/dbus-1 $KF5_PREFIX/etc &&
ln -sfv /usr/share/dbus-1 $KF5_PREFIX/share
Some packages may also install icons from the "hicolor" icon
set. Since that icon set is used by many packages, it is a
good idea to create a symlink to the one in /usr/share to avoid having multiple
installations of hicolor-icon-theme-0.17.
Run the following commands as the root user:
install -v -dm755 $KF5_PREFIX/share/icons && ln -sfv /usr/share/icons/hicolor $KF5_PREFIX/share/icons
Sometimes, the installation paths are hardcoded into
installed files. This is the reason why /opt/kf5 is used as installation prefix
instead of /opt/kf5-5.49.0.
After installing KDE
Frameworks, you may rename the directory and create
a symlink:
mv /opt/kf5{,-5.49.0}
ln -sfv kf5-5.49.0 /opt/kf5
Later on, you may want to install other versions of
KDE Frameworks 5. To do
that, just remove the symlink and use /opt/kf5 as the prefix again. Which
version of KDE Frameworks
5 you use depends only on where the symlink points.
No other reconfiguration will be needed.
Last updated on 2018-03-11 07:55:43 -0700
KDE Frameworks 5 is a collection of libraries based on top of Qt5 and QML derived from the monolithic KDE 4 libraries. They can be used independent of the KDE Display Environment (Plasma 5).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
The instructions below build all of the KDE Frameworks packages in one step by using a bash script.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/frameworks/5.49
Download MD5 sum: See Below
Download size: 263 MB
Estimated disk space required: 1.0 GB (223 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 15 SBU (using parallelism=4)
Boost-1.68.0, extra-cmake-modules-5.49.0, docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.79.2, giflib-5.1.4, libepoxy-1.5.2, libgcrypt-1.8.3, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libpng-1.6.35, libxslt-1.1.32, lmdb-0.9.22, OpenSSL-1.0.2p Libraries, phonon-4.10.1, shared-mime-info-1.10, URI-1.74, and Wget-1.19.5 (required to download the packages)
Aspell-0.60.6.1 (Dictionary backend for Sonnet), Avahi-0.7 (DNS-SD backend for KDNSSD), libdbusmenu-qt-0.9.3+16.04.20160218 (built with qt5), NetworkManager-1.12.2 (needed to build NetworkManager-Qt), and polkit-qt-0.112.0 (Authentication backend for KAuth)
BlueZ-5.50 (needed to build Bluez-Qt), ModemManager-1.8.0 (needed to build ModemManager-Qt)
Doxygen-1.8.14, Jinja2 , and PyYAML
JasPer-2.0.14 and OpenEXR
UDisks-2.8.0, UPower-0.99.7 and media-player-info (runtime)
Datamatrix and QRencode
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kf5
The easiest way to get the KDE Frameworks packages is to use a single wget to fetch them all at once:
url=http://download.kde.org/stable/frameworks/5.49/
wget -r -nH -nd -A '*.xz' -np $url
The options used here are:
-r recurse through child directories
-nH disable generation of host-prefixed directories
-nd do not create a hierarchy of directories
-A '*.xz' just get the *.xz files
-np don't get parent directories
The order of building files is important due to internal dependencies. Create the list of files in the proper order as follows:
cat > frameworks-5.49.0.md5 << "EOF"
1b9a8d7fa78f14df0395d6533e07c233 attica-5.49.0.tar.xz
#44d277d5df5aa806f8caf4b12541b15c extra-cmake-modules-5.49.0.tar.xz
4b369263ce39d96093c64318bd69ac60 kapidox-5.49.0.tar.xz
541071a7a336ca167d66b6bee5bb98a0 karchive-5.49.0.tar.xz
3189f9540de1bcf93edeef7fc8fdb853 kcodecs-5.49.0.tar.xz
57f6c446d29483fb2cfb285eb956a91b kconfig-5.49.0.tar.xz
2e5cd09584c276416d56f66b8b3ee97b kcoreaddons-5.49.0.tar.xz
a496b86727152d8b59ed2a2228003ac2 kdbusaddons-5.49.0.tar.xz
19c1372fb1a702f57c66cf5803049d50 kdnssd-5.49.0.tar.xz
4a733f7fb98fb936d74a688fe9959dd7 kguiaddons-5.49.0.tar.xz
a04e3c5b5c23c273fbdbdb3dea8fc0a1 ki18n-5.49.0.tar.xz
c54edfca13c0e8dac161048db33b4bce kidletime-5.49.0.tar.xz
589ed57faba25f2014964619247aa28a kimageformats-5.49.0.tar.xz
4412ab5a5446aab1df6f7bb59bac4365 kitemmodels-5.49.0.tar.xz
72d840e8ce2324a8e01cd3f2a3c269b2 kitemviews-5.49.0.tar.xz
df18871fbc9494d6318d7106f5924c53 kplotting-5.49.0.tar.xz
3c6aa861640fd55a34e359ef798a916d kwidgetsaddons-5.49.0.tar.xz
4db7723226f6b0e0d8705d3fe53642a3 kwindowsystem-5.49.0.tar.xz
a4202fa94b64d65db2e4b7be34675c95 networkmanager-qt-5.49.0.tar.xz
391b3473e9e5d31d6e301f27e657ae4f solid-5.49.0.tar.xz
f3e739976224f0b14ae653534e503df4 sonnet-5.49.0.tar.xz
c068e97cfc0a42f0d32ca927a12691fe threadweaver-5.49.0.tar.xz
ed2183a6db12ce48f96b844287e53925 kauth-5.49.0.tar.xz
6790087dd73139a6e21e3cdf663271e5 kcompletion-5.49.0.tar.xz
c8c73f76432306b98ef038418c62ce44 kcrash-5.49.0.tar.xz
9376c84a3f70b95ae0141d90e1aaf165 kdoctools-5.49.0.tar.xz
9e690e1d76196c092b34605336e16ccb kpty-5.49.0.tar.xz
9424c658138501742a2af85495c47f60 kunitconversion-5.49.0.tar.xz
82d5d219494a2ad1514157a7064521d0 kconfigwidgets-5.49.0.tar.xz
26524fb8e33b8ab3aebf86ec078c7518 kservice-5.49.0.tar.xz
712658831c71f5127762ffa0016a7a39 kglobalaccel-5.49.0.tar.xz
232e476d2d59b789a10c7be3cb6832a0 kpackage-5.49.0.tar.xz
57a2a02a7061040a6a437a1df6dacbd8 kdesu-5.49.0.tar.xz
f98c6e3ab806c0f76ab76f0291e4dd93 kemoticons-5.49.0.tar.xz
bad840d753b545cc1d166c773d1c284c kiconthemes-5.49.0.tar.xz
f26fc58203dcad45d3c20545c5a48e53 kjobwidgets-5.49.0.tar.xz
2d276031a63a7bc76258991472056f5a knotifications-5.49.0.tar.xz
012e92d2f2ce4574d2d3d0dbddc748af ktextwidgets-5.49.0.tar.xz
009205833a4135eee008b6ea55833bb2 kxmlgui-5.49.0.tar.xz
eb0c686f3c61cd74c1740a030bdc4206 kbookmarks-5.49.0.tar.xz
802c5985ccfff94cfa025d6a938e7476 kwallet-5.49.0.tar.xz
826fc93fd2f0c337f7ef6bb8c10c0b22 kio-5.49.0.tar.xz
5febec6dc30c02caac9c46fc48d8a92a kdeclarative-5.49.0.tar.xz
b15758b0500e97866ea4b32dd042ae39 kcmutils-5.49.0.tar.xz
9431414418dbf8f906f4e13f33479256 kirigami2-5.49.0.tar.xz
d6771e1a02516c7bfb24ece46019abc4 knewstuff-5.49.0.tar.xz
175a23040d853e1710f525b42e22c6f5 frameworkintegration-5.49.0.tar.xz
f6b5fada29fde1223aa976476f583427 kinit-5.49.0.tar.xz
53fe83e865aa5ef5b50dbfc58037a80f knotifyconfig-5.49.0.tar.xz
f045b11f61eb244a9636e87eef84c496 kparts-5.49.0.tar.xz
9ed8874d043d2faafa28bf5ed2e3ea2a kactivities-5.49.0.tar.xz
d47cdb541b3f4a3823dd420db170964d kded-5.49.0.tar.xz
#014cde3b2f046494845bd88c8abc5883 kdewebkit-5.49.0.tar.xz
4b9837a0c1bc5bdb9acd146e0004759b syntax-highlighting-5.49.0.tar.xz
3fdec786eb549cdb398c9da23e1eb94e ktexteditor-5.49.0.tar.xz
6b4322afedde3304387c459d133c5d1e kdesignerplugin-5.49.0.tar.xz
5d4800ad4363d836c26b374c97d8be58 kwayland-5.49.0.tar.xz
913a57607b9c57daef88c90356f55986 plasma-framework-5.49.0.tar.xz
3a18f1b5eb357a16a786b30f12b16028 modemmanager-qt-5.49.0.tar.xz
ede339e08f7432f94ab85093241e104c kpeople-5.49.0.tar.xz
36d5ea545b972d275b4fde563202fed3 kxmlrpcclient-5.49.0.tar.xz
e311eee50522f739951b0fec7add2374 bluez-qt-5.49.0.tar.xz
ed176f7718b4f95688b7d4d109708d13 kfilemetadata-5.49.0.tar.xz
bbe82a79319abba8171769bb83b06d88 baloo-5.49.0.tar.xz
#aa29fe929300b41c44be52b9ee8a9e9c breeze-icons-5.49.0.tar.xz
#48136fe0337c9e3a7f57324b9b943d59 oxygen-icons5-5.49.0.tar.xz
037b33038aa30fb78cc05e4e7961b983 kactivities-stats-5.49.0.tar.xz
12b562c1509281001c6b32a5842e453b krunner-5.49.0.tar.xz
#dfc717b8fe63f3167d8bfea6f97b1ae6 prison-5.49.0.tar.xz
a84a244620b0febcb4a4527b0d7a6d09 qqc2-desktop-style-5.49.0.tar.xz
01ba726dc3fc0c440f9adacf66cb5681 kjs-5.49.0.tar.xz
22f9b04aebae7ddbf3fe5d3bfd93e541 kdelibs4support-5.49.0.tar.xz
b854adbf8ef148a426f079055e16b182 khtml-5.49.0.tar.xz
7025261ab8657c34b8110fd1419a6bc4 kjsembed-5.49.0.tar.xz
b9e38efe9fd70d30ff2275177ec8f95a kmediaplayer-5.49.0.tar.xz
7297399799ef96f2a29b9e35c0dc57a7 kross-5.49.0.tar.xz
ba7bac91aeeddb03631dd12b6d44f9e2 kholidays-5.49.0.tar.xz
17fd75131e1860a2b77021770de8d40c purpose-5.49.0.tar.xz
EOF
In the above list, notice that some files have been commented out with a hash (#) character. The extra-cmake-modules entry has been commented out because it was built earlier in the Introduction to KDE. The icon packages are covered separately at breeze-icons-5.49.0 and oxygen-icons5-5.49.0. The modemmanager-qt package may be built if its optional dependency has been installed. The prison package (bar code reader) may be built if the required external libraries are installed. The kdewebkit may be built if the external package QtWebkit has been built.
When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:
Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.8.23 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.
One way to handle this situation is to create a short bash function that automatically selects the appropriate method. Once the command is set in the environment, it does not need to be set again.
as_root()
{
if [ $EUID = 0 ]; then $*
elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
else su -c \\"$*\\"
fi
}
export -f as_root
If installing in /opt and there is an existing /opt/kf5 either as a regular directory or a symbolic link, it should be reinitialized (as root):
mv -v /opt/kf5 /opt/kf5.old &&
install -v -dm755 $KF5_PREFIX/{etc,share} &&
ln -sfv /etc/dbus-1 $KF5_PREFIX/etc &&
ln -sfv /usr/share/dbus-1 $KF5_PREFIX/share
First, start a subshell that will exit on error:
bash -e
Install all of the packages by running the following commands:
export CXXFLAGS='-isystem /usr/include/openssl-1.0'
while read -r line; do
# Get the file name, ignoring comments and blank lines
if $(echo $line | grep -E -q '^ *$|^#' ); then continue; fi
file=$(echo $line | cut -d" " -f2)
pkg=$(echo $file|sed 's|^.*/||') # Remove directory
packagedir=$(echo $pkg|sed 's|\.tar.*||') # Package directory
tar -xf $file
pushd $packagedir
mkdir build
cd build
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_PREFIX_PATH=$QT5DIR \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev ..
make
as_root make install
popd
as_root rm -rf $packagedir
as_root /sbin/ldconfig
done < frameworks-5.49.0.md5
exit
Any modules that have been omitted can be installed later by using the same mkdir build; cd build; cmake; make; make install procedure as above.
Sometimes the installation paths are hardcoded into installed files. If the installed directory is not /usr, rename the directory and create a symlink:
mv -v /opt/kf5 /opt/kf5-5.49.0 ln -sfvn kf5-5.49.0 /opt/kf5
-DCMAKE_PREFIX_PATH=$QT5DIR:
This switch is used to allow cmake to find the proper Qt
libraries.
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to apply higher level of the compiler
optimizations.
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF:
This switch is used to prevent building test programs and
libraries that are of no use to an end user.
|
is a tool to check for syntax errors in KDE DocBook XML files. |
|
|
is a tool to generate a dependency diagram. |
|
|
is a tool to generate a dependency diagram for all frameworks at once.. |
|
|
is a tool to prepare dot files. |
|
|
is a tool to convert a .desktop file to a .json file. |
|
|
is the KDE Plasma Workspace Activity Manager. |
|
|
rebuilds the KService desktop file system configuration cache. |
|
|
is a command line interface to the HTTP cookie store used by KDE, a D-BUS service to store/retrieve/clean cookies. |
|
|
consolidates several small services in one process. |
|
|
is a process launcher somewhat similar to the famous init used for booting UNIX. |
|
|
is a command line program used to retrieve information about KDE installation or user paths. |
|
|
executes kross scripts written in KDE Javascript, Python, Ruby, Java and Falcon. |
|
|
is a tool to generate API documentation in the KDE style. |
|
|
generates widget plugins for Qt(TM) Designer. |
|
|
is a daemon use to register the key bindings and for getting notified when the action triggered. |
|
|
is KDE ECMAScript/JavaScript engine. |
|
|
is a tool for launching KJSEmbed scripts from the command line. |
|
|
is a console for kjs5. |
|
|
is a mail service. |
|
|
is a commandline tool for launching kpackage QML application |
|
|
is a command line kpackage tool. |
|
|
is a command line tool to retrieve values from KDE configuration files. |
|
|
start applications via kdeinit. |
|
|
is a telnet service. |
|
|
is a helper program to handle the KDE trash can. |
|
|
is the wallet manager daemon. |
|
|
is a command line tool to write values in KDE configuration files. |
|
|
converts DocBook files to HTML. |
|
|
is a tool to install, list, remove Plasma packages |
|
|
is a script to extract the text from a tips file. |
|
|
is a command line tool to investigate available devices. |
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
The Ark package is a KF5 archive tool. It is a graphical front end to tar and similar tools.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/applications/18.08.0/src/ark-18.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ca6926e80afc64f8ab1b3a0adb5286e1
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (using parallelism=4)
KDE Frameworks-5.49.0 and libarchive-3.3.2
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ark5
Install Ark by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
The Kdenlive package is a KF5 based video editor.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/applications/18.08.0/src/kdenlive-18.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 4cda25856cd790a5e9c1face9f2be7c5
Download size: 9.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 121 MB
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU (using parallelism=4)
KDE Frameworks-5.49.0 mlt-6.10.0, and v4l-utils-1.14.2 (runtime)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kdenlive5
First, fix some issues identified by gcc7:
sed -e '/KLocal/a #include <functional>' \
-i src/profiles/tree/profiletreemodel.cpp &&
sed -e '/abs/s/leftDist/(int)&/' \
-i src/scopes/audioscopes/spectrogram.cpp
Install Kdenlive by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
The KMix package contains a KF5 based Sound Mixer application.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/applications/18.08.0/src/kmix-18.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cc77bb8af8cfdec36a3666296ec1c9b7
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (using parallelism=4)
libcanberra-0.30 and PulseAudio-12.2
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kmix5
Install KMix by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-DKMIX_KF5_BUILD=1 \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DKMIX_KF5_BUILD=1:
This switch is used to ensure that KDE Frameworks 5 based application is
built.
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
Khelpcenter is an application to show KDE Applications' documentation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/applications/18.08.0/src/khelpcenter-18.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 7a9b73167ce946a011673f8f60c6ec20
Download size: 3.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (using parallelism=4)
grantlee-5.1.0, KDE Frameworks-5.49.0, libxml2-2.9.8, and xapian-1.4.7
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/khelpcenter
Install khelpcenter by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && mv -v $KF5_PREFIX/share/kde4/services/khelpcenter.desktop /usr/share/applications/ && rm -rv $KF5_PREFIX/share/kde4
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
The Konsole package is a KF5 based terminal emulator.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/applications/18.08.0/src/konsole-18.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5273faf4b6fb3ecce8df30620cf84b2c
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (using parallism=4)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/konsole5
Install Konsole by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
Libkexiv2 is a KDE wrapper around the Exiv2 library for manipulating image metadata.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/applications/18.08.0/src/libkexiv2-18.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2d33323dad9db0484a4ca9c7f43e2910
Download size: 64 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
KDE Frameworks-5.49.0 and Exiv2-0.26
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libkexiv2
Install libkexiv2 by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
Okular is a document viewer for KDE. It can view documents of many types including PDF, PostScript, TIFF, Microsoft CHM, DjVu, DVI, XPS and ePub.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/applications/18.08.0/src/okular-18.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 12b5b11d7e96d4679168e1e8d6d00b77
Download size: 5.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 58 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU (using parallelism=4)
libkexiv2-18.08.0, LibTIFF-4.0.9, and Poppler-0.67.0 (built with Qt5, required for PDF support)
qca-2.1.3, DjVuLibre, kpimtextedit, libspectre (for PostScript support), libchm, libepub, and Mobipocket
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/okular5
Install Okular by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
Libkdcraw is a KDE wrapper around the libraw-0.19.0 library for manipulating image metadata.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/applications/18.08.0/src/libkdcraw-18.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 81813d4cff8cdd7dead94db7d67127ae
Download size: 44 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
KDE Frameworks-5.49.0 and libraw-0.19.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libkdcraw
Install libkdcraw by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../libkdcraw-18.08.0-libraw19-1.patch &&
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-23 10:50:44 -0700
Gwenview is a fast and easy-to-use image viewer for KDE.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/applications/18.08.0/src/gwenview-18.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 702ea798307dbb07f7216df928c1be78
Download size: 5.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 34 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (using parallelism=4)
Exiv2-0.26, KDE Frameworks-5.49.0, and Little CMS-2.9
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gwenview
Install Gwenview by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
The libkcddb package contains a library used to retrieve audio CD meta data from the internet.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/applications/18.08.0/src/libkcddb-18.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8b8d70a427786bfbb1995fefd1f441d7
Download size: 420 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
KDE Frameworks-5.49.0 and libmusicbrainz-5.1.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libkcddb
Install libkcddb by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
The K3b package contains a KF5-based graphical interface to the Cdrtools and dvd+rw-tools CD/DVD manipulation tools. It also combines the capabilities of many other multimedia packages into one central interface to provide a simple-to-operate application that can be used to handle many of your CD/DVD recording and formatting requirements. It is used for creating audio, data, video and mixed-mode CDs as well as copying, ripping and burning CDs and DVDs.
Though k3b can be used to copy almost any DVD to similar medium, it does not provide a way to copy, or reproduce a double-layer DVD onto single-layer medium. Of course, there is not a program anywhere on any platform that can make an exact duplicate of a double-layer DVD onto a single-layer disk, there are programs on some platforms that can compress the data on a double-layer DVD to fit on a single-layer DVD producing a duplicate, but compressed, image. If you need to copy the contents of a double-layer DVD to single-layer medium, you may want to look at the RMLCopyDVD package.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/applications/18.08.0/src/k3b-18.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cfce608120757b4f585eaff438d47a7d
Download size: 10 MB
Estimated disk space required: 97 MB
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU (using parallelism=4)
KDE Frameworks-5.49.0, libkcddb-18.08.0, libsamplerate-0.1.9, and shared-mime-info-1.10
FFmpeg-4.0.2, libburn-1.4.8, libdvdread-6.0.0, and taglib-1.11.1
There are programs from three packages that k3b will look for at runtime: Cdrtools-3.02a09 (required to burn CD-ROM media), dvd+rw-tools-7.1 (required to burn or format DVD media), and Cdrdao-1.2.4 (required to burn CD-ROM media in DAO (Disk At Once) mode). If you don't need the capability provided by any of the three packages, you don't have to install it. However, a warning message will be generated every time you run the k3b program if any are not installed.
FLAC-1.3.2, LAME-3.100, libmad-0.15.1b, libsndfile-1.0.28, libvorbis-1.3.6, libmusicbrainz-2.1.5, and Musepack (libmpcdec)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/k3b
Install K3b by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2016-08-31 22:11:41 -0500
This section did not provide instructions for all of the available packages in the KDE5 Software Compilation. The included packages were selected based on what most people would want to use on a standard desktop computer.
For a full list of available packages, have a look on the KDE5 servers at http://download.kde.org/stable/applications/18.08.0/src,
Some packages, such as kde-baseapps, kde-runtime, and kmag listed in the link above are only for the older KDE4 and cannot be used with KF5.
Some additional packages worth mentioning are:
Juk: A lightweight music player.
Dragon: A video player.
Kcalc: A scientific calculator.
Kaccessible: Integration of accessibility utilities.
Kwalletmanager: A credentials management application.
Marble: A global map program.
A variety (about 40) of KDE games including: kpat, kfourinline, and kmines.
Some packages will require additional dependencies. To determine what dependencies are needed, run from the top of the source tree:
cmake -Wno-dev -L .
Most of these packages can be built with the standard KDE5 instructions:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
And as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2017-03-26 00:02:43 -0700
KDE Plasma 5 is a desktop environment built using KDE Frameworks 5 and QML which runs on top of a fully hardware accelerated graphics stack using Qt5, QtQuick 2 and an OpenGL(-ES) scenegraph.
No additional configuration is needed before building the KDE Plasma 5 because it uses the same configuration that KDE Frameworks 5 uses.
KDE Plasma 5 is a collection of packages based on top of KDE Frameworks 5 and QML. They implement the KDE Display Environment (Plasma 5).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
The instructions below build all of the Plasma 5 packages in one step by using a bash script.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/plasma/5.13.4
Download MD5 sum: See Below
Download size: 158 MB
Estimated disk space required: 1.0 GB (336 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 17 SBU (using parallelism=4)
GConf-3.2.6, GTK+-2.24.32, GTK+-3.22.30, KDE Frameworks-5.49.0, libpwquality-1.4.0, libxkbcommon-0.8.2, Mesa-18.1.6 built with Wayland-1.15.0, NetworkManager-1.12.2, PulseAudio-12.2, Python-2.7.15, qca-2.1.3, taglib-1.11.1, and xcb-util-cursor-0.1.3
libdbusmenu-qt-0.9.3+16.04.20160218, libcanberra-0.30, libinput-1.11.3, Linux-PAM-1.3.0, lm_sensors-3.4.0, oxygen-icons5-5.49.0, and pciutils-3.6.2
GLU-9.0.0, ibus-1.5.19, Xorg Synaptics Driver-1.9.1, appstream-qt, KDevPlatform, libgps, libhybris, libraw1394, mockcpp, packagekit-qt, Qalculate, Qapt, SCIM, and socat (for pam_kwallet)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kf5
The easiest way to get the KDE Plasma5 packages is to use a single wget to fetch them all at once:
url=http://download.kde.org/stable/plasma/5.13.4/
wget -r -nH -nd -A '*.xz' -np $url
The options used here are:
-r recurse through child directories
-nH disable generation of host-prefixed directories
-nd do not create a hierarchy of directories
-A '*.xz' just get the *.xz files
-np don't get parent directories
The order of building files is important due to internal dependencies. Create the list of files in the proper order as follows:
cat > plasma-5.13.4.md5 << "EOF"
2cfae8349d3c5a4d7b52269b6ef580bc kdecoration-5.13.4.tar.xz
dfe4e097033f48d5f3b56d7d9fe91c91 libkscreen-5.13.4.tar.xz
939be7f1b81f8948d3026ea0f6b71332 libksysguard-5.13.4.tar.xz
a5811405ebf81ced2d96dddda14dc65c breeze-5.13.4.tar.xz
544d7306a573a4b1af9cf15bea565f77 breeze-gtk-5.13.4.tar.xz
6f1846e0f49c0e660ffea7b25d979f5c kscreenlocker-5.13.4.tar.xz
431d2a2eea56e05659d4d9bfee75b8f9 oxygen-5.13.4.tar.xz
787f4cf0ebb6a296a907526f8a05d96e kinfocenter-5.13.4.tar.xz
38cdb99d3e7133dd8720073d184c0219 ksysguard-5.13.4.tar.xz
886af79baa7b478ee25ce9491f0398bd kwin-5.13.4.tar.xz
3035c264c2c00d274995216f135a2525 plasma-workspace-5.13.4.tar.xz
3f3de6be50ce252d5f000f200fd274c7 bluedevil-5.13.4.tar.xz
a092d24dfd11b41c56a6babe7c8ec460 kde-gtk-config-5.13.4.tar.xz
9bcb6800aa2049b77dd0e31b1f48bd86 khotkeys-5.13.4.tar.xz
f5a94fb11385cd4df4df330193ebb395 kmenuedit-5.13.4.tar.xz
bf91e1d9eefc6660de6027aceeff6c97 kscreen-5.13.4.tar.xz
e7f0bfb74c5d5a9ff43e6de6cb0f0d8d kwallet-pam-5.13.4.tar.xz
7f666f407e8f1e076897e68295c8f5a7 kwayland-integration-5.13.4.tar.xz
57638eed026c081df092baef0615eb92 kwrited-5.13.4.tar.xz
69ff78fc195af7e4994429b44454f3f9 milou-5.13.4.tar.xz
7c2bd25f90a7d55dc334897286facfc6 plasma-nm-5.13.4.tar.xz
edef493711c1f8b7dde43390ff415eb4 plasma-pa-5.13.4.tar.xz
4ab6df9997269d2263c3e6fb2d6b4bf7 plasma-workspace-wallpapers-5.13.4.tar.xz
52deb7a41477d704a6895a7bdccaa1d7 polkit-kde-agent-1-5.13.4.tar.xz
728661126e6f4d414c5fa2a7d596ecbf powerdevil-5.13.4.tar.xz
c1461af55b31cbf0473df4b30d90c376 plasma-desktop-5.13.4.tar.xz
35d28871e37fd28602066706967a9bb0 kdeplasma-addons-5.13.4.tar.xz
0b3cabd2f882599dffd5bd49b55a231e kgamma5-5.13.4.tar.xz
14e004c9d8112815b8bb0c6438a5d57f ksshaskpass-5.13.4.tar.xz
#b97352709bd0ed4a7a8d3f28630b85a6 plasma-sdk-5.13.4.tar.xz
0c9af753ed311600b218747fa6eb5dcd sddm-kcm-5.13.4.tar.xz
b101c424b5b13cecf32aab93c4215e15 user-manager-5.13.4.tar.xz
e46195de68d3cabbb0b73e4252aaf95b discover-5.13.4.tar.xz
#db28bc45387c0f4be49de795040df888 breeze-grub-5.13.4.tar.xz
#85f27da438e5e6476220112e0728cdbe breeze-plymouth-5.13.4.tar.xz
4147607b008aefcc744eb19896a37f73 kactivitymanagerd-5.13.4.tar.xz
a8ef5bd003ea74107d176d42ae0e83e9 plasma-integration-5.13.4.tar.xz
7e4a31d74ae071054d225bb8075647fd plasma-tests-5.13.4.tar.xz
0600243811dbda474d1c994de6973d3f plymouth-kcm-5.13.4.tar.xz
643c83817fcd3668eedfc01b60ab4731 xdg-desktop-portal-kde-5.13.4.tar.xz
147892484b3ba637840e47881b52434d drkonqi-5.13.4.tar.xz
52899d46e4fa6b293699d20163fa10d1 plasma-vault-5.13.4.tar.xz
d6963e6b203d0bbc864f35a272370370 plasma-browser-integration-5.13.4.tar.xz
90f115ede33aef5582ac17bf2a95f324 kde-cli-tools-5.13.4.tar.xz
9672ac04c144af86dae18eeb47da01b9 systemsettings-5.13.4.tar.xz
EOF
The breeze-grub, breeze-plymouth, and plymouth-kcm packages above are all for customized support of Plymouth which is designed to be run within an initial ram disk during boot (see the section called “About initramfs”). The plasma-sdk package is optional and used for software development.
When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:
Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.8.23 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.
One way to handle this situation is to create a short bash function that automatically selects the appropriate method. Once the command is set in the environment, it does not need to be set again.
as_root()
{
if [ $EUID = 0 ]; then $*
elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
else su -c \\"$*\\"
fi
}
export -f as_root
First, start a subshell that will exit on error:
bash -e
Install all of the packages by running the following commands:
while read -r line; do
# Get the file name, ignoring comments and blank lines
if $(echo $line | grep -E -q '^ *$|^#' ); then continue; fi
file=$(echo $line | cut -d" " -f2)
pkg=$(echo $file|sed 's|^.*/||') # Remove directory
packagedir=$(echo $pkg|sed 's|\.tar.*||') # Package directory
tar -xf $file
pushd $packagedir
mkdir build
cd build
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
as_root make install
popd
as_root rm -rf $packagedir
as_root /sbin/ldconfig
done < plasma-5.13.4.md5
exit
cd /usr/share/xsessions/
[ -e plasma.desktop ] || as_root ln -sfv $KF5_PREFIX/share/xsessions/plasma.desktop
cd $KF5_PREFIX/share/plasma/plasmoids
for j in $(find -name \*.js); do
as_root ln -sfv ../code/$(basename $j) $(dirname $j)/../ui/
done
ln -sfv ../code/$(basename $j) $(dirname $j)/../ui/: Create symbolic links so qml files can find needed javascript modules.
If you built Plasma with the recommended Linux PAM support, create necessary
configuration files by running the following commands as
the root user:
cat >> /etc/pam.d/kde << "EOF" # Begin /etc/pam.d/kde auth requisite pam_nologin.so auth required pam_env.so auth required pam_succeed_if.so uid >= 1000 quiet auth include system-auth account include system-account password include system-password session include system-session # End /etc/pam.d/kde EOF cat > /etc/pam.d/kde-np << "EOF" # Begin /etc/pam.d/kde-np auth requisite pam_nologin.so auth required pam_env.so auth required pam_succeed_if.so uid >= 1000 quiet auth required pam_permit.so account include system-account password include system-password session include system-session # End /etc/pam.d/kde-np EOF cat > /etc/pam.d/kscreensaver << "EOF" # Begin /etc/pam.d/kscreensaver auth include system-auth account include system-account # End /etc/pam.d/kscreensaver EOF
You can start Plasma5 from runlevel 3, using xinit-1.4.0, or from runlevel 5, using a Display Manager, such as lightdm-1.24.0.
To start Plasma 5 using xinit-1.4.0, run the following commands:
cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
ck-launch-session dbus-launch --exit-with-session $KF5_PREFIX/bin/startkde
EOF
startx
The X session starts on the first unused virtual terminal, normally vt7. You can switch to another vtn simultaneously pressing the keys Ctrl-Alt-Fn (n=1, 2, ...). To switch back to the X session, normally started at vt7, use Ctrl-Alt-F7. The vt where the command startx was executed will display many messages, including X starting messages, applications automatically started with the session, and eventually, some warning and error messages. You may prefer to redirect those messages to a log file, which not only will keep the initial vt uncluttered, but can also be used for debugging purposes. This can be done starting X with:
startx &> ~/x-session-errors
You may wish to drop consolekit and/or dbus-launch, e.g., just using startkde in ~/.xinitrc. However some capabilities such as mounting or umounting file systems from a file manager will not be possible, or the reboot option may be absent or inoperative, among other problems.
When shutting down or rebooting, the shutdown messages appear on the vt where X was running. If you wish to see those messages, simultaneously press keys Alt-F7 (assuming that X was running on vt7).
If you intend to start Plasma using a display manager such as
lightdm-1.24.0, there will be two
entries for Plasma, one for
use with Xorg, and another
for Wayland. Modify the
Xorg entry with the
following command, as the root user, so that you can differentiate
between the two:
sed '/^Name=/s/Plasma/Plasma on Xorg/' -i /usr/share/xsessions/plasma.desktop
Last updated on 2015-09-24 16:44:04 -0500
The objective of this section is not to build a GNOME desktop, because it depends on systemd, which BLFS doesn't support. Rather, it provides packages required for some platform independent GNOME applications to build and run properly under any Window Manager (e.g. Fluxbox, Icewm, Openbox, Sawfish), or Desktop Environment (e.g. KDE, XFCE, LXDE).
The Gcr package contains libraries used for displaying certificates and accessing key stores. It also provides the viewer for crypto files on the GNOME Desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gcr/3.28/gcr-3.28.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gcr/3.28/gcr-3.28.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5321319307dad34dca2fd52e7c9c01ab
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 69 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (using parallelism=4; with tests)
GLib-2.56.1, libgcrypt-1.8.3, libtasn1-4.13, and p11-kit-0.23.13
GnuPG-2.2.9, gobject-introspection-1.56.1, GTK+-3.22.30, libxslt-1.1.32, and Vala-0.40.8
GTK-Doc-1.28 and Valgrind-3.13.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gcr
Install Gcr by running the following commands:
sed -i -r 's:"(/desktop):"/org/gnome\1:' schema/*.xml &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--without-gtk-doc &&
make
To test the results, issue: make -k check. The tests must be run from an X Terminal or similar.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed ... schema/*.xml: This command fixes a deprecated entry in the schema template.
--without-gtk: Use this switch if
you haven't installed GTK+-3.22.30. Note that gcr-viewer will not be installed if this
is passed to configure.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The GSettings Desktop Schemas package contains a collection of GSettings schemas for settings shared by various components of a GNOME Desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gsettings-desktop-schemas/3.28/gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.28.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gsettings-desktop-schemas/3.28/gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.28.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 370610e29b37d063ede3ef0f29c06eb9
Download size: 636 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gsettings-desktop-schemas
Install GSettings Desktop Schemas by running the following commands:
sed -i -r 's:"(/system):"/org/gnome\1:g' schemas/*.in && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you installed the package to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method,
/usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas/gschemas.compiled
was not updated/created. Create (or update) the file using
the following command as the root user:
glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas
sed ... schemas/*.in: This command fixes some deprecated entries in the schema templates.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
The libsecret package contains a GObject based library for accessing the Secret Service API.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libsecret/0.18/libsecret-0.18.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libsecret/0.18/libsecret-0.18.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c6cf132a56bd346fbf49a43abb02e5c2
Download size: 480 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.56.1, libgcrypt-1.8.3, and Vala-0.40.8
GTK-Doc-1.28 and docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.79.2, and libxslt-1.1.32 (to build manual pages)
D-Bus Python-1.2.8, Gjs-1.52.3, and PyGObject-2.28.7
Any package requiring libsecret expects GNOME Keyring to be present at runtime.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libsecret
Install libsecret by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
Now, as the root user:
make install
To test the results, issue: make check, after the package is installed. The test suite should be run from a local GUI session started with dbus-launch.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
--disable-manpages: Use this
switch if you have not installed libxslt-1.1.32 and
DocBook packages.
--disable-gcrypt: Use this switch
if you have not installed the recommended dependency of
libgcrypt-1.8.3.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The Totem PL Parser package contains a simple GObject-based library used to parse multiple playlist formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/totem-pl-parser/3.26/totem-pl-parser-3.26.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/totem-pl-parser/3.26/totem-pl-parser-3.26.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 28005570260a06b1e1579a255c5afa5e
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
GMime-3.2.0 or GMime-2.6.23, and libsoup-2.62.3
gobject-introspection-1.56.1, libarchive-3.3.2, and libgcrypt-1.8.3
GTK-Doc-1.28, LCOV, and libquvi >= 0.9.1 and libquvi-scripts - if they are installed, then lua-socket (git) is necessary for the tests
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/totem-pl-parser
Install Totem PL Parser by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix /usr --default-library shared .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. One test, /parser/parsing/podcast_medium, is known to fail in a LFS environment.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
Last updated on 2018-08-30 12:27:14 -0700
The VTE package contains a termcap file implementation for terminal emulators.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/vte/0.52/vte-0.52.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/vte/0.52/vte-0.52.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: de8181350dccb010e915e366bdd06d18
Download size: 988 KB
Estimated disk space required: 27 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with tests)
GTK+-3.22.30, libxml2-2.9.8, and pcre2-10.31
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and GnuTLS-3.5.19
GTK-Doc-1.28, Vala-0.40.8, and Glade
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vte
Install VTE by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static \
--enable-introspection &&
make
To test the results, issue make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-introspection: This
switch enables Gobject
Introspection bindings. Remove if you don't have
gobject-introspection-1.56.1
installed.
--without-gnutls: Add
this switch if you don't have GnuTLS-3.5.19 installed.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 18:49:51 -0700
The Yelp XSL package contains XSL stylesheets that are used by the Yelp help browser to format Docbook and Mallard documents.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/yelp-xsl/3.28/yelp-xsl-3.28.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/yelp-xsl/3.28/yelp-xsl-3.28.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d034d773a9c5b2e25e2a8f79ff09ad8d
Download size: 500 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libxslt-1.1.32 and itstool-2.0.4
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/yelp-xsl
Install Yelp XSL by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-30 12:27:14 -0700
The GConf package contains a configuration database system used by many GNOME applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/GConf/3.2/GConf-3.2.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/GConf/3.2/GConf-3.2.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2b16996d0e4b112856ee5c59130e822c
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 45 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
dbus-glib-0.110 and libxml2-2.9.8
gobject-introspection-1.56.1, GTK+-3.22.30 and Polkit-0.114
GTK-Doc-1.28 and OpenLDAP-2.4.46
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gconf
Install GConf by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-orbit \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && ln -s gconf.xml.defaults /etc/gconf/gconf.xml.system
--disable-orbit: This
switch is required if ORBit2
is not installed. ORBit2 is
a deprecated package.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
/usr/lib/gio/modules)
|
merges an XML filesystem hierarchy. |
|
|
is a command line tool used for manipulating the GConf database. |
|
|
reads values out of the users GConf database and stores them in GSettings. |
|
|
converts between GConf and GSettings schema file formats. |
|
|
provides the functions necessary to maintain the configuration database. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
Gjs is a set of Javascript bindings for GNOME.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gjs/1.52/gjs-1.52.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gjs/1.52/gjs-1.52.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a94375e3a1ec49735ca9116dbc1b1494
Download size: 612 KB
Estimated disk space required: 68 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (with tests)
Cairo-1.14.12, dbus-1.12.10, gobject-introspection-1.56.1, and js52-52.2.1gnome1
Valgrind-3.13.0 (for tests), DTrace, LCOV, and Systemtap
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gjs
Install Gjs by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check. The GTK and Cairo tests will fail if not running in an Xorg session.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-30 12:27:14 -0700
The gnome-autoar package provides a framework for automatic archive extraction, compression, and management.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-autoar/0.2/gnome-autoar-0.2.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-autoar/0.2/gnome-autoar-0.2.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 39b13fb2fc7752fa3b80616244dc4ef8
Download size: 292 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libarchive-3.3.2 and GTK+-3.22.30
GTK-Doc-1.28 (for building documentation)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-autoar
Install gnome-autoar by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 12:27:14 -0700
The GNOME Desktop package contains a library that provides an API shared by several applications on the GNOME Desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-desktop/3.28/gnome-desktop-3.28.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-desktop/3.28/gnome-desktop-3.28.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ad9b66210300239d0a2d0854e9c906d0
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.28.0, GTK+-3.22.30, ISO Codes-3.79, itstool-2.0.4, libseccomp-2.3.3, libxml2-2.9.8, and xkeyboard-config-2.24
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-desktop
Install GNOME Desktop by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-gnome-distributor="Some
Name": Use this parameter to supply a custom name in
the “Distributor:”
field of the “GNOME
About” display window.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 12:27:14 -0700
The GNOME Video Effects package contains a collection of GStreamer effects.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-video-effects/0.4/gnome-video-effects-0.4.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-video-effects/0.4/gnome-video-effects-0.4.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: decfd1264c00deb5b7ac12b483d21cda
Download size: 140 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-video-effects
Install GNOME Video Effects by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-30 12:27:14 -0700
The libgtop package contains the GNOME top libraries.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgtop/2.38/libgtop-2.38.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libgtop/2.38/libgtop-2.38.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: bb0ce7de6b28694b40405eedac8a31b5
Download size: 720 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
GLib-2.56.1 and Xorg Libraries
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libgtop
Install libgtop by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 12:27:14 -0700
libpeas is a GObject based plugins engine, and is targeted at giving every application the chance to assume its own extensibility.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libpeas/1.22/libpeas-1.22.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libpeas/1.22/libpeas-1.22.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: a20dc55c3f88ad06da9491cfd7de7558
Download size: 556 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and GTK+-3.22.30
PyGObject-3.28.3 (Python 2 and Python 3 modules)
GDB-8.1.1, GTK-Doc-1.28, Valgrind-3.13.0, Glade, Seed, LGI (for LUA bindings, built with LUA-5.1), with either luajit or LUA-5.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libpeas
Install libpeas by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check. An active graphical session with bus address is necessary to run the tests.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
The libwnck package contains the Window Navigator Construction Kit.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libwnck/3.24/libwnck-3.24.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libwnck/3.24/libwnck-3.24.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 23df51ec0a1169014fe3a102d572b244
Download size: 804 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and startup-notification-0.12
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libwnck
Install libwnck by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 12:27:14 -0700
Tracker is the file indexing and search provider used in the GNOME desktop environment.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/tracker/2.0/tracker-2.0.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/tracker/2.0/tracker-2.0.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ad1b14754828db76f3aeb47c9d03bb0a
Download size: 2.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 124 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU (with tests)
JSON-GLib-1.4.2, libseccomp-2.3.3, libsoup-2.62.3, Python-2.7.15, and Vala-0.40.8
gobject-introspection-1.56.1, ICU-62.1, NetworkManager-1.12.2, SQLite-3.24.0, and UPower-0.99.7
GTK-Doc-1.28 and Snowball
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tracker
Install Tracker by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-session-bus-services-dir=/usr/share/dbus-1/services &&
make
To test the results, issue: make -k check. Six tests are known to error.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-session-bus-services-dir=/usr/share/dbus-1/services:
This switch defines the location of the dbus-1.12.10 service
directory.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 12:27:14 -0700
The DConf package contains a low-level configuration system. Its main purpose is to provide a backend to GSettings on platforms that don't already have configuration storage systems.
The DConf-Editor, as the name suggests, is a graphical editor for the DConf database. Installation is optional, because gsettings from GLib-2.56.1 provides similar functionality on the commandline.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/dconf/0.28/dconf-0.28.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/dconf/0.28/dconf-0.28.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 81faa8e68e5ea71ff0ee75050fc0759c
Download size: 100 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/dconf-editor/3.28/dconf-editor-3.28.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/dconf-editor/3.28/dconf-editor-3.28.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cc9eb8020cc848812972d8519c3d05cf
Download size: 408 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
dbus-1.12.10, GLib-2.56.1, GTK+-3.22.30 (for the editor), and libxml2-2.9.8 (for the editor)
libxslt-1.1.32 and Vala-0.40.8
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dconf
Install DConf by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
As the root user:
ninja install
Now, optionally install the editor:
cd .. && tar -xf ../dconf-editor-3.28.0.tar.xz && cd dconf-editor-3.28.0 && mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc .. && ninja
As the root user:
ninja install
-Denable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
/usr/lib/gio/modules)
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
The Gvfs package is a userspace virtual filesystem designed to work with the I/O abstractions of GLib's GIO library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gvfs/1.36/gvfs-1.36.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gvfs/1.36/gvfs-1.36.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 10b84073fe5f3d540abd9d36ed342b37
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 57 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
dbus-1.12.10, GLib-2.56.1, libsecret-0.18.6 and libsoup-2.62.3
Gcr-3.28.0, GTK+-3.22.30, libcdio-2.0.0, libgudev-232 and UDisks-2.8.0
Apache-2.4.34, Avahi-0.7, BlueZ-5.50, dbus-glib-0.110, Fuse-2.9.7, GTK-Doc-1.28, libarchive-3.3.2, libgcrypt-1.8.3, libxml2-2.9.8, libxslt-1.1.32, OpenSSH-7.7p1, Samba-4.8.4, GNOME Online Accounts, libbluray, libgphoto2, libimobiledevice, libmtp, libnfs, and Twisted,
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gvfs
Install Gvfs by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
-Dfuse=false \
-Dgphoto2=false \
-Dafc=false \
-Dbluray=false \
-Dnfs=false \
-Dmtp=false \
-Dsmb=false \
-Dtmpfilesdir=no \
-Dlogind=false \
-Ddnssd=false \
-Dgoa=false \
-Dgoogle=false \
-Dsystemduserunitdir=no .. &&
ninja
This package does not come with at test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
If you installed the package to your system using a
“DESTDIR” method,
/usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas/gschemas.compiled
was not updated/created. Create (or update) the file using
the following command as the root user:
glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas
-D<option>=false: These
switches are required if the corresponding optional
dependency is not installed. Remove those where you have
installed the corresponding application and wish to use it
with Gvfs. The dnssd option
requires avahi and both goa/google require GNOME Online
Accounts.
-Dtmpfilesdir=no
-Dsystemduserunitdir=no: These switches provide
systemd directory locations. Setting them to
“no” disables the
dependency on systemd and logind.
-Dcdda=false: This switch is
required if libcdio is not installed. The cdda backend is
useless on machines without a CDROM/DVD drive.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
gexiv2 is a GObject-based wrapper around the Exiv2 library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gnome.org/sources/gexiv2/0.10/gexiv2-0.10.8.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/GNOME/sources/gexiv2/0.10/gexiv2-0.10.8.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: fcbaa7233fc076a6743c22da746956be
Download size: 620 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gexiv2
Install gexiv2 by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=/usr .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
As the root user:
ninja install
Last updated on 2018-08-29 19:35:01 -0700
The Nautilus package contains the GNOME file manager.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/nautilus/3.28/nautilus-3.28.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/nautilus/3.28/nautilus-3.28.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 83234937ab14b066e627c105d3ae2048
Download size: 3.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 91 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
gexiv2-0.10.8, gnome-autoar-0.2.3, gnome-desktop-3.28.2, Tracker-2.0.4, and libnotify-0.7.7
desktop-file-utils-0.23, Exempi-2.4.5, gobject-introspection-1.56.1, and libexif-0.6.21
adwaita-icon-theme-3.26.1, and Gvfs-1.36.2 (For hotplugging and device mounting to work)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/nautilus
Install Nautilus by running the following commands:
sed s/\'libm\'/\'m\'/ -i meson.build &&
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
-Dselinux=false \
-Dpackagekit=false \
.. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. The tests need to be run in a graphical environment.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install && glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas
sed s/\'libm\'/\'m\'/ -i meson.build: Fix the build system so that it finds the Math library.
-Dselinux=false: This
switch disables the use of selinux which isn't supported by
BLFS.
-Dpackagekit=false:
This switch disables the use of PackageKit which isn't
suitable for BLFS.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 16:17:00 -0700
The GNOME Keyring package contains a daemon that keeps passwords and other secrets for users.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-keyring/3.28/gnome-keyring-3.28.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-keyring/3.28/gnome-keyring-3.28.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 284580f954f762caf62aed2ae7358177
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 161 MB
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU
Linux-PAM-1.3.0, libxslt-1.1.32, and OpenSSH-7.7p1
LCOV, libcap-ng, GnuPG-2.2.9, and Valgrind-3.13.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-keyring
Install GNOME Keyring by running the following commands:
sed -i -r 's:"(/desktop):"/org/gnome\1:' schema/*.xml &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-pam-dir=/lib/security &&
make
A session bus address is necessary to run the tests. To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed ... schema/*.xml: This command fixes a deprecated entry in the schema template.
--with-pam-dir=/lib/security:
This switch specifies where the PAM module will be installed.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 12:27:14 -0700
The Yelp package contains a help browser used for viewing help files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/yelp/3.28/yelp-3.28.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/yelp/3.28/yelp-3.28.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 539681058dbb2968f0305fd4b3abc598
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.28.0, WebKitGTK+-2.20.5 and yelp-xsl-3.28.0
The Yelp package is not required for a functional GNOME Desktop. Note, however, that without Yelp you will not be able to view the built-in Help provided by core GNOME and many of the support applications.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/yelp
Install Yelp by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && update-desktop-database
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
update-desktop-database:
This ensures that /usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache will
be updated and therefore the help in gnome applications
will work. Some packages run this command during their
installation, but yelp and the gnome applications do not.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 18:48:45 -0700
The Notification Daemon package contains a daemon that displays passive pop-up notifications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/notification-daemon/3.20/notification-daemon-3.20.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/notification-daemon/3.20/notification-daemon-3.20.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2de7f4075352831f1d98d8851b642124
Download size: 336 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK+-3.22.30 and libcanberra-0.30 (Built with GTK+-3.22.30 support).
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/notification-daemon
Install Notification Daemon by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
You can test the notification daemon with the command notify-send:
pgrep -l notification-da &&
notify-send -i info Information "Hi ${USER}, This is a Test"
The command pgrep -l notification-da is added to assure that it is the daemon of this package that is running, not another one, e.g. the daemon from xfce4-notifyd-0.4.2.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The Polkit GNOME package provides an Authentication Agent for Polkit that integrates well with the GNOME Desktop environment.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/polkit-gnome/0.105/polkit-gnome-0.105.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/polkit-gnome/0.105/polkit-gnome-0.105.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 50ecad37c8342fb4a52f590db7530621
Download size: 305 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/polkit-gnome
Install Polkit GNOME by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
For the authentification framework to work, polkit-gnome-authentification-agent-1 needs to be started. However, make install did not install a startup file for the Polkit GNOME so you have to create it by yourself.
Issue the following commands as the root user to create a startup file for
Polkit GNOME:
mkdir -p /etc/xdg/autostart &&
cat > /etc/xdg/autostart/polkit-gnome-authentication-agent-1.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Name=PolicyKit Authentication Agent
Comment=PolicyKit Authentication Agent
Exec=/usr/libexec/polkit-gnome-authentication-agent-1
Terminal=false
Type=Application
Categories=
NoDisplay=true
OnlyShowIn=GNOME;XFCE;Unity;
AutostartCondition=GNOME3 unless-session gnome
EOF
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
These packages are desktop applications and assorted utilities from the GNOME project. Feel free to install them on an as needed or as desired basis.
The Baobab package contains a graphical directory tree analyzer.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/baobab/3.28/baobab-3.28.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/baobab/3.28/baobab-3.28.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 6d12d08e9ebebc41ff859f7174e4c254
Download size: 748 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
adwaita-icon-theme-3.26.1, GTK+-3.22.30, itstool-2.0.4 and Vala-0.40.8
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/baobab
Install Baobab by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=/usr .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
Last updated on 2018-08-30 18:48:05 -0700
Brasero is an application used to burn CD/DVD on the GNOME Desktop. It is designed to be as simple as possible and has some unique features that enable users to create their discs easily and quickly.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/brasero/3.12/brasero-3.12.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/brasero/3.12/brasero-3.12.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2dec59c179e49e37f1cfc0dd26344a2e
Download size: 3.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 82 MB
Estimated build time: 1.7 SBU
gst-plugins-base-1.14.2, itstool-2.0.4, libcanberra-0.30, and libnotify-0.7.7
gobject-introspection-1.56.1, libburn-1.4.8 and libisofs-1.4.8, Nautilus-3.28.1, and totem-pl-parser-3.26.1
GTK-Doc-1.28 and Tracker-2.0.4
dvd+rw-tools-7.1 and Gvfs-1.36.2
Cdrdao-1.2.4, libdvdcss-1.4.2, Cdrtools-3.02a09, and VCDImager
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/brasero
Install Brasero by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-compile-warnings=no \
--enable-cxx-warnings=no &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-*-warnings=no: These
switches fix build problems under GCC-6.x compilers.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 18:48:05 -0700
Cheese is used to take photos and videos with fun graphical effects.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/cheese/3.28/cheese-3.28.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/cheese/3.28/cheese-3.28.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 55dc24591ea3cd192d7e9d800cd225aa
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
clutter-gst-3.0.26, clutter-gtk-1.8.4, gnome-desktop-3.28.2, gnome-video-effects-0.4.3, gst-plugins-bad-1.14.2, gst-plugins-good-1.14.2 (built with v4l-utils-1.14.2), itstool-2.0.4, libcanberra-0.30, and libgudev-232
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and Vala-0.40.8
GTK-Doc-1.28, libxslt-1.1.32, appstream-glib, LCOV , and Nautilus SendTo
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cheese
Depending on your camera, enable the appropriate options and recompile the kernel if necessary:
Device Drivers --->
Multimedia support --->
<*> Cameras/video grabbers support [CONFIG_MEDIA_CAMERA_SUPPORT]
<*> Media USB Adapter ---> [CONFIG_MEDIA_USB_SUPPORT]
Select device(s) as needed
Install Cheese by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not have a working testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-30 12:27:14 -0700
EOG is an application used for viewing and cataloging image files on the GNOME Desktop. It has basic editing capabilites.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/eog/3.28/eog-3.28.3.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/eog/3.28/eog-3.28.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 6f6e806ce72dec0c6c3b841af1aee23d
Download size: 5.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 50 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
adwaita-icon-theme-3.26.1, Exempi-2.4.5, gnome-desktop-3.28.2, itstool-2.0.4, libpeas-1.22.0, and shared-mime-info-1.10
gobject-introspection-1.56.1, Little CMS-2.9, libexif-0.6.21, and librsvg-2.42.2
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/eog
Install EOG by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=/usr .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Dgtk-doc=true: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 18:48:05 -0700
Evince is a document viewer for multiple document formats. It supports PDF, Postscript, DjVu, TIFF and DVI. It is useful for viewing documents of various types using one simple application instead of the multiple document viewers that once existed on the GNOME Desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evince/3.28/evince-3.28.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/evince/3.28/evince-3.28.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 66aa1766eaaa37536e48def11a0e67a3
Download size: 3.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 100 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU
adwaita-icon-theme-3.26.1, gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.28.0, GTK+-3.22.30, itstool-2.0.4, and libxml2-2.9.8
gnome-keyring-3.28.2, gobject-introspection-1.56.1, libsecret-0.18.6, Nautilus-3.28.1 (to build the plugin), and Poppler-0.67.0
Cups-2.2.8 (to enable printing if support is built into GTK+ 3), gnome-desktop-3.28.2, gst-plugins-base-1.14.2, GTK-Doc-1.28, LibTIFF-4.0.9, texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx) DjVuLibre, libgxps, libspectre, and t1lib
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/evince
Install Evince by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-compile-warnings=minimum \
--enable-introspection \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not have a working testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-compile-warnings=minimum:
This switch prevents a warning about a date format being
treated as an error by gcc-6.1.
--enable-introspection: By
default, the Gobject
Introspection support is turned off, even though that
package is an expected component of the GNOME Desktop.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
--disable-nautilus: This switch
disables building the Nautilus Plugin. Use this switch if
Nautilus is not installed.
--without-keyring: This switch
disables the use of libsecret. Use this switch if
libsecret is not installed.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 18:48:05 -0700
File Roller is an archive manager for GNOME with support for tar, bzip2, gzip, zip, jar, compress, lzop and many other archive formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
File Roller is only a graphical interface to archiving utilities such as tar and zip.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/file-roller/3.28/file-roller-3.28.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/file-roller/3.28/file-roller-3.28.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2bfcb2082cb3ebb2c5208630906278c2
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 26 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
GTK+-3.22.30 and itstool-2.0.4
cpio-2.12, desktop-file-utils-0.23, JSON-GLib-1.4.2, libarchive-3.3.2, libnotify-0.7.7, and Nautilus-3.28.1
UnRar-5.6.5, UnZip-6.0, and Zip-3.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/file-roller
Install File Roller by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=/usr -Dpackagekit=false .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install && chmod -v 0755 /usr/libexec/file-roller/isoinfo.sh && glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas
-Dpackagekit=false:
This switch disables the use of PackageKit which isn't
suitable for BLFS.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 18:48:05 -0700
GNOME Calculator is a powerful graphical calculator with financial, logical and scientific modes. It uses a multiple precision package to do its arithmetic to give a high degree of accuracy.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-calculator/3.28/gnome-calculator-3.28.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-calculator/3.28/gnome-calculator-3.28.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 4ee911ceec2e8d08c4003d92b577b4ac
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 55 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
GTK+-3.22.30, gtksourceview-3.24.8, itstool-2.0.4, and libsoup-2.62.3
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-calculator
Install GNOME Calculator by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=/usr .. && ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test. On 32-bit systems, Number.float and Number.double tests might fail due to floating point round off errors.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
Last updated on 2018-08-30 18:48:05 -0700
The GNOME Nettool package is a network information tool which provides GUI interface for some of the most common command line network tools.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-nettool/3.8/gnome-nettool-3.8.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-nettool/3.8/gnome-nettool-3.8.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d4fc944b7ba8fd5f49f04a73e0d37e80
Download size: 576 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
GTK+-3.22.30, itstool-2.0.4, and libgtop-2.38.0
BIND Utilities-9.13.2, Nmap-7.70, Net-tools-CVS_20101030, Traceroute-2.1.0, and Whois-5.2.20
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-nettool
Install GNOME Nettool by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-30 18:48:05 -0700
The GNOME Screenshot is a utility used for taking screenshots of the entire screen, a window or a user-defined area of the screen, with optional beautifying border effects.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-screenshot/3.26/gnome-screenshot-3.26.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-screenshot/3.26/gnome-screenshot-3.26.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8c99c20f009800cc41c6208583d99a1a
Download size: 228 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK+-3.22.30 and libcanberra-0.30 (Compiled with GTK+3 support).
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-screenshot
There is a build problem caused by a file installed by
gettext in LFS. If gettext was installed with instructions
before the April 11, 2018 version of LFS, run the following
as the root user:
sed -e '/AppData/N;N;p;s/\.appdata\./.metainfo./' \
-i /usr/share/gettext-0.19.8/its/appdata.loc
Install GNOME Screenshot by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=/usr .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
In order to best run GNOME Screenshot from the command line, the --interactive option needs to be specified.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 18:48:05 -0700
The GNOME System Monitor package contains GNOME's replacement for gtop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-system-monitor/3.28/gnome-system-monitor-3.28.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-system-monitor/3.28/gnome-system-monitor-3.28.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 933e77c69be579faeab6c9b2a2378f09
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 42 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
adwaita-icon-theme-3.26.1, Gtkmm-3.22.2, itstool-2.0.4, libgtop-2.38.0, and librsvg-2.42.2
desktop-file-utils-0.23 and appstream-glib
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-system-monitor
Install GNOME System Monitor by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-30 18:48:05 -0700
The GNOME Terminal package contains the terminal emulator for GNOME Desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-terminal/3.28/gnome-terminal-3.28.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnome-terminal/3.28/gnome-terminal-3.28.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: d5a1487fbd0d1a3226fcc4a40278fca8
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 49 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
DConf-0.28.0, gsettings-desktop-schemas-3.28.0, itstool-2.0.4, pcre2-10.31, and VTE-0.52.2
desktop-file-utils-0.23, and appstream-glib
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnome-terminal
Install GNOME Terminal by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--disable-migration \
--disable-search-provider \
--without-nautilus-extension &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
To run GNOME Terminal, the
environment variable LANG must
be set to a UTF-8 locale prior to starting the graphical
environment.
--disable-search-provider: This
switch disables the “search
gnome-shell”
provider. This is necessary because gnome-shell is not in BLFS. Remove this
if you have gnome-shell
installed.
--without-nautilus-extension:
This switch disables the a dependency on the nautilus file manager.
--disable-migration:
This switch disables building the GNOME Terminal GConf migration tool which is not
necessary for BLFS.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 18:48:05 -0700
Gucharmap is a Unicode character map and font viewer. It allows you to browse through all the available Unicode characters and categories for the installed fonts, and to examine their detailed properties. It is an easy way to find the character you might only know by its Unicode name or code point.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gucharmap/10.0/gucharmap-10.0.4.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gucharmap/10.0/gucharmap-10.0.4.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5a0ab9558c89fff2c91d04b72d4e4ee2
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 45 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with a fast internet connection)
desktop-file-utils-0.23, GTK+-3.22.30, itstool-2.0.4, UnZip-6.0, and Wget-1.19.5 (used to download data from unicode.org)
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and Vala-0.40.8
appstream-glib and GTK-Doc-1.28
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gucharmap
Install Gucharmap by running the following commands:
LIBS="-ldl" \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-vala \
--with-unicode-data=download &&
make
This package's testsuite is only intended to be used by the maintainer to check the i18n help files.
Now, as the root user:
make install
LIBS="-ldl" ...: Allows linking some system libraries. This is currently broken in version 10.0.4.
--with-unicode-data=download:
This switch forces the build process to download the
Unicode data instead of
trying to look for it locally.
--enable-vala: This
switch enables building of the Vala bindings (auto-detection of
vapigen is
currently broken). Remove if you don't have Vala-0.40.8 installed.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
The NetworkManager Applet provides a tool and a panel applet used to configure wired and wireless network connections through GUI. It's designed for use with any desktop environment that uses GTK+ like Xfce and LXDE.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/network-manager-applet/1.8/network-manager-applet-1.8.16.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/network-manager-applet/1.8/network-manager-applet-1.8.16.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9f27c962b28bb156dc8a3d10d949afc5
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 65 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
GTK+-3.22.30, ISO Codes-3.79, libsecret-0.18.6, libnotify-0.7.7, and NetworkManager-1.12.2
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and ModemManager-1.8.0
GC-7.6.4 (for linker garbage collection), GNOME Bluetooth, and mobile-broadband-provider-info (runtime)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/network-manager-applet
Install NetworkManager Applet by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
meson --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
-Dselinux=false \
-Dteam=false \
-Dmobile_broadband_provider_info=false .. &&
ninja
To test the results, issue: ninja test.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Denable-team=false:
This switch disables the team configuration editor since it
requires Jansson which is
not currently in BLFS.
-Denable-selinux=false: This
switch forcibly disables SELinux support since it is not
currently in BLFS and the build will fail without it.
-Dmobile_broadband_provider_info=false:
This switch forcibly disables Mobile Broadband Provider
support because it is not currently available in BLFS.
-Denable-wwan=false: This switch
disables WWAN support. Use this if you do not have ModemManager-1.8.0 installed.
-Dintrospection=false: Use this
if you do not have gobject-introspection-1.56.1
installed.
-Dgtk_doc=false: Use this if you
do not have GTK-Doc-1.28 installed.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 16:17:00 -0700
Seahorse is a graphical interface for managing and using encryption keys. Currently it supports PGP keys (using GPG/GPGME) and SSH keys.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/seahorse/3.20/seahorse-3.20.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/seahorse/3.20/seahorse-3.20.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 06cdf9805d9d1adddd0140d13f1bd234
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 55 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
Gcr-3.28.0, GnuPG-2.2.9, GPGME-1.11.1, itstool-2.0.4, and libsecret-0.18.6
libsoup-2.62.3, OpenSSH-7.7p1 (for managing SSH keys) and Vala-0.40.8
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/seahorse
Install Seahorse by running the following commands:
sed -i -r 's:"(/apps):"/org/gnome\1:' data/*.xml && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed ... data/*.xml: This command fixes some deprecated entries in the schema templates.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 18:48:05 -0700
Xfce is a desktop environment that aims to be fast and low on system resources, while still being visually appealing and user friendly.
Xfce embodies the traditional UNIX philosophy of modularity and re-usability. It consists of a number of components that provide the full functionality one can expect of a modern desktop environment. They are packaged separately and you can pick among the available packages to create the optimal personal working environment.
Build Xfce core packages in the order presented in the book for the easiest resolution of dependencies.
The libxfce4util package is a basic utility library for the Xfce desktop environment.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/libxfce4util/4.12/libxfce4util-4.12.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4eb012b6c1292ceedb3a83ebfc1ff08d
Download size: 448 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxfce4util
Install libxfce4util by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
Xfconf is the configuration storage system for Xfce.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfconf/4.12/xfconf-4.12.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 20dc8d2bfd80ba136bf4964021b32757
Download size: 552 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.4 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
dbus-glib-0.110 and libxfce4util-4.12.1
GTK-Doc-1.28 and Perl Module Glib (you may want to use build and installation instructions or alternate auto installation instructions)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfconf
Install Xfconf by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
The libxfce4ui package contains GTK+ 2 widgets that are used by other Xfce applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/libxfce4ui/4.12/libxfce4ui-4.12.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ea9fad7d059fe8f531fe8db42dabb5a9
Download size: 652 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
GTK+-2.24.32 and Xfconf-4.12.1
GTK+-3.22.30 and startup-notification-0.12
GTK-Doc-1.28, HTML::Parser-3.72, and Glade
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libxfce4ui
Install libxfce4ui by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
Exo is a support library used in the Xfce desktop. It also has some helper applications that are used throughout Xfce.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/exo/0.12/exo-0.12.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 15b66320dd89e04fbd07a47f1c4b1cb1
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 25 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
GTK+-3.22.30, libxfce4ui-4.12.1, libxfce4util-4.12.1 and URI-1.74
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/exo
Install Exo by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
|
is a small utility that generates C code containing arbitrary data, useful for compiling texts or other data directly into programs. |
|
|
is a command line utility to create or edit icons on the desktop. |
|
|
is a command line frontend to the Xfce Preferred Applications framework. It can either be used to open a list of urls with the default URL handler or launch the preferred application for a certain category. |
|
|
is a command line utility to edit the preferred application that is used to handle a particular type of file or URI. |
|
|
contains additional widgets, a framework for editable toolbars, light-weight session management support and functions to automatically synchronise object properties (based on GObject Binding Properties). |
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
The Garcon package contains a freedesktop.org compliant menu implementation based on GLib and GIO.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/garcon/0.6/garcon-0.6.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 174690ad19243f7ef9529cb0c24b9080
Download size: 500 KB
Estimated disk space required: 8.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libxfce4ui-4.12.1 built with both GTK+-2.24.32 and GTK+-3.22.30
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/garcon
Install Garcon by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
The GTK Xfce Engine package contains several GTK+ 2 and GTK+ 3 themes and libraries needed to display them. This is useful for customising the appearance of your Xfce desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/gtk-xfce-engine/3.2/gtk-xfce-engine-3.2.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 363d6c16a48a00e26d45c45c2e1fd739
Download size: 368 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gtk-xfce-engine
Install GTK Xfce Engine by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/\xd6/\xc3\x96/' gtk-3.0/xfce_style_types.h && ./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-gtk3 && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -i 's/\xd6/\xc3\x96/' ...: The script glib-mkenums has now been rewritten from perl to python and will crash when it encounters an ISO-8859-1 character in a comment. This sed converts that character to UTF-8.
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
The libwnck package contains a Window Navigator Construction Kit.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libwnck/2.30/libwnck-2.30.7.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/libwnck/2.30/libwnck-2.30.7.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 3d20f26105a2fd878899d6ecdbe9a082
Download size: 612 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.56.1 and GTK-Doc-1.28
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libwnck2
Install libwnck by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--program-suffix=-1 &&
make GETTEXT_PACKAGE=libwnck-1
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make GETTEXT_PACKAGE=libwnck-1 install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--program-suffix=-1:
This option adds -1 to the end of the names of the installed
programs to avoid overwriting the programs installed by
libwnck-3.24.1.
GETTEXT_PACKAGE=libwnck-1: This
parameter adds -1 to the end of the names of the gettext
files installed by the package to avoid overwriting the files
installed by libwnck-3.24.1.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
The Xfce4 Panel package contains the Xfce4 Panel.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfce4-panel/4.12/xfce4-panel-4.12.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 803c9aabc2925dc97f96de125c52ba2e
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
Exo-0.12.2, Garcon-0.6.1, libwnck-2.30.7 and libxfce4ui-4.12.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfce4-panel
Install Xfce4 Panel by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc --enable-gtk3 && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
|
is the Xfce panel. |
|
|
is a shell script that uses D-Bus and Xfce Panel to display a popup menu of the installed applications. |
|
|
is a shell script that uses D-Bus and Xfce Panel to display a popup menu of your home folder and its subdirectories. |
|
|
is a shell script that uses DBus to display the Xfwm4 a popup menu. |
|
|
contains the Xfce Panel API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
If your system has a standard (US) keyboard, you probably do not need to install this plugin.
The Xfce4 Keyboard Plugin package contains a very customizable and useful Xfce4 Panel plugin to setup and use multiple (currently up to 4 due to X11 protocol limitation) keyboard layouts and switch between them, individually by application, individually by window, or globally for the desktop and all applications and windows.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/panel-plugins/xfce4-xkb-plugin/0.7/xfce4-xkb-plugin-0.7.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2f68e0d53baf68ecc1a7165ad33c26a9
Download size: 820 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
librsvg-2.42.2, libxklavier-5.4, and xfce4-panel-4.12.2
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfce4-xkb-plugin
Install Xfce4 Keyboard Plugin by running the following commands:
sed -e 's|xfce4/panel-plugins|xfce4/panel/plugins|' \
-i panel-plugin/{Makefile.in,xkb-plugin.desktop.in.in} &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib \
--disable-debug &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -e ...
xkb-plugin.desktop.in.in} and --libexecdir=/usr/lib: The sed
and the switch are necessary to place the xkb-plugin in the
default Xfce4 panel plugins directory.
--disable-debug: This
switch disables debugging support.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 20:02:46 -0700
Thunar is the Xfce file manager, a GTK+ 2 GUI to organise the files on your computer.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/thunar/1.7/Thunar-1.7.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 60f0cb9928859aa94028d06f82dd9e1c
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 50 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
Exo-0.12.2 and libxfce4ui-4.12.1
gnome-icon-theme-3.12.0 or lxde-icon-theme-0.5.1
libgudev-232, libnotify-0.7.7 and xfce4-panel-4.12.2
Gvfs-1.36.2 (for remote browsing and automounting), libexif-0.6.21 and Tumbler-0.2.1 (runtime)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/thunar
Install Thunar by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/Thunar-1.7.0 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
The Thunar Volume Manager is an extension for the Thunar file manager, which enables automatic management of removable drives and media.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/thunar-volman/0.8/thunar-volman-0.8.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 65ab6e05b2e808d1dcc8d36683a59b7e
Download size: 4r604 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Exo-0.12.2, libgudev-232, libxfce4ui-4.12.1
libnotify-0.7.7 and startup-notification-0.12
Gvfs-1.36.2 and polkit-gnome-0.105
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/thunar-volman
Install the Thunar Volume Manager by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
The Tumbler package contains a D-Bus thumbnailing service based on the thumbnail management D-Bus specification. This is useful for generating thumbnail images of files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/tumbler/0.2/tumbler-0.2.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 45066628b7013fee752d3c671863fb31
Download size: 565 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
cURL-7.61.0, FreeType-2.9.1, gdk-pixbuf-2.36.12, gst-plugins-base-1.14.2, GTK-Doc-1.28, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libgsf-1.14.44, libpng-1.6.35, Poppler-0.67.0, FFmpegThumbnailer, and libopewnraw
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tumbler
Install Tumbler by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
Xfce4 Appfinder is a tool to find and launch installed applications by searching the .desktop files installed on your system.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfce4-appfinder/4.12/xfce4-appfinder-4.12.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0b238b30686388c507c119b12664f1a1
Download size: 452 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Garcon-0.6.1 and libxfce4ui-4.12.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfce4-appfinder
Install Xfce4 Appfinder by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
The Xfce4 Power Manager is a power manager for the Xfce desktop, Xfce power manager manages the power sources on the computer and the devices that can be controlled to reduce their power consumption (such as LCD brightness level, monitor sleep, CPU frequency scaling). In addition, Xfce4 Power Manager provides a set of freedesktop-compliant DBus interfaces to inform other applications about current power level so that they can adjust their power consumption.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfce4-power-manager/1.6/xfce4-power-manager-1.6.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 17f0e6464ad6b3bc6a657f595bf91430
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
libnotify-0.7.7, UPower-0.99.7, and xfce4-panel-4.12.2
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfce4-power-manager
Install Xfce4 Power Manager by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-25 16:06:17 -0700
The Xfce4 Settings package contains a collection of programs that are useful for adjusting your Xfce preferences.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfce4-settings/4.12/xfce4-settings-4.12.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 176c2a3d8b8c73f8cf4dfa9ab31a8cea
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Exo-0.12.2, Garcon-0.6.1 and libxfce4ui-4.12.1
gnome-icon-theme-3.12.0 or lxde-icon-theme-0.5.1
libcanberra-0.30, libnotify-0.7.7 and libxklavier-5.4
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfce4-settings
Install Xfce4 Settings by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-sound-settings: Use this
switch to enable sound settings in GUI.
--enable-pluggable-dialogs: Use
this switch to enable support for embedded settings dialogs.
|
is a GTK+ 2 GUI to allow you to change some of your keyboard and mouse preferences. |
|
|
is a GTK+ 2 GUI to allow you to change some of your theme, icon and font preferences. |
|
|
is a GTK+ 2 GUI to allow you to change some of your screen preferences. |
|
|
is a GTK+ 2 GUI to allow you to change some of your keyboard preferences. |
|
|
is a GTK+ 2 GUI to allow you to change which applications are used to handle different mime types. |
|
|
is a GTK+ 2 GUI to allow you to change some of your mouse preferences. |
|
|
is a GTK+ 2 GUI to allow you to change your preferences stored in Xfconf. |
|
|
is a GTK+ 2 GUI to allow you to change many of your Xfce preferences. |
|
|
is the Xfce settings daemon. |
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
Xfdesktop is a desktop manager for the Xfce Desktop Environment. Xfdesktop sets the background image / color, creates the right click menu and window list and displays the file icons on the desktop using Thunar libraries.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfdesktop/4.12/xfdesktop-4.12.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7571889368be72df185ce2d470f37198
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Exo-0.12.2, libwnck-2.30.7 and libxfce4ui-4.12.1
libnotify-0.7.7, startup-notification-0.12 and Thunar-1.7.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfdesktop
Install Xfdesktop by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
Xfwm4 is the window manager for Xfce.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfwm4/4.12/xfwm4-4.12.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 61f6bc8b15c6a7361a58d875917e1791
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
libwnck-2.30.7, libxfce4ui-4.12.1 and libxfce4util-4.12.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfwm4
Install Xfwm4 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
is the Xfce window manager. |
|
|
is a GTK+ 2 application that allows you to set some preferences such as your theme, keyboard shortcuts and mouse focus behaviour. |
|
|
is a GTK+ 2 application that allows you to set some more preferences for Xfwm4. |
|
|
is a GTK+ 2 application that allows you to set your workspace preferences. |
Last updated on 2018-08-23 18:49:51 -0700
Xfce4 Session is a session manager for Xfce. Its task is to save the state of your desktop (opened applications and their location) and restore it during a next startup. You can create several different sessions and choose one of them on startup.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/xfce/xfce4-session/4.12/xfce4-session-4.12.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f4921fb2e606e74643daf1212263076c
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
libwnck-2.30.7, libxfce4ui-4.12.1, Which-2.21, and Xorg Applications
desktop-file-utils-0.23, shared-mime-info-1.10 and polkit-gnome-0.105
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfce4-session
Install Xfce4 Session by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-legacy-sm &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-legacy-sm:
This switch disables legacy session management which isn't
necessary on modern system.
There are several optional run time dependencies for Xfce4: ConsoleKit2-1.0.2, dbus-1.12.10, GnuPG-2.2.9, hicolor-icon-theme-0.17 and OpenSSH-7.7p1
When building an Xfce4
package, some configuration files are installed in
/usr/share/applications,
/usr/share/icons, and
/usr/share/mime. In order to
use those files in your Xfce4 session, you need to update
various databases. Do that by running, as the root user (you need to have the
recommended dependencies installed):
update-desktop-database && update-mime-database /usr/share/mime
You can start Xfce4 from runlevel 3, using xinit-1.4.0, or from runlevel 5, using a Display Manager, such as lightdm-1.24.0.
To start Xfce4 using xinit-1.4.0, run the following commands:
cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
ck-launch-session dbus-launch --exit-with-session startxfce4
EOF
startx
The X session starts on the first unused virtual terminal, normally vt7. You can switch to another vtn simultaneously pressing the keys Ctrl-Alt-Fn (n=1, 2, ...). To switch back to the X session, normally started at vt7, use Ctrl-Alt-F7. The vt where the command startx was executed will display many messages, including X starting messages, applications automatically started with the session, and eventually, some warning and error messages. You may prefer to redirect those messages to a log file, which not only will keep the initial vt uncluttered, but can also be used for debugging purposes. This can be done starting X with:
startx &> ~/.x-session-errors
You may wish to drop consolekit and/or dbus-launch, e.g., just using startxfce4 in ~/.xinitrc. However some capabilities such as mounting or umounting file systems from a file manager will not be possible, or the reboot option will be absent or inoperative, among other problems.
When shutting down or rebooting, the shutdown messages appear on the vt where X was running. If you wish to see those messages, simultaneously press keys Alt-F7 (assuming that X was running on vt7).
Last updated on 2018-08-22 16:17:20 -0700
This is a small collection of optional applications that add extra capabilities to your Xfce desktop.
Parole is a DVD/CD/music player for Xfce that uses GStreamer.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Although this version of parole works with most files, it is unable to play DVDs, reporting an error in the gstreamer backend.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/parole/1.0/parole-1.0.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 46fe86bbe0c4aa02c53244d66e62e90c
Download size: 884 KB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
gst-plugins-base-1.14.2, gst-plugins-good-1.14.2 and libxfce4ui-4.12.1
libnotify-0.7.7 and taglib-1.11.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/parole
Install Parole by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-gstreamer=1.0: Use this
switch if both the gstreamer-1.14.2 and the deprecated
gstreamer-0.x packages are installed.
If you have installed Gstreamer Plugins Ugly with support for libdvdnav and libdvdread and would like to use Parole to play a DVD, click Media> Open location and enter dvd:// into the box.
Similarly, to play a CD, click Media> Open location and enter cdda:// into the box.
Last updated on 2018-08-22 17:33:07 -0700
Xfce4 Terminal is a GTK+3 terminal emulator. This is useful for running commands or programs in the comfort of an Xorg window; you can drag and drop files into the Xfce4 Terminal or copy and paste text with your mouse.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/xfce4-terminal/0.8/xfce4-terminal-0.8.7.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: c861540dd1dd05f56e62382b3851cf66
Download size: 864 KB
Estimated disk space required: 13 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libxfce4ui-4.12.1 and VTE-0.52.2
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfce4-terminal
Install Xfce4 Terminal by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-22 17:33:07 -0700
Xfburn is a GTK+ 2 GUI frontend for Libisoburn. This is useful for creating CDs and DVDs from files on your computer or ISO images downloaded from elsewhere.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/xfburn/0.5/xfburn-0.5.5.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 818181480321b382b9943e886bcdfda5
Download size: 804 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Exo-0.12.2, libburn-1.4.8, libisofs-1.4.8, and libxfce4ui-4.12.1
gst-plugins-base-1.14.2 and Cdrdao-1.2.4 (runtime)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfburn
Install Xfburn by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-22 17:33:07 -0700
Ristretto is a fast and lightweight image viewer for the Xfce desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/ristretto/0.8/ristretto-0.8.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 5866b4e11c32a38f72bc737239102544
Download size: 552 KB
Estimated disk space required: 9.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libexif-0.6.21 and libxfce4ui-4.12.1
Tumbler-0.2.1 (runtime)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ristretto
Install Ristretto by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-22 17:33:07 -0700
The Xfce4 Notification Daemon is a small program that implements the "server-side" portion of the Freedesktop desktop notifications specification. Applications that wish to pop up a notification bubble in a standard way can use Xfce4-Notifyd to do so by sending standard messages over D-Bus using the org.freedesktop.Notifications interface.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://archive.xfce.org/src/apps/xfce4-notifyd/0.4/xfce4-notifyd-0.4.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ecb930ef6ae6e1f310a5afe5f638eff8
Download size: 520 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libnotify-0.7.7, libxfce4ui-4.12.1, and xfce4-panel-4.12.2
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xfce4-notifyd
Install the Xfce4 Notification Daemon by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
You can test the notification daemon with the command notify-send:
notify-send -i info Information "Hi ${USER}, This is a Test"
Last updated on 2018-08-22 17:33:07 -0700
LXDE is an extremely fast-performing and energy-saving desktop environment.
LXDE comes with a beautiful interface, multi-language support, standard keyboard shortcuts and additional features like tabbed file browsing. LXDE uses less CPU and less RAM than other environments. It is especially designed for cloud computers with low hardware specifications, such as netbooks, mobile devices (e.g. MIDs) or older computers.
Build LXDE core packages in the order presented in the book for the easiest resolution of dependencies.
The LXMenu Data package provides files required to build freedesktop.org menu spec-compliant desktop menus for LXDE.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxmenu-data-0.1.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cc1989444284a65dbc7047348a68d6d4
Download size: 196 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lxmenu-data
Install LXMenu Data by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The libfm-extra package contains a library and other files required by menu-cache-gen libexec of menu-cache-1.1.0.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/pcmanfm/libfm-1.3.0.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 02a024714d51e0d37afc7bd596a44f3b
Download size: 920 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libfm-extra
Install libfm-extra by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-extra-only \
--with-gtk=no \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-extra-only
Disable all components but libfm-extra library.
--with-gtk=no
Gtk is not necessary for
this package.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The Menu Cache package contains a library for creating and utilizing caches to speed up the manipulation for freedesktop.org defined application menus.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/menu-cache-1.1.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 99999a0bca48b980105208760c8fd893
Download size: 260 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK-Doc-1.28 and xdg-utils-1.1.3
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/menu-cache
Install Menu Cache by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this option
if GTK-Doc is installed and
you wish to build and install the API documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The libfm package contains a library used to develop file managers providing some file management utilities.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/pcmanfm/libfm-1.3.0.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 02a024714d51e0d37afc7bd596a44f3b
Download size: 920 KB
Estimated disk space required: 31 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
GTK+-2.24.32 and menu-cache-1.1.0
libexif-0.6.21, Vala-0.40.8, and lxmenu-data-0.1.5
GTK-Doc-1.28, dbus-glib-0.110 and Gvfs-1.36.2 or udisks (for volume management - experimental)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libfm
Install libfm by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 16:06:17 -0700
The PCManFM package contains an extremely fast, lightweight, yet feature-rich file manager with tabbed browsing.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/pcmanfm/pcmanfm-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 827838f7f6b17dc97e1690c07da8fdb3
Download size: 416 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
adwaita-icon-theme-3.26.1 or oxygen-icons5-5.49.0 or lxde-icon-theme-0.5.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pcmanfm
Install PCManFM by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The LXPanel package contains a lightweight X11 desktop panel.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxpanel-0.9.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 57f0add873815dc608eb45241c9504a7
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
keybinder-0.3.0, libwnck-2.30.7, lxmenu-data-0.1.5 and menu-cache-1.1.0
alsa-lib-1.1.6, libxml2-2.9.8 (weather plugin) and Wireless Tools-29
libindicator (indicator plugin)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lxpanel
Install LXPanel by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The LXAppearance package contains a desktop-independent theme switcher for GTK+.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxappearance-0.6.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f10345313e2c12bad51c1b58bd46b454
Download size: 164 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libxslt-1.1.32 with docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-1.79.2 (to build man pages)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lxappearance
Install LXAppearance by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static \
--enable-dbus &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-dbus: This
switch enables DBus support
in LXAppearance which is
useful for communicating with LXSession. Remove it if you are not
building LXDE or have not
installed dbus-glib-0.110.
--enable-man: Use this switch if
you have installed optional dependencies and wish to rebuild
the manual pages.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The LXSession package contains the default session manager for LXDE.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxsession-0.5.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 823c50e6d0e4ce15a23a42e8f8bf4221
Download size: 400 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
dbus-glib-0.110, libunique-1.1.6, Polkit-0.114, and Vala-0.40.8
lsb_release-1.4 (may be used at runtime to display the distribution release in the logout dialog), ConsoleKit2-1.0.2 (used at runtime by lxsession-logout), GTK+-3.22.30, and libxslt-1.1.32 with docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-1.79.2 (to build man pages)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lxsession
Install LXSession by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-man && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-man: This
switch disables building of the manual pages. Remove it if
you have installed optional dependencies and wish to build
the manual pages.
--enable-gtk3: Builds against
GTK+-3 instead of
GTK+-2, which is required
anyway by libunique.
|
is a clipboard utility for LXSession and LXDE. |
|
|
locks the local X display until a password is entered. |
|
|
is the polkit agent. |
|
|
is a lightweight X session manager. |
|
|
launch default applications set by LXsession. |
|
|
is an utility to configure lxsession and its default applications. |
|
|
launch default terminal set by LXSession. |
|
|
is the standard session edit manager used by LXDE. |
|
|
is a program to logout from LXSession. |
|
|
handle autostart spec of freedesktop.org. |
|
|
is a tool to configure gtk+ themes, keyboard, and mouse for you on session startup. |
|
|
is the settings daemon for LXsession. |
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The LXDE Common package provides a set of default configuration for LXDE.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxde-common-0.99.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 14a9d19c4576dc15d985453ccb8ca9f6
Download size: 869 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
lxde-icon-theme-0.5.1, LXPanel-0.9.3, LXSession-0.5.3, openbox-3.6.1 (runtime), and PCManFM-1.3.0
desktop-file-utils-0.23, hicolor-icon-theme-0.17, and shared-mime-info-1.10
ConsoleKit2-1.0.2 and dbus-1.12.10
A notification daemon such as notification-daemon-3.20.0 or xfce4-notifyd-0.4.2, and a display manager such as lxdm-0.5.3 or lightdm-1.24.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lxde-common
Install LXDE Common by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have installed recommended dependencies, run the
following commands as the root user:
update-mime-database /usr/share/mime && gtk-update-icon-cache -qf /usr/share/icons/hicolor && update-desktop-database -q
You can start LXDE from runlevel 3, using xinit-1.4.0, or from runlevel 5, using a Display Manager, such as lxdm-0.5.3.
To start LXDE using xinit-1.4.0, run the following commands:
cat > ~/.xinitrc << "EOF"
# No need to run dbus-launch, since it is run by startlxde
ck-launch-session startlxde
EOF
startx
The X session starts on the first unused virtual terminal, normally vt7. You can switch to another vtn simultaneously pressing the keys Ctrl-Alt-Fn (n=1, 2, ...). To switch back to the X session, normally started at vt7, use Ctrl-Alt-F7. The vt where the command startx was executed will display many messages, including X starting messages, applications automatically started with the session, and eventually, some warning and error messages. You may prefer to redirect those messages to a log file, which not only will keep the initial vt uncluttered, but can also be used for debug purposes. This can be done starting X with:
startx &> ~/.x-session-errors
You may wish to drop consolekit, just using startlxde in ~/.xinitrc. However some capabilities such as mounting or umounting file systems from a file manager will not be available, or the reboot option will be absent or inoperative, among other problems.
When shutting down or rebooting, the shutdown messages appear on the vt where X was running. If you wish to see those messages, simultaneously press keys Alt-F7 (assuming that X was running on vt7).
Last updated on 2018-08-29 19:35:01 -0700
This is a small collection of optional applications that add extra capabilities to the LXDE desktop.
The GPicView package contains a lightweight image viewer.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/gpicview-0.2.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 26be9b0c5a234f1afe7d83d02a4a33f4
Download size: 344 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gpicview
Install GPicView by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && sed -i 's/Utility;//' /usr/share/applications/gpicview.desktop
If you have xdg-utils-1.1.3 installed, as the
root user, you should run the
xdg-icon-resource forceupdate
--theme hicolor command, for the installed
icon to be displayed in the menu item.
sed -i ...: Fixes submenu for GPicView.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The LXAppearance OBconf package contains a plugin for LXAppearance to configure OpenBox.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxappearance-obconf-0.2.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ae0076d489aa786f5d573f7ff592a4ab
Download size: 284 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
LXAppearance-0.6.3 and openbox-3.6.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lxappearance-obconf
Install LXAppearance OBconf by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The LXInput package contains a small program used to configure keyboard and mouse for LXDE.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxinput-0.3.5.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 69680debaef053d540ae3a5f4b237150
Download size: 144 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lxinput
Install LXInput by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The LXRandR package contains a monitor configuration tool for LXDE.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxrandr-0.3.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b327938f18a4baac85c4707f927d606e
Download size: 132 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK+-2.24.32 and Xorg Applications
libxslt-1.1.32 with docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-1.79.2 (to build man pages)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lxrandr
Install LXRandR by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-man: Use this switch if
you have installed optional dependencies and wish to build
the manual pages.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The LXTask package contains a lightweight and desktop-independent task manager.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxtask-0.1.8.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: dd4f423dda192cb50618c6b1e76ec6b7
Download size: 136 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lxtask
Install LXTask by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
Vte is a library (libvte) implementing a terminal emulator widget for GTK+ 2, and a minimal demonstration application (vte) that uses libvte.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/vte/0.28/vte-0.28.2.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/vte/0.28/vte-0.28.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 497f26e457308649e6ece32b3bb142ff
Download size: 940 KB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
gobject-introspection-1.56.1, GTK-Doc-1.28 and PyGTK-2.24.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vte2
Install Vte by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/vte \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/vte :
both this package and VTE-0.52.2 install files of the same name.
This switch ensures that they do not overwrite each other if
both are installed.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
The LXTerminal package contains a VTE-based terminal emulator for LXDE with support for multiple tabs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lxde/lxterminal-0.3.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 91febe1ec15297844333cb70f237b4b7
Download size: 196 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libxslt-1.1.32 with docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-1.79.2 (to build man pages)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lxterminal
Install LXTerminal by running the following commands:
sed -ri '/^ +init/s/init/return init/' src/unixsocket.c && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed ... src/unixsocket.c: Correct a coding error.
--enable-man: Use this switch if
you have installed optional dependencies and wish to build
the manual pages.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 13:54:05 -0700
This chapter is a collection of programs that are useful for viewing or editing office documents. Some specialise in doing one thing (such as word processing or manipulating a spreadsheet). Libre Office is a suite of programs that can manipulate many different formats including powerpoint presentations.
AbiWord is a word processor which is useful for writing reports, letters and other formatted documents.
It has been reported that, depending on the desktop enviroment and on the theme settings, the window where Abiword is running may flicker. This is known uptream, but no fix seems to be available yet.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.abisource.com/downloads/abiword/3.0.2/source/abiword-3.0.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: cda6dd58c747c133b421cc7eb18f5796
Download size: 11 MB
Estimated disk space required: 626 MB, additional 12 MB for docs (73 MB installed - additional 3.1 MB for docs)
Estimated build time: 6.5 SBU - additional 0.5 SBU for docs
AbiWord Docs: http://www.abisource.com/downloads/abiword/3.0.2/source/abiword-docs-3.0.2.tar.gz
AbiWord Docs MD5 sum: c92c0e1e2081db20757231a53d80c338
AbiWord Docs size: 1.5 MB
Required patch (fixes GTK+-3.22.x rendering): http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/8.3/abiword-3.0.2-gtk3_22_render_fix-1.patch
Boost-1.68.0, FriBidi-1.0.5, GOffice-0.10.43, and wv-1.2.9
dbus-glib-0.110, gobject-introspection-1.56.1, libgcrypt-1.8.3, libical-3.0.4, libsoup-2.62.3, Redland-1.0.17, Valgrind-3.13.0. Aiksaurus, Evolution Data Server , GtkMathView, libchamplain , libwmf, libwpd, libwpg, libwps, Link Grammar Parser, Loudmouth, Telepathy GLib , OTS, and Psiconv
To enable many of the optional dependencies, review the information from ./configure --help for the necessary switches you must pass to the configure script.
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/abiword
Install AbiWord by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../abiword-3.0.2-gtk3_22_render_fix-1.patch &&
sed -e "s/free_suggestions/free_string_list/" \
-e "s/_to_personal//" \
-e "s/in_session/added/" \
-i src/af/xap/xp/enchant_checker.cpp &&
sed -e "/icaltime_from_timet/{s/timet/&_with_zone/;s/0/0, 0/}" \
-i src/text/ptbl/xp/pd_DocumentRDF.cpp &&
./configure --prefix=/usr &&
make
This program does not come with a functional test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
In order to install the local help files, a graphics session is recommended.
If you wish to install the local help files, untar and build them first:
tar -xf ../abiword-docs-3.0.2.tar.gz && cd abiword-docs-3.0.1 && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
and then, as the root user:
make install
sed ...: These commands correct the source for changes in dependencies enchant-2.2.3 and libical-3.0.4.
--without-evolution-data-server:
This switch disables AbiWord
Evolution Data Server
support which is known to fail when using recent versions of
Evolution Data Server.
--enable-plugins="collab openxml goffice
grammar": Build some or all plugins. The openxml
plugin enables Abiword to
open some .docx files. The grammar plugin requires Link
Grammar Parser
Choose the right template for your language and locale from the list produced by the following command:
ls /usr/share/abiword-3.0/templates
Create the folder ~/.AbiSuite/templates then copy the
normal.awt you want into it:
install -v -m750 -d ~/.AbiSuite/templates &&
install -v -m640 /usr/share/abiword-3.0/templates/normal.awt-<lang> \
~/.AbiSuite/templates/normal.awt
Change <lang> by the above
command to fit the name of the file you want.
If you are using multiple languages, you may need to edit the template to use a font with greater coverage (e.g. one of the Dejavu fonts, because Abiword does not use fontconfig and can only display glyphs that are provided in the chosen font.
If you have desktop-file-utils-0.23 installed, you should run the update-desktop-database command to update the mimeinfo cache and allow the Help system to work.
If you have xdg-utils-1.1.3 installed, you should run the xdg-icon-resource forceupdate --theme hicolor command, for the installed icon to be displayed in the menu item.
Last updated on 2018-08-26 16:26:34 -0700
The Gnumeric package contains a spreadsheet program which is useful for mathematical analysis.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnumeric/1.12/gnumeric-1.12.43.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/gnumeric/1.12/gnumeric-1.12.43.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 4e6adca1643c1ad36aaa0bf5c550f66b
Download size: 17 MB
Estimated disk space required: 335 MB (add 18 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 1.7 SBU (add 4.6 SBU for tests)
GOffice-0.10.43, itstool-2.0.4, and Rarian-0.8.1
an icon theme such as adwaita-icon-theme-3.26.1, oxygen-icons5-5.49.0 or gnome-icon-theme-3.12.0, X Window System, and Yelp-3.28.1 for the buit-in help functionality
DConf-0.28.0 (to prevent some test failures), gobject-introspection-1.56.1, PyGObject-3.28.3, Valgrind-3.13.0 (for some tests), dblatex (for PDF docs), libgda, Mono, pxlib, and Psiconv
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gnumeric
Install Gnumeric by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/HELP_LINGUAS = cs de es/HELP_LINGUAS = de es/' doc/Makefile.in && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package must be installed before the test suite is run.
Now, as the root user:
make install
To run the tests, issue make check. Tests should be run from an active X session, and DConf-0.28.0 should be installed to prevent some failures. Nine tests, including the entire valgrind suite, are known to fail.
--enable-pdfdocs: Use this switch
if you have installed dblatex and wish to create PDF docs.
|
is a symlink to gnumeric-1.12.43. |
|
|
is GNOME's spreadsheet application. |
|
|
is a command line utility to convert spreadsheet files between various spreadsheet file formats. |
|
|
is a command line utility to compare two spreadsheets. |
|
|
is a command line utility to search spreadsheets for strings. |
|
|
is a command line utility to generate index data for spreadsheet files. |
|
|
contains the gnumeric API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-27 09:26:56 -0700
LibreOffice is a full-featured office suite. It is largely compatible with Microsoft Office and is descended from OpenOffice.org.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Core Download: http://download.documentfoundation.org/libreoffice/src/6.1.0/libreoffice-6.1.0.3.tar.xz
Core Download MD5 sum: df908c245f1dca4b822345b82af2ea64
Core Download size: 198 MB
Estimated disk space required: 8.8 GB (805 MB installed). Installing the whole set of languages was previously reported to require up to 26 GB (2.9 GB installed)
Estimated build time: 64 SBU with parallelism=4 + download time
Dictionaries: http://download.documentfoundation.org/libreoffice/src/6.1.0/libreoffice-dictionaries-6.1.0.3.tar.xz
Dictionaries MD5 sum: d04eb21110e9e58ecdb6b361aff8feaf
Dictionaries size: 41 MB
Help Files: http://download.documentfoundation.org/libreoffice/src/6.1.0/libreoffice-help-6.1.0.3.tar.xz
Help Files MD5 sum: 6958c0501d60c75fc1eb65f3e0182ef8
Help Files size: 16 MB
Translations: http://download.documentfoundation.org/libreoffice/src/6.1.0/libreoffice-translations-6.1.0.3.tar.xz
Translations MD5 sum: 7f8bd2d2102cfb434d8d22df7c907ab5
Translations size: 135 MB
Archive::Zip-1.62, UnZip-6.0, Wget-1.19.5, Which-2.21, and Zip-3.0
Most of these packages are recommended because if they're not installed, the build process will compile and install its own (often older) version, with the side effect of increasing build and installed disk space and build time.
apache-ant-1.10.4, Apr-1.6.3, Boost-1.68.0, CLucene-2.3.3.4, Cups-2.2.8, cURL-7.61.0, dbus-glib-0.110, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, GLU-9.0.0, Graphite2-1.3.12, gst-plugins-base-1.14.2, GTK+-3.22.30 and GTK+-2.24.32 (see “Command Explanations”), HarfBuzz-1.8.8, ICU-62.1, libatomic_ops-7.6.6, Little CMS-2.9, librsvg-2.42.2, libxml2-2.9.8 and libxslt-1.1.32, Mesa-18.1.6, neon-0.30.2, NSS-3.38, OpenLDAP-2.4.46 (if connecting to an LDAP server), Poppler-0.67.0, PostgreSQL-10.5, Redland-1.0.17, Serf-1.3.9, and unixODBC-2.3.7
Avahi-0.7, BlueZ-5.50, DConf-0.28.0, desktop-file-utils-0.23, Doxygen-1.8.14 (not relevant if using --disable-odk), GDB-8.1.1, GnuTLS-3.5.19, JUnit-4.12, MariaDB-10.3.9 or MySQL, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, NASM-2.13.03, SANE-1.0.27, Valgrind-3.13.0, VLC-3.0.3, Apache Commons Codec, Apache Commons HttpClient, Apache Commons Lang, Apache Commons Logging, BeanShell, CoinMP, Cppunit, Firebird, glew (OpenGL Extension Wrangler Library), glyphy, Gnome VFS, hamcrest, Hunspell, Hyphen, iwyu, libabw, libcdr, libcmis, libebook, libexttextcat, libfreehand, liblangtag, libmspub, libmwaw, libodfgen, libpagemaker, librevenge (WordPerfect Document importer), libvisio, libwpd, libwpg, libwps, lp_solve, mdds, MyThes, ogl-math - OpenGL Mathematics (GLM), OpenCOLLADA, Orcus, telepathy-glib , VIGRA, and Zenity
There are many optional dependencies not listed here. They can be found in “download.lst” (source directory).
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libreoffice
Unlike the other packages, we assume that you have not yet
unpacked the package. This is because the --no-overwrite-dir switch is needed in case
you unpack as the root
user.
tar -xf libreoffice-6.1.0.3.tar.xz --no-overwrite-dir && cd libreoffice-6.1.0.3
Create symlinks to tarballs from the source directory so they won't get downloaded again:
install -dm755 external/tarballs && ln -sv ../../../libreoffice-dictionaries-6.1.0.3.tar.xz external/tarballs/ && ln -sv ../../../libreoffice-help-6.1.0.3.tar.xz external/tarballs/
If you have downloaded the translations tarball, create a symlink:
ln -sv ../../../libreoffice-translations-6.1.0.3.tar.xz external/tarballs/
During the build process, some packages will be downloaded (including the ones listed as recommended and optional dependencies) if they are not present on the system. Because of this, build time may vary from the published time more than usual.
Due to the large size of the package, you may prefer to
install it in /opt, instead of
/usr. Depending on your choice,
replace <PREFIX> by
/usr or by /opt/libreoffice-6.1.0.3:
export LO_PREFIX=<PREFIX>
Locales "fr" and "en-GB", you will find below, are just examples; you should change them to suit your needs - you might want to read the "Command Explanations", further below, before proceeding.
Prepare LibreOffice for compilation by running the following commands:
sed -e "/gzip -f/d" \
-e "s|.1.gz|.1|g" \
-i bin/distro-install-desktop-integration &&
sed -e "/distro-install-file-lists/d" -i Makefile.in &&
./autogen.sh --prefix=$LO_PREFIX \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-vendor=BLFS \
--with-lang='fr en-GB' \
--with-help \
--with-myspell-dicts \
--with-alloc=system \
--without-junit \
--without-system-dicts \
--disable-dconf \
--disable-odk \
--enable-release-build=yes \
--enable-python=system \
--with-system-apr \
--with-system-boost \
--with-system-cairo \
--with-system-clucene \
--with-system-curl \
--with-system-expat \
--with-system-graphite \
--with-system-harfbuzz \
--with-system-icu \
--with-system-jpeg \
--with-system-lcms2 \
--with-system-libatomic_ops \
--with-system-libpng \
--with-system-libxml \
--with-system-neon \
--with-system-nss \
--with-system-odbc \
--with-system-openldap \
--with-system-openssl \
--with-system-poppler \
--with-system-postgresql \
--with-system-redland \
--with-system-serf \
--with-system-zlib
The instructions below will only build the package without running any unit tests. If you prefer to run the unit tests, replace make build-nocheck with make build or (as a regular user only) just make, but do not be surprised if a unit test fails right at the end of the build and breaks it.
Build the package:
CPPFLAGS='-DU_USING_ICU_NAMESPACE=1' make build-nocheck
Now, as the root user:
make distro-pack-install
If installed in /opt/libreoffice-6.1.0.3 some additional
steps are necessary. Issue the following commands, as
root user:
if [ "$LO_PREFIX" != "/usr" ]; then
# This symlink is necessary for the desktop menu entries
ln -svf $LO_PREFIX/lib/libreoffice/program/soffice /usr/bin/libreoffice &&
# Set up a generic location independent of version number
ln -sfv $LO_PREFIX /opt/libreoffice
# Icons
mkdir -vp /usr/share/pixmaps
for i in $LO_PREFIX/share/icons/hicolor/32x32/apps/*; do
ln -svf $i /usr/share/pixmaps
done &&
# Desktop menu entries
for i in $LO_PREFIX/lib/libreoffice/share/xdg/*; do
ln -svf $i /usr/share/applications/libreoffice-$(basename $i)
done &&
# Man pages
for i in $LO_PREFIX/share/man/man1/*; do
ln -svf $i /usr/share/man/man1/
done
unset i
fi
If you have installed desktop-file-utils-0.23, and
you wish to update the MIME database, issue, as the
root user:
update-desktop-database
The suite and main modules can be started from the menu. From
a terminal, the suite can be started with libreoffice command and the
modules with libreoffice
--<module>
command, respectively, where <module> is one of
base, calc, draw, impress, math or writer. Modules cannot be
started using their shell starting script names (see
"Installed Programs", below), if LO_PREFIX is other than
/usr, unless $LO_PREFIX/bin directory is appended to the
PATH.
sed -e ...: The first sed prevents compression of the manual pages and the second one prevents the install from failing.
--with-vendor=BLFS:
This switch sets BLFS as the vendor which is mentioned when
you click "About" from the Help menu on the toolbar.
--with-lang='fr
en-GB': This switch sets what languages to
support. To list several languages, separate them with a
space. For all languages, use --with-lang=ALL.
For a list of the available languages, look in solenv/inc/langlist.mk.
--with-help: Without
this switch, the help files are not built.
--with-myspell-dicts:
This switch adds myspell dictionaries to the LibreOffice installation set.
--with-alloc=system:
This switch tells LibreOffice to use the system allocator
instead of its internal one.
--with-system-boost:
This switch enables using system boost. From time to time,
recent versions of boost break the build of libreoffice. In
this case, it is possible to use the bundled copy of boost,
by removing this flag.
--disable-dconf: This
switch disables compiling LibreOffice with the GNOME DConf configuration system
support.
--without-junit: This
switch disables the tests for the deprecated HSQLDB driver
which is written in Java. If you wish to build this driver
replace this switch with the set of switches described below
under '--with-java'.
--without-system-dicts: This
switch disables use of dictionaries from system paths, so the
ones installed by this package are used.
--disable-odk: This
switch disables installing the office development kit. Remove
if you want to develop a LibreOffice based application.
--enable-release-build=yes:
This switch enables a Release Build. LibreOffice can be built as a Release
Build or as a Developer Build, because their default
installation paths and user profile paths are different.
Developer Build displays the words "Dev" and "Beta" in
several places (e.g, menu and splash screen).
--enable-python=system: This
switch tells LibreOffice to
use installed Python 3 to
build the translations instead of the bundled one.
--with-system-*:
These switches prevent LibreOffice from trying to compile its
own versions of these dependencies. If you've not installed
some of the dependencies, remove the corresponding switches.
CPPFLAGS='-DU_USING_ICU_NAMESPACE=1' make
...: ICU-62.1 has removed an implicit namespace
“using” from its
headers files. Setting U_USING_ICU_NAMESPACE to 1 allows to restore
the former behavior, which is required for building
libreoffice.
--with-parallelism=<count>:
This switch tells LibreOffice to use <count> CPU
cores to compile in parallel. (Do not include literal angle
brackets.) The default is to use all available cores on the
system.
--disable-cups: Use this switch
if you don't need printing support.
--disable-dbus: Use this switch
if you've not installed D-Bus-1.8.0 or later. It also
disables Bluetooth support and font install via PackageKit.
--disable-firebird-sdbc: By
default, the ability to connect to a firebird database is enabled. Add this
switch if you do not need that feature.
--disable-gstreamer-1-0: Use this
switch if you have not installed gst-plugins-base-1.14.2.
--disable-gtk3: Use this switch
if you have not installed GTK+-3, or if you have installed it but
wish to use GTK+-2 (the menu
icons differ). Note that a GTK+-3 build still requires GTK+-2 to build the gtk-plugin.
--disable-postgresql-sdbc: This
switch disables compiling LibreOffice with the ability to connect
to a PostgreSQL database.
Use it if you have not installed PostgreSQL and you do not want
LibreOffice to compile its
bundled copy.
--with-java: This switch enables
Java support in LibreOffice. Java is needed for the
deprecated HSQLDB driver, which allows reading databases
created by other programs or in earlier versions of
libreoffice base. You may
also need to add: --with-junit=/opt/ant/lib/junit-4.12.jar
--with-jdk-home=/opt/jdk
--with-hamcrest=/opt/ant/lib/hamcrest-core-1.3.jar
--without-fonts: LibreOffice includes a number of
third-party TrueType fonts. If you have already installed
some or all of the same fonts, you may prefer to use the
system versions.
make
distro-pack-install: this does a normal install,
but if you add a DESTDIR environment variable it will also
install a lot of (text) gid_Module_* files in the DESTDIR, to
help distributions which want to break the package into
parts.
|
is the main libreofice suite (symlink to $LO_PREFIX/lib/libreoffice/program/soffice). |
|
|
is the database manager module shell starting script. |
|
|
is the spreadsheet module shell starting script. |
|
|
is the vector graphics editor and diagramming tool module shell starting script. |
|
|
is the (PowerPoint) presentations editor and displayer module shell starting script. |
|
|
is the mathematical formula editor module shell starting script. |
|
|
is the HTML editor module shell starting script. |
|
|
is the word processor module shell starting script. |
|
|
is a tool to manage LibreOffice extensions from the command line. |
Last updated on 2018-08-31 13:00:11 -0700
This chapter contains a wonderful selection of browsers. We hope you can find one you enjoy using or give them each a trial run.
Epiphany is a simple yet powerful GNOME web browser targeted at non-technical users. Its principles are simplicity and standards compliance.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/epiphany/3.28/epiphany-3.28.3.1.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/epiphany/3.28/epiphany-3.28.3.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 31a4a443e8e22f085a10f80b7e41d5f3
Download size: 4.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 60 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
Gcr-3.28.0, gnome-desktop-3.28.2, ISO Codes-3.79, JSON-GLib-1.4.2, libnotify-0.7.7, libwnck-3.24.1, and WebKitGTK+-2.20.5
lsb_release-1.4 and libhttpseverywhere
gnome-keyring-3.28.2 (for storing passwords) and Seahorse-3.20.0 (for managing stored passwords)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/epiphany
Install Epiphany by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=/usr .. && ninja
Now, as the root user:
ninja install && glib-compile-schemas /usr/share/glib-2.0/schemas
This package does not have a working test suite.
Last updated on 2018-08-27 15:41:22 -0700
Falkon is a KDE web browser using the QtWebEngine rendering engine. It was previously known as QupZilla. It aims to be a lightweight web browser available through all major platforms.
Although falkon is now part of KDE, it can be installed without KDE (with the loss of kwallet functionality, and of translations of the (not-installed) example hellopython.py script).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.kde.org/stable/falkon/3.0.1/falkon-3.0.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c6fb6433ac0f228667e2f763c02317c5
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 113 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
extra-cmake-modules-5.49.0, qtwebengine-5.11.1
gnome-keyring-3.28.2, KDE Frameworks-5.49.0 (for ki18n if installing the translations of hellopython.py, or for kwallet and its dependencies), and PySide2 for experimental Python plugins (compiling this from source is very slow).
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/falkon
Install falkon by running the following commands:
Unless you have installed both PySide2 and ki18n, remove the translations for the sample hellopython.py script:
rm -rf po/
In case you wish to run the tests, fix one of them so that it will work correctly with both Qt-5.10 and Qt-5.11:
sed -i 's/"5.11.", 5) == 0 ? 1 : 2/"5.10.", 5) >= 0 ? 2 : 1/' \ autotests/webviewtest.cpp
Now build the program:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
.. &&
make
To test the results, issue: make test. All tests should
pass. If any fail, the full results will be in Testing/Temporary/LastTest.log.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have installed Pyside2 you will want to examine the
hellopython.py
which is in the scripts/
directory, and perhaps copy it to your home directory.
sed -i 's/"5.11.", 5) == 0 ? 1 : 2/"5.10.", 5) >= 0 ? 2 : 1/' ...: This test previously looked for QtWebengine-5.10 which had changed its result compared to earlier versions. In the move to Qt-5.11 the version was bumped but the results were swapped. Change it to examine if the version is at least 5.10, and to swap the expected results back.
Last updated on 2018-08-27 15:41:22 -0700
Firefox is a stand-alone browser based on the Mozilla codebase.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.mozilla.org/pub/firefox/releases/61.0.2/source/firefox-61.0.2.source.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f8ad78a0dfa6fa5dc67563785d62a25b
Download size: 254 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9.2 GB (139 MB installed) without tests
Estimated build time: 31 SBU (with parallelism=4) without tests
Optional patch to allow system versions of Graphite2-1.3.12 and HarfBuzz-1.8.8: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/8.3/firefox-61.0.2-system_graphite2_harfbuzz-1.patch
Extracting the tarball will reset the permissions of the
current directory to 0755 if you have permission to do
that. If you do this in a directory where the sticky bit is
set, such as /tmp it will end
with error messages:
tar: .: Cannot utime: Operation not permitted
tar: .: Cannot change mode to rwxr-xr-t: Operation not permitted
tar: Exiting with failure status due to previous errors
This does finish with non-zero status, but it does
NOT mean there is a
real problem. Do not untar as the root user in a directory where the
sticky bit is set - that will unset it.
As with other large packages which use C++ (or rust), the SBU times to build this vary more widely than you might expect. Also, almost 6GB of real memory is used during the final link and the SBUs can increase significantly if the machine has to swap to do this.
Although upstream prefer to use PulseAudio, for the moment Alsa can still be used. Both may need runtime configuration to get sound working.
Autoconf-2.13, Clang (from LLVM-6.0.1), both GTK+-3.22.30 and GTK+-2.24.32, libnotify-0.7.7, NSS-3.38, PulseAudio-12.2 (or alsa-lib-1.1.6 if you edit the mozconfig; now deprecated by mozilla), in either case please read the Configuration Information, rustc-1.25.0, UnZip-6.0, yasm-1.3.0, and Zip-3.0
ICU-62.1, libevent-2.1.8, libvpx-1.7.0, and SQLite-3.24.0
If you don't install recommended dependencies, then internal copies of those packages will be used. They might be tested to work, but they can be out of date or contain security holes.
cURL-7.61.0, dbus-glib-0.110, Doxygen-1.8.14, GConf-3.2.6, FFmpeg-4.0.2 (runtime, to play mov, mp3 or mp4 files), libwebp-1.0.0, OpenJDK-10.0.2, startup-notification-0.12, Valgrind-3.13.0, Wget-1.19.5, Wireless Tools-29, Hunspell, liboauth , libproxy, and (with the patch) Graphite2-1.3.12 and HarfBuzz-1.8.8
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/firefox
The configuration of Firefox
is accomplished by creating a mozconfig file containing the desired
configuration options. A default mozconfig is created below. To see the
entire list of available configuration options (and an
abbreviated description of some of them), issue ./mach configure && ./configure
--help | less. You may also wish to review
the entire file and uncomment any other desired options.
Create the file by issuing the following command:
cat > mozconfig << "EOF"
# If you have a multicore machine, all cores will be used by default.
# You can change the number of non-rust jobs by setting a valid number
# of cores in this option, but when rust crates are being compiled
# jobs will be scheduled for all the available CPU cores.
#mk_add_options MOZ_MAKE_FLAGS="-j1"
# If you have installed dbus-glib, comment out this line:
ac_add_options --disable-dbus
# If you have installed dbus-glib, and you have installed (or will install)
# wireless-tools, and you wish to use geolocation web services, comment out
# this line
ac_add_options --disable-necko-wifi
# API Keys for geolocation APIs - necko-wifi (above) is required for MLS
# Uncomment the following line if you wish to use Mozilla Location Service
#ac_add_options --with-mozilla-api-keyfile=$PWD/mozilla-key
# Uncomment the following line if you wish to use Google's geolocaton API
# (needed for use with saved maps with Google Maps)
#ac_add_options --with-google-api-keyfile=$PWD/google-key
# Uncomment these lines if you have installed optional dependencies:
#ac_add_options --enable-system-hunspell
#ac_add_options --enable-startup-notification
# Uncomment the following option if you have not installed PulseAudio
#ac_add_options --disable-pulseaudio
# and uncomment this if you installed alsa-lib instead of PulseAudio
#ac_add_options --enable-alsa
# If you have installed GConf, comment out this line
ac_add_options --disable-gconf
# From firefox-61, the stylo CSS code can no-longer be disabled
# Comment out following options if you have not installed
# recommended dependencies:
ac_add_options --enable-system-sqlite
ac_add_options --with-system-libevent
ac_add_options --with-system-libvpx
ac_add_options --with-system-nspr
ac_add_options --with-system-nss
ac_add_options --with-system-icu
# If you are going to apply the patch for system graphite
# and system harfbuzz, uncomment these lines:
#ac_add_options --with-system-graphite2
#ac_add_options --with-system-harfbuzz
# Stripping is now enabled by default.
# Uncomment these lines if you need to run a debugger:
#ac_add_options --disable-strip
#ac_add_options --disable-install-strip
# The BLFS editors recommend not changing anything below this line:
ac_add_options --prefix=/usr
ac_add_options --enable-application=browser
ac_add_options --disable-crashreporter
ac_add_options --disable-updater
# enabling the tests will use a lot more space and significantly
# increase the build time, for no obvious benefit.
ac_add_options --disable-tests
# Optimization for size is broken with gcc7 and later
ac_add_options --enable-optimize="-O2"
ac_add_options --enable-official-branding
# From firefox-61 system cairo is not supported
ac_add_options --enable-system-ffi
ac_add_options --enable-system-pixman
ac_add_options --with-pthreads
ac_add_options --with-system-bz2
ac_add_options --with-system-jpeg
ac_add_options --with-system-png
ac_add_options --with-system-zlib
mk_add_options MOZ_OBJDIR=@TOPSRCDIR@/firefox-build-dir
EOF
Compile Firefox by issuing the following commands:
If you have installed system versions of graphite2 and
harfbuzz and wish firefox to use those instead of its shipped
versions, apply the patch and uncomment the appropriate
entries in the mozconfig file.
patch -Np1 -i ../firefox-61.0.2-system_graphite2_harfbuzz-1.patch
If the geolocation APIs are needed:
The Google and Mozilla API Keys below are specific to LFS. If using these instructions for another distro, or if you intend to distribute binary copies of the software using these instructions, please obtain your own keys following the instructions located at http://www.chromium.org/developers/how-tos/api-keys and https://location.services.mozilla.com/api respectively.
echo "AIzaSyDxKL42zsPjbke5O8_rPVpVrLrJ8aeE9rQ" > google-key echo "d2284a20-0505-4927-a809-7ffaf4d91e55" > mozilla-key
If you are compiling Firefox in chroot, make sure you have
$SHELL environment variable set
or prepend SHELL=/bin/sh.
Invoke the Python script to compile the package:
./mach
The mozconfig above disables
the tests because they use a lot more time and disk space for
no obvious benefit. If you have nevertheless enabled them,
you can run the tests by executing ./mach gtest. This will
require a network connection, and to be run from within an
Xorg session - there is a popup dialog when it fails to
connect to ALSA (that does not create a failed test). One or
two tests will fail. To see the details of the failure(s) you
will need to log the output from that command so that you can
review it.
Now, as the root user:
./mach install && mkdir -pv /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins && ln -sfv ../../mozilla/plugins /usr/lib/firefox/browser/
./mach build: Firefox now uses this python2 script to run the build and install.
./mach build --verbose: Use this
alternative if you need details of which files are being
compiled, together with any C or C++ flags being used.
mkdir -pv
/usr/lib/mozilla/plugins: This ensures that
/usr/lib/mozilla/plugins/
exists.
ln -sv ...
/usr/lib/firefox/browser: This command
creates a symbolic link to /usr/lib/mozilla/plugins. It's not really
needed, as Firefox checks
/usr/lib/mozilla/plugins by
default, but the symbolic link is made to keep all the
plugins installed in one folder.
If you use a desktop environment like Gnome or KDE you may like to create a
firefox.desktop file so that
Firefox appears in the
panel's menus. If you didn't enable startup-notification in
your mozconfig change the StartupNotify line to false. As the
root user:
mkdir -pv /usr/share/applications &&
mkdir -pv /usr/share/pixmaps &&
cat > /usr/share/applications/firefox.desktop << "EOF" &&
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Name=Firefox Web Browser
Comment=Browse the World Wide Web
GenericName=Web Browser
Exec=firefox %u
Terminal=false
Type=Application
Icon=firefox
Categories=GNOME;GTK;Network;WebBrowser;
MimeType=application/xhtml+xml;text/xml;application/xhtml+xml;application/vnd.mozilla.xul+xml;text/mml;x-scheme-handler/http;x-scheme-handler/https;
StartupNotify=true
EOF
ln -sfv /usr/lib/firefox/browser/chrome/icons/default/default128.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/firefox.png
The application settings for firefox are accessible by keying about:config in the address bar.
With this version of firefox, getting working sound can be a problem. Although upstream prefers pulseaudio, on balance using Alsa may be easier.
If you enabled Alsa for sound, you may need to alter one variable to get working sound. If you run firefox from a term and try to play something with sound you might encounter error messages like:
Sandbox: seccomp sandbox violation:
pid 3941, tid 4030, syscall 16, args 48 2147767296
139909894784796 0 0 0.
That was on x86_64, on i686 the syscall number is 54. To allow this syscall, in about:config change security.sandbox.content.syscall_whitelist to 16 (or 54 if using i686).
If you use pulseaudio in a Desktop
Environment, it might already be started by that DE. But if
it is not, although firefox-57 managed to start it,
firefox-58 does not. If you run firefox from a term,
trying to play sound will encounter error messages warning
Can't get cubeb context!
The fix for this is to close firefox, start pulseaudio to
check it does start (if not, read the information on
Configuring in PulseAudio-12.2) and restart firefox
to check it is working. If it now works, add the following
to your ~/.xinitrc:
pulseaudio --verbose
--log-target=syslog& (unfortunately, on
some systems this does not work).
You may wish to use multiple profiles within firefox. To do that, invoke firefox as firefox --ProfileManager. You can also check which profile is currently in use from about:profiles.
Last updated on 2018-08-26 19:27:55 -0700
SeaMonkey is a browser suite, the Open Source sibling of Netscape. It includes the browser, composer, mail and news clients, and an IRC client. It is the follow-on to the Mozilla browser suite.
The Mozilla project also hosts two subprojects that aim to satisfy the needs of users who don't need the complete browser suite or prefer to have separate applications for browsing and e-mail. These subprojects are Firefox-61.0.2 and Thunderbird-60.0. Both are based on the Mozilla source code.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.mozilla.org/pub/seamonkey/releases/2.49.4/source/seamonkey-2.49.4.source.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5868179112ff4b2562f0ca22f4091bf0
Download size: 221 MB
Estimated disk space required: 5.3 GB (113 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 16 SBU (using parallelism=4)
The tarball seamonkey-2.49.4.source.tar.xz will untar to seamonkey-2.49.4 directory.
Autoconf-2.13, both GTK+-2.24.32 and GTK+-3.22.30, UnZip-6.0, yasm-1.3.0, and Zip-3.0
ICU-62.1, libevent-2.1.8, libvpx-1.7.0, NSPR-4.19, NSS-3.38, PulseAudio-12.2, and SQLite-3.24.0
If you don't install recommended dependencies, then internal copies of those packages will be used. They might be tested to work, but they can be out of date or contain security holes.
alsa-lib-1.1.6, cURL-7.61.0, dbus-glib-0.110, Doxygen-1.8.14, GConf-3.2.6, gst-plugins-base-1.14.2 (and other plugins, only for tests), OpenJDK-10.0.2, startup-notification-0.12, Valgrind-3.13.0, Wget-1.19.5, Wireless Tools-29, and Hunspell
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/seamonkey
The configuration of SeaMonkey is accomplished by creating a
mozconfig file containing the
desired configuration options. A default mozconfig file is created below. To see the
entire list of available configuration options (and an
abbreviated description of each one), issue ./configure --help. You may
also wish to review the entire file and uncomment any other
desired options. Create the file by issuing the following
command:
cat > mozconfig << "EOF"
# If you have a multicore machine, all cores will be used by default.
# If desired, you can reduce the number of cores used, e.g. to 1, by
# uncommenting the next line and setting a valid number of CPU cores.
#mk_add_options MOZ_MAKE_FLAGS="-j1"
# If you have installed DBus-Glib comment out this line:
ac_add_options --disable-dbus
# If you have installed dbus-glib, and you have installed (or will install)
# wireless-tools, and you wish to use geolocation web services, comment out
# this line
ac_add_options --disable-necko-wifi
# Uncomment these lines if you have installed optional dependencies:
#ac_add_options --enable-system-hunspell
#ac_add_options --enable-startup-notification
# Uncomment the following option if you have not installed PulseAudio
#ac_add_options --disable-pulseaudio
# and uncomment this if you installed alsa-lib instead of PulseAudio
#ac_add_options --enable-alsa
# Comment out following option if you have gconf installed
ac_add_options --disable-gconf
# Comment out following options if you have not installed
# recommended dependencies:
ac_add_options --enable-system-sqlite
ac_add_options --with-system-libevent
ac_add_options --with-system-libvpx
ac_add_options --with-system-nspr
ac_add_options --with-system-nss
ac_add_options --with-system-icu
# The BLFS editors recommend not changing anything below this line:
ac_add_options --prefix=/usr
ac_add_options --enable-application=suite
ac_add_options --disable-crashreporter
ac_add_options --disable-updater
ac_add_options --disable-tests
ac_add_options --enable-optimize="-O2"
ac_add_options --enable-strip
ac_add_options --enable-install-strip
ac_add_options --enable-gio
ac_add_options --enable-official-branding
ac_add_options --enable-safe-browsing
ac_add_options --enable-url-classifier
# From firefox-40 (and the corresponding version of seamonkey),
# using system cairo caused seamonkey to crash
# frequently when it was doing background rendering in a tab.
# This appears to again work in seamonkey-2.49.2
ac_add_options --enable-system-cairo
ac_add_options --enable-system-ffi
ac_add_options --enable-system-pixman
ac_add_options --with-pthreads
ac_add_options --with-system-bz2
ac_add_options --with-system-jpeg
ac_add_options --with-system-png
ac_add_options --with-system-zlib
EOF
If you are compiling SeaMonkey in chroot, make sure you
have the SHELL environment
variable set or prepend SHELL=/bin/sh to the first make command
below.
Compile SeaMonkey by running the following commands:
CFLAGS_HOLD=$CFLAGS && CXXFLAGS_HOLD=$CXXFLAGS && EXTRA_FLAGS=" -fno-delete-null-pointer-checks -fno-lifetime-dse -fno-schedule-insns2" && export CFLAGS+=$EXTRA_FLAGS && export CXXFLAGS+=$EXTRA_FLAGS && unset EXTRA_FLAGS && make -f client.mk
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install SeaMonkey by issuing
the following commands as the root user:
make -f client.mk install INSTALL_SDK= && chown -R 0:0 /usr/lib/seamonkey-2.49.4 && cp -v $(find -name seamonkey.1 | head -n1) /usr/share/man/man1
Set the compilation flags back to their original values:
export CFLAGS=$CFLAGS_HOLD && export CXXFLAGS=$CXXFLAGS_HOLD && unset CFLAGS_HOLD CXXFLAGS_HOLD
If you want to install the full SeaMonkey development environment, as
the root user:
make -C obj* install
The build directory is set by the make procedure and is dependent on the system architecture, but the directory name starts with 'obj'.
export CFLAGS= ... export CXXFLAGS= ...: These settings work around code which gcc6 and later would otherwise regard as out-of-specification and allow it to produce a working program.
make -f
client.mk: Mozilla products are packaged to
allow the use of a configuration file which can be used to
pass the configuration settings to the configure command.
make uses the
client.mk file to get initial
configuration and setup parameters.
For installing various SeaMonkey plugins, refer to Mozdev's PluginDoc Project.
Along with using the “Preferences” menu to configure
SeaMonkey's options and
preferences to suit individual tastes, finer grain control of
many options is only available using a tool not available
from the general menu system. To access this tool, you'll
need to open a browser window and enter about:config in the address bar. This
will display a list of the configuration preferences and
information related to each one. You can use the
“Filter:” bar to enter
search criteria and narrow down the listed items. Changing a
preference can be done using two methods. One, if the
preference has a boolean value (True/False), simply
double-click on the preference to toggle the value and two,
for other preferences simply right-click on the desired line,
choose “Modify” from
the menu and change the value. Creating new preference items
is accomplished in the same way, except choose
“New” from the menu
and provide the desired data into the fields when prompted.
There is a multitude of configuration parameters you can tweak to customize SeaMonkey. A very extensive list of these parameters can be found at http://preferential.mozdev.org/preferences.html.
If you use a desktop environment like Gnome or KDE you may wish to create a
seamonkey.desktop file so that
SeaMonkey appears in the
panel's menus. If you didn't enable Startup-Notification in your mozconfig
change the StartupNotify line to false. As the root user:
mkdir -pv /usr/share/{applications,pixmaps} &&
cat > /usr/share/applications/seamonkey.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Type=Application
Name=SeaMonkey
Comment=The Mozilla Suite
Icon=seamonkey
Exec=seamonkey
Categories=Network;GTK;Application;Email;Browser;WebBrowser;News;
StartupNotify=true
Terminal=false
EOF
ln -sfv /usr/lib/seamonkey-2.49.4/chrome/icons/default/seamonkey.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps
/usr/lib/seamonkey-2.49.4
Last updated on 2018-08-25 09:17:21 -0700
These programs use the X Window System and don't fit easily into any of the other chapters.
The Balsa package contains a GNOME-2 based mail client.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://pawsa.fedorapeople.org/balsa/balsa-2.5.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 33e06bad5f064156fe447b0d89a2f56d
Download size: 4.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 75 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
Aspell-0.60.6.1, enchant-2.2.3, GMime-2.6.23, libESMTP-1.0.6, and Rarian-0.8.1
Compface-1.5.2, gtksourceview-3.24.8, libnotify-0.7.7, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, MTA (that provides a sendmail command, note that it is only used if you didn't install the required libESMTP package), OpenLDAP-2.4.46, SQLite-3.24.0, WebKitGTK+-2.20.5, yelp-tools, and python-html2text
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/balsa
Install Balsa by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var/lib \
--without-html-widget \
--without-libnotify &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-smime: Use this option
to enable S/MIME support if GnuPG-2.x.x is installed.
--with-canberra: Enable
libcanberra support.
--with-compface: Enable compface
support.
--with-gcr: Use libgcr for TLS
support.
--with-gss: Enable GSSAPI
support.
--with-ldap: Use this option to
enable LDAP address book support if OpenLDAP is installed.
--with-libsecret: Enable strong
password support.
--with-gpgme: Use this option to
enable GPG support if “GnuPG Made Easy”
(GPGME) is installed.
-with-html-widget: enable the
html renderer (remove --without-html-widget).
--with-sqlite: Use this option to
enable SQLite address book support if SQLite is installed.
All configuration of Balsa is done through the Balsa menu system, with mailbox configuration done with the Settings—>Preferences menu.
If you are unable to connect to your ISP, they probably don't support APOP. Disable it in Settings/Preferences/POP3/advanced.
If you enable filters for your incoming POP3 mail, you must have Procmail-3.22 installed, as the incoming mail will be handed off to procmail for processing.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 19:17:06 -0700
feh is a fast, lightweight image viewer which uses Imlib2. It is commandline-driven and supports multiple images through slideshows, thumbnail browsing or multiple windows, and montages or index prints (using TrueType fonts to display file info). Advanced features include fast dynamic zooming, progressive loading, loading via HTTP (with reload support for watching webcams), recursive file opening (slideshow of a directory hierarchy), and mouse wheel/keyboard control.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://feh.finalrewind.org/feh-2.27.1.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: f1eccaf74201e2feb752986fd60b91bc
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 5.7 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
libpng-1.6.35 and imlib2-1.5.1 (built with giflib-5.1.4 support, for the tests)
libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0 (for lossless image rotation) and ImageMagick-7.0.8-10 (to load unsupported formats)
Test::Command-0.11 (required)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/feh
Install feh by running the following commands:
sed -i "s:doc/feh:&-2.27.1:" config.mk && make PREFIX=/usr
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make PREFIX=/usr install
sed -i "s:doc/feh:&-2.27.1:" config.mk: This sed fixes the doc directory to a versioned one, as used in BLFS.
curl=0: Use this make flag if you
don't have cURL package installed.
exif=1: This make flag enables
builtin Exif tag display support.
Last updated on 2018-08-18 16:41:06 -0700
The FontForge package contains an outline font editor that lets you create your own postscript, truetype, opentype, cid-keyed, multi-master, cff, svg and bitmap (bdf, FON, NFNT) fonts, or edit existing ones.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/fontforge/fontforge/releases/download/20170731/fontforge-dist-20170731.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8a717035915ab4cd78b89b0942dfa1fc
Download size: 14 MB
Estimated disk space required: 247 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 2.2 SBU (with tests)
FreeType-2.9.1, GLib-2.56.1, and libxml2-2.9.8
Cairo-1.14.12, GTK+-2.24.32, HarfBuzz-1.8.8, Pango-1.42.3 (required if Xorg libraries are present) desktop-file-utils-0.23, shared-mime-info-1.10, and Xorg Libraries
giflib-5.1.4, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libpng-1.6.35, LibTIFF-4.0.9, Python-2.7.15, Wget-1.19.5 (needed for tests), IPython, libspiro, libunicodenames, libuninameslist, and zeromq (libzmq)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fontforge
Install FontForge by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-gtk2-use \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/fontforge-20170731 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. This will download one font file.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-gtk2-use:
uses the GTK+2 graphics instead of basic Xorg graphics.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-debug: Turn on
debug build and
FONTFORGE_DEBUG conditional code. Requires libspiro.
Last updated on 2018-08-27 14:18:12 -0700
The Gimp package contains the GNU Image Manipulation Program which is useful for photo retouching, image composition and image authoring.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.gimp.org/pub/gimp/v2.10/gimp-2.10.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 6e92c1e2ccee90b4075547fc3d129ca1
Download size: 30 MB
Estimated disk space required: 832 MB (183 MB installed, add 900 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 5.3 SBU (add 0.6 SBU for tests)
The creation of local html files with recent versions of the necessary packages is somewhat broken (some png images are not sourced by the generated HTML, only their captions are visible).
The updating of the help files is still WIP, with large parts of the text for many languages not yet translated. Here is a git pull: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/gimp/gimp-help-2018-08-21.tar.xz
Download size: 172 MB
Download md5sum: 4557d7450f0867b4a55190e6525065dc
Estimated disk space required: From 352 MB (en only) to 1.6 GB (all 18 languages)
Estimated build time: 1.9 SBU (en only), 13 SBU, with parallelism=4, for all languages
gegl-0.4.8, gexiv2-0.10.8, glib-networking-2.56.1, GTK+-2.24.32, HarfBuzz-1.8.8. libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libmypaint-1.3.0, librsvg-2.42.2, LibTIFF-4.0.9, libxml2-2.9.8 (for Python2) (to build the translated help files), Little CMS-2.9, mypaint-brushes-1.3.0, Poppler-0.67.0 (including poppler-data) and X Window System
dbus-glib-0.110, ghostscript-9.23 (with libgs installed), Gvfs-1.36.2 (to access the online help), ISO Codes-3.79, libgudev-232, PyGTK-2.24.0 (including the gtk, pango and pangocairo modules) and xdg-utils-1.1.3
AAlib-1.4rc5, alsa-lib-1.1.6, libmng-2.0.3, libwebp-1.0.0, OpenJPEG-2.3.0, an MTA (that provides a sendmail program), GTK-Doc-1.28, appstream-glib and libwmf
When you have run configure, you will see that WebKit is not found - that dependency is for the legacy webkit-1.0 which should never be used on a modern system exposed to the internet.
dblatex (for PDF docs), pngnq and pngcrush to optimize the png files, but see the note on the help download above
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gimp
Install Gimp by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc &&
make
To test the results (requires an X-Windowed terminal) issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You
can improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme and
/usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.32 or GTK+-3.22.30
installed (for the icon cache) and desktop-file-utils-0.23 (for
the desktop cache) and issue the following commands as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache && update-desktop-database
The gimp-help tarball contains
images and English text help for help files, together with
translations. Because of the issues mentioned in the note
above, you are recommended to use the online help, either by
building against Gvfs-1.36.2 so that 'help' can open the
latest XML files in your browser, or else you can manually
open the html in your browser by going to https://docs.gimp.org/2.10/en
(change the language code if desired).
If you nevertheless wish to install local copies of the help
files to read offline, unpack the gimp-help tarball and change into the root
of the newly created source tree. Prepare for the build with
the following command:
ALL_LINGUAS="ca da de el en en_GB es fi fr it ja ko nl nn pt_BR ro ru zh_CN" \ ./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr &&
Remove from ALL_LINGUAS the codes
for any languages which you do not wish to install.
Alternatively, remove the line starting with ALL_LINGUAS, if you wish to build all
languages.
Now build the help files:
make
Issue the following commands as the root user to install the help files:
make install && chown -R root:root /usr/share/gimp/2.0/help
ALL_LINGUAS="ca da de el en en_GB
...": by default, the help files will be rendered in
all the available languages. Remove the codes of any
languages you do not wish to build.
--disable-python: This option is
necessary if you have not installed PyGTK.
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
|
is a symbolic link to gimp-2.10. |
|
|
is the Gnu Image Manipulation Program. It works with a variety of image formats and provides a large selection of tools. |
|
|
is a symbolic link to gimp-console-2.10. |
|
|
is a console program that behaves as if The
Gimp was called
with the |
|
|
is a tool that can build plug-ins or scripts and install them if they are distributed in one source file. gimptool-2.0 can also be used by programs that need to know what libraries and include-paths The Gimp was compiled with. |
|
|
provides C bindings for The Gimp's Procedural Database (PDB) which offers an interface to core functions and to functionality provided by plug-ins. |
|
|
provides the C functions for basic Gimp functionality such as determining enumeration data types, gettext translation, determining The Gimp's version number and capabilities, handling data files and accessing the environment. |
|
|
provides the C functions relating to RGB, HSV and CMYK colors as well as converting colors between different color models and performing adaptive supersampling on an area. |
|
|
contains C functions for reading and writing config information. |
|
|
contains C functions which provide mathematical definitions and macros, manipulate 3x3 transformation matrices, set up and manipulate vectors and the MD5 message-digest algorithm. |
|
|
provides the C functions which implements module loading using GModule and keeps a list of GimpModule's found in a given searchpath. |
|
|
provides the C functions for handling The Gimp's thumbnail objects. |
|
|
contains The Gimp's common user interface functions. |
|
|
contains The Gimp and GTK's widget creation and manipulation functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-23 10:50:44 -0700
Gparted is the Gnome Partition Editor, a Gtk 2 GUI for other command line tools that can create, reorganise or delete disk partitions.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/gparted/gparted-0.32.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: df4fe0350ba55cee6fddae289bd9d3f1
Download size: 3.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 108 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (using parallelism=4)
btrfs-progs-4.17.1 (if using a btrfs filesystem), Rarian-0.8.1, GNOME Doc Utils, and udftools
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gparted
Install Gparted by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-doc \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-doc: This
switch disables building of the optional documentation.
Remove it if you have installed GNOME Doc Utils.
--enable-xhost-root:
This switch provides an interim workaround to allow GParted
to run under Wayland by using xhost to grant and revoke root
access to the X11 display.
To manipulate file systems Gparted has a run time dependency on various file system tools (you only need to install the tools for file systems you actually use): Hdparm-9.56 (required for optionally displaying serial number device information), btrfs-progs-4.17.1, dosfstools-4.1, e2fsprogs (installed as part of LFS), jfsutils-1.1.15, ntfs-3g-2017.3.23, reiserfsprogs-3.6.27, xfsprogs-4.17.0, mtools (required to read and write FAT16/32 volume labels and UUIDs), hfsutils, hfsprogs, nilfs-utils and Reiser4progs.
Root privileges are required to run Gparted. If you wish to run the application from the menu, further applications and configurations are necessary. Examples of applications that may be used: gksu, kdesudo, or xdg-su. Another solution is to use pkexec, from Polkit-0.114, but some configuration is necessary. Another simple solution is ssh-askpass-7.7p1. Below, we describe these two alternatives: "ssh-askpass" and "pkexec".
To optionally use ssh-askpass-7.7p1 if it is
installed in your system, run the following commands as the
root user:
cp -v /usr/share/applications/gparted.desktop /usr/share/applications/gparted.desktop.back && sed -i 's/Exec=/Exec=sudo -A /' /usr/share/applications/gparted.desktop
Now, clicking on the menu item for Gparted, a dialog appears on the screen, asking for the administrator password.
To optionally use pkexec,
you need polkit-gnome-0.105, and ConsoleKit2-1.0.2 installed with
support to Linux-PAM-1.3.0 and Polkit-0.114. As
the root user, configure
Gparted-0.32.0 and Polkit-0.114 with
the following commands:
cp -v /usr/share/applications/gparted.desktop \
/usr/share/applications/gparted.desktop.back &&
sed -i 's:/usr/bin/gparted:/usr/bin/gparted_polkit:' \
/usr/share/applications/gparted.desktop &&
cat > /usr/bin/gparted_polkit << "EOF" &&
#!/bin/bash
pkexec /usr/bin/gparted $@
EOF
chmod -v 0755 /usr/bin/gparted_polkit
Still as the root user,
configure Polkit-0.114 and Gparted-0.32.0 to use
pkexec:
cat > /usr/share/polkit-1/actions/org.gnome.gparted.policy << "EOF"
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE policyconfig PUBLIC
"-//freedesktop//DTD PolicyKit Policy Configuration 1.0//EN"
"http://www.freedesktop.org/standards/PolicyKit/1/policyconfig.dtd">
<policyconfig>
<action id="org.freedesktop.policykit.pkexec.run-gparted">
<description>Run GParted</description>
<message>Authentication is required to run GParted</message>
<defaults>
<allow_any>no</allow_any>
<allow_inactive>no</allow_inactive>
<allow_active>auth_admin_keep</allow_active>
</defaults>
<annotate key="org.freedesktop.policykit.exec.path">/usr/bin/gparted</annotate>
<annotate key="org.freedesktop.policykit.exec.allow_gui">true</annotate>
</action>
</policyconfig>
EOF
chmod -v 0644 /usr/share/polkit-1/actions/org.gnome.gparted.policy
Now, clicking in the menu item for Gparted, a dialog appears in the screen, asking for the administrator password.
Last updated on 2018-08-25 20:02:46 -0700
HexChat is an IRC chat program. It allows you to join multiple IRC channels (chat rooms) at the same time, talk publicly, have private one-on-one conversations, etc. File transfers are also possible.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://dl.hexchat.net/hexchat/hexchat-2.14.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8dd81178847390be6b860cff367eab18
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 30 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (using parallelism=4)
dbus-glib-0.110, ISO Codes-3.79, libcanberra-0.30, libnotify-0.7.7, pciutils-3.6.2, libproxy, and luajit
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/hexchat
Install HexChat by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && meson --prefix=/usr -Dwith-libproxy=false -Dwith-lua=lua .. && ninja
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
ninja install
-Dwith-libcanberra=false: Use
this switch if you have libcanberra not installed.
-Dwith-lua=lua: By default, this
package will look for luajit. Use the normal lua instead.
Last updated on 2018-08-26 15:34:41 -0700
Inkscape is a what you see is what you get Scalable Vector Graphics editor. It is useful for creating, viewing and changing SVG images.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://media.inkscape.org/dl/resources/file/inkscape-0.92.3.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4ef7171cc1de9e1608d8c49b77fed99e
Download size: 31 MB
Estimated disk space required: 395 MB (add 8 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 4.9 SBU (add 0.2 SBU for tests, both with parallelism=4)
Boost-1.68.0, GC-7.6.4, Gsl-2.5, Gtkmm-2.24.5 (or Gtkmm-3.22.2 and gnome docking library for the experimental gtk+-3 build), libxslt-1.1.32, Poppler-0.67.0, popt-1.16 and Wget-1.19.5 (to download the test dependencies)
ImageMagick-6.9.10-10 libraries, Little CMS-2.9 or Little CMS-1.19, Potrace-1.15 (for the bucket-fill tool), lxml-4.2.4 and Scour-0.37 (both at runtime, for Save As Optimized SVG).
Aspell-0.60.6.1, dbus-1.12.10 (to run inkscape from scripts), Doxygen-1.8.14, libcdr, libvisio, libwpg (or libwpd) and NumPy (at runtime for some extensions)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/inkscape
Ensure that the libraries from ImageMagick-6.9.10-10 libraries
can be used, and fix the build for the changes in
poppler-0.65.0:
patch -Np1 -i ../inkscape-0.92.3-use_versioned_ImageMagick6-1.patch && patch -Np1 -i ../inkscape-0.92.3-poppler65-1.patch
Fix a build issue with GCC-7.1:
sed -i 's| abs(| std::fabs(|g' src/ui/tools/flood-tool.cpp
If you wish to run the testsuite, download the required versions of googletest and googlemock by running:
bash download-gtest.sh
Install Inkscape by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
.. &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && rm -v /usr/lib/inkscape/lib*_LIB.a
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You
can improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme and
/usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.32 or GTK+-3.22.30
installed (for the icon cache) and desktop-file-utils-0.23 (for
the desktop cache) and issue the following commands as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache && update-desktop-database
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release:
This switch is used to build the release library without any
debug `assert` in the code.
rm -v
/usr/lib/inkscape/lib*_LIB.a: The conversion of
the package to use cmake has led to these
libraries getting installed, but they are not usable (there
are no header files to let a program know what they contain).
So remove them.
-DWITH_DBUS=ON: use this if you
wish to use inkscape in interactive
scripts which manipulate images.
Last updated on 2018-08-27 14:18:12 -0700
Pidgin is a Gtk+ 2 instant messaging client that can connect with a wide range of networks including AIM, ICQ, GroupWise, MSN, Jabber, IRC, Napster, Gadu-Gadu, SILC, Zephyr and Yahoo!
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/pidgin/pidgin-2.13.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 423403494fe1951e47cc75231f743bb0
Download size: 8.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 235 MB (with tests and docs)
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (using parallelism=4; with tests and docs)
libgcrypt-1.8.3, gstreamer-1.14.2 (required for audio support), and GnuTLS-3.5.19 or NSS-3.38
SSL support is required for the MSN Messenger, Yahoo!, Novel Groupwise and Google Talk protocol plugins. GnuTLS is the preferred method (the Mozilla NSS API is more likely to change and this can cause problems).
Avahi-0.7 (required for the Bonjour plugin), Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, dbus-1.12.10, GConf-3.2.6, libidn-1.35 (required, if you wish to run the test suite), NetworkManager-1.12.2, SQLite-3.24.0 (required for the Contact Availability Prediction plugin), startup-notification-0.12, Tcl-8.6.8, Tk-8.6.8, Evolution Data Server , Farstream (Version 0.1) (required for video and voice support), Gtkspell, libgadu, Meanwhile (required for Sametime protocol support), SILC Client, SILC Toolkit, Zephyr, and MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1 (required for Kerberos support in the Zephyr module)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pidgin
If you wish to run the test suite, make sure that libidn-1.35 is installed and remove the switch “--disable-idn”. Compile Pidgin by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--with-gstreamer=1.0 \
--disable-avahi \
--disable-gtkspell \
--disable-meanwhile \
--disable-idn \
--disable-nm \
--disable-vv \
--disable-tcl &&
make
If you have Doxygen-1.8.14 installed (Graphviz-2.40.1 can be used also) and you wish to create the API documentation, issue: make docs.
Remember the remarks before configure. To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && mkdir -pv /usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.13.0 && cp -v README doc/gtkrc-2.0 /usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.13.0
If you created the API documentation, install it using the
following commands as the root user:
mkdir -pv /usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.13.0/api && cp -v doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/pidgin-2.13.0/api
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You
can improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme and
/usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.32 or GTK+-3.22.30
installed (for the icon cache) and desktop-file-utils-0.23 (for
the desktop cache) and issue the following commands as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache && update-desktop-database
--with-gstreamer=1.0:
Remove this switch and add --disable-gstreamer if you've not installed
gstreamer-1.14.2.
--disable-avahi:
Remove this switch if you've installed Avahi-0.7.
--disable-gtkspell:
Spellchecking. Remove this switch if you've installed
Gtkspell.
--disable-meanwhile:
Remove this switch if you've installed Meanwhile.
--disable-idn: Remove
this switch if you've installed libidn-1.35.
--disable-nm: Remove
this switch if you've installed NetworkManager-1.12.2.
--disable-vv: Video
and voice. Remove this switch if you've installed Farstream
(Version 0.1).
--disable-tcl: Remove
this switch if you've installed Tcl-8.6.8.
--enable-cyrus-sasl: Use this
switch if you've installed Cyrus SASL-2.1.26 and wish to
build Pidgin with SASL
support.
--disable-gnutls: Use this switch
if you've got both GnuTLS-3.5.19 and NSS-3.38 installed, but want to
use NSS-3.38
for the SSL support.
Most configuration can be accomplished by using the various
preference settings inside the programs. Additionally, you
can create a ~/.gtkrc-02 file
which can store gtk+-2 theme settings that affect
Pidgin and other Gtk+ 2
applications. Note that an example gtkrc-02 file was installed during the
package installation and can be used as a starting point or
reference.
|
is a text-based instant messaging client. |
|
|
is a GTK+ 2 instant messaging client. |
|
|
is an example that demonstrate how to use libpurple-client to communicate with purple. |
|
|
send remote commands to Pidgin/Finch. |
|
|
calls purple API functions using DBus and prints the return value. |
|
|
calls purple API functions using DBus. As opposed to purple-send, it does not print the return value. |
|
|
is a python script to handle URL with purple. |
Last updated on 2018-08-27 14:18:12 -0700
rox-filer is a fast, lightweight, gtk2 file manager.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/rox/rox-filer-2.11.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 0eebf05a67f7932367750ebf9faf215d
Download size: 1.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
libglade-2.6.4 and shared-mime-info-1.10
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rox-filer
If you want rox-filer to be able to update the contents of a directory when changes are made to the files by other applications (eg, if a script is running) you will need to enable dnotify support in your kernel. In make menuconfig:
File systems --->
[*] Dnotify support [CONFIG_DNOTIFY]
Save the new .config and then
compile the kernel.
Compile rox-filer with the following commands:
cd ROX-Filer &&
sed -i 's:g_strdup(getenv("APP_DIR")):"/usr/share/rox":' src/main.c &&
mkdir build &&
pushd build &&
../src/configure LIBS="-lm -ldl" &&
make &&
popd
Now install it as the root
user:
mkdir -p /usr/share/rox &&
cp -av Help Messages Options.xml ROX images style.css .DirIcon /usr/share/rox &&
cp -av ../rox.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
cp -v ROX-Filer /usr/bin/rox &&
chown -Rv root:root /usr/bin/rox /usr/share/rox &&
cd /usr/share/rox/ROX/MIME &&
ln -sv text-x-{diff,patch}.png &&
ln -sv application-x-font-{afm,type1}.png &&
ln -sv application-xml{,-dtd}.png &&
ln -sv application-xml{,-external-parsed-entity}.png &&
ln -sv application-{,rdf+}xml.png &&
ln -sv application-x{ml,-xbel}.png &&
ln -sv application-{x-shell,java}script.png &&
ln -sv application-x-{bzip,xz}-compressed-tar.png &&
ln -sv application-x-{bzip,lzma}-compressed-tar.png &&
ln -sv application-x-{bzip-compressed-tar,lzo}.png &&
ln -sv application-x-{bzip,xz}.png &&
ln -sv application-x-{gzip,lzma}.png &&
ln -sv application-{msword,rtf}.png
sed -i 's:g_strdup(getenv("APP_DIR")):"/usr/share/rox":' src/main.c: This command hard codes /usr/share/rox as the directory for rox-filer's private files. Without this sed rox needs the environment variable ${APP_DIR} to be set.
ln -sv application-...: These commands duplicate the icons for some common mime types. Without these links rox-filer would just display the default "unknown binary blob" icon.
Most of the configuration of rox-filer is achieved by right
clicking on a rox-filer
window and choosing "Options" from the menu. It stores its
settings in ~/.config/rox.sourceforge.net.
A rox-filer feature is
that if there is an executable file called AppRun in a directory rox-filer will first run AppRun before it opens
the folder.
As an example of how this may be used, if you have ssh access to another computer (perhaps another computer on your local network) with ssh configured for passwordless logins and you have sshfs-3.4.0 installed you can use AppRun to mount the remote computer in a local folder using sshfs. For this example AppRun script to work the folder must have the same name as the hostname of the remote computer:
cat > /path/to/hostname/AppRun << "HERE_DOC"
#!/bin/bash
MOUNT_PATH="${0%/*}"
HOST=${MOUNT_PATH##*/}
export MOUNT_PATH HOST
sshfs -o nonempty ${HOST}:/ ${MOUNT_PATH}
rox -x ${MOUNT_PATH}
HERE_DOC
chmod 755 /path/to/hostname/AppRun
That works fine for mounting, but to unmount it the command
fusermount -u
${MOUNTPOINT} is ran. You could set that as
your default umount command in your rox preferences, but
you would then be unable to unmount any normal mountpoints
(that need umount). A script is needed that will unmount a
Fuse mountpoint with fusermount -u
${MOUNTPOINT} and everything else with
umount. As
the root user:
cat > /usr/bin/myumount << "HERE_DOC" &&
#!/bin/bash
sync
if mount | grep "${@}" | grep -q fuse
then fusermount -u "${@}"
else umount "${@}"
fi
HERE_DOC
chmod 755 /usr/bin/myumount
Now, to make Rox use this simple script, open a Rox window, right click on it and choose Options from the menu. In the left hand list choose "Action windows" and then on the right hand side, where it says "Unmount command" change umount to myumount.
If you use a desktop environment like Gnome or KDE you may like to create a
rox.desktop file so that
rox-filer appears in the
panel's menus. As the root
user:
ln -s ../rox/.DirIcon /usr/share/pixmaps/rox.png && mkdir -p /usr/share/applications && cat > /usr/share/applications/rox.desktop << "HERE_DOC" [Desktop Entry] Encoding=UTF-8 Type=Application Name=Rox Comment=The Rox File Manager Icon=rox Exec=rox Categories=GTK;Utility;Application;System;Core; StartupNotify=true Terminal=false HERE_DOC
Last updated on
rxvt-unicode is a clone of the terminal emulator rxvt, an X Window System terminal emulator which includes support for XFT and Unicode.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://dist.schmorp.de/rxvt-unicode/Attic/rxvt-unicode-9.22.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 93782dec27494eb079467dacf6e48185
Download size: 910 KB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB (plus 9 MB if gdk-pixbuf is present)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
gdk-pixbuf-2.36.12 (for background images) and startup-notification-0.12
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/rxvt-unicode
Install rxvt-unicode by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-everything && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-everything:
Add support for all non-multichoice options. Details about
the different options can be found in the file README.configure.
--disable-xft: Remove support for
Xft fonts.
--disable-perl: Disable the
embedded Perl interpreter.
--disable-afterimage: Remove
support for libAfterImage.
The rxvt-unicode terminal
emulator uses the resource class URxvt and the resource name urxvt. You can add X resource definitions
to a user's ~/.Xresources or
~/.Xdefaults files or to the
system-wide /etc/X11/app-defaults/URxvt file. The
following example will load the matcher Perl extension (assuming Perl support wasn't disabled), which
enables a left button click to open an underlined URL in the
specified browser, sets a background and foreground color and
loads an Xft font (as the root user):
cat >> /etc/X11/app-defaults/URxvt << "EOF"
! Use the specified colour as the windows background colour [default white]
URxvt*background: black
! Use the specified colour as the windows foreground colour [default black]
URxvt*foreground: yellow
! Select the fonts to be used. This is a comma separated list of font names
URxvt*font: xft:Monospace:pixelsize=18
! Comma-separated list(s) of perl extension scripts (default: "default")
URxvt*perl-ext: matcher
! Specifies the program to be started with a URL argument. Used by
URxvt*url-launcher: firefox
! When clicked with the mouse button specified in the "matcher.button" resource
! (default 2, or middle), the program specified in the "matcher.launcher"
! resource (default, the "url-launcher" resource, "sensible-browser") will be
! started with the matched text as first argument.
! Below, default modified to mouse left button.
URxvt*matcher.button: 1
EOF
In order to view the defined X resources, issue:
xrdb -query
In order to add the modifications of the new user configuration file, keeping previously X configurations (of course, unless you are changing any on previously define), issue:
xrdb -merge ~/.Xresources
The rxvt-unicode application can also run in a daemon mode, which makes it possible to open multiple terminal windows within the same process. The urxvtc client then connects to the urxvtd daemon and requests a new terminal window. Use this option with caution. If the daemon crashes, all the running processes in the terminal windows are terminated.
You can start the urxvtd daemon in the system
or personal startup X session script (e.g.,
~/.xinitrc) by adding the
following lines near the top of the script:
# Start the urxvtd daemon
urxvtd -q -f -o &
For more information, examine the urxvt, urxvtd, urxvtc, and urxvtperl man pages.
If you use a Desktop Environment, a menu entry can be
included, issuing, as the root user:
cat > /usr/share/applications/urxvt.desktop << "EOF" &&
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Name=Rxvt-Unicode Terminal
Comment=Use the command line
GenericName=Terminal
Exec=urxvt
Terminal=false
Type=Application
Icon=utilities-terminal
Categories=GTK;Utility;TerminalEmulator;
#StartupNotify=true
Keywords=console;command line;execute;
EOF
update-desktop-database -q
For that, you need desktop-file-utils-0.23 and at least one of gnome-icon-theme-3.12.0, oxygen-icons5-5.49.0 and lxde-icon-theme-0.5.1. Uncomment the line with “StartupNotify=true” if startup-notification-0.12 is installed.
/usr/lib/urxvt/perl
Last updated on 2018-08-26 19:27:55 -0700
Thunderbird is a stand-alone mail/news client based on the Mozilla codebase. It uses the Gecko rendering engine to enable it to display and compose HTML emails.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.mozilla.org/pub/thunderbird/releases/60.0/source/thunderbird-60.0.source.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: aaba788a2eb99e0bac317047ebe61b45
Download size: 270 MB
Estimated disk space required: 6.9 GB (134 MB installed)
Estimated build time: 17 SBU (with -j4, estimated 63 SBU with -j1)
Autoconf-2.13, both GTK+-3.22.30 and GTK+-2.24.32, rustc-1.25.0, Zip-3.0, UnZip-6.0, and yasm-1.3.0
ICU-62.1, libevent-2.1.8, libvpx-1.7.0, NSPR-4.19, NSS-3.38, and SQLite-3.24.0
If you don't install recommended dependencies, then internal copies of those packages will be used. They might be tested to work, but they can be out of date or contain security holes.
Cyrus SASL-2.1.26, dbus-glib-0.110, Doxygen-1.8.14, GConf-3.2.6, LLVM-6.0.1, PulseAudio-12.2, startup-notification-0.12, Wget-1.19.5, Wireless Tools-29, and Hunspell
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Thunderbird
The configuration of Thunderbird is accomplished by creating
a mozconfig file containing the
desired configuration options. A default mozconfig is created below. To see the
entire list of available configuration options (and a brief
description of each), issue mozilla/configure --help.
Create the file with the following command:
cat > mozconfig << "EOF"
# If you have a multicore machine, the build may be faster if using parallel
# jobs. The build system automatically adds -jN to the "make" flags, where N
# is the number of CPU cores. The option below is therefore useless, unless
# you want to use a smaller number of jobs:
#mk_add_options MOZ_MAKE_FLAGS="-j1"
# If you have installed dbus-glib, comment out this line:
ac_add_options --disable-dbus
# If you have installed wireless-tools comment out this line:
ac_add_options --disable-necko-wifi
# Uncomment these lines if you have installed optional dependencies:
#ac_add_options --enable-system-hunspell
#ac_add_options --enable-startup-notification
# Comment out following option if you have PulseAudio installed
ac_add_options --disable-pulseaudio
# Comment out following option if you have gconf installed
ac_add_options --disable-gconf
# If you want to compile the Mozilla Calendar, uncomment this line:
#ac_add_options --enable-calendar
# Comment out following options if you have not installed
# recommended dependencies:
ac_add_options --enable-system-sqlite
ac_add_options --with-system-libevent
ac_add_options --with-system-libvpx
ac_add_options --with-system-nspr
ac_add_options --with-system-nss
ac_add_options --with-system-icu
# The BLFS editors recommend not changing anything below this line:
ac_add_options --prefix=/usr
ac_add_options --enable-application=comm/mail
ac_add_options --disable-crashreporter
ac_add_options --disable-updater
ac_add_options --disable-debug
ac_add_options --disable-tests
ac_add_options --enable-optimize=-O2
ac_add_options --enable-strip
ac_add_options --enable-install-strip
ac_add_options --enable-official-branding
ac_add_options --enable-system-ffi
ac_add_options --enable-system-pixman
ac_add_options --with-pthreads
ac_add_options --with-system-bz2
ac_add_options --with-system-jpeg
ac_add_options --with-system-png
ac_add_options --with-system-zlib
EOF
Compile Thunderbird by issuing the following commands:
If you are compiling Thunderbird in chroot, prepend
SHELL=/bin/sh to the make
command below.
./mach build
This package does not come with a test suite.
Install Thunderbird by
running the following commands as the root user:
./mach install
./mach build: Firefox now uses this python2 script to run the build and install.
./mach build --verbose: Use this
alternative if you need details of which files are being
compiled, together with any C or C++ flags being used.
If your Window or Desktop Manager does not allow you to configure a default browser, you can add a configuration parameter to Thunderbird so that a browser will start when when you click on an Internet/intranet/local URL. The procedure to check or modify any of the configuration parameters is quite simple and the instructions here can be used to view or modify any of the parameters.
First, open the configuration dialog by opening the “Edit” drop-down menu. Choose “Preferences” and then click on the “Advanced” icon on the top menu bar. Choose the “General” tab and click on the “Config Editor” button. This will display a list of the configuration preferences and information related to each one. You can use the “Filter:” bar to enter search criteria and narrow down the listed items. Changing a preference can be done using two methods. One, if the preference has a boolean value (True/False), simply double-click on the preference to toggle the value and two, for other preferences simply right-click on the desired line, choose “Modify” from the menu and change the value. Creating new preference items is accomplished in the same way, except choose “New” from the menu and provide the desired data into the fields when prompted.
The configuration preference item you need to check so that
Thunderbird uses a
specified browser is the network.protocol-handler.app.http
which should be set to the path of the desired browser,
e.g. /usr/bin/firefox.
There is a multitude of configuration parameters you can tweak to customize Thunderbird. A very extensive, but not so up-to-date list of these parameters can be found at http://preferential.mozdev.org/preferences.html.
If you use a desktop environment such as GNOME or KDE, a desktop file thunderbird.desktop may be created, in
order to include a “Thunderbird” entry in the
menu. If you didn't enable startup-notification in your
mozconfig, then change the StartupNotify line to false. Run
the following commands as the root user:
mkdir -pv /usr/share/{applications,pixmaps} &&
cat > /usr/share/applications/thunderbird.desktop << "EOF" &&
[Desktop Entry]
Name=Thunderbird Mail
Comment=Send and receive mail with Thunderbird
GenericName=Mail Client
Exec=thunderbird %u
Terminal=false
Type=Application
Icon=thunderbird
Categories=Network;Email;
MimeType=application/xhtml+xml;text/xml;application/xhtml+xml;application/xml;application/rss+xml;x-scheme-handler/mailto;
StartupNotify=true
EOF
ln -sfv /usr/lib/thunderbird-60.0/chrome/icons/default/default256.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/thunderbird.png
Last updated on 2018-08-27 14:18:12 -0700
Tigervnc is an advanced VNC (Virtual Network Computing) implementation. It allows creation of an Xorg server not tied to a physical console and also provides a client for viewing of the remote graphical desktop.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/TigerVNC/tigervnc/archive/v1.9.0/tigervnc-1.9.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: c2f9ea552431cb8ae7f7af7300f3b53f
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 94 MB
Estimated build time: 1.3 SBU
The version of Xorg may eventually be a few versions out of date, but is required for the customizations needed for this package.
CMake-3.12.1, FLTK-1.3.4, GnuTLS-3.5.19, libgcrypt-1.8.3, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, Pixman-0.34.0, Xorg Applications, and Xorg Legacy Fonts
ImageMagick-7.0.8-10 and Linux-PAM-1.3.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tigervnc
Install tigervnc by running the following commands:
# Put code in place
pushd unix/xserver &&
tar -xf $DIR/xorg-server-$XORG_VER.tar.bz2 --strip-components=1 &&
patch -Np1 -i ../xserver120.patch &&
popd &&
# Build viewer
cmake -G "Unix Makefiles" \
-DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-Wno-dev &&
make &&
# Build server
pushd unix/xserver &&
autoreconf -fiv &&
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -I/usr/include/drm" \
./configure $XORG_CONFIG \
--disable-xwayland --disable-dri --disable-dmx \
--disable-xorg --disable-xnest --disable-xvfb \
--disable-xwin --disable-xephyr --disable-kdrive \
--disable-devel-docs --disable-config-hal --disable-config-udev \
--disable-unit-tests --disable-selective-werror \
--disable-static --enable-dri3 \
--without-dtrace --enable-dri2 --enable-glx \
--with-pic &&
make &&
popd
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
#Install viewer make install && #Install server pushd unix/xserver/hw/vnc && make install && popd && [ -e /usr/bin/Xvnc ] || ln -svf $XORG_PREFIX/bin/Xvnc /usr/bin/Xvnc
Finally, create a menu entry. As the root user:
cat > /usr/share/applications/vncviewer.desktop << "EOF"
[Desktop Entry]
Type=Application
Name=TigerVNC Viewer
Comment=VNC client
Exec=/usr/bin/vncviewer
Icon=tigervnc
Terminal=false
StartupNotify=false
Categories=Network;RemoteAccess;
EOF
install -vm644 ../media/icons/tigervnc_24.png /usr/share/pixmaps &&
ln -sfv tigervnc_24.png /usr/share/pixmaps/tigervnc.png
tar -xf .. xorg-server...: This command extracts the standard Xorg packages into the tree in a location needed for modification.
--disable ...: Most options that
are usually needed for the standard Xorg server are not
needed fror the Xvnc instance being built.
[ -e /usr/bin/Xvnc ] || ln ...
Xvnc: If the Xvnc server is not installed in
the /usr/bin directory, then
create a link so the vncserver script can find
it.
The user specific configuration files of vncserver resides in
the .vnc directory in the
user's home directory. The xstartup file in that directory is a script
specifying what commands to be run when a VNC desktop is
started. If no xstartup file
exists, vncserver will try to start
an xterm in a twm session. An example xstartup would be:
#!/bin/sh [ -x /etc/vnc/xstartup ] && exec /etc/vnc/xstartup [ -r $HOME/.Xresources ] && xrdb $HOME/.Xresources startlxde &
|
is a X VNC (Virtual Network Computing) server. It is based on a standard X server, but it has a "virtual" screen rather than a physical one. |
|
|
is a program to configure and control a VNC server. |
|
|
allows you to set the password used to access VNC desktops. |
|
|
is a perl script used to start or stop a VNC server. |
|
|
is a client used to connect to VNC desktops. |
|
|
is a program to make an X display on a physical terminal accessible via TigerVNC or compatible viewers. |
Last updated on 2018-08-23 14:05:15 -0700
Transmission is a cross-platform, open source BitTorrent client. This is useful for downloading large files (such as Linux ISOs) and reduces the need for the distributors to provide server bandwidth.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://raw.githubusercontent.com/transmission/transmission-releases/master/transmission-2.94.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c92829294edfa391c046407eeb16358a
Download size: 3.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 182 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with Qt and GTK gui interfaces; using parallelism=4)
cURL-7.61.0, and libevent-2.1.8
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/transmission
Install Transmission by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
Compile the Qt GUI with the following commands:
pushd qt && qmake qtr.pro && make && popd
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you compiled the Qt GUI, install it by running the
following commands as the root user:
make INSTALL_ROOT=/usr -C qt install && install -m644 qt/transmission-qt.desktop /usr/share/applications/transmission-qt.desktop && install -m644 qt/icons/transmission.png /usr/share/pixmaps/transmission-qt.png
--without-gtk: This switch
disables building of the GTK+ interface if GTK+ is present on the system (useful
for Qt5 or cli only builds).
|
is a lightweight, command-line BitTorrent client with scripting capabilities. |
|
|
is a command line tool used to create .torrent files. |
|
|
is a daemon-based Transmission session that can be controlled via RPC commands from transmission's web interface or transmission-remote. |
|
|
is a command-line utility to modify .torrent files' announce URLs. |
|
|
is a GTK+ bittorrent client. |
|
|
is a Qt bittorrent client. |
|
|
is a remote control utility for transmission-daemon and transmission. |
|
|
is a command line tool to display bittorrent .torrent file metadata. |
Last updated on 2018-08-27 14:18:12 -0700
XArchiver is a GTK+ archive manager with support for tar, xz, bzip2, gzip, zip, 7z, rar, lzo and many other archive formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
xarchiver is only a command line or graphical interface to archiving utilities such as tar and zip.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/xarchiver/xarchiver-0.5.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 1b4cd37a6af03afc957a8e307417e8d0
Download size: 980 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
cpio-2.12, LZO-2.10, p7zip-16.02, UnRar-5.6.5, UnZip-6.0, and Zip-3.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xarchiver
Install xarchiver by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../xarchiver-0.5.4-fixes-1.patch &&
./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/xfce4 \
--disable-gtk3 \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/xarchiver-0.5.4 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make DOCDIR=/usr/share/doc/xarchiver-0.5.4 install
If desktop-file-utils-0.23 and
hicolor-icon-theme-0.17 are
installed, issue, as root
user:
update-desktop-database && gtk-update-icon-cache -t -f --include-image-data /usr/share/icons/hicolor
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/xfce4:
This switch fixes the location for the thunar-archive-plugin,
so it will work if Thunar-1.7.0 is installed.
--disable-gtk3: This
switch allows building against GTK+2. Default is --enable-gtk3. Remove it or
replace it, if you wish to build against GTK+3.
Last updated on 2018-08-26 15:05:10 -0700
xdg-utils is a a set of command line tools that assist applications with a variety of desktop integration tasks. It is required for Linux Standards Base (LSB) conformance.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://portland.freedesktop.org/download/xdg-utils-1.1.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 902042508b626027a3709d105f0b63ff
Download size: 296 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
xmlto-0.0.28 with one of Lynx-2.8.9rel.1, w3m-0.5.3, or Links-2.16
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xdg-utils
Compile xdg-utils with the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man && make
The tests for the scripts must be made from an X-Window
based session. There are several run-time requirements to
run the tests including a broswer and an MTA. Running the
tests as root user is not
recommended.
To run the tests, issue: make -k test.
Now install it as the root
user:
make install
|
is a command line tool for (un)installing desktop menu items. |
|
|
is a command line tool for (un)installing icons to the desktop. |
|
|
is a command line tool for querying information about file type handling and adding descriptions for new file types. |
|
|
is a command line tool for (un)installing icon resources. |
|
|
opens a file or URL in the user's preferred application. |
|
|
opens the user's preferred e-mail composer in order to send a mail message. |
|
|
is a command line tool for controlling the screensaver. |
|
|
is a command line tool for managing various settings from the desktop environment. |
Last updated on
The XScreenSaver is a modular screen saver and locker for the X Window System. It is highly customizable and allows the use of any program that can draw on the root window as a display mode. The purpose of XScreenSaver is to display pretty pictures on your screen when it is not in use, in keeping with the philosophy that unattended monitors should always be doing something interesting, just like they do in the movies. However, XScreenSaver can also be used as a screen locker, to prevent others from using your terminal while you are away.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.jwz.org/xscreensaver/xscreensaver-5.40.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: a0522b8278a4c8b3e1b9aa40832fa038
Download size: 12 MB
Estimated disk space required: 198 MB
Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU
libglade-2.6.4 and Xorg Applications
GDM , GLE and Linux-PAM-1.3.0
The adobe-100dpi font, with libXfont and bdftopcf from Xorg Legacy Fonts (to enlarge the splash screen, error messages, and password prompt)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xscreensaver
Install XScreenSaver by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-setuid-hacks: This switch
allows some demos to be installed setuid root which is needed in order to ping
other hosts.
If XScreenSaver has been built with Linux PAM support, you need to create a PAM configuration file, to get it working correctly with BLFS.
Issue the following commands as the root user to create the configuration
file for Linux PAM:
cat > /etc/pam.d/xscreensaver << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/xscreensaver
auth include system-auth
account include system-account
# End /etc/pam.d/xscreensaver
EOF
|
is a screen saver and locker daemon. |
|
|
controls a running xscreensaver process by sending it client messages. |
|
|
is a graphical front-end for setting the parameters used by the background xscreensaver daemon. |
|
|
is a helper program for the xscreensaver modules that manipulate images. |
|
|
is a helper program for the xscreensaver modules that manipulate images. |
|
|
is a helper program for the xscreensaver modules that manipulate images. |
|
|
is a helper program for the xscreensaver OpenGL modules. |
|
|
prints some text to stdout, for use by screen savers. |
Last updated on 2018-08-22 15:55:27 -0700
Many multimedia programs require libraries and/or drivers in order to function properly. The packages in this section fall into this category. Generally you only need to install these if you are installing a program which has the library listed as either a requirement, or as an option to enable it to support certain functionality.
The Linux kernel now provides ALSA support by default. However, applications need to interface to that capability. The following six sections of the book deal with the separate components of ALSA: the libraries, the plugins, the utilities, the tools, the firmware and the OSS compatibility libraries.
Last updated on 2016-03-24 12:58:43 -0700
The ALSA Library package contains the ALSA library used by programs (including ALSA Utilities) requiring access to the ALSA sound interface.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/lib/alsa-lib-1.1.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2f981a8f7897c59ec2ddc44916d33788
Download size: 967 KB
Estimated disk space required: 31 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with tests)
Doxygen-1.8.14 and Python-2.7.15
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-lib
If needed, enable the following options in the kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
Device Drivers --->
<*/m> Sound card support ---> [CONFIG_SOUND]
<*/m> Advanced Linux Sound Architecture ---> [CONFIG_SND]
Select settings and drivers appropriate for your hardware.
In the Device Drivers ⇒ Sound card support ⇒ Advanced Linux Sound Architecture section of the kernel configuration, select the settings and drivers appropriate for your hardware. Ensure that the deprecated Device Drivers ⇒ Sound card support ⇒ Open Sound System is not selected. If necessary, recompile and install your new kernel.
Install ALSA Library by running the following commands:
./configure && make
If you have Doxygen installed and you wish to build the library API documentation, run the following commands from the top-level directory of the source tree:
make doc
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
To install the API documentation, run the following command
as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/doc/alsa-lib-1.1.6/html/search &&
install -v -m644 doc/doxygen/html/*.* \
/usr/share/doc/alsa-lib-1.1.6/html &&
install -v -m644 doc/doxygen/html/search/* \
/usr/share/doc/alsa-lib-1.1.6/html/search
The default alsa.conf is
adequate for most installations. For extra functionality
and/or advanced control of your sound device, you may need
to create additional configuration files. For information
on the available configuration parameters, visit http://www.alsa-project.org/main/index.php/Asoundrc.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The ALSA Plugins package contains plugins for various audio libraries and sound servers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/plugins/alsa-plugins-1.1.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8387279e99feeb2ecffaac5f293223d7
Download size: 359 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
FFmpeg-4.0.2, libsamplerate-0.1.9, PulseAudio-12.2, Speex-1.2.0, JACK, and maemo
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-plugins
Install ALSA Plugins by running the following commands:
./configure && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
<module>.so
modules including ctl_oss, ctl_pulse, pcm_a52, pcm_jack,
pcm_oss, pcm_pulse, pcm_upmix, pcm_usb_stream,
pcm_vdownmix, rate_lavcrate*, rate_samplerate*, and
rate_speexrate*
|
Allows native ALSA applications to run on OSS. |
|
|
Allows upmixing sound to 4 or 6 channels. |
|
|
Allows downmixing sound from 4-6 channels to 2 channel stereo output. |
|
|
Allows native ALSA applications to work with jackd. |
|
|
Allows native ALSA applications to access a PulseAudio sound daemon. |
|
|
Converts S16 linear sound format to A52 compressed format and sends it to an SPDIF output. |
|
|
Provides an external rate converter through
|
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
The ALSA Utilities package contains various utilities which are useful for controlling your sound card.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/utils/alsa-utils-1.1.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 50ae75567459646b843bed78d916b002
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9.9 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
fftw-3.3.8, libsamplerate-0.1.9, xmlto-0.0.28, and Dialog
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-utils
Install ALSA Utilities by running the following commands:
./configure --disable-alsaconf \
--disable-bat \
--disable-xmlto \
--with-curses=ncursesw &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-alsaconf:
This switch disables building the alsaconf configuration tool
which is incompatible with Udev.
--disable-xmlto: Omit
this switch if you have installed xmlto-0.0.28 and wish to
regenerate the man pages.
--disable-bat: Omit
this switch if you have installed fftw-3.3.8 and wish to install
the Basic Audio Tester (BAT).
--with-curses=ncursesw: This
switch forces the use of wide-character ncurses libraries.
Note that all channels of your sound card are muted by default. You can use the alsamixer program to change this. Use speaker-test to check that your settings have been applied correctly. You should hear “pink noise” on your speakers.
The alsactl program is
normally run from a standard udev rule. The first time it is run,
it will complain that there is no state in /var/lib/alsa/asound.state. You can
prevent this by running the following commands as the
root user:
alsactl -L store
The volume settings should be restored from the saved state by Udev when the device is detected (during boot or when plugged in for USB devices).
All sound devices are not accessible for any user except
root and members of the
audio group. Add any users
that might use the sound devices to that group:
usermod -a -G audio <username>
You may need to log out and back in again to refresh your
group memberships. 'su
<username>'
should work as well.
To automatically store and restore volume settings (if udev
rule doesn't work for you) when the system is rebooted,
install the /etc/rc.d/init.d/alsa boot script from
the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package.
make install-alsa
|
is a utility for connecting and disconnecting two existing ports in the ALSA sequencer system. |
|
|
allows creation of a PCM loopback between a PCM capture device and a PCM playback device. |
|
|
is an Ncurses based mixer program for use with the ALSA sound card drivers. |
|
|
allows applications to access the hardware in an abstracted manner |
|
|
is used to read from and write to ALSA RawMIDI ports. |
|
|
allows command-line control of the mixers for the ALSA sound card drivers. |
|
|
is a command-line soundfile player for the ALSA sound card drivers. |
|
|
is a command-line utility that plays the specified MIDI file(s) to one or more ALSA sequencer ports. |
|
|
is a command-line soundfile recorder for the ALSA sound card drivers. |
|
|
is a command-line utility that records a standard MIDI file from one or more ALSA sequencer ports. |
|
|
is a command-line utility that prints the sequencer events it receives as text. |
|
|
is an ALSA sequencer client which sends and receives event packets over a network. |
|
|
is a small utility to set or dump the IEC958 (or so-called “S/PDIF”) status bits of the specified sound card via the ALSA control API. |
|
|
is a command-line speaker test tone generator for ALSA. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
The ALSA Tools package contains advanced tools for certain sound cards.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/tools/alsa-tools-1.1.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 5ca8c9437ae779997cd62fb2815fef19
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
GTK+-2.24.32 (to build echomixer, envy24control and rmedigicontrol), GTK+-3.22.30 (to build hdajackretask) and FLTK-1.3.4 (to build hdspconf and hdspmixer)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-tools
When installing multiple packages in a script, the installation needs to be done as the root user. There are three general options that can be used to do this:
Run the entire script as the root user (not recommended).
Use the sudo command from the Sudo-1.8.23 package.
Use su -c "command arguments" (quotes required) which will ask for the root password for every iteration of the loop.
One way to handle this situation is to create a short bash function that automatically selects the appropriate method. Once the command is set in the environment, it does not need to be set again.
as_root()
{
if [ $EUID = 0 ]; then $*
elif [ -x /usr/bin/sudo ]; then sudo $*
else su -c \\"$*\\"
fi
}
export -f as_root
First, start a subshell that will exit on error:
bash -e
Now, remove a tool that needs Qt2 or 3 and two unneed files (for the BLFS instructions below):
rm -rf qlo10k1 Makefile gitcompile
The ALSA Tools package is only needed by those with advanced requirements for their sound card. The tools can be built all together at once, but if only a subset is needed, you need to cd into the directory of each tool you wish to compile and run the commands. Here, we present instructions to build all tools.
Install all ALSA Tools by running the following commands:
for tool in *
do
case $tool in
seq )
tool_dir=seq/sbiload
;;
* )
tool_dir=$tool
;;
esac
pushd $tool_dir
./configure --prefix=/usr
make
as_root make install
as_root /sbin/ldconfig
popd
done
unset tool tool_dir
Finally, exit the shell that was started earlier:
exit
|
is an assembler for the emu10k1 DSP chip present in the Creative SB Live, PCI 512, and emu APS sound cards. It is used to make audio effects such as a flanger, chorus or reverb. |
|
|
is an SB16/AWE32 Creative Signal Processor (ASP/CSP) control program. |
|
|
is the Linux equivalent of the Echoaudio console application from Echoaudio. It is a tool to control all the features of any Echoaudio soundcard. This includes clock sources, input and output gains, mixers, etc. |
|
|
is a control tool for Envy24 (ice1712) based sound cards. |
|
|
is a GUI to make it easy to retask your jacks - e g, turn your Mic jack into an extra Headphone, or why not make them both line outs and connect them to your surround receiver. |
|
|
is a small program to send HD-audio commands to the given ALSA hwdep device on the hd-audio interface. |
|
|
is a GUI to control the Hammerfall HDSP Alsa Settings. Up to four hdsp cards are supported. |
|
|
is used to load the firmware required by the Hammerfall HDSP sound cards. |
|
|
is the Linux equivalent of the Totalmix application from RME. It is a tool to control the advanced routing features of the RME Hammerfall DSP soundcard series. |
|
|
allows you to control the volume of individual streams on sound cards that use hardware mixing |
|
|
are tools used to initialize Creative cards. |
|
|
is a tool used to initialize Creative cards. |
|
|
is the server of a EMU10K{1,2} patch loader for ALSA. |
|
|
is the client of a EMU10K{1,2} patch loader for ALSA. |
|
|
loads config dumps generated by lo10k1 and ld10k1. |
|
|
is an init script for the ld10k1 patch loader. |
|
|
is a Qt GUI for the ld10k1 patch loader. |
|
|
is a helper program to load the firmware binaries onto the Digigram's miXart board sound drivers. The following modules require this program: snd-mixart. These drivers don't work properly at all until the certain firmwares are loaded, i.e. no PCM nor mixer devices will appear. |
|
|
is a helper program to load the firmware binaries onto Digigram's pcxhr compatible board sound drivers. The following modules require this program: snd-pcxhr. These drivers don't work properly at all until the certain firmwares are loaded, i.e. no PCM nor mixer devices will appear. |
|
|
is a control tool for RME Digi32 and RME Digi96 sound cards. It provides a graphical frontend for all the sound card controls and switches. |
|
|
is an OPL2/3 FM instrument loader for the ALSA sequencer. |
|
|
is an ALSA SoundScape control utility. |
|
|
is a Tascam US-428 control program. |
|
|
is a helper program to load the 2nd Phase firmware binaries onto the Tascam USX2Y USB sound cards. It has proven to work so far for the US122, US224 and US428. The snd-usb-usx2y module requires this program. |
|
|
is a helper program to load the firmware binaries onto the Digigram's VX-board sound drivers. The following modules require this program: snd-vx222, snd-vxpocket, snd-vxp440. These drivers don't work properly at all until the certain firmwares are loaded, i.e. no PCM nor mixer devices will appear. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
The ALSA Firmware package contains firmware for certain sound cards.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/firmware/alsa-firmware-1.0.29.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9a1182f8a6ac44cb9af5774cc045565f
Download size: 4.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 36 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
AS31 (for rebuilding the firmware from source)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-firmware
The ALSA Firmware package is only needed by those with advanced requirements for their sound card. See the README for configure options.
Install ALSA Firmware by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
The ALSA OSS package contains the ALSA OSS compatibility library. This is used by programs which wish to use the ALSA OSS sound interface.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.alsa-project.org/pub/oss-lib/alsa-oss-1.1.6.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: fc845cafc4444193510ab1865c7350b8
Download size: 285 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.8 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/alsa-oss
Install ALSA OSS by running the following commands:
sed -i '/#include <libio.h>/d' alsa/stdioemu.c && ./configure --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
The AudioFile package contains the audio file libraries and two sound file support programs useful to support basic sound file formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/audiofile/0.3/audiofile-0.3.6.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnome.org/pub/gnome/sources/audiofile/0.3/audiofile-0.3.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 235dde14742317328f0109e9866a8008
Download size: 520 KB
Estimated disk space required: 18 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU
asciidoc-8.6.9 and Valgrind-3.13.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/audiofile
Install AudioFile by running the following commands:
CXXFLAGS=-std=c++98 \ ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
Now, as the root user:
make install
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that the tests will fail if the --disable-static option is used and tests are executed before make install. You have three options:
(a) configure without --disable-static, run the tests, but do not install, then start a fresh build using --disable-static just for installing the package.
(b) configure with --disable-static, but only run the tests after the package is installed.
(c) configure with --disable-static, but only run the tests after a DESTDIR install.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
displays the sound file format, audio encoding, sampling rate and duration for audio formats supported by this library. |
|
|
converts sound file formats where the original format and destination format are supported by this library. |
|
|
contains functions used by programs to support AIFF, AIFF-compressed, Sun/NeXT, WAV and BIC audio formats. |
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
FAAC is an encoder for a lossy sound compression scheme specified in MPEG-2 Part 7 and MPEG-4 Part 3 standards and known as Advanced Audio Coding (AAC). This encoder is useful for producing files that can be played back on iPod. Moreover, iPod does not understand other sound compression schemes in video files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/faac/faac-1.29.9.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2b58d621fad8fda879f07b7cad8bfe10
Download size: 476 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/faac
Install FAAC by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite. However, basic functionality can be tested by encoding a sample WAV file (the sample file is installed by the alsa-utils-1.1.6 package:
./frontend/faac -o Front_Left.mp4 /usr/share/sounds/alsa/Front_Left.wav
Then, decode the result using the faad program from the FAAD2-2.8.8 package and play back the decoded file (requires the aplay program from the alsa-utils-1.1.6 package:
faad Front_Left.mp4 aplay Front_Left.wav
aplay should identify the file as “Signed 16 bit Little Endian, Rate 48000 Hz, Stereo”, and you should hear the words “front left”.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-drm: This option is
supposed to enable support for encoding files for Digital Radio
Mondiale, but actually breaks the base functionality of
the package (e.g., the resulting faac program produces files
that cannot be decoded by FAAD2-2.8.8, even if compiled with
DRM support). Don't use it.
The quality of FAAC is not up to par with the best AAC encoders currently available. Also, it only supports AAC and not High Efficiency AAC (also known as aacPlus), which provides better quality at low bitrates by means of using the “spectral band replication” technology. There are the following alternative programs for producing AAC and HE-AAC streams:
Nero AAC Codec: available only in the binary form, the command-line AAC and HE-AAC encoders for Linux are in the same archive as the Windows application.
3GPP
Enhanced aacPlus general audio codec: available in
the source form, can encode only HE-AAC up to 48 kbps
out of the box, but the maximum bitrate can be changed
by editing the tuning table in the FloatFR_sbrenclib/src/sbr_main.c
file.
Note, however, that iPod supports only Low Complexity AAC profile, which is the default in FAAC, but may not be the default in Nero AAC Encoder and is completely unavailable in the 3GPP encoder.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 15:41:43 -0700
FAAD2 is a decoder for a lossy sound compression scheme specified in MPEG-2 Part 7 and MPEG-4 Part 3 standards and known as Advanced Audio Coding (AAC).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/faac/faad2-2.8.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 28f6116efdbe9378269f8a6221767d1f
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
Sample AAC file: http://www.nch.com.au/acm/sample.aac (7 KB)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/faad2
Install FAAD2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite. However, basic functionality can be tested by decoding the sample AAC file:
./frontend/faad -o sample.wav ../sample.aac
This should display a copyright message and the following information about the sample file:
sample.aac file info:
ADTS, 4.608 sec, 13 kbps, 16000 Hz
---------------------
| Config: 2 Ch |
---------------------
| Ch | Position |
---------------------
| 00 | Left front |
| 01 | Right front |
---------------------
Now play the result (requires the aplay program from the alsa-utils-1.1.6 package):
aplay sample.wav
aplay should identify the file as “Signed 16 bit Little Endian, Rate 16000 Hz, Stereo”, and you should hear some piano notes.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 15:41:43 -0700
fdk-aac package provides the Fraunhofer FDK AAC library, which is purported to be a high quality Advanced Audio Coding implementation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/opencore-amr/fdk-aac-0.1.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 13c04c5f4f13f4c7414c95d7fcdea50f
Download size: 2.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 19 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fdk-aac
Install fdk-aac by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
FLAC is an audio CODEC similar to MP3, but lossless, meaning that audio is compressed without losing any information.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/flac/flac-1.3.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 454f1bfa3f93cc708098d7890d0499bd
Download size: 760 KB
Estimated disk space required: 33 MB (additional 94 MB to run the test suite)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (additional 0.6 SBU to run the test suite)
libogg-1.3.3, NASM-2.13.03, DocBook-utils-0.6.14, Doxygen-1.8.14 and Valgrind-3.13.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/flac
Install FLAC by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-thorough-tests &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that if
you passed the --enable-exhaustive-tests and --enable-valgrind-testing parameters to
configure and
then run the test suite, it will take a very long time (up to 300 SBUs)
and use about 375 MB of disk space.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-thorough-tests: This
parameter is used so that the test suite will complete in a
reasonable amount of time. Remove it if you desire more
extensive tests.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
Frei0r is a minimalistic plugin API for video effects. Note that the 0 in the name is a zero, not a capital letter o.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://files.dyne.org/frei0r/releases/frei0r-plugins-1.6.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: bb85573340029e5d0ae1c21d0685461d
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 38 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/frei0r
Install Frei0r by running the following commands:
mkdir -vp build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DOpenCV_DIR=/usr/share/OpenCV \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
-DOpenCV_DIR=/usr/share/OpenCV:
This parameter helps the make procedure to find the
libippicv.a library, installed
under that directory tree.
-DWITHOUT_GAVL=ON: This option
instructs the make procedure to disable building plugins
dependent upon gavl.
-DWITHOUT_OPENCV=ON: This option
instructs the make procedure to disable building plugins
dependent upon OpenCV.
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
Gavl is short for Gmerlin Audio Video Library. It is a low level library that handles the details of audio and video formats like colorspaces, samplerates, multichannel configurations etc. It provides standardized definitions for those formats as well as container structures for carrying audio samples or video images inside an application.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/gmerlin/gavl-1.4.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2752013a817fbc43ddf13552215ec2c0
Download size: 4.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 50 MB
Estimated build time: 0.8 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gavl
Install Gavl by running the following commands:
LIBS=-lm \
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--without-doxygen \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/gavl-1.4.0 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
LIBS=-lm: This variable ensures
the math library is searched when linking.
--without-doxygen:
This switch disables use of Doxygen. Omit if Doxygen is
installed and you wish to build the API documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
gstreamer is a streaming media framework that enables applications to share a common set of plugins for things like video encoding and decoding, audio encoding and decoding, audio and video filters, audio visualisation, web streaming and anything else that streams in real-time or otherwise. This package only provides base functionality and libraries. You may need at least gst-plugins-base-1.14.2 and one of Good, Bad, Ugly or Libav plugins.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gstreamer/gstreamer-1.14.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9f4177c1752e44cbd72f6311ee61e1ba
Download size: 3.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 152 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 1.7 SBU (with tests)
GTK+-3.22.30 (for examples), Gsl-2.5, GTK-Doc-1.28, Valgrind-3.13.0, and libunwind
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gstreamer10
Install gstreamer by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-package-name="GStreamer 1.14.2 BLFS" \
--with-package-origin="http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/" &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
If you are reinstalling gstreamer from a previous version, it
is best if you remove the prior version, including plugins,
before installing the new version. If there is a mixture of
versions installed, using processes may hang or not work
properly. As the root user:
rm -rf /usr/bin/gst-* /usr/{lib,libexec}/gstreamer-1.0
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
is a tool that prints out information on available gstreamer plugins, information about a particular plugin, or information about a particular element. |
|
|
is a tool that builds and runs basic gstreamer pipelines. |
|
|
is a tool used to gather statistics about gstreamer operations. |
|
|
uses the gstreamer type finding system to determine the relevant gstreamer plugin to parse or decode files, and the corresponding MIME type. |
|
|
provides some base classes to be extended by elements and utillity classes that are most useful for plugin developers. |
|
|
provides functionality for writing unit tests that use the check framework. |
|
|
provides functionality to animate element properties over time. |
|
|
provides network elements and objects. |
|
|
provides all of the core gstreamer services, including initialization, plugin management and types, as well as the object hierarchy that defines elements and bins, along with some more specialized elements. |
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
The GStreamer Base Plug-ins is a well-groomed and well-maintained collection of GStreamer plug-ins and elements, spanning the range of possible types of elements one would want to write for GStreamer. You will need at least one of Good, Bad, Ugly or Libav plugins for GStreamer applications to function properly.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-base/gst-plugins-base-1.14.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 8bc790d623350cd8eac68d3a13d79f7d
Download size: 3.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 213 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 3.0 SBU (with tests)
alsa-lib-1.1.6, CDParanoia-III-10.2 (for building the CDDA plugin), gobject-introspection-1.56.1, ISO Codes-3.79, libogg-1.3.3, libtheora-1.1.1, libvorbis-1.3.6, and Xorg Libraries
GTK+-3.22.30 (for examples), GTK-Doc-1.28, Opus-1.2.1, Qt-5.11.1 (for examples), SDL-1.2.15, Valgrind-3.13.0, libvisual, Orc, and Tremor
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst10-plugins-base
If you need a plugin for a given dependency, that dependency needs to be installed before this application.
Install GStreamer Base Plug-ins by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-package-name="GStreamer Base Plugins 1.14.2 BLFS" \
--with-package-origin="http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/" &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. The tests require an X terminal running, or all of the GL tests will fail.
When installing, the Makefile does some additional linking. If you do not have Xorg in /usr, the LIBRARY_PATH variable needs to be defined for the root user. If using sudo to assume root, use the -E option to pass your current environment variables for the install process.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
The GStreamer Good Plug-ins is a set of plug-ins considered by the GStreamer developers to have good quality code, correct functionality, and the preferred license (LGPL for the plug-in code, LGPL or LGPL-compatible for the supporting library). A wide range of video and audio decoders, encoders, and filters are included.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-good/gst-plugins-good-1.14.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5b83b2828e31ce5b4a5c03c71e707ae7
Download size: 3.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 188 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 2.1 SBU (with tests)
Cairo-1.14.12, FLAC-1.3.2, LAME-3.100, mpg123-1.25.10, Mesa-18.1.6, gdk-pixbuf-2.36.12, libgudev-232, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libpng-1.6.35, libsoup-2.62.3, libvpx-1.7.0, and Xorg Libraries
AAlib-1.4rc5, ALSA OSS-1.1.6, GTK+-3.22.30 (for examples), GTK-Doc-1.28, libdv-1.0.0, libgudev-232, PulseAudio-12.2, Speex-1.2.0, taglib-1.11.1, Valgrind-3.13.0, v4l-utils-1.14.2, JACK, libcaca, libiec61883, libraw1394, libshout, Orc, TwoLame, and WavPack
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst10-plugins-good
If you need a plugin for a given dependency, that dependency needs to be installed before this application.
Install GStreamer Good Plug-ins by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-package-name="GStreamer Good Plugins 1.14.2 BLFS" \
--with-package-origin="http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/" &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. The souphttpsrc and elements/rtp2aux tests are known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-20 15:41:43 -0700
The GStreamer Bad Plug-ins package contains a set of plug-ins that aren't up to par compared to the rest. They might be close to being good quality, but they're missing something - be it a good code review, some documentation, a set of tests, a real live maintainer, or some actual wide use.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-bad/gst-plugins-bad-1.14.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 76826c564bed5511982d7fb6137d9875
Download size: 4.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 210 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 2.1 SBU (with tests)
libdvdread-6.0.0, libdvdnav-6.0.0, LLVM-6.0.1, and SoundTouch-2.0.0
BlueZ-5.50, Clutter-1.26.2, cURL-7.61.0, FAAC-1.29.9.2, FAAD2-2.8.8, GnuTLS-3.5.19, GTK-Doc-1.28, GTK+-2.24.32 or GTK+-3.22.30, Little CMS-2.9, libass-0.14.0, libexif-0.6.21, libgcrypt-1.8.3, libgudev-232, libmpeg2-0.5.1, libssh2-1.8.0, libusb-1.0.22, libvdpau-1.1.1, libwebp-1.0.0, neon-0.30.2, Nettle-3.4, opencv-3.4.2 (with additional modules), OpenJPEG-2.3.0, Opus-1.2.1, Qt-5.11.1 (for examples), SDL-1.2.15, Valgrind-3.13.0, Wayland-1.15.0 (GTK+-3.22.30 must have been compiled with wayland support), x265-2.8, Xorg Libraries, bs2b, Chromaprint, daala, Flite, Game Music Emu, GSM, LADSPA, libmimic, libmms, libofa, MJPEG Tools, OpenAL, Orc, VO AAC, VO AMRWB, and ZBAR
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst10-plugins-bad
If you need a plugin for a given dependency, that dependency needs to be installed before this application.
Install GStreamer Bad Plug-ins by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-wayland \
--disable-opencv \
--with-package-name="GStreamer Bad Plugins 1.14.2 BLFS" \
--with-package-origin="http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/" &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. Several tests need a terminal emulator in a graphical session. One test, dash_mpd, is known to fail.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-wayland:
This switch is required without a full wayland based desktop
environment.
--disable-opencv:
This switch is required if opencv-3.4.2 is installed without
additional modules (specifically bgsegm).
Last updated on 2018-08-20 15:41:43 -0700
The GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins is a set of plug-ins considered by the GStreamer developers to have good quality and correct functionality, but distributing them might pose problems. The license on either the plug-ins or the supporting libraries might not be how the GStreamer developers would like. The code might be widely known to present patent problems.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-plugins-ugly/gst-plugins-ugly-1.14.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ea0a800c6421c3c3cdbed3d040b8ffd3
Download size: 868 KB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
liba52-0.7.4 (needed to play DVD's), libdvdread-6.0.0, and x264-20180819-2245
GTK-Doc-1.28, libmpeg2-0.5.1, libcdio-2.0.0 (for CD-ROM drive access), Valgrind-3.13.0, libsidplay, OpenCore AMR, Orc, and TwoLame
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst10-plugins-ugly
If you need a plugin for a given dependency, that dependency needs to be installed before this application.
Install GStreamer Ugly Plug-ins by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-package-name="GStreamer Ugly Plugins 1.14.2 BLFS" \
--with-package-origin="http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/" &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-20 15:41:43 -0700
The GStreamer Libav package contains GStreamer plugins for Libav (a fork of FFmpeg).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gst-libav/gst-libav-1.14.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: da3d4655268bc6766a261065ca737590
Download size: 8.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 722 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 3.4 SBU (with tests)
Valgrind-3.13.0 and Orc
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gst10-libav
Install GStreamer Libav by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-package-name="GStreamer Libav Plugins 1.14.2 BLFS" \
--with-package-origin="http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/view/svn/" &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--with-libav-extra-configure="--disable-yasm":
Use this switch if you don't have yasm installed.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 15:41:43 -0700
The gstreamer-vaapi package contains a gstreamer plugin for hardware accelerated video decode/encode for the prevailing coding standards today (MPEG-2, MPEG-4 ASP/H.263, MPEG-4 AVC/H.264, and VC-1/VMW3).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://gstreamer.freedesktop.org/src/gstreamer-vaapi/gstreamer-vaapi-1.14.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 12ee9c16dfa0bb1808c76683e1c9a328
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 75 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
gstreamer-1.14.2, gst-plugins-base-1.14.2, gst-plugins-bad-1.14.2, and libva-2.2.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gstreamer10-vaapi
Install gstreamer-vaapi by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
Tests can be run manually in the tests directory. They need a running X
Window display.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-20 15:41:43 -0700
id3lib is a library for reading, writing and manipulating id3v1 and id3v2 multimedia data containers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/id3lib/id3lib-3.8.3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 19f27ddd2dda4b2d26a559a4f0f402a7
Download size: 932 KB
Estimated disk space required: 16 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/id3lib
Install id3lib by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../id3lib-3.8.3-consolidated_patches-1.patch && libtoolize -fc && aclocal && autoconf && automake --add-missing --copy && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This packages does not come with a working test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
cp doc/man/* /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/id3lib-3.8.3 &&
install -v -m644 doc/*.{gif,jpg,png,ico,css,txt,php,html} \
/usr/share/doc/id3lib-3.8.3
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
liba52 is a free library for decoding ATSC A/52 (also known as AC-3) streams. The A/52 standard is used in a variety of applications, including digital television and DVD.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://liba52.sourceforge.net/files/a52dec-0.7.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: caa9f5bc44232dc8aeea773fea56be80
Download size: 236 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/liba52
Install liba52 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static \
CFLAGS="-g -O2 $([ $(uname -m) = x86_64 ] && echo -fPIC)" &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
cp liba52/a52_internal.h /usr/include/a52dec &&
install -v -m644 -D doc/liba52.txt \
/usr/share/doc/liba52-0.7.4/liba52.txt
CFLAGS="-g -O2 ...:
This sets CFLAGS to -g -O2 (which is the default) but then on
x86_64 adds -fPIC. This is needed to compile liba52 on x86_64.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
cp liba52/a52_internal.h ...: Copying this header file into /usr/include/a52dec allows some other programs (such as xine-lib) to compile and link against a system installed liba52.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 15:41:43 -0700
The libao package contains a cross-platform audio library. This is useful to output audio on a wide variety of platforms. It currently supports WAV files, OSS (Open Sound System), ESD (Enlighten Sound Daemon), ALSA (Advanced Linux Sound Architecture), NAS (Network Audio system), aRTS (analog Real-Time Synthesizer), and PulseAudio (next generation GNOME sound architecture).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/ao/libao-1.2.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9f5dd20d7e95fd0dd72df5353829f097
Download size: 456 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
X Window System, ALSA-1.1.6, and PulseAudio-12.2
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libao
Install libao by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m644 README /usr/share/doc/libao-1.2.0
Last updated on 2018-08-23 18:49:51 -0700
libass is a portable subtitle renderer for the ASS/SSA (Advanced Substation Alpha/Substation Alpha) subtitle format that allows for more advanced subtitles than the conventional SRT and similar formats.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/libass/libass/releases/download/0.14.0/libass-0.14.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 5b8c23340654587b8a472cb74ee9366b
Download size: 348 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.3 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
FreeType-2.9.1, FriBidi-1.0.5, and NASM-2.13.03
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libass
Install libass by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-fontconfig: Use this
switch if you didn't install Fontconfig.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
libcanberra is an implementation of the XDG Sound Theme and Name Specifications, for generating event sounds on free desktops, such as GNOME.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://0pointer.de/lennart/projects/libcanberra/libcanberra-0.30.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 34cb7e4430afaf6f447c4ebdb9b42072
Download size: 312 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.5 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
alsa-lib-1.1.6, gstreamer-1.14.2 and GTK+-3.22.30
GTK+-2.24.32, GTK-Doc-1.28, PulseAudio-12.2 and tdb
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libcanberra
Install libcanberra by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-oss && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc/libcanberra-0.30 install
--disable-oss:
disable optional deprecated OSS support
--disable-gtk: disable optional
GTK+ 2 support
--disable-gtk3: disable optional
GTK+ 3 support
--enable-gtk-doc: Use this
parameter if GTK-Doc is
installed and you wish to rebuild and install the API
documentation.
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
The libcddb is a library that implements the different protocols (CDDBP, HTTP, SMTP) to access data on a CDDB server.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/libcddb/libcddb-1.3.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 8bb4a6f542197e8e9648ae597cd6bc8a
Download size: 384 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.9 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libcddb
Install libcddb by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check. Two tests fail due to missing test servers.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
The libcdio is a library for CD-ROM and CD image access. The associated libcdio-cdparanoia library reads audio from the CD-ROM directly as data, with no analog step between, and writes the data to a file or pipe as .wav, .aifc or as raw 16 bit linear PCM.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libcdio/libcdio-2.0.0.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/libcdio/libcdio-2.0.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0cb25905113b930e4539d2f4eb6574b0
Download size: 2.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 39 MB (both packages, including checks)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (using parallelism=4; both packages, including checks)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libcdio
Install libcdio by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Now install libcdio-paranoia:
tar -xf ../libcdio-paranoia-10.2+0.94+2.tar.gz && cd libcdio-paranoia-10.2+0.94+2 && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
shows CD-ROM drive characteristics |
|
|
shows information about a CD or CD-image |
|
|
is an audio CD reading utility which includes extra data verification features |
|
|
reads Information from a CD or CD-image |
|
|
is a simple curses CD player |
|
|
shows Information about an ISO 9660 image |
|
|
reads portions of an ISO 9660 image |
|
|
issues libcdio multimedia commands |
|
|
contains the primary cdio API functions |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
The libdiscid package contains a library for creating MusicBrainz DiscIDs from audio CDs. It reads a CD's table of contents (TOC) and generates an identifier which can be used to lookup the CD at MusicBrainz (http://musicbrainz.org). Additionally, it provides a submission URL for adding the DiscID to the database.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.musicbrainz.org/pub/musicbrainz/libdiscid/libdiscid-0.6.2.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.musicbrainz.org/pub/musicbrainz/libdiscid/libdiscid-0.6.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2812bb678f5142efdfd0d0f7d6ea87d6
Download size: 396 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.1 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdiscid
Install libdiscid by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
libdvdcss is a simple library designed for accessing DVDs as a block device without having to bother about the decryption.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://get.videolan.org/libdvdcss/1.4.2/libdvdcss-1.4.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 7b74f2e142b13c9de6dc8d807ab912d4
Download size: 360 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdvdcss
Install libdvdcss by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libdvdcss-1.4.2 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
libdvdread is a library which provides a simple foundation for reading DVDs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://get.videolan.org/libdvdread/6.0.0/libdvdread-6.0.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 1505ed5607ff591cd689f8d1b0976c7b
Download size: 388 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdvdread
Install libdvdread by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libdvdread-6.0.0 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 15:41:43 -0700
libdvdnav is a library that allows easy use of sophisticated DVD navigation features such as DVD menus, multiangle playback and even interactive DVD games.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://get.videolan.org/libdvdnav/6.0.0/libdvdnav-6.0.0.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 76a9e24496acf7f0c2ae656e8502686d
Download size: 364 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdvdnav
Install libdvdnav by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libdvdnav-6.0.0 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 15:41:43 -0700
The Quasar DV Codec (libdv) is a software CODEC for DV video, the encoding format used by most digital camcorders. It can be used to copy videos from camcorders using a firewire (IEEE 1394) connection.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/libdv/libdv-1.0.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: f895162161cfa4bb4a94c070a7caa6c7
Download size: 574 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.0 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
popt-1.16, SDL-1.2.15, and X Window System
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libdv
Install libdv by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-xv \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libdv-1.0.0 && install -v -m644 README* /usr/share/doc/libdv-1.0.0
--disable-xv: This
parameter is required if an X
Window System is not installed. It also prevents
configure
testing for libXv which is only
used for an obsolete program playdv that will not be
built with current linux
headers and would also need other obsolete dependencies.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
libmad is a high-quality MPEG audio decoder capable of 24-bit output.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/mad/libmad-0.15.1b.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mars.org/pub/mpeg/libmad-0.15.1b.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 1be543bc30c56fb6bea1d7bf6a64e66c
Download size: 491 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmad
Install libmad by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../libmad-0.15.1b-fixes-1.patch && sed "s@AM_CONFIG_HEADER@AC_CONFIG_HEADERS@g" -i configure.ac && touch NEWS AUTHORS ChangeLog && autoreconf -fi && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Some packages check for the pkg-config file for libmad. This file is particularly needed so that Cdrdao can recognize the installed libmad.
As the root user:
cat > /usr/lib/pkgconfig/mad.pc << "EOF"
prefix=/usr
exec_prefix=${prefix}
libdir=${exec_prefix}/lib
includedir=${prefix}/include
Name: mad
Description: MPEG audio decoder
Requires:
Version: 0.15.1b
Libs: -L${libdir} -lmad
Cflags: -I${includedir}
EOF
touch NEWS AUTHORS ChangeLog: Prevent autoreconf from returning an error.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
The libmpeg2 package contains a library for decoding MPEG-2 and MPEG-1 video streams. The library is able to decode all MPEG streams that conform to certain restrictions: “constrained parameters” for MPEG-1, and “main profile” for MPEG-2. This is useful for programs and applications needing to decode MPEG-2 and MPEG-1 video streams.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://libmpeg2.sourceforge.net/files/libmpeg2-0.5.1.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mirrorservice.org/sites/distfiles.gentoo.org/distfiles/libmpeg2-0.5.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 0f92c7454e58379b4a5a378485bbd8ef
Download size: 513 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
X Window System and SDL-1.2.15
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmpeg2
Install libmpeg2 by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/static const/static/' libmpeg2/idct_mmx.c &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. To perform a
more comprehensive regression test, see the file test/README in the source tree.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/mpeg2dec-0.5.1 &&
install -v -m644 README doc/libmpeg2.txt \
/usr/share/doc/mpeg2dec-0.5.1
sed -i ...: This sed fixes problems with recent GCC compilers.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 15:41:43 -0700
The libmusicbrainz package contains a library which allows you to access the data held on the MusicBrainz server. This is useful for adding MusicBrainz lookup capabilities to other applications.
MusicBrainz is a community music metadatabase that attempts to create a comprehensive music information site. You can use the MusicBrainz data either by browsing the web site, or you can access the data from a client program — for example, a CD player program can use MusicBrainz to identify CDs and provide information about the CD, about the artist or other related information.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ftp.musicbrainz.org/pub/musicbrainz/historical/libmusicbrainz-2.1.5.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.musicbrainz.org/pub/musicbrainz/historical/libmusicbrainz-2.1.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: d5e19bb77edd6ea798ce206bd05ccc5f
Download size: 524 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmusicbrainz
Install libmusicbrainz by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../libmusicbrainz-2.1.5-missing-includes-1.patch && CXXFLAGS=-std=c++98 \ ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
If Python is installed, build the bindings with the following commands:
(cd python && python setup.py build)
This package does not come with a stand-alone test suite (to test you must have Python installed and perform the test after the package is installed).
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 -D docs/mb_howto.txt \
/usr/share/doc/libmusicbrainz-2.1.5/mb_howto.txt
To test the Python bindings, issue the following: (cd python && python setup.py test).
If you built the Python bindings, issue the following
commands as the root user to
install them:
(cd python && python setup.py install)
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
The libmusicbrainz package contains a library which allows you to access the data held on the MusicBrainz server.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/metabrainz/libmusicbrainz/releases/download/release-5.1.0/libmusicbrainz-5.1.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 4cc5556aa40ff7ab8f8cb83965535bc3
Download size: 76 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6.6 MB (additional 4.4 MB for the API documentaion)
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
CMake-3.12.1, libxml2-2.9.8 and neon-0.30.2
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libmusicbrainz5
Install libmusicbrainz by running the following commands:
mkdir build && cd build && cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr .. && make
If you have installed Doxygen-1.8.14, optionally build the API documentation:
doxygen ../Doxyfile
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have built the API documentation, install, as the
root user:
rm -rf /usr/share/doc/libmusicbrainz-5.1.0 && cp -vr docs/ /usr/share/doc/libmusicbrainz-5.1.0
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
The libogg package contains the Ogg file structure. This is useful for creating (encoding) or playing (decoding) a single physical bit stream.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/ogg/libogg-1.3.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 87ed742047f065046eb6c36745d871b8
Download size: 408 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.4 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libogg
Install libogg by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libogg-1.3.3 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The libquicktime package
contains the libquicktime
library, various plugins and codecs, along with graphical and
command line utilities used for encoding and decoding
QuickTime files. This is useful for reading and writing files
in the QuickTime format. The goal of the project is to
enhance, while providing compatibility with the Quicktime 4 Linux library.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/libquicktime/libquicktime-1.2.4.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 81cfcebad9b7ee7e7cfbefc861d6d61b
Download size: 1.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU (includes building all codec modules)
alsa-lib-1.1.6, Doxygen-1.8.14, FAAC-1.29.9.2, FAAD2-2.8.8, FFmpeg-4.0.2, GTK+-2.24.32, LAME-3.100, libdv-1.0.0, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libpng-1.6.35, libvorbis-1.3.6, Schroedinger, x264-20180819-2245, and Xorg Libraries
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libquicktime
Install libquicktime by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../libquicktime-1.2.4-ffmpeg4-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-gpl \
--without-doxygen \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libquicktime-1.2.4
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/libquicktime-1.2.4 &&
install -v -m644 README doc/{*.txt,*.html,mainpage.incl} \
/usr/share/doc/libquicktime-1.2.4
--enable-gpl: Changes
the licence to GPL. This enables some extra plugins, such as
FAAC, FAAD2, and x264.
--without-doxygen:
This is necessary if you do not have Doxygen, omit this if it is installed
and you wish the API documentation installed.
--with-libdv: Build with libdv
support. Not enabled by default.
|
is a graphical front end to examine and configure the available libquicktime audio and video codecs. |
|
|
is a simple QuickTime movie player for X Window System. |
|
|
is a command-line program used to encode video and/or audio files from one format to another. |
|
|
is used to dump all text strings from a quicktime file. |
|
|
can take movies containing rgb frames and write them out as ppm images. |
|
|
displays the parsed contents of the provided file. |
|
|
prints various pieces of metadata parsed by the libquicktime library for the provided file |
|
|
concatenates input frames into a QuickTime movie. |
|
|
is used to make a file streamable by placing the moov header at the beginning of the file. |
|
|
is used to write a YUV4 encoded movie as a planar YUV 4:2:0 file. |
|
|
is a library for reading and writing QuickTime files. It provides convenient access to QuickTime files with a variety of supported codecs. The library contains new functions integrated with all the original QuickTime 4 Linux library functions used to encode and decode QuickTime files. |
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
libsamplerate is a sample rate converter for audio.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.mega-nerd.com/SRC/libsamplerate-0.1.9.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2b78ae9fe63b36b9fbb6267fad93f259
Download size: 4.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 17 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libsndfile-1.0.28 and fftw-3.3.8 (for tests)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libsamplerate
Install libsamplerate by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make htmldocdir=/usr/share/doc/libsamplerate-0.1.9 install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
Libsndfile is a library of C routines for reading and writing files containing sampled audio data.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.mega-nerd.com/libsndfile/files/libsndfile-1.0.28.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 646b5f98ce89ac60cdb060fcd398247c
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 34 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU (with tests)
alsa-lib-1.1.6, FLAC-1.3.2, libogg-1.3.3, libvorbis-1.3.6 and SQLite-3.24.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libsndfile
Install libsndfile by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/libsndfile-1.0.28 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
|
compares two audio files. |
|
|
concatenates two or more audio files. |
|
|
converts a sound files from one format to another. |
|
|
splits a multi-channel into multiple single channel files. |
|
|
displays information about a sound file. |
|
|
converts multiple single channel files into a multi-channel file. |
|
|
retrieves metadata from a sound file. |
|
|
sets metadata in a sound file. |
|
|
plays a sound file. |
|
|
contains the libsndfile API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
libtheora is a reference implementation of the Theora video compression format being developed by the Xiph.Org Foundation.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/theora/libtheora-1.1.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 9eeabf1ad65b7f41533854a59f7a716d
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 13.4 MB (without static libs or API docs and without installing the examples)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
SDL-1.2.15 and libpng-1.6.35 (both to build the example players), Doxygen-1.8.14, texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx), BibTex, and Transfig (all four to build the API documentation), and Valgrind-3.13.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Libtheora
Install libtheora by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/png_\(sizeof\)/\1/g' examples/png2theora.c && ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
If you wish to run the tests, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you wish to install the examples (so that you can hack on
theora), install them as the
root user:
cd examples/.libs &&
for E in *; do
install -v -m755 $E /usr/bin/theora_${E}
done
sed -i 's/png_\(sizeof\)/\1/g' examples/png2theora.c: This sed fixes build with libpng 1.6.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
The libvorbis package contains a general purpose audio and music encoding format. This is useful for creating (encoding) and playing (decoding) sound in an open (patent free) format.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/vorbis/libvorbis-1.3.6.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b7d1692f275c73e7833ed1cc2697cd65
Download size: 1.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Doxygen-1.8.14 and texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx) (specifically, pdflatex and htlatex) to build the PDF documentation
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Libvorbis
Install libvorbis by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make LIBS=-lm check.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m644 doc/Vorbis* /usr/share/doc/libvorbis-1.3.6
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-docs: This switch
enables building the documentation in formats other than the
supplied html.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
This package, from the WebM project, provides the reference implementations of the VP8 Codec, used in most current html5 video, and of the next-generation VP9 Codec.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/webmproject/libvpx/archive/v1.7.0/libvpx-1.7.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 193346f9aec0726145e51db732417cd2
Download size: 2.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 45 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (using parallelism=4)
yasm-1.3.0 (compiling with NASM-2.13.03 is currently broken) and Which-2.21 (so configure can find yasm)
Doxygen-1.8.14 and PHP-7.2.9 (to build the documentation).
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libvpx
Install libvpx by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/cp -p/cp/' build/make/Makefile &&
mkdir libvpx-build &&
cd libvpx-build &&
../configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed ... : This command corrects ownership and permissions of installed files.
mkdir libvpx-build && cd libvpx-build: The libvpx developers recommend building in a dedicated build directory.
--disable-vp8: This switch
prevents building of VP8 codec support.
--disable-vp9: This switch
prevents building of VP9 codec support.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
MLT package is the Media Lovin Toolkit. It is an open source multimedia framework, designed and developed for television broadcasting. It provides a toolkit for broadcasters, video editors, media players, transcoders, web streamers and many more types of applications.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/mltframework/mlt/releases/download/v6.10.0/mlt-6.10.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 28a6f40ea76c167b6bb9d8baf985c4c2
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 70 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
frei0r-plugins-1.6.1 and Qt-5.11.1
Doxygen-1.8.14, fftw-3.3.8, libexif-0.6.21, SDL-1.2.15, JACK, MOVEit, SoX, Swfdec, and vid.stab
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mlt
Install MLT by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-gpl \
--enable-gpl3 \
--enable-opengl \
--disable-gtk2 \
--qt-libdir=$QT5DIR/lib \
--qt-includedir=$QT5DIR/include &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite. However a test
.mp4 file can be played in a local graphical environment with
./src/melt/melt
<filename>.mp4.
This application uses advanced graphical capabilites. In some cases, firmware for your specific graphics adaptor may be needed. See the section called “Firmware for Video Cards” for more information.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
Opus is a lossy audio compression format developed by the Internet Engineering Task Force (IETF) that is particularly suitable for interactive speech and audio transmission over the Internet. This package provides the Opus development library and headers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.mozilla.org/pub/opus/opus-1.2.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 54bc867f13066407bc7b95be1fede090
Download size: 988 KB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (with tests)
Doxygen-1.8.14 and texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Opus
Install Opus by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/opus-1.2.1 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
PulseAudio is a sound system for POSIX OSes, meaning that it is a proxy for sound applications. It allows you to do advanced operations on your sound data as it passes between your application and your hardware. Things like transferring the audio to a different machine, changing the sample format or channel count and mixing several sounds into one are easily achieved using a sound server.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.freedesktop.org/software/pulseaudio/releases/pulseaudio-12.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: c42f1f1465e8df9859d023dc184734bf
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 112 MB (add 2 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU (add 0.7 SBU for tests)
alsa-lib-1.1.6, dbus-1.12.10, GLib-2.56.1, libcap-2.25 with PAM, Speex-1.2.0 and Xorg Libraries
Avahi-0.7, BlueZ-5.50, ConsoleKit2-1.0.2 (runtime), fftw-3.3.8, GConf-3.2.6, GTK+-3.22.30, libsamplerate-0.1.9, SBC-1.3 (Bluetooth support), Valgrind-3.13.0, JACK, libasyncns, LIRC, ORC, soxr, TDB, WebRTC AudioProcessing and XEN
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pulseaudio
Install PulseAudio by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--disable-bluez4 \
--disable-bluez5 \
--disable-rpath &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. The volume-test may fail for unknown reasons.
Now, as the root user:
make install
While still as the root user,
remove the D-Bus
configuration file for the system wide daemon to avoid
creating unnecessary system users and groups:
rm -fv /etc/dbus-1/system.d/pulseaudio-system.conf
AUTOPOINT='intltoolize ...: autoreconf needs ot be run after applying the patch. Running intltoolize instead of autopoint prevents an error when running configure afterwards.
--disable-bluez4:
This switch disables support for BlueZ version 4 in favour of
BlueZ version 5 since the
latter also installs compatibility library for the earlier
version.
--disable-bluez5:
This switch prevents a runtime error if dbus-1.12.10 and SBC-1.3 are both
installed but BlueZ-5.50 is not installed. Remove this if
you have installed all three packages.
--disable-rpath: This
switch prevents linker from adding a hardcoded runtime path
to the installed programs and libraries.
There are system wide configuration files: /etc/pulse/daemon.conf, /etc/pulse/client.conf, /etc/pulse/default.pa, and user
configuration files with the same names in ~/.config/pulse. User configuration files
take precedence over system wide ones.
The default configuration files allow setting up a working
installation. However, a reference to Console-Kit needs to
be removed if it is not installed. For example, issue the
following command as the root user:
sed -i '/load-module module-console-kit/s/^/#/' /etc/pulse/default.pa
You may also have to configure the audio system. You can start pulseaudio in command line mode using pulseaudio -C and then list various information and change settings. See man pulse-cli-syntax.
If pulseaudio was working but you no-longer have sound, after checking for hardware issues (speakers or headphones not connected, external amplifier not connected) you may need to fix it.
One suggestion is to close the application, such as firefox where sound has stopped working, then run: pactl list short sinks followed by: pacmd set-default-sink <sink #> and then restart the application.
If that does not work, a more drastic approach often works. After closing the application, close pulseaudio, either using pulseaudio --kill or, if that fails, killall -KILL pulseaudio and then rm -rf ~/.config/pulse/* (and perhaps also rm -rf ~/.pulse/* if you have used a very old version of pulse on this machine, then run pulseaudio --verbose to restart it. If the daemon starts, restart the application. See man pulseaudio for more options.
|
is the PulseAudio ESD wrapper script. |
|
|
plays back or records raw or encoded audio streams on a PulseAudio sound server. |
|
|
is a tool used to reconfigure a PulseAudio sound server during runtime. |
|
|
is used to control a running PulseAudio sound server. |
|
|
is the PulseAudio OSS Wrapper. |
|
|
is a symbolic link to pacat. |
|
|
is used to play audio files on a PulseAudio sound server. |
|
|
is a symbolic link to pacat. |
|
|
is a symbolic link to pacat. |
|
|
is a tool that can be used to tell a local PulseAudio sound server to temporarily suspend access to the audio devices, to allow other applications to access them directly. |
|
|
is the PulseAudio X11 Credential Utility. |
|
|
is a networked low-latency sound server for Linux. |
|
|
starts PulseAudio and registers it to the X11 session manager. |
Last updated on 2018-08-26 08:51:50 -0700
The SBC is a digital audio encoder and decoder used to transfer data to Bluetooth audio output devices like headphones or loudspeakers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.kernel.org/pub/linux/bluetooth/sbc-1.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 2d8b7841f2c11ab287718d562f2b981c
Download size: 244 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.8 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sbc
Install SBC by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static --disable-tester && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-tester:
This disables the SBC tester. Remove it if you have installed
libsndfile-1.0.28.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
The Simple DirectMedia Layer (SDL for short) is a cross-platform library designed to make it easy to write multimedia software, such as games and emulators.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.libsdl.org/release/SDL-1.2.15.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9d96df8417572a2afb781a7c4c811a85
Download size: 3.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 40 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU
AAlib-1.4rc5, ALSA-1.1.6, GLU-9.0.0, NASM-2.13.03, PulseAudio-12.2, Pth-2.0.7, X Window System, DirectFB, GGI, libcaca, PicoGUI, and SVGAlib
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sdl
Install SDL by running the following commands:
sed -e '/_XData32/s:register long:register _Xconst long:' \
-i src/video/x11/SDL_x11sym.h &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/SDL-1.2.15/html &&
install -v -m644 docs/html/*.html \
/usr/share/doc/SDL-1.2.15/html
If you wish to, test the installation of SDL using the included test programs. It is not required to install any of the resulting binaries to validate the installation. Issue the following commands to build the test programs:
cd test && ./configure && make
You'll need to manually run all the test programs (they are
listed in the README file in
this directory). Many of them will need to be manually
killed, and you'll need to turn your speakers on with the
volume at a suitable level.
sed -e ...: This command fixes compilation with libX11-1.6.0 and later.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--disable-alsa-shared: This
switch disables dynamically loading ALSA shared libraries.
--disable-sdl-dlopen: This switch
disables using dlopen for shared object loading. Loading
image backend libraries like libpng dynamically on the fly
does not work.
--disable-x11-shared: This switch
disables dynamically loading X11 shared libraries.
As with most libraries, there is no configuration to do,
save that the library directory, i.e., /opt/lib or /usr/local/lib should appear in
/etc/ld.so.conf so that
ldd can find
the shared libraries. After checking that this is the case,
/sbin/ldconfig should be
run while logged in as root.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
The Simple DirectMedia Layer Version 2 (SDL2 for short) is a cross-platform library designed to make it easy to write multimedia software, such as games and emulators.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.libsdl.org/release/SDL2-2.0.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3800d705cef742c6a634f202c37f263f
Download size: 4.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 135 MB (with docs)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (using parallelism=4)
ALSA-1.1.6, Doxygen-1.8.14 (to create documentation), ibus-1.5.19, NASM-2.13.03, PulseAudio-12.2, X Window System, DirectFB, and fcitx
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sdl
Install SDL2 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
If you have Doxygen-1.8.14 installed and want to build the html documentation, run the following commands:
pushd docs && doxygen && popd
If you wish to build and run the package regression tests, do not delete the static libraries below until after the tests are built.
Now, as the root user:
make install && rm -v /usr/lib/libSDL2*.a
If you built the documentation, install it as the
root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/SDL2-2.0.8/html && cp -Rv docs/output/html/* /usr/share/doc/SDL2-2.0.8/html
If you wish to, test the installation of SDL2 using the included test programs. None of the resulting binaries need to be installed. Issue the following commands to build the test programs:
cd test && ./configure && make
Each of the test programs (they are listed in the
README file in this directory)
will need to be run individually. Many of them will need to
be manually killed. Additionally, speakers need to be on with
the volume at a suitable level.
rm -v
/usr/lib/libSDL2*.a: Normally static
libraries can be disabled with a --disable-static option to configure, but
that breaks the build in this package.
--disable-alsa-shared: This
switch disables dynamically loading ALSA shared libraries.
--disable-sdl-dlopen: This switch
disables using dlopen for shared object loading. Loading
image backend libraries like libpng dynamically on the fly
does not work.
--disable-x11-shared: This switch
disables dynamically loading X11 shared libraries.
As with most libraries, there is no configuration to do,
save that the library directory, i.e., /opt/lib or /usr/local/lib should appear in
/etc/ld.so.conf so that
ldd can find
the shared libraries. After checking that this is the case,
/sbin/ldconfig should be
run while logged in as root.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
The SoundTouch package contains an open-source audio processing library that allows changing the sound tempo, pitch and playback rate parameters independently from each other.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.surina.net/soundtouch/soundtouch-2.0.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9f5eaf7b767970c2dbc75b7a443ec15a
Download size: 448 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/soundtouch
When extracted, the Soundtouch package expands into the
directory soundtouch and not
soundtouch-2.0.0.
Install SoundTouch by running the following commands:
./bootstrap &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/soundtouch-2.0.0 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-openmp: This switch adds
support for running the algorithms in parallel across several
systems using the external OpenMP libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-20 15:41:43 -0700
Speex is an audio compression format designed especially for speech. It is well-adapted to internet applications and provides useful features that are not present in most other CODECs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/speex/speex-1.2.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8ab7bb2589110dfaf0ed7fa7757dc49c
Download size: 884 KB
Estimated disk space required: 4.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/speex/speexdsp-1.2rc3.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 70d9d31184f7eb761192fd1ef0b73333
Download size: 884 KB
Estimated disk space required: 5.1 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/speex
This package consists of two separate tarballs. They need to be extracted and built independently.
Install Speex by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/speex-1.2.0 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
As the root user:
make install
Now extract and install the speexdsp package:
cd .. &&
tar -xf speexdsp-1.2rc3.tar.gz &&
cd speexdsp-1.2rc3 &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/speexdsp-1.2rc3 &&
make
Again, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-binaries: Builds two
binaries to encode and decode to and from the speex format.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 15:33:02 -0700
Taglib is a library used for reading, writing and manipulating audio file tags and is used by applications such as Amarok and VLC.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://taglib.github.io/releases/taglib-1.11.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: cee7be0ccfc892fa433d6c837df9522a
Download size: 1.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9.4 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/taglib
Install Taglib by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_SHARED_LIBS=ON \
.. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
v4l-utils provides a series of utilities for media devices, allowing to handle the proprietary formats available at most webcams (libv4l), and providing tools to test V4L devices.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.linuxtv.org/downloads/v4l-utils/v4l-utils-1.14.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 330f265c49122042b2340e4257a5c753
Download size: 1.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 55 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (using parallelism=4)
alsa-lib-1.1.6, GLU-9.0.0, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, and Qt-5.11.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/v4l-utils
Install v4l-utils by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../v4l-utils-1.14.2-fix_sysmacros-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--disable-static &&
make
This package does not come with a testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
is a tool to handle cx18 based devices. |
|
|
decodes multiplexed formats from TM5600/TM6000 USB devices. |
|
|
is a command line tool for digital TV services. |
|
|
is a tool meant to convert among different file formats. It is compliant with version 5 of the DVB API. |
|
|
is a command line frequency scanning tool for digital TV services that are compliant with version 5 of the DVB API. |
|
|
is a command line tuning tool for digital TV services that is compliant with version 5 of the DVB API. |
|
|
is a tool that lists the Remote Controller devices, allows one to get/set IR keycode/scancode tables, test events generated by IR, and to adjust other Remote Controller options. |
|
|
is a utility that can control many card settings, like changing the inputs from tuner to svideo or composite, setting video resolution or changing video mode (PAL, SECAM, NTSC). |
|
|
is a utility used to configure V4L2 devices. |
|
|
is used to test video4linux capture devices. |
|
|
is a utility for decoding raw RDS data from V4L2 Radio devices and offers simple ways to access the received RDS information. |
|
|
is a compliance test tool. |
|
|
is a tool to control v4l2 controls from the cmdline. |
|
|
is a tool to directly get and set registers of v4l2 devices. |
|
|
checks the media devices installed on a machine and the corresponding device nodes. |
Last updated on 2018-08-30 07:15:13 -0700
x264 package provides a library for encoding video streams into the H.264/MPEG-4 AVC format.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.videolan.org/x264/snapshots/x264-snapshot-20180819-2245-stable.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4a40ccc0881ccebd498df11a0fcc8ed8
Download size: 752 KB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/x264
Install x264 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-shared \
--disable-cli &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-cli: This
switch disables building the command-line encoder which is
redundant since it requires FFmpeg for most of the input
formats.
--disable-asm: Use this switch if
you didn't install NASM.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
x265 package provides a library for encoding video streams into the H.265/HEVC format.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://bitbucket.org/multicoreware/x265/downloads/x265_2.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b68dcd4e8a495e53e53034a11fec5eb9
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 34 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU (using parallelism=4)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/x265
Install x265 by running the following commands:
mkdir bld && cd bld && cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/usr ../source && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && rm -vf /usr/lib/libx265.a
rm -vf /usr/lib/libx265.a: BLFS does not recommend using static libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
The Xine Libraries package contains xine libraries. These are useful for interfacing with external plug-ins that allow the flow of information from the source to the audio and video hardware.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/xine/xine-lib-1.2.9.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mirrorservice.org/sites/distfiles.gentoo.org/distfiles/xine-lib-1.2.9.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cd42d2ba92f943d17736d9bca712b3d1
Download size: 5.0 MB
Estimated disk space required: 96 MB (add 130 MB for API documentation)
Estimated build time: 1.5 SBU (add 0.1 SBU for API documentation)
X Window System, FFmpeg-4.0.2, and at least one of: ALSA-1.1.6, PulseAudio-12.2 or JACK
AAlib-1.4rc5, FAAD2-2.8.8, FLAC-1.3.2, gdk-pixbuf-2.36.12, GLU-9.0.0, ImageMagick-7.0.8-10, liba52-0.7.4, libmad-0.15.1b, libmng-2.0.3, libtheora-1.1.1, libva-2.2.0 (requires GLU-9.0.0), libvdpau-1.1.1, libvorbis-1.3.6, libvpx-1.7.0, Mesa-18.1.6, Samba-4.8.4, SDL-1.2.15, Speex-1.2.0, Doxygen-1.8.14 (to create the API documentation), v4l-utils-1.14.2 DirectFB, libbluray, libcaca, libdca, libFAME, libmodplug, musepack, VCDImager, and WavPack,
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xine-lib
Install Xine Libraries by running the following commands:
sed -e 's|wand/magick_wand.h|MagickWand/MagickWand.h|' \
-i src/video_dec/image.c &&
sed -e 's/\(xcb-shape >= 1.0\)/xcb \1/' \
-i m4/video_out.m4 &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-vcd \
--with-external-dvdnav \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/xine-lib-1.2.9 &&
make
To create the API documentation, Doxygen must be installed and issue the following command:
doxygen doc/Doxyfile
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
When installing, the Makefile does some additional linking. If you do not have Xorg in /usr, the LIBRARY_PATH variable needs to be defined for the root user. If using sudo to assume root, use the -E option to pass your current environment variables for the install process.
If you built the API documentation, issue the following
commands as the root user to
install it:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/xine-lib-1.2.9/api &&
install -v -m644 doc/api/* \
/usr/share/doc/xine-lib-1.2.9/api
sed ...: These commands enable the package to be built with ImageMagick-7.0.8-10 and libxcb-1.13.
--disable-vcd: This
switch is required to compile Xine
Lib without VCDImager installed.
Remove this option if you have installed VCDImager.
--with-external-dvdnav: This
switch is required, because internal libraries cannot decrypt
DVD.
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/xine-lib-1.2.9:
This switch causes the documentation to be installed into a
versioned directory instead of the default /usr/share/doc/xine-lib.
--disable-vaapi: use this switch
if libva-2.2.0 is installed and GLU-9.0.0 is not, to
prevent a build failure.
Last updated on 2018-08-24 13:13:05 -0700
XviD is an MPEG-4 compliant video CODEC.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://downloads.xvid.org/downloads/xvidcore-1.3.5.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 69784ebd917413d8592688ae86d8185f
Download size: 804 KB
Estimated disk space required: 7.1 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xvid
This package tarball expands to xvidcore, not the expected xvidcore-1.3.5.
Install XviD by running the following commands:
cd build/generic && sed -i 's/^LN_S=@LN_S@/& -f -v/' platform.inc.in && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
sed -i '/libdir.*STATIC_LIB/ s/^/#/' Makefile &&
make install &&
chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libxvidcore.so.4.3 &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.3.5/examples &&
install -v -m644 ../../doc/* /usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.3.5 &&
install -v -m644 ../../examples/* \
/usr/share/doc/xvidcore-1.3.5/examples
sed -i 's/^LN_S=@LN_S@/& -f -v/' platform.inc.in: Fix error during make install if reintalling or upgrading.
sed -i '/libdir.*STATIC_LIB/ s/^/#/' Makefile: This command disables installing the static library.
Last updated on 2018-08-24 13:13:05 -0700
This chapter contains programs involved with audio file manipulation; that is to say playing, recording, ripping and the other common things which people want to do. It also includes a package used to render text to speech using your system's audio hardware. To use much of this software, you will need to have the kernel sound drivers installed.
Audacious is an audio player.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://distfiles.audacious-media-player.org/audacious-3.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 95c79e14c412f274624c6979236a3840
Download size: 551K KB
Estimated disk space required: 20 MB (with Gtk user interface)
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU (with Gtk user interface)
Required Plugins
Download (HTTP): https://distfiles.audacious-media-player.org/audacious-plugins-3.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 26268359f4f21171de35cc10d0545733
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 46 MB (with Gtk user interface)
Estimated build time: 0.9 SBU (with Gtk user interface)
GTK+-2.24.32 or Qt-5.11.1 (or both), libxml2-2.9.8 (plugins), Xorg build environment (plugins), and X Window System (runtime)
ALSA-1.1.6 and dbus-1.12.10, also gnome-icon-theme-3.12.0 (runtime)
cURL-7.61.0, FAAD2-2.8.8, FFmpeg-4.0.2, FLAC-1.3.2, LAME-3.100, libcdio-2.0.0 (to identify and play CDs), libnotify-0.7.7, libsamplerate-0.1.9, libsndfile-1.0.28, libvorbis-1.3.6, neon-0.30.2 (for online mpg3 and ogg radio), PulseAudio-12.2, SDL-1.2.15, The Bauer stereophonic-to-binaural DSP (bs2b) library, FluidSynth, JACK (requires libsamplerate-0.1.9), libcue, libmodplug, libmms, LIRC, and WavPack
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/audacious
Install Audacious by running the following commands (you may wish to change the stamp to another string):
TPUT=/bin/true ./configure --prefix=/usr \
--with-buildstamp="BLFS" &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Install the required plugins package by unpacking the tarball, changing into the newly created directory, and issuing the following commands:
TPUT=/bin/true ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-wavpack && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You
can improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme and
/usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.32 or GTK+-3.22.30
installed (for the icon cache) and desktop-file-utils-0.23 (for
the desktop cache) and issue the following commands as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache && update-desktop-database
TPUT=/bin/true: the
default is for make to output text in
color. This is fine if you are building in a terminal, but if
you script the build process and pipe the output from
make to a log
file then the control characters used to color the text can
make the logfile unreadable. This option stops it coloring
the text.
--with-buildstamp:
This switch appends the given text to the version string.
--disable-wavpack:
This switch is required unless the optional WavPack package
is installed.
--disable-gtk: Use this to
disable GTK+ support.
--disable-mp3: Use this for the
plugins if you have not installed mpg123 and do not wish to
play mp3 files.
--enable-qt: Use this to enable
Qt support.
--enable-valgrind: Allow better
Valgrind leak checks.
If you prefer the old, smaller Winamp/XMMS interface, click on View> Interface> Winamp Classic Interface.
If you built with both Gtk and Qt user interfaces, the Qt
version can be executed from a terminal, issuing audacious --qt. If you wish
a desktop menu entry to execute this Qt version, issue the
following commands as the root user:
cp -v /usr/share/applications/audacious{,-qt}.desktop &&
sed -e '/^Name/ s/$/ Qt/' \
-e '/Exec=/ s/audacious/& --qt/' \
-i /usr/share/applications/audacious-qt.desktop
Last updated on 2018-08-24 13:13:05 -0700
The CDParanoia package
contains a CD audio extraction tool. This is useful for
extracting .wav files from
audio CDs. A CDDA capable CDROM drive is needed. Practically
all drives supported by Linux can be used.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/cdparanoia/cdparanoia-III-10.2.src.tgz
Download MD5 sum: b304bbe8ab63373924a744eac9ebc652
Download size: 179 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.9 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cdparanoia
This package does not support parallel build.
Install CDParanoia by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../cdparanoia-III-10.2-gcc_fixes-1.patch && ./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man && make -j1
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && chmod -v 755 /usr/lib/libcdda_*.so.0.10.2
As with most libraries, there is no configuration to do,
save that the library directory, i.e., /opt/lib or /usr/local/lib should appear in
/etc/ld.so.conf so that
ldd can find
the shared libraries. After checking that this is the case,
/sbin/ldconfig should be
run while logged in as root.
|
is used for 'ripping' an audio-cd. Ripping is the process of digitally extracting music from an audio CD. |
|
|
contains functions used by cdparanoia, as well as other packages, which can automatically identify if a CD device is CDDA compatible. |
|
|
contains functions used by cdparanoia, as well as other packages, which provide data verification, synchronization, error handling and scratch reconstruction capability. |
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
The KWave package contains a KF5 based Sound Editor application.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://download.kde.org/stable/applications/18.08.0/src/kwave-18.08.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: f2a8fd28722ab63d3bc6cbb9ec58af91
Download size: 5.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 57 MB
Estimated build time: 1.2 SBU (using parallelism=4)
AudioFile-0.3.6, fftw-3.3.8, id3lib-3.8.3, and KDE Frameworks-5.49.0
alsa-lib-1.1.6, FLAC-1.3.2, libogg-1.3.3, and PulseAudio-12.2
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/kwave
Install KWave by running the following commands:
mkdir build &&
cd build &&
cmake -DCMAKE_INSTALL_PREFIX=$KF5_PREFIX \
-DCMAKE_BUILD_TYPE=Release \
-DBUILD_TESTING=OFF \
-Wno-dev .. &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
The LAME package contains an MP3 encoder and optionally, an MP3 frame analyzer. This is useful for creating and analyzing compressed audio files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/lame/lame-3.100.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 83e260acbe4389b54fe08e0bdbf7cddb
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 9.7 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
Dmalloc, Electric Fence, libsndfile-1.0.28 and NASM-2.13.03
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/lame
First, fix a compiler error introduced by gcc-4.9.0 on 32-bit machines:
case $(uname -m) in i?86) sed -i -e 's/<xmmintrin.h/&.nouse/' configure ;; esac
Install LAME by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --enable-mp3rtp --disable-static && make
To test the results, issue: make test.
Now, as the root user:
make pkghtmldir=/usr/share/doc/lame-3.100 install
sed -i -e
's/<xmmintrin.h/&.nouse/' configure :
with gcc-4.9.0 and above, the compiler issues an error on
32-bit machines, while compiling xmm_quantize_sub.c. The error message is:
error: inlining failed in call to
always_inline '_mm_loadu_ps'. This sed makes it appear
as if xmmintrin.h is not
present. Do not use this on other versions of gcc.
--enable-mp3rtp: This
switch enables building the encode-to-RTP program.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-nasm: Enable the use of
NASM-2.13.03 to compile optimized assembly
routines.
Last updated on 2018-08-19 20:08:15 -0700
The mpg123 package contains a console-based MP3 player. It claims to be the fastest MP3 decoder for Unix.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/mpg123/mpg123-1.25.10.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: ea32caa61d41d8be797f0b04a1b43ad9
Download size: 900 KB
Estimated disk space required: 12 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
PulseAudio-12.2, SDL-1.2.15, JACK, OpenAL and PortAudio
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mpg123
Install mpg123 by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
|
is used for playing MP3 files via the console. |
|
|
is a tool to dump ID3 meta data from MPEG audio files using libmpg123 |
|
|
extracts only MPEG frames from a stream using libmpg123 (stdin to stdout) |
|
|
plays raw PCM audio to an output device |
|
|
contains the mpg123 API functions. |
|
|
contains the out123 API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-20 13:08:58 -0700
The Pnmixer package provides a lightweight volume control with a tray icon.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/downloads/nicklan/pnmixer/pnmixer-0.5.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 2288af95ab280721b39b7c33601d5dd4
Download size: 135 KB
Estimated disk space required: 2.3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
alsa-utils-1.1.6 and GTK+-2.24.32
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/pnmixer
Install Pnmixer by running the following commands:
./autogen.sh --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not have a testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-24 13:13:05 -0700
The Vorbis Tools package contains command-line tools useful for encoding, playing or editing files using the Ogg CODEC.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.xiph.org/releases/vorbis/vorbis-tools-1.4.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 567e0fb8d321b2cd7124f8208b8b90e6
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 11 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
cURL-7.61.0, FLAC-1.3.2, libkate, and Speex-1.2.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vorbistools
Install Vorbis Tools by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-vcut \
--without-curl &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--enable-vcut: This
parameter is used so that the vcut program is built as it
is not by default.
--without-curl: This
parameter disables HTTP streaming in ogg123. Remove this
parameter if you have cURL
installed.
|
is a command-line audio player for Ogg Vorbis streams. |
|
|
is a simple decoder which converts Ogg Vorbis files into PCM audio files (WAV or raw). |
|
|
is an encoder that turns raw, WAV or AIFF files into an Ogg Vorbis stream. |
|
|
prints information stored in an audio file. |
|
|
splits a file into two files at a designated cut point. |
|
|
is an editor that changes information in the audio file metadata tags. |
Last updated on 2018-08-24 13:13:05 -0700
This chapter always seems to be the favorite chapter. It's probably because there is a lot of satisfaction in playing your first video when you have spent so much time getting to that point. All those libraries, all the configurations and your reward is that you finally get to watch a movie. Not to worry though, there is always one more CODEC to install.
FFmpeg is a solution to record, convert and stream audio and video. It is a very fast video and audio converter and it can also acquire from a live audio/video source. Designed to be intuitive, the command-line interface (ffmpeg) tries to figure out all the parameters, when possible. FFmpeg can also convert from any sample rate to any other, and resize video on the fly with a high quality polyphase filter. FFmpeg can use a Video4Linux compatible video source and any Open Sound System audio source.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://ffmpeg.org/releases/ffmpeg-4.0.2.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: ae0bfdf809306a212b4f0e6eb8d1c75e
Download size: 8.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 154 MB (add 3.1 GB for the FATE suite/tests, add 17 MB for docs)
Estimated build time: 1.8 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 3.8 SBU (with THREADS=4) to run the FATE suite after sample files are downloaded; add 0.4 SBU for docs)
libass-0.14.0, fdk-aac-0.1.6, FreeType-2.9.1, LAME-3.100, libtheora-1.1.1, libvorbis-1.3.6, libvpx-1.7.0, Opus-1.2.1, x264-20180819-2245, x265-2.8, and yasm-1.3.0
alsa-lib-1.1.6, libva-2.2.0, libvdpau-1.1.1 (with the corresponding driver package), and SDL2-2.0.8,
Fontconfig-2.13.0, frei0r-plugins-1.6.1, libcdio-2.0.0 (to identify and play CDs), libwebp-1.0.0, opencv-3.4.2, OpenJPEG-2.3.0, GnuTLS-3.5.19, PulseAudio-12.2, Speex-1.2.0, texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx) for PDF and PS documentation, v4l-utils-1.14.2, XviD-1.3.5, X Window System, Flite, GSM, HEVC/H.265, libaacplus, libbluray, libcaca, libcelt, libdc1394, libdca, libiec61883, libilbc, libmodplug, libnut (Git checkout), librtmp, libssh, OpenAL, OpenCore AMR, Schroedinger, TwoLAME, vo-aaenc, vo-amrwbenc, and ZVBI
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/ffmpeg
Install FFmpeg by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/-lflite"/-lflite -lasound"/' configure &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-gpl \
--enable-version3 \
--enable-nonfree \
--disable-static \
--enable-shared \
--disable-debug \
--enable-avresample \
--enable-libass \
--enable-libfdk-aac \
--enable-libfreetype \
--enable-libmp3lame \
--enable-libopus \
--enable-libtheora \
--enable-libvorbis \
--enable-libvpx \
--enable-libx264 \
--enable-libx265 \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-4.0.2 &&
make &&
gcc tools/qt-faststart.c -o tools/qt-faststart
HTML documentation was built in the previous step. If you have texlive-20180414 installed and wish to build PDF and Postscript versions of the documentation, issue the following commands:
pushd doc &&
for DOCNAME in `basename -s .html *.html`
do
texi2pdf -b $DOCNAME.texi &&
texi2dvi -b $DOCNAME.texi &&
dvips -o $DOCNAME.ps \
$DOCNAME.dvi
done &&
popd &&
unset DOCNAME
If you have Doxygen-1.8.14 installed and you wish to build (if --disable-doc was used) or rebuild the html documentation, issue the command doxygen doc/Doxyfile.
The fate-suite tests include comparisons with installed files, and should not be run before the package is installed. Therefore, if you desire to run them, instructions are given further below.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m755 tools/qt-faststart /usr/bin && install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-4.0.2 && install -v -m644 doc/*.txt /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-4.0.2
If the PDF and Postscript documentation was built, issue the
following commands, as the root user, to install them:
install -v -m644 doc/*.pdf /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-4.0.2 && install -v -m644 doc/*.ps /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-4.0.2
If you used doxygen to manually create
the API documentation, install it by issuing the following
commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-4.0.2/api &&
cp -vr doc/doxy/html/* /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-4.0.2/api &&
find /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-4.0.2/api -type f -exec chmod -c 0644 \{} \; &&
find /usr/share/doc/ffmpeg-4.0.2/api -type d -exec chmod -c 0755 \{} \;
To properly test the installation you must have rsync-3.1.3 installed and follow the instructions for the FFmpeg Automated Testing Environment (FATE). First, about 1 GB of sample files used to run FATE are downloaded with the command:
make fate-rsync SAMPLES=fate-suite/
The fate-suite directory is
created and the files are downloaded there. That command
actually runs an rsync command, to obtain the sample files.
You may want to compress and keep this directory for testing
again, in another system, or when a new version of ffmpeg is
launched. Then, you unpack the sample files in the source
directory, and run, again, the make fate-rsync ... command
above, to sync with the repository. Now, the download size
and time are drastically reduced. Estimated values in
"Package Information" do not include the download SBU. Some
samples may have been removed, in the new version, so, in
order to be sure local and server fate samples are identical,
when you use previously saved samples, run the following
command:
rsync -vrltLW --delete --timeout=60 --contimeout=60 \
rsync://fate-suite.ffmpeg.org/fate-suite/ fate-suite/
Next, FATE is executed, with the commands (you obtain a number of tests larger than 3000):
make fate THREADS=N SAMPLES=fate-suite/ | tee ../fate.log &&
grep ^TEST ../fate.log | wc -l
where N is an
integer, N ≤
number of cores in the system.
sed -i ...
configure: This command adds the ALSA library to the Flite LDFLAGS
variable and enables the discovery of Flite.
find ... ;: Fix permissions of documentation files and directories.
--enable-libfreetype:
Enables Freetype support.
--enable-gpl: Enables
the use of GPL code and permits support for postprocessing,
swscale and many other features.
--enable-version3:
Enables the use of (L)GPL version 3 code.
--enable-nonfree:
Enables the use of nonfree code. Note that the resulting
libraries and binaries will be unredistributable.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-shared:
Enables building shared libraries, otherwise only static
libraries are built and installed.
--disable-debug:
Disables building debugging symbols into the programs and
libraries.
--enable-avresample:
Enables Transcode-1.1.7 to be compiled.
--enable-libass:
Enables ASS/SSA subtitle format rendering via libass.
--enable-libfdk-aac:
Enables currently the highest-quality AAC audio encoding via
libfdk-aac.
--enable-libmp3lame:
Enables MP3 audio encoding via libmp3lame.
--enable-libvorbis
--enable-libtheora: Enables Theora video encoding
via libvorbis and libtheora.
--enable-libvorbis
--enable-libvpx: Enables WebM encoding via
libvorbis and libvpx.
--enable-libx264:
Enables high-quality H.264/MPEG-4 AVC encoding via
libx264.
--enable-libx265:
Enables high-quality H.265/HEVC encoding via libx265.
--enable-openssl or --enable-gnutls: Enables HTTPS protocol for
network streams.
--disable-doc: Disables building
html documentation. This is only needed if Doxygen-1.8.14 is
installed and you do not want to build the html
documentation.
gcc tools/qt-faststart.c -o
tools/qt-faststart: This builds the
qt-faststart
program which can modify QuickTime formatted movies
(.mov or .mp4) so that the header information is
located at the beginning of the file instead of the end. This
allows the movie file to begin playing before the entire file
has been downloaded.
Support for most of the dependency packages requires using options passed to the configure script. View the output from ./configure --help for complete information about enabling dependency packages.
|
is a command-line tool to convert video files, network streams and input from a TV card to several video formats. |
|
|
is a very simple and portable media player using
the |
|
|
gathers information from multimedia streams and prints it in a human and machine-readable fashion. |
|
|
is a streaming server for everything that ffmpeg could use as input (files, streams, TV card input, webcam, etc). |
|
|
moves the index file to the front of quicktime (mov/mp4) videos. |
|
|
is a library containing the FFmpeg codecs (both encoding and decoding). |
|
|
is the FFmpeg device handling library. |
|
|
is a library of filters that can alter video or audio between the decoder and the encoder (or output). |
|
|
is a library containing the file formats handling (mux and demux code for several formats) used by ffplay as well as allowing the generation of audio or video streams. |
|
|
is the FFmpeg utility library. |
|
|
is the FFmpeg post processing library. |
|
|
is the FFmpeg audio rescaling library, it contains functions for converting audio sample formats. |
|
|
is the FFmpeg image rescaling library. |
Last updated on 2018-08-21 15:53:34 -0700
MPlayer is a powerful audio/video player controlled via the command line or a graphical interface that is able to play almost every popular audio and video file format. With supported video hardware and additional drivers, MPlayer can play video files without an X Window System installed.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/releases/MPlayer-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/releases/MPlayer-1.3.0.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: e8a4d77ad4f509e81dd5e13b51636c1d
Download size: 12.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 204 MB
Estimated build time: 1.4 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
Skins
GUI skin (HTTP): https://www.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/skins/Clearlooks-2.0.tar.bz2
GUI skin (FTP): ftp://ftp.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/skins/Clearlooks-2.0.tar.bz2
Skin MD5 sum: c82d4dbd7f0c36dfecd63dff972807c5
Skin size: 34 KB
Alternative skins: https://www.mplayerhq.hu/MPlayer/skins/
Skins are only required in order to use the Gtk+ 2 user interface.
GTK+-2.24.32 and libvdpau-va-gl-0.4.0
CDParanoia-III-10.2, libcdio-2.0.0 (to identify and play CDs), libdvdread-6.0.0, libdvdnav-6.0.0, libdvdcss-1.4.2, Samba-4.8.4, libbluray, LIVE555 Streaming Media, RTMPDump, TiVo vstream client, and XMMS
ALSA-1.1.6, PulseAudio-12.2, SDL-1.2.15, JACK, NAS, and OpenAL
AAlib-1.4rc5, giflib-5.1.4, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libmng-2.0.3, libpng-1.6.35, OpenJPEG1 DirectFB, libcaca, and SVGAlib
FAAC-1.29.9.2, FAAD2-2.8.8, LAME-3.100, liba52-0.7.4, libdv-1.0.0, libmad-0.15.1b, libmpeg2-0.5.1, libtheora-1.1.1, libvpx-1.7.0, LZO-2.10, mpg123-1.25.10, Speex-1.2.0, XviD-1.3.5, x264-20180819-2245, CrystalHD, Dirac, GSM, iLBC, libdca, libnut, libmpcdec, OpenCore Adaptive Multi Rate, Schroedinger, Tremor, and TwoLAME
Fontconfig-2.13.0, FreeType-2.9.1, FriBidi-1.0.5, GnuTLS-3.5.19, Opus-1.2.1, and UnRar-5.6.5; libxslt-1.1.32, docbook-xml-4.5 and docbook-xsl-1.79.2 (all three required to build the HTML documentation); and Enca, libbs2b, and LIRC (and LIRC Client Daemon)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mplayer
The package maintainers recommend building without any optimizations.
You may wish to examine the output from ./configure --help to find out what additional parameters to configure are needed to include the dependencies you have installed on your system.
Install MPlayer by running the following commands:
patch -Np0 -i ../MPlayer-1.3.0-x264_fix-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--confdir=/etc/mplayer \
--enable-dynamic-plugins \
--enable-menu \
--enable-gui &&
make
If you wish to build the HTML documentation, issue the following command:
make doc
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
ln -svf ../icons/hicolor/48x48/apps/mplayer.png \
/usr/share/pixmaps/mplayer.png
To install the HTML documentation, issue the following
commands as the root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/mplayer-1.3.0 &&
install -v -m644 DOCS/HTML/en/* \
/usr/share/doc/mplayer-1.3.0
You will only need codecs.conf if you want to change its
properties, as the main binary contains an internal copy of
it. Ensure any changes you make to codecs.conf achieve the desired results,
as incorrect entries in this file have been known to cause
errors and render the player unusable. If necessary, create
the file as the root user:
install -v -m644 etc/codecs.conf /etc/mplayer
You may alternatively want to copy all the default
configuration files to /etc/mplayer for future reference or more
customization ability. As the root user:
install -v -m644 etc/*.conf /etc/mplayer
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You
can improve system performance and memory usage by
updating /usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme
and /usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.32 or
GTK+-3.22.30 installed (for the icon
cache) and desktop-file-utils-0.23
(for the desktop cache) and issue the following commands
as the root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache && update-desktop-database
To enable the Gtk+ 2 frontend of MPlayer, you'll need to install at
least one skin. Extract the desired skin and create the
default location (as the root user):
tar -xvf ../Clearlooks-2.0.tar.bz2 \
-C /usr/share/mplayer/skins &&
ln -sfvn Clearlooks /usr/share/mplayer/skins/default
--enable-gui: This
option builds the GUI interface into mplayer.
--enable-menu: This
option is set to enable the on-screen display.
--language-doc=": This
switch enables the language used for the documentation. Use
./configure
--help to find out what additional
information.
<lang>"
--language-man=": This
switch enables the language used for the man pages. Use
./configure
--help to find out what additional
information.
<lang>"
--language-msg=": This
switch enables the language used for the messages and the
GUI. Use ./configure
--help to find out what additional
information.
<lang>"
--language=": This
switch defines the default language used. Use ./configure --help to find
out what additional information.
<lang>"
Specific options override --language. You can pass a list of languages separated by whitespace or commas instead of a single language. Nonexisting translations will be dropped from each list. All documentation and man page translations available in the list will be installed, for the messages the first available translation will be used. The value "all" will activate all translations. The LINGUAS environment variable is honored. In all cases the fallback is English. Values listed by ./configure --help are not all available, as would normally be expected. You need to build test.
/etc/mplayer/* and
~/.mplayer/*
To play a DVD, it may be useful to ensure a /dev/dvd device is created. You may need to set this up as described in the section called “Devices for DVD Drives”.
Typically, there's no configuration required for the
system-wide files in /etc/mplayer (in fact, this directory is
empty unless you copied the default files as mentioned
above). Configuration can be accomplished by choosing the
configuration button located on the MPlayer GUI. Any configuration changes
made in the GUI will be saved in the user's ~/.mplayer directory.
|
is a symlink to mplayer which brings up the GTK+ 2 frontend of MPlayer. |
|
|
is the main MPlayer video player. |
|
|
is a powerful command line video decoding, encoding and filtering tool that is useful for (amongst other things) ripping DVDs to files on your hard disk (see /usr/share/doc/mplayer-1.3.0/mencoder.html) |
Last updated on 2018-08-25 07:40:52 -0700
Transcode was a fast, versatile and command-line based audio/video everything to everything converter primarily focussed on producing AVI video files with MP3 audio, but also including a program to read all the video and audio streams from a DVD.
Although outdated and no longer maintained, it can still be used to extract items from a DVD using only the required and recommended dependencies, or to recode to AVI files.
Subjects to the comments below, this package is known to build and minimally work using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://bitbucket.org/france/transcode-tcforge/downloads/transcode-1.1.7.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mirrorservice.org/sites/distfiles.gentoo.org/distfiles/transcode-1.1.7.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9bb25a796a8591fb764de46ee87ce505
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 66 MB
Estimated build time: 0.6 SBU
FFmpeg-4.0.2 (configured with --enable-avresample)
alsa-lib-1.1.6, LAME-3.100, libdvdread-6.0.0, libmpeg2-0.5.1, and Xorg Libraries
FAAC-1.29.9.2, FreeType-2.9.1, ImageMagick-6.9.10-10 libraries, liba52-0.7.4, libdv-1.0.0, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libogg-1.3.3, libquicktime-1.2.4, libtheora-1.1.1, libvorbis-1.3.6, libxml2-2.9.8, LZO-2.10, SDL-1.2.15, v4l-utils-1.14.2, x264-20180819-2245, XviD-1.3.5 MJPEG Tools, and PVM3,
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/transcode
The details of how the FFmpeg libraries are used has changed since this version of Transcode was released. The patch allows the package to be compiled, but some or all of the internal calls to FFmpeg may fail at run time (they report an error and processing continues, but without any output).
For many packages, that would be a critical error. In this case, the main reason to install Transcode is for the tccat program, which works. Some of the transcode options work - for the others, use ffmpeg directly on the command line.
Support for most of the dependency packages requires using
options passed to the configure script. View
the INSTALL file and the
output from ./configure
--help for complete information about
enabling dependency packages.
Install Transcode by running the following commands:
sed -i 's|doc/transcode|&-$(PACKAGE_VERSION)|' \
$(find . -name Makefile.in -exec grep -l 'docsdir =' {} \;) &&
patch -Np1 -i ../transcode-1.1.7-ffmpeg4-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--enable-alsa \
--enable-libmpeg2 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -i ...: Fixes install location for documentation.
|
fixes the header of an AVI file. |
|
|
writes a text file describing the index of an AVI file. |
|
|
merges AVI files of the same format. Do not try to merge AVI files of different formats, it will most likely result in errors (and format means same bitrates, too!). |
|
|
splits AVI files into multiple files. |
|
|
can shift audio in AVI files for better synchronizing of the audio and video data signal. |
|
|
concatenates input files using the input plugins of Transcode. This is useful for extracting VOB (Video OBject) files, either for a whole DVD or for selected Titles or Chapters, which can then be played or recoded. |
|
|
is used to decode input files to raw video and PCM audio streams. |
|
|
demultiplexes (separates) audio/video input that contains multiple streams, e.g., VOB files. |
|
|
grabs single streams from a file containing multiple streams. |
|
|
loads a supplied Transcode filter module and prints its parameters. |
|
|
is a tool which can cut MP3 streams at milliseconds positions. |
|
|
prints information about the input file format. |
|
|
performs several measurements on the given input data. |
|
|
checks information in a SMIL input file. |
|
|
is the encoder's user interface that handles the plugins and other programs, being the glue between the modules. There are several well documented usage examples on both the homepage and the documentation included in the package. |
Last updated on 2018-08-24 13:13:05 -0700
VLC is a media player, streamer, and encoder. It can play from many inputs, such as files, network streams, capture devices, desktops, or DVD, SVCD, VCD, and audio CD. It can use most audio and video codecs (MPEG 1/2/4, H264, VC-1, DivX, WMV, Vorbis, AC3, AAC, etc.), and it can also convert to different formats and/or send streams through the network.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://download.videolan.org/vlc/3.0.3/vlc-3.0.3.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: cf01d4755c719fe1c8605ceb40d8f1d2
Download size: 24 MB
Estimated disk space required: 709 MB (add 13 MB for tests)
Estimated build time: 2.0 SBU (using parallelism=4; add 0.2 SBU for tests)
alsa-lib-1.1.6, FFmpeg-4.0.2, liba52-0.7.4, libgcrypt-1.8.3 libmad-0.15.1b, Lua-5.3.5, and X Window System,
libcddb-1.3.2, libdv-1.0.0, libdvdcss-1.4.2, libdvdread-6.0.0, libdvdnav-6.0.0, opencv-3.4.2 (currently broken), Samba-4.8.4, v4l-utils-1.14.2, libbluray, libdc1394, libproxy, Live555, and VCDImager (requires libcdio-2.0.0)
libogg-1.3.3, Game Music Emu, libdvbpsi, libshout, libmatroska (requires libebml), libmodplug, Musepack, and sidplay-libs
FAAD2-2.8.8, FLAC-1.3.2, libass-0.14.0, libmpeg2-0.5.1, libpng-1.6.35, libtheora-1.1.1, libva-2.2.0, libvorbis-1.3.6, Opus-1.2.1, Speex-1.2.0, x264-20180819-2245, Dirac, FluidSynth, libdca, libkate, OpenMAX, Schroedinger, Tremor, Twolame, and Zapping VBI
AAlib-1.4rc5, Fontconfig-2.13.0, FreeType-2.9.1, FriBidi-1.0.5, librsvg-2.42.2, libvdpau-1.1.1, SDL-1.2.15 (with SDL_image), and libcaca
PulseAudio-12.2, libsamplerate-0.1.9, and JACK
Qt-5.11.1 (required for the graphical user interface), libtar, and LIRC
GnuTLS-3.5.19, libnotify-0.7.7, libxml2-2.9.8, taglib-1.11.1, xdg-utils-1.1.3 (runtime), and AtmoLight
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/vlc
Install VLC by running the following commands:
sed -i '/vlc_demux.h/a #define LUA_COMPAT_APIINTCASTS' modules/lua/vlc.h &&
sed -i '/DEPRECATED/s:^://:' modules/text_renderer/freetype/text_layout.c &&
sed -i '/#include <QString>/i#include <QButtonGroup>' \
modules/gui/qt/components/simple_preferences.cpp &&
sed -i '/118/s/$/\&\& X264_BUILD < 153/' modules/codec/x264.c &&
BUILDCC=gcc ./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-opencv &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc/vlc-3.0.3 install
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You
can improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme and
/usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.32 or GTK+-3.22.30
installed (for the icon cache) and desktop-file-utils-0.23 (for
the desktop cache) and issue the following commands as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache && update-desktop-database
sed ... modules/lua/...: This command allows building with the current version of Lua-5.3.5.
sed ... text_layout.c: This command allows building with the current version of FreeType-2.9.1.
sed ... modules/codec/x264.c This command allows building with the current version of x264-20180819-2245.
sed -i '/#include <QString>/ ... This command allows building with the current version of Qt-5.11.1.
--disable-opencv: This switch is
required to disable opencv
which is not compatible with this version of vlc.
--disable-lua: Use this switch if
you don't have Lua
installed.
--disable-mad: Use this switch if
you don't have libmad
installed.
--disable-avcodec
--disable-swscale: Use these switches if you don't
have FFmpeg installed.
--disable-a52: Use this switch if
you don't have liba52
installed.
--disable-xcb: Use this switch if
you don't have X Window
System installed.
--disable-alsa: Use this switch
if you don't have ALSA
installed.
--disable-libgcrypt: Use this
switch if you don't have libgcrypt installed.
There are many options to VLC's configure command. Check the configure --help output for a complete list.
|
is a script to run VLC with the dummy interface. |
|
|
is a script to run VLC with the ncurses interface. |
|
|
is a script to run VLC with the Qt interface. |
|
|
is a script to run VLC with a command line interface. |
|
|
is a script to run VLC with the skins interface. |
|
|
is the VLC media player. |
|
|
is a wrapper to drop privileges with VLC. |
Last updated on 2018-08-20 18:36:12 -0700
The xine User Interface package contains a multimedia player. It plays back CDs, DVDs and VCDs. It also decodes multimedia files like AVI, MOV, WMV, MPEG and MP3 from local disk drives, and displays multimedia streamed over the Internet.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Although this version of xine-ui works with most files, it is unable to open encrypted (content-scrambled) DVDs with the current version of libdvdcss.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/xine/xine-ui-0.99.10.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: b3b4839c73edfa0da7c7331455cfee29
Download size: 1.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 24 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
xine-lib-1.2.9 and shared-mime-info-1.10
cURL-7.61.0, AAlib-1.4rc5, LIRC, and libcaca
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xine-ui
Install xine User Interface by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make docsdir=/usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.10 install
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
desktop files into the /usr/share/applications hierarchy. You
can improve system performance and memory usage by updating
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme and
/usr/share/applications/mimeinfo.cache.
To perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.32 or GTK+-3.22.30
installed (for the icon cache) and desktop-file-utils-0.23 (for
the desktop cache) and issue the following commands as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache && update-desktop-database
docsdir=/usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.10:
This parameter causes the Xine
UI documentation to be installed in the versioned
directory /usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.10, rather that
the default /usr/share/doc/xine-ui.
The above file is created and maintainable through the
xine setup
dialog box. The documentation for the configuration
settings is located at /usr/share/doc/xine-ui-0.99.10/README.config_en.
If you have a DVB TV card, you can watch TV with the command xine dvb:// and change channels with the scroll wheel on your mouse.
|
is an ASCII art video player which utilizes AAlib as the frontend for the xine Libraries. |
|
|
is a color ASCII art video player which utilizes CACA as the frontend for the xine Libraries. |
|
|
is a frame buffer interface to the xine Libraries. |
|
|
is a multimedia player designed to play MPEG streams (audio and video), MPEG elementary streams (MP3), MPEG transport streams, Ogg files, AVI files, ASF files, some Quicktime files, VCDs and DVDs. |
|
|
produces a terse system description and guides you through the process of reporting a bug. |
|
|
tests the xine video player installation for common problems. It tests the operating system settings, installation of plugins, CD/DVD drive settings and video support parameters. |
|
|
is a tool to connect to a xine remote control server. |
Last updated on 2018-08-24 13:13:05 -0700
This chapter contains information on CD/DVD-writing utilities in Linux.
Additional sources of information include:
The Cdrdao package contains CD recording utilities. These are useful for burning a CD in disk-at-once mode.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/cdrdao/cdrdao-1.2.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 2ada887d1b30b440867b8df0d3023cf7
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 39 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
libao-1.2.0, libvorbis-1.3.6, libmad-0.15.1b, and LAME-3.100 (required to build toc2mp3)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cdrdao
Install Cdrdao by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cdrdao-1.2.4 && install -v -m644 README /usr/share/doc/cdrdao-1.2.4
--mandir=/usr/share/man: Install manual pages in /usr/share/man instead of /usr/man.
|
records audio or data CD-Rs in disk-at-once (DAO) mode based on a textual description of the CD contents. |
|
|
converts CUE to TOC format for audio CDs. |
|
|
converts a Cdrdao TOC file into a cddb file and prints it to stdout. |
|
|
converts TOC to CUE format for audio CDs. |
|
|
converts an audio CD disk image ( |
Last updated on 2018-08-23 18:49:51 -0700
The Cdrtools package contains CD recording utilities. These are useful for reading, creating or writing (burning) CDs, DVDs, and Blu-ray discs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/cdrtools/cdrtools-3.02a09.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 1e224a6adbbe4ad40047b9fddbb0e60c
Download size: 2.1 MB
Estimated disk space required: 32 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Cdrtools
This package does not support parallel build.
Install Cdrtools by running the following commands:
export GMAKE_NOWARN=true && make -j1 INS_BASE=/usr DEFINSUSR=root DEFINSGRP=root
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
export GMAKE_NOWARN=true &&
make INS_BASE=/usr DEFINSUSR=root DEFINSGRP=root install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/cdrtools-3.02a09 &&
install -v -m644 README* ABOUT doc/*.ps \
/usr/share/doc/cdrtools-3.02a09
export GMAKE_NOWARN=true: This variable avoids a warning when using GNU make.
INS_BASE=/usr: This
parameter moves the install directory from /opt/schily to /usr.
DEFINSUSR=root
DEFINSGRP=root: These parameters install all
programs with root:root ownership instead of the default
bin:bin.
|
converts Compact Disc audio into WAV sound files. |
|
|
records audio or data Compact Discs. |
|
|
is a diagnostic program used to dump an ISO-9660 device or file in hex. |
|
|
is used to display the command-line parameters used to create an ISO-9660 image. |
|
|
is a diagnostic program used to dump a device or file based on ISO-9660. |
|
|
is used to analyze or list an ISO-9660 image. |
|
|
is used to verify an ISO-9660 image. |
|
|
is a symbolic link to mkisofs used to create ISO-9660/HFS hybrid filesystem images. |
|
|
is used to create ISO-9660/JOLIET/HFS filesystem images, optionally with Rock Ridge attributes. |
|
|
reads or writes Compact Discs. |
|
|
is a remote SCSI manager. |
|
|
is used to check and verify the Application Binary
Interface of |
|
|
is a highly portable SCSI transport library. |
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
The dvd+rw-tools package contains several utilities to master the DVD media, both +RW/+R and -R[W]. The principle tool is growisofs which provides a way to both lay down and grow an ISO9660 file system on (as well as to burn an arbitrary pre-mastered image to) all supported DVD media. This is useful for creating a new DVD or adding to an existing image on a partially burned DVD.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://fy.chalmers.se/~appro/linux/DVD+RW/tools/dvd+rw-tools-7.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8acb3c885c87f6838704a0025e435871
Download size: 138 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.7 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Cdrtools-3.02a09 (runtime)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/dvd+rw-tools
Install dvd+rw-tools by running the following commands:
sed -i '/stat.h/a #include <sys/sysmacros.h>/' growisofs.c && sed -i '/stdlib/a #include <limits.h>' transport.hxx && make all rpl8 btcflash
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make prefix=/usr install &&
install -v -m644 -D index.html \
/usr/share/doc/dvd+rw-tools-7.1/index.html
sed -i '/stdlib/a #include
<limits.h>' ...: This sed includes
limits.h, one of the kernel
headers. This is needed due to a change in the 2.6.23 kernel
headers.
make all rpl8 btcflash: This command uses additional targets so that all the utilities are built.
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
libburn is a library for writing preformatted data onto optical media: CD, DVD and BD (Blu-Ray).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://files.libburnia-project.org/releases/libburn-1.4.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8aa3bb434637fcd34aaa374bc41e784d
Download size: 956 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libburn
Install libburn by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-21 13:14:23 -0700
libisoburn is a frontend for libraries libburn and libisofs which enables creation and expansion of ISO-9660 filesystems on all CD/DVD/BD media supported by libburn. This includes media like DVD+RW, which do not support multi-session management on media level and even plain disk files or block devices.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://files.libburnia-project.org/releases/libisoburn-1.4.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5e64fb45f70e4920ebb2fb98012c8b6c
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB (with Tk and HTML documentation)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (with Tk and HTML documentation)
libburn-1.4.8 and libisofs-1.4.8
Doxygen-1.8.14 (to generate HTML documentation) and Tk-8.6.8 (for xorriso-tcltk)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libisoburn
Install libisoburn by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--enable-pkg-check-modules &&
make
If you have installed Doxygen and wish to generate the HTML documentation, issue the following command:
doxygen doc/doxygen.conf
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you have built the HTML documentation, install it by
running the following commands as the root user:
install -v -dm755 /usr/share/doc/libisoburn-1.4.8 && install -v -m644 doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/libisoburn-1.4.8
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-pkg-check-modules:
Enable pkg-config check for
libburn and libisofs.
|
is a symbolic link to xorriso that copies files from ISO image to a disk filesystem. |
|
|
is a symbolic link to xorriso that provides a cdrecord type user interface. |
|
|
is a program to create, load, manipulate, read, and write ISO 9660 filesystem images with Rock Ridge extensions. |
|
|
is a symbolic link to xorriso that that provides a mkisofs type user interface. |
|
|
is a frontend that operates xorriso in dialog mode. |
|
|
contains the libisoburn API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-24 09:22:14 -0700
libisofs is a library to create an ISO-9660 filesystem with extensions like RockRidge or Joliet.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://files.libburnia-project.org/releases/libisofs-1.4.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 8be74087dd1ef325ea8e1e9b80b613a5
Download size: 812 KB
Estimated disk space required: 10 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/libisofs
Install libisofs by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
Last updated on 2018-08-23 18:49:51 -0700
This chapter contains spooling printer management systems and ghostscript applications to render PostScript for display on terminals or paper.
The Common Unix Printing System (CUPS) is a print spooler and associated utilities. It is based on the "Internet Printing Protocol" and provides printing services to most PostScript and raster printers.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/apple/cups/releases/download/v2.2.8/cups-2.2.8-source.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 33150d08993a04c8e22176e93805a051
Download size: 9.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 57 MB
Estimated build time: 0.5 SBU
colord-1.4.3, dbus-1.12.10, libusb-1.0.22, Linux-PAM-1.3.0, and xdg-utils-1.1.3
Avahi-0.7, libpaper-1.1.24+nmu5, MIT Kerberos V5-1.16.1, OpenJDK-10.0.2, PHP-7.2.9, and Python-2.7.15
Gutenprint-5.2.14 and hplip (HP printers)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cups
There used to be a conflict between the Cups libusb backend and the usblp kernel driver. This is no longer the case and cups will work with both of these enabled.
If you want to use the kernel usblp driver (for example, if you wish to use escputil from Gutenprint-5.2.14) enable the following options in your kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
Device Drivers --->
[*] USB support ---> [CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT]
<*/M> OHCI HCD (USB 1.1) support [CONFIG_USB_OHCI_HCD]
<*/M> UHCI HCD (most Intel and VIA) support [CONFIG_USB_UHCI_HCD]
<*/M> USB Printer support [CONFIG_USB_PRINTER]
If you have a parallel printer, enable the following options in your kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
Device Drivers --->
<*/M> Parallel port support ---> [CONFIG_PARPORT]
<*/M> PC-style hardware [CONFIG_PARPORT_PC]
Character devices --->
<*/M> Parallel printer support [CONFIG_PRINTER]
You will need to add an lp
user, as Cups will create
some files owned by this user. (The lp user is the default used by
Cups, but may be changed to
a different user by passing a parameter to the configure script.) Use the
following command as the root
user:
useradd -c "Print Service User" -d /var/spool/cups -g lp -s /bin/false -u 9 lp
You will also need a dedicated group that will contain users
allowed to do Cups
administrative tasks. Add the group by running the following
command as the root user:
groupadd -g 19 lpadmin
If you want to add a user to the Cups administrative group, run the
following command as the root
user:
usermod -a -G lpadmin <username>
If you didn't install xdg-utils-1.1.3, use the following sed to change the default browser that will be used to access the Cups web interface:
sed -i 's#@CUPS_HTMLVIEW@#firefox#' desktop/cups.desktop.in
Replace firefox with the web browser of your choice.
Build Cups by running the following commands:
sed -i 's:444:644:' Makedefs.in &&
sed -i '/MAN.EXT/s:.gz::' configure config-scripts/cups-manpages.m4 &&
aclocal -I config-scripts &&
autoconf -I config-scripts &&
CC=gcc \
./configure --libdir=/usr/lib \
--disable-systemd \
--with-rcdir=/tmp/cupsinit \
--with-system-groups=lpadmin \
--with-docdir=/usr/share/cups/doc-2.2.8 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make -k check. An already active graphical session with bus address is necessary to run the tests. Some tests fail for unknown reasons.
Now, as the root user:
make install && rm -rf /tmp/cupsinit && ln -svnf ../cups/doc-2.2.8 /usr/share/doc/cups-2.2.8
Create a basic Cups client
configuration file by running the following command as the
root user:
echo "ServerName /var/run/cups/cups.sock" > /etc/cups/client.conf
This package installs icon files into the /usr/share/icons/hicolor hierarchy and
you can improve system performance and memory usage by
updating /usr/share/icons/hicolor/index.theme. To
perform the update you must have GTK+-2.24.32 or GTK+-3.22.30
installed and issue the following command as the
root user:
gtk-update-icon-cache
sed ... Makedefs.in: Fix files and directories permissions.
sed ... cups-manpages.m4: This sed prevents compression of the man pages by default.
CC=gcc: This environment variable
ensures that gcc is used, if clang is installed. Remove it,
if you prefer to use clang. Using clang almost doubles build
time and slightly decreases build disk space. Installed disk
space is not appreciably modified.
--disable-systemd:
Systemd is not supported by this version of BLFS.
--with-rcdir=/tmp/cupsinit:
This switch tells the build process to install the shipped
bootscript into /tmp instead of
/etc/rc.d.
--with-system-groups=lpadmin:
This switch ensures that only lpadmin will be used as the Cups administrative group.
--disable-libusb: Use this switch
if you have installed libusb-1.0.22, but wish to use the kernel
usblp driver.
--enable-libpaper: Use this
switch if you have installed libpaper and wish to use it with
Cups.
Normally, printers are set up via a web browser. The Cups server will normally connect via the url http://localhost:631. From there printers, print jobs, and the server configuration can be set up and managed. Remote system administration can also be set up. Configuration can also be done from the command line via the lpadmin, lpoptions, and lpstat commands.
Configuration of Cups is dependent on the type of printer and can be complex. Generally, PostScript printers are easier. For detailed instructions on configuration and use of Cups, see http://www.cups.org/documentation.php.
For non-PostScript printers to print with Cups, you need to install ghostscript-9.23 to convert PostScript to raster images and a driver (e.g. from Gutenprint-5.2.14) to convert the resulting raster images to a form that the printer understands. Foomatic drivers use ghostscript-9.23 to convert PostScript to a printable form directly, but this is considered suboptimal by Cups developers.
If CUPS has been built with Linux PAM support, you need to create a PAM configuration file to get it working correctly with BLFS.
Issue the following command as the root user to create the configuration
file for Linux PAM:
cat > /etc/pam.d/cups << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/pam.d/cups
auth include system-auth
account include system-account
session include system-session
# End /etc/pam.d/cups
EOF
If you want the Cups print service to start automatically when the system is booted, install the init script included in the blfs-bootscripts-20180105 package:
make install-cups
|
instructs the printing system to accept print jobs to the specified destinations. |
|
|
cancels existing print jobs from the print queues. |
|
|
accept jobs sent to a destination. |
|
|
exports printers to the Samba software for use with Windows clients. |
|
|
is a Cups program configuration utility. |
|
|
updates or queries the cupsd.conf file for a server. |
|
|
is the scheduler for the Common Unix Printing System. |
|
|
stop printers and classes. |
|
|
start printers and classes. |
|
|
is a front-end to the Cups filter subsystem which allows you to convert a file to a specific format. |
|
|
reject jobs sent to a destination. |
|
|
tests the conformance of PostScript files. |
|
|
tests the conformance of PPD files. |
|
|
finds internet printing protocol printers. |
|
|
sends IPP requests to the specified URI and tests and/or displays the results. |
|
|
submits files for printing or alters a pending job. |
|
|
configures printer and class queues provided by Cups. |
|
|
provides limited control over printer and class queues provided by Cups. |
|
|
lists the available devices or drivers known to the Cups server. |
|
|
moves the specified job to a new destination. |
|
|
displays or sets printer options and defaults. |
|
|
shows the current print queue status on the named printer. |
|
|
submits files for printing. |
|
|
cancels print jobs that have been queued for printing. |
|
|
displays status information about the current classes, jobs, and printers. |
|
|
compiles PPDC source files into one or more PPD files. |
|
|
reads a driver information file and produces a HTML summary page that lists all of the drivers in a file and the supported options. |
|
|
imports one or more PPD files into a PPD compiler source file. |
|
|
merges two or more PPD files into a single, multi-language PPD file. |
|
|
extracts UI strings from PPDC source files and updates either a GNU gettext or Mac OS X strings format message catalog source file for translation. |
|
|
instructs the printing system to reject print jobs to the specified destinations. |
|
|
contains the Cups API functions. |
Last updated on 2018-08-19 14:04:57 -0700
The CUPS Filters package contains backends, filters and other software that was once part of the core CUPS distribution but is no longer maintained by Apple Inc.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://www.openprinting.org/download/cups-filters/cups-filters-1.21.1.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 60a27b6420703a33332f3243f43c9a62
Download size: 1.4 MB
Estimated disk space required: 42 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU (with tests)
Cups-2.2.8, GLib-2.56.1, ghostscript-9.23, Little CMS-2.9, mupdf-1.13.0 (mutool), Poppler-0.67.0, and Qpdf-8.2.1
libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libpng-1.6.35 and LibTIFF-4.0.9
Avahi-0.7, Dejavu fonts (required for the tests), IJS-0.35, OpenLDAP-2.4.46, PHP-7.2.9 (use of this might be broken), Liblouis (Braille), and Liblouisutdml (Braille)
Gutenprint-5.2.14 (for supported printers), or other printer drivers, such as hplip
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/cups-filters
Install CUPS Filters by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--without-rcdir \
--disable-static \
--disable-avahi \
--docdir=/usr/share/doc/cups-filters-1.21.1 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. DejaVu fonts are needed for the tests.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--disable-avahi: This
switch is needed if the optional Avahi-0.7 is not installed.
Remove it if avahi is installed and you need network printer
discovery capabilities.
--without-rcdir: This
switch disables installation of the bundled bootscript which
is not compatible with BLFS.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-ijs: This switch will
allow the pdftoijs filter, for sending PDFs to an HP InkJet
Server, to be built.
Last updated on 2018-08-30 10:29:20 -0700
Ghostscript is a versatile processor for PostScript data with the ability to render PostScript to different targets. It is a mandatory part of the cups printing stack.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/ArtifexSoftware/ghostpdl-downloads/releases/download/gs923/ghostscript-9.23.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 5a47ab47cd22dec1eb5f51c06f1c9d9c
Download size: 42 MB
Estimated disk space required: 160 MB (with fonts and libgs.so)
Estimated build time: 1.5 SBU (with libgs.so)
If you wish, you can download additional fonts.
Standard Fonts
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/gs-fonts/ghostscript-fonts-std-8.11.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6865682b095f8c4500c54b285ff05ef6
Download size: 3.7 MB
Other Fonts
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/gs-fonts/gnu-gs-fonts-other-6.0.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 33457d3f37de7ef03d2eea05a9e6aa4f
Download size: 796 KB
Cups-2.2.8 (required for building the “cups” device backend, which is needed by cups-filters), Fontconfig-2.13.0 (required, if you are installing any suggested font), FreeType-2.9.1, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, libpng-1.6.35, LibTIFF-4.0.9, and Little CMS-2.9
Cairo-1.14.12, GTK+-3.22.30, libidn-1.35, libpaper-1.1.24+nmu5, Little CMS-1.19 (not used by default, nor if lcms2 is present or found), and X Window System
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gs
The Ghostscript build system is not user-friendly. In order to use system copies of various graphics libraries, you must do it using unconventional methods.
GPL Ghostscript includes (old) copies of several libraries. Some of these seem to have been patched to fix known vulnerabilities, but others of these copies are less-well maintained. To ensure that any future fixes are applied throughout the whole system, it is recommended that you first install the released versions of these libraries and then configure GPL Ghostscript to link to them.
If you have installed the recommended dependencies on your system, remove the copies of freetype, lcms2, libjpeg, and libpng:
rm -rf freetype lcms2 jpeg libpng
Compile Ghostscript:
rm -rf zlib &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-compile-inits \
--enable-dynamic \
--with-system-libtiff &&
make
The shared library depends on GTK+-3.22.30. It is only used by external programs like asymptote-2.47, ImageMagick-7.0.8-10, and texlive-20180414.
To compile the shared library libgs.so, run the following additional
command as an unprivileged user:
make so
This package does not come with a test suite. A set of example files may be used for testing, but it is only possible after installation of the package.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If you want the shared library too:
make soinstall && install -v -m644 base/*.h /usr/include/ghostscript && ln -v -s ghostscript /usr/include/ps
Now make the documentation accessible from the normal place:
ln -sfvn ../ghostscript/9.23/doc /usr/share/doc/ghostscript-9.23 && sudo cp -a examples/ /usr/share/ghostscript/9.23/
If you have downloaded the fonts, unpack them to /usr/share/ghostscript and ensure the
ownerships of the files are root: root.
tar -xvf ../ghostscript-fonts-std-8.11.tar.gz -C /usr/share/ghostscript --no-same-owner && tar -xvf ../gnu-gs-fonts-other-6.0.tar.gz -C /usr/share/ghostscript --no-same-owner && fc-cache -v /usr/share/ghostscript/fonts/
You can now test the rendering of various postscript and pdf
files from the /usr/share/ghostscript/9.23/examples , for
example (you need an X window system display):
gs -q -dBATCH /usr/share/ghostscript/9.23/examples/tiger.eps
rm -rf zlib : zlib was installed as part of LFS.
--disable-compile-inits: This
option makes gs
and libgs.so slightly smaller.
--with-system-libtiff: Remove
this option if you've not installed LibTIFF-4.0.9.
install -v -m644 base/*.h... : Some packages (ImageMagick is one) need the Ghostscript interface headers in place to link to the shared library. These commands install the headers.
ln -v -s ghostscript /usr/include/ps: Some packages expect to find the interface headers in an alternate location.
ln -sfv ../ghostscript-9.23/doc ... : This puts a symbolic link to the documentation where it is expected to be found.
--disable-cups: this option will
save a tiny amount of space by not linking gs and libgs.so to the Cups-2.2.8 libraries if you
have installed those.
|
is an interpreter for Adobe Systems' PostScript(tm) and Portable Document Format (PDF). |
|
|
provides Ghostscript functionality to other programs, such as GSView, ImageMagick, and libspectre. |
GPL Ghostscript provides many different scripts used to convert PostScript, PDF, and other formats. Please refer to the HTML documentation or the man pages for information about the capabilities provided.
Last updated on 2018-08-21 15:53:34 -0700
The Gutenprint (formerly Gimp-Print) package contains high quality drivers for many brands and models of printers for use with Cups-2.2.8 and the GIMP-2.0. See a list of supported printers at http://gutenprint.sourceforge.net/p_Supported_Printers.php.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/gimp-print/gutenprint-5.2.14.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4177da0cb5ce39c6115e54694687d656
Download size: 6.8 MB
Estimated disk space required: 55 MB (without tests)
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4; without tests)
Two families of DyeSub photo printers each require another library at runtime. Unless you have one of these devices you will not want these libraries.
For the Sinfonia S6145 and the Ciaat Brava 21, libS6145ImageReProcess, see Peachy Photos (Sinfonia) for instructions on how to build and test this.
For the Mitsubishi D70 family and the similar Kodak 305, libMitsuD70ImageReProcess, see Peachy Photos (Mitsubishi CP-D70) for instructions on how to build and test this.
ImageMagick-7.0.8-10, texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx), Doxygen-1.8.14, and DocBook-utils-0.6.14
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/gutenprint
If you intend to use escputil with a USB-connected Epson Stylus printer for commands such as --ink-level which need to access the raw device, you must enable the kernel's usblp driver. Enable the following options in your kernel configuration and recompile the kernel:
Device Drivers --->
[*] USB support ---> [CONFIG_USB_SUPPORT]
<*/M> OHCI HCD (USB 1.1) support [CONFIG_USB_OHCI_HCD]
<*/M> UHCI HCD (most Intel and VIA) support [CONFIG_USB_UHCI_HCD]
<*/M> USB Printer support [CONFIG_USB_PRINTER]
Install Gutenprint by running the following commands:
sed -i 's|$(PACKAGE)/doc|doc/$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)|' \
{,doc/,doc/developer/}Makefile.in &&
./configure --prefix=/usr --disable-static &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. The tests take a very long time and use a lot of disk space. When last tested (version 5.2.13 in September 2017) this needed 91 SBU and 9.5 GB to complete the tests (one test, rastertogutenprint failed because the CUPS ppds are for a previous version. Maybe genppds should be run before the tests). Note that the tests used only one CPU.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/gutenprint-5.2.14/api/gutenprint{,ui2} &&
install -v -m644 doc/gutenprint/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/gutenprint-5.2.14/api/gutenprint &&
install -v -m644 doc/gutenprintui2/html/* \
/usr/share/doc/gutenprint-5.2.14/api/gutenprintui2
sed -i '...'
...Makefile.in: This command is used so that
the package documentation is installed in the conventional
/usr/share/doc directory
structure instead of /usr/share/gutenprint/doc.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
For CUPS to see newly
installed print drivers, it has to be restarted (as the
root user):
/etc/rc.d/init.d/cups restart
Then point your web browser to http://localhost:631/ to add a new printer to CUPS.
|
calibrates the color output of printers using the Gutenprint, CUPS or ESP Print Pro drivers. |
|
|
generates Gutenprint PPD files for use with CUPS. |
|
|
regenerates the Gutenprint PPD files in use by CUPS. |
|
|
is a command line utility to perform various maintenance tasks on Epson Stylus inkjet printers. |
|
|
is a Ghostscript driver for HP InkJet and LaserJet printers. |
|
|
is a test program to learn how to use libgutenprint. |
Last updated on 2018-08-26 12:11:33 -0700
This chapter contains scanning applications which allow you to convert printed documents into formatted documents readable by other applications.
SANE is short for Scanner Access Now Easy. Scanner access; however, is far from easy, since every vendor has their own protocols. The only known protocol that should bring some unity into this chaos is the TWAIN interface, but this is too imprecise to allow a stable scanning framework. Therefore, SANE comes with its own protocol, and the vendor drivers can't be used.
SANE is split into back ends and front ends. The back ends are drivers for the supported scanners and cameras. The front ends are user interfaces to access the backends.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://fossies.org/linux/misc/sane-backends-1.0.27.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b10a08785f92a4c07ad961f4d843c934
Download size: 8.2 MB
Estimated disk space required: 118 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU (with tests)
Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/sane-frontends/sane-frontends-1.0.14.tar.gz
Downlaod MD5 sum: c63bf7b0bb5f530cf3c08715db721cd3
Download size: 231 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3.0 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Avahi-0.7, Cups-2.2.8, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, LibTIFF-4.0.9, libusb-1.0.22, v4l-utils-1.14.2, Net-SNMP, libieee1284, libgphoto2, and texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx)
X Window System, GTK+-2.24.32, and Gimp-2.10.6
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sane
To access your scanner, you will probably need the related kernel drivers and/or additional support packages. A SCSI scanner will need SCSI drivers, a parallel port scanner needs parallel port support (you should use enhanced EPP modes) and perhaps libieee1284, and a USB scanner will need the libusb-1.0.22 package. For HP devices, you may need hplip. Ensure you have the necessary drivers properly configured to access the devices.
The SANE daemon should run
with its own group. Create this group by issuing the
following commands as the root user:
groupadd -g 70 scanner
The user building SANE-backends should be a member of
the scanner group before
proceeding. After you have added the user building the
package to the scanner
group, issue the following command to create a new shell:
su $(whoami)
Check the output of the groups command and
ensure the user is a member of the scanner group.
For a USB scanner, if you are linking to libusb-1.0.22, include the configure switch --enable-libusb_1_0. Install SANE-backends by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc \
--localstatedir=/var \
--with-group=scanner \
--with-docdir=/usr/share/doc/sane-backends-1.0.27 &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -m 644 -v tools/udev/libsane.rules \
/etc/udev/rules.d/65-scanner.rules &&
chgrp -v scanner /var/lock/sane
With the scanner on, run scanimage -L and the name and location of the device should appear. Of course, you need the device drivers configured, in order to run this test.
The SANE-frontends package includes the graphical frontends xscanimage and xcam, and a command-line frontend scanadf. You don't need this package if you intend to use one of the more advanced graphical frontends like XSane-0.999. For a list of frontend packages, see http://www.sane-project.org/sane-frontends.html.
To install SANE-frontends, use the following commands:
sed -i -e "/SANE_CAP_ALWAYS_SETTABLE/d" src/gtkglue.c && ./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m644 doc/sane.png xscanimage-icon-48x48-2.png \
/usr/share/sane
If GIMP was linked into
the build and you wish GIMP to use xscanimage as a scanning
plugin, issue the following command as the root user:
ln -v -s ../../../../bin/xscanimage /usr/lib/gimp/2.0/plug-ins
If the plugin xscanimage is disabled in GIMP's menu, in order to enable it, "create" a blank image using the menu or Ctrl-N. After that, it is enabled.
--sysconfdir=/etc:
This switch installs the configuration files in /etc/sane.d instead of /usr/etc/sane.d.
--with-group=scanner:
This parameter causes the directory created for the locking
files to be group owned by the scanner group instead of the default
uucp group.
exit: This command is used to exit the shell created by the su command.
The backend configuration files are located in
/etc/sane.d. Information
for configuring the various backends can be found by
using the man(5) page for the desired backend. Run
man sane-<backend>,
substituting the desired backend.
Add any desired users to the scanner group.
If you want to access a network scanner, include two
lines in net.conf, as
root user (make sure to
replace <server_ip> by the actual value, below):
cat >> /etc/sane.d/net.conf << "EOF" connect_timeout = 60 <server_ip> EOF
On the server side, include the client ip in the access
list of /etc/sane.d/saned.conf, restart the
saned
daemon, and make sure the firewall, if any, is open to
the client.
If you use a desktop environment like Gnome or KDE you may wish to create a
xscanimage.desktop file so
that xscanimage appears
in the panel's menus. As the root user:
mkdir -pv /usr/share/{applications,pixmaps} &&
cat > /usr/share/applications/xscanimage.desktop << "EOF" &&
[Desktop Entry]
Encoding=UTF-8
Name=XScanImage - Scanning
Comment=Acquire images from a scanner
Exec=xscanimage
Icon=xscanimage
Terminal=false
Type=Application
Categories=Application;Graphics
EOF
ln -svf ../sane/xscanimage-icon-48x48-2.png /usr/share/pixmaps/xscanimage.png
For general information about configuring and using SANE, see man sane. Linux-2.6.x brings some special issues into the picture. See http://www.sane-project.org/README.linux for information about using SANE with the Linux-2.6.x kernel. For information about USB scanning devices, run man sane-usb. For information about SCSI devices, run man sane-scsi.
The saned
daemon is not meant to be used for untrusted clients. You
should provide Firewalling
protection to ensure only trusted clients access the
daemon. Due to the complex security requirements to
ensure only trusted clients access the daemon, BLFS does
not provide instructions to configure the saned daemon. If you
desire to make the daemon available, ensure you provide
adequate security, configure your [x]inetd.conf file and send a
SIGHUP to
the [x]inetd daemon. Some good information for setting up
and securing the saned daemon can be
found at http://penguin-breeder.org/sane/saned/.
|
creates a gamma table in the format expected by scanimage. |
|
|
is a tool used to determine the compiler and linker flags that should be used to compile and link SANE. |
|
|
is the SANE daemon that allows remote clients to access image acquisition devices available on the local host. |
|
|
is a command-line tool to find SCSI and USB scanners and determine their device files. Its primary purpose is to make sure that scanners can be detected by SANE backends. |
|
|
is a command-line interface to control image acquisition devices which are equipped with an automatic document feeder (ADF). |
|
|
is a command line interface for scanning from image acquisition devices such as flatbed scanners or cameras. It is also used to list the available backend devices. |
|
|
is a graphical camera front end for SANE. |
|
|
is a graphical user interface for scanning. |
|
|
is the application programming interface that is used to communicate between frontends and backends. |
|
|
modules are backend scanning library plugins used to interface with scanning devices. See http://www.sane-project.org/sane-supported-devices.html for a list of supported backends. |
Last updated on 2018-08-26 12:11:33 -0700
XSane is another front end for SANE-1.0.27. It has additional features to improve the image quality and ease of use compared to xscanimage.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.xsane.org/download/xsane-0.999.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 9927f21e1ab6ba96315e7f0e30746deb
Download size: 2.9 MB
Estimated disk space required: 23 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU
GTK+-2.24.32 and SANE-1.0.27 (back ends)
Little CMS-1.19 and Gimp-2.10.6
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xsane
Install XSane by running the following commands:
sed -i -e 's/png_ptr->jmpbuf/png_jmpbuf(png_ptr)/' src/xsane-save.c && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make xsanedocdir=/usr/share/doc/xsane-0.999 install && ln -v -s ../../doc/xsane-0.999 /usr/share/sane/xsane/doc
A browser of your choice can be used to get inline help,
using the following command, as the root user:
ln -v -s <browser> /usr/bin/netscape
Be sure to replace <browser> with the browser of your choice on your system.
Alternatively, if the environment variable BROWSER is set to the browser you want to use, eg, BROWSER="/usr/bin/firefox", the first time you run xsane, it will be recorded in ~/.sane/xsane/xsane.rc. If you wish to change it, edit this file, or remove it, and use the instructions above, so that a new one is created.
If GIMP is installed, issue
the following command as the root user:
ln -v -s /usr/bin/xsane /usr/lib/gimp/2.0/plug-ins/
ln -v -s ../../doc/xsane-0.999 /usr/share/sane/xsane/doc: This symlink is created to ensure that any program that looks for the XSane documentation in the default location will find it, as the documentation is installed in an alternate location specified in the make install command.
ln -v -s /usr/bin/xsane
/usr/lib/gimp/2.0/plug-ins/: This creates a
link in the system-wide GIMP
plug-ins directory so that
users can access XSane
directly from GIMP.
GIMP must be available
before building XSane for
this to work. Alternatively, create the link in ~/.gimp-2.0/plug-ins/ to provide individual
user access. man
xsane for additional information.
Last updated on 2018-08-26 12:11:33 -0700
This chapter contains DocBook SGML document type definitions (DTDs), DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets and DocBook tools to validate, transform, format and publish DocBook documents.
The SGML Common package contains install-catalog. This is useful for creating and maintaining centralized SGML catalogs.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://sourceware.org/ftp/docbook-tools/new-trials/SOURCES/sgml-common-0.6.3.tgz
Download (FTP): ftp://sourceware.org/pub/docbook-tools/new-trials/SOURCES/sgml-common-0.6.3.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 103c9828f24820df86e55e7862e28974
Download size: 75 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sgml-common
Instead of the normal convention of including the autotools
files in the package, the maintainers included symlinks to
the files in /usr/share/automake. For previous versions
of Automake this convention
is correct, but recent versions of Automake install the internal files in
version specific directories. This causes the configure script to abort.
To fix this error, the autotools are regenerated. Since the
included Makefile.am file uses
a syntax not supported by current versions of Automake, a patch is required to fix the
syntax.
patch -Np1 -i ../sgml-common-0.6.3-manpage-1.patch && autoreconf -f -i
Install SGML Common by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --sysconfdir=/etc && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc install &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-ent.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/sgml-iso-entities-8879.1986/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat \
/etc/sgml/sgml-ent.cat
Remove the above catalog items prior to upgrading (as the
root user) with:
install-catalog --remove /etc/sgml/sgml-ent.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/sgml-iso-entities-8879.1986/catalog &&
install-catalog --remove /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat \
/etc/sgml/sgml-ent.cat
|
creates a centralized catalog that maintains
references to catalogs scattered throughout the
|
|
|
will print to standard output the name of the main configuration file. |
|
|
contain the basic character entities defined with SDATA entries. |
|
|
contain the basic character entities defined by a hexadecimal representation of the Unicode character number. |
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
The DocBook SGML DTD package contains document type definitions for verification of SGML data files against the DocBook rule set. These are useful for structuring books and software documentation to a standard allowing you to utilize transformations already written for that standard.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.docbook.org/sgml/3.1/docbk31.zip
Download MD5 sum: 432749c0c806dbae81c8bcb70da3b5d3
Download size: 55 KB
Estimated disk space required: 676 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
sgml-common-0.6.3 and UnZip-6.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sgml-dtd-3
The package source is distributed in zip format and requires unzip. You should create
a directory and change to that directory before unzipping
the file to ease the removal of the source files after the
package has been installed.
Install DocBook SGML DTD by running the following commands:
sed -i -e '/ISO 8879/d' \
-e 's|DTDDECL "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V3.1//EN"|SGMLDECL|g' \
docbook.cat
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1 &&
chown -R root:root . &&
install -v docbook.cat /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1/catalog &&
cp -v -af *.dtd *.mod *.dcl /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1 &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook-dtd-3.1.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook-dtd-3.1.cat \
/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat
sed -i -e '/ISO 8879/d' docbook.cat: This command removes the ENT definitions from the catalog file.
sed -i -e 's|DTDDECL "-//OASIS//DTD Docbook V3.1//EN"|SGMLDECL|g' docbook.cat: This command replaces the DTDDECL catalog entry, which is not supported by Linux SGML tools, with the SGMLDECL catalog entry.
The above installation script updates the catalog.
Using only the most current 3.x version of DocBook SGML DTD requires the
following (perform as the root user):
cat >> /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-3.1/catalog << "EOF"
-- Begin Single Major Version catalog changes --
PUBLIC "-//Davenport//DTD DocBook V3.0//EN" "docbook.dtd"
-- End Single Major Version catalog changes --
EOF
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
The DocBook SGML DTD package contains document type definitions for verification of SGML data files against the DocBook rule set. These are useful for structuring books and software documentation to a standard allowing you to utilize transformations already written for that standard.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.docbook.org/sgml/4.5/docbook-4.5.zip
Download MD5 sum: 07c581f4bbcba6d3aac85360a19f95f7
Download size: 70 KB
Estimated disk space required: 784 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
sgml-common-0.6.3 and UnZip-6.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/sgml-dtd
The package source is distributed in zip format and requires unzip. You should create
a directory and change to that directory before unzipping
the file to ease the removal of the source files after the
package has been installed.
Install DocBook SGML DTD by running the following commands:
sed -i -e '/ISO 8879/d' \
-e '/gml/d' docbook.cat
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
install -v -d /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5 &&
chown -R root:root . &&
install -v docbook.cat /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5/catalog &&
cp -v -af *.dtd *.mod *.dcl /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5 &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook-dtd-4.5.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook-dtd-4.5.cat \
/etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat
sed -i -e '/ISO 8879/d' -e '/gml/d' docbook.cat: This command removes the ENT definitions from the catalog file.
The above installation script updates the catalog.
Using only the most current 4.x version of DocBook SGML DTD requires the
following (perform as the root user):
cat >> /usr/share/sgml/docbook/sgml-dtd-4.5/catalog << "EOF"
-- Begin Single Major Version catalog changes --
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.4//EN" "docbook.dtd"
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.3//EN" "docbook.dtd"
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.2//EN" "docbook.dtd"
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.1//EN" "docbook.dtd"
PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook V4.0//EN" "docbook.dtd"
-- End Single Major Version catalog changes --
EOF
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
The OpenSP package contains a C++ library for using SGML/XML files. This is useful for validating, parsing and manipulating SGML and XML documents.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/openjade/OpenSP-1.5.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 670b223c5d12cee40c9137be86b6c39b
Download size: 1.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 32 MB
Estimated build time: 1.0 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/opensp
Install OpenSP by running the following commands:
sed -i 's/32,/253,/' lib/Syntax.cxx &&
sed -i 's/LITLEN 240 /LITLEN 8092/' \
unicode/{gensyntax.pl,unicode.syn} &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--disable-static \
--disable-doc-build \
--enable-default-catalog=/etc/sgml/catalog \
--enable-http \
--enable-default-search-path=/usr/share/sgml &&
make pkgdatadir=/usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2
To test the results, issue: make check. As many as nine of the 23 tests may fail. Do not be alarmed.
Now, as the root user:
make pkgdatadir=/usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2 \
docdir=/usr/share/doc/OpenSP-1.5.2 \
install &&
ln -v -sf onsgmls /usr/bin/nsgmls &&
ln -v -sf osgmlnorm /usr/bin/sgmlnorm &&
ln -v -sf ospam /usr/bin/spam &&
ln -v -sf ospcat /usr/bin/spcat &&
ln -v -sf ospent /usr/bin/spent &&
ln -v -sf osx /usr/bin/sx &&
ln -v -sf osx /usr/bin/sgml2xml &&
ln -v -sf libosp.so /usr/lib/libsp.so
sed -i 's/32,/253,/...unicode.syn}: These seds prevent some annoying messages that may otherwise appear while running openjade.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-http: This
switch adds support for HTTP.
--disable-doc-build:
This switch prevents the configure script checking
if you have xmlto installed.
If you have xmlto, you can
remove this option.
--enable-default-catalog=/etc/sgml/catalog:
This switch sets the path to the centralized catalog.
--enable-default-search-path:
This switch sets the default value of SGML_SEARCH_PATH.
--enable-xml-messages: This
switch adds support for XML Formatted Messages.
make
pkgdatadir=/usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2: This
sets the pkgdatadir variable in the Makefile from /usr/share/OpenSP to /usr/share/sgml/OpenSP-1.5.2.
ln -v -sf ...: These commands create the SP equivalents of OpenSP executables and libraries.
|
is used to process SGML files. |
|
|
prints on the standard output a normalized document instance for the SGML document contained in the concatenation of the entities with system identifiers .nf and .fi. |
|
|
is a markup stream editor. |
|
|
prints effective system identifiers found in the catalogs. |
|
|
provides access to OpenSP's entity manager. |
|
|
is an SGML normalizer or used to convert SGML files to XML files. |
|
|
is a symlink to onsgmls. |
|
|
is a symlink to osx. |
|
|
is a symlink to osgmlnorm. |
|
|
is a symlink to ospam. |
|
|
is a symlink to ospcat. |
|
|
is a symlink to ospent. |
|
|
is a symlink to osx. |
|
|
contains functions required by the OpenSP programs to parse, validate and manipulate SGML and XML files. |
|
|
is a symlink to |
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
The OpenJade package contains a DSSSL engine. This is useful for SGML and XML transformations into RTF, TeX, SGML and XML.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/openjade/openjade-1.3.2.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 7df692e3186109cc00db6825b777201e
Download size: 880 KB
Estimated disk space required: 19.2 MB
Estimated build time: 0.7 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/openjade
First fix problems when building with newer compilers:
patch -Np1 -i ../openjade-1.3.2-upstream-1.patch
Now fix a compilation problem with perl-5.16 and later:
sed -i -e '/getopts/{N;s#&G#g#;s#do .getopts.pl.;##;}' \
-e '/use POSIX/ause Getopt::Std;' msggen.pl
Install OpenJade by running the following commands:
export CXXFLAGS="$CXXFLAGS -fno-lifetime-dse" &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--mandir=/usr/share/man \
--enable-http \
--disable-static \
--enable-default-catalog=/etc/sgml/catalog \
--enable-default-search-path=/usr/share/sgml \
--datadir=/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2 &&
make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
make install-man &&
ln -v -sf openjade /usr/bin/jade &&
ln -v -sf libogrove.so /usr/lib/libgrove.so &&
ln -v -sf libospgrove.so /usr/lib/libspgrove.so &&
ln -v -sf libostyle.so /usr/lib/libstyle.so &&
install -v -m644 dsssl/catalog /usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2/ &&
install -v -m644 dsssl/*.{dtd,dsl,sgm} \
/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2 &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/openjade-1.3.2.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat \
/etc/sgml/openjade-1.3.2.cat
export CXXFLAGS=...: This command prevents segmentation faults when the package is compiled with gcc-6.1.
make install-man: This command installs the openjade man page.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents the building of the static library.
--enable-http: This
switch adds support for HTTP.
--enable-default-catalog=/etc/sgml/catalog:
This switch sets the path to the centralized catalog.
--enable-default-search-path:
This switch sets the default value of SGML_SEARCH_PATH.
--datadir=/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2:
This switch puts data files in /usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2 instead of
/usr/share.
ln -v -sf ...: These commands create the Jade equivalents of OpenJade executables and libraries.
As the root user:
echo "SYSTEM \"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd\" \
\"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/docbookx.dtd\"" >> \
/usr/share/sgml/openjade-1.3.2/catalog
This configuration is only necessary if you intend to use OpenJade to process the BLFS XML files through DSSSL Stylesheets.
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
The DocBook DSSSL Stylesheets package contains DSSSL stylesheets. These are used by OpenJade or other tools to transform SGML and XML DocBook files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/docbook/docbook-dsssl-1.79.tar.bz2
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.mirrorservice.org/sites/distfiles.gentoo.org/distfiles/docbook-dsssl-1.79.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: bc192d23266b9a664ca0aba4a7794c7c
Download size: 277 KB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Documentation and test data
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/docbook/docbook-dsssl-doc-1.79.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9a7b809a21ab7d2749bb328334c380f2
Download size: 142 KB
docbook-3.1, docbook-4.5, OpenSP-1.5.2 and OpenJade-1.3.2
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/docbook-dsssl
If you downloaded the documentation, run:
tar -xf ../docbook-dsssl-doc-1.79.tar.bz2 --strip-components=1
Install DocBook DSSSL
Stylesheets by running the following commands as the
root user:
install -v -m755 bin/collateindex.pl /usr/bin &&
install -v -m644 bin/collateindex.pl.1 /usr/share/man/man1 &&
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79 &&
cp -v -R * /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79 &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/dsssl-docbook-stylesheets.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/dsssl-docbook-stylesheets.cat \
/usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/common/catalog &&
install-catalog --add /etc/sgml/sgml-docbook.cat \
/etc/sgml/dsssl-docbook-stylesheets.cat
The above commands create an installation script for this package.
The following commands will perform the necessary tests to
confirm that your installed DocBook SGML toolchain will
produce desired results. You must have the docbook-3.1,
docbook-4.5, OpenSP-1.5.2 and OpenJade-1.3.2
packages installed and perform the tests as the root user.
All tests will be performed from the /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/doc/testdata
directory as the root user:
cd /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/doc/testdata
The first test should produce no output to stdout (your
screen) and create a file named jtest.rtf in the current directory:
openjade -t rtf -d jtest.dsl jtest.sgm
The next test should return only the following line to
stdout: onsgmls:I: "OpenSP"
version "1.5.2"
onsgmls -sv test.sgm
The next test should produce no output to stdout and create a
file named test.rtf in the
current directory:
openjade -t rtf \
-d /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/print/docbook.dsl \
test.sgm
The last test should produce no output to stdout and create a
file named c1.htm in the
current directory:
openjade -t sgml \
-d /usr/share/sgml/docbook/dsssl-stylesheets-1.79/html/docbook.dsl \
test.sgm
Finally, clean up:
rm jtest.rtf test.rtf c1.htm
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
The DocBook-utils package is a collection of utility scripts used to convert and analyze SGML documents in general, and DocBook files in particular. The scripts are used to convert from DocBook or other SGML formats into “classical” file formats like HTML, man, info, RTF and many more. There's also a utility to compare two SGML files and only display the differences in markup. This is useful for comparing documents prepared for different languages.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://sourceware.org/ftp/docbook-tools/new-trials/SOURCES/docbook-utils-0.6.14.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://sourceware.org/pub/docbook-tools/new-trials/SOURCES/docbook-utils-0.6.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 6b41b18c365c01f225bc417cf632d81c
Download size: 124 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.44 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
OpenJade-1.3.2, docbook-dsssl-1.79, and docbook-3.1
SGMLSpm-1.1 (for conversion to man and texinfo), and Lynx-2.8.9rel.1 or Links-2.16 or w3m-0.5.3 (for conversion to ASCII text)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/docbook-utils
Install DocBook-utils by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../docbook-utils-0.6.14-grep_fix-1.patch && sed -i 's:/html::' doc/HTML/Makefile.in && ./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make docdir=/usr/share/doc install
Many packages use an alternate name for the DocBook-utils scripts. If you wish to
create these alternate names, use the following command as
the root user:
for doctype in html ps dvi man pdf rtf tex texi txt
do
ln -svf docbook2$doctype /usr/bin/db2$doctype
done
The jw script uses the which command to locate required utilities. You must install Which-2.21 before attempting to use any of the DocBook-utils programs.
patch -Np1 -i ../docbook-utils-0.6.14-grep_fix-1.patch: This patch corrects the syntax in the jw (Jade Wrapper) script which is at the heart of much db2* processing, so that the current version of Grep will not reject it.
sed -i 's:/html::' doc/HTML/Makefile.in: This command changes the installation directory of the HTML documents.
docdir=/usr/share/doc: This
option is placed on the make
install line because is is not recognized by
configure.
|
are simple one-line wrapper scripts to jw. They are provided as easy-to-remember names used to convert DocBook or other SGML files to the respective format. |
|
|
are symlinks pointing at the respectively named docbook2* commands, created to satisfy some program's use of these names. |
|
|
is a script used to convert DocBook or other SGML files to various output formats. It hides most of OpenJade's complexity and adds comfortable features. |
|
|
is used to compare two SGML files and only return the differences in the markup. This is especially useful to compare files that should be identical except for language differences in the content. |
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
This chapter contains the DocBook XML document type definition (DTD) and DocBook Stylesheets which are used to validate, transform, format and publish DocBook documents.
The DocBook XML DTD-4.5 package contains document type definitions for verification of XML data files against the DocBook rule set. These are useful for structuring books and software documentation to a standard allowing you to utilize transformations already written for that standard.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.docbook.org/xml/4.5/docbook-xml-4.5.zip
Download MD5 sum: 03083e288e87a7e829e437358da7ef9e
Download size: 96 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.2 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
libxml2-2.9.8, sgml-common-0.6.3, and UnZip-6.0
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/docbook-xml
The package source is distributed in zip format and requires unzip. You should create
a directory and change to that directory before unzipping
the file to ease the removal of the source files after the
package has been installed.
Install DocBook XML DTD by
running the following commands as the root user:
install -v -d -m755 /usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5 &&
install -v -d -m755 /etc/xml &&
chown -R root:root . &&
cp -v -af docbook.cat *.dtd ent/ *.mod \
/usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5
Create (or update) and populate the /etc/xml/docbook catalog file by running
the following commands as the root user:
if [ ! -e /etc/xml/docbook ]; then
xmlcatalog --noout --create /etc/xml/docbook
fi &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML CALS Table Model V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/calstblx.dtd" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//DTD XML Exchange Table Model 19990315//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/soextblx.dtd" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ELEMENTS DocBook XML Information Pool V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbpoolx.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ELEMENTS DocBook XML Document Hierarchy V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbhierx.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ELEMENTS DocBook XML HTML Tables V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/htmltblx.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ENTITIES DocBook XML Notations V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbnotnx.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ENTITIES DocBook XML Character Entities V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbcentx.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//ENTITIES DocBook XML Additional General Entities V4.5//EN" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5/dbgenent.mod" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5" \
/etc/xml/docbook &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5" \
/etc/xml/docbook
Create (or update) and populate the /etc/xml/catalog catalog file by running
the following commands as the root user:
if [ ! -e /etc/xml/catalog ]; then
xmlcatalog --noout --create /etc/xml/catalog
fi &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegatePublic" \
"-//OASIS//ENTITIES DocBook XML" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegatePublic" \
"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateSystem" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateURI" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog
The above installation creates the files and updates the
catalogs. In order to utilize DocBook XML DTD V4.5 when any version
4.x is requested in the System Identifier, you need to add
additional statements to the catalog files. If you have any
of the DocBook XML DTD's
referenced below already installed on your system, remove
those entries from the for command below (issue
the commands as the root
user):
for DTDVERSION in 4.1.2 4.2 4.3 4.4
do
xmlcatalog --noout --add "public" \
"-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V$DTDVERSION//EN" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION/docbookx.dtd" \
/etc/xml/docbook
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5" \
/etc/xml/docbook
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION" \
"file:///usr/share/xml/docbook/xml-dtd-4.5" \
/etc/xml/docbook
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateSystem" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION/" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog
xmlcatalog --noout --add "delegateURI" \
"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/$DTDVERSION/" \
"file:///etc/xml/docbook" \
/etc/xml/catalog
done
|
contain a document type definition which defines
the element types and the attribute lists that can
be used in the corresponding |
|
|
files contain components of the document type
definition that are sourced into the |
|
|
files contain lists of named character entities allowed in HTML. |
Last updated on 2018-08-25 16:06:17 -0700
The DocBook XSL Stylesheets package contains XSL stylesheets. These are useful for performing transformations on XML DocBook files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/docbook/xslt10-stylesheets/releases/download/release/1.79.2/docbook-xsl-1.79.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 4a400f0264a19329c7f95f69e098744a
Download size: 22 MB
Estimated disk space required: 58 MB (includes installing optional documentation)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
Optional documentation
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/docbook/xslt10-stylesheets/releases/download/release/1.79.2/docbook-xsl-doc-1.79.2.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 62375ca864fc198cb2b17d98209d0b8c
Download size: 1.0 MB
apache-ant-1.10.4 (to produce “webhelp” documents), libxslt-1.1.32 (or any other XSLT processor), to process Docbook documents - the Python2 modules libxml2 and libxslt can be used, Python-2.7.15 (at runtime), Ruby-2.5.1 (to utilize the “epub” stylesheets), Zip-3.0 (to produce “epub3” documents), and Saxon6 and Xerces2 Java (used with apache-ant-1.10.4 to produce “webhelp” documents)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/docbook-xsl
First, fix a problem that causes stack overflows when doing recursion:
patch -Np1 -i ../docbook-xsl-1.79.2-stack_fix-1.patch
If you downloaded the optional documentation tarball, unpack it with the following command:
tar -xf ../docbook-xsl-doc-1.79.2.tar.bz2 --strip-components=1
BLFS does not install the required packages to run the test suite and provide meaningful results.
Install DocBook XSL
Stylesheets by running the following commands as the
root user:
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.79.2 &&
cp -v -R VERSION assembly common eclipse epub epub3 extensions fo \
highlighting html htmlhelp images javahelp lib manpages params \
profiling roundtrip slides template tests tools webhelp website \
xhtml xhtml-1_1 xhtml5 \
/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.79.2 &&
ln -s VERSION /usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.79.2/VERSION.xsl &&
install -v -m644 -D README \
/usr/share/doc/docbook-xsl-1.79.2/README.txt &&
install -v -m644 RELEASE-NOTES* NEWS* \
/usr/share/doc/docbook-xsl-1.79.2
If you downloaded the optional documentation tarball, install
the documentation by issuing the following command as the
root user:
cp -v -R doc/* /usr/share/doc/docbook-xsl-1.79.2
Create (or append) and populate the XML catalog file using
the following commands as the root user:
if [ ! -d /etc/xml ]; then install -v -m755 -d /etc/xml; fi &&
if [ ! -f /etc/xml/catalog ]; then
xmlcatalog --noout --create /etc/xml/catalog
fi &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/1.79.2" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.79.2" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/1.79.2" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.79.2" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.79.2" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/current" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-1.79.2" \
/etc/xml/catalog
Occasionally, you may find the need to install other
versions of the XSL stylesheets as some projects reference
a specific version. One example is BLFS-6.0, which required
the 1.67.2 version. In these instances you should install
any other required version in its own versioned directory
and create catalog entries as follows (substitute the
desired version number for <version>):
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteSystem" \
"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/<version>" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-<version>" \
/etc/xml/catalog &&
xmlcatalog --noout --add "rewriteURI" \
"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/release/xsl/<version>" \
"/usr/share/xml/docbook/xsl-stylesheets-<version>" \
/etc/xml/catalog
Last updated on 2018-08-25 16:06:17 -0700
Itstool extracts messages from XML files and outputs PO template files, then merges translations from MO files to create translated XML files. It determines what to translate and how to chunk it into messages using the W3C Internationalization Tag Set (ITS).
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://files.itstool.org/itstool/itstool-2.0.4.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 9415ddf6a12012ff688549d2ed767bc5
Download size: 100 KB
Estimated disk space required: 668 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/itstool
Install itstool by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../itstool-2.0.4-segfault-1.patch && PYTHON=/usr/bin/python3 ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
Last updated on 2018-08-14 19:28:50 -0700
The xmlto package is a front-end to a XSL toolchain. It chooses an appropriate stylesheet for the conversion you want and applies it using an external XSLT processor. It also performs any necessary post-processing.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://releases.pagure.org/xmlto/xmlto-0.0.28.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: 93bab48d446c826399d130d959fe676f
Download size: 128 KB
Estimated disk space required: 1.5 MB (with tests)
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU (with tests)
docbook-xml-4.5, docbook-xsl-1.79.2, and libxslt-1.1.32
fop-2.3, dblatex, and PassiveTeX
One of Links-2.16, Lynx-2.8.9rel.1, w3m-0.5.3, or ELinks
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xmlto
Install xmlto by running the following commands:
LINKS="/usr/bin/links" \ ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install
LINKS="/usr/bin/links": This
environment variable fixes a bug causing xmlto to think that
links command
is the same as elinks. Setting this
variable does not cause problems if links is not installed,
unless you have ELinks installed, and wish to use
it for text backend post-processing, in which case, remove
it.
Last updated on 2018-08-17 16:59:52 -0700
This chapter includes applications that create, manipulate or view PostScript files and create or view Portable Document Format PDF files.
a2ps is a filter utilized mainly in the background and primarily by printing scripts to convert almost every input format into PostScript output. The application's name expands appropriately to “all to PostScript”.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
a2ps cannot convert UTF-8 encoded text to PostScript. The issue is discussed in detail in the Needed Encoding Not a Valid Option section of the Locale Related Issues page. The solution is to use paps-0.6.8 instead of a2ps for converting UTF-8 encoded text to PostScript.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/a2ps/a2ps-4.14.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/a2ps/a2ps-4.14.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 781ac3d9b213fa3e1ed0d79f986dc8c7
Download size: 2.6 MB
Estimated disk space required: 22 MB
Estimated build time: 0.3 SBU
International fonts: http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/i18n-fonts/i18n-fonts-0.1.tar.bz2
PSUtils-p17, and Cups-2.2.8 (otherwise, a2ps will use the cat >/dev/lp0 command instead of lpr for sending its output to the printer)
ghostscript-9.23, libpaper-1.1.24+nmu5, texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx) X Window System, Adobe Reader, and Ghostview
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/A2PS
Install a2ps by running the following commands:
autoconf &&
sed -i -e "s/GPERF --version |/& head -n 1 |/" \
-e "s|/usr/local/share|/usr/share|" configure &&
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/a2ps \
--enable-shared \
--with-medium=letter &&
make &&
touch doc/*.info
To test the results, issue: make check. The
printers.tst test will fail, as
there is no default test printer. The styles.tst may also fail, as the tests
report some inconsistencies between the generated postscript
and the reference sets. This is caused by version number
differences between the postscript test files and those
generated by the tests — these do not affect the
operation of the program and can be ignored.
Now, as the root user:
make install
If desired, install the downloaded i18n-fonts by running the
following commands as the root user:
tar -xf ../i18n-fonts-0.1.tar.bz2 && cp -v i18n-fonts-0.1/fonts/* /usr/share/a2ps/fonts && cp -v i18n-fonts-0.1/afm/* /usr/share/a2ps/afm && pushd /usr/share/a2ps/afm && ./make_fonts_map.sh && mv fonts.map.new fonts.map && popd
autoconf: This command is used to recreate the configure script. This is required because there is an issue in the mktime test which causes the configure script to hang for 60 seconds and then report that there is no working mktime function.
sed -i "s/GPERF --version |/& head -n 1 |/" configure: This fixes a bug in the handling of the version output of gperf.
sed -i "s|/usr/local/share|/usr/share|" configure: This command modifies the configure script to search for Ghostscript fonts at the location where they were installed by the BLFS instructions.
--sysconfdir=/etc/a2ps:
Configuration data is installed in /etc/a2ps instead of /usr/etc.
--enable-shared: This
switch enables building the dynamic liba2ps library.
--with-medium=letter:
This switch changes the default paper format to US letter. It
can either be given here or set in /etc/a2ps/a2ps-site.cfg after installation.
The default is A4, but there are several other options, in
particular: A4dj or letterdj are good settings for HP Deskjet
and other printers that need wider paper-handling margins.
See /etc/a2ps/a2ps.cfg after
installation.
touch doc/*.info: This command avoids trying to regenerate the info files. This is an older package and the current .texi files will produce errors preventing make install from working properly.
|
is a filter, utilized primarily by printing scripts, that converts standard input or supported files to PostScript. |
|
|
prints a reference card of a given program's options. |
|
|
creates a composite font program. |
|
|
is supposed to fix the problems in the PostScript files generated by the Microsoft PostScript driver under Windows NT (3.5 and 4.0). |
|
|
tries to fix common PostScript problems that break postprocessing. |
|
|
provides international support for Postscript by performing various munging of PostScript files related to printing in different languages. |
|
|
produces a pretty comparison between files. |
|
|
tries to produce a version of a given PostScript file to print in manual duplex. |
|
|
produces a version of a given PostScript file with a protected call to the PostScript operator 'setpagedevice'. Typical use is making a file print duplex, or on the manual tray, etc. |
|
|
compiles Texinfo and LaTeX files to DVI or PDF |
Last updated on 2018-08-26 12:11:33 -0700
Enscript converts ASCII text files to PostScript, HTML, RTF, ANSI and overstrikes.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Enscript cannot convert UTF-8 encoded text to PostScript. The issue is discussed in detail in the Needed Encoding Not a Valid Option section of the Locale Related Issues page. The solution is to use paps-0.6.8, instead of Enscript, for converting UTF-8 encoded text to PostScript.
Download (HTTP): https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/enscript/enscript-1.6.6.tar.gz
Download (FTP): ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/enscript/enscript-1.6.6.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3acc242b829adacabcaf28533f049afd
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 14 MB
Estimated build time: 0.1 SBU
texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx)
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Enscript
Install Enscript by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr \
--sysconfdir=/etc/enscript \
--localstatedir=/var \
--with-media=Letter &&
make &&
pushd docs &&
makeinfo --plaintext -o enscript.txt enscript.texi &&
popd
If you have texlive-20180414 installed, you can create Postscript and PDF documentation by issuing (does not support parallel make): make -j1 -C docs ps pdf.
To test the results, issue: make check.
Now, as the root user:
make install &&
install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/enscript-1.6.6 &&
install -v -m644 README* *.txt docs/*.txt \
/usr/share/doc/enscript-1.6.6
If you built Postscript and PDF documentation, install it
using the following command as the root user:
install -v -m644 docs/*.{dvi,pdf,ps} \
/usr/share/doc/enscript-1.6.6
--sysconfdir=/etc/enscript:
This switch puts configuration data in /etc/enscript instead of /usr/etc.
--localstatedir=/var:
This switch sets the directory for runtime data to
/var instead of /usr/var.
--with-media=Letter:
This switch sets the medium format to letter size instead of
the A4 default.
|
converts diff output files to a format suitable to be printed with enscript. |
|
|
is a filter, used primarily by printing scripts, that converts ASCII text files to PostScript, HTML, RTF, ANSI and overstrikes. |
|
|
creates a font map from a given file. |
|
|
is a script which calls enscript and passes the correct parameters to create overstriked fonts. |
|
|
slices documents with long lines. |
|
|
is an awk-like text processing tool with some state machine extensions. It is designed for program source code highlighting and for similar tasks where state information helps input processing. |
Last updated on 2018-08-26 12:11:33 -0700
PSUtils is a set of utilities to manipulate PostScript files.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://pkgs.fedoraproject.org/repo/pkgs/psutils/psutils-p17.tar.gz/b161522f3bd1507655326afa7db4a0ad/psutils-p17.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: b161522f3bd1507655326afa7db4a0ad
Download size: 68 KB
Estimated disk space required: 740 KB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/psutils
Install PSUtils by running the following commands:
sed 's@/usr/local@/usr@g' Makefile.unix > Makefile && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed 's@/usr/local@/usr@g'
Makefile.unix > Makefile: This command
creates a Makefile that
installs the program to the /usr prefix instead of the /usr/local prefix.
Sometimes psnup and other utilities from this package produce PostScript files that don't conform to Adobe's DSC standard. CUPS may print them incorrectly. On the other hand, CUPS has builtin replacements for most commands from this package. For example, to print a document 2-up, you can issue this command:
lp -o number-up=2 <filename>
|
fits an EPSF file to a given bounding box. |
|
|
is a filter to extract resources from a PostScript document. |
|
|
are filters of different kinds of documents to work with PSUtils. |
|
|
create an AFM file for a PostScript font. |
|
|
is a filter to include resources in a PostScript document. |
|
|
rearranges pages into signatures. |
|
|
is a filter to merge several PostScript files into one. |
|
|
puts multiple pages per physical sheet of paper. |
|
|
alters the document paper size. |
|
|
selects pages and page ranges. |
|
|
performs general page rearrangements and selection. |
|
|
outputs PostScript to draw a character with metric info. |
Last updated on 2018-08-26 12:11:33 -0700
ePDFView is a free standalone lightweight PDF document viewer using Poppler and GTK+ libraries. It is a good replacement for Evince as it does not rely upon GNOME libraries.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://anduin.linuxfromscratch.org/BLFS/epdfview/epdfview-0.1.8.tar.bz2
Download MD5 sum: e50285b01612169b2594fea375f53ae4
Download size: 456 KB
Estimated disk space required: 6 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
GTK+-2.24.32 and Poppler-0.67.0
desktop-file-utils-0.23 and hicolor-icon-theme-0.17
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/epdfview
Install ePDFView by running the following commands:
patch -Np1 -i ../epdfview-0.1.8-fixes-2.patch && ./configure --prefix=/usr && make
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
For Desktop Environment users, further (optional)
instructions are necessary for properly displaying
epdfview.desktop in the menu.
As root user:
for size in 24 32 48; do
ln -svf ../../../../epdfview/pixmaps/icon_epdfview-$size.png \
/usr/share/icons/hicolor/${size}x${size}/apps
done &&
unset size &&
update-desktop-database &&
gtk-update-icon-cache -t -f --include-image-data /usr/share/icons/hicolor
patch -Np1 -i ../epdfview-0.1.8-fixes-2.patch The patch does four things: fixes compiling with glib-2.32 or greater, corrects red appearing as blue with recent versions of poppler, allows the application to compile when Cups-2.2.8 has been installed, and fixes the display of embedded png images.
Last updated on 2018-08-26 12:11:33 -0700
The FOP (Formatting Objects Processor) package contains a print formatter driven by XSL formatting objects (XSL-FO). It is a Java application that reads a formatting object tree and renders the resulting pages to a specified output. Output formats currently supported include PDF, PCL, PostScript, SVG, XML (area tree representation), print, AWT, MIF and ASCII text. The primary output target is PDF.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://archive.apache.org/dist/xmlgraphics/fop/source/fop-2.3-src.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: fc95040a8db4a7f22c6f26e18fd6d033
Download size: 26 MB
Estimated disk space required: 497 MB
Estimated build time: 1.1 SBU
Required Additional Downloads:
PDFBox:
http://mirror.reverse.net/pub/apache/pdfbox/2.0.11/pdfbox-2.0.11.jar
93fbcf37217d0caab35f79476f2ffd1d
2.4 MB
PDFBox Fonts:
http://mirror.reverse.net/pub/apache/pdfbox/2.0.11/fontbox-2.0.11.jar
4e139453c2bda1e4ce1ff1e90acae04b
1.5 MB
Recommended packages
Objects for Formatting Objects (OFFO) hyphenation
patterns:
https://downloads.sourceforge.net/offo/2.2/offo-hyphenation.zip
bf9c09bf05108ef9661b8f08d91c2336
862 KB
JUnit-4.12 (to run tests), X Window System (to run tests), Apache-Maven-3.5.4 (an alternate build system), JAI Image I/O Tools, and JEuclid
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/fop
Ensure $JAVA_HOME is set correctly
before beginning the build. To build the JIMI SDK and/or XMLUnit extension classes, ensure the
corresponding .jar files can be
found via the CLASSPATH
environment variable.
Copy the XML hyphenation patterns into the fop source tree by running the following commands:
unzip ../offo-hyphenation.zip && cp offo-hyphenation/hyph/* fop/hyph && rm -rf offo-hyphenation
The javadoc command that ships with OpenJDK 10 has become much more strict than previous versions regarding conformance of the Javadoc comments in source code to HTML. The FOP documentation does not meet those standards, so the conformance checks have to be disabled. This can be done with the following command:
sed -i '\@</javad@i\
<arg value="-Xdoclint:none"/>\
<arg value="--allow-script-in-comments"/>\
<arg value="--ignore-source-errors"/>' \
fop/build.xml
The stack size set in build.xml for building the hyphenation
patterns is not large enough. Change it by running:
sed -e '/hyph\.stack/s/512k/1M/' \
-i fop/build.xml
The build.xml file calls for
an old version of PDFBox
components that are no longer available. Copy the updated
PDFBox components into the source tree:
cp ../{pdf,font}box-2.0.11.jar fop/lib
Compile fop by running the following commands:
cd fop && export LC_ALL=en_US.UTF-8 && ant all javadocs && mv build/javadocs .
The junit test suite was run as part of the above commands.
Now, install Fop as the
root user:
install -v -d -m755 -o root -g root /opt/fop-2.3 && cp -vR build conf examples fop* javadocs lib /opt/fop-2.3 && chmod a+x /opt/fop-2.3/fop && ln -v -sfn fop-2.3 /opt/fop
sed -i ... build.xml: This adds two switches to the javadoc command, preventing some errors to occur when building the documentation.
export LC_ALL=en_US.UTF-8: the compiler fails if using an ASCII locale.
ant target: This reads the file
build.xml and builds the
target: compile compiles the java
sources, jar-main generates jar
archives, jar-hyphenation
generates the hyphenation patterns for FOP, junit runs the junit tests, and javadocs builds the documentation. The
all target runs all of the above.
ln -v -sf fop-2.3
/opt/fop: This is optional and creates a
convenience symlink so that $FOP_HOME doesn't have to be changed each time
there's a package version change.
Using fop to process some large FO's (including the FO derived from the BLFS XML sources), can lead to memory errors. Unless you add a parameter to the java command used in the fop script you may receive messages similar to the one shown below:
Exception in thread "main"
java.lang.OutOfMemoryError: Java heap space
To avoid errors like this, you need to pass an extra
parameter to the java command used in the
fop script.
This can be accomplished by creating a ~/.foprc (which is sourced by the
fop script)
and adding the parameter to the FOP_OPTS environment variable.
The fop
script looks for a FOP_HOME
environment variable to locate the fop class libraries. You can create
this variable using the ~/.foprc file as well. Create a
~/.foprc file using the
following commands:
cat > ~/.foprc << "EOF"
FOP_OPTS="-Xmx<RAM_Installed>m"
FOP_HOME="/opt/fop"
EOF
Replace <RAM_Installed> with
a number representing the amount of RAM installed in your
computer (in megabytes). An example would be FOP_OPTS="-Xmx768m".
To include the fop script in your path,
update the system-wide profile with the following command
as the root user:
cat > /etc/profile.d/fop.sh << "EOF"
# Begin /etc/profile.d/fop.sh
pathappend /opt/fop
# End /etc/profile.d/fop.sh
EOF
Running fop
can be somewhat verbose. The default logging level can be
changed from INFO to any of FINEST, FINER, FINE, CONFIG,
INFO, WARNING, SEVERE, ALL, or OFF. To do this, edit
$JAVA_HOME/jre/lib/logging.properties
and change the entries for .level and java.util.logging.ConsoleHandler.level to
the desired value.
/opt/fop/{build,lib}; JAI components
include libmlib_jai.so, jai_codec.jar, jai_core.jar, and
mlibwrapper_jai.jar
Last updated on 2018-08-30 13:49:31 -0700
MuPDF is a lightweight PDF and XPS viewer.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://www.mupdf.com/downloads/archive/mupdf-1.13.0-source.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 447bc5c3305efe9645e12fce759e0198
Download size: 49 MB
Estimated disk space required: 334 MB
Estimated build time: 0.2 SBU (Using parallelism=4)
Freeglut-3.0.0, HarfBuzz-1.8.8, Little CMS-2.9, libjpeg-turbo-2.0.0, OpenJPEG-2.3.0, and cURL-7.61.0
xdg-utils-1.1.3 (runtime), jbig2dec, and MuJS
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/mupdf
Install MuPDF by running the following commands:
rm -rf thirdparty/curl && rm -rf thirdparty/freeglut && rm -rf thirdparty/freetype && rm -rf thirdparty/harfbuzz && rm -rf thirdparty/jpeg && rm -rf thirdparty/lcms2 && rm -rf thirdparty/libjpeg && rm -rf thirdparty/openjpeg && rm -rf thirdparty/zlib && patch -Np1 -i ../mupdf-1.13.0-shared_libs-1.patch && make build=release
This package does not come with a test suite.
Now, as the root user:
make prefix=/usr \
build=release \
docdir=/usr/share/doc/mupdf-1.13.0 \
install &&
ln -sfv mupdf-x11 /usr/bin/mupdf
ln -sfv mupdf-x11 /usr/bin/mupdf : Two mupdf executables are installed: mupdf-gl and mupdf-x11. This symbolic link allows to choose which one is used when running mupdf.
|
is a program for viewing PDF, XPS, EPUB, and CBZ documents, and various image formats such as PNG, JPEG, GIFF, and TIFF. |
|
|
same as mupdf, using an opengl renderer. |
|
|
same as mupdf, using an X Window renderer. |
|
|
contains the mupdf API functions. |
|
|
contains the third party libraries compiled for mudpf. |
Last updated on 2018-08-25 09:17:21 -0700
paps is a text to PostScript converter that works through Pango. Its input is a UTF-8 encoded text file and it outputs vectorized PostScript. It may be used for printing any complex script supported by Pango.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/paps/paps-0.6.8.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e9508132bf27609bf2fded2bfd9cb3f1
Download size: 460 KB
Estimated disk space required: 3 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/Paps
Install paps by running the following commands:
./configure --prefix=/usr --mandir=/usr/share/man && make
To test the results, issue: src/test_libpaps >
test.ps. View the output file in any
available PostScript viewer and visually compare it to
doxygen-doc/html/example-output.png in the
source tree. The results of the output will be more robust
with Dejavu fonts and some of the Chinese
fonts and Japanese fonts.
Now, as the root user:
make install && install -v -m755 -d /usr/share/doc/paps-0.6.8 && install -v -m644 doxygen-doc/html/* /usr/share/doc/paps-0.6.8
Last updated on 2018-08-26 12:11:33 -0700
This chapter includes texlive applications that create output equivalent to typesetting.
There are two alternative routes through this chapter:
Some people may wish to use the binary installer, either because of the complexity of installing all of texlive from source, or because they only want a part of the package, or perhaps because they wish to get updates as soon as those are available (the source is only updated annually, but the binaries and associated tex and sty files are updated for approximately 10 months). These people should begin at Setting the PATH for TeX Live and then follow the install-tl-unx instructions,. After installing, they can run tlmgr to update their system.
Most people reading BLFS will wish to build from source. BLFS used to start by installing install-tl-unx and then use that to bootstrap the build. Nowadays, we build almost the whole of texlive without a binary install, by adding the separately-packaged texmf files into this build. For this, begin at Setting the PATH for TeX Live then go to texlive-20180414 which will install most of texlive, together with all of the supporting files. This almost-complete install can then be used to build the remaining parts of texlive: asymptote-2.47, biber-2.11 and xindy-2.5.1.
Because the texmf files (including documentation, fonts, scripts and supporting files) are all in one tarball, it is not practical to limit what gets extracted in a sensible way (you could exclude one or other of the typesetting engines, not its many supporting files) when building from source in this manner.
In either case, BLFS installs into /opt/texlive/2018.
Also, please note that texlive is released annually, and updating
from the previous year to the current year is no longer
supported. If for some reason you wish to keep versions for
multiple years, for most things you can mount the old or new
system at /opt/texlive and fix up your PATH as necessary. However
doing that will not preserve any changes in texmf-local and if you build from source and
try to run a newer version of biber with an older version of biblatex it is unlikely to work.
Before starting to build TeX Live, set up your PATH so that the
system can properly find the files. If you set up your login
scripts as recommended in The Bash Shell Startup
Files, update the needed paths by appending to the
extrapaths.sh script. The
programs are always installed in an <ARCH>-linux
subdirectory and on 32-bit x86 this is always i386-linux. For
x86_64 and i?86 we can generate this as $TEXARCH:
export TEXARCH=$(uname -m | sed -e 's/i.86/i386/' -e 's/$/-linux/') &&
cat >> /etc/profile.d/extrapaths.sh << EOF
# Begin texlive addition
pathappend /opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist/doc/man MANPATH
pathappend /opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist/doc/info INFOPATH
pathappend /opt/texlive/2018/bin/$TEXARCH
# End texlive addition
EOF
unset TEXARCH
The new paths can be immediately activated by running source /etc/profile.
You should now proceed either to install-tl-unx for a binary installation of texlive, or to texlive-20180414 to begin installing from source.
Last updated on 2015-06-23 16:14:01 -0700
The TeX Live package is a comprehensive TeX document production system. It includes TeX, LaTeX2e, ConTeXt, Metafont, MetaPost, BibTeX and many other programs; an extensive collection of macros, fonts and documentation; and support for typesetting in many different scripts from around the world.
This page is for people who wish to use the binary installer
to provide the programs, the scripts, and a lot of supporting
files and documentation. The installer is updated frequently,
so its md5sum will change if it is newer than what is shown
below. Newer versions of the installer are expected to work
with these instructions, for so long as they install to a
2018/ directory.
There are two reasons why you may wish to install the
binaries in BLFS: either you need a smaller install (e.g. at
a minimum plain TeX without LaTeX2e, ConTeXt, etc), or you
wish to use tlmgr to get updates whilst
this version is supported (typically, until April of the year
after it was released). For the latter, you might prefer to
install in your /home directory
as an unprivileged user, and to then make corresponding
changes to the PATH in your ~/.bashrc or equivalent.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet/install-tl-unx.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 3a1ab4e0ed369f2a58e52184636ac0df (for 20180428)
Download size: 2.7 MB
Estimated disk space required: 5.5 GB if everything is included
Estimated build time: varies, depending on network speed and traffic
GnuPG-2.2.9 (to validate both the initial downloads, and also any updates you might later make using tlmgr.)
The binaries are mostly linked to included static libraries or general (LFS) system libraries, but a few of the programs and several scripts will fail if the following packages are not present:
ghostscript-9.23 is dynamically loaded by dvisvgm, which is used by asy.
Xorg Libraries and libxcb-1.13 are needed for inimf, mf, pdfclose, pdfopen and xdvi-xaw. But if you are using asy, or using a TeX engine to create a PDF file, you will need an X Window System (for PDF files, this is to support a PDF viewer of your choice, for example epdfview-0.1.8).
the optional non-wide-character ncurses library (for "some binary-only application") from the bottom of the Ncurses page in LFS is needed by asy and also for xindy.run which is used by xindy
The binary versions of asy
need GLU-9.0.0, Freeglut-3.0.0. and libreadline-6.3
with the LFS patch
readline-6.3-upstream_fixes-1.patch : asy only requires
libreadline.so.6.3 which can be
manually copied from the shlib/
directory after running configure and make and then symlinked as
libreadline.so.6.
As always with contributed binary software, it is possible that the required dependencies may change when the installer is updated. In particular, these dependencies have only been checked on x86_64.
Python-2.7.15 is used by many scripts. Ruby-2.5.1 is used by some scripts, mostly within mtx_context which is part of conTeXt, but also for one or two others, such as match_parens, which are generally useful. The perl module Tk, which requires Tk-8.6.8, is used by one of the scripts for ptex (Japanese vertical writing), can be used by a conTeXt texfind script, and is needed for texdoctk (a GUI interface for finding documentation files and opening them with the appropriate viewer).
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/tl-installer
The TeX Live set of programs
with its supporting documents, fonts, and utilities is very
large. The upstream maintainers recommend placing all files
in a single directory structure. BLFS recommends /opt/texlive.
As with any other package, unpack the installer and change
into its directory, install-tl-<CCYYMMDD>. This directory
name changes when the installer is updated, so replace
<CCYYMMDD> by the correct directory name.
The distribution binaries installed below may use static linking for general linux system libraries. Additional libraries or interpreters as specified in the dependencies section do not need to be present during the install, but the programs that need them will not run until their specific dependencies have been installed.
With all contributed binary software, there may be a mismatch between the builder's toolchain and your hardware. In most of TeX this will probably not matter, but in uncommon corner cases you might hit problems. e.g. if your x86_64 processor does not support 3dnowext or 3dnow, the 2014-06-28 binary failed in conTeXt when running LuaTeX, although lualatex worked, as did the i686 binaries on the same machine. In such cases, the easiest solution is to install texlive from source. Similarly, the x86_64 binary version of asy runs very slowly when creating 3-D diagrams.
Now, as the root user:
TEXLIVE_INSTALL_PREFIX=/opt/texlive ./install-tl
This command is interactive and allows selection or modification of platform, packages, directories, and other options. The full installation scheme will require about 4.9 gigabytes of disk space. The time to complete the download will depend on your internet connection speed and the number of packages selected.
./install-tl --location
http://mirror.aut.ac.nz/CTAN/systems/texlive/tlnet/:
use a variation of this if you wish to use a different
mirror, e.g. because you are in New Zealand but the installer
chooses to use an Australian mirror. The list of mirrors is
at http://ctan.org/mirrors.
|
The programs included in TeX are too numerous to
individually list. Please refer to the individual
program HTML and PDF pages in the various html,
man, or pdf files within the subdirectories of
|
Last updated on 2018-08-27 14:18:12 -0700
Most of TeX Live can be built from source without a pre-existing installation, but xindy (for indexing) needs working versions of latex and pdflatex when configure is run, and the testsuite and install for asy (for vector graphics) will fail if TeX has not already been installed. Additionally, biber is not provided within the texlive source.
All of those packages are dealt with on their own pages and can be built after installing this package. If you have not already done so, you should start at Setting the PATH for TeX Live so that the final commands to initialise the new installation will be found.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (FTP): ftp://tug.org/texlive/historic/2018/texlive-20180414-source.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 41d1e8874d266935c656fe51b440a413
Download size: 48 MB
Estimated disk space required: 6.5 GB including the additional download (+179 MB for the tests), 5.3 GB installed
Estimated build time: 9.8 SBU including the additional download (+0.3 SBU for the tests)
Much of the texlive environment (including scripts, documentation, fonts and various other files) is not part of the source tarball. You must download it separately. This will give you all of the additional files which are provided by a full install of the binary version, there is no realistic way to restrict which parts get installed.
Because of the size of this package, it is unlikely to be mirrored by BLFS mirrors. In case of difficulty, go to http://www.ctan.org/mirrors/ to find a more-accessible mirror.
Download (FTP): ftp://tug.org/texlive/historic/2018/texlive-20180414-texmf.tar.xz
Download MD5 sum: 05330b3b5445ef60b08a0ed660c55c92
Download size: 2.5 GB
Required patch: http://www.linuxfromscratch.org/patches/blfs/8.3/texlive-20180414-source-upstream_fixes-1.patch
ghostscript-9.23 including libgs.so (for dvisvgm, which is
used by e.g. asymptote-2.47), X Window
System
The source ships with its own versions of many libraries, and will use them unless it is forced to use the system versions. The following are recommended so that the system version will be used: Fontconfig-2.13.0, FreeType-2.9.1, GC-7.6.4, Graphite2-1.3.12, HarfBuzz-1.8.8 (built with graphite2 enabled), ICU-62.1, libpaper-1.1.24+nmu5 (used by at least context and xelatex), libpng-1.6.35, Poppler-0.67.0, Potrace-1.15
The source ships with its own versions of several libraries which are either not under active development, or only used for limited functionality. If you install these, as with some other optional dependencies in this book you will need to tell configure to use the system versions. GD, t1lib, ZZIPlib, TECkit
Python-2.7.15 is used by many scripts. Ruby-2.5.1 is used by some scripts, mostly within mtx_context which is part of conTeXt, but also for one or two others, such as match_parens, which are generally useful. The perl module Tk, which requires Tk-8.6.8, is used by one of the scripts for ptex (Japanese vertical writing), can be used by a conTeXt texfind script, and is needed for texdoctk (a GUI interface for finding documentation files and opening them with the appropriate viewer).
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/texlive
Install TeX Live by running the following commands:
The shared libraries will be installed into a texlive
directory. As the root user,
add it to your /etc/ld.so.conf:
cat >> /etc/ld.so.conf << EOF
# Begin texlive 2018 addition
/opt/texlive/2018/lib
# End texlive 2018 addition
EOF
From 2015 onwards, a successful install requires some
texlive commands to be run as the root user, so we will
export the TEXARCH variable to let root use it.
Now, as a normal user:
export TEXARCH=$(uname -m | sed -e 's/i.86/i386/' -e 's/$/-linux/') &&
patch -Np1 -i ../texlive-20180414-source-upstream_fixes-1.patch &&
mv -v texk/web2c/pdftexdir/pdftoepdf{-newpoppler,}.cc &&
mv -v texk/web2c/pdftexdir/pdftosrc{-newpoppler,}.cc &&
mkdir texlive-build &&
cd texlive-build &&
../configure \
--prefix=/opt/texlive/2018 \
--bindir=/opt/texlive/2018/bin/$TEXARCH \
--datarootdir=/opt/texlive/2018 \
--includedir=/opt/texlive/2018/include \
--infodir=/opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist/doc/info \
--libdir=/opt/texlive/2018/lib \
--mandir=/opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist/doc/man \
--disable-native-texlive-build \
--disable-static --enable-shared \
--with-system-cairo \
--with-system-fontconfig \
--with-system-freetype2 \
--with-system-gmp \
--with-system-graphite2 \
--with-system-harfbuzz \
--with-system-icu \
--with-system-libgs \
--with-system-libpaper \
--with-system-libpng \
--with-system-mpfr \
--with-system-pixman \
--with-system-poppler \
--with-system-potrace \
--with-system-xpdf \
--with-system-zlib \
--with-banner-add=" - BLFS" &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check A few tests may SKIP because kpathsea has not yet been installed.
Now, as the root user:
make install-strip && /sbin/ldconfig && make texlinks && mkdir -pv /opt/texlive/2018/tlpkg/TeXLive/ && install -v -m644 ../texk/tests/TeXLive/* /opt/texlive/2018/tlpkg/TeXLive/
Only run make texlinks once. If it is rerun, it can change all the program symlinks so that they point to themselves and are useless.
Now install the additional files as the root user:
tar -xf ../../texlive-20180414-texmf.tar.xz -C /opt/texlive/2018 --strip-components=1
Still as the root user,
initialise the new system (the commands fmtutil-sys --all and
mtxrun
--generate will produce a lot of output):
mktexlsr && fmtutil-sys --all && mtxrun --generate
You can now proceed to asymptote-2.47, biber-2.11 and / or xindy-2.5.1 if you wish to install them.
patch -Np1 -i ../texlive-20180414-source-upstream_fixes-1.patch: various problems have come to light since the shipped source was frozen to be committed to DVDs. In particular, a segmentation fault in dvipdfm-x from XeTeX and changes in upstream poppler-0.64.0.
mv -v texk/web2c/pdftexdir/pdftoepdf{-newpoppler,}.cc ...: The 2018 version of texlive ships with support for poppler-0.57.0 and older, but it includes alternative newpoppler files which enable building with poppler-0.62.0 or newer.
--prefix=, --bindir=,
--datarootdir=, --infodir=, --mandir= ... : these
switches ensure that the files installed from source will
overwrite any corresponding files previously installed by
install-tl-unx so that the
alternative methods of installing texlive are consistent..
--includedir=, --libdir=
... : these switches ensure that the libraries
and include files will be within the directories for this
year's texlive.
--disable-static:
This switch prevents installation of static versions of the
libraries.
--enable-shared: Use
shared versions of libkpathsea,
libptexenc, libsynctex, libtexlua52 and libtexluajit.
--with-system-...:
Unless this parameter is used, the included versions of these
libraries will be statically compiled into the programs which
need them. If you decided not to install a recommended
library, omit the corresponding switch.
--with-system-xpdf:
Uniquely, this parameter has a non-standard meaning, it tells
configure to
use the system-installed poppler headers and library. Again, omit
this if you have not installed poppler.
--without-x: use this if you do
not have Xorg installed.
/sbin/ldconfig: this has to be run here so that make texlinks can use kpsewhich.
make texlinks : this runs the texlinks.sh script to create symbolic links from formats to engines. In practice, several of the targets such as xetex are now separate binaries and for these it will report "file already exists".
tar -xf texlive-20180414-texmf.tar.xz -C /opt/texlive/2018 --strip-components=1: the tarball contains the files for the texmf-dist directory, and because of its size we do not want to waste time and space untarring it and then copying the files.
install -v -m644
../texk/tests/TeXLive/*
/opt/texlive/2018/tlpkg/TeXLive/: This puts
the perl modules TLConfig.pm
and TLUtils.pm into the
directory where the binary installer puts them - it is at the
start of the perl @INC@ PATH within texlive when installed
using the above configure switches. Without these modules,
texlive is unusable.
mktexlsr:
Create an ls-R file which lists
what was installed - this is used by kpathsea to find files.
fmtutil-sys --all: This initialises the TeX formats, Metafont bases and Metapost mems.
mtxrun --generate: This initialise the ConTeXt system.
|
The programs included in TeX are too numerous to
individually list. Please refer to the individual
program HTML and PDF pages in the various html,
man, or pdf files within the subdirectories of
|
|
|
(kpathsearch) exists to look up a file in a list of directories and is used by kpsewhich. |
|
|
is a library for Japanese pTeX (publishing TeX). |
|
|
is the SyncTeX (Synchronize TeXnology) parser library. |
|
|
provides Lua 5.2, modified for use with LuaTeX. |
|
|
provides LuaJIT, modified for use with LuaJITTeX. |
Last updated on 2018-08-26 19:27:55 -0700
Asymptote is a powerful descriptive vector graphics language that provides a natural coordinate-based framework for technical drawing. Labels and equations can be typeset with LaTeX.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://downloads.sourceforge.net/asymptote/asymptote-2.47.src.tgz
Download MD5 sum: ffa053469aa1f6c8e5f40817646fe533
Download size: 3.5 MB
Estimated disk space required: 159 MB
Estimated build time: 2.0 SBU
ghostscript-9.23 and texlive-20180414
Freeglut-3.0.0, GC-7.6.4 and libtirpc-1.0.3
fftw-3.3.8, Gsl-2.5, and libsigsegv-2.12
PyQt5 (not tested), which has a build dependency of Qt-5.11.1
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/asymptote
Install asymptote by running the following commands:
export TEXARCH=$(uname -m | sed -e 's/i.86/i386/' -e 's/$/-linux/') &&
./configure --prefix=/opt/texlive/2018 \
--bindir=/opt/texlive/2018/bin/$TEXARCH \
--datarootdir=/opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist \
--infodir=/opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist/doc/info \
--libdir=/opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist \
--mandir=/opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist/doc/man \
--enable-gc=system \
--with-latex=/opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist/tex/latex \
--with-context=/opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist/tex/context/third &&
make
To test the results, issue: make check. Note that if PyQt5 has not been installed some UI tests will report that pyuic5 and other commands are not found, followed by ''Error 127 (ignored)'.
Now, as the root user:
make install
--prefix=, --bindir=,
--datarootdir=, --infodir=, --mandir= ... : these
switches ensure that the files installed from source will
overwrite any corresponding files previously installed by
install-tl-unx so that the
alternative methods of installing texlive are consistent..
--libdir=/opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist;:
This parameter ensures that the asymptote directory will similarly
overwrite any files installed by install-tl-unx.
--enable-gc=system:
this ensures that the system version of libgc.so will be used instead of the
version shipped with this package.
--with-latex= ...
--with-context=: These switches ensure that style
files and a tex file will be installed into the texlive directories instead of creating
a texmf-local directory for
them.
Last updated on 2018-08-26 19:27:55 -0700
Biber is a BibTeX replacement for users of biblatex, written in Perl, with full Unicode support.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): https://github.com/plk/biber/archive/v2.11.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: e1804c7efca29f4f576523f0fafaa952
Download size: 1.3 MB
Estimated disk space required: 36 MB
Estimated build time: 0.4 SBU including tests
The biber source tarball shown above downloads with the correct name, biber-2.11.tar.gz, if using a browser such as Firefox. If you prefer to use a command line program such as wget, you normally would obtain v2.11.tar.gz. To obtain this package with the proper filename, run:
wget -c https://github.com/plk/biber/archive/v2.11.tar.gz \
-O biber-2.11.tar.gz
.
The corresponding version of biblatex is a separate project -
the tds tarball is pre-packaged for untarring into the
texmf-dist directory.
Download (HTTP):
http://sourceforge.net/projects/biblatex/files/biblatex-3.11/biblatex-3.11.tds.tgz
Download MD5 sum: 2d4867166599fd707ee644452a075174
Download size: 19 MB
autovivification-0.18 Business::ISBN-3.004 Business::ISMN-1.132 Business::ISSN-1.003 Class::Accessor-0.51 Data::Compare-1.25 Data::Dump-1.23 Data::Uniqid-0.12 DateTime::Calendar::Julian-0.04 DateTime::Format::Builder-0.81 Encode::EUCJPASCII-0.03 Encode::HanExtra-0.23 Encode::JIS2K-0.03 File::Slurper-0.012 IPC::Run3-0.048 Lingua::Translit-0.28 List::AllUtils-0.14 List::MoreUtils-0.428 Log::Log4perl-1.49 LWP::Protocol::https-6.07 Module::Build-0.4224 PerlIO::utf8_strict-0.007 Regexp::Common-2017060201 Sort::Key-1.33 Text::BibTeX-0.85 Text::CSV-1.96 Text::Roman-3.5 Unicode::Collate-1.25 Unicode::LineBreak-2018.003 XML::LibXML::Simple-0.99 XML::LibXSLT-1.96 XML::Writer-0.625 and texlive-20180414 (or install-tl-unx)
This version of biber requires at least perl-5.26.0. If you are using an older version of perl you may prefer to install v2.7 - for that see the BLFS-8.1 book.
File::Which-1.22 and Test::Differences-0.64 to run the testsuite
It is possible to install all missing dependencies automatically. But from perl-5.22.0 onwards, Module::Build-0.4224 is no longer part of the core perl distribution. And for Data::Uniqid-0.12 we have to patch it to skip over a test which always fails - that failing test may break the automatic install. To automatically install the remaining perl dependencies you can install those two modules first using alternate auto installation instructions. then run perl ./Build.PL and when it prompts you, become the root user and run ./Build installdeps
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/biber
Install Biber by running the following commands:
perl ./Build.PL && ./Build
To test the results, enter: ./Build test
Now, as the root user:
tar -xf ../biblatex-3.11.tds.tgz -C /opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist && texhash && ./Build install
tar -xf biblatex-3.11.tds.tar.gz -C /opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist: this installs the new biblatex files over those installed by texlive.
texhash : this updates the file hash tables (otherwise known as the file name database).
Last updated on 2018-08-26 19:27:55 -0700
Xindy is an index processor that can be used to generate book-like indexes for arbitrary document-preparation systems. This includes systems such as TeX and LaTeX, the roff-family, SGML/XML-based systems (e.g., HTML) that process some kind of text and generate indexing information.
This package is known to build and work properly using an LFS-8.3 platform.
Download (HTTP): http://tug.ctan.org/support/xindy/base/xindy-2.5.1.tar.gz
Download MD5 sum: 221acfeeb0f6f8388f89a59c56491041
Download size: 506 KB
Estimated disk space required: 15 MB
Estimated build time: less than 0.1 SBU
User Notes: http://wiki.linuxfromscratch.org/blfs/wiki/xindy
Install xindy by running the following commands:
export TEXARCH=$(uname -m | sed -e 's/i.86/i386/' -e 's/$/-linux/') &&
sed -i "s/ grep -v '^;'/ awk NF/" make-rules/inputenc/Makefile.in &&
sed -i 's%\(indexentry\)%\1\\%' make-rules/inputenc/make-inp-rules.pl &&
patch -Np1 -i ../xindy-2.5.1-upstream_fixes-1.patch &&
./configure --prefix=/opt/texlive/2018 \
--bindir=/opt/texlive/2018/bin/$TEXARCH \
--datarootdir=/opt/texlive/2018 \
--includedir=/usr/include \
--libdir=/opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist \
--mandir=/opt/texlive/2018/texmf-dist/doc/man &&
make LC_ALL=POSIX
This package does not have a testsuite.
Now, as the root user:
make install
sed -i "s/ grep -v '^;'/ awk NF/" ...: The build sorts files in latin{1..3} encodings to create latin.xdy, and unicode versions of these to create utf8.xdy after using grep -v '^;' to remove blank lines. With grep-2.23 any data not in the expected encoding is treated as binary, resulting in a useless file. This command uses an alternative way of removing blank lines.
sed -i 's%\(indexentry\)%\1\\%'
...: A regexp contains indexentry{ - perl has warned about the
unescaped left brace for some time and now treats it as
illegal. Change it to indexentry\{, doubling the backslash for
sed.
patch -Np1 -i ../xindy-2.5.1-upstream_fixes-1.patch: Xindy is now maintained at CTAN. This patch updates the source with some of the changes made there (but ignoring changes which were only made to allow for spaces in pathnames and some trivial recent changes).
--prefix=, --bindir=,
--datarootdir=, --infodir=, --mandir= ... : these
switches ensure that the files installed from source will
overwrite any corresponding files previously installed by
install-tl-unx so that the
alternative methods of installing texlive are consistent..
--includedir=/usr/include: This
parameter ensures that the kpathsea headers from texlive-20180414 will be found.
make
LC_ALL=POSIX: with the current version of
coreutils it is essential to
build xindy in the POSIX (or
C) locale because in a UTF-8 locale the file latin.xdy will contain only a heading and
then a line 'Binary file (standard
input) matches' instead of the many lines of
lisp merge-rule commands it
ought to contain.
Last updated on 2018-08-26 19:27:55 -0700
Creative Commons Legal Code
Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 2.0
CREATIVE COMMONS CORPORATION IS NOT A LAW FIRM AND DOES NOT PROVIDE LEGAL SERVICES. DISTRIBUTION OF THIS LICENSE DOES NOT CREATE AN ATTORNEY-CLIENT RELATIONSHIP. CREATIVE COMMONS PROVIDES THIS INFORMATION ON AN "AS-IS" BASIS. CREATIVE COMMONS MAKES NO WARRANTIES REGARDING THE INFORMATION PROVIDED, AND DISCLAIMS LIABILITY FOR DAMAGES RESULTING FROM ITS USE.
License
THE WORK (AS DEFINED BELOW) IS PROVIDED UNDER THE TERMS OF THIS CREATIVE COMMONS PUBLIC LICENSE ("CCPL" OR "LICENSE"). THE WORK IS PROTECTED BY COPYRIGHT AND/OR OTHER APPLICABLE LAW. ANY USE OF THE WORK OTHER THAN AS AUTHORIZED UNDER THIS LICENSE OR COPYRIGHT LAW IS PROHIBITED.
BY EXERCISING ANY RIGHTS TO THE WORK PROVIDED HERE, YOU ACCEPT AND AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS OF THIS LICENSE. THE LICENSOR GRANTS YOU THE RIGHTS CONTAINED HERE IN CONSIDERATION OF YOUR ACCEPTANCE OF SUCH TERMS AND CONDITIONS.
Definitions
"Collective Work" means a work, such as a periodical issue, anthology or encyclopedia, in which the Work in its entirety in unmodified form, along with a number of other contributions, constituting separate and independent works in themselves, are assembled into a collective whole. A work that constitutes a Collective Work will not be considered a Derivative Work (as defined below) for the purposes of this License.
"Derivative Work" means a work based upon the Work or upon the Work and other pre-existing works, such as a translation, musical arrangement, dramatization, fictionalization, motion picture version, sound recording, art reproduction, abridgment, condensation, or any other form in which the Work may be recast, transformed, or adapted, except that a work that constitutes a Collective Work will not be considered a Derivative Work for the purpose of this License. For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a musical composition or sound recording, the synchronization of the Work in timed-relation with a moving image ("synching") will be considered a Derivative Work for the purpose of this License.
"Licensor" means the individual or entity that offers the Work under the terms of this License.
"Original Author" means the individual or entity who created the Work.
"Work" means the copyrightable work of authorship offered under the terms of this License.
"You" means an individual or entity exercising rights under this License who has not previously violated the terms of this License with respect to the Work, or who has received express permission from the Licensor to exercise rights under this License despite a previous violation.
"License Elements" means the following high-level license attributes as selected by Licensor and indicated in the title of this License: Attribution, Noncommercial, ShareAlike.
Fair Use Rights. Nothing in this license is intended to reduce, limit, or restrict any rights arising from fair use, first sale or other limitations on the exclusive rights of the copyright owner under copyright law or other applicable laws.
License Grant. Subject to the terms and conditions of this License, Licensor hereby grants You a worldwide, royalty-free, non-exclusive, perpetual (for the duration of the applicable copyright) license to exercise the rights in the Work as stated below:
to reproduce the Work, to incorporate the Work into one or more Collective Works, and to reproduce the Work as incorporated in the Collective Works;
to create and reproduce Derivative Works;
to distribute copies or phonorecords of, display publicly, perform publicly, and perform publicly by means of a digital audio transmission the Work including as incorporated in Collective Works;
to distribute copies or phonorecords of, display publicly, perform publicly, and perform publicly by means of a digital audio transmission Derivative Works;
The above rights may be exercised in all media and formats whether now known or hereafter devised. The above rights include the right to make such modifications as are technically necessary to exercise the rights in other media and formats. All rights not expressly granted by Licensor are hereby reserved, including but not limited to the rights set forth in Sections 4(e) and 4(f).
Restrictions.The license granted in Section 3 above is expressly made subject to and limited by the following restrictions:
You may distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Work only under the terms of this License, and You must include a copy of, or the Uniform Resource Identifier for, this License with every copy or phonorecord of the Work You distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform. You may not offer or impose any terms on the Work that alter or restrict the terms of this License or the recipients' exercise of the rights granted hereunder. You may not sublicense the Work. You must keep intact all notices that refer to this License and to the disclaimer of warranties. You may not distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Work with any technological measures that control access or use of the Work in a manner inconsistent with the terms of this License Agreement. The above applies to the Work as incorporated in a Collective Work, but this does not require the Collective Work apart from the Work itself to be made subject to the terms of this License. If You create a Collective Work, upon notice from any Licensor You must, to the extent practicable, remove from the Collective Work any reference to such Licensor or the Original Author, as requested. If You create a Derivative Work, upon notice from any Licensor You must, to the extent practicable, remove from the Derivative Work any reference to such Licensor or the Original Author, as requested.
You may distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform a Derivative Work only under the terms of this License, a later version of this License with the same License Elements as this License, or a Creative Commons iCommons license that contains the same License Elements as this License (e.g. Attribution-NonCommercial-ShareAlike 2.0 Japan). You must include a copy of, or the Uniform Resource Identifier for, this License or other license specified in the previous sentence with every copy or phonorecord of each Derivative Work You distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform. You may not offer or impose any terms on the Derivative Works that alter or restrict the terms of this License or the recipients' exercise of the rights granted hereunder, and You must keep intact all notices that refer to this License and to the disclaimer of warranties. You may not distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Derivative Work with any technological measures that control access or use of the Work in a manner inconsistent with the terms of this License Agreement. The above applies to the Derivative Work as incorporated in a Collective Work, but this does not require the Collective Work apart from the Derivative Work itself to be made subject to the terms of this License.
You may not exercise any of the rights granted to You in Section 3 above in any manner that is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation. The exchange of the Work for other copyrighted works by means of digital file-sharing or otherwise shall not be considered to be intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation, provided there is no payment of any monetary compensation in connection with the exchange of copyrighted works.
If you distribute, publicly display, publicly perform, or publicly digitally perform the Work or any Derivative Works or Collective Works, You must keep intact all copyright notices for the Work and give the Original Author credit reasonable to the medium or means You are utilizing by conveying the name (or pseudonym if applicable) of the Original Author if supplied; the title of the Work if supplied; to the extent reasonably practicable, the Uniform Resource Identifier, if any, that Licensor specifies to be associated with the Work, unless such URI does not refer to the copyright notice or licensing information for the Work; and in the case of a Derivative Work, a credit identifying the use of the Work in the Derivative Work (e.g., "French translation of the Work by Original Author," or "Screenplay based on original Work by Original Author"). Such credit may be implemented in any reasonable manner; provided, however, that in the case of a Derivative Work or Collective Work, at a minimum such credit will appear where any other comparable authorship credit appears and in a manner at least as prominent as such other comparable authorship credit.
For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a musical composition:
Performance Royalties Under Blanket Licenses. Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually or via a performance rights society (e.g. ASCAP, BMI, SESAC), royalties for the public performance or public digital performance (e.g. webcast) of the Work if that performance is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation.
Mechanical Rights and Statutory Royalties. Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually or via a music rights agency or designated agent (e.g. Harry Fox Agency), royalties for any phonorecord You create from the Work ("cover version") and distribute, subject to the compulsory license created by 17 USC Section 115 of the US Copyright Act (or the equivalent in other jurisdictions), if Your distribution of such cover version is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation. 6. Webcasting Rights and Statutory Royalties. For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a sound recording, Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually or via a performance-rights society (e.g. SoundExchange), royalties for the public digital performance (e.g. webcast) of the Work, subject to the compulsory license created by 17 USC Section 114 of the US Copyright Act (or the equivalent in other jurisdictions), if Your public digital performance is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation.
Webcasting Rights and Statutory Royalties. For the avoidance of doubt, where the Work is a sound recording, Licensor reserves the exclusive right to collect, whether individually or via a performance-rights society (e.g. SoundExchange), royalties for the public digital performance (e.g. webcast) of the Work, subject to the compulsory license created by 17 USC Section 114 of the US Copyright Act (or the equivalent in other jurisdictions), if Your public digital performance is primarily intended for or directed toward commercial advantage or private monetary compensation.
Representations, Warranties and Disclaimer
UNLESS OTHERWISE MUTUALLY AGREED TO BY THE PARTIES IN WRITING, LICENSOR OFFERS THE WORK AS-IS AND MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND CONCERNING THE WORK, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY OR OTHERWISE, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, WARRANTIES OF TITLE, MERCHANTIBILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT, OR THE ABSENCE OF LATENT OR OTHER DEFECTS, ACCURACY, OR THE PRESENCE OF ABSENCE OF ERRORS, WHETHER OR NOT DISCOVERABLE. SOME JURISDICTIONS DO NOT ALLOW THE EXCLUSION OF IMPLIED WARRANTIES, SO SUCH EXCLUSION MAY NOT APPLY TO YOU.
Limitation on Liability. EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL LICENSOR BE LIABLE TO YOU ON ANY LEGAL THEORY FOR ANY SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS LICENSE OR THE USE OF THE WORK, EVEN IF LICENSOR HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
Termination
This License and the rights granted hereunder will terminate automatically upon any breach by You of the terms of this License. Individuals or entities who have received Derivative Works or Collective Works from You under this License, however, will not have their licenses terminated provided such individuals or entities remain in full compliance with those licenses. Sections 1, 2, 5, 6, 7, and 8 will survive any termination of this License.
Subject to the above terms and conditions, the license granted here is perpetual (for the duration of the applicable copyright in the Work). Notwithstanding the above, Licensor reserves the right to release the Work under different license terms or to stop distributing the Work at any time; provided, however that any such election will not serve to withdraw this License (or any other license that has been, or is required to be, granted under the terms of this License), and this License will continue in full force and effect unless terminated as stated above.
Miscellaneous
Each time You distribute or publicly digitally perform the Work or a Collective Work, the Licensor offers to the recipient a license to the Work on the same terms and conditions as the license granted to You under this License.
Each time You distribute or publicly digitally perform a Derivative Work, Licensor offers to the recipient a license to the original Work on the same terms and conditions as the license granted to You under this License.
If any provision of this License is invalid or unenforceable under applicable law, it shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remainder of the terms of this License, and without further action by the parties to this agreement, such provision shall be reformed to the minimum extent necessary to make such provision valid and enforceable.
No term or provision of this License shall be deemed waived and no breach consented to unless such waiver or consent shall be in writing and signed by the party to be charged with such waiver or consent.
This License constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Work licensed here. There are no understandings, agreements or representations with respect to the Work not specified here. Licensor shall not be bound by any additional provisions that may appear in any communication from You. This License may not be modified without the mutual written agreement of the Licensor and You.
Creative Commons is not a party to this License, and makes no warranty whatsoever in connection with the Work. Creative Commons will not be liable to You or any party on any legal theory for any damages whatsoever, including without limitation any general, special, incidental or consequential damages arising in connection to this license. Notwithstanding the foregoing two (2) sentences, if Creative Commons has expressly identified itself as the Licensor hereunder, it shall have all rights and obligations of Licensor.
Except for the limited purpose of indicating to the public that the Work is licensed under the CCPL, neither party will use the trademark "Creative Commons" or any related trademark or logo of Creative Commons without the prior written consent of Creative Commons. Any permitted use will be in compliance with Creative Commons' then-current trademark usage guidelines, as may be published on its website or otherwise made available upon request from time to time.
Creative Commons may be contacted at http://creativecommons.org/.
Copyright © 2001-2018 The BLFS Development Team
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
UNIS/Composer 669 Module
Application Binary Interface
Asymmetric Digital Subscriber Line
Andrew File System
Audio Interchange File Format
Advanced Linux Sound Architecture
American National Standards Institute
Application Programming Interface
Apache Portable Runtime
Address Resolution Protocol
American Standard Code for Information Interchange
Abstract Syntax Notation
Advanced Streaming Format
Advanced Technology Attachment
Advanced Television Systems Committee
Accessibility ToolKit
Audio Video Interleave
Abstract Window Toolkit
Basic Encoding Rules
Berkeley Internet Name Domain
Basic Input/Output System
Beyond Linux From Scratch
Bit MaP
Compact Disk
Compact Disc Digital Audio
Common Internet File System
See Also SMB .
Cryptographic Message Syntax
COmpression/DECompression module
Common Object Request Broker Architecture
Central Processing Unit
Color Rendering Dictionary
Color Space Array
Contents Scrambling System
Cascading Style Sheets
Common Unix Printing System
Concurrent Versions System
Disc At Once
Directory Address Resolution Protocol Allocation
Digital Equipment Corporation
Distinguished Encoding Rules
Data Encryption Standard
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol
Dictionary Server Protocol (RFC 2229)
German Industrial Norm
Domain Name Service
Disk Operating System
Direct Rendering Infrastructure
Document Structuring Conventions
Dynamic Shared Objects
Document Style Semantics and Specification Language
Digital Video
Digital Versatile Disk (also Digital Video Disk)
DeVice Independent
Executable and Linking Format
Enhanced Parallel Port
Encapsulated PostScript
Enlighten Sound Daemon
Extended Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
File Alteration Monitor
Fast Assembly Mpeg Encoder
Frequently Asked Questions
Facsimile
Frame Buffer
File Hierarchy Standard
Free Lossless Audio CODEC
Formatted Objects
File Transfer Protocol
GNU Compiler Collection
GNU DataBase Manager
GTK+ Drawing Kit
GNOME Display Manager
Group IDentity
Graphics Interchange Format
OpenGL Utility Toolkit
GNU Multiple Precision Arithmetic
GNU NYU Ada 9x Translator
GNU Network Object Model Environment
GNU's Not Unix
General Public License
General Purpose Mouse
Generic Security Service
Generic Security Service Application Programming Interface
GIMP ToolKit
Graphical User Interface
Hierarchical File System
HyperText Markup Language
HyperText Transfer Protocol
HyperText Transfer Protocol Secured
Hang UP
Internet Assigned Numbers Authority
International Color Consortium
Internet Control Message Protocol
Integrated Drive Electronics
Integrated Development Environment
Interface Definition Language
Ink Jet Systems
Internet Location Server
Internet Message Access Protocol
Inode MONitor
Internet Protocol
See Also TCP .
Internetwork Packet eXchange
Internet Relay Chat
Integrated Services Digital Network
International Standards Organisation
Internet Service Provider
ImpulseTracker Module
Java Advanced Imaging
Java ARchive
Java Development Kit
JPEG File Interchange Format
Joint Photographic Experts Group
Key Distribution Center
KDesktop Environment
Lame Ain't an MP3 Encoder
Local Area Network
Lightweight Directory Access Protocol
Lightweight Data Interchange Format
Linux From Scratch
Library General Public License
Line PRinter
Lempel-Ziv-Oberhumer
Lempel-Ziv-Welch
Media Access Control
Multimedia COmmunication Protocol
Multipoint Control Unit
Message-Digest
Mail Delivery Agent
MED/OctaMED Module
Musical Instrument Digital Interface
Maker Interchange Format
Media Independent Interface
Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions
Massachusetts Institute of Technology
Multiple-image Network Graphics
ProTracker Module
MPEG-1 audio layer 3
Moving Picture Experts Group
Magick Scripting Language
Mail Transport Agent
MultiTracker Module
Mail User Agent
Netwide ASseMbler
Network News Transfer Protocol
Network File System
Network Information Service
Native Posix Thread Library
Netscape Portable Runtime
Network Security Services
Network Time Protocol
Object Activation Framework
Open DataBase Connectivity
Open Metadata Framework
Object Request Broker
See Also CORBA .
Object Relational Database Management System
Operating System
Open Software Foundation
Open Sound System
Pluggable authentication Modules
Portable BitMap
Peripheral Component Interconnect
Printer Control Language
Pulse Code Modulation
Primary Domain Controller
Portable Document Format
PHP Extension and Application Repository
Portable Grey Map
Pretty Good Privacy
PHP Hypertext Preprocessor
Personal Information Manager
Parallel Line Internet Protocol
Portable Network Graphics
Portable Object
Plain Old Documentation
Post Office Protocol
PostScript Printer Description
Portable Pixel Map
Point to Point Protocol
Point to Point Protocol over Ethernet
PostScript
Remote Authentication Dial-In User Service
Random Access Memory
Reverse Address Resolution Protocol
Revision Control System
Request For Comments
Red Green Blue
Red Green Blue Alpha
Read-Only Memory
Roaring Penguin
Remote Procedure Call
Real Time Clock
Real Time Protocol
Read Write
ScreamTracker Version 3 Module
Secure/MIME
Scanner Access Now Easy
Simple Authentication and Security Layer
Serial Advanced Technology Attachment
Standard Build Unit
Small Computer System Interface
Software Development Kit
Standard Generalized Markup Language
Self Monitoring Analysis and Reporting Technology
Server Message Block
Synchronized Multimedia Integration Language
Simple Mail Transfer Protocol
Structured Query Language
Secure SHell
Secure Sockets Layer
Set User IDentity
Scalable Vector Graphics
Super Video Graphics Array
Tool Command Language
Transmission Control Protocol
Ticket-Granting Ticket
Tag(ged) Image File Format
Transport Layer Security
TrueType Font
Text To Speech
Universal Character Set
Universal Disk Format
User IDentity
User Datagram Protocol
User Interface
Unified Modelling Language
Uniform Resource Locator
Universal Serial Bus
Upstream Ready
UCS Transformation Format
Unix-to-Unix Copy Protocol
Video Compact Disk
Video Electronics Standards Association
Video Graphics Array
Virtual Network Computer
Video OBject
Voice Over IP
World Wide Web Consortium
Waveform Audio
World Wide Web
XDisplay Manager Control Protocol
FastTracker Module
eXtensible Markup Language
eXtensible Style Language
eXtensible Style Language Transformation
X/Open System Management
XMultiMedia System
Yellow Pages
Luminance-Bandwidth-Chrominance